Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1. PHYSICAL WORLD
PHYSICS ( 1 ST YEAR ) IIT MATERIAL 2. UNITS & MEASUREMENTS
1. PHYSICAL WORLD
Physical Quantity:
 Any quantity which can be measured directly (or) indirectly (or) interms of which the laws of physics can
2. UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS be expressed is called physical quantity.
 There are two types of physical quantities
1) Fundamental quantities2) Derived quantities
3. MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE Fundamental Quantities: Physical quantities which cannot be expressed interms of any other physical
quantities are called fundamental physical quantities.
Ex. length, mass, time, temperature etc..
Derived Quantities: Physical Quantities which are derived from fundamental quantities are called
4. MOTION IN A PLANE derived quantities.
Ex. Area, density, force etc...
5. LAWS OF MOTION Unit of physical qantity:
 A unit of measurement of a physical quantity is the standard reference of the same physical quantity
which is used for comparison of the given physical quantity.
6. WORK , ENERGY AND POWER Fundamental unit :The unit used to measure the fundamental quantity is called fundamental unit.
Ex: metre for length, kilogram for mass etc..
Derived unit : The unit used to measure the derived quantity is called derived unit.
7. SYSTEM OF PARTICLES AND ROTATIONAL MOTION Ex: m2 for area, gm cm-3 for density etc...
 The numerical value obtained on measuring a physical quantity is inversely proportional to the magnitude
of the unit chosen.
8. OSCILLATIONS n 1
U  nU = constant
 n1U  n2U
9. GRAVITATION
1 2

Where n1 and n2 are the numerical values and U1 and U 2 are the units of same physical quantity in different
systems.
10. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS System of units
 There are four systems of units
1) F.P.S 2) C.G.S
11. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF FLUIDS 3) M.K.S 4) SI
 Based on SI system there are three categories of
12. THERMAL PROPERTIES OF MATTER physical quantities.
1)fundamental quantities
2)supplementary quantities and
13. THERMODYNAMICS 3)derived quantities
Fundamental Quantities and their SI Units
14. KINETIC THEORY  There are seven fundamental quantities and two supplementary quantities in S. I. system. These
quantities along with their unit and symbols are given below:

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Abbreviations for multiples and sub multiples:
S.No Physical Quantity SI unit Symbol  MACRO Prefixes
1. Length metre m MultiplierSymbol Prefix
2. Mass kilogram kg 101 da Deca
3. Time second s 102 h Hecto
3
4. Thermo dynamic 10 k Kilo
6
temperature kelvin K (or)  10 M Mega
109 G Giga
5. Luminous
1012 T Tera
intensity candela Cd
1015 P Peta
6. Electric current ampere A
1018 E Exa
7. Amount of 21 Z Zetta
10
substance 24 Y Yotta
10
(or) quantity of  MICRO Prefixes
matter mole mol MultiplierSymbol Prefix
10-1 d deci
Supplementary quantities 10-2 c centi
1. Plane angle radian rad 10-3 m milli
2. Solid angle steradian sr 10 -6  micro
-9
Measurement of length 10 n nano
 The length of an object can be measured by using different units. Some particle units of length 10-12 p pico
are 10-15 f femto
angstrom( Ao )=10 10 m=108 cm 10-18 a atto
nanometre(nm)  109 m  10 A0 10 -21
z zepto
fermi  10 15 m 10-24 y yocto
micron  10 6 m
X-ray unit  10 13 m Some important conversions:
1 A.U. = distance between sun & earth = 1.496×1011 m
 One light year is the distance travelled by light in one year in vacuum . This unit is used in astronomy. 5
 1kmph  ms 1
Light year  9.46  1015 m 18
parsec  3.26 light years  30.84  1015 m 1 newton=105 dyne
Bohr radius  0.5 10 10 m
1 joule=107 erg
Mile=1.6 km
1 calorie=4.18 J
Measurement of mass: 1eV= 1.6 1019 J
The mass of an object can be measured by using different units.Some practical units of mass are
Quintal = 100 kg Metric ton = 1000 kg 1gcm 3  1000 kgm 3
Atomic mass unit (a.m.u) =  1.67  10 27
kg 1 lit=1000cm3  103 m3
Measurement of time: 1KWH  36 105 J
One day = 86400 second 1 HP=746 W
Shake 108 second 1 degree=0.017 rad
1cal g 1  4180JKg 1
1kgwt= 9.8 N
1 telsa=10 4 gauss
1Am 1  4 10 3 oersted
1 weber=108 maxwell
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 Error = True value - Measured value
Some physical constants and their values: Correction =-error
 1 amu =1.67 1027 kg  931.5MeV  True value means, standard value free of errors.
 Errors are broadly classified into 3 types :
1 atm pressure = pressure exerted by 76cm of Hg column  1.013  105 Pa
i) Systematic errors
Avagadro number (N)= 6.023  1023 ii) Random errors
Permittivity of free space= 8.854  1012 Fm 1 or C 2 / Nm2 iii) Gross errors
Systematic Errors
Permeability of free space  0   4 107 Hm1
 The errors due to a definite cause and which follow a particular rule are called systematic errors. They
Joule’s constant (J)= 4.186Jcal 1 always occur in one direction (either +ve or -ve )
Planck’s constant(h)= 6.62  10 34 Js  Systematic errors with a constant magnitude are called constant errors.
The constant arised due to imperfect design, zero error in the instrument or any other such defects.
Rydberg’s constant(R)= 1.0974  107 m 1
These are also called instrumental errors.
Boltzmann’s constant(KB)=1.38  1023 JK 1  Example for the error due to improper designing and construction.
If a screw gauge has a zero error of -4 head scale divisions, then every reading will be 0.004cm less than
Stefan’s constant    5.67 108Wm2 K 4
the true value.
Universal gas constant(R)= 8.314Jmol 1 K 1  The error arised due to external conditions like changes in environment, changes in temperature, pressure,
= 1.98cal mol 1 K 1 humidity etc.
Ex: Due to rise in temperature, a scale gets expanded and this results in error in measurement of length.
Wien’s constant(b)= 2.93 103 metre kelvin
Imperfection in Experimental technique or Procedure:
Accuracy and precision of instruments :  The error due to experimental arrangement, procedure followed and experimental technique is called
 The numerical values obtained on measuring physical quantities depend upon the measuring instruments, imperfection error.
methods of measurement. Ex: In calorimetric experiments, the loss of heat due to radiation, the effect on weighing due to buoyancy
 Accuracy refers to how closely a measured value agrees with the true value. of air cannot be avoided.
 Precision refers to what limit or resolution the given physical quantity can be measured.
 Precision refers to closeness between the different observed values of the same quantity .
Personal errors or observational errors:
 High precision does not mean high accuracy.  These are entirely due to the personal peculiarities of the experimenter. Individual bias, lack of proper setting of
 The difference between accuracy and precision can be understood and by the following example: Suppose the apparatus, carelessness in taking observations (without taking the required necessary precautions.) etc. are
three students are asked to find the length of a rod whose length is known to be 2.250cm.The observations the causes for these type of errors. A person may be habituated to hold his eyes (head) always a bit too far to the
are given in the table . right (or left) while taking the reading with a scale. This will give rise to parallax error.
 If a person keeps his eye-level below the level ofmercury in a barometer all the time, his readings will
have systematic error.
Measurement- Measurement- Measurement- Average
Student
1 2 3 length These errors can be minimised by obtaining several readings carefully and then taking their
A 2.25cm 2.27cm 2.26cm 2.26cm arithmetic mean..
B 2.252cm 2.250cm 2.251cm 2.251cm 1
C 2.250cm 2.250cm 2.251cm 2.250cm
probable error 
no. of readings
It is clear from the above table , that the observations taken by a student A are neither precise nor Ex: Parallax error
accurate. The observations of student B are more precise . The observations of student C are precise as Random Errors:
well as accurate.  They are due to uncontrolled disturbances which influence the physical quantity and the instrument.
these errors are estimated by statistical methods.
Error: 1
 The result of every measurement by any measuring instrument contains some uncertainty. This uncertainty Random error 
no. of observations
in measurement is called error. Ex-:The errors due to line voltage changes and backlash error.
Mathematically
Backlash errors are due to screw and nut.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Gross Errors
Percentage error:
 The cause for gross errors are improper recording, neglecting the sources of the error, reading the
instrument incorrectly, sheer carelessness  amean 
a   100  %
Ex: In a tangent galvanometer experiment, the coil is to be placed exactly in the magnetic meridian and  amean 
care should be taken to see that no any other magnetic material is present in the vicinity. Relative error and percentage error give a measure of accuracy i.e. if percentage error increases
 No correction can be applied to these gross errors. accuracy decreases.
 When the errors are minimised, the accuracy increases.
The systematic errors can be estimated and observations can be corrected. EX. 1:Repetition in the measurements of a certain quantity in an experiment gave the following values: 1.29,
 Random errors are compensating type. A physical quantity is measured number of times and these 1.33, 1.34, 1.35, 1.32, 1.36, 1.30, and 1.33. Calculate the mean value, mean absolute error, relative error
values lie on either side of mean value. These errors are estimated by statistical methods and accuracy is and percentage error.
achieved. Sol. Here, mean value
 Personal errors like parallax error can be avoided by taking proper care. 1.29  1.33  1.34  1.35  1.32  1.36  1.30  1.33
 The instrumental errors are avoided by calibrating the instrument with a standard reference and by xm 
8
applying proper corrections.
Errors in measurement. = 1.3275=1.33 (rounded off to two places of decimal)
True Value : Absolute errors in measurement are
 In the measurement of a physical quantity the arithmetic mean of all readings which is found to be very x1  1.33  1.29  0.04; x2  1.33  1.33  0.00;
close to the most accurate reading is to be taken as True value of the quantities.
x3  1.33  1.34  0.01; x4  1.33  1.35  0.02;
1 n
If a1, a2 , a3 ..................an are readings then true value amean   ai
n i 1 x5  1.33  1.32  0.01; x6  1.33  1.36  0.03;
Absolute Error : x7  1.33  1.30  0.03; x8  1.33  1.33  0.00;
 The magnitude of the difference between the true value of the measured physical quantity and the value of
mean absolute error
individual measurement is called absolute error.
Absolute error =|True value - measured values| 0.04  0.00  0.01 0.02  0.01 0.03  0.03  0.00
xm 
8
ai  amean  ai
= 0.0175
The absolute error is always positive. = 0.02 (rounded off to two places of decimal)
Mean absolute error: xm 0.02
 The arithmetic mean of all the absolute errors is considered as the mean absolute error of the physical Relative error    0.01503  0.02
xm 1.33
quantity concerned.
a1  a2      an
(rounded off to two places of decimal)
1 n
amean 
n
  ai
n i 1 Percentage error = 0.01503100  1.503  1.5%
The mean absolute error is always positive. EX.2 : The length and breadth of a rectangle are (5.7  0.1) cm and (3.4  0.2) cm. Calculate the area
Relative error: of the rectangle with error limits.
 The relative error of a measured physical quantity is the ratio of the mean absolute error to the mean Sol. Here l   5.7  0.1 cm, b   3.4  0.2  cm
value of the quantity measured.
Area : A  l  b  5.7  3.4  19.38 cm 2  19 cm2
a mean
Relative error= a mean
(rounding off to two significant figures)
A   l b   0.1 0.2 
It is a pure number having no units.         
A  l b   5.7 3.4 
 0.34  1.14  1.48
  
 5.7  3.4  19.38

1.48 1.48
 A   A  19.38  1.48  1.5
19.38 19.38
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.6 : In an experiment the angles are required to be measured using an instrument. 29 divisions of
(rounding off to two significant figures) the main scale exactly coincide with the 30 divisions of the vernier scale. If the smallest
So, Area  19.0  1.5  cm 2 division of the main scale is half-a-degree(= 0.50 ), then the least count of the instrument is
(AIEEE-2009)
EX.3: The distance covered by a body in time  5.0  0.6  s is  40.0  0.4  m. Calculate the speed of Valuesof mainscaledivision
the body. Also determine the percentage error in the speed. Sol. Least count = No.of divisionsof vernier scale
Sol. Here, s   40.0  0.4  m and t   5.0  0.6  s
1 1 10 10
s 40.0 s = MSD     1 min
 Speed v    8.0 ms 1 As v  30 30 2 60
t 5.0 t
v s t Combination of Errors:
    Error due to addition
v s t
Here s  0.4 m, s=40.0 m, t  0.6 s, t=5.0 s If Z  A  B ;
v 0.4 0.6 Z  A  B (Max. possible error)
    0.13
v 40.0 5.0 Z  Z   A  B    A  B 
 v  0.13  8.0  1.04
A  B A  B
Relative error= Percentage error= 100
Hence, v   8.0  1.04  ms 1 A B A B
 Error due to subtraction
  v
 Percentage error   v 100   0.13  100  13% If Z=A-B
EX. 4: A screw gauge gives the following reading when used to measure the diameter of a wire. Z  A  B (Max. possible error )
Main scale reading : 0 mm Z  Z   A  B    A  B 
Circular scale reading : 52 divisions
Given that 1 mm on main scale corresponds to 100 divisions of the circular scale. A  B A  B
Relative error = Percentage error = 100
[AIEEE 2011] A B A B
Sol. Main scale reading = 0 mm  Whether it is addition or subtraction, absolute error is same.
Circular scale reading = 52 divisions  In subtraction the percentage error increases.
value of 1 main scale division 1  Error due to Multiplication:
Least count =  mm
Total divisions on circular scale 100 Z A B
If Z = AB then  
Diameter of wire = M.S.R +( C.S.R x L.C) Z A B
1 Z
 0  52  mm  0.52mm  0.052cm is called fractional error or relative error..
100 Z
EX.5: The current voltage relation of diode is given by I   e1000V /T  1 mA,where the applied voltage V Z  A   B 
is in volt and the temperature T is in kelvin.If a student makes an error measuring  0.01V while Percentage error  100   100    100 
Z  A   B 
measuring the current of 5mA at 300K,what will be the error in the value of current in mA? (JEE
 Here percentage error is the sum of individual percentage errors.
MAIN-2014)
A
Sol. I   e1000V /T  1 mA  Error due to division: if Z 
B
dV=  0.01V, T=300K,I=5mA
Z A B
I  1  e1000V /T Maximum possible relative error  
Z A B
1000V
log  I  1  A B
T Max. percentage error in division  100   100
dI 1000 A B
 dV  dI=0.2mA
I 1 T

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 Error due to Power: (b) The equivalent resistance of parallel combination
Z A R1 R2 200
If Z= An ; n R'    66.7 ohm
Z A R1  R2 3
p q
A B 1 1 1
 In more general form : If Z  Then, from R '  R  R
Cr 1 2

Z A B C R ' 1 2R R
then maximum fractional error in Z is p q r we get, R '2  R 2  R 2
1 2
Z A B C
R1 R
R '   R '2    R '2  22
C R12 R2
As we check for maximum error a +ve sign is to be taken for the term r 2 2
C  66.7 

 66.7 
 3   4  1.8
Maximum Percentage error in Z is  100   200 
Z A B C Then, R '   66.7  1.8  ohm
 100  p 100  q  100  r  100
Z A B C Significant Figures :
EX.7: A physical quantity is represented by x =MaLbT-c. The percentage of errors in the measurements
 A significant figure is defined as the figure, which is considered reasonably, trust worthy in number.
of mass,length and time are  %,  %,  % respectively then the maximum percentage error is Ex:  = 3.141592654
x M L T (upto 10 digits)
Sol. 100  a. 100 b. 100  c. 100 =3.14 (with 3 figures )
x M L T
=3.1416 (upto 5 digits )
 a  b  c
 The significant figures indicate the extent to which the readings are reliable.
EX.8:Resistance of a given wire is obtained by measuring the current flowing in it and the voltage Rules for determining the number of
difference applied across it. If the percentage errors in the measurement of the current and
significant figures:
the voltage difference are 3% each, then error in the value of resistance of the wire is
 All the non-zero digits in a given number are significant without any regard to the location of the decimal
[AIEEE 2012]
point if any.
V Ex: 18452 or 1845.2 or 184.52 all have the same number of significant digits,i.e. 5.
Sol. R   log R  log V  log I 
I  All zeros occurring between two non zero digits are significant without any regard to the location of
R  V I  decimal point if any.
 R 100    V  I  100  Ex: 106008 has six significant digits.
 
106.008 or 1.06008 has also got six significant digits.
= 3% + 3% = 6%
 If the number is less than one, all the zeros to the right of the decimal point but to the left of first non-zero
EX.9: Two resistors of resistances R1  100  3 ohm and R2   200  4 ohm are connected (a) in series, digit are not significant.
(b) in parallel. Find the equivalent resistance of the (a) series combination, (b) parallel Ex: 0.000308
combination. Use for (a) the relation R  R1  R2 and for (b) In this example all zeros before 3 are insignificant.
 a)All zeros to the right of a decimal point are significant if they are not followed by a non-zero digit.
1 1 1 R ' R1 R2 Ex: 30.00 has 4 significant digits
   2  2
R ' R1 R2 and R '2 R1 R2  b) All zeros to the right of the last non-zero digit after the decimal point are significant.
Sol. (a) The equivalent resistance of series combination Ex: 0.05600 has 4 significant digits
 c) All zeros to the right of the last non-zero digit in a number having no decimal point are not significant.
R  R1  R2  100  3 ohm   200  4  ohm Ex: 2030 has 3 significant digits
=  300  7  ohm.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
S.No. Physical Quantity Formula Dimensional Formula SI Unit
Rounding off numbers:
 The result of computation with approximate numbers, which contain more than one uncertain digit,should 1. Displacement,
be rounded off. Wave length,
Rules for rounding off numbers: Radius of gyration,  M 0 L1 T 0  m
 The preceding digit is raised by 1 if the immediate insignificant digit to be dropped is more than 5. Circumference,
Ex: 4728 is rounded off to three significant figures as 4730. Perimeter,Light year,
 The preceding digit is to be left unchanged if the immediate insignificant digit to be dropped is less than 2. Mass 1 0 0
kg
5.  M L T 
Ex: 4723 is rounded off to three significant figures as 4720 total time
 If the immediate insignificant digit to be dropped is 5 then there will be two different cases 3. Period of oscillation, no.of oscillations
a) If the preceding digit is even then it is to be unchanged and 5 is dropped.
Ex: 4.7253 is to be rounded off to two decimal places. The digit to be dropped here is 5 (along with Time,  M 0 L0 T 1  s
3) and the preceding digit 2 is even and hence to be retained as two only Time constant T = Capacity  Resistance
4.7253=4.72 1
4. Frequency Reciprocal of time period n  M 0 L0T 1  hertz ( Hz)
b)If the preceding digit is odd, it is to be raised by 1 T
Ex: 4.7153 is to be rounded off to two decimal places. As the preceding digit ‘1’ is odd, it is to be 5. Area A = length  breadth 0 2 0
m2
 M L T 
raised by 1.
4.7153=4.72 6. Volume V=length  breadth  height  M 0 L3T 0  m3
Rules for Arithmetic Operations with mass
significant Figures: 7. Density d= 1 3
 M L T 
0
kgm-3
 In multiplication or division, the final result should retain only that many significant figures as are there in volume
the original number with the least number of significant figures. mass
8. Linear mass density λ= 1 1 0
kgm-1
Ex:1.2  2.54  3.26  9.93648 .But the result should be limited to the least number of significant digits- length  M L T 
that is two digits only. So final answer is 9.9.
 In addition or subtraction the final result should retain only that many decimal places as are there in the displacement
v=
number with the least decimal places. 9. Speed, Velocity time  M 0 L1T 1  ms-1
Ex:2.2+4.08+3.12+6.38=15.78.Finally we should have only one decimal place and hence 15.78 is to change in velocity 0 1 2
be rounded off as 15.8. 10. Acceleration a=  M L T  ms-2
time
EX.10:The respective number of significant figures for the numbers 23.023,0.0003and 1 1 1
11. Linear momentum P= mass  velocity  M L T  kgms-1
21 103 are (AIEEE-2010)
Sol.(i)All non -zero numbers are significant figures 12. Force F = Mass  acceleration 1 1 2
N
 M L T 
(ii) If the number is less than one,zero between the decimal and first non zero digit are not significant.
13. Impulse J= Force  time  M 1 L1T 1  Ns
(iii) Powers of 10 is not a significant figure. 14. Work,Energy,PE, KE, W = Force  displacement
 5,1,2 Strain energy, P.E= mgh
1
Heat energy KE = (Mass) (velocity)2  M 1 L2T 2  J(or) N.m
2
1
SE= ×Stress×Strain×volume
2
Work
15. PoEX.r P=  M 1 L2T 3  watt
time
Force
16. Pressure , Stress,
Area
Stress
Modulus of elasticity (Y, , k) Y=  M 1 L1T 2  pascal or Nm 2
Strain

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

change in dimension 37. Latent heat (or)
0 0 0
17. Strain = original dimension  M L T  no units heat energy
Calorific value L=  M 0 L2T 2  Jkg-1
work mass
18. Strain energy density E= 1 1
 M L T 
2
Jm-3 38. Water equivalent W=Mass  specific heat  M 1 L0T 0  kg
volume
length of arc l A   V
19. Angular displacement θ= 0 0 0
rad 39. Coefficient of thermal  ;  ; V   M 0 L0T 0 1  K-1
radius  M L T  l  A
expansion
angular dispacement
20. Angular velocity ω= 0 0 1
 M L T  rads-1
time PV 1 2 2 1 1
change in angular velocity 40. Universal gas constant R=  M L T  mol  Jmol-1K-1
nT
21. Angular acceleration α=  M 0 L0T 2  rads-2
time R
 M 0 L2T 2 1mol 1 
22. Angular momentum 41. Gas constant (for 1 gm) r= Jkg-1K-1
L=linear momentum Mol.wt
1 2 1
Js 42. Boltzmann’s constant
 perpendicular distance  M L T 
R
energy (for 1 Molecule) k=  M 1 L2T 2 1  JK-1molecule-1
h=  M 1 L2T 1  Avagadro number
23. Planck's constant Js
frequency
24. Angular impulse Torque  time  M 1 L2T 1  Js W
43. Mechanical equivalent J  M 0 L0T 0  no SI units
25. Torque 1 2 2
Nm H
τ=force×  distance  M L T  of heat
26. Acceleration due to
weight Qd
gravity(g) g= 0 2
 M LT  ms-2 or Nkg-1 44. Coefficient of thermal K= 1 1 3 1
Js-1 m-1 K-1 (or) Wm-1 K-
mass A Δθt  M L T  
1

Force   distence 
2 conductivity
27. Universal gravitational G= 1 3 2
 M L T  Nm2 kg-2 dQ heat energy
Mass1  Mass 2 45. Entropy = 1 2 2 1
JK-1
T temperature  M L T  
Constant
ΔE 1 0 3 4
46. Stefan's constant σ=  M L T   Js-1m-2K-4 (or) Wm-2K-4
28. Moment of inertia I=Mass  (radius of gyration)2 1 2 0
kgm2 ΔAΔTθ 4
 M L T 
dθ temp×time
dv R= =
29. Velocity gradient =  M 0 L0T 1  S 1 47. Thermal resistance  dQ  Heat  M 1 L2T 3 1  KsJ-1
dx  
 dt 
surface energy force
30. Surface tension, S= = 1 0 2
Nm-1 or Jm-2 d
change in area length  M L T  ( or) R=
KA
Surface energy
Change in temp dθ
Spring constant 48. Temperature gradient =  M 0 L1T 0 1  Km-1
length dl
force
Force constant K= Change in pressure dp
elongation 49. Pressure gradient = 1 2 2
pascal m-1
length dl  M L T 
tangential stress
31. Coefficient of viscosity η= velocity gradient 1 1 1
 M L T  Pa s (or) Nm 2 s Energy
=
ΔE 1 0 3
50. Solar constant area × time AT  M L T  Js-1m-2 (or) Wm-2
32. Gravitational potential Gravitational field  distance  M 0 L2T 2  J/Kg
51. Enthalpy heat ( Q )  M 1 L2T 2  joule
1 2 2
33. Heat energy msθ  M L T  joule 0 0
52. Pole strength m =IL ( or)  M LT A  Am
34. Temperature θ  M 0 L0T 0 1  kelvin( K)
Magnetic Momement
heat energy Mag.Length
35. Specific heat capacity S (or) C= mass×temp.  M 0 L2T 2 1  Jkg-1 K-1
0 2 0
53. Magnetic moment M= 2 l ×m  M L T A Am2
dQ
36. Thermal capacity =mass×sp.ht  M 1 L2T 2 1  JK-1
dθ
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
m 0 1 0 q1q 2
54. Magnetic intensity (or) H=  M L T A Am-1 73. Electrical permittivity ε=  M 1 L3T 4 A2  farad/m
4πd 2 4πFd 2
Magnetising field 0 2 1 1
74. Surface charge density  M L T A  Cm-2
Magnetic moment 0 1 0 Charge
55. Intensity of magnetisation I=  M L T A Am-1
Volume Area
ur ur Light energy
56. Magnetic flux  = B×A  M 1 L2T 2 A1  Wb 1 2 3
75. Luminous flux  M L T  lumen
=(Magnetic induction  Area) Time
ur  Magnetic flux F ΔE  Luminous flux 
1 0 2 1 76. Intensity of illumination I= =   M 1 L0T 3  lumen m-2 (or) lux.
57. Magnetic induction B  =  M L T A  Tesla (or) Wbm-2 (or) NA- ΔtΔA  Area 
A Area il
1 -1
m (or) Iluminance
1
4πFd 2 77. Focal poEX.r P=  M 0 L1T 0  dioptre
58. Magnetic permeability μ=  M 1 L1T 2 A2  Hm-1 Focal length
m1m 2
1 0 1 0
I 0 0 0 78. Wave number =  M L T  m-1
59. Magnetic susceptibility χ=  M L T  no units λ
H (Propagation constant)
60. Electric current I  M 0 L0T 0 A A Z2 e4 m
79. Rydberg’s constant R= 0 1 0
m-1
61. Charge Q =Current  Time 0 0
C 8ε 02 ch 3  M L T 
 M L TA 
62. Electric dipole moment P=Charge  Distance  M 0 L1 AT  Cm
63. Electric field strength (or)
 Dimensions of a physical quantity are the powers to which the fundamental quantities are to be raised to
Force represent that quantity.
Electric field intensity E=  M 1 LT 3 A1  NC -1
Charge Dimensional Formula :
64. Electrical flux ( E ) Electrical intensity  area  M 1 L3T 3 A1  Nm2 C-1  An expression showing the powers to which the fundamental quantities are to be raised to represent the
Work derived quantity is called dimensional formula of that quantity.
65. Electric potential (or) V=  M 1 L2T 3 A1  V
Charge In general the dimensional formula of a quantity can be written as  M x L yT z  . Here x,y,z are dimensions.
Potential difference Dimensional Constants:
Pot.diff  The physical quantities which have dimensions and have a fixed value are called dimensional constants.
66. Electrical resistance R=  M 1 L2T 3 A2  
Current Ex:Gravitational constant (G), Planck's constant (h), Universal gas constant (R), Velocity of light in
1 1 1 2 3 2
vacuum (c) etc.,
67. Electrical conductance C= =  M L T A  mho (or) Siemen (S)
R Resistance Dimensionless Quantities:
 Dimensionless quantities are those which do not have dimensions but have a fixed value.
68. Specific resistance (or (a):Dimensionless quantities without units.
RA Ex:Pure numbers,angle trigonometric functions , logarthemic functions etc.,
Resistivity  (or) s ρ=  M 1 L3T 3 A2  Ohm-m
l (b)Dimensionless quantities with units.
1 Ex:Angular displacement - radian, Joule's constant etc.,
69. Electrical conductivity  = R esistivity  M 1 L3T 3 A2  Ohm-1 m-1 (or) Siemen m-
Dimensional variables:
1
 Dimensional variables are those physical
70. Current density
( current per unit area J = Electrical intensity quantities which have dimensions and do not have fixed value.
of cross section)  Conductivity  M 0 L2T 0 A  Am-2 Ex:velocity, acceleration, force, work, power.etc.
Dimensionless variables:
 Current 
or  Area   Dimensionless variables are those physical quantities which do not have dimensions and do not have
 
fixed value.,
Q Charge
71. Capacitance C= =  M 1 L2T 4 A2  F Ex: Specific gravity, refractive index, Coefficient of friction, Poisson's Ratio etc.,
V Potential
dε Voltage×Time
L= =
72. Self (or) Mutual  dI  Current  M 1 L2T 2 A2  H(or) Wb/amp
 
 dt 
inductance

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Limitationas of Dimensional analysis method
 Dimensionless quantities cannot be determined by this method. Constant of proportionality cannot be  Latent heat, Gravitational potential  L2 T 2 
determined by this method. They can be found either by experiment (or) by theory.
 This method is not applicable to trigonometric, logarithmic and exponential functions.  Specific heat, Specific gas constant L2 T 2  1 
 In the case of physical quantities which are  Thermal capacity, Entropy, Boltzmann constant, Molar thermal capacity, M L2 T 2  1 
dependent upon more than three physical quantities, this method will be difficult.
 In some cases, the constant of proportionality also possesses dimensions. In such cases we cannot use  Wave number, Power of a lens, Rydberg’s constant  L1 
this system.
 If one side of equation contains addition or subtraction of physical quantities, we cannot use  Time, RC,
L
, LC T 
this method. R
 Power, Rate of dissipation of energy,  ML2T 3 
EX.11: Let  0  denote the dimensional formula of permittivity of vacuum .If M is mass ,L is
length,T is time and A is electric current,then(JEE-MAIN 2013)  Intensity of sound, Intensity of radiation [ MT 3 ]
1 q1q2  Electric potential, potential difference, electromotive force [ ML2T 3 I 1 ]
Sol. From coulomb’s law F  4 R 2
0  Intensity of magnetic field, Intensity of magnetization I L1 
qq
0  1 2 2
4 FR  Electric field and potential gradient  MLT 3 A1 
Substituting the units
c2  AT 
2  Rydberg’s constant and propagation constant  M 0 L1T 0 
0     M 1 L3T 4 A2   Strain , Poisson’s ratio, refractive index, dielectric constant, coefficient of friction, relative permeability,
N  m2 MLT 2   L2  
EX.12:The dimensional formula of magnetic field strength in M, L, T and C (coulomb) is given as magnetic susceptibility, electric susceptibility, angle, solid angle, trigonometric ratios,logarithm function,
(AIEEE 2008) exponential constant are all dimensionless.
Sol. From F = Bqv L
2  If L,C and R stands for inductance, capacitance and resistance respectively then , LC , RC and
F  MLT  R
B    M 1 L0T 1C 1 
qv C  LT 1   time  M 0 L0T 
Physical Quantities Having Same  Coefficient of linear expansion, coefficient of superficial expansion and coefficient of cubical
Dimensional Formulae:
expansion,temperature coefficient of resistance  M 0 L0T 0 K 1 
 Distance, Displacement, radius,wavelength, radius of gyration [L]
0 3
 Speed, Velocity, Velocity of light  LT 1   Solar constant and poynting vector  ML T 

 acceleration ,acceleration due to gravity, intensity of gravitational field, centripetal acceleration  LT 2  Principle of homogeneity:
 It states that only quantities of same dimensions can be added, subtracted and equated.
 Impulse, Change in momentum  M LT 1 
 Force, weight, Tension,energy gradient, Thrust  M LT 2  a a  ct 2
EX.13: The dimensional formula of in the equation P  where P = pressure, x=
b bx
 Work, Energy, Moment of force or Torque, Moment of couple  2 2 
M L T 
displacement and t = time
 Force constant, Surface Tension, Spring constant, surface energy i.e. Energy per unit area  M T 2  a  ct 2 
 Angular momentum, Angular impulse, Planck's constant  M L2 T 1  Sol.  P       
 bx   bx 
 Angular velocity, Frequency, angular frequency,Velocity gradient,
–1
Decay constant, rate of disintegration [T ] a
By principle of Homogeneity, should represent pressure
 bx 
 Stress, Pressure, Modulus of Elasticity, Energy density M L1 T 2 
a 1 a 2
  b  L   ML T    b    MT 
1 2

 
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Uses of dimensional analysis method: EX.17: Derive an expression for the time period of a simple pendulum of mass(m), length (l) at a
 To check the correctness of the given equation. (This is based on the principle of homogeneity) place where acceleration due to gravity is (g).
 To convert one system of units into another system. Sol. Let the time period of a simple pendulum depend
 To derive the equations showing the relation between different physical quantities. upon the mass of bob m, length of pendulum l ,
1 2 and acceleration due to gravity g, then
EX.14:Check whether the relation S  ut  at is dimensionally correct or not, where symbols
2 t  m a l b g c  t  km al b g c
have their usual meaning.
0 0 1 a b 2 c
1 2 M L T  M L  LT   M 0 L0T 1  M a Lb  cT 2 c
Sol. we have S  ut  at . checking the dimensions on both sides, LHS=  S    M 0 LT
1 0
 ,
2 comparing the powers of M, L, and T on
1  both sides, we get a = 0, b + c = 0, -2c=1
RHS= ut    2 at   LT 1  T    LT 2  T 2 
2

  1
2
0 l l
1 0
  M 0 LT 0 1 0 0 1 0  a = 0, b = 1/2 and c = -1/2. Putting these values, we get T  km T  k ,
   M LT    M L T 
1
g 2 g
we find LHS=RHS. which is the required relation.
Hence, the formula is dimensionally correct. EX.18: If C is the velocity of light, h is Planck’s constant and G is Gravitational constant are taken
EX.15:Young’s modulus of steel is 19  1010 N / m 2 . Express it in dyne / cm 2 . Here dyne is the CGS as fundamental quantities, then the dimensional formula of mass is.(Eamcet - 2014)
unit of force. Sol. C   LT 1   (1) ; h   ML2T 1   (2)
Sol. The SI unit of Young’s modulus is N / m 2 . . 1 3
G   M L T  2   (3)
 5 
N  19 1010  10 dyne 
 dyne  Solving (2) and (3)
Given Y  19  10
10
 19  1011 
 2
 2 
m 2
 10 2
cm  cm 
   h  ML2T 1 
   M 2 L1T 1 
EX.16 : For a particle to move in a circular orbit uniformly, centripetal force is required, which G  M 1 L3T 2 
depends upon the mass (m), velocity (v) of the particle and the radius (r) of the circle. Express Substituting (1) in above
centripetal force in termsof these quantities 1 1 1
h M 2  M  h 2 G 2 C 2 
Sol. According to the provided information,     
G C  
let F  m a vb r c .  F  km a vb r c
 a 1 b c 
EX.19: If E, M, J and G respectively denote energy, mass, angular momentum and universal gravi-
  M 1 LT    M  LT  L 
1 2

EJ 2
1 1 2 a bc b tational constant, the quantity, which has the same dimensions as the dimensions of
  M LT    M L T  M 5G 2
using principle of homogeneity we have (Eamcet - 2013)
a = 1 ,b + c = 1 ,b = 2 EJ 2
on solving we have a = 1, b = 2, c = -1 Sol. D.F. of
M 5G 2
using these values we get F = km1v 2 r 1 Substituting D.F. of E, J, M, and G in above formula
mv 2 2
F k ML2T 2  ML2T 1 
r 
5 1 3 2 2   M 0 L0T 0 
Note: The value of the dimensionless constant k is to be found experimentally. M  M L T 
 1  y
EX.20: In the equation  p    k T where p is the pressure, y is the distance, k B is Boltzmann con-
  B
stant and T is the temperature. Dimensions of  are (Med- 2013)
1 y
Sol. 
p  k BT

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.22:A screw gauge having 100 equal divisions and a pitch of length 1 mm is used to measure the
 Dimensional formulae of k B  Dimensional formulae of T 
Dimension of    =  Dimensional formulae of p Dimensional formulae of y  diameter of a wire of length 5.6 cm. The main scale reading is 1 mm and 47th circular division
 ML2T 3  T  coincides with the main scale. Find the curved surface area of the wire in cm 2 to appropriate
  1 2   M 0 L2T 0  significant figures.(Use  = 22/7)
 ML T   L  
1 mm
 Dimensions of M,L,T in  are 0,2,0 Sol. Least Count =  0.01 mm
100
  a Diameter = MSR + CSR(LC) = 1 mm+47 (0.01) mm = 1.47 mm
EX.21: The vander Waal’s equation for n moles of a real gas is  p  V 2 V b  nRT where p is pres-
 
22
sure, V is volume, T is absolute temperature, R is molar gas constant a, b and c are vander Surface area =  Dl   1.47  56mm 2
7
Waal’s constants. The dimensional formula for ab is (Med- 2012)
a = 2.58724 cm 2 = 26cm 2
Sol. By principle of homogenity of dimensions P can added to P only. It means 2 also gives pressure. EX.23: In Searle’s experiment, the diameter of the wire as measured by a screw gauge of least
V
count 0.001 cm is 0.050 cm. The length, measured by a scale of least count 0.1 cm, is 110.0 cm.
Dimension formulae for pressure  P    M 1L1T 2  and Volume V    M 0 L3T 0 
When a weight of 50 N is suspended from the wire, the extension is measured to be 0.125 cm by
a a micrometer of least count 0.001 cm. Find the maximum error in the measurement of Young’s
Since = pressure modulus of the material of the wire from these data.
V2
a a Sol.Maximum percentage error in Y is given by
   M 1 L1T 2   0 6 0   M 1 L1T 2 
M LT0 
0 3
M LT W L
Y    Y   2  D   x  L
 a   M 1 L5T 2   D2 x  Y   D  x L
4
 0.001   0.001   0.1 
similarly, b will have same dimensions as volume V  b  volume  2     0.0489
 0.05   0.125   110 
 b   M 0 L3T 0 
EX.24:The side of a cube is measured by vernier calipers (10 divisions of the vernier scale coincide
  ab    M 1 L5T 2   M 0 L3T 0    M 1 L8T 2  with 9 divisions of the main scale, where 1 division of main scale is 1 mm). The main scale reads
10 mm and first division of vernier scale coincides with the main scale. Mass of the cube is 2.736
 a g. Find the density of the cube in appropriate significant figures.
EX.21: The vander Waal’s equation for n moles of a real gas is  p  V 2 V b  nRT where p is pres-
  Sol.Least count of vernier calipers
sure, V is volume, T is absolute temperature, R is molar gas constant a, b and c are vander
1 division of main scale 1
Waal’s constants. The dimensional formula for ab is (Med- 2012)    0.1 mm
Number of divisions in vernier scale 10
a
Sol. By principle of homogenity of dimensions P can added to P only. It means 2 also gives pressure. The side of cube = 10 mm + 1 0.1 mm  1.01 cm
V
1 1 2 0 3 0
Dimension formulae for pressure  P    M L T  and Volume V    M L T  Mass 3 2.736 g
Now, density = Volume  1.013 cm3  2.66 g cm
a
Since 2 = pressure
V Accuracy, precision, types of errors and combination of errors
a a
   M 1 L1T 2   0 6 0   M 1 L1T 2  EX 25. T he accur acy in the measur ement of the diameter of hydr ogen atom as 1.06 x 10-10 m is
M LT0 
0 3
M LT
1
 a   M 1 L5T 2  1) 0.01 2)106 x 10-10 3) 4)0.01 x 10-10
106
similarly, b will have same dimensions as volume V  b  volume d 0.01 10 1 10

Sol :   key-3
 b   M 0 L3T 0  d 1.06 1010 106

  ab    M L T   M L T    M L T 
1 5 2 0 3 0 1 8 2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX 26. The length of a rod is measured as 31.52 cm. Graduations on the scale are up to
1) 1 mm 2) 0.01 mm 3) 0.1 mm 4) 0.02 cm 1 X1 N2 10
Sol : X   X  N  100
Sol : 0.01cm is the least count of varnier caliperse. N 2 1

key-3 key-1
EX 27. If L   20  0.01 m and B  10  0.02  m then L/B is EX 32. If L1   2.02  0.01 m and L2  1.02  0.01 m then L1  2 L2 is (in m)
1)  2  0.03 m 2)  2  0.015 m 1) 4.06  0.02 2) 4.06  0.03
3) 4.06  0.005 4) 4.06  0.01
3)  2  0.01 m 4)  2  0.005 m Sol : L1  2 L2  2.02  2 1.02  4.06
x L B  L B  L1  2L2  0.01  2  0.01  0.03
Sol :    x  x  
x L B L B 
20  0.01 0.02  key-2
 
10  20 10  EX 33. A body travels uniformly a distance of  20.0  0.2  m in time  4.0  0.04  s . The velocity of
the body is
x  x   2  0.005  m
1)  5.0  0.4  ms 1 2)  5.0  0.2  ms 1
key-4
1
3)  5.0  0.6  ms 4)  5.0  0.1 ms 1
EX 28. The radius of a sphere is measured as 10  0.02%  cm . The error in the measurement of its
S V S T
volume is Sol : V    
1) 25.1cc 2)25.12cc 3)2.51cc 4)251.2cc T V S T
4 3 v r
Sol : V   r   100  3  100 key-4
3 v r
r Significant figures & Rounding off
v  3   v , key-3
r EX 34. If the value of 103.5 kg is rounded off to three significant figures, then the value is
EX 29. If length and breadth of a plate are  40  0.2  cm and  30  0.1 cm , the absolute error in 1) 103 2) 103.0 3) 104 4) 10.3
measurement of area is Sol :If last digit is 5, if the preceding digit is odd then it should be increased by adding 1 and last digit 5
1) 10cm2 2) 8cm2 3) 9 cm 2 4) 7 cm 2 has to be ignored.
key-3
A l  b  l  b 
Sol : A  lb  A  l  b  A  A  l  b  EX 35. The number of significant figures in 6.023 1023 mole 1 is
 
1) 4 2) 3 3) 2 4) 23
A  bl  l b  10cm 2 , key-1 Sol :Use limitation of significant figures
EX 30. If the length of a cylinder is measured to be 4.28 cm with an error of 0.01 cm, the percentage key-1
error in the measured length is nearly EX 36. The side of a cube is 2.5 metre. The volume of the cube to the significant figures is
1) 0.4 % 2) 0.5 % 3) 0.2 % 4) 0.1 % 1) 15 2) 16 3) 1.5 4) 1.6
l 0.01
Sol :  100   100  0.2% Sol : V  l 3 and rounded off to minimum significant
l 4.28
key-2
key-3
EX 31. When 10 observations are taken, the random error is x. When 100 observations are taken,
the random error becomes
1) x/10 2) x 2 3) 10 x 4) x

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Units and dimensional formulae EX 42. The dimensional formula for the product of two physical quantities P and Q is [ ML2T 2 ]. The
EX 37. If the unit of length is doubled and that of mass and time is halved, the unit of energy will be P
1) doubled 2)4 times 3)8 times 4) same dimensional formula of Q is [ MT 2 ]. Then P and Q respectively are(2001 M)
2 2
E2 M 2  L2   T2  1) Force and velocity
Sol : E  M  L   T 
1 1  1   1  2) Momentum and displacement
3) Force and displacement
key-3 4) Work and velocity
EX 38. Given M is the mass suspended from a spring of force constant. k. The dimensional formula Sol :
P
1/ 2
PQ  ML2T 2 ----(1);  MT 2 -----(2)
for  M / k  is same as that for Q
1) frequency 2) time period 3) velocity 4) wavelength (1) X (2) = P2  M 2 L2T 4
Sol :Here [k] = force/ length = ML0T 2 2
 P  MLT 2  FORCE (1) / (2) = Q = L
2

1/ 2
M 
Hence    M 0 L0T key-3
k 
EX 43. If minute is the unit of time, 10 ms-2 is the unit of acceleration and 100 kg is the unit of mass,
key-2 the new unit of work in joule is
EX 39. The dimensional formula for the product of two physical quantities P and Q is [ ML2T 2 ]. The 1) 105 2) 106 3) 6 x 106 4) 36x 106
P 2 W M a 2T
2 2 2
2

dimensional formula of Q is [ MT 2 ]. Then P and Q respectively are(2001 M) Sol : W  Ma 2T 2 ; W  M a 2T 2

1 1 1 1

1) Force and velocity 2) Momentum and displacement key-4

3) Force and displacement 4) Work and velocity EX 44. The magnitude of force is 100 N. What will be its value if the units of mass and time are
P doubled and that of length is halved?
Sol : PQ  ML2T 2 ----(1);  MT 2 -----(2)
Q 1) 25 2)100 3) 200 4) 400
(1) X (2) = P2  M 2 L2T 4 Sol : n1[M1L1T12 ]  n2 [ M 2 L2T22 ]
2 2
 P  MLT 2  FORCE (1) / (2) = Q = L key-1
EX 45. If force (F), work (W) and velocity (V) are taken as fundamental quantities then the dimensional
key-3 formula of Time (T) is (2007 M)
EX 40. If the unit of length is doubled and that of mass and time is halved, the unit of energy will be 1) [ W 1 F 1V 1 ] 2) [ W 1 F 1V 1 ]
1) doubled 2)4 times 3)8 times 4) same 3) [ W 1 F 1V 1 ] 4) [ W 1 F 1V 1 ]
2 2
E2 M 2  L2   T2 
Sol :      Sol : T  F xW yV z ; M 0 L0T 1 [ MLT 2 ]x [ ML2T 2 ] y [ LT 1 ]z
E1 M 1  L1   T1 
key-4
key-3
EX 41. Given M is the mass suspended from a spring of force constant. k. The dimensional formula
1/ 2
for  M / k  is same as that for
1) frequency 2) time period
3) velocity 4) wavelength
Sol :Here [k] = force/ length = ML0T 2
1/ 2
M 
Hence    M 0 L0T , key-2
k 
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX 46. The error in the measurement of the length of the simple pendulum is 0.2 % and the error in x
3 -3
EX 51. Dimensional analysis of the equation  Velocity  =  Pressure difference  2 .  density  2
L
time period 4%. The maximum possible error in measurement of 2 is gives the value of x as: (1986 E)
T
1) 4.2% 2) 3.8% 3) 7.8% 4) 8.2% 1) 1 2) 2 3) 3 4)-3
Sol :17. Substitute dimension formulae
L x L T
Sol :Let x  ; = 2 key-3
T2 x L T
EX 52. For the equation F =Aavbdc where F is force, A is area, v is velocity and d is density, with the
key-4 dimensional analysis gives the following values for the exponents. (1985 E)
1) a=1, b = 2, c =1 2) a =2, b =1, c= 1
EX 47. The least count of a stop watch is (1/5) s. The time of 20 oscillations of a pendulum is measured 3)a =1, b =1, c= 2 4) a = 0, b =1 , c = 1
to be 25 s. The maximum percentage error in this measurement is a b c
1) 8 % 2) 1 % 3) 0.8 % 4) 16 % Sol :18. F = Aa vb d c ; MLT 2   L2   LT 1   ML3  comparing the powers on both sides
1/ 5 25 T key-1
Sol :. T  and T  ; % error  100
EX 53. The length of pendulum is measured as 1.01m and time for 30 oscillations is measured as
20 20 T
key-3 one minute 3 seconds. Error in length is 0.01 m and error in time is 3 secs. The percentage error
EX 48. The diameter of a wire as measured by a screw gauge was found to be 1.002 cm, 1.004 cm in the measurement of acceleration due to gravity is. (Engg. - 2012)
and 1.006 cm. The absolute error in the third reading is 1) 1 2) 5 3) 10 4) 15
1) 0.002 cm 2) 0.004 cm l g l T
3) 1.002 cm 4) zero Sol :19. T  2 ; 100  100  2 100
g g l T
Sol :. x3  x3  xmean key-3
key-1
EX 54. The Energy (E), angular momentum (L) and universal gravitational constant (G) are chosen as
fundamental quantities. The dimensions of universal gravitational constant in the dimensional
EX 49. Force and area are measured as 20 N and 5m2 with errors 0.05 N and 0.0125m2. The
formula of Planks constant (h) is (Eng - 2008)
maximum error in pressure is (SI unit)
1) 0 2) -1 3) 5/3 4) 1
1) 4  0.0625 2) 4  0.05
Sol : h  E , L, G
3) 4  0.125 4) 4  0.02
a b c
F p F A  F A  ML2T 1   ML2T 2   ML2T 1   M 1 L3T 2 
Sol :. p   p  F  A  p  p  F  A 
A key-1
key-4 EX 55. A body weighs 22.42 g and has a measured volume of 4.7 cc the possible errors in the
measurement of mass and volume are0.01g and 0.1 cc. Then the maximum percentage error
EX 50. The length and breadth of a rectangular object are 25.2cm and 16.8cm respectively and have in the density will be(Med- 2010)
been measured to an accuracy of 0.1cm. Relative error and percentage error in the area of the 1) 22% 2) 2.2% 3) 0.22% 4) 0.022%
object are
M
1) 0.01 & 1% 2) 0.02 & 2% Sol :. The density of d  ; % Error of density
3) 0.03 & 3% 4) 0.04 & 4% V

a l b Δd ΔM ΔV
  ×100= ×100+ ×100 , key-2
Sol :. a  l  b ; d M V
a l b
EX 56. If energy E, velocity v and time T are taken as fundamental quantities, the dimensional
a  l b 
 100      100 formula for surface tension is (Med-2009)
a  l b 
1)  Ev 2T 2  2)  E 2 vT 2 
key-1
3)  Ev 2T 1  4)  E 2 v 2T 1 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

a b c
Sol :  S    E    v   T   4 2 L 
EX 60. A student performs an experiment for determination of g   2  ,L  1m, and he commits
a 1 b c  T 
 MT    ML T    LT   T 
2 2 2

an error of L for T he tajes the time of n oscillations with the stop watch of least count T .For
Comparing the powers on both sides we get a,b,c
which of the following data the measurement of g will be most accurate?
key-1
1) L  0.5, T  0.1, n  20
EX 57. The measured mass and volume of a body are 53.63 g and 5.8 cm3 respectively, with possible
errors of 0.01 g and 0.1 cm3. The maximum percentage error in density is about 2) L  0.5, T  0.1, n  50
1) 0.2% 2) 2% 3) 5% 4) 10% 3) L  0.5, T  0.01, n  20
M   m V  4) L  0.5, T  0.05, n  50
Sol :Density   ;  100   m  V  100
V  
g l T
key-2 Sol :  2 ( l and T are least, and the number of readings are maximum)
g l T
EX 58. A vernier calipers has 1 mm marks on the main scale . It has 20 equal divisions on the vernier
key- 4
scale,which match with 16main scale divisions. For this vernier calipers the least count is
EX 61. A rectangular metal slab of mass 33.333 has its length 8.0 cm, breadth 5.0 cm and thickness
1) 0.02mm 2) 0.05 mm 3) 0.1mm 4) 0.2mm
1mm. The mass is measured with accuracy up to 1 mg with a sensitive balance. The length and
Sol :. 16 M.S.D = 20 V.S.D  1V .S .D  4 / 5 M .S .D breadth are measured with vernier calipers having a least count of 0.01 cm. The thickness is
L.C = 1M.S.D - 1 V.S.D measured with a screw gauge of least count 0.01 mm. The percentage accuracy in density
key-4 calculated from the above measurements is
EX 59. The resistance of metal is given by V=IR. The voltage in the resistance is V   8  0.5  V 1) 13 % 2)130 % 3)1.6 % 4)16 % m
Sol : Percentage error gives percentage accuracy d 
lbh
and current in the resistance is I   2  0.2  A, the value of resistance with its percentage error
d m l b h
is relative error,    
d m l b h
1)  4  16.25%   2)  4  2.5%    d 
and calculate   100
 d 
3)  4  0.04%   4)  4  1%  
key- 3
V R  V I 
Sol :. R ; 100     100
  z / K
I R  V I 
EX 62. In the relation p  e ; P is pressure, K is Boltzmann’s constant, Z is distance and
R

 
Resistance =  R  R  100 
   is temperature. The dimensional formula of  will be
key-1 0 2 0 1 2 1
1)  M L T  2)  M L T 
EX 60. In an experiment, the values of refractive indices of glass were found to be 1.54, 1.53, 1.44,
0 1 0 2 1
1.54, 1.56 and 1.45 in successive measurements 3)  ML T  4)  M L T 
i) mean value of refractive index of glass ii) mean absolute error
iii) relative error and iv) percentage error are respectively,  z 
Sol :    1 ; 20)Here  A  IT 2 and  B   KT
1)1.51,0.04,0.03,3% 2)1.51,0.4,0.03,3 %  k 
3)15.1,0.04,0.03,3% 4)15.1,0.04,0.3,3 % key-1
EX 63. The heat generated in a circuit is given by Q = i2 Rt joule , where ‘i’ is current, R is
resistance and t is time. If the percentage errors in measuring i, R and t are 2%, 1% and 1%
   i 
mean   ; mean   mean
 respectively, the maximum error in measuring heat will be
Sol : ;
6 6 1) 2 % 2) 3 % 3) 4 % 4) 6 %
mean
relative % error in  =   100 key-1
mean
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Q 2 i R
Sol : Q  i 2 Rt ; Q 100  i 100  R 100  t 100
t JEE MAIN PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
key-4
TOPIC-1…..Unit of Physical Quantities
EX 64. You measure two quantities as A=1.0m  0.2m, B=2.0m  0.2m. We should report correct
value for 1. The density of a material in SI unit is 128 kg m−3 In certain units in which the unit of
AB as
1)1.4m  0.4m 2) 1.41m  0.15m length is 25 cm and the unit of mass is 50 g, the numerical value of density of the

3) 1.4m  0.3m 4) 1.4m  0.2m material is:

[10 Jan. 2019 ]
Sol : Y  AB  1.0  2.0   1.414m
(a) 40 (b) 16 (c) 640 (d) 410
y 1  A B  1  0.2 0.2  0.6 128kg
     sol. (a) Density of material in SI unit,=
y 2  A B  2  10 2.0  2  2.0 m3

Rounding off to one significant digit y =0.2 cm Density of material in new system
key-4 128(50g)(20) 128
= = (20) = 40units
(25cm)3 (4)3 64
EX 65. Which of the following measurement is most precise ?
1) 5.00 mm 2) 5.00 cm 3) 5.00 m 4) 5.00 km
Sol : All given measurement are correct upto two decimal places. As here 5.00 mm has the smallest unit and
the error in 5.00 mm is least (commonly taken as 0.01 mm if not specified), hence, 5.00 mm is mpst
2. A metal sample carrying a currentalong X-axis with density Jx is subjected to a
precise.
key-1 magnetic field Bz (along z‐axis). The electric field Ey developed along Y‐axis is directly

EX 66. The mean length of an object is 5 cm. Which of the following measurement is most accurate proportional to Jx as well as Bz . The constant of proportionality has SI unit
? [Online April 25, 2013]
1) 4.9 cm 2) 4.805 cm3) 5.25 cm 4) 5.4 cm 𝑚2 𝑚3 𝑚2 𝐴𝑠
(a) (b) (c) (d) 𝑚3
Sol : Given length 𝐴 𝐴𝑠 𝐴𝑠
Now, checking the errors with each options one by one, we get sol. (b) According to question Ey ∝ Jx BZ
l1 = 5 - 4.9 = 0.1 cm Ey C m3
Constant of proportionality K = B =J =
Z Jx x As
l 2 = 5 - 4.805 = 0.195 cm
E I
l3 =5.25 - 5 = 0.25 cm [As B = C (speed of light) and J = Area]

l 4 = 5.4 - 5 = 0.4 cm
Error l1 is least TOPIC-2…..Dimensions of Physical Quantities
Hence, 4.9 cm is most precise.
1 𝐸 1
key-1 3. The quantities = , 𝑦 = 𝐵 and 𝑧 = 𝐶𝑅 are defined where 𝐶‐capacitance, 𝑅‐
√𝜇0 𝜀0

Resistance, 𝑙‐length, 𝐸‐Electric field, 𝐵‐magnetic field and 𝜀0 , 𝜇0 , ‐ free space

permittivity and permeability respectively. Then : [Sep. 05, 2020 (II)]
(a) 𝑥, 𝑦 and 𝑧 have the same dimension.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

(b) Only 𝑥 and 𝑧 have the same dimension. 𝐼𝐹𝑣 2 (M1 L2 )(M1 L1 T−2 )(L1 T−2 )
2
𝑥= =
𝑊𝐿4 (M1 L2 T−2 )(L4 )
(c) Only 𝑥 and 𝑦 have the same dimension.
M1 L−2 T−2
(d) Only 𝑦 and 𝑧 have the same dimension. = L3
= M1 L−1 T −2 = Energy density
1
sol. (a) We know that Speed of light, 𝑐 = =𝑥
√𝜇0 𝜀0
6. Amount of solar energy received on the earth’s surface per unit area per unit time is
𝐸
Also, 𝑐 = =𝑦
𝐵 defined a solar constant. Dimension of solar constant is: [Sep. 03, 2020 (II)]
Time constant, 𝛤 = 𝑅𝑐 = 𝑡 (a) ML2 𝑇 −2 (b) ML0 𝑇 −3 (c) M 2 L0 𝑇 −1 (d) ML𝑇 −2
𝑙 𝑙
𝑧= = = Speed sol. (b) Solar constant = TimeArea
Energy
𝑅𝑐 𝑡

Thus, 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 will have the same dimension of speed. Dimension of Energy, 𝐸 = ML2 T −2
Dimension of Time = T
4. Dimensional formula for thermal conductivity is (here 𝐾 denotes the temperature): Dimension of Area = L2
[Sep. 04, 2020 (I)] M1 L2 T−2
Dimension of Solar constant = TL2
= M1 L0 T −3
(a) MLT −2 K (b) MLT −2 K −2 (c) MLT −3 K (d) MLT −3 K −1
 dQ 
dQ dT   7. If speed V, area A and force 𝐹 are chosen as fundamental units, then the dimension of
dt 
sol. (d) From formula,  kA k  
dt dx  dT  Young’s modulus will be: [Sep. 02, 2020 (I)]
A 
 dx  (a) 𝐹A2 V −1 (b) 𝐹A2 V −3 (c) 𝐹A2 V −2 (d) 𝐹A−1 V 0
[ML2 T −3 ] stress
[𝑘] = 2 = [MLT −3 K −1 ] sol. (d) Young’s modulus, 𝑌 =
strain
[L ][KL−1 ]
𝐹 𝛥ℓ
⇒𝑌= / = 𝐹A−1 V 0
A ℓ0

5. A quantity x is given by (𝐼𝐹𝑣 2 /𝑊𝐿4 ) in terms of moment of inertia 𝐼, force 𝐹, velocity

𝑣, work 𝑊 and Length 𝐿. The dimensional formula for 𝑥 is same as that of:
8. If momentum(P), area (A) and time (T) are taken to be the fundamental quantities then
[Sep. 04, 2020 (II)]
the dimensional formula for energy is : [Sep. 02, 2020 (II)]
(a) planck’s constant (b) force constant
(a) [P 2 AT −2 ] (b) [PA−1 T −2 ] (c) [PA1/2 T −1 ] (d) [P1/2 AT −1 ]
(c) energy density (d) coefficient of viscosity
sol. (c) Energy 𝐸 ∝ 𝐴𝑎 𝑇 𝑏 𝑃𝑐
sol. (c) Dimension of𝛤orce F= M1 L1 T −2
or, 𝐸 = 𝑘𝐴𝑎 𝑇 𝑏 𝑃𝑐 ---(i)
Dimension of velocity 𝑉 = L1 T −1
1 2 −2
where 𝑘 is a dimensionless constant and 𝑎, 𝑏 and 𝑐 are the exponents.
Dimension of work = M L T
Dimension of momentum, 𝑃 = 𝑀1 𝐿1 𝑇 −1
Dimension of length = L
Dimension of area, 𝐴 = 𝐿2
Moment of inertia = ML2
Dimension of time, 𝑇 = 𝑇 1
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Putting these values in equation (i), we get 𝑀1 𝐿2 𝑇 −2 = 𝑀𝑐 𝐿2𝑎+𝑐 𝑇 𝑏−𝑐 Y = [M 3 L2 T 8 A4 ] (Using (i))
by comparison
𝑐=1
2𝑎 + 𝑐 = 2 ∈0
11. In SI units, the dimensions of √ is: [8 April 2019 I]
𝜇0
𝑏 − 𝑐 = −2
𝑐 = 1 , 𝑎 = 1/2, 𝑏 = −1 (a) A−1 T1 M1 L3 (b) AT 2 M −1 L−1 (c) AT −3 ML3/2 (d) A2 T 3 M −1 L−2
1/2 −1 1 𝜀0 𝜀02 𝜀0
𝐸=𝐴 𝑇 𝑃 sol. (d) [√ ] = √ =[ ] = 𝜀0 𝐶[𝐿𝛤 1]
× [𝜀0 ]
𝜇0 𝜇0 𝜀 0 √𝜇0 𝜀0

1
[⋅.⋅ = 𝐶]
√𝜇0 𝜀0
9. Which of the following combinations has the dimension of electrical resistance (∈0 is the
𝑞2
permittivity of vacuum and 𝜇0 is the permeability of vacuum)? [12 April 2019 I] 𝐹=
4𝜋𝜀0 𝑟 2
𝜇 𝜇0 𝜀 𝜀
(a) √ 𝜀 0 (b) (c) √𝜇0 (d) 𝜇0 [𝐴𝑇]2
0 𝜀0 0 0 ⇒ [𝜀0 ] = = [𝐴2 𝑀−1 𝐿−3 𝑇 4 ]
[𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2 ] × [𝐿2 ]
𝜇 𝜇02
sol. (a) √ 𝜀 0 = √𝜀 = 𝜇0𝐶
0 0 𝜇0 𝜀0
[√ ] = [𝐿𝑇 −1 ] × [𝐴2 𝑀−1 𝐿−3 𝑇 4 ]
𝜇0
𝜇0 𝑐 → M𝐿T −2 A−2 × LT1 =ML2 T 3 A2
Dimensions of resistance = [𝑀−1 𝐿−2 𝑇 3 𝐴2 ]

10. In the formula X = 5YZ 2 , X and Z have dimensions of capacitance and magnetic field, 12. Let 𝑙, 𝑟, 𝑐 and 𝑣 represent inductance, resistance, capacitance and voltage, respectively.
respectively. What are the dimensions of Y in SI units? [10 Apri12019 II] The dimension of
ℓ
in SI units will be: [12 Jan. 2019 II]
𝑟𝑐𝑣
(a) [M 3 L2 T 8 A4 ] (b) [M1 L2 T 4 A2 ] (c) [M 2 L0 T ⊲ A2 ] (d) [M 2 L2 T 6 A3 ]
(a) [𝐿A−2 ] (b) [A−1 ] (c) [LTA] (d) [LT 2 ]
sol. (a) X = 5YZ 2
sol. (b) As we know,
𝑋
⇒ 𝑌 ∝ 𝑍 2 --(i) ℓ
[ ] = [T] and [cv] = [AT]
r
𝑄 𝑄2 [𝐴2 𝑇 2 ]
𝑋 = Capacitance = V = 𝑊
= [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −2 ] ℓ T
[ ] = [ ] = [A−1 ]
rcv AT
X = [M1 L2 T 4 A2 ]
𝐹
𝑍 = 𝐵 = 𝐼𝐿 [⋅.⋅ 𝐹 = 𝐼𝐿𝐵]

Z= [MT 2 1 ] A 𝑥2
13. The force of interaction between two atoms is given by = 𝛼𝛽 exp (− 𝛼𝑘𝑇) ; where 𝑥 is
[𝑀−1 𝐿−2 𝑇 4 𝐴2 ]
𝑌= the distance, k is the Boltzmann constant and T is temperature and 𝛼 and 𝛽 are two
[𝑀𝑇 −2 𝐴−1 ]2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

constants. The dimensions of 𝛽 is: [11 Jan. 2019 I] constant and ℎ is the Planck’s constant. Dimension of 𝑓 is that of: [9 Jan. 2019 I]
(a) M 0 L2 T −4 (b) M 2 L𝑇 −4 (c) MLT −2 (d) M 2 L2 T −2 (a) area (b) energy (c) momentum (d) volume
sol. (b) Force of interaction between two atoms, sol. (b) Dimension of [ℎ] = [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 1 ]
−x 2 [C] = [𝐿𝑇 1 ]
𝛤 = 𝛼𝛽e ( )
𝛼kT [𝐺] = [𝑀1 𝐿3 𝑇 2 ]
Since exponential terms are dimensionless Hence dimension of
x2
[ ] = M 0 L0 T 0 ℎ𝐶 5 [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −1 ] ⋅ [𝐿5 𝑇 −5 ]
𝛼kT [√ ]=
𝐺 [𝑀 −1 𝐿3 𝑇 −2 ]
L2
⇒ = M 0 L0 T 0
[𝛼]ML2 T −2 = [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 2 ] = energy
⇒ [𝛼] = M −1 T 2
[𝛤] = [𝛼][𝛽]
MLT −2 = M −1 T 2 [𝛽] 16. Expression for time in terms of G (universal gravitational constant), h (Planck’s constant)
⇒ [𝛽] = M 2 LT −4 and c (speed of light) is proportional to: [9 Jan. 2019 II]
hc5 c3 Gh Gh
(a) √ (b) √ (c) √ c5 (d) √ c3
G Gh

14. If speed (V), acceleration (A) and force (𝐹) are considered as fundamental units, the sol. (c) Let t ∝ Gx hy Cz

dimension of Young’s modulus will be: [11 Jan. 2019 II] Dimensions ofG = [M −1 L3 T −2 ],

(a) V −2 A2 𝐹 −2 (b) V −2 A2 𝐹 2 (c) V −4 A−2 𝐹 (d) V −4 A2 𝐹 h = [ML2 T −1 ] and C = [LT −1 ]

sol. (d) Let [Y] = [V]a [𝛤]b [A]c [T] = [M −1 L3 T −2 ]x [ML2 T −1 ]y [LT −1 ]z

[ML−1 T −2 ] = [LT −1 ]a [MLT −2 ]b [LT −2 ]c [M 0 L0 T1 ] = [M −x+y L3x+2y+z T −2x−y−z ]

By comparing the powers ofM, L, T both the sides
[ML−1 T −2 ] = [M b La+b+c T −a−2b−2c ]
−x + y = 0 ⇒ x = y
Comparing power both side of similar terms we get,
3x + 2y + z = 0 ⇒ 5x + z = 0 (i)
b = 1 , a + b + c = −1, −a − 2b − 2c = −2
−2x − y − z = 1 ⇒ 3x + z = −1 (ii) Solving eqns. (i) and (ii),
solving above equations we get:
1 5 Gh
a = −4, b = 1, c = 2 x = y = 2, z = − 2 t ∝ √ C5
so [Y] = [V −4 𝛤A2 ] = [V −4 A2 𝛤]

17. The dimensions of stopping potential 𝑉0 in photoelectric effect in units of Planck’s

ℎ𝑐 5
15. A quantity 𝑓 is given by 𝑓 = √ where c is speed of light, G universal gravitational constant ′ℎ’, speed oflight‘c’ and Gravitational constant ‘ 𝐺’ and ampere 𝐴 is:
𝐺
[8 Jan. 2019 I]
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(a) ℎ𝑈3 𝐺 2/3 𝑐 𝑈3 𝐴−1 (b) ℎ2/3 𝑐 5/3 𝐺 1/3 𝐴−1 (c) ℎ2/3 𝐶 1/3 𝐺 4/3 𝐴−1 (d) ℎ2 𝐺 3/2 𝐶 1/3 𝐴−1 sol. (b) Plank length is a unit of length, 𝑙𝑝 = 1.616229 × 10−35 m
sol. (None)
ℎ𝐺
Stopping potential (𝑉0 ) ∝ ℎ 𝑥 𝐼 𝑦 𝐺 𝑍 𝐶 𝑟 𝑙𝑝 = √
𝑐3
Here, ℎ = Planck’s constant = [𝑀𝐿2 −1 ]
𝑇
𝐼 = current = [𝐴]
𝐺 = Gravitational constant = [𝑀1 𝐿3 𝑇 2 ]
20. Time (T), velocity (C) and angular momentum (h) are chosen as fundamental quantities
and 𝑐 = speed oflight = [𝐿𝑇 1 ]
instead of mass, length and time. In terms of these, the dimensions of mass would be:
𝑉0 = potentia1 = [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 3 𝐴1 ]
[Online April 8, 2017]
[𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 3 𝐴1 ] = [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 1 ]x [𝐴]y [𝑀1 𝐿3 𝑇 2 ]z [𝐿𝑇 1 ]𝑟
(a) [M] = [T −1 C−2 h] (b) [M] = [T −1 C2 h]
𝑀 𝑥−𝑧 ; 𝐿2𝑥+3𝑧+𝑟 ; 𝐼 ←𝑥−2𝑧−𝑟 ; 𝐴𝑦
(c) [M] = [T −1 C−2 h−1 ] (d) [M] = [TC−2 h]
Comparing dimension ofM, L, T, A, we get
sol. (a) Let mass, related as M ∝ T x Cy hz
y = −1, x = 0, z = −1 , r = 5
M1 L0 T 0 = (T ′ )x (L1 T1 )y (M1 L2 T1 )z
𝑉0 ∝ ℎ0 𝐼 −1 𝐺 −1 𝐶 5
M1 L0 T 0 = M z Ly+2z + T xyz
z=1
y + 2z = 0 x − y − z = 0
𝐵2
18. The dimensions of 2𝜇 , where 𝐵 is magnetic field and 𝜇0 is the magnetic permeability of y = −2 x + 2 − 1 = 0
0

vacuum, is: [8 Jan. 2019 II] x = −1

(a) MLT −2 (b) ML2 T −1 (c) ML2 T −2 (d) ML−1 T −2 M = [T1 C2 h1 ]
B2
sol. (d) The quantity 2𝜇 is the energy density ofmagnetic field.
0

𝐵2 Energy 𝛤orce×disp1acement
⇒[ ]= = (disp1acement)3 21. A, B, C and D are four different physical quantities having different dimensions. None of
2𝜇0 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒

𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −2 them is dimensionless. But we know that the equation AD = C ln (BD) holds true. Then
=[ ] = 𝑀𝐿−1 𝑇 −2
𝐿3 which of the combination is not a meaningful quantity? [Online Apri110, 2016]
C AD2 A (A−C)
(a) BD − C
(b) A2 − B2 C2 (c) B − C (d) D

sol. (d) Dimension ofA ≠ dimension of(C)

19. The characteristic distance at which quantum gravitational effects are significant, the
Hence A‐C is not possible.
Planck length, can be determined from a suitable combination of the fundamental
physical constants G, h and c. Which of the following correctly gives the Planck length?
[Online April 15, 2018]
22. In the following I refers to current and other s𝛾nbols have their usual meaning, Choose
1
1
Gh 2
(a) G2 hc (b) ( c3 ) (c) G 2 h2C (d) Gh2 c 3 the option that corresponds to the dimensions of electrical conductivity:

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

[Online April 9, 2016]
(a) M −1 L−3T 3 I (b) M −1 L−3 T 3 I2 (c) M −1 L3 T 3 I (d) ML−3 T −3 I2 24. If the capacitance of a nanocapacitor is measured in terms of a unit ‘u’ made by
sol. (b) We know that resistivity combining the electric charge ‘e’, Bohr radius ‘a0’, Planck’s constant‘h’ and speed of
RA light‘ c’ then: [Online Apri110, 2015]
p=
ℓ e2 h hc e 2C e2 a0
(a) u = (b) u = (c) u = ha (d) u =
1 ℓ a0 e2 a0 hc
Conductivity = = 0
resistivity RA
sol. (d) Let unit ‘u’ related with 𝑒, 𝑎0 , ℎ and 𝑐 as follows.
ℓI
= (⋅.⋅ V = RI) [𝑢] = [𝑒]𝑎 [𝑎0 ]𝑏 [ℎ]𝑐 [𝐶]𝑑
VA
[L][I] W W Using dimensional method,
= [ML2 T−2
..V= =
| [I][T] |×[L2 ] q it
[𝑀 −1 𝐿−2 𝑇 ⊢4 𝐴+2 ] = [𝐴1 𝑇 1 ]𝑎 [𝐿]𝑏 [𝑀𝐿2𝛤 1 ]𝑐 [𝐿𝛤 1 ]𝑑
= [M −1 L−3 T 3 ][I2 ] = [M −1 L−3 T 3 I2 ] [𝑀−1 𝐿−2 𝑇 ⊢4 𝐴+2 ] = [𝑀𝑐 𝐿𝑏+2𝑐+𝑑 𝛤 𝑟−𝑐−𝑑 𝐴𝑎 ]
𝑎 = 2, 𝑏 = 1 , 𝑐 = −1 , 𝑑 = −1
𝑒 2 𝑎0
𝑢=
23. If electronic charge e, electron mass m, speed of light in vacuum c and Planck’s constant ℎ𝑐
h are taken as fundamental quantities, the permeability of vacuum 𝜇0 can be expressed in
units of: [Online April 11, 2015] 25. From the following combinations of physical constants (expressed through their usual
h hc h mc2 symbols) the only combination, that would have the same value in different systems of
(a) (me2 ) (b) (me2 ) (c) (ce2 ) (d) ( he2 )
units, is: [Online Apri112, 2014]
sol. (c) Let 𝜇0 related with 𝑒, 𝑚, 𝑐 and ℎ as follows. ch e2
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑
(a) 2𝜋𝜀2 (b) 2𝜋𝜀 2 (me = mass of electron)
𝜇0 = 𝑘𝑒 𝑚 𝑐 ℎ o o Gme

𝜇0 𝜀 o G 2𝜋√𝜇0 𝜀o h
[𝑀𝐿𝛤 2 𝐴−2 ] = [𝐴𝑇⌋𝑎 [𝑀]𝑏 [𝐿𝛤 1 ]𝑐 [𝑀𝐿2 𝛤 1 ]𝑑 (c) (d)
c2 he2 ce2 G
= [𝑀𝑏+𝑑 𝐿𝑐+2𝑑 𝑇 𝑙−𝑐−𝑑 𝐴𝑎 ] sol. (b) The dimensional formulae of
On comparing both sides we get e = [M 0 L0 T1 A1 ]
𝑎 = −2 (i) 𝜀0 = [M −1 L3 T 4 A2 ]
𝑏 + 𝑑 = 1 (ii) G = [M −1 L3 T −2 ] and me = [M1 L0 T 0 ]
𝑐 + 2𝑑 = 1 (iii) e2
Now, 2𝜋𝜀 2
𝑎 − 𝑐 − 𝑑 = −2 (iv) 0 Gme

By equation (i), (ii), (iii) & (iv) we get, [M 0 L0 T1 A1 ]2

=
2𝜋[M −1 L−3 T 4 A2 ][M −1 L3 T −2 ][M1 L0 T 0 ]2
𝑎 = −2, 𝑏 = 0, 𝑐 = −1 , 𝑑 = 1
[T 2 A2 ]
ℎ =
[𝜇0 ] = [ ] 2𝜋[M −1−1+2 L−3+3 T 4−2 A2 ]
𝑐𝑒 2
[T 2 A2 ] 1
= =
2𝜋[M 0 L0 T 2 A2 ] 2𝜋
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1 3 3 2
is dimensionless. (a) (b) √3 (c) (d)
2𝜋 4 2 3

Thus the combination

e2
would have the same value in different systems of units. sol. (c)
2𝜋𝜀0 Gm2e

29. The dimensions of angular momentum, latent heat and capacitance are, respectively.

𝜇
[Online April 22, 2013]
26. In terms of resistance R and time T, the dimensions ofratio of the permeability 𝜇 and
𝜀 (a) ML2 T1 A2 , L2 T −2 , M −1 L−2 T 2 (b) ML2 T −2 , L2 T 2 , M −1 L−2 T 4 A2
permittivity 𝜀 is: [Online April 11, 2014] (c) ML2 T −1 , L2 T −2 , ML2 TA2 (d) ML2 T −1 , L2 T −2 , M −1 L−2 T 4 A2
(a) [RT −2 ] (b)[R2 T −1 ] (c) [R2 ] (d) [R2 T 2 ] Q ML2 T−2
sol. (d) Angular momentum = m × v × r = ML2 T −1 Latent heat L = m = M
= L2 T −2
sol. (c) Dimensions of 𝜇 = [MLT −2 A−2 ]
Charge −1 −2 4 2
Dimensions of∈ = [M −1 L−3 T 4 A2 ] Capacitance C = =M L T A
P.d

Dimensions ofR = [ML2 T −3A−2 ]

Dimensionsof𝜇 [MLT −2 A−2 ] 30. Given that 𝐾 =energy, 𝑉 =velocity, 𝑇 =time. Ifthey are chosen as the fundamental units,
=
Dimensionsof ∈ [M −1 L−3 T 4 A2 ] then what is dimensional formula for surface tension? [Online May 7, 2012]
= [M 2 L4 𝛤 −6 A−4 ] = [R2 ] (a) [𝐾𝑉 −2 T −2 ] (b) [𝐾 2 𝑉 2 𝛤 −2 ] (c) [𝐾 2 𝑉 −2 𝛤 −2 ] (d) [𝐾𝑉 2 𝑇 2 ]
𝐹 𝐹 ℓ 𝑇2
sol. (a) Surface tension, 𝑇 = = ℓ . ℓ . 𝑇2
ℓ
27. Let [∈0 ] denote the dimensional formula ofthe permittivity of vacuum. If M =mass,
𝑇2
L =length, T = time and A = electric current, then: [2013] (As, 𝐹. ℓ = 𝐾(energy); ℓ2
= 𝑉 −2)

(a) ∈0 = [M −1 L−3 T 2 A] (b) ∈0 = [M −1 L−3 T 4 A2 ] Therefore, surface tension = [𝐾𝑟 2 𝛤 −2 ]

(c) ∈0 = [M1 2 1 2 ]
LT A (d) ∈0 = [M1 2 1 L T A]

sol. (b) As we know, 𝛤 = 4𝜋𝜀1 R22

1q q 31. The dimensions of magnetic field in M, L, T and C (coulomb) is given as [2008]
0
(a) [MLT‐l C −1] (b) [MT2 C−2 ] (c) [MT −1 C−1 ] (d) [MT −2 C−1 ]
q1 q 2
⇒ 𝜀0 = sol. (c) Magnitude of Lorentz formula 𝐹 = 𝑞𝑣𝐵 sin 𝜃
4𝜋𝛤R2
C2 [AT]2
Hence, 𝜀0 = N.m2 = [MLT−2 ][L2 ] 𝐹 𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2
𝐵= = = [𝑀𝑇 −1 𝐶 −1 ]
𝑞𝑣 𝐶 × 𝐿𝑇 −1
= [M −1 L−3 T 4 A2 ]

32. Which of the following units denotes the dimension ML2 Q2 , where 𝑄 denotes the electric
28. If the time period 𝑡 ofthe oscillation of a drop ofliquid of density 𝑑, radius 𝑟, vibrating
charge? [2006]
under surface tension 𝑠 is given by the formula 𝑡 = √𝑟 2𝑏 𝑠 𝑐 𝑑𝑎/2 . It is observed that the (a) Wb/m2 (b) Henry (H) (c) H/m2 (d) Weber (Wb)
𝑑 𝜑 𝐵𝐴 [𝑀𝑇 −1 𝑄 −1 𝐿2 ]
time period is directly proportional to √ 𝑠 . The value of 𝑏 should therefore be: sol. (b) Mutual inductance = = [Henry] = = 𝑀𝐿2 𝑄 −2
𝐼 𝐼 [𝑄𝑇 −1 ]

[Online April 23, 2013]

33. Out of the following pair, which one does NOT have identical dimensions? [2005]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

(a) Impulse and momentum Planck’s constant,
(b) Angular momentum and planck’s constant 𝐸 [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −2 ]
ℎ= = = [𝑀𝐿2 𝛤 1 ]
(c) Work and torque 𝑣 [𝑇 −1 ]

(d) Moment of inertia and moment of a force

sol. (d) Moment of Inertia, 𝐼 = 𝑀𝑅 2 37. Identify the pair whose dimensions are equal [2002]

[𝐼] = [𝑀𝐿2 ] (a) torque and work (b) stress and energy
(c) force and stress (d) force and work
Moment of force, 𝛤⃗ = 𝑟⃗ × 𝐹⃗
→ ′r = [𝐿][𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2 ] = [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −2 ] sol. (a) Work 𝑊 = 𝐹⃗ ⋅ 𝑠⃗ = 𝐹𝑠 cos 𝜃
𝐴⃗ ⋅ 𝐵
⃗⃗ = 𝐴𝐵 cos 𝜃
= [𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2 ][𝐿] = [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −2 ];
34. Which one of the following represents the correct dimensions of the coefficient of Torque, 𝛤⃗ = 𝑟⃗ × 𝐹⃗ ⇒/𝜏 = 𝑟𝐹 sin 𝜃
viscosity? [2004] 𝐴⃗ × 𝐵
⃗⃗ = 𝐴𝐵 sin 𝜃
(a) [ML−1 T −1 ] (b) [MLT −1 ] (c) [ML−1 T −2 ] (d) [ML−2 T −2 ] = [𝐿][𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2 ] = [𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −2 ]
sol. (a) According to, Stokes law,
𝐹
𝐹 = 6𝜋𝜂𝑟𝑣 ⇒ 𝜂 = TOPIC-3…..Errors in Measurements
6𝜋𝑟𝑣
[𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2 ]
𝜂= ⇒ 𝜂 = [𝑀𝐿−1 𝑇 −1 ] 38. A screw gauge has 50 divisions on its circular scale. The circular scale is 4 units ahead of
[𝐿][𝐿𝑇 −1 ]
the pitch scale marking, prior to use. Upon one complete rotation of the circular scale, a

1 displacement of 0.5 mm is noticed on the pitch scale. The nature of zero error involved,
35. Dimensions of , where symbols have their usual meaning, are [2003]
𝜇0 𝜀 o and the least count of the screw gauge, are respectively:
(a) [L−1 T] (b) [L−2 T 2 ] (c) [L2 T −2 ] (d) [LT −1 ] [Sep. 06, 2020 (I)]
sol. (c) As we know, the velocity of light in free space is given by (a) Negative, 2 𝜇m (b) Positive, 10 𝜇m (c) Positive, 0.1 mm (d) Positive, 0.1 𝜇m
1 1
𝑐= = 𝑒 2 = 𝑍12 𝑇 2 sol. (b) Given: No. of division on circular scale of screw gauge = 50 Pitch = 0.5 mm
√𝜇0 𝜀𝑜 𝜇08 0

1 Least count of screw gauge

= 𝐶 2 [m/s]2
𝜇0 𝜀𝑜 Pitch
=
= [𝐿𝛤 1 ]2 No. ofdivisiononcircularscale
0.5
= [𝑀0 𝐿2 𝛤 2 ] = 50
mm = 1 × 105 m = 10𝜇m

36. The physical quantities not having same dimensions are [2003] And nature of zero error is positive.
(a) torque and work (b) momentum and planck’s constant
(c) stress and young’s modulus (d) speed and (𝜇0 𝜀o )−1/2 39. The density of a solid metal sphere is determined by measuring its mass and its diameter.
sol. (b) Momentum, = 𝑚𝑣 = [𝑀𝐿𝛤 1 ]
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
𝑥
The maximum error in the density of the sphere is (100) %. Ifthe relative errors in 𝛥𝑍 2𝛥𝑎 2 𝛥𝑏 1 𝛥𝑐 3𝛥𝑑
= = + + +
𝑍 𝑎 3 𝑏 2 𝑐 𝑑
measuring the mass and the diameter are 6.0% and 1.5% respectively, the value of x is . 2 1
= 2 × 2 + × 1.5 + ×4+3× 2.5 = 14.5%.
3 2
[NA Sep. 06, 2020 (I)]
sol. (1050)
𝑀 𝑀 6
42. Using screw gauge of pitch 0.1 cm and 50 divisions on its circular scale, the thickness of
Density, p = =4 𝐷 3
⇒ p = 𝑀𝐷−3
𝑉
3
𝜋( )
2
𝜋 an object is measured. It should correctly be recorded as : [Sep. 03, 2020 (I)]
𝛥p 𝛥𝑚 𝛥𝐷 (a) 2.12lcm (b) 2.124cm (c) 2.125cm (d) 2.123cm
%( )= + 3 ( ) = 6 + 3 × 1.5 = 10.5%
p 𝑚 𝐷
sol. (a) Thickness = M. S.Reading + Circular Scale Reading (L.C.)
𝛥p 1050 𝑥
%(p)= % = (100) % Pitch 0.1
100 Here LC = Circularsca1edivision = 50
= 0.002 cm per division
𝑥 = 1050.00
So, correct measurement is measurement of integral multiple of L.C.

40. A student measuring the diameter of a pencil of circular cross‐section with the help of a
43. The least count of the main scale of a Vernier calipers is 1 mm. Its vernier scale is divided
Vernier scale records the following four readings 5.50 mm, 5.55 mm, 5.45 mm, 5.65
into 10 divisions and coincide with 9 divisions of the main scale. When jaws are touching
mm, The average ofthese four reading is 5.5375 mm and the standard deviation ofthe
each other, the 7th division of vernier scale coincides with a division of main scale and
data is 0.07395 mm. The average diameter of the pencil should therefore be recorded as:
the zero of vernier scale is lying right side ofthe zero ofmain scale. When this vernier is
[Sep. 06, 2020 (II)]
used to measure length ofa cylinder the zero of the Vernier scale between 3.1 cm and 3.2
(a) (5.5375 ± 0.0739) mm (b) (5.5375 ± 0.0740) mm
cm and 4th VSD coincides with a main scale division. The length ofthe cylinder is: (VSD
(c) (5.538 ± 0.074) mm (d) (5.54 ± 0.07) mm
is vernier scale division)
sol. (d) Average diameter, 𝑑av = 5.5375 mm
[Sep. 02, 2020 (I)]
Deviation of data, 𝛥𝑑 = 0.07395 mm
(a) 3.2 cm (b) 3.21 cm (c) 3.07 cm (d) 2.99 cm
As the measured data are up to two digits after decimal, therefore answer should be in
sol. (c) L.C. of Vernier calipers = 1 MSD‐I VSD
two digits after decimal. 𝑑 = (5.54 ± 0.07) mm 9
= (1 − ) × 1 = 0.1mm = 0.01 cm
10
th
𝑎2 𝑏 2 Here 7 division ofvernier scale coincides with a division of main scale and the zero of
41. A physical quantity 𝑧 depends on four observables 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 and 𝑑, as 𝑧 = . The
√𝑐𝑑3 3
Vernier scale is lying right side of the zero of main scale.
percentages of error in the measurement ofa, 𝑏, 𝑐 and 𝑑 are 2%, 1.5%, 4% and 2.5%
Zero error = 7 × 0.1 = 0.7mm = 0.07 cm.
respectively. The percentage oferror in 𝑧 is:
Length of the cylinder = measured value‐ zero error
[Sep. 05, 2020 (I)]
= (3.1 + 4 × 0.01) − 0.07 = 3.07 cm.
(a) 12.25% (b) 16.5% (c) 13.5% (d) 14.5%
𝑎2 𝑏 2/3
sol. (d) Given: 𝑍 = 44. If the screw on a screw‐gauge is given six rotations, it moves by 3 mm on the main scale.
√𝑐𝑑3

Percentage error in 𝑍, If there are 50 divisions on the circular scale the least count of the screw gauge is:

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

[9 Jan. 2020 I] [8 Jan. 2020 II]
(a) 0.00lcm (b) 0.02mm (c) 0.01 cm (d) 0.00l mm (a) 5.40% (b) 3.40% (c) 4.40% (d) 2.40%
sol. (d) When screw on a screw‐gauge is given six rotations, it moves by 3mm on the main sol. (c) Given, Length of simple pendulum, 𝑙 = 25.0 cm
scale Time of 40 oscillations, 𝑇 = 50𝑠
3
Pitch = 6 = 0.5 mm Time period of pendulum
Pitch 0.5mm ℓ
Least count L.C. = 𝐶𝑆𝐷
= 50 𝑇 = 2𝜋√
𝑔
1
= mm = 0.01𝑚𝑚 = 0.00lcm
100 4𝜋 2ℓ 4𝜋 2ℓ
⇒ 𝑇2 = ⇒𝑔= 2
𝑔 𝑇
𝛥𝑔 𝛥𝑙 2𝛥𝑇
45. For the four sets of three measured physical quantities as given below. Which of the ⇒Fractional error in g = = +
𝑔 𝑙 𝑇
following options is correct?
𝛥𝑔 0.1 1
[9 Jan. 2020 II] ⇒ =( ) + 2 ( ) = 0.044
𝑔 25.0 50
(A) A1 = 24.36, B1 = 0.0724, C1 = 256.2 Percentage error in 𝑔 =
𝛥𝑔
× 100 = 4.4%
𝑔
(B) A2 = 24.44, B2 = 16.082, C2 = 240.2
(C) A3 = 25.2, B3 = 19.2812, C3 = 236.183
47. In the density measurement of a cube, the mass and edge length are measured as
(D) A4 = 25, B4 = 236.191 , C4 = 19.5
(10.00 ± 0.10) kg and (0.10 ± 0.01)m, respectively. The error in the measurement of
(a) A4 + B4 + C4 < A1 + B1 + C1 < A3 + B3 + C3 < A2 + B2 + C2
density is: [9 April 2019 I]
(b) A1 + B1 + C1 = A2 + B2 + C2 = A3 + B3 + C3 = A4 + B4 + C4
(a) 0.01k𝑔/m3 (b) 0.10k𝑔/m3 (c) 0.013k𝑔/m3 (d) 0.07k𝑔/m3
(c) A4 + B4 + C4 < A1 + B1 + C1 = A2 + B2 + C2 = A3 + B3 + C3 𝑀 𝑀
sol. (Bonus) 6 = = 𝑙3 = 𝑀𝑙 −3
(d) A1 + B1 + C1 < A3 + B3 + C3 < A2 + B2 + C2 < A4 + B4 + C4 𝑉

𝛥𝛿 𝛥𝑀 𝛥𝑙 0.10 0.01
sol. (None) = +3 = + 3( ) = 0.31k𝑦m3
6 𝑀 𝑙 10.00 0.10
𝐷1 = 𝐴1 + 𝐵1 + 𝐶1 = 24.36 + 0.0724 + 256.2 = 280.6𝐷2 = 𝐴2 + 𝐵2 + 𝐶2
= 24.44 + 16.082 + 240.2 = 280.7𝐷3 = 𝐴3 + 𝐵3 + 𝐶3
48. The area of a square is 5.29 cm2 . The area of 7 such squares taking into account the
= 25.2 + 19.2812 + 236.183 = 280.7
significant figures is: [9 April 2019 II]
𝐷4 = 𝐴4 + 𝐵4 + 𝐶4 = 25 + 236.191 + 19.5 = 281
(a) 37cm2 (b) 37.030cm2 (c) 37.03cm2 (d) 37.0cm2
None of the option matches.
sol. (d) 𝐴 = 7 × 5.29 = 37.03cm2
The result should have three significant figures, so
46. A simple pendulum is being used to determine the value ofgravitational acceleration 𝑔 at
𝐴 = 37.0cm2
a certain place. The length of the pendulum is 25.0 cm and a stop watch with 1 s
resolution measures the time taken for 40 oscillations to be 50 s. The accuracy in 𝑔 is:
49. In a simple pendulum experiment for determination of acceleration due to gravity (g) ,
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
time taken for 20 oscillations is measured by using a watch of 1 second least count. The
mean value of time taken comes out to be 30 s. The length of pendulum is measured by 52. The pitch and the number of divisions, on the circular scale for a given screw gauge are
using a meter scale ofleast count 1 mm and the value obtained is 55.0 cm. The percentage 0.5 mm and 100 respectively. When the screw gauge is fully tightened without any
error in the determination of g is close to: [8 April 2019 II] object, the zero of its circular scale lies 3 division below the mean line. The readings of
(a) 0.7% (b) 0.2% (c) 3.5% (d) 6.8% the main scale and the circular scale, for a thin sheet, are 5.5 mm and 48 respectively, the
sol. (d) We have thickness of the sheet is: [9 Jan. 2019 II]
ℓ ℓ (a) 5.755mm (b) 5.950mm (c) 5.725mm (d) 5.740mm
𝑇 = 2𝜋√𝑔 or 𝑔 = 4𝜋 2 𝑇 2
sol. (c) Least count of screw gauge,
𝛥𝑔 𝛥𝑅 𝛥𝑇 Pitch
× 100 = × 100 + 2 × 100 LC =
𝑔 𝑄 𝑇 No. ofdivision
0.1 1 = 0.5 × 10−3 = 0.5 × 10−2 mm + ve error = 3 × 0.5 × 10−2 mm
= × 100 + 2 ( ) × 100
55 30
= 1.5 × 10−2 mm = 0.015mm
= 0.18 + 6.67 = 6.8%
Reading = MSR + CSR −(+ve error)
= 5.5mm + (48 × 0.5 × 10−2 ) − 0.015
50. The least count of the main scale of a screw gauge is 1 mm. The minimum number of
= 5.5 + 0.24 − 0.015 = 5.725 mm
divisions on its circular scale required to measure 5 𝜇m diameter ofa wire is:
[12 Jan. 2019 I]
53. The density of a material in the shape of a cube is determined by measuring three sides of
(a) 50 (b) 200 (c) 100 (d) 500
the cube and its mass. If the relative errors in measuring the mass and length are
sol. (b) Least count of main scale of screw gauge = lmm
respectively 1.5% and 1%, the maximum error in determining the density is: [2018]
Least count of screw gauge
(a) 2.5% (b) 3.5% (c) 4.5% (d) 6%
Pitch
= sol. (c) = 1.5 %+3 (1%) = 4.5%
Numberofdivisiononcircularscale
10−3
5 × 10−6 =
N 54. The percentage errors in quantities P, Q, Rand S are 0.5%, 1%, 3% and 1.5% respectively
⇒ N = 200 P3 Q2
in the measurement of a physical quantity A = . The maximum percentage error in
√RS

the value ofA will be

51. The diameter and height of a cylinder are measured by a meter scale to be 12.6 ± 0.1 cm
[Online Apri116, 2018]
and 34.2 ± 0.1 cm, respectively. What will be the value of its volume in appropriate
(a) 8.5% (b) 6.0% (c) 7.5% (d) 6.5%
significant figures? [10 Jan. 2019 II]
3 3 sol. (d) Maximum percentage error in A
(a) 4264 ± 81cm (b) 4264.4 ± 81.0cm
= 3(% error in P)+2(% error in Q)
(c) 4260 ± 80cm3 (d) 4300 ± 80cm3
1
sol. (c) + 2(% error in R)+l(% error in S)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1 0.25
= 5×100 cm = 5 × 10−4 cm
= 3 × 0.5 + 2 × 1 + × 3 + 1 × 1.5
2
Reading = 4 × 0.05cm + 30 × 5 × 10−4 cm
= 1.5 +2+ 1.5 + 1.5 = 6.5%
= (0.2 + 0.0150)cm = 0.2150 cm(Thickness of wire)
−2
55. The relative uncertainty in the period of a satellite orbiting around the earth is 10 . If
58. The following observations were taken for determining surface tension T of water by
the relative uncertainty in the radius ofthe orbit is negligible, the relative uncertainty in
the mass of the earth is [Online Apri116, 2018] capillary method: Diameter of capillary, D = 1.25 × 1𝑇 2 m , rise of water, h = 1.45 ×
𝑟ℎ𝑔
(a) 3 × 1𝜎 − 2 (b) 10−2 (c) 2 × 10−2 (d) 6 × 10−2 102 m. Using g = 9.80m/s 2 and the simplified relation, 𝑇 = × 103 N/m, the possible
2

sol. (c) From Kepler’s law, time period of a satellite, error in surface tension is closest to : [2017]
r3 4𝜋 2 3 (a) 2. 4% (b) 10% (c) 0.15% (d) 1.5%
T = 2𝜋√Gm T 2 = GM
r
𝑟ℎ𝑔
sol. (d) Surface tension, 𝑇 = 2
× 103
Relative uncertainty in the mass of the earth
𝛥M 𝛥T 𝛥r Relative error in surface tension,
−2
| M
|=2 T
= 2 × 10 (4𝜋 & G constant and relative uncertainty in radius r 𝛥𝑇 𝛥𝑟 𝛥ℎ
= + + 0 (g, 2 & 103 are constant) Percentage error
𝑇 𝑟 ℎ
negligible)
𝛥𝑇
100 × = ( )100 (. )
𝑇
56. The relative error in the determination of the surface area of a sphere is 𝛼. Then the = (0.8 + 0.689)
relative error in the determination Of its volume is [Online April 15, 2018] =(1.489)= 1.489%≅ 1.5%
2 2 3
(a) 3 𝛼 (b) 3 𝛼 (c) 2 𝛼 (d) 𝛼

sol. (c) Relative error in Surface area,

𝛥s
= 2×
𝛥r
= 𝛼 and 59. A physical quantity P is described by the relation P = 𝑎1/2 𝑏 2 c 3 𝑑 −4 . If the relative errors
s r
𝛥v 𝛥r in the measurement of 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 and 𝑑 respectively, are 2%, 1%, 3% and 5%, then the
relative error in volume, v
= 3× r
relative error in P will be: [Online April 9, 2017]
Relative error in volume w.r. t. relative error in area,
(a) 8% (b) 12% (c) 32% (d) 25%
𝛥v 3
= 𝛼 sol. (c) Given, P = a1/2 b2 c 2 d→↓ ,
v 2
Maximum relative error,

57. In a screw gauge, 5 complete rotations of the screw cause it to move a linear distance 𝛥P 1 𝛥a 𝛥b 𝛥c 𝛥d
= +2 +3 +4
P 2 a b c d
of 0.25 cm. There are 100 circular scale divisions. The thickness ofa wire measured by
1
this screw gauge gives a reading of4 main scale divisions and 30 circular scale divisions. = × 2 + 2 × 1 + 3 × 3 + 4 × 5 = 32%
2
Assuming negligible zero error, the thickness of the wire is: [Online Apri115, 2018]
(a) 0.0430 cm (b) 0.3150 cm (c) 0.4300 cm (d) 0.2150 cm 60. A screw gauge with a pitch of0.5 mm and a circular scale with 50 divisions is used to
Va1ueof1partonmainsca1e
sol. (d) Least count = Numberofpartsonverniersca1e measure the thickness of a thin sheet ofAluminium. Before starting the measurement, it is
found that wen the two jaws of the screw gauge are brought in contact, the 45th division
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
coincides with the main scale line and the zero of the main scale is barely visible. What is 1. 0.5 8
the thickness of the sheet if the main scale reading is 0.5 mm and the 25th division 2. 0.5 4
coincides with the main scale line? [2016] 3. 0.5 6
(a) 0.70 mm (b) 0.50 mm (c) 0.75mm (d) 0.80mm If the zero error is‐0.03 cm, then mean corrected diameter is:
0.5
sol. (d) L.C. = = 0.01mm (a) 0.52 cm (b) 0.59 cm (c) 0.56 cm (d) 0.53 cm
50
0.1
Zero error = 5 × 0.01 = 0.05 mm sol. (b) Least count = 10
= 0.01 cm
(Negative) Reading = (0.5 + 25 × 0.01) + 0.05 = 0.80 mm 𝑑1 = 0.5 + 8 × 0.01 + 0.03 = 0.61 cm
𝑑2 = 0.5 + 4 × 0.01 + 0.03 = 0.57 cm
61. A student measures the time period of100 oscillations of a simple pendulum four times. 𝑑3 = 0.5 + 6 × 0.01 + 0.03 = 0.59 cm
The data set is90 s, 91s, 95s, and 92 s. Ifthe minimum division in the measuring clock is Mean diameter =
0.61+0.57+0.59
3
1 s, then the reported mean time should be: [2016]
= 0.59 cm
(a) 92 ± 1.8s (b) 92 ± 3s (c) 92 ± 1.5s (d) 92 ± 5.0s
|𝛥T1 |+|𝛥T2 |+|𝛥T3 |+|𝛥T4 |
sol. (c) 𝛥T = 64. The current voltage relation of a diode is given by I = (e1000V/T − 1)mA, where the
4
2+1+3+0 applied voltage V is in volts and the temperature T is in degree kelvin. Ifa student makes
= = 1.5
4
an error measuring ±0.01V while measuring the current of 5 mA at 300 K, what will be
As the resolution of measuring clock is 1.5 therefore the mean time should be 92 ± 1.5
the error in the value of current in mA? [2014]
L
62. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum is T = 2𝜋√g. Measured value ofL is 20.0 (a) 0.2mA (b)0.02mA (c) 0.5mA (d) 0.05mA

cm known to 1 mm accuracy and time for 100 oscillations ofthe pendulum is found to be sol. (a) The current voltage relation of diode is 𝐼 = (𝑒 1000𝑉/𝑇 − 1)mA (given)
90 s using a wrist watch ofls resolution. The accuracy in the determination of g is: When, 𝐼 = 5𝑚𝐴, e1000 𝑉𝑙𝜏=6𝑚𝐴
[2015] Also, 𝑑𝐼 = (𝑒 1000 𝑉/𝜏)×1000
𝑇
(a) 1% (b) 5% (c) 2% (d) 3% Error = ±0.01 (By exponential function)
𝐿
sol. (d) As, g = 4𝜋 2 1000
𝑇2
= (6𝑚𝐴) × × (0.01) = 0.2mA
𝛥𝑔 𝛥𝐿 𝛥𝑇 300
So, 𝑔
× 100 = 𝐿
× 100 + 2 𝑇
× 100

0.1 1 65. A student measured the length ofa rod and wrote it as 3.50 cm. Which instrument did he
= × 100 + 2 × × 100 = 2.72 = 3%
20 90
use to measure it? [2014]
(a) A meter scale.
63. Diameter of a steel ball is measured using a Vernier calipers which has divisions of 0.1
(b) A vernier caliper where the 10 divisions in vernier scale matches with 9 division in
cm on its main scale (MS) and 10 divisions ofits vernier scale (VS) match 9 divisions on
main scale and main scale has 10 divisions in 1 cm.
the main scale. Three such measurements for a ball are given as: [Online Apri110, 2015]
(c) A screw gauge having 100 divisions in the circular scale and pitch as 1 mm.
S.No. MS(cm) VS divisions

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

(d) A screwgauge having 50 divisions in the circular scale and pitch as 1 mm. [Online Apri112, 2014]
sol. (b) Measured length of rod = 3.50 cm (a) −0.15 volt (b) 0.15 volt (c) 0.5 volt (d) −0.05 volt
For Vernier Scale with 1 Main Scale Division = 1 mm sol. (d) In a voltmeter
9 Main Scale Division = 10 Vernier Scale Division, V∝𝑙
Least count = 1 MSD‐I VSD = 0.1 mm V = k𝑙
Now, it is given E = 1.1 volt for 𝑙1 = 440 cm
66. Match List‐I(Event) with List‐II(Order of the time interval for happening of the event) and V = 0.5 volt for 𝑙2 = 220 cm
and select the correct option from the options given below the lists: Let the error in reading of voltmeter be 𝛥V then,
[Online Apri119, 2014] 1.1 = 400K and (0.5 − 𝛥V) = 220 K.
List‐I List‐ II 1.1
⇒ 440 =
0.5−𝛥V
220
(1) Rotation period of earth (i) 105 s
𝛥V = −0.05 volt
(2) Revolution period of earth (ii) 107 s
(3) Period of light wave (iii) 10−15 s
68. An experiment is performed to obtain the value of acceleration due to gravity g by using
(4) Period of sound wave (iv) 10−3 s a simple pendulum of length L. In this experiment time for 100 oscillations is measured
(a) (1) ‐(i), (2) − (ii), (3) ‐(iii), (4) − (iv) byusing a watch of 1 second least count and the value is 90.0 seconds. The length L is
(b) (1) ‐(ii), (2) − (i), (3) ‐(iv), (4) ‐(iii) measured byusing a meter scale ofleast count 1 mm and the value is 20.0 cm. The error
(c) (1) ‐(i), (2) ‐(ii), (3) ‐(iv), (4) ‐(iii) in the determination ofg would be:
(d) (1) ‐(ii), (2) − (i), (3) ‐(iii), (4) − (iv) [Online April 9, 2014]
sol. (a) Rotation period of earth is about 24 hrs = 105 s (a) 1.7% (b) 2.7% (c) 4.4% (d) 2.27%
Revolution period of earth is about 365 days = 107 s sol. (b) According to the question.
Speed of light wave C = 3 × 108 m/s 𝛥𝑡 1
𝑡 = (90 ± 1) or, 𝑡
= 90
Wavelength of visible light of spectrum
𝛥𝑙 0.1
𝑙 = (20 ± 0.1) or, =
𝜆 = 4000 − 7800A 𝑙 20
𝛥𝑔
1 %=?
C = f𝜆 (and T  ) 𝑔
f
As we know,
Therefore period of light wave is 10−15 s (approx)
𝑙 4𝜋 2 𝑙
𝑡 = 2𝜋√ ⇒ 𝑔 = 2
𝑔 𝑡
67. In the experiment of calibration of voltmeter, a standard cell of e. m. f. 1.1 volt is
𝛥𝑔 𝛥𝑙 𝛥𝑡 0.1 1
balanced against 440 cm ofpotential wire. The potential difference across the ends of or, 𝑔
= ± ( 𝑙 + 2 𝑡 ) = ( 20 + 2 × 90) = 0.027

resistance is found to balance against 220 cm of the wire. The corresponding reading of g
%  2.7%
voltmeter is 0.5 volt. The error in the reading of voltmeter will be: g
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
instrument is [Online May 19, 2012]
69. Resistance of a given wire is obtained by measuring the current flowing in it and the (a) a (b)
a
(c)
𝑁
×a (d)
a
𝑁 𝑁+1 𝑁+1
voltage difference applied across it. If the percentage errors in the measurement of the
sol. (d) No. of divisions on main scale = 𝑁
current and the voltage difference are 3% each, then error in the value of resistance of
No. of divisions on Vernier scale = 𝑁 + 1
the wire is [2012]
size of main scale division = 𝑎
(a) 6% (b) zero (c) 1% (d) 3%
Let size of Vernier scale division be 𝑏
sol. (a) According to ohm’s law, V = IR
then we have
𝑉
R= 𝑎𝑁
𝐼 𝑎𝑁 = 𝑏(𝑁 + 1) ⇒ b =
𝑁+1
Abso1uteerror
Percentage error = × 102 𝑎𝑁
Measurement Least count is a—b = a − 𝑁+1
𝛥𝑉 𝛥𝐼
where, × 100 = × 100 = 3% 𝑁+1−𝑁 𝑎
𝑉 𝐼
= 𝑎[ ]=
𝛥𝑅 𝛥𝑉 𝛥𝐼 𝑁+1 𝑁+1
then, × 100 = × 102 + × 102
𝑅 𝑉 𝐼

=3%+3% = 6%
72. A student measured the diameter of a wire using a screw gauge with the least count 0.001
cm and listed the measurements. The measured value should be recorded as
70. A spectrometer gives the following reading when used to measure the angle of a prism.
[Online May 12, 2012]
Main scale reading: 58.5 degree
(a) 5.3200 cm (b) 5.3 cm (c) 5.32 cm (d) 5.320cm
Vernier scale reading: 09 divisions
sol. (d) The least count(L.C.) of a screw guage is the smallest length which can be measured
Given that 1 division on main scale corresponds to 0.5 degree. Total divisions on the
accurately with it.
Vernier scale is 30 and match with 29 divisions of the main scale. The angle of the prism 1
As least count is 0.001 cm = 1000 cm
from the above data is [2012]
Hence measured value should be recorded upto 3 decimal places i.e., 5.320 cm
(a) 58.59 degree (b) 58.77 degree (c) 58.65 degree (d) 59 degree
sol. (c) Reading of Vernier = Main scale reading+ Vernier scale reading × least count.
73. A screw gauge gives the following reading when used to measure the diameter of a wire.
Main scale reading = 58.5
Main scale reading: 0 mm
Vernier scale reading = 09 division
Circular scale reading : 52 divisions
least count of Vernier = 0. 5∘ /30
0.5∘
Given that l mm on main scale corresponds to 100 divisions of the circular scale. The
Thus, R = 58. 5∘ + 9 ×
30 diameter of wire from the above data is [2011]
R = 58.65∘ (a) 0.052 cm (b) 0.026 cm (c) 0.005 cm (d) 0.52cm
1 1
sol. (a) Least count, L.C. = 100 mm = 30 MSD
71. N divisions on the main scale of a Vernier calipers coincide with (𝑁 + 1) divisions of the
1
Diameter ofwire = 𝑀𝑆𝑅 + 𝐶𝑆𝑅 × 𝐿. C. = × 0. 5∘ = 1 minute.
Vernier scale. Ifeach division of main scale is ‘a’ units, then the least count of the 30

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1 mm = 0.1 cm Given, mass of a body = 3.513kg
= 0 +× 52 = 0.52mm = 0.052 cm1 speed of body = (3.513) × (5.00) = 17.565kgm/s
= 17.6 (Rounding offto get three significant figures)
74. The respective number of significant figures for the numbers 23.023, 0.0003 and
2.1 × 10−3 are [2010] 77. Two full turns of the circular scale of a screw gauge cover a distance of l mm on its main
(a) 5, 1, 2 (b) 5, 1, 5 (c) 5, 5, 2 (d) 4, 4, 2 scale. The total number of divisions on the circular scale is 50. Further, it is found that the
sol. (a) Number of significant figures in 23.023 = 5 screw gauge has a zero error of‐0.03 mm. While measuring the diameter ofa thin wire, a
Number of significant figures in 0.0003 = 1 student notes the main scale reading of3 mm and the number ofcircular scale divisions in
Number of significant figures in 2.1 × 10−3 = 2 line with the main scale as 35. The diameter of the wire is [2008]
(a) 3.32mm (b) 3.73 mm (c) 3.67mm (d) 3.38mm
75. In an experiment the angles are required to be measured using an instrument, 29 divisions sol. (d) Least count of screw gauge = 0.01 mm
of the main scale exactly coincide with the 30 divisions of the Vernier scale. If the 0.5
mm
smallest division of the main scale is half‐ a degree (= 0. 5∘ ) , then the least count of the 50
Reading = [M.S.R. + C.S.R.  L.C.]  ( zero error)
instrument is: [2009]
= [3 + 35  0.01]  (  0.03 )=3.38 mm
(a) half minute (b) one degree (c) half degree (d) one minute
75. (d) 30 Divisions of V.S. coincide with 29 divisions of M.S.
29
I V.S. D = 30 MSD

L.C. = 1 MSD‐ IVSD

29
= 1 MSD — 30 MSD

Reading = [M. S. R. +C. S. R. × L. C. ] −(zero error)

= [3 + 35 × 0.01] − (−0.03) = 3.38 mm
1
 MSD
30
1
  0.50  1min ute
30

76. A body of mass m = 3.513 kg is moving along the x‐axis with a speed of 5.00ms −1 . The
magnitude ofits momentum is recorded as [2008]
(a) 17.6kgms−1 (b) 17.565 kg ms −1 (c) 17.56kgms −1 (d) 17.57kgms−1
sol. (a) Momentum, 𝑝 = 𝑚 × 𝑣
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Chapter 3 - MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
 The magnitude of displacement is equal to minimum possible distance between two positions; so
Distance  Displacement
 Motion in a straight line deals with the motion of an object which changes its position with time
along a straight line.  For motion between two points displacement is single valued while distance depends on actual
 The study of the motion of objects without considering the cause of motion is called kinematics. path and so can have many values.
Rest and Motion  For a moving particle distance can never decrease with time while displacement can.
 Decrease in displacement with time means body is moving towards the initial position.
If the position of a body does not change with time with respect to the surroundings then it is said  For a moving particle distance can never be negative or zero while displacement can be negative.
to be at rest, if not it is said to be in motion.  In general, magnitude of displacement is not equal to distance. However, it can be so if the
Distance and Displacement motion is along a straight line without change in direction.
 Distance is the actual path covered by a moving particle in a given interval of time while  Magnitude of displacement is less than the distance travelled in case of curvilinear motion.
displacement is the change in position vector,i.e., a vector joining initial to final position. If a Ex : If an object turns through an angle  along a circular path of radius r from point A to point
particle moves from A to B as shown in Fig. the distance travelled is s while displacement is B then
r uur ur i) distance d  r
 r  rf  ri
   x
ii)displacement 2 x  2r sin  / 2  Q sin 2  r 
 
B
d
ur ur ur B x x A
R  A B
ur r r
B – –
22

O ur A O
A

 Distance is a scalar while displacement is a vector, both having same dimensions[L] and SI unit
is metre.

EX.1:An athlete completes one round of a circular track of radius R in 40 s. What will be his
x x
displacement at the end of 2 min 20 s? (2010E)
Sol. The time = 2 min 20s = 140s
h
A r O B s h
h
(a)
A R R B
AB
Distance = r ( c)
(b) (d)
Displacement = 2r
Distance = 2h Distance = s distance = h + 2x
Displacement = 0 Displacement = s displacement = h In 40 seconds athlete completes = 1 round
In 140 seconds athlete will completes
140
=round =3.5 rounds
40
The displacement in 3 rounds = 0
So net displacement =2R

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.2 : If the position of a particle along Y axis is represented as a function of time t by the  If during motion velocity remains constant throughout a given interval of time, then the motion
equation y(t)=t3 then find displacement of the particle during the period t to t  t r r
is said to be uniform and for uniform motion, V=constant=Vavg
Sol. Position at time t is y  t   t 3  If velocity is constant, speed will also be constant. However , the converse may or may not be
3
Position at time t  t is y  t  t    t  t  true,i.e, if speed=constant,velocity may or may not be constant as velocity has a direction in
3 3
 displacement of the particle from t to t  t is y  t  t   y  t    t  t   t addition to magnitude which may or may not change,e.g, in case of uniform rectilinear motion
2 3 r
 t 3  3t 2 t  3t  t    t   t 3 V  constant and V  constant
2 3
 3t 2 t  3t  t    t  While in case of uniform circular motion
r
Average Speed and Average Velocity: V=constant but V is not constant , due to change in direction.
 Average speed or velocity is a measure of overall 'fastness' of motion during a specified interval of  velocity can be positive or negative as it is a vector but speed can never be negative as it is
r
time. magnitude of velocity, i.e, V  V
 The average speed of a particle for a given 'interval of time' is defined as the ratio of distance
travelled to the time taken while average velocity is defined as the ratio of displacement to time dr
 As by definition V  , the slope of displacement-versus time graph gives velocity , i.e,
taken. dt
r
 Thus, if a particle in time interval t after travelling distance r is displaced by  r dr
V  tan   slope of r  t curve
Distance travelled dt
r
Average speed = Time taken , i.e., Vavg  ........(i)
t
velocity

r
Displacement uuur  r
Average velocity = Time , i.e, Vavg  ............(ii) dA
t v
 Average speed is a scalar while average velocity is a vector both having same units (m/s) and
t Time dt Time
-1
dimensions  LT  . (a) (b)
 For a given time interval average velocity is single valued while average speed can have many  As by definition V 
dr
; i.e, dr  Vdt
values depending on path followed. dt
 During the motion if the body comes back to its initial position. and from fig. Vdt  dA
ur r
V avg = 0 (Q  r  0 ) So, dA  dr i.e, r   dA   Vdt
but Vavg  0 and finite (Q r  0 ) i.e, area under velocity-time graph gives displacement while without sign gives distance.
 For a moving body average speed can never be negative or zero while average velocity can be  Average speed is the total distance divided by total time
negative.
Total distance travelled
 If a graph is plotted between distance (or displacement) and time, the slope of chord during a v avg =
given interval of time gives average speed (or ) average velocity Total time taken

Δr  If a body travels a distance s 1 in time t1 , s 2 in time t 2 and s 3 in time t3 then the average speed
Vavg = = tan = slope of chord
Δt
s1 + s 2 + s3
Instantaneous speed and Instantaneous velocity is v avg = t + t + t
1 2 3
 Instantaneous velocity is defined as rate of change of position of the particle with time. If the  If an object travels distances s1, s2, s3 etc. with speeds v1, v2, v3 respectively in the same direction.
r
position r of a particle at an instant t changes by rr in a small time interval t Then
r r r
r dr s1  s 2  s 3
V  lim 
Average speed = s 1  s 2  s 3
t o t dt
 The magnitude of velocity is called speed,i.e v1 v2 v3
r
Speed= velocity i.e, V  V

 Velocity is a vector while speed is a scalar , both having same units (m/s) and dimensions  LT -1  .
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 If an object travels first half of the total journey with a speed v1 and next half with a speed v2 Total dis tan ce travelled
Sol. Average speed = Total time taken
s+s 2s 2 2v1v 2
v avg = = = =
s s s s 1 1 v1 + v 2
then its average speed is + + + 2S t2
v1 v 2 v1 v 2 v1 v 2 C
 If a body travels first 1/3 rd of the distance with a speed v1 and second 1/3rd of the distance with
a speed v2 and last 1/3rd of the distance with a speed v3, then the average speed 2/3
5/6 /2 B
s s s t3
+ + S
3 3 3 3S t1
vavg =
s s s A
+ +
3v1 3v 2 3v3

3v1v2 v3 Total distance travelled = AB + BC + CA = 2r

vavg  Total time taken is
v1v2  v2 v3  v3v1
 If an object travels with speeds v1, v2, v3 etc., during time intervals t1, t2, t3 etc., AB BC CA r 2r 5r
T  t1  t 2  t 3       (arc length = radius  angle)
v1t1  v2 t 2  v3t 3  .... V1 V2 V3 2S 6S 18S
then its average speed  t  t  t  ....
1 2 3 2 r
Vavg   1.8 S
If t1 = t2 = t3 = .... = t, then r 2 r 5r
 
If t1 = t2 = t3 = .... = t, then 2S 6S 18S
EX.4: For a man who walks 720 m at a uniform speed of 2 m/s, then runs at a uniform speed of 4
v1t  v2 t  v3 t  ..... v1  v2  ...
vavg   m/s for 5 minute and then again walks at a speed of 1 m/s for 3 minutes. His average speed
nt n is
i.e.The average speed is equal to the arithmetic mean of individual speeds.
 The actual path length traversed by a body is called distance. s1
r Sol. Where s1 = 720 m and t1  v  360s  6 min .
Note : If v = v x $i + v y $j + v z k$varies with time t then 1

s2 = (4)(5)(60) = 1200m, t2 = 300 s s3 = (1)(3)(60) = 180 m, t3 = 180 s

uur
uur r  r dr 
s s s
dr = vdt Q v = 
dt vavg  1 2 3 = 720  1200  180
  t1  t 2  t 3 360  300  180
ur
rf uur t2 r  v avg  2.5m / s
Integrating on both sides then  ur dr =  vdt
ri t1
EX.5: A particle is at x = +5 m at t = 0, x = -7m at t = 6s and x = +2m at t = 10s. Find the average
 displacement of the particle from time t1 to t 2 is given by velocity of the particle during the interval (a) t = 0 to t = 6s; (b) t = 6s to t = 10s, (c) t = 0 to
r ur r t2 t2 t2
t = 10s.
s = r - r = v ˆidt + v ˆjdt + v kdt
f i  ˆ
x  y  z Sol. x1 = +5m, t1 = 0, x2 = -7m; t2 = 6s, x3 =+2m, t3= 10s
t1 t1 t1
a) The average velocity between the times t = 0 to t = 6s is
EX.3: A particle starting from point A, travelling upto B with a speed S, then upto point ‘C’ with
a speed 2S and finally upto ‘A’ with a speed 3S, then find its average speed. r x  x1 7  5
v1  2   2m / s
t 2  t1 60
C
120
O b) The average velocity between the times t2 = 6s to t3 = 10s is
B r x  x 2 2   7  9
v2  3    2.25m / s
t3  t 2 10  6 4
A

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

c) The average velocity between times t1 = 0 to t3 = 10s is
r  It is a vector with dimensions  LT -2  and SI units  m / s 2  .
x x 25
v3  3 1   0.3m / s  If acceleration is zero, velocity will be constant and the motion will be uniform. However, if
t 3  t1 10  0
acceleration is constant(uniform), motion is non-uniform and if acceleration is not constant
EX.6: A particle traversed one third of the distance with a velocity v0. The remaining part of the then both motion and acceleration are non-uniform.
distance was covered with velocity v1 for half the time and with a velocity v2 for the remaining r r
half of time. Assuming motion to be rectilinear, find the mean velocity of the particle averaged  As by definition V  ds / dt  
over the whole time of motion. r r r
t t /2 t /2 r dv d  ds  d 2 s
So, a = dt = dt  dt  = dt 2 .........(3)
1 2 2
A B
Sol. v0 C v1 D v2  
S r
i.e., if s is given as a function of time, second derivative of displacement w.r.t. time gives acceleration.
S S
For AC;  v0 t1  t1  ---(1)  If velocity is given as a function of position, then by chain rule
3 3v0
dv dv dx dv  dx 
2S a= = .
dt dx dt
or a = v
dx as dt = v 
For CB;  CD  DB
3 r uur
2S t  t  4S   
As acceleration a = dv / dt , the slope of velocity-time graph gives acceleration.
  v1  2   v2  2   t 2  Velocity - Time Graph
3 2 2 3  v1  v2 
Since, average velocity is defined as V
S 2S

v avg 
Total Displacement
 3 3
S B
Total Time t t = V2
t1  2  2 t1 + t 2
2 2
V
3v0  v1  v2  A 
 vavg  V1
4v0  v1  v2 t

Acceleration O t1 t2
t
 The rate of change of velocity is equal to acceleration.
Average and Instantaneous acceleration r
 If the velocity of a particle changes ( either in magnitude or direction or both) with time the r V
a avg   tan 
motion is said to be accelerated or non-uniform. In case of non-uniform motion if change in t
ur r
velocity is V in time interval t , then aavg = slope of the line joining two points in v-t graph.
r uur uur r
uuur Δv v - v  The slope of a versus t curve, i.e, d a / dt is a measure of rate of non-uniformity of
a avg = = 2 1 .......(1) acceleration(usually it is known as JERK).
Δt t 2 - t1  Acceleration can be positive or negative. Positive acceleration means velocity is increasing with
Instantaneous acceleration or simply acceleration is defined as rate of change of velocity with time at time while negative acceleration called retardation means velocity is decreasing with time.
r ur
a given instant. So if the velocity of a particle v at time t changes by V in a small time interval t Equations of motion :
then  If a particle starts with an initial velocity u, acceleration a and it gains velocity v in time t then
ur ur
r ΔV dV dv
a = lim = .......... (2) a= or dv = a dt
Δt 0 Δt dt dt
Regarding acceleration it is worth noting that: v t V t
or  dv = a  dt or  Vu = a  t 0
u 0

or v = u + at .......(1A)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
r r r
In vector form v = u + a t ........(1B)  If a particle starts from rest and moves with uniform acceleration ‘a’ such that it travels distances
ds sm and sn in the mth and nth seconds
 Now again by definition of velocity, Eqn. (1A) reduces to = u + at
dt
a
s t then Sn = 0 +  2n -1  1 (u=0)
or  ds =   u + at  dt
0 0
or 2
a
1 Sm = 0 +  2m -1   2 
s = ut + at 2 ........(2A) 2
2
sn  sm
r r 1r 2 subtracting eq (2) from eq (1) a  n  m .
In vector form s = ut + at .............(2B)  
2
 A particle starts from rest and moves along a straight line with uniform acceleration. If ‘s’ is the
From eqns. (1A) and (2A), we get
2 distance travelled by it in n seconds and sn is the distance travelled in the nth second, then
s=u
v - u + 1 a v - u
a

2  a
 s n  2n  1
  (fraction of distance fallen in nth second during free fall )
s n2
or 2as = 2uv - 2u 2 + v 2 + u 2 - 2uv
 Moving with uniform acceleration, a body crosses a point 'x' with a velocity 'u' and another point
i.e., v 2 = u 2 + 2as .......(3) ‘y’ with a velocity ‘v’. Then it will cross the mid point of ‘x’ and ‘y’ with velocity
 In scalar form  v1 
rr rr rr rr u v y
x
v.v = u.u + 2a.s or v2 = u 2 + 2a.s S S
 Distance travelled = average speed x time v12 - u 2 v 2 - v12
uv In this case acceleration a = =
s 2S 2S
 t .............(4)
 2 
v2  u2
 1  on solving, v1  .
 Distance travelled in nth second s n = u + a  n -  ..... (5) 2
 2
 If acceleration and velocity are not collinear, v can be calculated using
2 1/ 2
v =  u 2 +  at  + 2uat cosθ 
 
at sinθ
with tan = .......(6)
u + atcosθ

 
v at



u
Graphs
Characteristics of s-t and v-t graphs
 Slope of displacement time graph gives velocity.
 Slope of velocity-time graph gives acceleration.
 Area under velocity-time graph gives displacement
Let us plot v-t and s-t graphs of some standard results. To draw the following graphs assume that the
particle has got either a one-dimensional motion with uniform velocity or with constant acceleration.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 If a bullet looses (1/n)th of its velocity while passing through a plank, then the minimum no. of
such planks required to just stop the bullet is .

u u
u
n v=0
S.No Situation v-t graph s-t graph Interpretation
x x x
1 Uniform motion V-t graph s-t graph i)Slope of s-t graph =
V S v = constant.
S=Vt Let m be the no of planks required to stop the bullet
ii) In s-t- graph s = 0 at
V= constant t=0 2
 u 2
t   u -  - u = 2ax  1 0 2 - u 2 = 2amx   2
 n
I) u=0, i.e.,v=0 and t=0 Dividing eq (2) with eq (1)
2 Uniformly V S ii) u=0, i.e., slope of s-t
accelerated graph at t=0, should
motion with V= at be zero
u=0 and 02 - u 2 2amx
t iii) a or slope of v-t =
s=0 at t = 0 graph is constant  u
2
2ax
2
u -  -u
3 Uniformly I) u  0 , i.e., v or  n
accelerated V slope of s-t graph at
S
motion with v=u+at s=ut+1/2 at
2
t=0 is not zero u2 1 1 n2
u m 2
 2
m 2

u  0 and ii) v or slope of s-t  u  1  n 1  n 2  n 2  1  2n
graph gradually
 2
u  u   1  1    1 
s  s0 at t  0 
goes on increasing  n  n  n 

V n2
4 Uniformly S I) s = s0 at t=0 m
accelerated 2n  1
v=u+at
motion with u 1
s0 _  The velocity of a bullet becomes of the initial velocity while penetrating a plank. The number
u  0 and
n
s  s0 at t  0 of such planks required to stop the bullet.
V I)Slope of s-t graph at u u
5 Uniformly S u v=0
retarded motion t=0 gives u. n

u ii) Slope of s-t graph at x x x

till velocity be v=u-at
t=t0 becomes zero
comes zero 2
t0 iii) In this case u can’t u 2
t0 be zero.    - u = 2ax  1 0 2 - u 2 = 2amx   2
n
6 Uniformly I)At time t=t0, v=0 or
V n 2
retarded then S slope of s-t graph is From eq (1) and eq (2) ; m
accelerated in zero. n2  1
u
opposite ii) In s-t graph slope or 1
direction t0 velocity first decreases  A bullet loose of its velocity while penetrating a distance x into the target. The further distance
O then increases with n
t0
opposite sign. travelled before coming to rest.

u
u u
n v=0

x y
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1 EX.8. A car starts from rest and moves with uniform acceleration ‘a’. At the same instant from
Let x is the distance covered by the bullet to loose the th of initial velocity
n the same point a bike crosses with a uniform velocity ‘u’. When and where will they meet ?
 v 2 - u 2 = 2as What is the velocity of car with respect to the bike at the time of meeting ?
2 1 2
 u 2 Sol. s = at  1 , s = ut   2 
 u -  - u = 2ax  1 car 2 bike
 n
Let y is the further distance covered by the bullet to come to rest if they meet at the same point
0 2 - u 2 = 2a  x + y    2 s = s
 car bike

 From eq (1) and (2) 1 2 2u

at = ut  t 
  n  12  2 a
y  x 
 
 2n  2u 2u 2
th
s bike  ut  u 
1 a a
 If the velocity of a body becomes   of its initial velocity after a displacement of ‘x’ then it
n v car  at  2u
will come to rest after a further displacement of r r r
vcar w.r.t. bike at the time of meeting, vcb = vcar - vbike = 2u - u = u
u r r
u v=0 EX.9: What does d v /dt and d v / dt represent? can these be equal ? can:
n
r r
(a) d v /dt=0 while d v / dt  0
x y
r r
2 2 (b) d v / dt  0 while d v / dt  0 ?
u 2 u
   - u = 2ax  1  0 2 -   = 2ay   2 r r r
n n Sol. d v / dt represents time rate of change of speed as v  u , while d v / dt represents magnitude
x of acceleration.
From eq. (1) and eq (2) ; y  2
n 1 If the motion of a particle has translational acceleration (without change in direction)
EX.7. A body covers 100cm in first 2 seconds and 128cm in the next four seconds r
r r dv d r
moving with constant acceleration. Find the velocity of the body at the end of 8sec? as v  v n$,   v n$
Sol. distance in first two seconds is dt dt  
r
1 S1 S2 d v $d r
s1 = ut1 + at12 or  n v [as n$ is constant]
2 t1 t2 dt dt
1 r
100 = 2u + a  4 ......(1) dv d r
2 or  v   0
dt dt
distance in (2+4)sec from starting point is
In this case both these will be equal and not equal to zero.
1 2 1
s1 + s 2 = u  t1 + t 2  + a  t1 + t 2  228 = 6u + a  36 ......(2) (a) The given condition implies that:
2 2 r r
from eq (1) and (2) d v / dt  0, i.e., acc.  0 while d v / dt  0 , i.e., speed =constant.
We get a = -6 cm/s2 , sub a=-6 in eq - (1)
This actually is the case of uniform circular motion. In case of uniform circular motion
1 r
 100  2u   6  4 dv r u 2
2 =a= = constant ¹ 0
dt r
2u = 112 u = 56 cm/s
v = u + at = 56 - 6 x 8  v  8cm / s
r d r
while v =constant. i.e., v 0
dt

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

r r r r
(b) d v / dt  0 means a = 0 , i.e., a = 0 v  u 9000  1000
t   4 104 s
r r r a 2  107
 
or d v / dt  0 or v = constant EX.13:A car starts from rest and moves with uniform acceleration of 5 m/s2 for 8 sec. If the
r acceleration ceases after 8 seconds then find the distance covered in 12s starting from rest.
And when velocity v is constant speed will be constant,
Sol. The velocity after 8 sec v = 0 + 5 x 8 = 40 m/s
r d r Distance covered in 8 sec
i.e., speed  v =constant or v 0
dt 1
r s 0  0   5  64  160m
dv d r 2
So, it is not possible to have dt  0 while v  0. After 8s the body moves with uniform velocity and distance covered in next 4s with uniform
dt
velocity.
EX.10:In a car race, car A takes time t less than car B and passes the finishing point with a s = vt = 40 x 4 = 160 m
velocity v more than the velocity with which car B passes the point . Assuming that the The distance covered in12 s =160 +160 =320m.
cars start from rest and travel with constant accelerations a 1 and a 2 respectively , the EX.14 : A car is moving with a velocity of 40 m/s. The driver sees a stationary truck ahead at a
V distance of 200 m. After some reaction time t the breaks are applied producing a (reaction)
value of t
is retardation of 8m/s2. What is the maximum reaction time to avoid collision ?
Sol. The distance covered by both cars is same Sol. The car before coming to rest (v = 0)
Thus, s1=s2=s 2
v 2  u 2  2as  0   40   2  8  s
If the cars take time t1 and t2 for the race and their velocities at the end of race be v1 and v2 , then
it is given that  s  100m
The distance travelled by the car is 100m
v1  v2  v and t 2  t1  t
To avoid the clash, the remaining distance 200 - 100 = 100m must be covered by the car with
v v1  v2 2a1s  2a 2s a1  a 2 v uniform velocity 40 m/s during the reaction time t .
     a 1a 2
Now, t t 2  t1 2s

2s 1

1 t \ 100
 40  t  2.5s
a2 a1 a2 a1 t
EX.11 : A drunkard walking in a narrow lane takes 5 steps forward and 3 steps backward, followed The maximum reaction time t  2.5s
again by 5 steps forward and 3 steps backward, and so on. Each step is 1m long and requires EX.15 : Two trains one travelling at 54 kmph and the other at 72 kmph are headed towards one
1sec. How long the drunkard takes to fall in a pit 13m away from the start? another along a straight track. When they are 1/2 km apart, both drivers simultaneously
Sol. Distance of the pit from the start =13-5=8m see the other train and apply their brakes. If each train is decelerated at the rate of 1 m/s2,
Time taken to move first 5m=5sec will there be a collision ?
5 steps (i.e., 5m) forward and 3steps(i.e.,3m) backward means that net distance moved =5-3=2m Sol. Velocity of the first train is 54 kmph = 15 m/s
Distance travelled by the first train before coming to rest
and time taken during this process =5+3=8sec u 2 225
s1    112.5m
8×8 2a 2
 Time taken in moving 8m = = 32sec Velocity of the second train is 72 kmph= 20 m/s
2
Distance travelled by the second train before coming to rest
 Total time taken to fall in the pit =32+5=37sec
EX.12 : An  particle travels inside a straight hollow tube 2m long of a particle accelerator u 2 400
s2    200m
under uniform acceleration. How long is the particle in the tube if it enters at a speed of 2a 2
1000 m/s and leaves at 9000 m/s. What is its acceleration during this interval ? Total distance travelled by the two trains before coming to rest = s1 + s2 = 112.5 + 200 = 312.5m
Sol. Let ‘a’ be the uniform acceleration of  -particle. According to given problem s = 2m, Because the initial distance of separation is 500m which is greater than 312.5m, there will be no
v = 9000 m/s and u = 1000 m/s. Since v 2 - u2 = 2aS, collision between the two trains.
2 2
 9000   1000   2a  2   a = 2 x 107 m/s2
Let the particle remains in the tube for time ‘t’, then v  u  at
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.16. A bus accelerates from rest at a constant rate ‘  ’ for some time, after which it decelerates at
a constant rate ‘  ’ to come to rest. If the total time elapsed is t seconds. Then evaluate follow- area of ΔOAC S  1 Vmax t1 (or)t1  2S ;
ing parameters from the given graph 2 Vmax
a) the maximum velocity achieved 2S
area of ABCD 2S  Vmax t 2 (or) t 2 
b) the total distance travelled graphically and Vmax
c) Average velocity
V area of ΔBDE 5S  1 Vmax t 3 (or) t 3  10S
2 Vmax

Vmax A S  2S  5S 8S
Total displacement Vavg  2S 2S 10S

14S
Vavg  ;  
  Total time Vmax Vmax Vmax V m ax
V avg 8S 4
 
O t1 t2 B t V m ax 14S 7
vmax vmax EX.18: The acceleration-displacement (a - x) graph of a particle moving in a straight line is as
Sol. a)  = Slope of line OA = t  t1   shown. If the particle starts from rest,then find the velocity of the particle when displace-
1
ment of the particle is 12m. 2
vmax vmax a m/s
 = Slope of line AB = t  t 2  
2
4
vmax vmax  
t  t1  t 2    v max  
     2
  
v max   t
  2 8 10 12 x(m)
Sol. v 2 - u 2 = 2ax
b) Displacement = area under the v-t graph
= area of OAB v2 - u 2 v2
 ax =  (Q u=0 )
1 1 1 2 2
=  base  height   t1  t 2  v max  tv max
2 2 2  v  2  area under a  x graph 
1    2
=  t Area under a-x graph =
2   Area of OAE + Area of rectangle ABEF
total displacement 1    v max + Area of trapezium BFGC + Area of CGD
vavg    t 
total time 2     2 1 1 1
Area   2 2  6  2   2  4 2   2  4  24
EX.17: A body starts from rest and travels a distance S with uniform acceleration, then moves 2 2 2
uniformly a distance 2S and finally comes to rest after moving further 5S under uniform  v  2  24  4 3m / s
retardation. Find the ratio of average velocity to maximum velocity EX.19: Velocity-time graph for the motion of a certain body is shown in Fig. Explain the nature
of this motion. Find the initial velocity and acceleration and write the equation for the
v variation of displacement with time. What happens to the moving body at point B ? How
Vmax will the body move after this moment ?

Sol.
O t1 t2 t3 t

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1
s3  20  5    3  52  62.5m
2
v Total distance travelled in 20 sec = s1 + s2 + s3 = 100 + 100 + 62.5 = 262.5 m
EX.21: Velocity (v) versus displacement (x) plot of a body moving along a straight line is as shown
in the graph. The corresponding plot of acceleration (a) as a function of displacement (x) is
5A (EAM-2014) v
10 15 t
Velocity

B
C
Sol. The velocity -time graph is a straight line with -ve slope, the motion is uniformly retarding one
upto point B and uniformly accelerated after with-ve side of velocity axis . 0 100 200 x
At point B the body stops and then its direction of velocity reversed. Displacement
a a
The initial velocity at point A is v 0 = 7ms -1
The acceleration
Δv vt - v0 0-7 1) 2)
a= = = = -0.6364ms-2  -0.64ms-2
Δt Δt 11
0 100 200 O 100 200 X
The equation of motion for the variation of displacement with time is Displacement
Displacement x
1
s = 7t - 0.64t 2  7t  0.32t 2 a
2
EX.20: A particle starts from rest and accelerates as shown in the graph. Determine
a) the particle’s speed at t = 10s and at t = 20s
b) the distance travelled in the first220s. 3) O 100 200
4)
a m/s X
2
O 100 200 X
Displacement Displacement
1 Sol. From the given graph equation for velocity v = kx
15 20 on differentiation
t sec
-1 5 10 dv
 kv ------ (i)
dt
-2 dv
= k(kx) = k2x; a = k2x and v = -kx + v 0
-3 dt
dv
Sol. a) Upto 10 sec the particle moves with uniform acceleration, hence the velocity at t = 10s, on differentiation  kv  k  kx  v 0  a = k2x - kv0 -------(ii)
dt
v1 = u + at = 0 + 2 x 10 = 20m/s
So, according to the eq. (ii) the shape of a-x graph is as below
From t = 10s to t = 15s the acceleration is zero,so The velocity of the particle at t=15s is 20m/s
Velocity at t = 20sec, v2 = v1 + at
= 20 + (-3)5 = 5 m/s
b) Distance travelled in first 10 sec
1 1 2
0 x
s1  ut  a1t 2  0 10   2  10  100m Distance travelled when t = 10 sec to t = 15 sec
2 2
s 2  vt  20  5  100m Distance travelled when t = 15 sec to t = 20 sec
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
dv 1
Sol.  2.5 v (or) dv  2.5dt
Equations of Motion for Variable Acceleration : dt v
 When acceleration ‘a’ of the particle is a function of time i.e., a = f(t) On integrating, within limits
dv (v1 = 6.25 m/s to v2 = 0)
  f  t   dv  f  t  dt
dt v2  0 t
Integrating both sides within suitable limits, we have v 1/ 2dv  2.5 dt

v1  6.25m/s 0
v t t

 dv   f  t  dt  v  u   f  t  dt 1/2
u 0 0
1/ 2 0 2   6.25
2   v     2.5  t (or) t  2s
 When acceleration ‘a’ of the particle is a function of distance a = f(x) 6.25
2.5
dv dv dx
  f x   f x EX.25:The velocity of a particle moving in the positive direction of the X-axis varies as V  K S
dt dx dt
where K is a positive constant. Draw V-t graph.
v x x
2
 u 2  2  f  x  dx Sol. V  K s
 vdv   f  x  dx  v
u x0 x0
dS S dS t
K S   K dt
EX.22: A particle located at x = 0, at time t = 0, starts moving along the positive x-direction with dt 0
S 0
a velocity v that varies as v = α x . The displacement of particle varies with time as
1
 2 S  Kt and S= K 2t 2
dx dx 4
Sol.  x   dt
dt x dS 1 2 1
V   K 2t  K 2t V  t
x
dx
t
dt 4 2
On integrating, we get    dt
0 x 0 V  t
[ at t = 0, x = 0 and let at any time t, particle be at x]  The V-t graph is a straight line passing through the origin.
x Acceleration due to gravity
 x1/2  1/2 
   t or x  t  x  t 2  The uniform acceleration of a freely falling body towards the centre of earth due to earth’s gravitational
1/ 2  0 2 force is called acceleration due to gravity
EX.23 : The acceleration (a) of a particle moving in a straight line varies with its displacement (S)  It is denoted by ‘g’
as a = 2S. The velocity of the particle is zero at zero displacement. Find the corresponding  Its value is constant for all bodies at a given place. It is independent of size, shape, material,
velocity-displacement equation. nature of the body.
dv  Its value changes from place to place on the surface of the earth.
Sol. a = 2S  v  2S  vdv  2SdS  It has maximum value at the poles of the earth. The value is nearly 9.83 m/s2.
ds
 It has minimum value at equator of the earth. The value is nearly 9.78 m/s2.
v s v S
 v2   S2   On the surface of the moon, g moon 
g earth
  vdv   2SdS     2  6
0 0  2 0  2 0  The acceleration due to gravity of a body always directed downwards towards the centre of the
v2 earth, whether a body is projected upwards or downwards.
  S2  v   2S  When a body is falling towards the earth, its velocity increases, g is positive.
2
 The acceleration due to gravity at the centre of earth is zero.
dv
EX.24: An object moving with a speed of 6.25 m/s, is decelerated at a rate given by = -2.5 v , Motion under gravity
dt
where v is instantaneous speed. The time taken by the object, to come to rest, would be Equation of motion for a body projected vertically downwards :
(AIEEE-2011)  When a body is projected vertically downwards with an initial velocity u from a height h
then a = g, s = h

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1 2 g 1 2 1 2 1 2
a) v = u + gt gt
b) h = ut +c) v2 - u2 = 2gh d) Sn = u + (2n-1)  gt1  gt 2  gt 3
2 2 2 2 2
 In case of freely falling body u = 0, a = +g
 t12  t 2 2  t 32  t3  t12  t 22
1 2  1
a) v = gt b) S 
gt c) v 2  2gS d) Sn  g  n   Equations of motion of a body Projected Vertically up :
2  2  Acceleration (a) = -g
 For a freely falling body, the ratio of distances travelled in 1 second, 2seconds, 3 seconds, .... = 1
1 2 g
: 4 : 9 : 16.... a) v = u - gt gt c) v2 - u2 = -2gh d) sn = u - (2n-1)
b) s = ut -
 For a freely falling body, the ratio of distances travelled in successive seconds = 1 : 3 : 5 : 9 .... 2 2
 A freely falling body passes through two points A and B in time intervals of t1 and t2 from the  Angle between velocity vector and acceleration vector is 1800 until the body reaches the highest point.
 At maximum height, v = 0 and a = g
g 2 2
start, then the distance between the two points A and B is = t 2  t 1
2
  u2
 H max   H max  u 2 (independent of mass of the body)
 A freely falling body passes through two points A and B at distances h1 and h2 from the start, then 2g
the time taken by it to move from A to B is  A body is projected vertically up with a velocity ‘u’ from ground in the absence of air resistance
2h 2 2h1 2 ‘R’. then.  t a  t d 
T=
g

g

g
 h 2  h1 
u
 Two bodies are dropped from heights h1 and h2 simultaneously. Then after any time the distance i) t a  t d 
between them is equal to (h2~ h1). g
 A stone is dropped into a well of depth ‘h’, then the sound of splash is heard after a time of ‘t’. 2u
ii) Time of flight T  t a  t d 
g
2h
Time taken by the body to reach water, t1   A body is projected vertically up with a velocity ‘u’ from ground in the presence of constant air
g resistance ‘R’. If it reaches the ground with a velocity ‘v’, then
h a) Height of ascent = Height of descent
Time taken by sound to travel a distance ‘h’, t2  V
sound mu
b) Time of ascent t a 
2h h mg  R
 Time to hear splash of sound is t  t1  t2 = g + v
sound
mv
 A stone is dropped into a river from the bridge and after ‘x’ seconds another stone is projected c) Time of descent t d 
down into the river from the same point with a velocity of ‘u’. If both the stones reach the water mg  R
simultaneously, then S1 t   S 2 t  x  d) t a  t d
1 2 1
gt  u  t  x   g  t  x 
2 v mg  R
2 2 e)  v  u
u mg  R
 A body dropped freely from a multistoried building can reach the ground in t1 sec. It is stopped in
f) For a body projected vertically up under air resistance, retardation during its motion is > g
its path after t2 sec and again dropped freely from the point. The further time taken by it to reach
 At any point of the journey, a body possess the same speed while moving up and while moving
the ground is t 3  t12  t 2 2 . down.

H1 t2 H2 g
 Irrespective of velocity of projection, all the bodies pass through a height in the last second of
2
g
t1 H3 t3=? ascent. Distance traveled in the last second of its journey u  .
2
 The change in velocity over the complete journey is ‘2u’ (downwards)
We know that H1 = H2 + H3
 If a vertically projected body rises through a height ‘h’ in nth second, then in (n-1)th second it will
rise through a height (h+g) and in (n+1)thsecond it will rise through height (h-g).
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
th th
 If velocity of body in nth second is ‘v’ then in  n  1 second it is (v + g) and that in  n  1 second 2h
Product of the roots, t1t2 
is (v - g) while ascending g
 A body is dropped from the top edge of a tower of height ‘h’ and at the same time another body is
1
projected vertically up from the foot of the tower with a velocity ‘u’. Height of P is h  gt1t 2
2
u=0
1 2
Maximum height reached above the ground H  g  t1  t 2 
h 8
g  t 2  t1 
Magnitude of velocity while crossing P is
2
a) The separation between them after ‘t’ seconds is =  h  ut   A body is projected vertically up with velocity u1 and after ‘t’ seconds another body is projected
h vertically up with a velocity u2 .
b) The time after which they meet t 
u
a) If u2  u1 , the time after which both the bodies will meet with each other is h1  h2
 gh 2 
c) The height at which they meet above the ground =  h  2  1 2 1 2
 2u  u1 x  gx  u2  x  t   g  x  t 
2 2
u 1
d) The time after which their velocities are equal in magnitudes is t  u 2 t  gt 2
2g x 2 for the first body..
e) If they meet at mid point, then the velocity of thrown body is u  gh and its velocity of
 u 2  u1   gt
meeting is zero u t  u t 
f) Ratio of the distances covered when the magnitudes of their velocities are equal is 1 : 3. b) If u1  u 2  u , the time after which they meet is    for the first body and   
g 2 g 2
 A body projected vertically up crosses a point P at a height ‘h’ above the ground at time ‘ t1 ’ for the second body.
seconds and at time t2 seconds ( t1 and t2 are measured from the instant of projection) to same u 2 gt 2
Height at which they meet = 
point while coming down. 2g 8
1  A rocket moves up with a resultant acceleration a . If its fuel exhausts completely after time ' t '
h  ut  gt 2 ; gt 2  2ut  2h  0
2 seconds, the maximum height reached by the rocket above the ground is
h  h1  h2
1 2 1 2 2  v2 a 2 t 2 
t2 = at + a t  h 2 = 2g = 2g  ,  v  at 
2 2g  
h t1 1  a
h  at 2  1  
2  g
 An elevator is accelerating upwards with an acceleration a. If a person inside the elevator throws
This is quadratic equation in t
2u
2u
Sum of the roots, t1  t2  (time of flight) a particle vertically up with a velocity u relative to the elevator, time of flight is t 
g ga
1 2u
Velocity of projection , u  g  t1  t 2   In the above case if elevator accelerates down, time of flight is t 
2 ga

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 The zero velocity of a particle at any instant does not necessarily imply zero acceleration at that EX.28: A parachutist drops freely from an aeroplane for 10 seconds before the parachute opens
instant. A particle may be momentarily at rest and yet have non-zero acceleration. out. T hen he descends with a net r etar dation of 2 m/s2. His velocity when he reaches the
For example, a particle thrown up has zero velocity at its uppermost point but the acceleration at ground is 8 m/s. Find the height at which he gets out of the aeroplane ?
that instant continues to be the acceleration due to gravity. Sol. Distance he falls before the parachute opens is
EX.26: Drops of water fall at regular intervals from the roof of a building of height h = 16m. The 1
first drop striking the ground at the same moment as the fifth drop is ready to leave from S1  g  100  490m
2
the roof. Find the distance between the successive drops. Then his velocity , u=gt = 98.0 m/s
2h Velocity on reaching ground = v=8 m / s
Sol. Step-I : Time taken by the first drop to touch the ground = t 
g retardation = 2 m / s 2
16  2  2 v 2  u 2  2aS 2  S 2  2385m
For h = 16m, t  4
g g
Total distance S  S1  S 2 = 2385 + 490
 1  1 2 =2875 m( height of aeroplane)
Time interval between two successive drops is t   t   t 
 n 1   4  g EX.29: If a freely falling body covers half of its total distance in the last second of its journey.
Where n = number of drops Find its time of fall
Step-II : Sol. Suppose t is the time of free fall
1 1 2 g g 2
Distance travelled by 1st drop
2
S1  g  4t   g 16     16m Sn 
2
 2n  1 and S
2
n 
2 2 g g
 2n  1 
1 2 1 2 Sn 2 1
Distance travelled by 2nd drop S2  g  3 t   g  9     9 m  2 g 2
2 2 g S n  
2

S3 
1 2 1 2
g  2 t   g  4     4 m

n 2  4n  2  0 and n  2  2 sec 
Distance travelled by 3rd drop
2 2 g EX.30: A body is projected vertically up with a velocity u. Its velocity at half of its maximum
height and at 3/4th of its maximum height are
1 2 1  2  Sol. From v2 - u2 = 2aS, here a = –g; when S = H/2, then
Distance travelled by 4th drop S4  g   t   g    1m
2 2  g 
u2 u
v 2  u 2  2  g  v
Distance between 1st and 2nd drops= S1  S2  16  9  7 m 4g 2
Distance between 2nd and 3rd drops= S 2  S 3  9  4  5m 2 2 3u 2 u
When S = 3H/4, then v  u  2  g  4 2g v
Distance between 3rd and 4th drops= S 3  S 4  4  1  3m   2
EX.31: A stone is allowed to fall from the top of a tower 300m height and at the same time
Distance between 4th and 5th drops= S 4  S 5  1  0  1m
another stone is projected vertically up from the ground with a velocity 100 m/s. Find when
EX.27: A body falls freely from a height of 125m (g = 10 m/s2). After 2 sec gravity ceases to act and where the two stones meet ?
Find time taken by it to reach the ground ?
1 1 2
Sol. 1) Distance covered in 2s under gravity S1  gt 2  10  2   20m 300-x
2 2
Velocity at the end of 2s V = gt = 10  2 = 20 m/s 300 m
Now at this instant gravity ceases to act, there after velocity becomes constant.The remaining Sol.
distance which is 125 - 20 = 105m is covered by body with constant velocity20 m/s.Time taken x
to cover 105 m with constant velocity is given by
S 105 height of the tower, h= 300m
t1   t1   5.25s
V 20
Total time taken = 2 + 5.25 = 7.25 s
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Suppose the two stones meet at a height x from ground after t seconds EX.33: A ball is thrown vertically upwards from the top of a tower. Velocity at a point ‘h’ m
vertically below the point of projection is twice the downward velocity at a point ‘h’ m
Sr
t vertically above the point of projection. The maximum height reached by the ball above the
u r , ur  u  0  u , S r  h top of the tower is (MED-2012)
h 300 Sol. If AB is the tower then according to the problem, velocity at ‘P’ is given as twice the velocity at
t   3sec ‘Q’
u 100 C
height of the stone from the point of projection is
H Q
1 2 1
h1  ut  gt  100  3   9.8  9  255.9m h
2 2 A
EX.32: A stone is dropped from certain height above the ground. After 5s a ball passes through a T h
O
pane of glass held horizontally and instantaneously loses 20% of its velocity. If the ball takes VP  u 2
 2 gh  ; VQ  u 2
 2 gh  ; VP  2  VQ  W P
2 more seconds to reach the ground, the height of the glass above the ground is E
Sol. In 5s velocity gained v = gt = 50 m/s. R

80 B
Velocity after passing through the glass pane  50  40m / s 10gh
100 u 2
 2gh   2  u 2  2gh   u 
2

3
1 2 1 2
Height of the glass pane above the ground is h  ut  gt = 40  2   10   2  = 100m  10gh 
2 2  
u2 3  5h
Body Projected Vertically up from a Tower From the top of the tower maximum height reached H  H 
 A body projected vertically up from a tower of height ‘h’ with a velocity ‘u’ (or) a body dropped 2g 2g 3
from a rising balloon (or) a body dropped from an helicopter rising up vertically with constant EX.34: From a tower of height H, a particle is thrown vertically upwards with a speed u. The
velocity ‘u’ reaches the ground exactly below the point of projection after a time ‘t’. Then time taken by the particle to hit the ground is n times that taken by it to reach the highest
point of its path. The relation between H, u and n is ( jee main- 2014)
+X -X u
Sol. Time taken to reach the maximum height t1 
g
T
O If t2 is the time taken to hit ground
-h
h W
1 2
E
R i.e.,  H  ut 2  gt
2
1  nu  1  n 2 u 2 
(a) Height of the tower is h   ut  gt 2 But t2 = nt1 ; So,  H  u  g   2 g  g 2 
2
   
(b) Time taken by the body to reach the ground
nu 2 1  n 2 u 2 
u  u 2  2gh H     2 gH  nu 2  n  2 
t= g 2 g  
g
EX.35 : A balloon starts from rest, moves vertically upwards with an acceleration g/8 ms-2. A
(c) The velocity of the body at the foot of the tower v = u 2  2 gh stone falls from the balloon after 8 s from the start. Further time taken by the stone to
(d) Velocity of the body after ‘t’ sec. is reach the ground (g = 9.8 ms-2) is
v  u  gt Sol. The distance of the stone above the ground about which it begins to fall from the balloon is
1g
1 2
gt h    82  4g
(e) Distance between the body and balloon after this time = 28
2
g
The velocity of the balloon at this height can be obtained from v = u + at; v  0    8  g
8
This becomes the initial velocity (u) of the stone as the stone falls from the balloon at the height
h.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

u '  g  The displacement from object A to B is given by
1 1 2 x BA  t   x B  t   x A  t 
For the total motion of the stone h = -u t + gt
2
  x B  0   x A  0     v B  v A  t
1
 4g  gt  gt 2 and t 2  2 t  8  0
2  x BA  0    v B  v A  t
Solving for ‘t’ we get t = 4 and -2s. Ignoring negative value of time, t = 4s. r r r
 Three bodies are projected from towers of same height as shown. 1st one is projected vertically up Velocity of A w.r.t B is vAB = v A - vB
with a velocity ‘u’. The second one is thrown down vertically with the same velocity and the third r 2 2
v AB = v A + v B - 2v A v Bcosθ
one is dropped as a freely falling body. If t , t , t are the times taken by them to reach ground, then,
1 2 3 r r r
 Two bodies are moving in a straight line in same direction then, v AB = v A - v B (Q 00 )
u=u u=0  Two bodies are moving in a straight line in opposite
r r r
direction then, v AB = v A + v B , (Q 1800 )
h h h  If two bodies move with same velocity and in same direction, then position between them does
not vary with time.
 If two bodies move with unequal velocity and in same direction, then position between them first
1 12 2 3 decreases to minimum and then increases.
For 1st body, h  ut1  gt1  1  If the particles are located at the sides of n sided symmetrical polygon with each side a and each
2
1 2 particle moves towards the other, then time after which they meet is
For 2nd body, h  ut2  gt2   2
2 Initial separation
T
1 2 Re lative velocity of approach
rd
For 3 body, h  gt3   3 a
2 a
T T
       
from 1  t2 +  2   t1 v  v cos   v 1  cos   
 n    n 
1 a
 h  t1  t2   gt1t2  t1  t2  T
2 and 
2v sin 2  
1 n
i) Height of the tower h  gt1t2   4 Shortcut to solve the problems
2
2a a
ii) From eq (3) & (4), t3  t1t2   5 For Triangle n = 3  T  ; For Square n = 4  T 
3v v
iii) Equating R.H.S of (1) & (2), 2a
For hexagon, n = 6  T 
1 v
velocity of projection u  g  t1  t 2    6  EX.36: A passenger is at a distance ‘d’ from a bus, when the bus begins to move with a constant
2
2u acceleration a. Then find the minimum constant velocity with which the passenger should
iv) Time difference between first two bodies to reach the ground t    7 run towards the bus so as to catch is
g
1 2
Relative Motion in one dimension Sol. S passenger  d  Sbus ; vt  d  at
2
 Velocity of one moving body with respect to other moving body is called Relative velocity.
 A and B are two objects moving uniformly with average velocities vA and vB in one dimension, v  v 2  2ad
at 2  2vt  2d  0  t 
say along x-axis having the positions xA(0) and xB(0) at t = 0. a
 If xA(t) and xB(t) are positions of objects A and B at time t then for minimum velocity v 2  2ad  0  v  2ad
x A  t   x A  0   vA t ; x B  t   x B  0   vB t
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.37. Two trains, each travelling with a speed of 37.5kmh-1, are approaching each other on the
same straight track. A bird that can fly at 60kmph flies off from one train when they are 90 x1  x2  x1  x2 
km apart and heads directly for the other train. On reaching the other train, it flies back to
the first and so on. Total distance covered by the bird before trains collide is
Sol. Relative speed of trains  37.5  37.5  75kmh 1 1) 2)
S r 90 6
Time taken by them to meet t  u   h O t O t
r 75 5

6
 60   72km (Q Vbird  60kmh 1 ) ,
x1  x2  x1  x2 
Distance travelled by the bird, x  Vbird  t
5
EX.38: On a two-lane road, car A is travelling with a speed of 36 kmph. Two cars B and C
approach car A in opposite directions with speed of 54 kmph each. At a certain instant,
3) 4)
when the distance AB is equal to AC, both being 1 km, B decides to overtake A before C
does. What minimum acceleration of car B is required to avoid an accident? O t t
O
Sol. Velocity of a car A, VA  36km / h  10m / s 1 2 1 2
Sol. As, x1  t  = at and x2  t   vt  x 1 - x 2 = at - vt (parabola)
Velocity of car B, VB  54km / h  15m / s 2 2
Clearly, graph (2) represents it correctly.
Velocity of car C, VC  54km / h  15m / s
EX.40.A particle has an initial velocity 3iˆ  4ˆj and an acceleration of 0.4iˆ  0.3jˆ . It speed after 10s
Relative velocity of car B with respect to car A, VBA  VB  VA  15  10  5m / s
is (AIEEE-2009)
Relative velocity of car C with respect to car A, VCA  VC  VA  15  10  25m / s r r r
Sol. v = u + at
At a certain instance, both cars B and C are at the same distance from car A i.e., s  1km  1000m
1000
   
 3iˆ  4 ˆj  0.4iˆ  0.3 ˆj 10  3iˆ  4 ˆj  4iˆ  3 ˆj  7iˆ  7 ˆj
Time taken (t) by car C to cover 1000m is t  40s r
25 v = 49 + 49  7 2
The acceleration produced by car B is
EX.41. A body is moving along the circumference of a circle of radius ‘R’ and completes half of
1 1600 the revolution. Then, the ratio of its displacement to distance is
1000  5  40  at 2  a   1m / s 2
2 1600 1)  : 2 2) 2:1 3) 2 :  4) 1:2
EX.39: A body is at rest at x = 0. At t = 0, it starts moving in the positive x-direction with a constant
C
acceleration. At the same instant another body passes through x = 0 moving in the positive x-
direction with a constant speed. The position of the first body is given by x1  t  after time ‘t’ Sol. .
and that of the second body by x2  t  after the same time interval. Which of the following A B
graphs correctly describes  x1  x2  as a function of time ‘t’ ? [AIEEE - 2008]
Displacement : Distance   R : 2 R key-3
EX.42. A body completes one round of a circle of radius ‘R’ in 20 second. The displacement of the
body after 45 second is
R
1) 2) 2 R 3) 2 R 4) 2R
2
Sol. In 40sec body completes two revolutions.
 
In 5 sec it covers 1/4 th of the circle and angle traced is . So displacement s  2 R sin
2 2
key-2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.43. If a body covers first half of its journey with uniform speed v1 and the second half of the
journey with uniform speed v2, then the average speed is EX.48. The coordinates of a moving particle at any time ‘t’ are given by x  t 3 and y   t 3 . The
2 v 1v 2 v 1v 2 speed of the particle at time ‘t’ is given by
1) v1  v2 2) v  v 3) v  v 4) v1v2
1 2 1 2 1)  2  2 2) 3t  2   2 3) 3t 2  2   2 4) t 2  2   2
s1  s 2 2v1v 2
Sol. . Average speed = t  t  v = v + v key-2 dx dy
1 2 1 2 Sol. vx  , v y  ; v  v2x  v2y
EX.44. A car is moving along a straight line, say OP in figure. It moves from O to P in 18 s and dt dt
key-3
return from P to Q in 6 s. What are the average velocity and average speed of the car in
going from O to P and back to Q? EX.49. A car, starting from rest, accelerates at the rate f through a distance S, then continues at
1) 10 m s  1 , 20 m s  1 2) 20 m s  1 ,10 m s  1 3) 10 m s  1 ,10 m s  1 4) 20 m s  1 , 20 m s  1 constant speed for time t and then decelerate at the rate (f/2) to come to rest. If the total
distance travelled is 15S, then
total displacement s1  s 2 1 2
Sol. . v avg = = t  t key-1 1 2 1 2
total time 1) S  ft 2) S  ft 3) S  ft 4) S  ft
1 2 6 72 4
EX.45. For a body moving with uniform acceleration ‘a’, initial and final velocities in a time Sol.
interval ‘t’ are ‘u’ and ‘v’ respectively. Then, its average velocity in the time interval ‘t’ is s
 at   at  v 2 - o 2 = 2fs 
1)  v  at  2)  v   3)  v  at  4)  u   
 2  2 f  ® s3 = 2s
o 2 - v 2 = -2 .s3 
2 
v  u v  v  at
Sol. vavg   key-2  s 2 = 12s ; also v = 2fs
2 2 12s = vt
EX.46. Two cars 1 & 2 starting from rest are moving with speeds v1 and v 2 m/s (v1 > v 2 ) . Car 2 is 1 2
 12s = 2fs.t ; 144s2 = 2fs.t ; s = ft
ahead of car ‘1’ by s meter when the driver of the car ‘1’ sees car ‘2’. What minimum 72
retardation should be given to car ‘1’ to avoid collision. (2002 A) key-3
2 2 EX.50. An armored car 2m long and 3 m wide is moving at 10ms-1 when a bullet hits it in a
1)
v1  v 2
2)
v1  v 2
3)
 v1  v 2  4)
 v1  v 2 
s s 1   3
2s 2s direction making an angle tan  4  with the length of the car as seen by a stationary observer..
2 2
 
Sol. urel  v1  v2 ; vrel  0 ; vrel  urel  2as
The bullet enters one edge of the car at the corner and passes out at the diagonally opposite
Key-4 corner. Neglecting any interaction between the car and the bullet and effect of gravity, the
EX.47. If a car covers 2 / 5th of the total distance with v1 speed and 3/ 5th distance with v2 then time for the bullet to cross the car is
1) 0.20 s 2) 0.15 s 3) 0.10 s 4) 0.50 s
average speed is Sol.
1 v1  v 2 2v1v 2 5v1v 2
1) v1v 2 2) 3) v  v 4) 3v  2v \ 2m
2 2 1 2 1 2

s1  s2
total distance  s s
Sol. avg speed= total time
1
 2 3m vb sin 37
0
10m/s
v1 v2
key-4 vb -1 3
 
=tan  
4
=370
0
vb cos 37 2m
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Relative velocity along x-axis is  v b cos37 0 -10  EX.54. A vehicle travels half the distance ‘l’ with speed v1 and the other half with speed v2, then its
Distance travelled by bullet along x- axis is average speed is
v1  v 2 2v1  v 2 2v1v 2 L  v1  v 2 
 v cos37
b
0
-10  t = 2 .........(1) 1)
2
2) v  v 3) v  v 4)
v1v 2
1 2 1 2
Distance travelled by bullet along y-axis is Sol. Total time = t1 + t2
 v sin37  t = 3 ..........(2)
b
0

l l 1 1 1 
Solving equation (1) and (2) we get t=0.20s key-1 =     
EX.51. Two particles start simultaneously from the same point and move along two straight lines. One 2v1 2v 2 2  v1 v 2 
with uniform velocity v and other with a uniform acceleration a. If  is the angle between the lines key-3
of motion of two particles then the least value of relative velocity will be at time given by EX.55. The displacement of a particle is given by x = (t -2)2 if where x is in metre and t
v v v v in second. The distance coverred by the particle in first 4 seconds is
1) sin  2) cos  3) tan  4) cot  1) 4 m 2) 8 m 3) 12 m 4) 16m
a a a a
Sol. Given x = (t - 2)2
Sol. At any time velocity of first car is V and that of second car is v = v + at = 0 + at
dx d 2
2 velocity, v=   t  2  2  t  2 m / s
v rel = v 2 +  at  - 2vat cosα dt dt
d 2 dv d
v rel is minimum if
dt
 vr  = 0 ; t = vcosα
a
Acceleration, a=   2  t  2  
dt dt 
key-2 = 2 [l - 0] = 2 m/s2
EX.52. A jet airplane travelling at the speed of 500 km/h ejects its products of combustion at the key-2
speed of 1500 km/h relative to the jet plane. What is the speed of the later with respect to an EX.56. At a metro station, a girl walks up a stationary escalator in time t1. If she remains stationary
observer on ground? on the escalator, then the escalator take her up in time t2. The time taken by her to walk up
on the moving escalator will be
1) 100kmph 2) 1000kmph 3) 10kmph 4) 11kmph
l) (t1+t2)/2 2 ) t1t2/(t2-t1) 3) t1t2 /(t2+t1) 4) t1 - t2
Sol. Velocity of jet aeroplane = 500 $
j L
Sol. Velocity of girl vg = t
velocity of fuel w.r.to plane  1500 $j 1
uur uur uur uur
 v f - v p = -1500 $j ; v f = v p -1500 $j L
Velocity of escalator v e = t
 500 $
j  1500 $
j  1000 $
2
j
 speed of fuel w.r.to ground is -1000km/hr.. L L
key-2 Net velocity of the girl v g +v e = t  t
1 2
EX.53. A lift is coming from 8th floor and is just about to reach 4th floor. Taking ground floor as origin
and positive direction upwards for all quantities, which one of the following is correct? L L L tt
  t 1 2
1) x < 0, v < 0, a > 0 2) x > 0, v < 0, a < 0 3) x > 0, v < 0, a > 0 4) x > 0, v > 0, a < 0 t t1 t 2 t1  t 2
Sol. As the lift is coming in downward direction dis-placement will be negative. We have to see key-3
whether the moton is accelerating or retarding.
We know that due to downward motion displace-ment will be negative. When the lift reaches 4th
floor is about to stop hence, motion is retarding in nature hence, x < 0,a > 0. As displacement is in
negative direction, velocity will also be negative i.e., V < 0.
key-1

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.57. A body moving along a straight line traversed one third of the total distance with a EX.60. A point moves in a straight line so that its displacement x metre time t second is given
velocity 4 m/sec in the first stretch. In the second stretch the remaining distance is covered by x 2  1  t 2 . Its acceleration in ms 2 at time t second is
with a velocity 2 m/sec for some time t0 and with 4m/s for the remaining time. if the average
1 t 1 t2 1 1
velocity is 3 m/sec, find the time for which body moves with velocity 4 m/sec in second A) B) C)  D) 
stretch: x3/ 2 x3 x x3 x x2
1/ 2
3 t0 Sol. x 2  1  t 2 or x  1  t 2 
A) t0 B) t0 C) 2t0 D)
2 2 dx 1 1/ 2 1/ 2
 1  t 2  2t  t 1  t 2 
s/3 s dt 2
Sol. t1  
4 12 d2x 1/ 2  1 3/ 2
a  1  t 2   t    1  t 2  2t
2s 2s dt 2  2
 2  t 0   4  kt 0   t 0  2  4k  or t 0 
3 3  2  4k  1 t2
  key-C
s x x3
Average velocity = t  t  t k
1 0 0 EX.61. A 2m wide truck is moving with a uniform speed v0  8 ms 1 along a straight horizontal
6  2  4k  road. A pedestrain strarts to cross the road with a uniform speed v when the truck is 4 m
s
  away from him. The minimum value of v so that he can cross the road safely is
s 2s 1  k   5  6k 
 A) 2.62 ms 1 B) 4.6 ms 1 C) 3.57 ms 1 D) 1.414 ms 1
12 3  2  4k 
v sin
1
vav  5  6k   12  24k gives k  2m 8
2
Sol.
t0 4m 
Required time = kt 0  . key-D
2 v cos

EX.58. For motion of an object along the x-axis, the velocity v depends on the displacement x 2
Time of crosing  v sin 
as v  3 x 2  2 x , then what is the acceleration at x = 2 m?
A) 48 ms 2 B) 80 ms 2 C) 18 ms 2 D) 10 ms 2 4
Time in which truck just able to catch the man = 8  v cos 
Sol. Given v  3x 2  2 x; differentiating v , we get
2 4
dv dx For safe crosing v sin  = 8  v cos 
  6x  2  6 x  2 v
dt dt
or 16  2 v cos   4v sin 
 a   6 x  2   3 x 2  2 x  Now put x= 2 m
16
2 or v 
 a   6  2  2  (3  2   2  2)  80 ms 2 key-B cos   2 sin 
EX.59. A police party is chasing a dacoit in a jeep which is moving at a constant speed v . The For v minimum cos   2sin  is maximum
dacoit is on a motorcycle. When he is at a distance x from the jeep, he accelerates from rest d
at a constant rate  ? Which of the following relations is true if the police is able to catch so ,  cos   2 sin    0
d
the dacoit ?
  sin   2 cos   0
A) v 2   x B) v 2  2 x C) v 2  2 x D) v 2   x
 tan   2
Sol. If police is able to catch the dacoit after time t, then
1 2
1   cos   ,sin  
vt  x   t 2. This gives t 2  vt  x  0 5 5
2 2
16 5 16
v  v 2  2ax v min  
or t  For t be real , v 2  2ax key-C 5 5
 Now key-C
 3.57 m / s
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.62. The velocity of a particle along a straight line increases according to the linear law v = Since the particle P & Q reach the other ends of A and B with equal velocities say v
v0+kx, where k is a constant. Then For particle P v 2  u12  2a 2 l ... (5)
A) the acceleration of the particle is k  v0  kx 
For particle Q v 2  u 22  2a 2 l ...(6)
1  v1  Substracting and then substituting value of l and rearranging, we get
B) the particle takes a time k log e  v  to attain a velocity v1
 0
C) velocity varies linearly with displacement with slope of velocity displacement curve equal  u 2  u1  a1  a 2   8  a1u 2  a 2 u1 
to k. key-ABC
D) data is insufficient to arrive at a conclusion.
EX.64. A particle moves along a straight line so that its velocity depends on time as v  4t  t 2 .
dv g Then for first 5s.
Sol. Acceleration =  v  0  kx
dt A) Average velocity is 25 / 3 ms 1
  dx  g B) Average speed is 10 ms 1
Q x   v   v  a  kv  k  v  kx 
 dt  0
C) Average velocity is 5 / 3 ms 1
dv dv
Further, a   kv   kv D) Acceleration is 4 ms 2 at t  0
dt dt
5 5
dv
 vdt   4t  t  dt
2
  kdt  2 t3 
v r 125
v 0
 0
 2t  3  50 
v1
dv
t
1 v  Sol. Average velocity 5 5

 0
 3  25  5
  v
 k  dt  t  log e  1   dt  dt 5 5 3 5 3
v0 0 k  v0  0 0

dv For average speed, let us put v= 0, which gives t  0 amd t  4s

Since, v=v0+kx. Hence slope of velocity displacement curve is k key-ABC  average speed =
dx
EX.63. Two particles P and Q move in a straight line AB towards each other. P starts from A 4 5 4
2
5

with velocity u1 and an acceleration a1. Q starts from B with velocity u2 and acceleration  vdt   vdt  (4t  t )dt   vdt
 2 t3 
4
 2 t3 
5

a2. They pass each other at the midpoint of AB and arrive at the other ends of AB with 0 4
 0 4
 2t  3    2t  3 
5
equal velocities. 5 
 0  4

2 1 2u  u   dt
0
5
A) They meet at midpoint at time t   a  a 
1 2 4 5
 2 t3   2 t3 
4  u 2  u1  a1u 2  a 2 u1   2t  3    2t  3 
l  0  4 13 1
B) The length of path specified i.e., AB is a  a2 
2
  ms
1
5 5
C) They reach the other ends of AB with equal velocities if  u 2  u1  a1  a 2   8  a 1u 2  a 2 u1  For acceleration :
dv d
D) They reach the other ends of AB with equal velocities if a   4t  t 2   4  2t At t  0, a  4 ms 2 key-C,D
dt dt
 u 2  u1  a1  a 2   8  a 2 u1  a1u 2  EX.65. A particle moves with an initial velocity v0 and retardation  v , where v is velocity at any time t.
u1a1 u2a2
v0
Sol. . A) The particle will cover a total distance
l/2 l/2 
l 1 l 1 2 1
 u1 t  a1t 2 ...(1) and    u1t   a 2  t
2 2 2 2 B) The particle will come to rest after time

l 1 2 C) The particle will continue to move for a long time.
  u 2 t  a 2 t ....(2)
2 2 v0 1
 u 2  u1  D) The velocity of particle will become after time
e 
subtracting (1) and (2) , we get t  2   ....(3)
 a1  a 2 
4  u 2  u1 
Substituting (3) in (1) or(2) and rearranging, we get. l  a  a 2  a1u 2  a 2 u1  ...(4)
 1 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

dv
0 x0 68. The critical distacne ‘Sc’ for which passenger will take the ten seconds time to catch the train is
Sol. v. dx   v  or  dv    dx v 2P
v0 0
given by Sc 
2a1
v0
v0   x0  x0  ; The time is 10 seconds, if v 2P  2a1S  0

v t 2
dv dv v 2P 10 
  v (or )     dt Sc    50m
dt v0
v 0 2a t 2 1
v  v0 e  t  or  v  0 for t   vP
69. For critical distance, passenger catches the train in time, t  a So, required velocity of train =
v 1 .key-A,C,D t
 v  0 when t  a t .t
e 
t3 v 
EX.66. A particle is moving along X–axis whose position is given by x  4  9t  . Mark the  a t  P   VP / 2  10m / sec
3  at 
correct statement(s) in relation to its motion.
key-67-.C 68- A 69- B
A) direction of motion is not changing at any of the instants Passage-2
B) direction of motion is changing at t = 3 s
A body is moving with uniform velocity of 8 ms 1 . When the body just crossed another
C) for 0 < t < 3 s, the particle is slowing down
D) for 0 < t < 3 s, the particle is speeding up. body, the second one starts and moves with uniform acceleration of 4 ms 2 .
Sol. The particle’s velocity is getting zero at t = 3 s, where it changes its direction of motion. 70. The time after which two bodies meet will be
A) 2 s B) 4 s C) 6 s D) 8 s
For 0 < t < 3 s, V is negative, a is positive, so particle is slowing down. 71. The distance covered by the second body when they meet is
For t < 3, both V and a are positive, so the particle is speeding up. A) 8 m B) 16 m C) 24 m D) 32 m
key-B,C Sol. 70. Let they meet after time t , then the distance travelled by both in time t should be
same
PASSAGE TYPE QUESTIONS 1
Passage-1 s  8t  4t 2  t  4 s
2
A train starts from rest with constant acceleration, a  1m / s 2 . A passenger at a distance ‘S’ 71. s  8t  8  4  32 m
from the train runs at his maximum velocity of 10 m/s to catch the train at the same moment
at which the train starts. key- 70-. B 71-. D
67. If S=25.5 m and passenger keeps running, find the time in which he will catch the train: EX.72. An elevator in which a man is standing is moving upwards with a speed of 10 ms 1 . If
A) 5 sec B) 4 sec C) 3 sec D) 2 2 sec. the man drops a coin from a height of 2.45 m from the floor of elavator, it reaches the floor
68. Find the critical distance ‘Sc’ for whcih passenger will take the ten seconds time to catch the of the elavator after time ( g  9.8 ms 2 )
train:
A) 50m B) 35m C) 30m D) 25m A) 2 s B) 1/ 2 s C) 2 s D) 1/ 2 s
69. Find the speed of the train when the passenger catches it for the critical distacne: Sol. Let the initial relative velocity, rerlative acceleration and relative displacement of the with
A) 8 m/s B) 10 m/s C) 12 m/s D) 15m/s respect to the floor of the lift be ur , ar and sr , then sr  ur t  1/ 2  ar t 2
Sol. 67. At time t, Xt and Xp are coordinates of train and passenger respectively. and ur  uc  ul  10  10  0
1
X t  a1t 2 and X p  v P t  S ar  ac  al   9.8  0  9.8 ms 2
2
If passenger catches the train, sr  sc  sl  2.45m
Xt = Xp
2
2.45  0  t   1/ 2  9.8 t 2
1 2 v  v  2a1S
or a1t  v P t  S or t  P P
or t 2  1/ 2 or t  1 2 s
2 a1

10  10 
2
 2 1 25.5  key-B
  3seconds
1
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.73. A body is thrown vertically upwards from A, the top of a tower. It reaches the ground in time dv
Sol. Here  kv 3
t1 . If it is thrown vertically downward from A with the same speed, it reaches the ground in time dt
t 2 . If it is allowed to fall freely from A, then the time it takes to reach the ground is given by dv v dv t
or 3   kdt or    kdt
t1 v v0 v 3 0
t1  t2 t1  t2
A) t  B) t  C) t  t1t2 D) t   1 
v
1 2 v02 v0
2 2 t2 2
or   2v 2    kt or  2v 2  2v 2   kt , or v  1  2v 2 kt or v 
Sol. Suppose the body be projected vertically upwards from A with a speed u0 .  V0 0 0 2v02 kt  1
EX.75. A jet plane starts from rest at S = 0 and is subjected to the acceleration shown. Determine
1 2 the speed of the plane when it has travelled 60 m.
Using equation s  ut    at , we get
2 A) 46.47 m / s B) 36.47 m / s C) 26.47 m / s D) 16.47 m / s
1 2
For first case:  h  u0t1    gt1 (i)
 2 a(m/s)2
1 2
For second case:  h  u0t2    gt2 ( ii ) 22.5
2
1
( i )- ( ii )  0  u0  t2  t1     g  t2  t1 
2 2

2
150 S(m)
1
 u0    g  t1  t2  ( iii ) dv s v
2 Sol. a  v   a.ds   v.dv  v 2  u 2
ds 0 u
Putting the value of u0 in ( ii ), we get
 Area under a : s curve  v 2  u 2
1 1 1  1
 h     g  t1  t2  t2    gt22 2
2 2   2  150  22.5   2  90 13.5   v  0
 
1 2
 v  75  22.5  45  13.5
h gt1t2 ( iv)
2  v  75  22.5  45 13.5  46.47
For third case: u  0, t  ?
1 1 EX.76. The relation between time t and distance x is t = a x 2 + b x . Wheree a and b are constants.
 h  0  t    gt 2 or h    gt 2 ( v)
2 2 The retardation is
Combining Eq. ( iv ) and ( v), we get A) 2a v 3 B) 2b v 3 C) 2a b v3 D) 2b 3 v3
1 2 1
gt  gt1t2 or t  t1t2 1 
2 2 Sol. t   x 2   n 1  2 xv   v   2 x   
v 
key-C
0  2  x.a  v.v    a 0   2 x    a  2 v 2
EX.74. The decelaration experienced by a moving motor boat, after its engine is cut-off is
dv 2 v 2 2 v 2
given by  kv 3 , where k is constant.If v0 is the magnitude of the velocity at cut-off,
f, a   2 v 3
dt 2 x   1
the magnitude of the velocity at a time t after the cut-off is v
v0
A) v0 / 2 B) v C) v0 e  kt D)
2v02 kt  1

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.77. The motion of a body falling from rest in a resisting medium is described by the equation EX.80. A parachutist drops first freely from an aeroplane for 10 s and then his parachute
dv opens out. Now he descends with a net retardation of 2.5 ms 2 . If he bails out of the plane
= a - b v where a and b are constants. The velocity at any time t is given by
dt at a height of 2495 m and g  10 ms 2 , his velocity on reaching the ground will be
a b -bt
A) v = (1 -e ) B) v= (e )
-b t
A) 5 ms 1 B) 10 ms 1 C) 15 ms 1 D) 20 ms 1
b a
Sol. The velocity v acquired by the parachutist after 10 s.
a b bt
C) v = (1 + e ) D) v= e
-b t
v  u  gt  0  10 10  100ms 1
dv b v dv t a
Sol.  a  bv    dt 1 2 1 2
dt 0 a  bv 0 Then, s1  ut  gt  0   10 10  500m
2 2
 2  v a  bv The distance travelled by the parachutist under retadation is
  ln  a  bv   0  t  ln   bt
 b  a s2  2495  500  1995 m
a Let vg be the velocity on reaching the ground. Then vg2  v 2  2as2
 v  1  e  bt 
 bt
 a  bv  ae
b 2
or vg2  100   2   2.5   1995 or vg  5 ms 1
EX.78 A train stops at two stations s distance apart and takes time t on the journey from one station
to the other. Its motion is first of uniform acceleration a and then immediately of uniform key-A
retardation b, then EX.81. The velocity-time plot a particle moving on a straight line is shown in figure.
1 1 t2 1 1 t2 1 1 t2 1 1 t2 –1
v(ms )
A) - = B) + = C) + = D) - =
a b s a b s a b 2s a b 2s 10
v2 v2 v2  1 1 
Sol. s       0 t(s)
2a 2b 2  a b  10 20 30

   ab  –10
Again t    v  t  
a b ab –20
A) The particle has a constant acceletration
t2 1 1 B) The particle has never tuned around
s 2
   t2 1 1
1 1 a b    C) The particle has zero displacement
2   2s a b
a b D) The average speed in the interval 0 to 10 s is the same as the average speed in the interval 10 s to 20
s
EX.79. A ball is thrown from the top of a tower in vertically upward direction. Velocity at Sol. Since the graph is astraight line, its slope is constant, it means acceleration of the particle is
apoint h metre below the point of projection is twice of the velocity at a point h metree constant.
above the point of projection. find the maximum height reached by the ball above the top Velocity of the particle changes from positive to negative at t  10 s , so particle changes
of tower. direction at this time.
A) 2 h 2 B) 3 h C) (5/3) h D) (4/3) h The particle has zero displacement up to 20 s, but not for the entire motion.
u The average speed in the interval of 0 to 10 s is the same as the average speed in the internal of
Sol. H  ; given v2  2v1
10 s to 20 s because distance covered in both time interval is same. key-AD
2g
(i) A to B: v12  u 2  2 gh EX.82. The displacement of a particle as a function of time is shown in figure. It indicates
S
(ii) A to C v22  u 2  2 g  h 
(iii) solving (i), (ii),(iii) we get the value of u 2 as 10g/h/3 and then we get the value of H by
u2
using H 
2g O t
1 2 4 5
key-C
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
A) The particle starts with a certain velocity, but the motion is retarded and finally the particle EX.85. The velocity-time graph of a body is shown in figure. The ratio of magnitude of average
stops acceleration during the intervals OA and AB is
B) The velocity of the particle decreases –1
v(ms )
C) The acceleration of the particle is in opposite direction to the velocity A) 1
D) The particle starts with a constant velocity, the motion is accelerated and finally the particle
moves with another constant velocity.
Sol. Initially at orogin, slope is not zero, so the particle has some initial velocity but with time we B) 1/2
D C
see that slope is decreasing and finally the slope necomes zero, so the particle stops finally. 40
key-ABC C) 1/3
EX.83. The displacement-time graph of a moving particle with constant acceleration is shown in
the figure. The velocity time graph is given by D) 3 30° E 60°
x(m)
O A B t(s)
0 1
Sol. During OA , acceleration = tan 30  ms 2
3
During AB , acceleration =  tan 600   3 ms 2 .
1/ 3 1
required ratio = 
t(s) 3 3
0 1 2 EX.86. The following graph shows the variation of velocity of a rocket with time. Then the
v maximum height attained by the rocket is
v v
v v(ms–1)

t t C) t t 1000
A) 1 2 B) 0 1 2 D) 0 1 2
0 0 2
1
120
t(s)
Sol. At t  0 , slope of the x-t graph is zero; hence, velocity is zero at t  0 . As time increases, slope increases 0 10
100
in negative direction; hence, velocity increases in negative deirection. At point’I’, slope changes suddenly A) 1.1 km B) 5 km C) 55 km D) None
from negative to positive value: hence, velocity changes suddenly from negative to positive and then Sol. Maximum height will be attained at 110 s. Because after 110 s, velocity becomes negative and
velocity starts decreasing and becomes zero at’2’, option ( A) represents all these clearly. 1
rocket will start coming down. Area from 0 to 110 s is  110  1000  55, 000 m  55 km
EX.84 The velocity-time graph of abody is given in figure. The maximum accceleration in ms 2 2
is key-C
v(ms–1)
A) 4 EX.87. The velocity-time graph of a particle moving in a straight line is shown in figure. The
acceleration of the particle at t  9 is
60
B) 3 –1
v(ms )
C) 2 20

D) 1 0 t(s) 15
20 30 40 70
Sol. Maximum acceleration will befrom 30 to 40 s, because slope in this interval maximum 10
v2  v1 60  20
a   4 ms 2
t2  t1 40  30 5

t(s)
2 4 6 8 10 12
A) Zero B) 5 ms 2 C) 5 ms 2 D) 2 ms 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot JEE MAIN PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
v2  v1 5  15
Sol. Acceleration between 8 to 10 s( or at t= 9 s) . a  t  t  10  8  5m / s
2
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
2 1
key-C
EX.88. A ball is dropped vertically from a height d above the ground. It hits the ground and

TOPIC-1 ….Distance, Displacement & Uniform Motion

d
bounces up vertically to a height . Neglecting subsequent motion and air resistance, its
2
velocity v varies with height h above the ground as: [2004]
1. A particle is moving with speed 𝑣 = 𝑏√𝑥 along positive 𝑥‐axis. Calculate the speed of the
V
V particle at time 𝑡 = 𝜏(assume that the particle is at origin at t = 0).
d
[12 Apr. 2019 II]
h
𝑏 2𝛤 𝑏 2𝛤 𝑏 2𝛤
A) B) (a) (b) (c) 𝑏 2 𝜏 (d)
4 2 √2
d h
sol.  b  Given, v  b x
V
V

d
h d or dx / dt  bx (1/2)
h
C) D) x t
or x 1/2 dx  bdt
0 0

Sol. (i) For uniformly accelerated/decelerated motion or x (1/2) / (1/ 2)  6t

v2= u2  2gh b 2t 2
i.e., v – h graph will be a parabola Because equation is quadratiC). or x 
4
(ii) Initially velocity is downwards (–ve) and then after collision it reverses its direction with lesser
magnitude. I.e., velocity is upwards (+ve). Graph A) satisfies both these conditions. Differentiating w. r. t. time, we get
Therefore, correct answer is A).
𝑑𝑥 𝑏 2 ×2𝑡
Note that time t = 0 corresponds to the point on the graph where h = d = (𝑡 = 𝜏)
𝑑𝑡 4
v
at t = 0, h = d 𝑏 2𝛤
2
d 1  2: increases or 𝑣 = 2
h downwards
3 1 At 2 velocity changes
Collision takes its direction
place here 2 2 3V decreases upwards 2. All the graphs below are intended to represent the same motion. One of them does it incorrectly.
Pick it up.
[2018]

(a) (b) (c) (d)

sol. (b) Graphs in option (c) position‐time and option (a) velocity‐position are corresponding to
velocity‐time graph option (d) and its distance‐time graph is as given below. Hence distance‐time
graph option (b) is incorrect.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
𝛼2 2
⇒ 2√𝑥 = 𝛼𝑡 ⇒ 𝑥 = 4
𝑡

TOPIC-2 ….Non-Uniform Motion

3. A car covers the first half of the distance between two places at 40 km/h and other half at 60
km/h. The average speed of the car is [Online May 7, 2012] 6. The velocity(v) and time (t) graph of a body in a straight line motion is shown in the figure. The
(a) 40 km/h (b) 45 km/h (c) 48km/h (d) 60km/h point 𝑆 is at 4.333 seconds. The total distance covered by the body in 6 s is:
Tota1distancetrave11ed x [05 Sep. 2020 (II)]
sol. (c) Average speed = Tota1timetaken
=T
x
= x x = 48km/h
+
2 × 40 2 × 60

4. The velocity of a particle is 𝑣 = 𝑣0 + 𝑔𝑡 + 𝑓𝑡 2 . If its position is 𝑥 = 0 at 𝑡 = 0, then its 37 49

(a) m (b) 12 m (c) 11 m (d) m
displacement after unit time (𝑡 = 1) is [2007] 3 4
(a) 𝑣0 + 𝑔𝑙2 + 𝑓 (b) 𝑣0 + 2𝑔 + 3𝑓 (c) 𝑣0 + 𝑔𝑙2 + 𝑓𝑙3 (d) 𝑣0 + 𝑔 + 𝑓 sol. (a)
𝑑𝑥
sol. (c) We know that, 𝑣 = 𝑑𝑡

⇒ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑣𝑑𝑖
𝑥 𝑡
Integrating, ∫0 𝑑 𝑥 = ∫0 𝑣 𝑑𝑡
1 13
𝑂𝑆 = 4 + =
𝑡 𝑔𝑡 2 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑡 3 3
or 𝑥 = ∫0 (𝑣0 + 𝑔𝑡 + 𝑓𝑡 2 ) 𝑑𝑡 = [𝑣0 𝑡 + + ]
2 3 0 1 5
𝑆𝐷 = 2 −
=
𝑔𝑡 2 𝑓𝑡 3 3 3
or, 𝑥 = 𝑣0 𝑡 + +
2 3 Distance covered by the body = area of v‐t graph = ar(𝑂𝐴𝐵𝑆) + ar (SCD)
𝑔 𝑓 1 13 1 5 32 5 37
At 𝑡 = 1, 𝑥 = 𝑣0 + 2 + 3 = ( + 1) × 4 + × × 2 = + = m
2 3 2 3 3 3 3

5. A particle located at 𝑥 = 0 at time 𝑡 = 0, starts moving along with the positive 𝑥‐direction with 8. The distance x covered by a particle in one dimensional motion varies with time 𝑡 as 𝑥 2 =
a velocity’v’ that varies as 𝑣 = 𝛼√𝑥. The displacement of the particle varies with time as [2006] 𝑎𝑡 2 + 2𝑏𝑡 + 𝑐. If the acceleration of the particle depends on 𝑥 as 𝑥𝑛, where 𝑛 is an integer, the
(a) 𝑡 2 (b) 𝑡 (c) 𝑡1/2 (d) 𝑡 3 value of n is .
sol. (a) 𝑣 = 𝛼√𝑥, [NA 9 Jan 2020 I]
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 sol. (3) Distance X varies with time t as 𝑥 2 = 𝑎𝑡 2 + 2𝑏𝑡 + 𝑐
⇒ 𝑑𝑡
= 𝛼√𝑥 ⇒ = 𝛼𝑑𝑡
√𝑥 𝑑𝑥
⇒ 2𝑥 = 2𝑎𝑡 + 2𝑏
Integrating both sides, 𝑑𝑡
𝑥 𝑡 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝑎𝑡 + 𝑏)
𝑑𝑥 2√𝑥 ⇒𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 + 𝑏 ⇒ =
∫ = 𝛼 ∫ 𝑑 𝑡; [ ] = 𝛼[𝑡]𝑡0 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑥
0 √𝑥 0 1 0

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2𝑋 2
𝑑 𝑑𝑥
⇒𝑥 +( ) =𝑎
𝑑𝑡 2 𝑑𝑡 11. A particle starts fii om origin O from rest and moves with a uniform acceleration along the
positive 𝑥‐axis. Identify all figures that correctly represents the motion qualitatively
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑎𝑡 + 𝑏 2
𝑑2𝑋 𝑎 − ( 𝑑𝑡 ) 𝑎−( 𝑥 ) (𝑎 =acceleration, 𝑣 =velocity,𝑥 =displacement, 𝑡 =time)
⇒ 2= =
𝑑𝑡 𝑥 𝑥 [8 Apr. 2019 II]
𝑎𝑥 2 − (𝑎𝑡 + 𝑏)2 𝑎𝑐 − 𝑏 2
= =
𝑥3 𝑥3
⇒ a ∝ x 3 Hence, n = 3

9. A bullet of mass 20g has an initial speed of 1 m/s, just before it starts penetrating a mud wall
ofthickness 20 cm. Ifthe wall offers a mean resistance of 2.5 × 10−2 N, the speed ofthe bullet after (a) (B), (C) (b) (A) (c) (A), (B), (C) (d) (A), (B), (D)
emerging fii om the other side of the wall is close to: [10Apr. 2019 II] sol. (d) For constant acceleration, there is straight line parallel to t‐axis on 𝑎 − 𝑡.
(a) 0.1 m/s (b) 0.7 m/s (c) 0.3 m/s (d) 0.4 m/s Inclined straight line on 𝑣 − 𝑡 , and parabola on 𝑥 − 𝑡.
sol. (b) From the third equation of motion
2
v − u = 2aS 2
12. A particle starts from the origin at time t = 0 and moves along the positive 𝑥‐axis. The graph of
But, 𝑎 = F/m velocity with respect to time is shown in figure. What is the position of the particle at time t = 5s?
𝐹 [10 Jan. 2019 II]
𝑣 2 = 𝑢2 − 2 ( ) 𝑆
𝑚
2.5 × 10−2 20
⇒ 𝑣 2 = (1)2 − (2) [ ]
20 × 10−3 100
1
⇒ v2 = 1 −
2
1
m/s = 0.7m/s ⇒𝑣=
√2 (a) 10 m (b) 6 m (c) 3m (d) 9m
10. The position of a particle as a function of time 𝑡, is given by 𝑥(𝑡) = 𝑎𝑡 + 𝑏𝑡 2 − 𝑐𝑡 3 sol. (d) Position of the particle,
where, 𝑎, 𝑏 and 𝑐 are constants. When the particle attains zero acceleration, then its velocity S = area under graph (time t = 0 to 5s)
will be: 1
= × 2 × 2 + 2 × 2 + 3 × 1 = 9m
𝑏2 𝑏2 𝑏2 𝑏2 2
(a) 𝑎 + 4𝑐 (b) 𝑎 + 3𝑐 (c) 𝑎 + 𝑐
(d) 𝑎 + 2𝑐

sol. (b) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 + 𝑏𝑡 2 − 𝑐𝑡 3 13. In a car race on straight road, car A takes a time t less than car B at the finish and passes
𝑑𝑥 𝑑 finishing point with a speed v more than of car B. Both the cars start from rest and travel with
Velocity, 𝑣 = = 𝑑𝑡 (𝑎𝑡 + 𝑏𝑡 2 + 𝑐𝑡 3 )
𝑑𝑡 constant acceleration a1 and a2 respectively. Then v is equal to:
= 𝑎 + 2𝑏𝑡 − 3𝑐𝑡 2 [9 Jan. 2019 II]
𝑑𝑣 𝑑 2a1 a2 a1 +a2
Acceleration, = 𝑑𝑡 (𝑎 + 2𝑏𝑡 − 3𝑐𝑡 2) (a) a1 +a2
t (b) √2a1 a2 t (c) √a1 a2 t (d) 2
t
𝑑𝑡

𝑏 sol. (c) Let time taken by A to reach finishing point is t 0 Time taken by B to reach finishing point
or 0 = 2𝑏 − 3𝑐 × 2𝑡 ⋅. 𝑡 = (3𝑐)
= t0 + t
𝑏 𝑏 2
and 𝑣 = 𝑎 + 2𝑏 (3𝑐) − 3𝑐 (3𝑐)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
u=0 Time in (s) →
vA = a1 t 0
vB = a2 (t 0 + t) (a) 337.5m and 25 s (b) 225.5m and 10 s
vA − vB = v (b) 112.5m and 22.5 s (d) 112.5m and 15 s
⇒ v = a1 t 0 − a2 (t 0 + t) = (a1 − a2 )t 0 − a2 t … (i) 𝑣−𝑢 1
sol. (c) Using equation, 𝑎 = 𝑡
and 𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑡 2
1 1
xB = xA = a1 t 20 = a2 (t 0 + t)2
2 2 1 (45)
Distance travelled by car in 15 sec = 2 (15)2
⇒ √a1 t0 = √a2 (t 0 + t) 15

⇒ (√a1 − √a2 )t 0 = √a2 t 675

= m
√a 2 t 2
⇒ to =
√a1 − √a 2 Distance travelled by scooter in 15 seconds = 30 × 15 = 450 (distance =speed ×time)
Putting this value of t 0 in equation (i) Difference between distance travelled by car and scooter in 15 sec, 450 − 337.5 = 112.5m
√a 2 t Let car catches scooter in time t;
v = (a1 − a2 ) − a2 t
√a1 − √a 2 675
+ 45(𝑡 − 15) = 30𝑡
= (√a1 + √a2 )√a2 t − a2 t = √a1 a2 t + a2 t − a2 t 2
or, v = √a1 a2 t 337.5 +45t − 675 = 30t ⇒ 15t = 337.5
⇒ t = 22.5 sec
14. An automobile, travelling at 40 km/h, can be stopped at a distance of 40 m by applying brakes.
If the same automobile is travelling at 80 kmph, the minimum stopping distance, in metres, is 16. A man in a car at location Q on a straight highway is moving with speed v. He decides to reach a
(assume no skidding) point P in a field at a distance d from highway (point M) as shown in the figure. Speed of the
[Online Apri115, 2018] car in the field is half to that on the highway. What should be the distance RM, so that the time
(a) 75m (b) 160m (c) 100m (d) 150m taken to reach P is minimum?
sol. (b) According to question, 𝑢1 = 40 kmni, 𝑣1 = 0 and 𝑠1 = 40m [Online Apri115, 2018]
using 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠; 02 − 402 = 2𝑎 × 40 (i)
Again, 02 − 802 = 2𝑎𝑠 (ii)
From eqn. (i) and(ii)
Stopping distance, 𝑠 = 160m
d d d
(a) (b) (c) (d) d
15. The velocity‐time graphs of a car and a scooter are shown in the figure. (i) the difference between √3 2 √2

the distance travelled by the car and the scooter in 15 s and (ii) the time at which the car will sol. (a) Let the car turn of the highway at a distance x from the point M. So, RM = 𝑥
catch up with the scooter are, respectively And if speed of car in field is 𝑣, then time taken bythe car to cover the distance 𝑄𝑅 = 𝑄𝑀 −
[Online Apri115, 2018] 𝑥 on the highway,
𝑄𝑀−𝑥
𝑡1 = 2𝑣
(i)

Time taken to travel the distance 𝑅𝑃′ in the field

√𝑑2 +𝑥 2
𝑡2 = 𝑣
..... (ii)

𝑄𝑀−𝑥 √𝑑2 +𝑥 2
Total time elapsed to move the car from 𝑄 to 𝑃𝑡 = 𝑡1 + 𝑡2 = +
0 5 10 15 20 25 2𝑣 𝑣

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

𝑑𝑡
For’t’ to be minimum =0
𝑑𝑥

1 1 𝑥
[− + ]=0
𝑣 2 √𝑑 2 + 𝑥 2

𝑑 𝑑
or 𝑥 = √22 =
−1 √3

17. Which graph corresponds to an object moving with a constant negative acceleration and a positive sol. (b) Distance along a line i.e., displacement (s) = 𝑡 3 (𝑠 ∝ 𝑡 3 given)
velocity? By double differentiation of displacement, we get acceleration.
[Online April 8, 2017] 𝑑𝑠 𝑑𝑡 3 𝑑𝑣 𝑑3𝑡 2
𝑉 = 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑑𝑡
= 3𝑡 2 and 𝑎 = 𝑑𝑡
= 𝑑𝑡
= 6𝑡

𝑎 = 6𝑡 or 𝑎 ∝ 𝑡
Hence graph (b) is correct.

19. The graph of an object’s motion (along the x‐axis) is shown in the figure. The instantaneous
sol. (c) According to question, object is moving with constant negative acceleration velocity of the object at points 𝐴 and 𝐵 are 𝑣𝐴 and 𝑣𝐵 respectively. Then
i.e., a = − constant (C) [Online May 7, 2012]
vdv
= −C
dx
vdv =‐Cdx
v2 v2 k
2
= −Cx + k x = − 2C + C

Hence, graph (3) represents correctly.

18. The distance travelled by a body moving along a line in time 𝑡 is proportional to 𝑡 3 . The
acceleration‐time (𝑎, 𝑡) graph for the motion of the body will be
[Online May 12, 2012]
(a) 𝑣𝐴 = 𝑣𝐵 = 0.5m/s (b) 𝑣𝐴 = 0.5m/s < 𝑣𝐵
(c) 𝑣𝐴 = 0.5m/s > 𝑣𝐵 (d) 𝑣𝐴 = 𝑣𝐵 = 2m/s
𝛥𝑥
sol. (a) Instantaneous velocity 𝑣 =
𝛥𝑡

𝛥𝑥𝐴 4𝑚
From graph, 𝑣𝐴 = 𝛥𝑡𝐴
= 8𝑠
= 0.5m/s

𝛥𝑥𝐵 8𝑚
and 𝑣𝐵 = 𝛥𝑡𝐵
= 16𝑠 = 0.5m/s
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
i.e., 𝑣𝐴 = 𝑣𝐵 = 0.5m/s

𝑑𝑣
20. An object, moving with a speed of 6.25m/s, is decelerated at a rate given by 𝑑𝑡
= −2.5√𝑣

where 𝑣 is the instantaneous speed. The time taken by the object, to come to rest, would be:
[2011]
(a) 2 s (b) 4 s (c) 8 s (d) 1 s For the body moving with constant speed
𝑑𝑣 𝑥2 = 𝑣𝑡
sol. (a) Given, 𝑑𝑡
= −2.5√𝑣
1 2
𝑥1 − 𝑥2 = 𝑎𝑡 − 𝑣𝑡
𝑑𝑣 2
⇒ = −2.5𝑑𝑡
√𝑣 at 𝑡 = 0, 𝑥1 − 𝑥2 = 0
This equation is of parabola.
𝑣
For < 𝑎 ; the slope is negative
Integrating,
0 𝑣
1
𝑣 + /2 For = 𝑎 ; the slope is zero
⇒[ ] = −2.5[𝑡]𝑡0
(/2 )
625 𝑣
For > 𝑎 ; the slope is positive
⇒ −2(6.25)1 /2 = −2.5𝑡
⇒ −2 × 2.5 = −2.5𝑡 These characteristics are represented by graph (b).
⇒ 𝑡 = 25
22. A car, starting from rest, accelerates at the rate f through a distance S, then continues at constant
21. A body is at rest at 𝑥 = 0. At 𝑡 = 0, it starts moving in the positive x‐direction with a constant 𝑓
speed for time t and then decelerates at the rate to come to rest. If the total distance traversed is
acceleration. At the same instant another body passes through 𝑥 = 0 moving in the positive 2

x‐direction with a constant speed. The position of the first body is given by 𝑥1 (𝑡) after time ‘t’; 15 S , then
and that of the second body by 𝑥2 (𝑡) after the same time interval. Which of the following graphs [2005]
correctly describes (𝑥1 − 𝑥2 ) as a function of time ‘t’? 1 1 1
(a) 𝑆 = 6 𝑓𝑡 2 (b) 𝑆 = 𝑓𝑡 (c) 𝑆 = 4 𝑓𝑡 2 (d) 𝑆 = 72 𝑓𝑡 2
[2008]
22. (d) Let car starts from 𝐴 from rest and moves up to point 𝐵 with acceleration 𝑓.
1
Distance, 𝐴𝐵 = 𝑆 = 𝑓𝑡12
2

Distance, 𝐵𝐶 = (𝑓𝑡1 )𝑡
𝑢2 (𝑓𝑡 )2
Distance, 𝐶𝐷 = 2𝑎 = 2(𝑓/2)
1
= 𝑓𝑡12 = 2𝑆
sol. (b) For the body starting from rest, distance travelled (𝑥1 ) is given by
1
𝑥1 = 0 + 𝑎𝑡 2
2
1
⇒ 𝑥1 = 2 𝑎𝑡 2

Total distance, 𝐴𝐷 = 𝐴𝐵 + 𝐵𝐶 + 𝐶𝐷 = 15𝑆

𝐴𝐷 = 𝑆 + 𝐵𝐶 + 2𝑆

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

⇒ 𝑆 + 𝑓𝑡1 𝑡 + 2𝑆 = 15𝑆
⇒ 𝑓𝑡1 𝑡 = 12𝑆 (i) 24. The relation between time t and distance x is 𝑡 = 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 where 𝑎 and 𝑏 are constants. The
1 acceleration is
𝑓𝑡12 = 𝑆 ............ (ii)
2 [2005]
t (a) 2𝑏𝑣 3 (b) −2𝑎𝑏𝑣 2 (c) 2𝑎𝑣 2 (d) −2𝑎𝑣 3
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get 𝑡1 =
6 sol. (d) Given, 𝑡 = 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥;
1 𝑡 2 𝑓𝑡 2 Diff. with respect to time(t)
⇒ 𝑆 = 𝑓( ) =
2 6 72 𝑑 𝑑 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(𝑡) = 𝑎 (𝑥 2 ) + 𝑏 = 𝑎. 2𝑥 + b. v.
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡
23. A particle is moving eastwards with a velocity of 5 ms −1 . In 10 seconds the velocity changes to 5 ⇒ 1 = 2𝑎𝑥𝑣 + 𝑏𝑣 = 𝑣(2𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)(𝑣 =velocity)
ms −1 northwards. The average acceleration in this time is 1
2𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 = .
[2005] 𝑣
1 1 Again differentiating, we get
(a) 2
ms −2 towards north (b) ms −2 towards north‐ east
√2
𝑑𝑥 1𝑑𝑣
2𝑎 +0=− 2
1 𝑑𝑡 𝑣 𝑑𝑡
(c) ms −2 towards north‐ west (d) zero
√2
𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑥
⇒𝑎= = −2𝑎𝑣 3 (⋅.⋅ 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑣)
sol. (c) 𝑣2 𝑑𝑡

25. An automobile travelling with a speed of 60 km/h, can brake to stop within a distance of 20m. If
the car is going twice as fast i.e., 120 km/h, the stopping distance will be
[2004]
(a) 60m (b) 40m (c) 20m (d) 80m
sol. (d) In first case speed,
5 50
𝑢 = 60 × m/s = m/s
18 3
Initial velocity, 𝑣1 = 5𝑖̂, 𝑑 = 20m,
Final velocity, 𝑣2 = 5𝑗̂, Let retardation be a then
Change in velocity 𝛥𝑣 = (𝑣2 − 𝑣1 ) 0−𝑢2 =−2𝑎𝑑
or 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑑 … (i)
= √𝑣12 + 𝑣22 + 2𝑣1 𝑣2 cos 90
5
In second case speed, 𝑢′ = 120 × 18
= √52 + 52 + 0 = 5√2m/s
[As |𝑣1 | = |𝑣2 | = 5m/s] 100
= m/s
𝛥𝑣 3
Avg. acceleration = 𝑡 and 0 − 𝑢′2 = −2𝑎𝑑’
5√2 1 or 𝑢′2 = 2𝑎𝑑 ′ … (ii)
= = m/s 2
10 √2 (ii) divided by (i) gives,
5 𝑑′
tan 𝜃 =
= −1 4= ⇒ 𝑑 ‘ = 4 × 20 = 80m
−5 𝑑

which means 𝜃 is in the second quadrant. (towards north‐west) 26. A car, moving with a speed of 50 km/hr, can be stopped by brakes after at least 6 m. If the same
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
car is moving at a speed of 100 km/hr, the minimum stopping distance is −𝑢2
𝑢2 = 𝑢𝑙2; 𝑣2 = 0; =? 𝑎2 =
[2003] 8
(a) 12m (b) 18m (c) 24m (d) 6m 𝑣22 − 𝑢22 = 2𝑎2 × 𝑠2 (ii)
sol. (c) Fir first case : Initial velocity, 𝑢2 −𝑢2
0− = 2( ) × 𝑠2
5 4 8
𝑢 = 50 × m/s,
18 ⇒ 𝑠2 = 1 cm
𝑣 = 0, s = 6m, 𝑎 = 𝑎
2 2
Using, 𝑣 − 𝑢 = 2𝑎𝑠 28. Speeds of two identical cars are 𝑢 and 4𝑢 at the specific instant. The ratio ofthe respective
5 2 distances in which the two cars are stopped from that instant is
2
⇒ 0 − (50 × ) = 2 × 𝑎 × 6
18 [2002]
5 2 (a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 :4 (c) 1 :8 (d) 1 : 16
⇒ − (50 ×
) = 2×𝑎×6
18 sol. (d) For first car
250 × 250 𝑢1 = 𝑢, 𝑣1 = 0, 𝑎1 = −𝑎, 𝑠1 = 𝑠1
𝑎=− ≈= −16ms −2 .
324 × 2 × 6 As 𝑣12 − 𝑢12 = 2𝑎1 𝑠1
Case‐2 : Initial velocity, 𝑢 = 100km/hr ⇒ −𝑢2 = −2𝑎𝑠1
5 ⇒ 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠1
= 100 × m/ sec
18 ⇒ 𝑠1 = u/2a (i)
𝑣 = 0, 𝑠 = 𝑠, 𝑎 = 𝑎 For second car
As 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠 𝑢2 = 4𝑢, 𝑣1 = 0, 𝑎2 = −𝑎, 𝑠2 = 𝑠2
5 2 𝑣22 − 𝑢22 = 2𝑎2 𝑠2
⇒ 02 − (100 × ) = 2𝑎𝑠
18 ⇒ −(4𝑢)2 = 2(−𝑎)𝑠2
5 2 ⇒ 16𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠2
⇒ − (100 × ) = 2 × (−16) × 5
18 8𝑢2
⇒ 𝑠2 = 𝑎
(ii)
500 × 500
𝑠= = 24m
324 × 32 Dividing(i) and(ii),
𝑠1 𝑢2 𝑎 1
= ⋅ =
27. If a body loses half of its velocity on penetrating 3 cm in a wooden block, then how much will it 𝑠2 2𝑎 8𝑢2 16
penetrate more before coming to rest?
[2002]
(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 3 cm (d) 4cm. TOPIC-3 …..Relative Velocity
sol. (a) In first case
𝑢 29. Train 𝐴 and train 𝐵 are running on parallel tracks in the opposite directions with speeds of 36
𝑢1 = 𝑢; 𝑣1 = 2, 𝑠1 = 3 cm, 𝑎1 =?
km/hour and 72 km/hour, respectively. A person is walking in train 𝐴 in the direction opposite
Using, 𝑣12 − 𝑢12 = 2𝑎1 𝑠1 (i) to its motion with a speed of 1.8 km/hour. Speed (in ms −1 ) ofthis person as observed from train
𝑢 2 𝐵 will be close to : (take the distance between the tracks as negligible)
( ) − 𝑢2=2×𝑎×3
2 [2 Sep. 2020 (I)]
−𝑢2 (a) 29.5 ms −1 (b) 28.5 ms −1 (c) 31.5 ms −1q (d) 30.5 ms −1
⇒ 𝑎=8 sol. (a) According to question, train 𝐴 and 𝐵 are running on parallel tracks in the opposite direction.
In second case: Assuming the same retardation

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1 vp × t v
= ⇒ vp =
2 V. t 2

𝑉𝐴 = 36km/h = 10m/s 32. A car is standing 200 m behind a bus, which is also at rest. The two start moving at the same
72k instant but with different forward accelerations. The bus has acceleration 2 m/s 2 and the car has
acceleration 4 m/s2 . The car will catch up with the bus after a time of:
[Online April 9, 2017]
(a) √110s (b) √120s (c) 10√2s (d) 15 s
𝑉𝐵 = −72 kimh = −20m/s sol. (c) → 4m/sec 2 → 2m/sec 2
𝑉𝑀𝐴 = −1.8knyh = −0.5m/s
𝑉man,𝐵 = 𝑉man,𝐴 + 𝑉𝐴,𝐵
= 𝑉 + 𝑉 − 𝑉 = −0.5 + 10 − (−20) 200 m
man, 𝐴 𝐴 𝐵 Given, uC = uB = 0, aC = 4m/s2 , aB = 2m/s2
= −0.5 + 30 = 29.5m/s. hence relative acceleration, aCB = 2m/sec 2
1
Now, we know, s = ut + at 2
30. A passenger train of length 60 m travels at a speed of 80 km/hr. Another freight train oflength 2

120 m travels at a speed of 30 km/h. The ratio of times taken by the passenger train to 1
200 = 2 × 2t 2 u = 0
completely cross the freight train when: (i) they are moving in same direction, and (ii) in the
opposite directions is: Hence, the car will catch up with the bus after time t = 10√2 second
[12 Jan. 2019 II]
11 5 3 25 33. A person climbs up a stalled escalator in 60 s. If standing on the same but escalator running with
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 2 2 11 constant velocity he takes 40 s. How much time is taken by the person to walk up the moving
sol. (a) escalator?
[Online Apri112, 2014]
31. A person standing on an open ground hears the sound of a jet aero plane, coming from north at an (a) 37 s (b) 27 s (c) 24 s (d) 45 s
angle 60o with ground level. But he finds the aero plane right vertically above his position. If 𝑣 1
sol. (c) Person’s speed walking only is
is the speed of sound, speed of the plane is: 60
[12 Jan. 2019 II] 1
Standing the escalator without walking the speed is
√3 2𝑣 𝑣 40
(a) 𝑣 (b) (c) 𝑣 (d)
2 √3 2 Walking with the escalator going, the speed add.
sol. (d) 1 1 15
So, the person’s speed is 60
+ 40 = 120

120
So, the time to go up the escalator t = 5
= 24 second.

R (Observer) 34. A goods train accelerating uniformly on a straight railway track, approaches an electric pole
Distance, PQ = vp × t (Distance =speed ×time) Distance, QR = V. t standing on the side of track. Its engine passes the pole with velocity 𝑢 and the guard’s room
∘
PQ passes with velocity 𝑣. The middle wagon of the train passes the pole with a velocity.
cos 60 =
QR [Online May 19, 2012]
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
ℎ
or, 𝑡 = 3.4√
𝑔
𝑢+𝑣 1
(a) 2
(b) 2
√𝑢2 + 𝑣 2 (c) √𝑢𝑣 (d)

Sol. (d) Let 𝑆 be the distance between two ends a be the constant acceleration 36. A Tennis ball is released from a height h and after freely falling on a wooden floor it rebounds
As we know 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑆 ℎ
and reaches height . The velocity versus height of the ball during its motion may be represented
2
v2  u 2
Or aS 
2 graphically by: (graph are drawn schematically and on not to scale)
Let 𝑣 be velocity at mid point. [4 Sep. 2020 (I)]
𝑆
Therefore, 𝑣𝑐2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎 2

𝑣𝑐2 = 𝑢2 + 𝑎𝑆
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2
𝑣𝑐2 = 𝑢2 +
2

𝑢2 + 𝑣 2
𝑣𝑐 = √
2

sol. (c) For uniformly accelerated/ deaccelerated motion :

𝑣 2 = 𝑢2 ± 2𝑔ℎ
TOPIC-4 ….Motion Under Gravity As equation is quadratic, so, v‐h graph will be a parabola

35. A helicopter rises from rest on the ground vertically upwards with a constant acceleration 𝑔. A
food packet is dropped from the helicopter when it is at a height ℎ. The time taken by the packet
to reach the ground is close to [𝑔 is the accelertion due to gravity] :
[5 Sep. 2020 (I)]
2 ℎ ℎ ℎ 2ℎ
(a) 𝑡 = 3 √(𝑔) (b) 𝑡 = 1.8√𝑔 (c) 𝑡 = 3.4√(𝑔) (d) 𝑡 = √3𝑔

sol. (c) For upward motion of helicopter,

𝑣 2 = 𝑢2 + 2𝑔ℎ ⇒ 𝑣 2 = 0 + 2𝑔ℎ ⇒ 𝑣 = √2𝑔ℎ
Now, packet will start moving under gravity. Initially velocity is downwards (‐ve) and then after collision it reverses its direction with lesser
Let ’t’ be the time taken by the food packet to reach the ground. magnitude, i. e. velocity is upwards (+ve) .
1 Note that time 𝑡 = 0 corresponds to the point on the graph where ℎ = 𝑑.
𝑠 = 𝑢𝑡 + 𝑎𝑡 2
2 Next time collision takes place at 3.
1 1
⇒ −ℎ = √2𝑔ℎ𝑡 − 𝑔𝑡 2 ⇒ 𝑔𝑡 2 − √2𝑔ℎ𝑡 − ℎ = 0
2 2 1
37. A ball is dropped from the top of a 100 m high tower on a planet. In the last 2
s before hitting
𝑔
√2𝑔ℎ±√2𝑔ℎ+4× 2 ×ℎ
or, 𝑡 = 𝑔
the ground, it covers a distance of 19 m. Acceleration due to gravity (in m/s 2) near the surface on
2×
2
that planet is .
2𝑔ℎ 2ℎ [NA 8 Jan. 2020 II]
or, 𝑡 = √ (1 + √2) ⇒ 𝑡 = √ 𝑔 (1 + √2)
𝑔 sol. (08.00) Let the ball takes time t to reach the ground

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1
Using, 𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑔𝑡 2
39. Two stones are thrown up simultaneously from the edge of a cliff 240 m high with initial speed
1 of10 m/s and 40 m/s respectively. Which of the following graph best represents the time
⇒ 𝑆 = 0 × 𝑡 + 𝑔𝑡 2
2 variation of relative position of the second stone with respect to the first?
200 (Assume stones do not rebound after hitting the ground and neglect air resistance, take g =
⇒ 200 = 𝑔𝑡 2 [2𝑆 = 100𝑚] ⇒ 𝑡 = √ ...(i)
𝑔 10m/s 2 )
1 1 [2015]
In last 𝑠, body travels a distance of19 𝑚, so in (𝑡 − 2) distance travelled = 81
2 (The figures are schematic and not drawn to scale)
1 1 2
Now, 2
𝑔 (𝑡 − 2) = 81

1 2
𝑔 (𝑡 − ) = 81 × 2
2

1 81 × 2
⇒ (𝑡 − ) = √
2 𝑔

1 1
2
= (√200 − √81 × 2) using (i)
√𝑔

⇒ √𝑔 = 2(10√2 − 9√2)
⇒ √𝑔 = 2√2
g = 8𝑚𝑙𝑠 2
sol. (b) y1 = 10t − 5t 2 ; y2 = 40t − 5t 2 for y1 = −240m, t = 8s
38. A body is thrown vertically upwards. Which one of the following graphs correctly represent the y2 − y1 = 30t for t < 8s.
velocity vs time? for t > 8s,
[2017] 1
y2 − y1 = 240 − 40t − gt 2
2

40. From a tower of height H, a particle is thrown vertically upwards with a speed u. The time taken
by the particle, to hit the ground, is n times that taken by it to reach the highest point of its path.
The relation between H, u and n is:
[2014]
(a) 2gH = n2 u2 (b) gH = (n − 2)2 u2 d (c) 2gH = nu2 (n‐2) (d) gH = (n − 2)u2
sol. (c) Speed on reaching ground
𝑣 = √𝑢2 + 2𝑔ℎ

sol. (a) For a body thrown vertically upwards acceleration remains constant (𝑎 = −𝑔)
and velocity at anytime 𝑡 is given by 𝑉 = 𝑢 − 𝑔𝑡
During rise velocity decreases linearly and during fall velocity increases linearly and direction is
opposite to each other. Now, 𝑣 = 𝑢 + 𝑎𝑡
Hence graph (a) correctly depicts velocity versus time. ⇒ √𝑢2 + 2𝑔ℎ = −𝑢 + 𝑔𝑡
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1
Also y  ut  gt 2
2
All these characteristics are represented by graph (b).

42. A parachutist after bailing out falls 50m without friction. When parachute opens, it decelerates at 2
m/s2 . He reaches the ground with a speed of 3 m/s. At what height, did he bail out?
41. Consider a rubber ball freely falling from a height ℎ = 4.9m onto a horizontal elastic plate. [2005]
Assume that the duration ofcollision is negligible and the collision with the plate is totally elastic. (a) 182 m (b) 91 m (c) 111 m (d) 293m
Then the velocity as a function of time and the height as a function of time will be : sol. (d) Initial velocity of parachute after bailing out,
[2009] 𝑢 = √2𝑔ℎ
u = √2 × 98 × 50 = 14√5
The velocity atground v=3 m/s
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 32 − 980
𝑆= = ≈ 243m
2×2 4
Initially he has fallen 50 m.
Total height from where he bailed out = 243 + 50 = 293m

43. A ball is released from the top of a tower of height h meters. It takes T seconds to reach the ground.
𝑇
What is the position of the ball at 3
second

[2004]
8ℎ 7ℎ
(a) 9
meters from the ground (b) 9
meters from the ground

ℎ 17ℎ
(c) meters from the ground (d) meters from the ground
sol. (b) For downward motion 𝑣 = −𝑔𝑡 9 18

The velocity of the rubber ball increases in downward direction and we get a straight line between 1
Sol. (a) We have 𝑠 = 𝑢𝑡 + 𝑔𝑡 2
𝑣 and 𝑡 with a negative slope. 2

1 1
Also applying 𝑦 − 𝑦0 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑡 2 ⇒ ℎ = 0 × 𝑇 + 2 𝑔𝑇 2

1 1 1
y  h   gt 2  y  h  gt 2 ⇒ ℎ = 2 𝑔𝑇 2
2 2
The graph between 𝑦 and 𝑡 is a parabola with 𝑦 = ℎ at 𝑡 = 0. 𝑇
Vertical distance moved in time is
As time increases 𝑦 decreases. 3

For upward motion. 1 𝑇 2 1 𝑔𝑇 2 ℎ

ℎ↑ = 𝑔 ( ) ⇒ ℎ ↑ = × =
The ball suffer elastic collision with the horizontal elastic plate therefore the direction of velocity 2 3 2 9 9
is reversed and the magnitude remains the same. ℎ 8ℎ
Position of ball from ground = ℎ − 9 =
Here 𝑣 = 𝑢 − 𝑔𝑡 where 𝑢 is the velocityjust after collision. 9

As 𝑡 increases, 𝑣 decreases. We get a straight line between 𝑣 and 𝑡 with negative slope.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

44. From abuilding two balls A and B are thrown such that A is thrown upwards and 𝐵 downwards
(both vertically). If v𝐴 and v𝐵 are their respective velocities on reaching the ground, then
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
[2002]
(a) v𝐵 > v𝐴 (b) v𝐴 = v𝐵 (c) v𝐴 > v𝐵 Chapter 4 -- MOTION I N A PLANE
(d) their velocities depend on their masses.
sol. (b)
Relative Velocity
ur ur
 If body A is moving with a velocity VA w.r.t. ground and body B is moving with velocity VB w.r.t.
ground then
r r r
1) The relative velocity of body 'A' w.r.t. 'B' is given by VAB = VA -VB
r r r
2) The relative velocity of body 'B' w.r.t. 'A' is given by VBA = VB -VA
r r r r
3) Both VA -VB and VB -VA are equal in magnitude but opposite in direction.
Ball 𝐴 is thrown upwards with velocity 𝑢 from the building. During its downward journey when r r r r
V AB = -V BA and V AB = VBA = VA 2 +VB 2 -2VA VB cosθ
it comes back to the point of throw, its speed is equal to the speed of throw (𝑢) . So, for the
journey of both the balls from point 𝐴 to 𝐵. 4) For two bodies moving in same direction, magnitude of relative velocity is equal to the difference
r r
We can apply 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑔ℎ. of magnitudes of their velocities. (θ = 00 , cos 0 = 1)  VAB =VA -VB , VBA =VB  VA
As 𝑢, 𝑔, ℎ are same for both the balls, 𝑣𝐴 = 𝑣𝐵 5) For two bodies moving in opposite directions, magnitude of relative velocity is equal to the sum
of the magnitudes of their velocities. (  1800 ; cos 1800  -1)
r r
 V AB  V BA = VB  VA
6) Relative displacement of A w.r.t. B is
r r r r
X A B  X A G  X BG Where X AG  displacement of ‘A’ w.r.t ground
r
and X BG  displacement of ‘B’ w.r.t ground
r r r
7) Relative velocity of A w.r.t. B is V AB  V AG  V BG
r r r
8) Relative acceleration of A w.r.t. B is a AB  a AG  a BG
9) Two trains of lengths l1 and l2 are moving on parallel tracks with speeds v1 and v2 (v1 > v2 )
w.r.t ground. The time taken to cross each other
Srel l1 + l2
when they move in same direction is t1 = V = v - v
rel 1 2

Srel l1 +l2
when they move in opposite direction is t 2 = V = v + v
rel 1 2

Application:
Relative Motion on a moving train
ur
If a boy in a train is running with velocity V BT relative to train and train is moving with velocity
ur ur
V TG relative to ground, then the velocity of the boy relative to ground V BG will be given by
ur ur ur
V BG  V BT  V TG
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
ur ur ur
So, if boy in a train is running along the direction of train. V BG  V BT  V TG ur ur ur
Velocity of B relative to A is V BA  V B  V A
If the boy in train is running in a direction opposite to the motion of train, then
ur ur ur ur 2 2
V BG  V BT  V TG V BA   20    20   20 2km / h
EX.1: When two objects move uniformly towards each other, they get 4 metres closer each second ur
i.e., V BA is 20 2 km/h at an angle of 450 from east towards north.
and when they move uniformly in the same direction with original speed, they get 4 metres uuur
closer each 5s. Find their individual speeds. A is at rest and B is moving with VBA in the direction shown in Fig.
Sol. Let their speeds be v1 and v2 and let v1 > v2. Therefore the minimum distance between ships
In First case :  1 
S min  AC  AB sin 450  10   km  5 2km
 2
4
Relative velocity, v1 + v 2 = = 4 m / s ....(1)
BC 5 2 1
1 t  ur   h  15 min
and time taken is V BA 20 2 4
In Second case:
4 Rain umbrella Concept
Relative velocity = v1 - v 2 = = 0.8 m / s...(2)
uv uv
5  If rain is falling with a velocity V R and man moves with a velocity V M relative to ground, he will
1 1
solving eqns.(1) and (2), weget v1  2.4ms , v2  1.6ms uv uuv uuv
observe the rain falling with a velocity V RM  VR  VM .
EX.2: A person walks up a stationary escalator in time t1 . If he remains stationary on the escalator, uv
then it can take him up in time t2. How much time would it take for him to walk up the Case - I : If rain is falling vertically with a velocity V R and an observer is moving horizontally
moving escalator? uv
with velocity V M , then the velocity of rain relative to observer will be :
Sol. Let L be the length of escalator .
L
Speed of man w.r.t. escalator is v ME = t
1
VR 
L V RM
Speed of escalator v E = t VR
2

 V M
1 1
Speed of man with respect to ground would be v M = v ME + v E = L  +  VM VM
 t1 t 2 
L t1 t 2 V RM  VR  VM
 The desired time is t = v = t + t .
M 1 2

EX.3: Two ships A and B are 10km apart on a line running south to north. Ship A farther north The magnitude of velocity of rain relative to man is VRM  VR2  VM2
is streaming west at 20km/h and ship B is streaming north at 20km/h. What is their distance
of closest approach and how long do they take to reach it? If  is the angle made by the umbrella with horizontal, then, tan   VR
Sol. VM

If  is the angle made by the umbrella with vertical, then, tan   V M

VB  20km / h VR
A C
Case - II : When the man is moving with a velocity VM1 relative to ground towards east(positive
10km V BA
ur
450 x-axis), and the rain is falling with a velocity V R relative to ground by making an angle  with
V BA  20 2km / h B r
vertical(negative z-axis). Then the velocity of rain relative to man V RM is as shown in figure. 1

450
VA  20 km / h

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

r r
VR  VRx iˆ  VRy kˆ ; V M 1  V M 1 iˆ EX.4: Rain is falling vertically with a speed of 20ms 1 ., A person is running in the rain with a
velocity of 5 ms 1 and a wind is also blowing with a speed of 15 ms 1 (both from the west)
V Rx  V M 1
and ta n   ...... ( 2 ) The angle with the vertical at which the person should hold his umbrella so that he may not
VRy
get drenched is :
r uur )
Sol. VRain  V R  20  k  
N r r r r
 V Man  V M  5 iˆ , VWind  VW  15 iˆ
W E r
VR  VR Resultant velocity of rain and wind is VRW  20kˆ  15 iˆ
M1 VR y S
r r
VRM
1
Now, velocity of rain relative to man is VRW  VM  20kˆ  15iˆ  5iˆ      20kˆ  10iˆ
vertical
VM 1 VM 1
VM 1 
VR
x 20kˆ

ur
Case - III : If the man speeds up, at a particular velocity V M 2 , the rain will appear to fall vertically 10 iˆ
ur ur ur uuur
with V RM 2 , then V RM 2  V R  VM 2 as shown in figure. 1 1
Tan     Tan 1
2 2
EX.5: To a man walking at the rate of 3km/h the rain appears to fall vertically.When he increases
VRM
2 his speed to 6km/h it appears to meet him at an angle of 450 with vertical. Find the angle
VRM VR made by the velocity of rain with the vertical and its speed.
2
VRM 450  VR
VM
2 y
V RM VR
VM Sol : 3 3
VM 2 6
2 VM  3kmph

Case - IV : If the man increases his speed further, he will see the rain falling with a velocity as 0 3 3
From the diagram Tan45  .........(1) and Tan  y ..............(2)
shown in figure. y
0 3 1 3
From (1) and (2)   450   sin 45  V , 2  V
R R

VRM
3
  VR  3 2kmph
EX.6: Rain is falling, vertically with a speed of 1m/s .Wind starts blowing after sometime with
VRM
3 VR y a speed of 1.732 m/s in east to west direction.In which direction should a boy waiting at a
VM VR bus stop hold his umbrella.?
3 VR x
vw N
VM 3
VM
3  W E
vr
VM  VR R
ur ur ur tan   3 x

V RM 3  V R  V M 3 ; VR S
y
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Sol. If R is the resultant of velocity of rain ( VR ) and velocity of wind ( VW ) then Resultant velocity of the boat = VBR  VR
2 The time taken for the boat to move a distance `d’ along the direction of flow of water is.
R = v2r + v 2w = 12 + 1.732  ms-1 = 2ms-1
d
t1 
vw 3 VBR  VR .............(1)
The direction  that R makes with the vertical is given by tanθ = = = 600 Therefore,
vr 1 2) Up stream (   1800 ) :
the boy should hold his umbrella in the vertical plane at an angle of about 600 with the vertical Resultant velocity of the boat = VBR  VR
towards the east. The time taken for the boat to move a distance `d’ opposite to the direction of flow of water is.
EX.7: Rain is falling vertically with a speed of 1m/s . A woman rides a bicycle with a speed of
d
1.732 m/s in east to west direction. What is the direction in which she should hold her t2 
umbrella ? VBR  VR .......................(2)
Sol. In Fig. vr represents the velocity of rain and vb , the velocity of the bicycle, the woman is riding. t1 VBR  VR
From equation (1) and (2) t  V  V
Both these velocities are with respect to the ground.Since the woman is riding a bicycle, the 2 BR R
velocity of rain as experienced by time taken by person to go down stream a distance `d’ and come back is
Vb N d d
T  t1  t2  
VBR  VR VBR  VR
3) General approach :

W E Suppose the boat starts at point A on one bank with velocity VBR and reaches the other bank at
Vr
vrb point D

 vb C VR B D
S

VBRcos
here is the velocity of rain relative to the velocity of the bicycle she is riding. That is vrb = vr - vb
This relative velocity vector as shown in Fig. makes an angle  with the vertical.It is given by d V BR

v 3
Tan θ = b =  θ = 60o
v 1
r VBR sin  A
Therefore,the woman should hold her umbrella at an angle of about 600 with the vertical towards The component of velocity of boat anti parallel to the flow of water is VBR sin 
the west. The component of velocity of boat perpendicular to the flow of water is VBR cos 
Motion of a Boat in the River d
Boat motion is classified into three categories based on angle between VBR and VR they are  The time taken by the boat to cross the river is, t  V cos 
BR

1) Down stream (   00 ):  Along the flow of water, distance travelled by the boat (or) drift is x  (VR  VBR Sin )t

 d 
x  (V R  V B R sin )  
VBR  V B R cos 
 (a) The boat reaches the other end of the river to the right of B if VR >VBRsin 
VR (b) The boat reaches the other end of the river to the left of B if VR < VBRsin 
(c) The boat reaches the exactly opposite point on the bank if VR = VBRsin 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Motion of a Boat Crossing the River in Shortest Time EX.8: A boat is moving with a velocity v bw = 5 km/hr relative to water. At time t = 0. the boat
B VR C passes through a piece of cork floating in water while moving down stream.If it turns back
at time t1  30 min.
VBR a) when the boat meet the cork again ?
d b) The distance travelled by the boat during this time.

t=0

A
ur ur
If V BR , V R are the velocities of a boat and river flow respectively then to cross the river in
shortest time, the boat is to be rowed across the river i.e., along normal to the banks of the river. Sol.
d C
i) Time taken to cross the river, t= V where d = width of the river. This time is independent of VW VW
BR

velocity of the river flow Let AB =d is the distance travelled by boat along down stream in ` t1 ’ sec and it returns back and

ii) Velocity of boat w.r.t. ground has a magnitude of VB = VBR2 +VR2 it meets the cork at point C after ` t 2 ’ sec.

 Let AC=x is the distance travelled by the cork during  t1  t2  sec.

V 
iii) The direction of the resultant velocity is θ = tan-1  R  with the normal.
 VBR  d  VB  VW  t1................(1)
d  x  VB  Vw  t2 .............  2 
 d  and x  Vw  t1  t2  .............  3
iv)The distance (BC) travelled downstream =VR   is called drift
 vBR 
Substitute (1) and (3) in (2) weget t1  t2
Motion of a Boat Crossing the River in Shortest Distance
 The boat meets the cork again after T  2t1  60 min and the distance (AB+BC) travelled by
C VR B the boat before meets the cork is

D  2d  x
D  2(VB  Vw ) t1  Vw 2t1
VBR d
D  2VB t1  2Vwt1  2Vwt1
 30
D  2VB t1  2  5   5km
A 60
i) The boat is to be rowed upstream making some angle ' θ with normal to the bank of the river EX.9: A swimmer crosses a flowing stream of width `d’ to and fro normal to the flow of the river
in time t1 . The time taken to cover the same distance up and down the stream is t2. If t3. is
V 
-1
which is given by θ = sin  R  the time the swimmer would take to swim a distance 2d in still water, then relation between
 VBR  t1 , t2. & t3.
ii) The angle made by boat with the river flow (or) bank is = 900 +θ Sol : Let v be the river velocity and u be the velocity of swimmer in still water. Then

iii) Velocity of boat w.r.t. ground has a magnitude of VB = VBR2 -VR2 d d 2ud
t2    ........(ii )
 d  u  v u  v u 2  v2
d t1  2   .....(i) 2d
iv) The time taken to cross the river is t =
2 2
 u v  and t 3  ..............(iii )
VBR2-VR2 u
Note : VBR = Relative velocity of the boat w.r.t river (or) velocity of boat in still water.
from equation (i) ,(ii) and (iii) t12  t2t3  t1  t2t3
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.10: Two persons P and Q crosses the river starting from point A on one side to exactly
opposite point B on the other bank of the river.The person P crosses the river in the shortest
path. The person Q crosses the river in shortest time and walks back to point B. Velocity of y vy
river is 3 kmph and speed of each person is 5kmph w.r.t river.If the two persons reach the
point B in the same time, then the speed of walk of Q is.
v
For person (P) : For person(Q) : u sin  
C B B x C vx H
u
 x
VB VB R
Sol : u cos 
A VW
A VW Vertical component of velocity u y  u sin  , gradually decreases to zero and then gradually
increases to u sin  . It varies at the rate ‘g’.
d d d d d horizontal component of acceleration, a x  0
tp    tQ   , t p  tQ  t
VB 2  Vw 2 52  32 4 VB 5
vertical component of acceleration , a y   g
d d x d At the Point of Projection
  , But x  VW
4 5 Vman VB (a) Horizontal component of velocity u x = u cos
d d VW d d d 3d (b)Vertical component of velocity u y  u sin 
  ,   r
4 5 VBVman 4 5  5  Vman (c) velocity vector u   u cos   $i   u sin   $
j

1 1 3 1 3 (d) Angle between velocity and acceleration is  90   

  , 
4 5 5Vman 20 5Vman  At any instant ‘t’
r r
 3 20   12kmph Velocity vector ( v ) is v = v x $i + v y $j
Vman 
5
Here vx = u cosθ and v y = u y + a y t = usinθ - gt
 When a body is moving in a plane r
a) A body can have any angle between velocity and acceleration Hence v = ucosθ ˆi + ( usinθ - gt) ˆj
b) If the angle between velocity and acceleration is acute, velocity increases. 2 2
c) If the angle between velocity and acceleration is obtuse, velocity decreases. magnitude of velocity is given by v = v2x +v2y =  ucosθ +  usinθ-gt 
d) If the angle between velocity and acceleration is a right angle, velocity remains constant.
e) A body can have constant speed and changing velocity v
-1  y  -1  u sin  - gt 
direction of velocity is given by   tan    tan  
f) A body cannot have constant velocity and changing speed.  vx   u cos  
r
Projectiles : Displacement vector ( s )
Oblique Projectile : r
displacement s  x $i  y $
j here
 Any body projected into air with some velocity at an angle ‘  ’ [   (900 and 00)] with the
horizontal is called an oblique projectile. horizontal displacement during a time t x  uxt   u cos   t
 Horizontal component of velocity ux  u cos  , remains constant throughout the journey.. 1 2 1
vertical displacement during a time t y  u yt  gt   u sin   t  gt 2
Vertical component of velocity u y  u sin  , gradually decreases to zero and then gradually 2 2
increases to u sin  . It varies at the rate ‘g’.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Equation of projectile  Relation between H, T and R
 g  2 2 H g H tan  R g
y   tan   x   2  x  Ax  Bx 1)  (b)  (c) 2 
2
 2u cos   T2 8 R 4 T 2 tan 

g gT 2 gT 2 2R
Where A and B are constants A  tan , B  2) R  and if   450 then R  2  T  g
2u 2 cos2  2 tan 
Time of flight (T)  If y  Ax  Bx 2 represents equation of a projectile then
-1
uy u sin  1) Angle of projection  = tan (A)
Time of ascent  ta  = Time of descent  td   
g g r 
g 1  A2 
2) Initial velocity u 
2u sin  2u y 2B
Time of flight T = ta + td = 
g g A
3) Range of the projectile R =
 During time of flight B
1) angle between velocity and acceleration vectors changes from  90 0    to  90 0    . A2
4) Maximum height H =
2) change in momentum is 2mu sin  .(In general, change in momentum P  mgT  ) 4B
3) vertical displacement is 0. 2A2
0
4) The angle between velocity and acceleration during the rise of projectile is 180 >  >90
0 5) Time of flight T  
Bg
5) The angle between velocity and acceleration during the fall of projectile is 00<  <900
 If horizontal and vertical displacement of projectile are respectively x  at and y  bt  ct 2 then
Maximum height (H)
1 b
u 2y u 2 sin 2  1) angle of projection   tan  
H   a
2g 2g
2) velocity of projection u  a 2  b 2
 At maximum height
1) The vertical component of velocity becomes zero. 3) acceleration of projectile = 2c
2) The velocity of the projectile is minimum at the highest point and is equal to u cos  b2
4) maximum height reached =
and is horizontal. 4c
3) Acceleration is equal to acceleration due to gravity ‘g’, and it always acts vertically
ab
downwards. 5) horizontal range =
4) The angle between velocity and acceleration is 900. c
Range (R):  In case of complimentary angles of projection
2ux u y 1) If T1 and T2 are the times of flight then
 R  u xT  (or)
g T1 2R
i) T  tan  ii) T1T2  T T R
2 g  1 2
2u sin  u 2 sin 2
R   u cos   T  u cos    2)If H1 and H 2 are maximum heights then
g g
1) Range is maximum when   45 0 H1 2 u2
i) H  tan  ii) H1  H 2  iii) R  4 H1H 2 iv) Rmax  2  H1  H 2 
u2 2 2g
2) Maximum range, Rmax   If a man throws a body to a maximum distance ‘R’ then he can project the body to maximum
g
vertical height R/2.
R Max u 2
 If a man throws a body to a maximum distance ‘R’ then maximum height attained by it in its path
3) When ‘R’ is maximum, HMax= = 4g
4 is R/4.
4) For given velocity of projection range is same for complimentary angles of projection
i.e 1   2  90 
0
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
At the point of striking the ground x   u1 cos 1  u2 cos  2  t
1) Horizontal component of velocity = u cos 
y   u1 sin 1  u2 sin  2  t
2) Vertical component of velocity = -u sin 
3) Speed of projection is equal to striking speed of projectile. y u1 sin 1  u2 sin  2
4) Angle of projection is equal to the striking angle of projectile slope = x  u cos   u cos 
1 1 2 2
5) If the angle of projection with the horizontal is  then angle of deviation is 2 
y
 The projectile crosses the points A, D in time interval t1 seconds and B,C in time interval t 2 seconds i) If u1 sin 1  u 2 sin  2 ( initial vertical components) then slope 0
x
2 2 8h y
then t1  t2  (h is the distance between BC and AD)
g

x
The path is a horizontal straight line
B C ii) If u1 cos 1  u 2 cos  2 ( initial horizontal components)
h
D
A
y
 A projectile is fired with a speed u at an angle  with the horizontal. Its speed when its
direction of motion makes an angle  with the horizontal. v = u cos  sec  y
Then slope 
x
x
The path is a vertical straight line
u sin  u u sin 
1
v cos   For a projectile, ‘y’ component of velocity at of the maximum height is
 nth n
 v 1
 Resultant velocity at a height of of maximum height
u cos  nth
2
Q v cos   u cos  v  u cos  sec  2  usinθ  (n  1) cos 2   1
v = v 2x + v 2y =  ucosθ  +  u
 If a body is projected with a velocity u making an angle  with the horizontal, the time after  n  n
u cosecθ u
which direction of velocity is perpendicular to the initial velocity is t  g

g sin  1  cos 2 
If n=2, velocity of a projectile at half of maximum height = u
2
and its velocity at that instant is v = u cot 
 For a projectile, w.r.t stationary frame path (or) trajectory is a parabola.
 The path of projectile as seen from another projectile
 Path of projectile w.r.t frame of another projectile is a straight line
Suppose two bodies A and B are projected simultaneously from the same point with initial velocities
 Acceleration of a projectile relative to another projectile is zero
u and u at angles 1 and  2 with horizontal.  A body is projected vertically up from a topless car relative to the car which is moving horizontally
1 2
The instantaneous positions of the two bodies are given by relative to earth
1 2 a) If car velocity is constant, ball will be caught by the thrower.
Body A : x1  u1 cos 1t , y1  u1 sin 1t  gt b) If car velocity is constant, path of ball relative to the ground is a parabola and relative to this
2
car is straight up and then straight down
1 2
Body B : x2  u2 cos  2t , y2  u2 sin  2t  gt
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

c) If the car accelerates, ball falls back relative to the car 2u0 sin
d) If the car retards ball falls forward relative to the car using, T
g
 If a gun is aimed towards a target and the bullet is fired, the moment when the target falls, the
bullet will always hit the target irrespective of the velocity of the bullet if it is with in the range. 2  240  0.5
When   300 , T1   24.5s
9.8
Note : If air resistance is taken into consideration then
a) trajectory departs from parabola. 2  240  0.867
When   600 , T2   42.46 s
b) time of flight may increase or decrease. 9.8
c) the velocity with which the body strikes the ground decreases EX.13: The ceiling of a long hall is 20 m high. What is the maximum horizontal distance that a
d) maximum height may decrease.
e) striking angle increases
2
ball thr own with a speed of 40ms-1 can go without hitting the ceiling of the hall g  10ms ?  
f) range decreases. Sol. : Here, H =20 m, u  40ms 1.
ur
 A particle is projected with a velocity u  ai$  b $j then the radius of curvature of the trajectory of Suppose the ball is thrown at an angle  with the horizontal.
the particle at the 2

Now H 
u 2 sin 2 
 20 
 40 sin 2 
3/2

(i) point of projection is r=

a 2
+b 2 
(ii) Highest point is r=
a2 2g 2  10
g or , sin   0.5    300
ga
2 0
u 2 sin 2  40   sin 60
Now R  
 velocity 2 u 2 cos 2  g 10
 Expression for radius of curvature is r r
normalacceleration g cos3  2
r 
 40   0.866
 138.56m
α is angle made by v with horizontal 10
EX.11: A bullet fired at an angle of 30 with the horizontal hits the ground 3.0 km away. By
0
EX.14: A ball projected with a velocity of 10m/s at angle of 300 with horizontal just clears two
adjusting its angle of projection, can one hope to hit a target 5.0 km away? Assume the vertical poles each of height 1m. Find separation between the poles.
muzzle speed to be fixed, and neglect air resistance.
Sol . weare given that angle of projection with the horizontal,   300 , horizontal range R = 3km. Y

2
u s in 2 
0 P R
R 
g
u02
2
u s in 6 0 0
u2
3 or  2 3km 0
3 0
 0
 g 30
g g 2 O Q S X

Since the muzzle speed (u0 ) is fixed 1 2 1

Sol. h  uyt  gt  10sin30  t   10 t
0 2

2 2
u2
Rmax  0  2 3  2 1.732  3.464km
g 1  5t  5t 2  t  0.72 s, 2.76s
so, it is not possible to hit the target 5km away. are the instants at which projectile crosses the poles.
EX.12: A cannon and a target are 5.10 km apart and located at the same level. How soon will the  separation between poles = OS - OQ
shell launched with the initial velocity 240 m/s reach the target in the absence of air drag ?  u cos   t2  t1 
Sol . Here, u0 =240 ms 1 , R =5.10 km =5100m,
= 10cos 300  2.76  0.72   17.7m
g  9.8ms 2 ,   ? EX.15: A body is projected with velocity u at an angle of projection  with the horizontal.The
u02 sin 2 body makes 300 with horizontal at t = 2 second and then after 1 second it reaches the
R
g maximum height. Then find
Rg a) angle of projection b) speed of projection.
sin 2  2    300 or 600
u0
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
usinθ-gt 2
Sol. During the projectile motion, angle at any instant t is such that tanα= EX.17: The velocity of a projectile at its greatest height is times its velocity, at half of its
ucosθ 5
For t = 2 seconds,   300 greatest height, find the angle of projection.
1 usinθ-2g 2 1  cos2 
= ---------1 Sol.: u cos  u
3 ucosθ 5 2
For t = 3 seconds, at the highest point   0o
2 2 2 2  1  cos 2  
usinθ-3g Squaring on both sides u cos   u  
0= 5  2 
ucosθ
2 2 1
usinθ=3g ------------(2)
10 cos 2   2  2 cos 2   8cos   2  cos      600
using eq. (1) and eq. (2) 4
EX.18: A foot ball is kicked off with an initial speed of 19.6 m/s to have maximum range. Goal
ucosθ= 3g......................(3) keeper standing on the goal line 67.4 m away in the direction of the kick starts running opposite
Eq. (2)  eq.(3) give   600 squaring and adding equation (2) and (3) to the direction of kick to meet the ball at that instant. What must his speed be if he is to catch
the ball before it hits the ground?
u  20 3 m / s.
2
EX.16: A particle is thrown over a triangle from one end of horizontal base and grazing the u 2 sin 2 19.6   sin 90
Sol.: R  
vertex falls on the other end of the base.If  and  are the base angles and  be the angle g 9.8
or R= 39.2 metre.
of projection, prove that tan   tan   tan  .
Man must run 67.4 m -39.2m=28.2m
Sol.: The situation is shown in figure.From figure,we have in the time taken by the ball to come to ground Time taken by the ball.
Y 2u sin  2 19.6  sin 450 4
t  
g 9.8 2
t  2 2  2 1.41  2.82sec.
28.2m
A(x,y) Velocity of man   10m / sec.
2.82sec

y EX.19: A body projected from a point `0’ at an angle  , just crosses a wall `y’ m high at a distance
   `x’ m from the point of projection and strikes the ground at `Q’ beyond the wall as shown,
x R-x x
O then find height of the wall Y

y y
tan   tan   
x Rx
yR
tan   tan   _______(1)
x R  x
y

 x
But equation of trajectory is y  x tan  1   O x R-x Q X
 R R=range

 yR  gx 2
tan          (ii ) Sol . we know that the equation of the trajectory is y  x tan   can be written as
 x  R  x  2u 2 cos 2 
2
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), tan   tan   tan   gx  sin 
y  x tan    2 2 
 2u cos   sin 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.22: In the absence of wind the range and maximum height of a projectile were R and H. If
x 2 tan  wind imparts a horizontal acceleration a =g/4 to the projectile then find the maximum
gx 2 tan   y  x tan   2
y  x tan   u sin 2
u 2 (2sin  cos  )
range and maximum height.
g
Sol . H 1  H ( u sin  remains same )
 x u 2 sin 2
 y  x tan  1   [Q R  ] T1  T
 R g
1 1g 2
EX.20: A particle is projected with a velocity of 10 2 m/s at an angle of 45 with the horizontal .
0
R1  u xT  aT 2  R  T
2 24
Find the interval between the moments when speed is 125 m/s  g  10m / s 
2
21
= R  gT  RH R1  R  H H1  H
8
 If a body is projected with a velocity
r uur uur uur
u  ai  bj  ck
r r r
( i  east j  north k  vertical ) then
Sol. t
ux  a 2  b2 ; u y  c

v  125 m / s T
2c
;H 
c2
,R 
2  a2  b2 c 
g 2g g
ux  10 2 cos 450  10m / s, u y  10 2 sin 450  10m / s
EX.23: A particle is projected from the ground with an initial speed v at an angle  with
v 2  v x2  v 2y
horizontal.The average velocity of the particle between its point of projection and highest
125  100  v 2y  v y  5m / s Q vx  ux  point of trajectory is [EAM 2013]
2v y 25 Y
The required time interval is t    1s
g 10
EX.21: A projectile of 2 kg has velocities
3 m/s and 4 m/s at two points during its flight in the uniform gravitational field of the earth.
If these two velocities are  to each other then the minimum KE of the particle during its Sol. H
flight is  X
Sol. V1 cos   V2 cos (90   ) R/2

-1
3 ms
r r
r v + u ucosθiˆ + (ucosθiˆ + usinθj)ˆ v
v avg = = , v av = 1 + 3cos 2θ
3 cos   4 sin   2 2 2
3  Horizontal projectile
tan  
4 When a body is projected horizontally with a velocity from a point above the ground level, it is
0
1 90 - called a Horizontal Projectile.
KE min  mv12 cos 2  -1
2 4 ms  Path of the Horizontal Projectile is parabola
u
2
1  4  9 16 h
  2  32      5.76 J
2 5 25

R
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Case (ii) : If the body is projected at angle  from top of the tower in the downward direction,
2h
a) Time of descent t  (is independent of u) then
g
b) The horizontal displacement (or) range 
u
2h
Ru
g
h
c) The velocity of projectile at any instant of time is v = u 2 + g 2 t 2

1  gt  x
The direction of velocity   tan  
u
1 2
d) The velocity with which it hits the ground v = u 2 + 2gh a) The time taken by projectile to reach ground is calculated from h   u sin   t  gt
2
 2 gh 
b) The horizontal distance from foot of the tower where the projectile lands is given by
e) The angle at which it strikes the ground   tan 1   x  u cos  t
 u 
f) If  is angle of elevation of point of projection from the point where body hits the ground then c) The velocity with which it strikes the ground v  u 2  2 gh
h gt 2 /2 gt tanθ
tanα = = =  tanα =  u 2 sin 2   2 gh 
R ut 2u 2 d) The angle at which it strikes the ground   tan 1  
 u cos  
 is the angle with which body reaches the ground
Case (i) : If the body is projected at an angle  in upward direction from the top of the tower,then  When an object is dropped from an aeroplane moving horizontally with constant velocity
a) Path of the object relative to the earth is parabola
u b) Path of the object relative to pilot is a straight line vertically down.

 Two bodies are projected horizontally from top of the tower of height h in opposite directions
with velocities u1 and u2 then
a) The time after which their velocity vectors are making an angle  with each other
h
u1u2 
t cot
g 2
x b) The distance between them when their velocity vectors are making an angle  with
2u sin  u1u 2 
a) The time taken by projectile to reach same level as point of projection is T  each other x   u1  u 2  cot
g g 2
1 2 c) The time after which their position vectors
b) The time taken by projectile to reach ground is calculated from h   u sin   t 
gt
2
2 u1u2 
c) The horizontal distance from foot of the tower where the projectile lands is given by are making an angle  with each other  cot
g 2
x  u cos  t
d) The distance between them when their
d) The velocity with which it strikes the ground v  u 2  2 gh displacement vectors are making an angle  with each other is
e) The angle at which it strikes the ground
2 u1u2 
x   u1  u2  cot
g 2
 u 2 sin 2 θ + 2gh 
 -usinθ + gt  -1
α = tan -1  (or) α = tan  
 ucosθ   ucosθ 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 Two tall towers having heights h1 and h2 are separated by a distance d. A person throws a ball EX.24: A ball is thrown from the top of a tower of 61 m high with a velocity 24.4 ms 1 at an
horizontally with velocity u from the top of the first tower to reach the top of the second tower
elevation of 300 above the horizontal . What is the distance from the foot of the tower to
then
the point where the ball hits the ground?
u Sol. :

h1  h2  u sin 
h1 u

h2 u cos 
d

2  h1  h2  h
a) Time taken t 
g

b) Horizontal distance travelled d  ut

 A ball rolls off from the top of a stair case with a horizontal velocity u. If each step has a height ‘h’
and width “b” then the ball will just hit the nth step, directly if n equal to
1 2
1 2 h gt  ( u sin  ) t  t  5 sec onds
nb = ut and nh = gt 2
2
Also, d   u cos   t  105.65m
EX.25: A particle is projected from a tower as shown in figure, then find the distance from the
u
foot of the tower where it will strike the ground.  g  10m / s 
2

h b
1
37 0
2
1500 m 500
n m/s
3
R

2hu 2
n= Sol.:
gb 2
500 1
 From the top of the tower of height h , one stone is thrown towards east with velocity u 1 and u y  u sin   sin 37 0 s = ut + at 2
3 2
another is thrown towards north with velocity u 2 . The distance between them after striking the
 500  1
ground, 1500   sin 37  t  10t 2
 3  2
2h 500  3 
d  t u12  u22 , t  1500    t  5t
2
g 3 5
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
300  20t  t 2  t  20 s  horizontal distance = ( u cos  ) t EX.29: An enemy plane is flying horizontally at an altitude of 2 km with a speed of 300 ms-1. An
army man with an anti - aircraft gun on the ground sights enemy plane when it is directly
500  4  4000 overhead and fires a shell with a muzzle speed of 600ms-1. At what angle with the vertical
   10  m
3 5 3 should the gun be fired so as to hit the plane?
EX.26: A golfer standing on the ground hits a ball with a velocity of 52 m/s at an angle  above Sol. Let G be the position of the gun and E that of the enemy plane flying horizontally with speed.
5
the horizontal if tan   find the time for which the ball is at least 15m above the ground? E P
12 u
 g  10m / s  2
v0

Sol. v y = u y 2 - 2gy , u y = usinθ vy

5 5
vy  52  52   2 10 15 0
13 13 (90 -)

= 16 × 25 - 300 = 10  Ground
2v y 2 ×10
Δt = = = 2s G
10 10 vx
EX.27: Two paper screens A and B are separated by a distance of 100m. A bullet pierces A and B.
The hole in B is 10 cm below the hole in A. If the bullet is travelling horizontally at the time u = 300ms-1, when the shell is fired with a speed v0 , v x = v 0 cosθ
of hitting the screen A, calculate the velocity of the bullet when it hits the screen A. Neglect
The shell will hit the plane, if the horizontal distance EP travelled by the plane in time t = the
resistance of paper and air.
distance travelled by the shell in the horizontal direction in the same time, i.e.
Sol. : The situation is shown in Fig.
u × t = v x × t or u = v x  u = v0cosθ
u P x Q u 300
or cosθ = v = 600 = 0.5 or
0
  600
0.1 m Therefore, angle with the vertical  900    300.
EX.30: From the top of a tower, two balls are thrown horizontally with velocities u1 and u2 in
R opposite directins. If their velocities are perpendicular to each other just before they strike
the ground, find the height of tower.
100 m B
A
2h
Sol. Time taken to reach ground t 
g
2  h1  h2  2  0.1
d u  100  u  u  700m / s. uur uur
g 9.8 at time of reaching ground respective velocities are v1 = u1$i + gt $j, v 2 = -u 2 $i + gt $j

EX.28: A boy aims a gun at a bird from a point, at a horizontal distance of 100m. If the gun can uur uur u1u2
Given v1.v 2 = 0 , t 
impart a velocity of 500m/sec to the bullet, at what height above the bird must he aim his g
gun in order to hit it?
Sol : x = vt or 100 = 500× t ; t  0.2sec. 2h uu uu
  1 2 h 1 2
g g 2g
1 2
Now h  0   10   0.2  = 0.20m = 20cm. is the height of the tower.
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Motion of a Projected Body on an inclined plane :
EX.31: From points A and B, at the respective heights of 2m and 6m, two bodies are thrown
simultaneously towards each other, one is thrown horizontally with a velocity of 8m/s and  A body is projected up the inclined plane from the point O with an initial velocity v0 at an angle
the other, downward at an angle 450 to the horizontal at an initial velocity v0 such that the  with horizontal.
bodies collide in flight. The horizontal distance between points A and B equal to 8m . Then
find
v0 x
a) The initial velocity V0 of the body thrown at an angle 450
x
b) The time of flight t of the bodies before colliding A
c) The coordinate (x,y) of the point of collision (consider the bottom of the tower
A as origin) is

 450
B

4m

V0
O B
A
Sol : 2m 2m
x'
y'
8m
4 1 x
a) From diagram tan    tan   .................(1) y
8 2
g sin 
r ˆ v = -vr cos450 ˆi - vr sin450 ˆj
v A = 8i, B 0 0 g cos

r  v  v  
vBA =  - 0 -8  i - 0 j
 2  2 O g B
r x1
Direction of vBA y1

v0 2 a) Acceleration along x  axis , a x = -gsinα

tanθ =
2 v 0 + 8 2 .................(2)
  b) Acceleration along y  axis , a y = - g c o s α
From eq (1) and eq (2) 2v0 = v0 + 8 2 , v0 = 11.28m / s c) Component of velocity along x  axis u x = v0cos  θ - α 

r  v0  v d) Component of velocity along y  axis u y = v0sin  θ -α

b) v BA =  - - 8  ˆi - 0 ˆj
 2  2
2v0sin  θ - α 
r e) Time of flight T =
Q v0 = 8 2 Þ v BA = -16iˆ - 8jˆ gcosα
r f) Range of projectile (OA)
| v BA | t = SBA   16 
2
  8 
2
t  82  4 2
v20 2v02sin  θ - α  cosθ
R= sin  2θ - α  - sinα  . (or) R=
80 1 gcos2α  gcos 2α
t   t  0.5s
320 4

c) For maximum range  2    
2
x = v x t =  8  0.5 = 4 v 2 1- sinα 
1 2 1 1  R max = 0
y' = gt = ×10× = 1.25 gcos 2 α
2 2 4
y = 2 - y' = 0.75
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
g) T 2 g  2 Rmax
1 2 y 1 gt 2
horizontal range (OB) x  R cos  x  ut; y gt ; 
2 x 2 ut
Down the plane : Here, x and y-directions are down the plane and perpendicular to plane
respectively gt 2u
tan   ; t tan 
2u g
y
2u 2
x  ut  tan  ;
x g
u
2u 2
 g sin R  tan  sec 
 g
 g cos
g EX.33: A projectile has the maximum range of 500m. If the projectile is now thrown up on an
 
inclined plane of 300 with the same speed , what is the distance covered by it along the
O
inclined plane?
ux  u cos(   ), ax  g sin  u y  u sin(   ), a y   g cos  Sol:
Proceeding in the similar manner , weget the following results
u2
2u sin(   ) R max =
T , g
g cos 
u2
u2  500 = or u = 500g
R sin  2     sin   g
g cos 2  
v 2 - u 2 = 2gs
EX.32: A particle is projected horizontally with a speed “u” from the top of plane inclined at an 0 - 500g = 2×  -gsin300  × x
angle “  ” with the horizontal. How far from the point of projection will the particle strike
the plane ? x = 500m.
Sol: EX. 34: The displacement of the point of a wheel initially in contact with the ground when the
u wheel rolls forward quarter revolution where perimeter of the wheel is 4 m, is (Assume
 the forward direction as x-axis)
1 2
1) (  2) 2  4 along Tan with x - axis
y 
R 2 1
2) (  2) 2  4 along Tan with x - axis
 2

x 1 2
x 3) (  2) 2  4 along Tan with x - axis

y  2 1
R  x2  y 2   tan   4) (  2) 2  4 along Tan with x - axis
x   2
2
 x 2   x tan    x 1  tan 2   x sec 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

P 2 Sol. . V  Vx 2  Vy 2  Vz 2 key-3
r EX.40: A man is walking due east at the rate of 2Kmph. The rain appears to him to come down
Sol. . 
vertically at the rate of 2kmph. The actual velocity and direction of rainfall with the vertical
P
 cm respectively are (2008 M)
1
1  y  1) 2 2kmph, 450 2) kmph,300 3) 2 kmph, 00 4) 1kmph, 900
S y 2  x 2 and   tan  x  key-2 2
 
Vm
EX.35: A particle starts from the origin at t  0s with a velocity of 10.0 ˆj m/s and moves in the Sol. . VR  V 2  Vm2 ; Tan  key-1
V
 
xy  plane with a constant acceleration of 8iˆ  2 ˆj ms 2 . Then y  coordinate of the par-- EX.41: A boat takes 2 hours to travel 8km and back in still water lake.With water velocity of 4
kmph, the time taken for going upstream of 8km and coming back is
ticle in 2 sec is 1) 160 minutes 2) 80 minutes 3) 320 minutes 4) 180 minutes
1) 24 m 2) 16 m 3) 8 m 4) 12 m
88
r r 1r 2 Sol. . VB   8kmph
Sol. . r  v0t  at , y  t   t 2  10t key-1 2
2
EX.36: A car moving at a constant speed of 36 kmph moves north wards for 20 minutes then due d d
t  t1  t2   key-1
1 vB  vr vB  vr
to west with the same speed for 8 minutes. what is the average velocity of the car during
3 EX.42: A ball is thrown with a velocity of u making an angle  with the horizontal. Its velocity
this run in kmph vector normal to initial vector (u) after a time interval of
1) 27.5 2) 40.5 3)20.8 4) 32.7 u sin  u u u cos 
  1) 2) 3) 4)
v t v t g g cos  g sin  g
Sol. . vavg  11 22 key-1
t1  t2 Sol. u  (u cos  )iˆ  (u sin  ) ˆj

EX 37: Velocity of a particle at time t = 0 is 2ms 1 . A constant acceleration of 2 ms 2 acts on v  (u cos  )iˆ  (u sin   gt ) ˆj ; u .v  0 key-3
the particle for 1 second at an angle of 600 with its initial velocity . Find the magnitude of EX.43: A number of bullets are fired in all possible directions with the same initial velocity u. The
velocity at the end of 1 second. maximum area of ground covered by bullets is
2 2 2
1) 3 m/s 2) 2 3 m / s 3) 4 m / s 4) 8 m / s  u2   u2  u  u 
1)   g  2)   2 g  3)    4)   
Sol. . v  vx iˆ  v y ˆj : vx  ux  axt , v y  u y  a y t
    g  2g 
2
ax  a cos  , a y  a sin  key-2 Sol. . Max area   Rmax  key-1
EX.38: An aeroplane moving in a circular path with a speed 250 km/h. The change in velocity EX.44: An aeroplane flies along a straight line from A to B with a speed v0 and back again with
in half of the revolution is.
the same speed v0 . A steady wind v is blowing. If AB = l then
1) 500km/h 2) 250km/h 3) 120 km/h 4) zero
 2v0l
Sol. . V  2V sin 6. v  v  v key-1 2
1
2
2
a) total time for the trip is v 2  v 2 if wind blows along the line AB
2 0

EX.39: A ship is moving due east with a velocity of 12 m/sec, a truck is moving across on the ship 2l
with velocity 4m/sec. A monkey is climbing the vertical pole mounted on the truck with a b) total time for the trip is , if wind blows perpendicular to the line AB
velocity of 3m/sec. Find the velocity of the monkey as observed by the man on the shore (m/ v02  v 2
sec) c) total time for the trip decrease because of the presence of wind
1) 10 2) 15 3) 13 4)20 d) total time for the trip increase because of the presence of wind
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1) a , b , d are correct 2) a , b , c are correct l1v2  l2v1 l1v1  l2 v2 l1v1  l2v2 l1v2  l2 v1
3) only a , d are correct 4) only b , d are correct 1) , 2) ,
v12  v22 v12  v22 v12  v22 v12  v22
Sol. . a,b,d are correct
When wind blows along the line AB, l1v2  l2v1 l1  l1v1  l2 v2  l1 l1v2  l2v1 l2  l1v1  l2 v2  l2
t  t A B  t B  A 3)
v12  v22 l2 , v12  v22 l2
  4)
v12  v22 
l1 , v12  v22 l1
l l 2lv0
t   t 
v  v0 v0  v v  v2
2
0 Sol. . Let the separation between the particles be minimum at1time t, Then
If wind blows perpendicular to AB V1t
A

v0 S
v v v0 l1

A 1 B A 1 B
v v B
2
t  t A B  t B  A O
l2

vt  v02  v 2 vt  v02  v 2 V2t

l l Since OB  l2  v 2t and OA  l1  v 1t and

t A B  tB A 
2 2
v02  v 2 v02  v 2 2
AB 2  OB 2  OA2  s   l1  v1t    l2  v2t 
2l ds d 2
Hence t  For s to be minimum
dt
 0 or
dt
s 0  
v02  v 2
ds
 2 s  2(l1  1t )  1  2(l2  2t )  2  0
If the wind were not present then total time dt
2l l1v1  l2 v2
taken for the trip would have been t  v l1v1  v12t  l2 v2  v22t  0  t 
0 v12  v22
i.e. the total time for the trip increases because of the presence of wind. key-2 2 2
ur uur   l v l v     l v  l v 
EX.45: Two particles A and B move with constant velocity v1 and v2 along two mutually S 2 min  l   1 12 22 2  v1   l2  v2  1 12 22 2  
perpendicular straight lines towards intersection point O as shown in figure. At moment t =   v1  v2     v1  v2  
0 particles were located at distance l1 and l2 respectively from O. Then minimum distance 2
l1v2  l2 v1
1  S 2 min 
 l1v2  l2 v1   S min 
between the particles and time taken are respectively key-3
A Vt v12  v22 v12  v22
1
EX.46: The distance between two moving particles P and Q at any time is a. If vr be their relative
S l1 velocity and if u and v be the components of vr , along and perpendicular to PQ.The closest
distance between P and Q and time that elapses before they arrive at their nearest distance
2 B is
l2 O
2 2
V2t a  v  vr   vr  av  u
1) , a 1   2)  v  v , a 1  
v  u r  vr 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

avr avr av au ur
3) , 4) v , v 2 V 1  V cos 30iˆ  V sin 30 ˆj
v u2 r r ur
V 2  V cos 60iˆ  V sin 60 ˆj key-2
Sol. . Assuming P to be at rest, particle Q is moving with velocity vr , in the direction shown in ur ur ur
V 12  V 1  V 2
figure. components of vr along and perpendicular to PQ are u and v respectively, In the figure
EX.48: A motor boat going down stream comes over a floating body at a point A. 60 minutes later it
u v turned back and after some time passed the floating body at a distance of 12 km from the point A.
sin   , cos  
vr vr Find the velocity of the stream assuming constant velocity for the motor boat in still water.
1) 2 Km/hr 2) 3 Km/hr 3) 4 Km/hr 4) 6 Km/hr
P
Sol. . d   vB  vW  t1   1 ;


a
v1
 B w 2 
d  12  v  v t    2  ;
u

12  v  t  t      3
w 1 2
 solve above equtions key-2
Q
EX.49: It is raining at a speed of 5 m / s 1 at an angle 370 to vertical, towards east.A man is
The closest distance between the particles is PR.
moving to west with a velocity of 5 m / s 1 . The angle with the vertical at which he has to
v av hold the umbrella to protect himself from rain is.
Smin  PR  PQ cos    a     S min 
 vr  vr
1) Tan 1  2  to west 2) Tan 1  2  to east
Time after which they arrive at their nearest distance is
1  1  1  1 
v 3) Tan   to south 4) Tan   to east
a  2 2
QR  PQ  sin   vr   au key-2
t  
vr vr vr vr2
EX.47: Two stones are projected from the top of a tower in opposite direction, with the same 
velocity V but at 300 & 600 with horizontal respectively.The relative velocity of first stone 37
0 VR-VM
relative to second stone is VR=5
y
2V V Sol. .
1) 2v 2) 2v 3) 4)
3 2
Sol. x -VM=5
V V
x 3 y x  VM
sin 37   ; cos 37  ; Tan  key-1
0 0
VR 5 VR y
30 60
EX.50: Rain, pouring down at an angle  with the vertical has a speed of 10ms 1 . A girl runs
against the rain with a speed of 8ms 1 and sees that the rain makes an angle  with the
vertical, then relation between  and  is
8  10sin  8  10 sin 
1) tan   2) tan   3) tan   tan  4) tan   cot 
10 cos  10 cos 
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.52: .The direction of projectile at certain instant is inclined at angle  to the horizontal after
Sol.
t sec.If it is inclined at an angle  then the horizontal component of velocity is
g gt t gt
1) 2) 3) 4)
 tan   tan  tan   tan  g(tan   tan  ) (tan   tan  )
VR  VG
 gt
VR=10 Tan  Tan 
y u cos 
Vy Vy  gt
Sol. . Tan  ; Tan  ; gt key-2
u cos  u cos  u cos   u cos   u cos  
Tan  Tan
x
VG  8
EX.53:Two bodies are projected from the same point with same speed in the directions making
x y x  VG an angle 1 and  2 with horizontal and strike at the same point in the horizontal plane
sin   ; x  VR sin  cos   ; y  VR cos  ; Tan  key-2
VR VR y
t12  t22
EX.51: A particle when fired at an angle   600 along the direction of the breadth of a rectangular through a point of projection. If t1 and t2 are their time of flights. Then
t12  t22
building of dimension 9m  8m  4m so as to sweep the edges. Find the range of the projectile.
tan 1   2  sin 1   2  sin 1   2  sin 2 1   2 
8 4 1) tan    2) sin    3) sin    4)
1) 8 3 2) 4 3 3)
3
4)
3
 1 2  1 2  1 2 sin 2 1   2 
Sol.
Sol. . 1   2  900  sin 1   2   1
2u sin 1 2u sin  2
t1  , t2  key-2
(x,h) g g
(x+b,h)
w EX.54: An object in projected up the inclined at the angle shown in the figure with an initial
velocity of 30ms 1 . The distance x up the incline at which the object lands is

x b = 2h x
A

R 30 ms
-1

X
30
gx 2 30
y  h  x tan   ,
2u cos2 
2
1) 600 m 2) 104m 3) 60 m 4) 208 m

2 0 0
R u sin 2 Sol. . From figure   30 ,   60 key-2
R  x  x  2h  x   h and R 
2 g 2u 2 cos  sin    
R
g cos 2 
2
R  1R  EX.55: A projectile fired with velocity u at right angle to the slope which is inclined at an angle 
using equations 1 and 2 h    h  tan     h  tan 
2  R 2  with horizontal. The expression for R is

  2u 2 2u 2 u2 2u 2
 R  2h cot   1. tan  2. sec  3. tan 2  4. tan  sec 
2 g g g g
key-1
putting   600 , h  4m then R  8 3m

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.58: A particle slides down friction less parabolic (y = x2) track (A - B - C) starting from rest at
 1  900   , 1    900 point A. Point B is at the vertex of parabola and point C is at a height less than that of point
Sol. .    key-4
A. After C, the particle moves freely in air as a projectile. If the particle reaches highest point
2u 2 cos  1 sin  1   
R at P, then A .
g cos 2 
EX.56: In figure shown below, the time taken by the projectile to reach from A to B is t then, the
A
distance AB is equal to P
B

0
60 0 
30
C
A C
ut 3ut -x2 -x1 B -x0 x
1) 2) 3) 3ut 4) 2ut (x=0)
3 2 1) KE at P = KE at B
Sol. . u x  u cos   u cos 600 2) height at P = height at A
3) total energy at P = total energy at A
AC 4) time of travel from A to B = time of travel from B to P
x  AC  u x .t ; from figure cos 300 
AB Sol. . In this type of question, nature of track is very important of consider, as friction is not in this
AC key-1 track, total energy of the particle will remain constant throughout the journey.
AB  (KE)B > (KE)P
cos 300
(PE)P < (PE)A
EX.57: Two particles are projected in air with speed 0 at angles 1 and 2 (both acute) to the As, height of p < Height of A
horizontal, respectively. If the height reached by the first particle is greater than that of the Hence, path length AB > path length of BP
second, then thick the right choices Hence, time of travel from A to B  Time of travel from B to P..
1) angle of projection : 1 > 2 key-3
2) time of flight: T2 > T1 ur r r ur r r
EX.59: Two particles having position vectors r1  (3i  5 j )m and r2  (5i  3 j )m aree
3) horizontal range: R1 > R2
ur uur
4) total energy: U1> U2 moving with velocities V1  (4$i  4 $j )ms 1 and V2  (ai$ 3 $
j )ms 1 . If they collide after
Sol. . H1 > H2
2 seconds , the value of ‘ a’ is
sin 1  sin θ 2 or θ1  2 1) 2 2) 4 3) 6 4) 8
T1 > T2 Sol. . r1  v1t  r2  v2t ; 2. 4t  5t 2  0
R1 sin 21 key-3
 1
R 2 sin 22 EX.60: A particle starts from origin at t = 0 with a constant velocity 5 $i ms 1 and moves in xy
1
U1  KE  PE  m1v 02
2
plane under action of a force which produces a constant acceleration of 3$i  2 $
j ms 2 . The  
y - coordinate of the particle at the instant its x co-ordinate is 84 m in m is
1 1) 6 2) 36 3) 18 4) 9
U 2  KE  PE  m 2 v 02
2  1
If m1 = m2 then U1 = U2 Sol. . r  ut  at 2
2
m1 > m2 then U1 > U2
equate x coordinate to 84 to find time t
m1 < m2 then U1 < U2
key-2
key-1,2,3
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
JEE MAIN PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
1 2
a = 3, b = 3

MOTION IN A PLANE ⃗ | = √1 + 4 = √5
Magnitude of coplanar vector, |C 9 9 9

1. ⃗ and B
Two vectors A ⃗ have equal magnitudes. The magnitude of (A + B) is ‘n’ times the 3. A vector A is rotated by a small angle 𝛥𝜃 radian (𝛥𝜃 << 1) to get a new vector B. In that case

magnitude of (A − B) .The angle between ⃗A and ⃗B is: [10 Jan. 2019 II] |B − A| is : [Online April 11, 2015]

n2 −1 n−1 n2 −1 n−1 𝛥𝜃2

(a) cos−1 [n2+1] (b) cos−1 [n+1] (c) sin−1 [n2 +1] (d) sin−1 [n+1] (a) |A|𝛥𝜃 (b) |B|𝛥𝜃 − |A| (c) |A| (1 − 2
) (d) 0

Sol. (a) Let magnitude of two vectors ⃗Aand ⃗B = a Sol (a) Arc length = radius × angle

⃗ + ⃗B| = √a2 + a2 + 2a2 cos 𝜃 and |A

⃗ − ⃗B| = √a2 + a2 − 2a2 [ cos (180∘ − 𝜃)] ⃗ − 𝐴| = |𝐴|𝛥𝜃
So, |𝐵
|A

= √a2 + a2 − 2a2 cos 𝜃

and according to question,

⃗ +B
|A ⃗ − ⃗B|
⃗ | = n|A

a2 +a2 +2a2 cos 𝜃

or, = n2
a2 +a2 −2a2 cos 𝜃
4. ⃗ =𝐵
If 𝐴 × 𝐵 ⃗ × 𝐴, then the angle between A and B is [2004]
ℋ ′ (1 + 1 + 2 cos 𝜃) 2 (1 + cos 𝜃)
⇒ n ⇒ = n2
↙ (1 + 1 − 2 cos 𝜃) (1 − cos 𝜃) 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 𝜋 (d) 4
using componendo and dividendo theorem, we get
n2 − 1 Sol. ⃗ −𝐵
(c) 𝐴 × 𝐵 ⃗ ×𝐴=0⇒𝐴×𝐵
⃗ +𝐴×𝐵
⃗ =0
𝜃 = cos1 ( )
n2 + 1 ⃗ =0
𝐴×𝐵

Angle between them is 0, 𝜋, or 2 𝜋

2 ⃗ = (î + ĵ) and B
Let A ⃗ such that A
⃗ = (î − ĵ) . The magnitude of a coplanar vector C ⃗ .C
⃗ =B
⃗ . ⃗C =
from the given options, 𝜃 = 𝜋
⃗ .B
A ⃗ is given by [Online April 16, 2018]
TOPIC-1 ….Vectors
5 10 20 9
(a) √ (b) √ (c) √ (d) √
9 9 9 12

Sol. ⃗ = aî+bj then A

(a) If C ⃗ .C
⃗ =A
⃗ . ⃗B
5. Two forces P and Q, ofmagnitude 2𝛤 and 3𝛤, respectively, are at an angle 𝜃 with each other. If
a + b = 1 (i)
the force Q is doubled, then their resultant also gets doubled. Then, the angle 𝜃 is:
B ⃗ = ⃗A. B
⃗ .C ⃗
[10 Jan. 2019 II]
2a − b = 1 (ii)
(a) 120∘ (b) 60∘ (c) 90∘ (d) 30∘
Solving equation (i) and(ii) we get

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

sol. (a) Using, R2 = P 2 + Q2 + 2PQ cos 𝜃 ⃗ .B
A ⃗ is given by

4 𝛤 2 + 9𝛤 2 + 12𝛤 2 cos 𝜃 = R2 [Online April 16, 2018]

When forces Q is doubled, (a) √9

5
(b) √ 9
10
(c) √ 9
20
(d) √12
9

4 𝛤 2 + 36𝛤 2 + 24𝛤 2 cos 𝜃 = 4R2

sol. ⃗ = aî+bj then A
(a) If C ⃗ .C
⃗ =A
⃗ .B
⃗
4 𝛤 2 + 36𝛤 2 + 24𝛤 2 cos 𝜃
a + b = 1 (i)
= 4(13𝛤 2 + 12𝛤 2 cos 𝜃) = 52𝛤 2 + 48𝛤 2 cos 𝜃
⃗ =A
⃗ .C
B ⃗ .B
⃗
12𝛤 2 1
cos 𝜃 = − = − ⇒ 𝜃 = 120o 2a − b = 1 (ii)
24𝛤 2 2
Solving equation (i) and(ii) we get

6. ⃗ and B
Two vectors A ⃗ have equal magnitudes. The ma𝒳ii mde of (A + B) is ‘n’ times the 1 2
a = 3, b = 3
ma𝑔𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑢de of (A − B) . The angle between ⃗A and ⃗B is:
⃗ | = √1 + 4 = √5
Magnitude of coplanar vector, |C 9 9 9
[10 Jan. 2019 II]

n2 −1 n−1 n2 −1 n−1
(a) cos−1 [n2+1] (b) cos−1 [n+1] (c) sin−1 [n2 +1] (d) sin−1 [n+1]
8. A vector A is rotated by a small angle 𝛥𝜃 radian (𝛥𝜃 << 1) to get a new vector B. In that case
sol. ⃗ and B
(a) Let magnitude of two vectors A ⃗ =a
|B − A| is :
⃗ + ⃗B| = √a2 + a2 + 2a2 cos 𝜃 and
|A
[Online April 11, 2015]
⃗ − ⃗B| = √a2 + a2 − 2a2 [ cos (180∘ − 𝜃)]
|A 𝛥𝜃2
(a) |A|𝛥𝜃 (b) |B|𝛥𝜃 − |A| (c) |A| (1 − 2
) (d) 0
= √a2 + a2 − 2a2 cos 𝜃
sol. (a) Arc length = radius × angle
and according to question,
⃗ − 𝐴| = |𝐴|𝛥𝜃
So, |𝐵
⃗ +B
|A ⃗ − ⃗B|
⃗ | = n|A

a2 +a2 +2a2 cos 𝜃

or, a2 +a2 −2a2 cos 𝜃
= n2

(1 + 1 + 2 cos 𝜃) 2 (1 + cos 𝜃)
⇒ n ⇒ = n2
(1 + 1 − 2 cos 𝜃) (1 − cos 𝜃)
using componendo and dividendo theorem, we get
n2 − 1
𝜃 = cos1 ( ) 9. ⃗ =𝐵
If 𝐴 × 𝐵 ⃗ × 𝐴, then the angle between A and B is
n2 + 1
[2004]

7. ⃗ = (î + ĵ) and B

Let A ⃗ such that A
⃗ = (î − ĵ) . The magnitude of a coplanar vector C ⃗ .C
⃗ =B
⃗ . ⃗C = (a)
𝜋
(b)
𝜋
(c) 𝜋 (d)
𝜋
2 3 4
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
sol. ⃗ −𝐵
(c) 𝐴 × 𝐵 ⃗ ×𝐴=0⇒𝐴×𝐵
⃗ +𝐴×𝐵
⃗ =0 3.46𝑑 3.46𝑑
⇒ (ℎ1 + ℎ2 ) = ⇒ 𝑑 + ℎ2 =
√3 √3
⃗ =0
𝐴×𝐵
ℎ2 = 𝑑
Angle between them is 0, 𝜋, or 2 𝜋

from the given options, 𝜃 = 𝜋

11. Starting from the origin at time 𝑡 = 0, with initial velocity 5𝑗ms−1 , a particle moves in the 𝑥 − 𝑦

TOPIC-2 ….Motion in a plane with constant acceleration plane with a constant acceleration of (10î+4j) ms −2 . At time 𝑡, its coordiantes are (20m, 𝑦0 m) .

The values oft and 𝑦0 are, respectively:

10. A balloon is moving up in air vertically above a point A on the ground. When it is at a height ℎ1 , a [Sep. 04, 2020 (I)]
o
girl standing at a distance 𝑑 (point B) from A (see figure) sees it at an angle 45 with respect to (a) 2 s and 18 m (b) 4 s and52 m (c) 2 sand24m (d) 5 s and25 m

the vertical. When the balloon climbs up a further height ℎ2 , it is seen at an angle 60o with sol. (a) Given: 𝑢
⃗ = 5𝑗n𝜈s

respect to the vertical ifthe girl moves further bya distance 2.464𝑑∞intC). Then the height ℎ2 is Acceleration, 𝑎 = 10𝑖̂ + 4𝑗 and
o
(given tan 30 = 0.5774): final coordinate (20, 𝑦0 ) in time 𝑡.

[Sep. 05, 2020 (I)] 1

𝑆𝑥 = 𝑢𝑥 𝑡 + 𝑎𝑥 𝑡 2 [⋅.⋅ 𝑢𝑥 = 0]
2

1
⇒ 20 = 0 + × 10 × 𝑡 2 ⇒ 𝑡 = 2s
2
1
𝑆𝑦 = 𝑢𝑦 × 𝑡 + 𝑎𝑦 𝑡 2
2
1
𝑦0 = 5 × 2 + × 4 × 22 = 18m
2
A ← d → B + 2.464d ∗ C

(a) 1.464𝑑 (b) 0.732𝑑 (c) 0.464𝑑 (d) 𝑑

12. The position vector of a particle changes with time according to the relation 𝑟(t) = 15t 2 𝑖̂ +
sol. (d) From figure/ trigonometry
(4 − 20t 2 )𝑗̂. What is the magnitude ofthe acceleration at 𝑡 = 1?
ℎ1 ∘
𝑑
= tan 45 ℎ1 = 𝑑 [9 April 2019 II]

(a) 40 (b) 25 (c) 10 (d) 50

sol. (d) 𝑟 = 15𝑡 2 𝑖̂ + (4 − 20𝑡 2 )𝑗̂

𝑑𝑟→
𝑣= 𝑑𝑡
=30tî‐40tj

ℎ1 +ℎ2 𝑑𝑣→
And,
𝑑+2.464𝑑
= tan 30∘ Acceleration, → 𝑎 =
𝑑𝑡
=30î‐40j

⇒ (ℎ1 + ℎ2 ) × √3 = 3.46𝑑 𝑎 = √302 + 402 = 50m/s2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

13. A particle moves from the point (2.0î+ 4.0j) m , at t = 0, with an initial velocity (5.0î+ 4.0j)
TOPIC-3 …Projectile Motion
ms−1 . It is acted upon by a constant force which produces a constant acceleration(4.0𝑖̂ +

4.0ĵ)ms −2. What is the distance of the particle from the origin at time 2s?
15. A particle starts from the origin at 𝑡 = 0 with an initial velocity of 3.0î m/s and moves in the x‐y
[11 Jan. 2019 II]
plane with a constant acceleration (6.0î+ 4.0j) m/s 2 . The x coordinate of the particle at the instant
(a) 15m (b) 20√2m (c) 5m (d) 10√2m
1 when its y coordinate is 32 m is D meters. The value of D is:
sol. (b) As s  ut  at 2
2 [9 Jan. 2020 II]
1
S⃗ = (5î + 4ĵ)2 + (4î+4j)4 (a) 32 (b) 50 (c) 60 (d) 40
2

=10î+8j+8î+8j sol. (c) Using 𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 𝑎𝑡

1 2
2
rf − ⃗⃗ri = 18î + 16ĵ
1
𝑦 = 𝑢𝑦 𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑦 𝑡 2 (along 𝑦 Axis)
[as s = change in position = rf − ⃗⃗ri ]
1
rr = 20î + 20ĵ ⇒ 32 = 0 × 𝑡 + (4)𝑡 2
2
|rr | = 20√2 1
⇒ × 4 × 𝑡 2 = 32
2
⇒ 𝑡 = 4𝑠
14. A particle is moving with a velocity𝑣⃗ = K (𝑦 î+xj), where K is a constant. The general equation
1
𝑆𝑥 = 𝑢𝑥 𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑥 𝑡 2 (Along 𝑥 Axis)
for its path is:
1
[9 Jan. 2019 I] ⇒ 𝑥 = 3 × 4 + × 6 × 42 = 60
2
(a) 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 + constant (b) 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 + constant

(c) 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 2 + constant (d) 𝑥𝑦 = constant 16. A particle is moving along the 𝑥‐axis with its coordinate with time 𝑡’ given by 𝑥(𝑡) = 10 + 8𝑡 −

sol. (c) From given equation, 3𝑡 2 . Another particle is moving along the 𝑦‐axis with its coordinate as a function of time given by

⃗ =K(yî+xj)
V 𝑦(𝑡) = 5 − 8𝑡 3 . At 𝑡 = 1s, the speed of the second particle as measured in the frame of the first

dx
= ky and
dy
= kx particle is given as √𝑣. Then 𝑣(in m/s) is−
dt dt

dy dx x dy
[NA 8 Jan. 2020 I]
Now dt
/ dt = y = dx , ⇒ ydy = xdx
sol. (580)
Integrating both side
For pariticle ‘A’ For particle ‘B’
y2 = x2 + c 2
𝑋𝐴 = −3𝑡 + 8𝑡 + 10 𝑌𝐵 = 5 − 8𝑡 3
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
⃗ 𝐴 = (8 − 6𝑡)𝑖̂
𝑉 ⃗ 𝐵 = −24𝑡 𝑗
𝑉 2

𝑎𝐴 =‐ 6î 𝑎𝐵 = −48𝑡𝑗̂ 18. A particle is moving with velocity v

⃗ = 𝑘(𝑦𝑖̂ + 𝑥𝑗̂) , where k is a constant. The general equation

At 𝑡 = 1 sec for its path is

⃗ 𝐴 = (8 − 6𝑡)𝑖̂ = 2𝑖̂ and⃗⃗𝑣𝐵 = −24𝑗

𝑉 [2010]

⃗ 𝐵/𝐴 = −𝑣𝐴 + 𝑣𝐵 = −2î‐24j

𝑉 (a) 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 + constant (b) 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 + constant

Speed of𝐵w. r. t. 𝐴, √𝑣 = √22 + 242 (c) 𝑥𝑦 = constant (d) 𝑓 = 𝑥 2 + constant

= √4 + 576 = √580 sol. (d) 𝑣 = 𝑘(𝑦𝑖 + 𝑥𝑗)

𝑣 = 580(m/s) 𝑣 = 𝑘𝑦𝑖 + 𝑘𝑥𝑗

𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑡
= 𝑘𝑦, 𝑑𝑡
= 𝑘𝑥
17. A particle moves such that its position vector 𝑟(𝑡) = cos  t î + sin  t 𝑗 where  is a 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑡
= ×
constant and 𝑡 is time. Then which of the following statements is true for the velocity 𝑣 (t) and 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑘𝑥
acceleration 𝑎(𝑡) ofthe particle: =
𝑑𝑥 𝑘𝑦
[8 Jan. 2020 II] 𝑦𝑑𝑦 = 𝑥𝑑𝑥 (i) Integrating equation (i)

(a) 𝑣 is perpendicular to 𝑟 and 𝑎 is directed away from the origin ∫ 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 = ∫ 𝑥 ⋅ 𝑑𝑥

(b) 𝑣 and 𝑎 both are perpendicular to 𝑟
𝑦2 = 𝑥2 + 𝑐
(c) 𝑣 and 𝑎 both are parallel to 𝑟

(d) 𝑣 is perpendicular to 𝑟 and 𝑎 is directed towards the origin

19. A particle has an initial velocity of 3𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ and an acceleration of 0.4𝑖̂ + 0.3𝑗̂. Its speed after 10 s
sol. (d) Given, Position vector,
is:
𝑟 = cos 𝑤𝑡𝑖̂ + sin 𝑤𝑡𝑗
[2009]
𝑑𝑟
Velocity, 𝑣 = 𝑑𝑡
= w (− sin wtî+ cos w𝑡𝑗̂) (a) 7√2 units (b) 7 units (c) 8.5 units (d) 10units

Acceleration, sol. (a) Given 𝑢

⃗ = 3𝑖̂ + 4𝑗, 𝑎 = 0.4𝑖̂ + 0.3𝑗, 𝑡 = 10s

𝑑𝑣 From 1st equation of motion.

𝑎= = −w 2 ( cos w𝑡𝑖̂ + sin w𝑡𝑗̂)
𝑑𝑡
𝑣−𝑢
𝑎 = −w 2 𝑟 𝑎=
𝑡
𝑎 is antiparallel to 𝑟 𝑣 = 𝑎𝑡 +u

Also 𝑣. 𝑟 = 0 𝑣 ⊥ 𝑟 ⇒v=(0.4î+ 0.3j)×10+(3î+4j) ⇒ 4î+3j+3j+4j

Thus, the particle is performing uniform circular motion. ⇒ v=7î+7j

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

⇒ |𝑣⃗ | = √72 + 72 = 7√2 unit. 1
𝑅 = 𝑣𝑥 𝑇 + 2 (0)(𝑇)2 (For horizontalmotion)

3𝑢 2ℎ
20. The co‐ordinates of a moving particle at any time ‘t’are given by 𝑥 = 𝛼𝑡 3 and 𝑦 = 𝛽𝑡 3 . The 𝑅 = 𝑣𝑥 𝑇 = ×√
4 𝑔
speed ofthe particle at time 𝑡’ is given by 3√3𝑢2
⇒𝑅=
[2003] 8𝑔

(a) 3𝑡√𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 (b) 3𝑡 2 √𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 (c) 𝑡 2 √𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 (d) √𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2

22. The trajectory of a projectile near the surface of the earth is given as 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 9𝑥 2 . Ifit were
sol. (b) Coordinates of moving particle at time 𝑡’ are
launched at an angle 𝜃0 with speed 𝑣0 then (𝑔 = 10 ms 2):
𝑥 = 𝛼𝑡 3 and 𝑦 = 𝛽𝑡 3
[12 April 2019 I]
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑦
𝑣𝑥 = 𝑑𝑡
= 3𝛼𝑡 2 and 𝑣𝑦 = 𝑑𝑡
= 3𝛽𝑡 2
1
1 5 2 3
(a) 𝜃0 = sin √5 and 𝑣0 = 3 m/s (b) 𝜃0 = cos1 ( ) and 𝑣0 = 5 m/s
√5
𝑣 = √𝑣𝑥2 + 𝑣𝑦2 = √9𝛼 2 𝑡 4 + 9𝛽 2 𝑡 4
1 9 2 3
(c) 𝜃0 = cos1 ( ) and 𝑣0 = m/s (d) 𝜃0 = sin1 ( ) and 𝑣0 = 5 m/s
√53 √5
= 3𝑡 2 √𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2
sol. (c) Given, 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 9𝑥 2

𝜋
On comparing with,
21. A particle of mass 𝑚 is projected with a speed 𝑢fii om the ground at an angle 𝜃 = 3
w.r.t.
𝑔𝑥 2
𝑦 = 𝑥 tan 𝜃 − ,
horizontal (x‐axis). When it has reached its maximum height, it collides completely in elastically 2𝑢2 cos 2 𝜃
We have,
with another particle of the same mass and velocity 𝑢 î. The horizontal distance covered by the
1
combined mass before reaching the ground is: tan 𝜃 = 2 or cos 𝜃 =
√5

𝑔 10
[9 Jan. 2020 II] and = 9 or 2 =9
2𝑢2 cos2 𝜃 2𝑢2 (1/√5)
3√3𝑢2 3√2𝑢2 5 𝑢2 𝑢2
(a) 8𝑔
(b) 4𝑔
(c) 8 𝑔
(d) 2√2 𝑔 𝑢 = 5/3m/s

sol. (a) Using principal of conservation of linear momentum for horizontal motion, we have

2𝑚𝑣𝑥 = 𝑚𝑢 + 𝑚𝑢 cos 60∘ 23. A shell is fired from a fixed artillery gun with an initial speed 𝑢 such that it hits the target on the
3𝑢 ground at a distance R from it. If 𝑡1 and 𝑡2 are the values of the time taken by it to hit the target
𝑣𝑥 =
4
in two possible ways, the product 𝑡1 𝑡2 is :
For vertical motion
[12 Apri12019 I]
1 2ℎ
ℎ = 0 + 𝑔𝑇 2 ⇒ 𝑇 = √ (a) R/4g (b) R/g (c) R/2g (d) 2R/g
2 𝑔
∘
sol. (d) 𝑅 will be same for 𝜃 and 90 − 𝜃.
Let 𝑅 is the horizontal distance travelled by the body.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Time of flights:
2𝑢 sin 𝜃
𝑡1 = 𝑔
and

2𝑢 sin (90∘ − 𝜃) 2𝑢 cos 𝜃

𝑡2 = = (a) 20 cm (b) 18 cm (c) 26 cm (d) 14 cm
𝑔 𝑔

Now, 𝑡1 𝑡2 = (
2𝑢 sin 𝜃
)(
2𝑢 cos 𝜃
) sol. (a) On an inclined plane, time of flight (T) is given by
𝑔 𝑔
𝑇 = 2𝑢 sin 𝜃
2 u 2 sin 2 2𝑅
= = 𝑔 cos 𝛼
𝑔 g 𝑔
Substituting the values, we get
(2)(2 sin 15∘ ) 4 sin 15∘
24. Two particles are projected from the same point with the same speed 𝑢 such that they have the 𝑇= ∘=
𝑔 cos 30 10 cos 30∘
same range R, but different maximum heights, ℎ1 and ℎ2 . Which of the following is correct? 1
Distance, S = (2 cos 15∘ )𝑇 − 2 𝑔 sin 30∘ (𝑇)2
[12 April 2019 II]

(a) R2 = 4ℎ1 ℎ2 (b) R2 = 16ℎ1 ℎ2 (c) R2 = 2ℎ1 ℎ2 (d) R2 = ℎ1 ℎ2

sol. (b) For same range, the angle of projections are:

𝜃 and 90∘ − 𝜃. So, 4 sin 15o 1 ∘ 16sin2 15o

= (2 cos 15∘ ) 1010 cos 30o − ( ×10sin30 ) 100cos2 30o
2
𝑢2 sin2 𝜃 𝑢2 sin2 (90o −𝜃) 𝑢2 cos2 𝜃
ℎ1 = 2𝑔
and ℎ2 = 2𝑔
= 2𝑔 16√3−16
= 60
= 0.1952m = 20cm
𝑢2 sin 2𝜃
Also, 𝑅 = 𝑔

𝑢2 sin2 𝜃 𝑢2 cos 2 𝜃 26. A body is projected at t = 0 with a velocity 10 ms −1 at an angle of 60∘ with the horizontal. The
ℎ1 ℎ2 = ×
2𝑔 2𝑔
𝑢2 𝑢2 (2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃)2 radius ofcurvature of its trajectory at t = 1s is R. Neglecting air resistance and taking acceleration
=
16𝑔2 due to gravity g = 10ms −2, the value of R is:
𝑅2
= [11 Jan. 2019 I]
16
2
or 𝑅 = 16ℎ1 ℎ2 (a) 10.3 m (b) 2.8 m (c) 2.5m (d) 5.1m

sol. (b)

25. A plane is inclined at an angle 𝛼 = 30o with respect to the horizontal. A particle is projected with

a speed u = 2 ms 1, fii om the base ofthe plane, as shown in figure. The distance from the base, at

which the particle hits the plane is close to : (Take g = 10 m/s 2)

Horizontal component of velocity v𝑥 = 10 cos 60∘ = 5m/s
[10 April 2019 II]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

vertical component of velocity vy = 10 cos 30∘ = 5√3m/s (a) 1.0m (b) 4.2m (c) 6.1m (d) 9.8m

After t = 1 sec. sol. (c) Let 𝑡’ be the time taken by the bullet to hit the target.

Horizontal component of velocity v𝑥 = 5m/s 700 m = 630ms−1 𝑡

Vertical component of velocity 700m 10

⇒𝑡= = sec
630ms −1 9
vy = |(5√3 − 10)|m/s = 10 − 5√3
For vertical motion,
V2
Centripetal, acceleration a  Here, 𝑢 = 0
R
vx2 +vy
2
25+100+75−100√3 1
⇒R= = (i) ℎ = 𝑔𝑡 2
an 10 cos 𝜃 2
From figure (using (i)) 1 10 2
= × 10 × ( )
2 9
10 − 5√3
tan 𝜃 = = 2 − √3 ⇒ 𝜃 = 15∘ 500
5 = m = 6.1m
81
100(2 − √3)
R= = 2.8m Therefore, the rifle must be aimed 6.1m above the centre of the target to hit the target.
10 cos 15

27. Two guns A and B can fire bullets at speeds 1 km/s and 2 km/s respectively. From a point on a 29. The position of a projectile launched from the origin at 𝑡 = 0 is given by 𝑟 = (40𝑖̂ + 50𝑗̂)m at

horizontal ground, they are fired in all possible directions. The ratio of maximum areas covered by 𝑡 = 2s. If the projectile was launched at an angle 𝜃 from the horizontal, then 𝜃 is

the bullets fired by the two guns, on the ground is: (take g = 10ms −2) [Online April 9, 2014]

[10 Jan. 2019 I] (a) tan−1 3

2
(b) tan−1 2
3
(c) tan−1 4
7
(d) tan−1 5
4

(a) 1:16 (b) 1:2 (c) 1:4 (d) 1:8

sol. (c) From question,
u2 sin 2𝜃
sol. (a) As we know, range R = g Horizontal velocity (initial),

and, area A = 𝜋R2 40

𝑢𝑥 = = 20m/s
2
A ∝ R2 or, A ∝ u4
1
Vertical velocity (initial), 50 = 𝑢𝑦 𝑡 + 2 𝑔𝑡 2
A1 u14 14 1
= =[ ] =
A2 u42 2 16 1
⇒ 𝑢𝑦 × 2 + (−10) × 4
2
or, 50 = 2𝑢𝑦 − 20
28. The initial speed of a bullet fired from a rifle is 630 m/s. The rifle is fired at the center of a target
70
700 m away at the same level as the target. How far above the centre ofthe target? or, 𝑢𝑦 = 2
= 35m/s

[Online April, 2014] 𝑢𝑦 35 7

tan 𝜃 = = =
𝑢𝑥 20 4
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
⇒ Angle 𝜃 = tan −1 7 sol. (b)
4
As ball is projected at an angle 45∘ to the horizontal

therefore Range = 4H
30. A projectile is given an initial velocity of (î+2j) m/s, where î is along the ground and 𝑗 is along
10
the vertical. If g = 10m/s 2 , the equation of its trajectory is: or 10 = 4H ⇒ H = 4
= 2.5m

[2013] (Range = 4m + 6m = 10m)

2 2 2 2
(a) 𝑦 = 𝑥 − 5𝑥 (b) 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 5𝑥 (c) 4𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 5𝑥 (d) 4𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 25𝑥 Maximum height, H =
u2 sin2 𝜃
2g
sol. (b) From equation, v
⃗ = î + 2𝑗 H × 2g 2.5 × 2 × 10
u2 = = = 100
⇒𝑥=𝑡 (i) sin2 𝜃 1 2
( )
√2
1
𝑦 = 2𝑡 − 2 (10𝑡 2 ) ... (ii) or, u = √100 = 10ms −1

From(i) and(ii), 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 5𝑥 2 Height of wall PA

1 g(OA)2
= OA tan 𝜃 −
2 u2 cos2 𝜃
31. The maximum range of a bullet fired fii om a toy pistol mounted on a car at rest is R 0 = 40m.
1 10 × 16
= 4− × = 2.4m
What will be the acute angle ofinclination ofthe pistol for maximum range when the car is moving 2 10 × 10 × 1 × 1
√2 √2
in the direction of firing with uniform velocity v = 20m/s, on a horizontal surface?

(g = 10m/s2 ) [Online April 25, 2013]

33. A boy can throw a stone up to a maximum height of l0m. The maximum horizontal distance that
∘
(a) 30 (b) 60∘ (c) 75∘ (d) 45∘
the boy can throw the same stone up to will be
sol. (b)
[2012]

(a) 20√2m (b) 10 m (c) 10√2m (d) 20m

𝑢2 sin2 𝜃 𝑢2 sin2 𝜃
sol. (d) 𝑅 = , 𝐻=
𝑔 2𝑔

𝐻 max at 2𝜃 = 90∘

32. A ball projected from ground at an angle of 45∘ just clears a wall in fiiont. If point of projection u2
H max 
2g
is 4 m from the foot of wall and ball strikes the ground at a distance of 6 m on the other side of 𝑢2
= 10 ⇒ 𝑢2 = 10𝑔 × 2
the wall, the height of the wall is: 2𝑔
𝑢2 sin 2𝜃 𝑢2
[Online April 22, 2013] 𝑅= ⇒ 𝑅 max =
𝑔 𝑔
(a) 4.4m (b) 2.4m (c) 3.6m (d) 1.6m 𝑅 max = 20 metre

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

v0
and at the same instant, a person starts running with a constant speed to catch the ball. Will the
2
34. A water fountain on the ground sprinkles water all around it. If the speed of water coming out of the
person be able to catch the ball? If yes, what should be the angle of projection 𝜃?
fountain is 𝑣, the total area around the fountain that gets wet is:
[2004]
[2011]
(a) No (b) Yes, 30∘ (c) Yes, 60∘ (d) Yes, 45∘
𝑣4 𝜋 𝑣4 𝑣2 𝑣2
(a) 𝜋 𝑔2 (b) 2 𝑔2
(c) 𝜋 𝑔2 (d) 𝜋 𝑔 sol. (c) Yes, Man will catch the ball, if the horizontal component of velocity becomes equal to the

sol. (a) Let, total area around fountain constant speed of man.

𝐴 = 𝜋𝑅 2max (i) 𝑣𝑜
= 𝑣𝑜 cos 𝜃
2
𝑣 2 sin 2𝜃 𝑣 2 sin 90∘ 𝑣2
Where 𝑅 max = = = (ii) or 𝜃 = 60∘
𝑔 𝑔 𝑔

From equation (i) and(ii)

𝑣4 37. A boy playing on the roof of a 10 m high building throws a ball with a speed of l0m/s at an angle
𝐴=𝜋
𝑔2
of 30o with the horizontal. How far from the throwing point will the ball be at the height of 10 m

from the ground?

35. A projectile can have the same range ‘R’ for two angles of projection. If 𝑇1 ’ and 𝑇2 ’ to be time of
1 √3
flights in the two cases, then the product of the two time of flights is directly proportional to. [𝑔 = 10m/s2 , sin 30o = 2 , cos 30o = 2
] [2003]

[2004] (a) 5.20m (b)4.33m (c) 2.60m (d) 8.66m

(a) 𝑅 (b)
1
(c)
1
(d) 𝑅 2 sol. (d) Horizontal range is required
𝑅 𝑅2
(10)2 sin (2 × 30o )
sol. (a) A projectile have same range for two angle 𝑅= = 5√3 = 8.66m
10
Let one angle be 𝜃, then other is 90∘ − 𝜃
2u sin  2u cos 
T1  , T2 
g g TOPIC-4 .Relative Velocity in Two Dimensions & Uniform Circular Motion
4𝑢2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
then, 𝑇1 𝑇2 = 𝑔
= 2𝑅

𝑢2 sin2 𝜃 38. A clock has a continuously moving second’s hand of 0.1m length. The average acceleration of the
(𝑅 = )
𝑔
tip of the hand (in units of ms −2) is of the order of:
Thus, it is proportional to R. (Range)
[Sep. 06, 2020 (I)]

(a) 10−3 (b) 10−4 (c) 10−2 (d) 10−1

36. A ball is thrown from a point with a speed v0 at an elevation angle of 𝜃. From the same point
sol. (a) Here, 𝑅 = 0.1m
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
2 2 (𝑎) 90∘ (b) 150∘ (c) 120∘ (d) 60∘
w   0.105 rad / s
T 60
𝑢 2 1
Accelaration of the tip of the clock seconds hand, sol. (c) sin 𝜃 = 𝑣 = 4 = 2 or 𝜃 = 30∘

a  w2 R  (0.105)2 (0.1)  0.0011  1.1103

3
Hence, average accelaration is of the order of 10

with respect to flow, = 90∘ + 30∘ = 120∘

39. When a car is at rest, its driver sees raindrops falling on it vertically. When driving the car with

speed v, he sees that raindrops are coming at an angle 60o from the horizontal. On furter

increasing the speed of the car to (1 + 𝛽)v, this angle changes to 45o . The value of 𝛽 is close to: 41. Ship A is sailing towards north‐east with velocity km/hr where points east and , north. Ship B is

[Sep. 06, 2020 (II)] at a distance of 80 km east and 150 km north of Ship A and is sailing towards west at 10 km/hr. A

(a) 0.50 (b) 0.41 (c) 0.37 (d) 0.73 will be at minimum distance from B in:

sol. (d) The given situation is shown in the diagram. Here 𝑣𝑟 be the velocity of rain drop. [8 April 2019 I]

(a) 4.2hrs. (b) 2.6hrs. (c) 3.2hrs. (d) 2.2hrs.

sol.

When car is moving with speed 𝑣,

𝑣𝑟
tan 60∘ = 𝑣
(i) 𝑣𝐴 = 30𝑖̂ + 50𝑗 km/ hr
𝑣𝑟
When car is moving with speed (1 + 𝛽)𝑣, tan 45 = ∘
(ii) 𝑣𝐵 = (−10𝑖̂)km/hr
(𝛽+1)𝑣

𝑟𝐵𝐴 =(80î+l50j) km
Dividing (i) by(ii) we get,
𝑣𝐵𝐴 = 𝑣𝐵 − 𝑣𝐴 = −10î‐30î‐50î=40î‐50j
√3𝑣 = (𝛽 + 1)𝑣 ⇒ 𝛽 = √3 − 1 = 0.732.
|(𝑟𝐵𝐴 ) ⋅ (𝑣𝐵𝐴 )|
𝑡mmimum =
|(𝑣𝐵𝐴 )|2
40. The stream of a river is flowing with a speed of 2 km/h. A swimmer can swim at a speed of 4
|(80𝑖̂+150𝑗̂ )(−40𝑖̂−50𝑗̂ )|
km/h. What should be the direction of the swimmer with respect to the flow of the river to cross = 2
(10√41)
the river straight? 10700 107
𝑡= = = 2.6hrs.
[9 April 2019 I] 10√41 × 10√41 41

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

42. Two particles A, B are moving on two concentric circles of radii R1 and R 2 with equal angular

speed w. At t = 0, their positions and direction of motion are shown in the figure:

[12 Jan. 2019 II]

Change in velocity, |𝛥v| = √v12 + v22 + 2v1 v2 cos (𝜋 − 𝜃)

𝜃
= 2v sin (⋅.⋅ |v
⃗ 1 | = |v
⃗ 2 |) = v
2
1
= (2 × 10) × sin (30∘ ) = 2 × 10 ×
2
𝜋 = 10m/s
The relative velocity vA⃗⃗ − v⃗B⃗ and t = 2𝑤 is given by:

(a) w(R1 + R 2 ) î (b) −w(R1 + R 2 ) î (c) w(R 2 − R1 ) î (d) w(R1 − R 2 ) î

44. If a body moving in circular path maintains constant speed of 10 ms −1 , then which of the

sol. (c) From, 𝜃 = wt =
2 following correctly describes relation between acceleration and radius?
So, both have completed quarter circle
[Online Apri110, 2015]

sol. (c) Speed, 𝑉 = constant (from question)

Relative velocity, v2
Centripetal acceleration, a 
r
vA − vB = 𝑤R1 (−î) − wR 2 (−i) = w(R 2 − R1 )i
𝑟𝑎 = constant

Hence graph (c) correctly describes relation between acceleration and radius.
43. A particle is moving along a circular path with a constant speed of 10 ms −1. What is the magnitude

of the change in velocity ofthe particle, when it moves through an angle of 60∘ around the centre

of the circle?

[Online Apri110, 2015]

(a) 10√3m/s (b) zero (c) 10√2m/s (d) 10 m/s

sol. (d)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION Consider a body of mass ‘m’ moving with velocity ‘ v ’along a straight line
 Case (i) : If it hits a wall and comes to rest, Change in momentum of the body

Inertia : Y
 It is the inability of a body to change its state of rest or of uniform motion or its direction by itself.
 Mass is a measure of inertia in translatory motion m
v
 Heavier the mass, larger the inertia & vice–versa.
Types of inertia: There are three types of inertia. (i) Inertia of rest (ii) Inertia of motion and X
(iii)Inertia of direction.
 Inertia of rest: It is the inability of a body to change its state of rest by itself .    
Ex:When a bus is at rest and starts suddenly moving forward the passengers inside it will fall back. D P = Pf - Pi = 0 - (mv )iˆ
Inertia of motion: It is the inability of a body to change its state of uniform motion by itself. ˆ ; D P = mv , along the normal and away from the wall.
Ex: Passengers in a moving bus fall forward, when brakes are applied suddenly. = - mvi
Inertia of direction: It is the inability of a body to change its direction of motion by itself .
 Case(ii) : If the body rebounds with same speed ‘ v ’ then q = 180 0
Ex:When a bus takes a turn, passengers in it experience an outward force.
 A person sitting in a moving train, throws a coin vertically upwards, then
i) it falls behind him, if the train is accelerating
ii) it falls infront of him, if the train is retarding m v

iii) it falls into the hand of the person, if the train is moving with uniform velocity.
iv) It falls into the hand of the person if the train is at rest v

Newton's First Law ( law of Inertia)    

D P = Pf - Pi = ëéê- (mv )iˆûù é  ˆù  ˆ
 Every body continues to be in its state of rest (or) uniform motion in a straight line unless it is ú- ëê(mv )i ûú= - (2mv )i
acted upon by a net external force to change its state 
\ D P = 2mv , along the normal and away from the wall.
 It defines inertia,force and mechanical equilibrium.
 If the net external force on an object is zero , then acceleration of object is zero.  Case (iii) : If the body hits a rigid wall normally with speed v1 and rebounds with speed v2 then   1800 ,
Linear momentum :
 
 Linear momentum is the product of the mass of a body and its velocity. p  mv
 Linear momentum is a vector.It has the same direction as the direction of velocity of the body. SI m v1
unit: kg m s-1 , CGS unit: g cm s-1
 D.F: MLT-1
v2
Change in momentum of a body in different cases
 
 Consider a body of mass m moving with velocity vi and momentum Pi . Due to a collision (or) due     
  D P = P f - Pi    mv2  iˆ   mv1  iˆ ,
to the action of a force on it suppose its velocity changes to v f and momentum changes to Pf in a

small time interval D t . D P = m (v2 + v1 ), along the normal and away from the wall.
  
Change in momentum of body = D P = Pf - Pi  Case (iv) : A body of mass ‘m’ moving with speed ‘ v ’ hits a rigid wall at an angle of incidence q
and rebounds with same speed ‘ v ’
Where Pi  initial momentum 
 P is along the normal,away from the wall
Pf  final momentum  
   P x   mv cos  i  mv cos  i  P y  mv sin  j  mv sin  j
   
D P = mv f - mvi  P   P x   P y  2mv cos   i 
     
D P = Pf - Pi = Pf2 + Pi 2 - 2 Pf Pi cos q where q = angle between Pf and Pi D P = 2mv cos q

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Newton's second law:
mv
 The rate of change of momentum of a body is directly proportional to the resultant (or) net external
force acting on the body and  takes place along the direction of force.

P  
 F net 
dp 
(or) F net 
d mv  
 dt dt 
 dv 
 In a system if only velocity changes and mass remain constant , F net  m  ma
mv dt
  dm
  In a system, if only mass changes and velocity remians constant F net  v
dt
 Case(v) : In the above case if q is the angle made with wall then D P = 2 mv sin q , along the
 Force is a vector and the acceleration produced in the body is in the direction of net force,
normal and away from the wall.  SI unit : newton (N). CGS unit :dyne.
 Case(vi) : Projectile motion :  One newton = 105 dyne.
 D.F=MLT-2
y Gravitational units of force: Kilogram weight (kg wt) and gram weight (g wt); 1 kg.wt =
 9.8 N, 1 gm.wt= 980 dyne.
u
 A metallic plate of mass ‘M’ is kept held in mid air by firing ‘n’ bullets in ‘t’ seconds each of mass
‘m’ with a velocity ‘v’ from below.
u sin
mnv
(a) If the bullet falls dead after hitting the plate then  Mg
t
 ucos 
x 2m n v
u cos  (b) If the bullet rebounds after hitting the plate with same velocity then  Mg
usin

u t
EX.1: A force produces an acceleration16 ms-2 in a mass 0.5 kg and an acceleration 4 ms-2 in an
a)In case of projectile motion the change in unknown mass when applied separately. If both the masses are tied together, what will be
momentum of a body between highest point and point of projection is the acceleration under same force?
 Sol. Force F=ma=0.5 when both masses are joined and same force acts, acceleration is given
Pi =  mu cos   iˆ   mu sin   ˆj
  F 8
Pf =  mu cos   iˆ  0 , P = -  mu sin   ˆj by a 
1
  3.2ms 2
m  m1 0.5  (8 / 4)
b) The change in momentum of the projectile between the striking point and point of projection is
 EX.2: When the forces F1 , F2 , F3 are acting on a particle of mass m such that F2 and F3 aree
Pi   mu cos   iˆ   mu sin   ˆj
 mutually perpendicular, then the particle remain stationary. If the force F1 is now removed,

Pf   mu cos   iˆ   mu sin   ˆj  P = -  2mu sin  ˆj then find the acceleration of the particle .
 A particle of mass ‘m’ is moving uniformly with a speed ‘ v ’ along a circular path of radius ‘r’. As it Sol. If mass 'm' is stationary under three forces,
moves from a point A to another point B, such that the arc AB subtends an angle  at the centre, then O
90
the magnitude of change in momentum is 2 m v sin(  /2) and is directed towards the centre of the F2 F3
  
circle. F1  F2  F3  0
  
Pf m 
F1   F2  F3 
B
F22  F32  F1

r F1

F22  F32 F1
Obviously if F1 is removed then the mass will have acceleration, a  (or ) a 
m m
A
Pi
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.3: A body of mass m=3.513 kg is moving along the x-axis with a speed of 5ms-1.The d b dv dx b
magnitude of its momentum is recorded as  mv    2  m   2
dt x dx dt x
Sol. m=3.513kg,v=5ms-1 momentum,
b b
p = mv=3.5135 =17.565kgms-1 mvdv   dx  vdv   2 dx
EX.4: A very flexible chain of length L and mass M is vertically suspended with its lower end x2 mx
just touching the table. If it is released so that each link strikes the table and comes to rest. v x
b v2 b  1 
x

What force the chain will exert on the table at the moment ‘y’ part of length falls on the table ?  v dv    mx
0 a
2
dx  
2 m  x  a
M 
Sol. Since chain is uniform , the mass of ‘y’ part of the chain will be  L y  . When this part reaches the v2 b  1 1 
  2b  a  x 
  v 
2 m  x a  
m  xa 

table, its total force exerted must be equal to the weight of y part resting on table + Force due to the
momentum imparted EX.8: A particle of mass m is at rest at the origin at time t=0. It is subjected to a force F(t)= F0 e bt
M  in the X-direction. Its speed V(t) is depicted by which of the following curves.
 dy  2 gy Mg M
F  M yg   L  = y  v. 2 gy (AIEEE-2012)
L dt L L

 dy  Mg M My
  v   y 2 gy . 2 gy = 3 g F0 F0b
 dt  L L L
EX.5: A body of mass 8kg is moved by a force F =(3x)N, where x is the distance covered. mb m
Initial position is x  2 m and final position is x =10m. If initially the body is at rest, find the
1) v(t) 2) v(t)
final speed. [2014E]
dv dv dx t t
Sol: F=ma  F=m  3 x =m
dt dx dt F0b F0
dv m mb
3x  8 v  3xdx  8vdv
dx
10 v
3) v(t) 4) v(t)
10 v
 x2   v2 
3  xdx  8 vdv  3    8   t t
2 0
 2 2  2 0

2 3  96 Sol: As the force is exponentially decreasing, its acceleration, i.e,rate of increase of velocity will decrease
3[100-4]=8 v  v   36  v =6ms-1
2

8 with time.Thus, the graph of velocity will be an increasing curve with decreasing slope with time.
EX. 6: Sum of magnitudes of the two forces acting at a point is 16 N. If their resultant is F F0  bt dv F0  bt  dv  F0 e  bt dt
v t

normal to the smaller force, and has a magnitude 8 N, then the forces are ( 2012E) a  e 
m m
 e
dt m
0 0 m
Sol. F1  F2  16 ——(1) Resultant force is perpendicular to F1, then F22  F12  F 2 t 0
F  1   F  1  
 v   0   e  bt    0   e bt 
F2  F12  82  ( F2  F1 )( F2  F1 )  64
2
 m  b   0 m b  t

 F2  F1  16  64 ————(2) F F
 0  e0  e  bt   0 1  e  bt 
Solving(1) &(2),we get F1  6 N , F2  10 N mb mb
 b F0
EX.7: A particle is at rest at x=a. A force F   2 i begins to act on the particle. The particle starts So, velocity increases continuously and attains a maximum value, vmax 
Ans: 3
x mb
its motion, towards the origin, along X–axis. Find the velocity of the particle, when it reaches EX.9: A bus moving on a level road with a velocity v can be stopped at a distance of x ,
a distance x from the origin. by the application of a retarding force F. The load on the bus is increased by 25% by
boarding the passengers. Now, if the bus is moving with the same speed and if the
b d b
Sol. F   x 2  dt  p    x 2 same retarding force is applied, the distance travelled by the bus before it stops is
[2014E]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Sol :By using equations of motion v2 - u2 = 2as
F F
v 2  u 2  2   s u 2  2   s v
m m 45°

Fs 2Fs m1 s1
u2  2  m 2 ms  m  s
m u 2 2

Given s1 = x ,m1 = m, and

v
25 m 5m m x 5x
m2 = m + m = m + =  5m / 4  s  s2   1.25x  m
100 4 4 2 4 P  Pf  Pi  2mv
P m
Applications of variable mass : F
t
 2 v  
t
;  as m   AL 
 When a machine gun fires ‘n’ bullets each of mass ‘m’ with a velocity v in a time interval ‘t’
nmv F  2v
  . AL  ;  as L / t  v 
then force needed to hold the gun steadily is F  t
t
 When a jet of liquid coming out of a pipe strikes a wall normally and falls dead , then force exerted F  2  Av 2
by the jet of liquid on the wall is F=Adv2 A = Area of cross section of the pipe v = Velocity of jet
EX.12:A flat plate moves normally with a speed v1 towards a horizontal jet of water of uniform
d = density of the liquid
area of cross section. The jet discharges water at the rate of volume V per second at a speed of
 If the liquid bounces back with the same velocity then the force exerted by the liquid on the wall
v2 . The density of water is r . Assume that water splashes along the surface of the plate at right
is F  2 Adv 2
angles to the original motion. The magnitude of the force acting on the plate due to the jet is
 If the liquid bounces back with velocity v ' then the force exerted on the wall is F  Adv(v  v)
 When a jet of liquid strikes a wall by making an angle '  ' with the wall with a velocity ‘ v ’ and dp dm dm V
Sol. Force acting on the plate F   ur Since Av2  V   A(v1  v2 )  (v1  v2 ) 
dt dt dt v2
rebounds with same velocity then force exerted by the water jet on wall is F  2 Adv 2 sin 
dm ( ur  v1  v2 = velocity of water coming out of jet w.r.t plate)
 If gravel is dropped on a conveyor belt at the rate of ,extra force required to keep the belt
dt V V
F  (v1  v2 ). (v1  v2 )   (v1  v2 ) 2  N
 dm  v2 v2
moving with constant velocity ' u ' is F  u  
 dt  
Impulse ( J ) :
EX.10:A gardener is watering plants at the rate 0.1litre/sec using a pipe of cross- sectional area
1 cm2. What additional force he has to exert if he desires to increase the rate of watering two  It is the product of impulsive force and time of act ion that produces a finite change in momentum
times? of body.
 J=Ft = m(v-u) = change in momentum. SI unit: Ns (or) Kg - ms-1; DF: MLT-1
 Av 
2

Sol :F = Ad v 2 =
d
. If rate of watering of plant (A v ) is doubled, it means that the amount of water  It is a vector directed along the force
A  change in momentum and Impulse are always in the same direction.
poured/sec is doubled which is possible only if velocity is doubled. Hence, force is to be made 4 times.  For constant force, J=Ft,
 Impulsive force is a variable, then
 Av 
2

 Additional force = 3 times initial force  3 Adv 2  3 d  t2

 d p
A F J   Fdt
dt , t1
3  0.1 0.1 10 3
  3  105 N  The area bounded by the force-time graph measures Impulse.
104
EX.11: A liquid of density  flows along a horizontal pipe of uniform cross – section A with a
velocity v through a right angled bend as shown in Fig. What force has to be exerted at the
bend to hold the pipe in equilibrium?
Sol :Change in momentum of mass m of liquid as it passes through the bend
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
F
F(N)

A B
4
C D
2.5
F G H E
O 2 4 4.5 6.5

t1 t2 t  (sec)

t
1
Application of Impulse : Sol. Area of OAF   2  4 =
2
4
a) shock absorbers are used in vehicles to reduce the magnitude of impulsive force. Area of ABG F = 2  4 = 8
b) A cricketer lowers his hands, while catching the ball to reduce the impulsive force. 1
 Area of BGHC   4  2.5   0.5 = 1.625
EX.13::Find the impulse due to the force F  ai  bt j , where a=2 N and b=4 Ns -1 if this force acts 2
Area of CDEH = 2  2.5 = 5
f r om t i=0 to tf=0.3s
Total area under F-t graph = Change in momentum
tf
 0.3
 m(v – u) = 18.625
 
Sol: J  Fdt  (ai  bt j )dt
18.625
ti 0
 v  5  14.25ms 1
0.3
2
0.3 0.3
t  2
J  a  dt i  b  t dt j  a t 0 i  b   j EX.16:A bullet is fired from a gun. The force on a bullet is, F  600  2  105 t newton. The force
0.3

0 0  2 0 reduces to zero just when the bullet leaves barrel.Find the impulse imparted to the bullet.
Sol. F = 600 – 2 × 105 t , F becomes zero as soon as the bullet leaves the barrel.
 0.3
2

 2  0.3  i  4   j = 0.6i  0.18 j NSec 0 = 600 – 2 × 105 t  600  2  105 t

2
t

EX.14:A ball falling with velocity v i  (0.65i  0.35 j ) ms -1 is subjected to a net impulse t = 3 × 10–3 s  Impulse =  Fdt
0

 
I  0.6i  0.18 j Ns. If the ball has a mass of 0.275kg, calculate its velocity immediately t
 t2 
3103

  600  2 10 t  dt
5
=  600t  2  105 
following the impulse 0  2 0

     I = 600 × 3 × 10–3 – 105 × 9 × 10–6 = 0.9Ns
Sol: mv f  mvi  I ; v f  vi 
m Equilibrium: The necessary and sufficient conditions for the translational equilibrium of the rigid
body.
 0.6iˆ  0.18 ˆj
v f  0.65iˆ  0.35 ˆj   F  0 ;  Fx  0,  Fy  0 ,  Fz  0 For rotational equilibrium
0.275
    0 :   x  0,   y  0 ,   z  0
v f  0.65iˆ  0.35 ˆj  2.18iˆ  0.655 ˆj
  dv 


v f  1.53iˆ  0.305 ˆj ms  1  
 As for a body , F  0 , ma  0 as Fma  
 0 ( as m is finite and a 
 dv 
) =constant or zero
dt dt v
EX.15:A body of mass 2kg has an initial speed 5 ms 1 . A force acts on it for some time in the  If a body is in translatory equilibrium it will be either at rest or in uniform motion.If it is at rest, the
direction of motion. The force–time graph is shown in figure. Find the final speed of the body equilibrium is called static,otherwise dynamic.
 If ‘ n ’coplanar forces of equal magnitudes acting simultaneously on a particle at a point, with the
360
angle between any two adjacent forces is ‘  ’ and keep it in equilibrium, then  
n

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Lami’s Theorem : Sol :
  
 If an object O is in equilibrium under three concurrent forces F1 , F2 and F3 as shown in figure.
 l T cos
F1 F2 F T 
Then,   3
sin  sin  sin  T sin
F
X
F2
Mg

F  T sin  - - - - - (1)
  Mg  T cos  - - - - - (2)
F1 Dividing Eq.(1) and Eq.(2)

F T sin 
F3 
Mg T cos  F  Mg tan 
;
 If the bob of simple pendulum is held at rest by applying a horizontal force ‘F’ as shown in fig
F  Mg tan 600 ; F  3Mg
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
EX.19:A chain of mass 'm' is attached at two points A and B of two fixed walls as shown in the
 Tcos  figure. Find the tension in the chain near the walls at point A and at the mid point C.

A B
F  
T sin

Mg
If body is in equilibrium C
T sin   F , T cos  mg , Sol.
i)
F  mg tan  , F 2  m g   T
2

T sin  T sin 
x l l 2  x2
 
F T mg
EX.17:A mass of 3kg is suspended by a rope of length 2m from the ceiling. A force of 40N in the 2T sin 
horizontal direction is applied at midpoint P of the rope as shown. What is the angle the rope
T T
makes with the vertical in equilibrium and the tension in part of string attached to the ceiling?  
(Neglect the mass of the rope, g= 10m/s2) T cos   T cos 
Sol :Resolving the tension T1 into two mutually perpendicular components, we have   T cos 
T cos 
T1 cos   W  30 N T1 sin   40 N
4 1  4 
 tan   (or)   tan    53
0

3 3
EX.18:A mass M is suspended by a weightless string. The horizontal force required to hold the 1
2T sin   mg  T  mg cos ec
mass at 600 with the vertical is (2013E) 2
ii) Tension along horizontal direction is same everywhere
(no external force is acting on it in horizontal direction.)
mg cos  mg cot 
T 1  T cos   
2 sin  2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 When the body lies on an inclined surface
Newton's third law: N = mg cos θ .
 For every action there is always an equal and opposite reaction
N
 Action and reaction do not act on the same body and they act on different bodies at same instant of
time
 Action and reaction, known as pair of forces, are equal in magnitude and opposite in directions
 mg sin
acting on different bodies in interaction. So they never cancel each other mg cos mg

 Newton’s third law is not applicable to pseudo forces.
 Newton’s third law defines nature of force and gives the law of conservation of linear momentum. Free Body Diagram:- When several bodies are connected by strings, springs, surfaces of
Examples: contact, then all the forces acting on a body are considered and sketched on the body under
 When we walk on a road we push the road backwards and road applies equal (in magnitude) and consideration by just isolating it . Then the diagram so formed is called Free Body Diagram (FBD).
opposite force on us, so that we can move forward. Some examples:
 When we swim on water we push water backward and water applies equal (in magnitude) and i) A block is placed on a table and the table is kept on earth.Assuming no other body in the universe
opposite force on us,so that we can move forward. exerts any force on the system,make the FBD of block and table.
 A bird is in a wire cage hanging from a spring balance. When the bird starts flying in the cage, the
reading of the balance decreases. m1

 If the bird is in a closed cage (or) air tight cage and it hovers in the cage the reading of the spring m2
balance does not change.
 In the closed cage if the bird accelerates upward the reading of the balance is R  Wbird  ma
Limitations of newton’s third law:-
 Newton’s third law is not strictly applicable for the interaction between two bodies separated by FBD of block, N1  m1 g
large distances, of the order of astronomical units.
FBD of table N 2  N1  m2 g  m1 g  m2 g   m1  m2  g
 It does not apply strictly when the objects move with velocity nearer to that of light
 It does not apply where the gravitational field is strong. N1
Normal reaction/force : Normal force acts perpendicular to the surfaces in contact when one m1
body tries to press on the surface of the second body.In this way second body tries to push
away the first body. N1
m1g
N2
A m2g
ii) A block of mass M is suspended from the ceiling by means of a uniform string of mass m.Find
A A the tension in the string at points A,B and C. B is the mid point of string. Also find the tensions A,B
A N and C if the mass of string is negligible or it is massless.
ii) A block of mass M is suspended from the ceiling by means of a uniform string of mass m.Find
B B B B the tension in the string at points A,B and C. B is the mid point of string. Also find the tensions A,B
and C if the mass of string is negligible or it is massless.
 When the body lies on a horizontal surface N = mg
A
N

B m

M
mg

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Tension at any point will be weight of the part below it.
Non-Inertial frames :
m  a) Frames of reference in which Newton Laws are not applicable are called non-inertial frames.
So, TA   M  m g,TB    M  g,TC  Mg . b) Accelerated frames move with either uniform acceleration or non uniform acceleration.
2 
c) All the accelerated and rotating frames are non-inertial frames of reference.
Now if the string is massless: m=0 then TA  TB  TC  Mg . So in a massless string, tension d) Examples:
is the same at every point. 1) Accelerating car on a road.
(iii) Find the tension in the massless string 2) Merry go round.
connected to the block accelerating upward. 3) Artificial satellite around the earth.
Pseudo force :
T
a a) In non-inertial frame Newton’s second law is not applicable. In order to make Newton’s second
T law applicable in non-inertial frame a pseudo force is introduced.
m m 
b) If a is the acceleration of a non-inertial frame, the pseudo force acting on an object of mass m,
mg mg  
as measured by an observer in the given non-inertial frame is F Pseudo  ma
Net force : i.e. Pseudo force acts on an object opposite to the direction of acceleration of the non-inertial
Fnet  T  mg Now apply Fnet  ma frame.
c) Pseudo forces exist for observers only in non-inertial frames, such forces have no existence
 T  mg  ma  T  mg  ma  m  g  a  relative to an inertial frame.
  
Note: If ‘a’ is downward, then replace a with -a; we get T  m  g  a  d) Equation of motion relative to non-inertial frame is F real 
 F Pseudo  ma

In free fall a=g then T=0. Where a is the acceleration of body as measured in non-inertial frame.
Frames of Reference: e) Earth is an inertial frame for an observer on the earth but it is an accelerated frame for an
 A system of coordinate axes which defines the position of a particle or an event in two or three observer at centre of earth (or) in a satellite.
dimensional space is called a frame of reference. Examples : (i) Centrifugal force and deflection of pendulum relative to accelerating car.(ii) Gain
There are two types of frames of reference or loss of weight experienced in an accelerating elevator.
a) inertial or unaccelerated frames of reference
Apparent weight of a body in a moving elevator
b) non-inertial or accelerated frames of reference
Inertial frames of reference : Weight of a body on a surface comes due to the reaction of a supporting surface, i.e.,Apparent
a) Frames of reference in which Newton’s Laws of motion are applicable are called inertial frame. weight of a body in a lift
b) Inertial frames of reference are either at rest or move with uniform velocity with respect to a Wapp  Reaction of supporting surface. Consider a person standing on a spring balance , or in a lift.
fixed imaginary axis. The following situations are possible:
c) In inertial frame, acceleration of a body is caused by real forces. Case(i) :If lift is at rest or moving with constant velocity then the person will be in translatory
d) Equation of motion of mass ‘m’ moving with acceleration ‘a’ relative to an observer in an
 equilibrium. So, R  mg
inertial frame is F real  ma
 Wapp  mg [as Wapp  R ]
Examples:
1) A lift at rest, or Wapp  W0 [as W0  mg  true weight]
2) Lift moving up(or)down with constant velocity,
3) Car moving with constant velocity on a straight road. R R R
Real Force : Force acting on an object due to its interaction with another object is called a real a a
force.
Ex: Normal force, Tension, weight, spring force, muscular force etc.
a) All fundamental forces of nature are real. 70 kg 80 kg 60 kg
b) Real forces form action, reaction pair. mg mg mg
(a) (b) (c)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
i.e., apparent weight (reading of balance) will be equal to true weight. Sol :When mass is lifted up with acceleration 4.9m/s2 T1 = m( g  a ) =1 (9.8 + 4.9)=14.7N
Case(ii) : If lift is accelerated up or retarding down with acceleration a from Newton's II law we When mass is lowered with same acceleration T2 = m( g  a) =1(9.8 – 4.9)=4.9 N
have
T 14.7
R  mg  ma or R  m  g  a   1   3 :1
T2 4.9
 a  a EX.21:The apparent weight of a man in a lift isW1 when lift moves upwards with some
or Wapp  m  g  a   mg 1    W0 1   or Wapp W0
 g  g acceleration and is W2 When it is accelerating down with same acceleration. Find the true weight of the
i.e., apparent weight (reading of balance) will be more than true weight. man and acceleration of lift.
Case (iii) : If lift is accelerated down: or retarding up with acceleration ‘a’ mg  R  ma i.e., Sol :(a) W1  m( g  a),W2  m( g  a )

R  m g  a W1  W2
W
W1  W2  2mg  W1  W2  2W (W  mg ) 
2
 a
or Wapp  m  g  a  [as Wapp  R ]  mg 1 
 g  W1 m( g  a ) g  a
(b) W  m( g  a )  g  a
2
 a
i.e., Wapp  W0 1   Wapp W0
 g g W1  W2  W  W2 
i.e., apparent weight (reading of balance) will be lesser than true weight.   a  g 1 
a W1  W2  W1  W2 
Note: If a  g , Wapp will be negative; negative weight will mean that the body is pressed against
the roof of the lift instead of floor (as lift falls more faster than the body) and so the reaction will Connecting Bodies:
be downwards, the direction of apparent weight will be upwards.  If masses are connected by strings then acceleration of system and tension in the strings on smooth
Case (iv) : If lift is in freely falling, Then a=g , horizontal surface are
So mg  R  mg i.e., R  0 . So, Wapp  0

F T T
M1 M2
v v
Satellite a=g
a)
a=g
Free body diagram for M2
Planet
a=g T M2 T=M2a .....(1)
(a ) (b) (c)
( a ) Freely falling lift Free body diagram for M1
( b ) Satellite motion
( c ) Projectile motion F M1 T F-T=M1a ....(2)

i.e., apparent weight of a freely falling body is zero.

 This is why the apparent weight of a body is zero, or body is weightless if it is in a (i) lift whose from (1) and (2)
cable has broken, (ii) orbiting satellite. F M 2F
EX.20: A mass of 1kg attached to one end of a string is first lifted up with an acceleration 4.9m/ a and T 
 M1  M 2   M1  M 2 
s2 and then lowered with same acceleration. What is the ratio of tension in string in two
cases. T1 T1 T2 T2
b) F M1 M2 M3

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.22: Three blocks connected together by strings are pulled along a horizontal surface by
F (M 2  M 3 ) F applying a force F. If F= 36N, What is the tension T2?
a ; T1 
M1  M 2  M 3 (M1  M 2  M 3 ) 8kg
27kg
1kg
M 3F T1 T2
T2  F
(M 1  M 2  M 3 )
Sol :Suppose the system slides with acceleration ‘a’.
 If masses are connected by a string and suspended from a support then tension in the string when
force F is applied downwards as shown in the figure m1  1kg , m2  8kg , m3  27kg
F  T2  m3a , T2  T1  m2 a , T1  m1a
T2 Solving the above equations ,we get
F 36 36
M1 a    1 ms 2
m1  m2  m3 1  8  27 36
T1
From the above equation, T2  F  m3 a
M2
T2  36  27  1 =9 N
Contact Forces : When two objects are in contact with each other, the molecules at the interface
F
interact with each other. This interaction results in a net force called contact force. The contact
Free body diagram for M2 force can be resolved into two components.
(a) Normal force (N): Component of the contact force along the normal to the interface. Normal
T1
force is independent of nature of the surfaces in contact.
(b) Friction (f): Component of the contact force along the tangent at the interface. Friction
depends on the roughness of the surfaces in contact. This component can be minimised by polishing
M2
T1  F  M 2 g ............(1) the surfaces.
 The tension and contact forces are self adjustable forces. Their magnitude and direction change
F
when other forces involved in a physical arrangement change.
M2g  Masses are in contact on a smooth horizontal surface:
Free body diagram for M1 F f1
T2 f2
M1 M2
M1
T2  T1  M 1 g ............(2)
T1
f1=f
M1g M2
From (1) and (2), T2  F  ( M1  M 2 ) g

contact force f1= f2= f = M2a

free body diagram forM1

F f2=f
M1
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
F-f = M1a .........(1) 
 If the pulley begins to move with acceleration a then
free body diagram for M2
 M M   2M M 
f1=f i) If the pulley accelerates upward , then anet   M  M  (g  a) and Tnet   M  M  (g  a)
1 2 1 2

M2  1 2  1 2

 M  M2 
f=M2a ...........(2) ii) If the pulley accelerates downward, then anet   1  ( g  a) and
From (1) and (2)  M1  M 2 
F M2F  2 M 1M 2 
a Tnet    ( g  a)
( M 1  M 2 ) , contact force, f= M 1  M 2  M1  M 2 
 Contact forces are as shown in the figure 4 M 1M 2
 Thrust on the pulley when it comes downward with acceleration ‘a’ is T   M  M  ( g  a)
1 2
F EX.23:The maximum tension a rope can withstand is 60 kg-wt.The ratio of maximum acceleration
M1 M2 M3
with which two boys of masses 20kg and 30kg can climb up the rope at the same time is
(2011E)
a) Acceleration of system, F
a Sol. m1  20kg , m2  30kg , T  60kgwt  600 N
(M1  M 2  M 3 )
For ‘ m1 ’; T  m1 g  m1a1
b) Contact force between M1 and M 2 f = (M2+M3)a
600  20  10  20  a1  a1  20ms 2 For ‘ m2 ’; T  m2 g  m2a2
c) Contact force between M2 and M3, f1 = M3a
600  30 10  30  a2  a2  10ms 2
Atwood’s Machine : a1 : a2  20 :10  2 :1
 Masses M1 and M2 ( M1 > M 2 )are tied to a string , which passes over a frictionless light pulley The EX.24:Figure shows three blocks of mass ‘m’ each hanging on a string passing over a pulley.
Calculate the tension in the string connecting A to B and B to C?
string is light and inextensible.
Sol. Net pulling force = 2 mg – mg = mg
Total mass = m+ m + m = 3m

T T
T T

M2 T1
T1
M1 a
B
a A
T2
M1  M 2  g T2
Acceleration of the system, a  M1  M 2 mg C a

 2M 1 M 2 
Tension in the string , T   M  M  g mg
 1 2 
mg g
 4M M  Acceleration, a  
3m 3
Thrust on the pulley , 2T   M  M  g
1 2

 1 2  Considering block A,
T1  mg  ma ; T1  mg  ma
g 4
T1  mg  m    T1  mg
3 3

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.26:Two unequal masses are connected on twosides of a light string passing over a light and
T2 T1
smooth pulley as shown in figure. The system is released from rest. The larger mass is stopped
for a moment, 1sec after the system is set into motion. Find the time elapsed before the string is
tight again . (g = 10 m/s2)
a C a A

mg mg

1kg
Considering block C,
mg  T2  ma  T2  mg  ma 2kg
mg 2 Sol. Net pulling force = 2g – 1g = 10N Mass being pulled = 2 + 1 = 3 kg
 T2  mg   mg .
3 3 10
Acceleration of the system is a = 3
m / s2 Velocity of both the blocks at t = 1 s will be
EX.25:A man of mass 60 kg is standing on a weighing machine kept in a box of mass 30 kg as
shown in the diagram. If the man manages to keep the box stationary, find the reading of the  10  10
v0  at =  
 3 
(1) = 3
m/s. Now, at this moment velocity of 2kg block becomes zero, while that of
weighing machine.
10
1kg block is 3 m/s upwards. Hence, string becomes tight again when displacement of 1 kg block
= displacement of 2 kg block.
1 2 1 2
v0t  gt  gt  gt 2  v0t
2 2
T T
v0 (10 / 3) 1
t   s
g 10 3
EX.27:In the figure, if m1 is at rest, find the relation among m1 , m2 and m3 ?
Sol. m1 is at rest  point B does not move, m2 and m3 move with acceleration

Sol. we know that Normal reaction = scale reading A

For man , T  Mg  R T
1

T1 B
T
T T
T m1 m2 m3
m R
 m  m2 
a 3 g ; m3  m2
 m 2  m3 
R
2m2 m3 g 4m2 m3 g
Mg T= ; T 1  2T 
mg m2  m3 m2  m3
For box : T  mg  R 4 1 1
4m2m2 g
m1 g   
Mg  R  mg  R ; 2 R =(M –m)g m2  m3 m1 m 2 m 3
(60 - 30)´ 10
R= = 150 N
2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 Two blocks are connected by a string passing over a pulley fixed at the edge of a horizontal table T
then the acceleration of system and tension in the string  M 2  M 1  a

a M1 T
T
M1 a

T  M2

M2 a Thrust on the pulley : Resultant Tension =

Tg  T 2  T 2  2T 2 cos(90   )
M2g Tg  2T 2 (1  sin  )  T 2(1  sin  )
M 2 g  T  M 2 a and T  M 1a EX.28:By what acceleration the boy must go up so that 100 kg block remains stationary on the wedge.
M2g The wedge is fixed and is smooth.(g = 10m/s2)
a
 M1  M 2 
M 1M 2 g
T  M 1a 
 M1  M 2  g
0k
10
 Acceleration and Tension in the string when bodies are connected as shown in the figure if M
M1 > M3. 50 kg
T2 T1
M2 m
53°

Sol :For the block to remain stationary,

T2 T1
4
T  Mg sin  = 100  10  sin 53= 100  10  = 800N
a M3 M1 a 5
For man ; T – mg = ma
T = m(g + a )  800  50 10  a  a = 6m/s2
M 1 g  T1  M 1a ; T1  T2  M 2 a
EX.29:The system as shown in fig is released from rest. Calculate the tension in the strings and
T2  M 3 g  M 3a force exerted by the strings on the pulley. Assuming pulleys and strings are massless

a
 M1  M 3  g 3 kg
 M1  M 2  M 3 
M 3 g (2 M 1  M 2 ) M 1 g (2 M 3  M 2 ) 2 kg 1 kg
T2  T1 
M1  M 2  M 3 ; M1  M 2  M 3
Sol: T1-1g=1a — (1)
 Masses are attached to a string passing through the pulley attached to the edge of an inclined plane, T2-T1=3a — (2)
acceleration of system and tension in the string if M2 moves down 2g- T2=2a —(3)
 M  M 1 sin   Solving the above equations,
a 2 g;
 M1  M 2  we get , a 
g
m / s2
6
 M M (1  sin  ) 
T  1 2 g
 ( M1  M 2 ) 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.30:In the adjacent fig, masses of A, B and C are 1kg, 3kg and 2kg respectively. Find a) the
T2 T2 T1 T1
P2
3kg P1 acceleration of the system b) tension in the string (g = 10m/s2)
T2 T1
T2 F2 F1 T1
2 kg 1 kg
B 90°
C
2g 1g

A
7g 5g
T1  N , T2  N 60° 30°
6 3
7g Sol . a) In this case net pulling force
Force on pulley P1 is F1  T12  T12  2T1  N
3 2 = mA g sin 600  mB g sin 60 0  mC g sin 300

3  3 1
5 2g =(1)(10) +(3)(10)  2  -(2)(10)  2  =24.64N
Force on pulley P2 is F2  T22  T22 N  2T2  2    
3
Total mass = 1 + 3 + 2 = 6kg
 If position of masses is interchanged,then the tension in the string and acceleration remains
unchanged. 24.64
 Acceleration of the system a   4.1 m / s 2
6
T T a b) For the tension in the string between A and B.
a
FBD of Body A
M1 M2
180(+) T1

  a A

 If M2 slides down then M1 moves up on double smooth inclined plane then the acceleration of
 M 2 sin   M1 sin   mAg sin 60
system and tension in the string are given by, acceleration , a =  g
 M1  M 2  mA g sin 60  T1  mA a
M 1M 2 g T1  mA g sin 60  mA a  mA  g sin 60  a 
Tension , T =  M  M  (sin   sin  )
1 2
 3 
T1  1  10   4.1  4.56 N
Resultant Tension  2 
TR  T 2  T 2  2T 2 cos 180  (   )  For the tension in the string between B and C
FBD of body C
 2T 2 1  cos      T2
a
Note:- If M 2 sin   M 1 sin   a  0
C
 System does not accelerate

mcg sin 30

T2  mC g sin 30  mC a ; T2  mC  g sin 30  a 
0 0

 1 
T2  2  10    4.1  18.2 N
 2 
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 A force F is applied on the massless pulley as shown in the figure and string is connected to the The string / rod is inextensible.
block on smooth horizontal surface. Then  Displacements of A and B are equal in horizontal direction  s A  sB
ds A dsB
Differentiating w.r.t time,   v A  vB
dt dt
T T dv A dvB
Again differentiating   a A  aB
dt dt
T T F iii)Two bodies in contact with each other
m  Displacement of A and B are equal in horizontal direction.

A
B
F= 2T and T  mablock
 If the block moves a distance ‘x’ the pulley moves x/2 (Total length of the string remains constant)  s A  sB
ablock
Therefore acceleration of the pulley = By differentiating, we will get v A  vB and a A  aB in horizontal direction
2
T F /2 F String Constraints:
=   .  For example, the motion of block A is downwards along the inclined plane in fig. will cause a
2m 2m 4m
corresponding motion of block B up the other inclined plane.Assuming string AB length is
Constrained Motion: inextensible, i.e., length of AB is constant.
 (a) Constraint : Restriction to the free motion of body in any direction is called constraint.
(b) Constrained Body : A body, whose displacement in space is restricted by other bodies,
either connected to or in contact with it, is called a constrained body.
(c) Kinematic Constraints : These are equations that relate the motion of two or more
particles. xA A B xB
(d) Types of Constraints :
i) General constraints ii) Pulley constraints
iii) Wedge constraints iv) Mixed constraints A B
General Constraints:  
i) A body placed on floor : The floor acting as a constraint restricts the kinematical quantities in |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
the downward direction such that
m  The displacements of A  x A  and B  xB  are equal  x A  xB
x
Differentiating w.r.t. time,  v A  vB
y Once again differentiating w.r.t. time,  a A  a B
y = 0 ; v y  0 and a y  0 for the body placed on the floor.. i.e., if one body (A) moves down the inclined plane with certain acceleration, then the other body
ii) Two bodies connected with a string or rod. will move up inclined plane with an equal acceleration (magnitude).
inextensible string inextensible rod

A B A B

a b

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Alternate Method : First specify the location of the blocks using position co-ordinates SA and x A  xB  v A  v B  a A  a B
SB.
Wedge constraints :
C D
For wedges in contact the constriant is that velocity and acceleration along common normal is
SA SB same for both bodies
O Ex. 30a : Find the relation between velocity of rod and that of wedge at any instant

A B

 
m1

From the fig. the position co-ordinates are related by the equation s A  lCD  sB  L v1 v2
where lCD  the length of the string over arc m2
CD = constant L = total length of the string = constant Differentiating w.r.t. time, we get

ds A dsB
  0  vB   v A Sol. Component of velocityalong perpendicular to the contact plane must be equal.
dt dt
The negative sign indicates that when block A has a velocity downward, i.e., in the direction of m1
positive s A , it causes a corresponding upward velocity of block B, i.e., B moves in the negative 
v1
sB direction. v2
90 0  
dvB dv
Again differentiating w.r.t. time,   A  a B   a A Similarly m2
dt dt
a

A v1 cos   v2 cos   90 0   

v1 cos   v2 sin 

1) v1
tan  
v2
a
B Ex. 30b. Find the relation between a1 and a2

m2
x A  xB  v A  v B  a A  a B

H a2
a1

m1 
2) L
Sol. Accelaration of rod w.r.t wedge
A B
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
y
cos  so vM  vm cos .
d 2  y2
a1
By differentiating, relation between am and aM can be obtained, however, while doing so remember
that cos is not constant, but it is variable.
Two blocks connected with pulley : If the blocks are connected as shown in fig, then the
a2 length of the string is

d d
ar / w  a1iˆ  a2 ˆj
y
a1   x


ar / w
a2 1 2

ar / w must be along the incline
a2 L  2 d 2  y2  x
tan  
a1 Since, L is constant, differentiating with respect to time t, we get
Mixed constraints : dL 2 2y  dy  dx
   0
Ring sliding on a smooth rod : dt 1
 dt  dt
 Consider a ring of mass m connected through a string of length L with a block of mass M. If the 2d  y
2

2 2

ring is moving up with acceleration am and aM is the acceleration of block. As the length of the
string is constant,  2v1 cos  v2  0 ; v 2   2 v1 cos 
EX.31:A rod of length ‘ l ’is inclined at an angle ‘  ’with the floor against a smooth vertical wall.If
L  d 2  y2  x
the end A moves instantaneously with velocity v1 ,what is the velocity of end B at the instant
d when rod makes ‘  ’ angle with the horizontal.
Sol: Let at any instant,end B and A are at a distance x and y respectively from the point ‘O’.
y y


x A
m
v1
l
y
M


O x B v2 x
Since, L is constant, differentiating with respect to time t, we get
Thus we have, x 2  y 2  l 2 .............(1)
dL 1 2y  dy  dx
 1   0 Here l is the length of the rod,which is constant. Differentiating eq (1) with respect to time,we get
dt 2  dt  dt
d 2
y 
2 2

d 2 d dx dy
( x  y 2 )  (l 2 ) ; 2x  2y 0
dy dx dt dt dt dt
Since  vm and  vM and
dt dt

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.33:In the fig, find the acceleration of m1 and m2
dx dy m1 ||||||||||||||
If  v2 and  v1 a1
dt dt T
y
x(v2 )  y (v1 )  0  v2 
v1  v1 tan  1
x T 2
T
EX.32:In the fig, find the acceleration of mass m2
Sol: 1  2 2  cons tan t
2T
on differentiating v1  2v2  0 m2
Again differentiating a2
m2 g
a1  2a2  0  a1  2a2 a1
|||||||||||||||||||
Sol. 1  2 2  cons tan t m1 T
T
T T 1 a1  2 a2 ; T  m1a1
2 T m2 g  2T  m2 a2 ; m2 g  2 m1a1  m2 a2
T
m1 2T
2T m2 m2 g 2m2 g
m2 g  2m1  2a2   m2 a2 a2  a1 
2T a2 4m1  m2 , 4m1  m2
m2 m2g
'- ve' sign indicates that the accelerations are in opposite direction.Suppose acceleration of m2 is EX.34:A pendulum is hanging from the ceiling of a car having an acceleration a0 with respect to
the road. Find the angle made by the string with vertical at equilibrium. Also find the
a2 downward and then acceleration of m1 will be a1 upwards.
tension in the string in this position.
T  m1 g  m1a1
T  m1 g  m1a1 
a0
m2 g  2T  m2 a2
a1
T 2T
m1 m2
a2
T cos 
m1g m 2g
m2 g  2( m1 g  m1a1 )  m2 a2
T
m2 g  2 m1 g  m2 a2  4 m1a2 ( a1  2 a2 ) 
'–' sign should not be substituted ma0
T sin 
 m2  2m1  g
a2  ms 2
4m1  m2

mg
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Sol : T sin   ma0 ......  i  ; T cos   mg ......  ii  1
Note :If inclination is given as 1 in x, sin   x
a0
dividing (i)&(ii) tan  
g
1
 a0  tan   xq 1
The string is making an angle   tan 1
 
 g
with the vertical at equilibrium x2  1
Squaring and adding (i) and (ii) g
 Acceleration a  g tan  
T 2 sin 2   T 2 cos 2   m 2  a02  g 2  x2  1
EX.37:Two fixed frictionless inclined planes making an angles 300 and 600 with the vertical are
T  m a02  g 2
shown in the figure. Two blocks A and B are placed on the two planes. What is the relative
EX.35: For what value of ‘a’ the block falls freely? vertical acceleration of A with respect to B? (AIEEE-2010)
A

h
a
60° 30°

x Sol: mg sin   ma  a  g sin 
where a is along the inclined plane
Sol :In the time the wedge moves a distance ‘x’ towards left with an acceleration a the block falls from
a height ‘h’ with acceleration ‘g’  vertical component of acceleration is g sin 2 

1 1 x a a ar  a AB  a A  aB
x  at 2 , h  gt 2   ,  cot    a  g cot 
2 2 h g g g
EX.36:A block of mass m is placed on a smooth wedge of inclination  . The whole system is accelerated  relative vertical acceleration of A with respect to B is g sin 60  sin 30 
2 0 2 0
  2
 4.9ms 2
horizontally so that the block does not slip on the wedge.Find the i) Acceleration of the wedge ii) (in vertical direction)
Force to be applied on the wedge iii) Force exerted by the wedge on the block.
Sol. (i). For an observer on the ground : EX.38:For what value of 'a' block slides up the plane with an acceleration 'g' relative to the
R cos  inclined plane.

R


R sin  a
F
mg a Sol.
M  Fnet  ma cos   mg sin 
R sin   ma , R cos   mg
ma   ma cos   mg sin 
 a  g tan 
If a  g , mg  ma cos   mg sin 
ii) F = (M + m)a = (M + m) g tan 
iii) Force exerted by the wedge on the block
mg
 R or R  mg sec 
cos 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.40:A block is placed on an inclined plane moving towards right with an acceleration a0 = g.
ma cos 
The length of the inclined plane is l0 . All the surfaces are smooth. Find the time taken by the
a block to reach from bottom to top.
ma 
ma cos 

ma sin   mg sin 
30°
ma0
mg
mg cos  mg sin 
30°
 1  sin  
a cos   g  g sin   a  g   Sol. ma  ma0 cos300  mg sin 300
 cos  
 a  g (sec   tan  ) ma0 cos300  mg sin300
a
EX.39:A solid sphere of mass 2kg rests inside a cube as shown. The cube is moving with velocity m

ˆ ms  1 where 't' is in sec and ' ' is in m/s. What force does sphere exert on cube?
  (5ti + 2tj)
3 1 æ 3 - 1ö÷
ma0 - mg
2 2 = g ççç ÷
÷
Y a= èç 2 ø÷
m
1 2 1 2
from s  ut  at ; 0 = at
2 2

1 æ 3 - 1ö÷ 2
0 = g çç ÷t
÷
4 0
O X 2 èçç 2 ø÷  t =

g ( 3- 1 ) sec
Sol. As given,   5ti  2t j ; EX.41:A pendulum of mass m hangs from a support fixed to a trolley. The direction of the string
d x d y when the trolley rolls up a plane of inclination a with acceleration a0 is
 ax   5, a y  2
dt dt
a0

T cos  T 
ay T sin 
Sol. mg sin 

ma0 cos
mg 
ax
mg T sin q = ma0 + mg sin a -------------(1)
T cos q = mg cos a -------------(2)
When cube is moving with above accelerations along x and y-axes, the forces that exert on cube are 1 a0 + g sin a
Fx   max  2  5  10 N 2  tan q = g cos a

 
Fy   mg  ma y    20  2  2   24 N éa + g sin a ù
q = tan- 1 ê 0 ú
ëê g cos a ûú
 
2
Net force, F  Fx  2
 Fy

= 10 2   242  26N

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.42:A block slides down from top of a smooth inclined plane of elevation q fixed in an eleva- Applications:
 When a shot is fired from a gun, while the shot moves forwards, the gun moves backwards. This
tor going up with an acceleration a0.The base of incline has length L. Find the time taken by
motion of gun is called recoil of the gun. When a gun of mass ‘M’ fires a bullet of mass ‘m’ with
the block to reach the bottom. a muzzle velocity ‘v’, the gun recoils with a velocity ‘V’ given by V = mv/M.
 When a bullet of mass ‘m’ moving with a velocity ‘v’ gets embedded into a block of mass M at rest
and free to move on a smooth horizontal surface, then their common velocity ` V = mv/ (M +
m).
a0  A boy of mass ‘m’ walks a distance ‘s’ on a boat of mass ‘M’ that is floating on water and initially
at rest. If the boat is free to move, it moves back a distance d = ms / (M + m).

Explosion of Bomb
L  A shell of mass ‘M’at rest explodes into two fragments and one of masses ‘m’ moves out with a
Sol. Let us solve the problem in the elevator frame. The free body diagram is shown. The forces are velocity ‘ v ’ the other piece of mass (M– m) moves in opposite direction with a velocity of V =
m v / (M – m).
N
 Suppose a shell of mass m at rest explodes into three pieces of masses m1 , m2 and m3 , moving
  
with velocities v1 , v2 and v3 respectively..
a0
      
ma0sin mg m1v1  p1 ; m2 v2  p2 ; m3v3  p3
ma0      
mgsin p1  p2  p3  m1 v1  m2 v2  m3 v3  0

  
(as shell is at rest initially)  p3    p1  p2 
(i) N normal reaction to the plane,
(ii) mg acting vertically downwards, So the third piece moves with the same magnitude of the resultant momentum of the other two
pieces but in opposite direction.
(iii) ma0 ( pseudo force).acting vertically down
If a is acceleration of the body with respect to inclined plane, taking components of forces parallel P2
to the inclined plane.
mg sin   ma0 sin   ma  a   g  a0  sin 
This is the acceleration with respect to the elevator

L 
The distance travelled is cos  . If ‘t’ is the time for reaching the bottom of inclined plane
P1

L 1
 0   g  a0  sin  .t 2
cos  2
1 1 P3
 2L 2  4L 2
t     
  g  a0  sin  cos     g  a0  sin 2  P3  P12  P22  2 P1 P2 cos    angle between P1 , P2
 
Law of conservation of momentum:      angle between P3 , P1
 When the resultant external force acting on a system is zero, the total momentum (vector sum) of
P2 sin 
the system remains constant. This is called “law of conservation of linear momentum”. tan  
 Newton’s third law of motion leads to the law of conservation of linear momentum. P1  P2 cos 
 Walking, running, swimming, jet propulsion, motion of rockets, rowing of a boat, recoil of a gun Explosion of a shell travelling in a parabolic path at its highest point: (into
etc., can be explained by Newton’s third law of motion.
two fragments)
 Explosions, disintegration of nuclei, recoil of gun, collisions etc., can be explained on the basis of
 Consider a shell of mass M as a projectile with velocity u and angle of projection  . Suppose the
the law of conservation of linear momentum.  
shell breaks into two fragments at maximum height and their initial velocities are v1 and v2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

M = m 1 + m2 P1 and P2 are perpendicular to each other
u (m1 + m2)u cos 
P3  P12  P2 2 , m3v3  (m1v1 )2  (m2 v2 )2

2mv3  (m  4)2   m  6 
2


Total momentum of the two parts is constant just before and just after the explosion.
   2v3  16  36  v3  13ms 1
 m1  m2  u cos  i  m1v1  m2v2
EX.45:A rifle of 20kg mass can fire 4 bullets/s. The mass of each bullet is 35  103 kg and its final
Case : (i) If the fragments travel in opposite direction after explosion then
   velocity is 400ms 1 . Then, what force must be applied on the rifle so that it does not move
 m1  m2  u cos  i  m1v1i  m2v2i backwards while firing the bullets?(2007E)
Case : (ii) If one fragment retraces its path and falls at the point of projection Sol :Law of conservation of momentum MV + 4mv = 0
  
 m1  m2  u cos  i  m1u cos  i  m2v2 4mv 4  35 103  400
Case:(iii) If one fragment falls freely after explosion V =  = = -2.8 ms 1
M 20
 
 m1  m2  u cos  i  m1 0  m2v2 MV 20  2.8
  Force applied on the rifle F   = -56 N
 m1  m2  u cos  i  m2v2 t 1
EX.43:A bomb moving with velocity(40i+50j-25k)m/s explodes into two pieces of mass ratio1:4.After EX.46:All surfaces are smooth.Find the horizontal displacements of the block and the wedge
explosion the smaller piece moves away with velocity(200i+70j+15k)m/s.The when the block slides down from top to bottom.
velocity of larger piece after explosion is (EAM-2010)
Sol: From Law of conservation of linear momentum m
MU  m1v1  m2 v2 ; M  5 x, m1  x, m2  4 x
h l
U  40i  50 j  25kms
 1 ;

v  200i  70 j  15kms
 1
1 M 
here v2 is the velocity of the larger piece
L

5 x 40i  50 j  25k   Sol : When the block slides down on the smooth wedge, the wedge moves backwards. In the horizontal
 
x 200i  70 j  15k  4 x  v2  
direction there is no external force ; Fx  0

On simplification, we get v2  45 j  35k  Px =constant
   
EX.44:A particle of mass 4 m explodes into three pieces of masses m,m and 2m. The equal masses Pf  Pi (along x-axis) ; mu  MV  0
move along X-axis and Y- axis with velocities 4ms-1 and 6 ms-1 respectively . The magnitude of
the velocity of the heavier mass is (E - 2009) x1 = forward distance moved by the block along X-axis.
Sol: M=4 m ,U=0, m1  m, m2  m, m3  2m x2 = backward distance moved by the wedge along X-axis.
 
v1  4ms 1 , v2  6ms 1 , v3  ? mu   MV ;
According to law of conservation of momentum, x1 x
m M 2
   t t
P1  P 2  P3  0
      ML M  cos 
 
P 3   P1  P 2 , P3  P1  P 2 mx1  Mx2 , x1 
M m

M m
mL m cos 
1 2 Cos
P3  P12  P2 2  2 PP x2  
M m M m
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.47: A bomb of 1 kg is thrown vertically up with speed 100 m/s. After 5 seconds, it explodes
into two parts. One part of mass 400gm goes down with speed 25m/s. What will happen to Friction:
the other part just after explosion If we slide or try to slide a body over another surface, the motion of the body is resisted by bonding
Sol : After 5 sec, velocity of the bomb, between the body and the surface.This resistance is called friction.
v  u  at  The force of friction is parallel to the contact surfaces and opposite to the direction of intended or
 relative motion.
v = u j – gt j = (100 – 10 x 5) j = 50 j m/s  There are three types of frictional forces
m  1kg , m1  0.4kg , m2  0.6kg , v1  25ms 1 i. Static friction ii. Dynamic friction
iii. Rolling friction
According to law of conservation of momentum mv  m1v1  m2 v2
 If a body is at rest and no pulling force is acting on it,force of friction on it is zero.
1  50 j   0.4  25 j  0.6 v2  If a force is applied to move the body and it does not move,the friction developed is called static
friction, which is equal in magnitude and opposite in direction to the applied force (static friction
 v2  100 j
friction is self adjusting force).
 v2  100ms 1 ,vertically upwards  If a force is applied to move the body and it moves,the friction developed is called dynamic or
EX.48:A particle of mass 2m is projected at an angle 450 with horizontal with a velocity of 20 2 m/ kinetic friction.
 When a body rolls or rotates on the surface of another body friction developed is called as
s. After 1sec, explosion takes place and the particle is broken into two equal pieces. As a rolling friction.
result of explosion one part comes to rest. The maximum height attained by the other part  It is due to the deformation at the point of contact and depends on area of contact.
from the ground is (g = 10m/s2)
F
Sol : M  2m,  450 , u  20 2ms 1
1 A
u x  u cos   20 2   20 ms 1
2 B

Frictional force

Static friction
State of

t
es
1

Dynamic
u y  u sin   20 2   20 ms 1 motion

fr

friction
eo
2

at
St
1 2 1
But height attained before explosion , H1 = ut  gt = 20  1   10  12  15 m Pulling
2 2 O D C force
1
After 1sec, v x  20 ms Note-i: If you are walking due east the feet slides relatively due west so the frictional force is due
east.
v y  u y  gt  20  10  10 ms 1
Note-ii: Engine is connected to rear wheels of a car. When the car is accelerated, direction of
Due to explosion one part comes to rest, frictional force on the rear wheels will be in the direction of motion and on the front wheels in
m1  m2  m, v1  0 the opposite direction of motion
M ( v x i  v y j )  m1v1  m 2 v 2
Note-iii:In cycling ,the force exerted by rear wheel on the ground makes the force of friction to act
on it in the forward direction. Front wheel moving by itself experience force of friction in backward
2 m (20 i  10 j )  m (0)  m v 2 direction.
v 2  40 i  20 j Note-iv:When pedaling is stopped,the frictional force is in backward direction for both the wheels.
v y1  20ms 1 Laws of Friction:
 Friction is directly proportional to the normal reaction acting on the body.

Height attained after explosion = H 2 

v y
1 2


20  20
 20m
 The law of static friction may thus be written as
2g 2  10 f s   s N . Where the dimensionless constant  s is called the coefficient of static friction and N is
H TOT  H1  H 2  15  20  35m the magnitude of the normal force.
 fs max  fl  sN ; f l  Limiting friction
 Coefficient of static friction ( μ s) depends on the nature of the two surfaces in contact and is
independent of the area of contact.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 Static friction is independent of the area of contact between the two surfaces Case (ii) :If applied force F   f s max , the block does not move and the force of friction is fs  F
fk
 Coefficient of kinetic friction ( μ k) =
N
. It is independent of velocity of the body.. Case (iii) : If applied force F =  f s  max block just ready to slide and frictional force  f s max  fl   s N

 Coefficient of rolling friction   R  

fR F  s mg  N  mg  ; (at time t=0 )
N
Case(iv) : If the above applied force continues to act ( t  0 ) the body gets motion, static friction
 Rolling friction depends on the area of the surfaces in contact.
converts as kinetic friction and body possesses acceleration
Note : μ S > μ K > μ R
 Friction depends on the nature of the two surfaces in contact i.e., nature of materials, surface Fext  f k f  fk
a  l   s  k  g
finish, temperature of the two surfaces etc. m m
Case (v) :If the applied force is greater than limiting friction the body starts moving and gets
Angle of Friction:
acceleration
 Angle made by the resultant of f and N with the normal reaction N is called angle of friction.
 Friction is parallel component of contact force to the surfaces. F1ext  fk
a Here F 1ext  Fext
 Normal force is perpendicular component of contact force to the surfaces. m
R N  If the block slides with an acceleration ‘ a ’under the influence of applied force ‘F’,
FR  F  f k ; ma  F  f k

F  f k F   k mg
a   ( f k   K N   K mg )
m m
f mg
N
a
R f N
2 2

f F
fk
When the block is static tan   ;   s
N |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
s N
When the block is in impending state, tan s   s mg
N
Where s  maximum angle of friction. Bodies in contact with vertical surfaces:
k N  A block of mass m is pressed against a wall without falling, by applying minimum horizontal
When block is sliding, tan k   k
mg
N
force F. Then F = 
Since  s   k , it follows that s  k . s
fs
 s N 
2
FR  fl 2  N 2   N 2  N  s2  1
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

FR  mg tan 2   1  s  tan  
FR  mg sec  N

Motion on a horizontal rough surface: Consider a block of mass m place on a horizontal F

surface with normal reaction N.
Case (i) :If applied force F = 0, the force of friction is zero.
mg
F(Applied
force) f s  mg ; s N  mg
m mg
f s F  mg  N  F  F 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| s
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 A block is pressed between two hands without falling, by applying minimum horizontal force  1 
mg h = r 1- cos    r 1  
‘F’ by each hand. Then F = 2   s2  1 
s
fs fs Maximum angular displacement upto which it can crawl is ‘ θ ’. Then  s  tan 
 A block is placed on rear horizontal surface of a truck moving along the horizontal with an

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
acceleration ‘a’. Then

F F

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

mg
mg 1) The maximum acceleration of the truck for which block does not slide on the floor of the truck
W=2 fs, ; mg  2s F  F  2 is a  s g
s
Sliding block on a horizontal rough
N surface coming to rest : 2) If a  s g block does not slide and frictional force on the block is f=ma.
3) If a  s g block slips or slides on the floor the acceleration of the block relative to the truck is
v=0
u
a  a  kg
fk |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4) If  is the distance of the block from rear side of the truck, time taken by the block to cover a

S 2
distance  . t=
a - μkg
mg
a) The acceleration of the block is a   k g 4) Acceleration of the block relative to ground is a  k g
Body placed in contact with the front surface of accelerated truck:
u2
b) Distance travelled by the block before coming to rest is S  2 g  When a block of mass ‘m’ is placed in contact with the front face of the vehicle moving with acceleration
k
a then a pseudo force ‘Fpf ‘ acts on the block in a direction opposite to the direction of motion of the vehicle
u fl
c) Time taken by the block to come to rest is t   g
k
a
 An insect is crawling in a hemispherical bowl of radius ‘r’. Maximum height upto which it can ma
crawl is N
fs=s N
O

N
r r sin  P mg
h  |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Under equilibrium, fl = mg; N = ma
mg cos 
mg sin  g
 S N  mg  S .ma  mg  amin  
mg s

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.49: A man of mass 40 kg is at rest between the walls as shown in the figure. If ‘ m ’ between the EX.51:A block of mass 4 kg is placed on a rough horizontal plane. A time dependent horizontal force F =
man and the walls is 0.8, find the normal reactions exerted by the walls on the man. kt acts on the block (k = 2 N/s). Find the frictional force between the block and the plane at t = 2
Sol. Since man is at rest, seconds and t = 5 seconds (µ = 0.2)
Sol. Given F = kt
µN1 µN2 When t = 2sec ; F = 2(2)=4N ..... case (i)
f ms   s mg = 0.2 × 4 × 10 = 8N
Here F < f ms  friction = applied force=4N
F2
mg N2 When t = 5 sec ; F = 2 (5) = 10N......case(ii)
F1 N1 F > f  frictional force < 8N
EX.52:A block on table shown in figure is just on the edge of slipping. Find the coefficient of
static friction between the block and table
N1  N 2  0 ( horizontal equilibrium )
 N1  N 2  N , F1  F2  F (say) T cos 30
 2  N  mg ( vertical equilibrium ) 30OT
= 2  0.8  N  400  N  250N 40N
EX.50:A 2 kg block is in contact with a vertical wall having coefficient of friction 0.5 between T sin 30
f
the surfaces. A horizontal force of 40N is applied on the block at right angles to the wall.
Another force of 15N is applied, on the plane of the wall and at right angles to 40N force.
Find the acceleration of the block.
Sol.

80N

f=20N Sol.
F=15N
f l  T sin 
15N  mg  T sin 
.........(1)
F=40N F=40N 80  T cos  ...........(2)
20N
25N=FR
T sin 30 0  mg
W=20N  ;
T cos 30 0 80

 40 1  2
Tan 300 = 80 ;    1.15
3 2 3
EX.53:When a car of mass 1000 kg is moving with a velocity of 20ms-1 on a rough horizontal
Resultant of W=20N and 15N
road, its engine is switched off. How far does the car move before it comes to rest if the
FR  202 152 = 25N coefficient of kinetic friction between the road and tyres of the car is 0.75 ?
frictional force f   N = 0.5 x 40 = 20N Sol. Here v = 20ms 1 , k = 0.75, g = 10ms 2
This acts in a direction, opposite to 25N force.
v2
Net force acting on the block, Fnet = 25–20=5 Stopping distance S   26.67 m
2k g
5
acceleration of the block a
2
= 2.5ms–2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.54:A horizontal conveyor belt moves with a constant velocity V. A small block is projected N
with a velocity of 6 m/s on it in a direction opposite to the direction of motion of the belt. The L
block comes to rest relative to the belt in a time 4s.   0.3 , g = 10 m/s2. Find V fs
 |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sol. V b,c  Vb  Vc  6  V
 m
f   mg  0.3  m  10  3m m g
 n 
F 3m
Retardation a  = m  3m / s 2
m
m
ur  6 V,Vr  0, t  4 sec , a r   3 ms 2 g
n
Vr  u r  ar t , 0 = (6+V) – 3 x 4,V = 6 m/s mg  1
Weight of the chain lying on the table =  mg  1   mg 
EX.55:The rear side of a truck is open. A box of 40 kg mass is placed 5m away from the open end n  n
as shown in figure. The coefficient of friction between the box and the surface is 0.15. On a When the chain is about to slide from edge of the table,
straight road, the truck starts from rest and accelerating with 2 m/s2. At what distance from The weight of the hanging part of the chain = frictional force between the chain and the table
the starting point does the box fall off the truck? (Ignore the size of the box). surface.
N
mg  1
  s mg 1  
Fpf 2 n  n 1
fk a = 2m/s  s 
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
mg  n 1 
  s mg    n  1
n  n 
5m
mg
L
If l is the length of the hanging part, then n  Substituting this in the above expression we get,
l
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| l L  1
s   or  n   s
Sol :Because of the acceleration of the truck the pseudo force on the box = m x a = 40 x 2 = 80N. Ll l s
This force acts opposite to the acceleration of the truck. The frictional force on the truck which
The maximum fractional length of chain hanging from the edge of the table in
acts in the forward direction f k =  N = 0.15 x 40g = 58.8N Since pseudo force is greater than
 s
frictional force, the block will accelerate in backward direction relative to truck with a magnitude equilibrium is L    1
s
80  58.8
a  0.53 m / s 2 L 1
40  Fractional length of chain on the table 
The time taken by box to cover the distance 5m is given by L s  1
Connected Bodies :
1 2s  A block of mass m 1 placed on a rough horizontal surface, is connected to block of mass m 2
s  0  at 2  t   4.34sec
2 a
by a string which passes over a smooth pulley.The coefficient of frictionbetween m1 and the
The distance travelled by truck in this time is , a   2 ms 2 table is  .
1 1 a
s  at 2   2  (4.34)2  18.87m
2 2
N
Sliding of a chain on a horizontal table: T
 Consider a uniform chain of mass “m” and length “L” lying on a horizontal table of coefficient of
friction “  s ”. When 1/nth of its length is hanging from the edge of the table, the chain is found m1g T a

mg
to be about to slide from the table. Weight of the hanging part of the chain =
n
m2g

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

For body of mass m2 N
u=0
m2 g  T  m2 a ————— (i) 0
A
For body of mass m1 mg sin  mg cos
T  f k  m1a  T   k N  m1a —— (ii)
Sol: mg
Solving Eqs (i) and (ii), we get l h

 m  k m1  m1m2 g
a 2 g; T  (1   ) v 
 m1  m2  m1  m2
B
dy d x 3 2
EX.56:A block of mass 10kg is pushed by a force F on a horizontal rough plane is moving with Tan   ( )  Tan  x
dx dx 6 2
acceleration 5ms 2 . When force is doubled, its acceleration becomes 18ms 2 .Find the x2
At limiting equilibrium,we get   Tan  0.5 
2
coefficient of friction between the block and rough horizontal plane.  g  10ms 2  .
x 2  1  x  1
Sol :
x3
Now putting the values of ‘ x ’in y  , we get
N 6
a
1 1
When x  1  y  ; x  1  y  
F 6 6
fk So the maximum height above the ground at which the block can be placed without slipping is
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1
y m
6
mg
Motion of a body on an inclined plane :
F Case (i) :Body sliding down on a smooth inclined plane :
On a rough horizontal plane, acceleration of a block of mass ‘m’ is given by a    k g ..........(i)
m Let us consider a body of mass ‘m’ kept on the plane as shown in fig.
Initially, a = 5 ms 2  Normal reaction N  mg cos 
F  Acceleration of sliding block a = g sin 
5
10
 k 10  ............  ii   m  10kg 
 If l is the length of the inclined plane and h is the height. The time taken to slide down start-
When force is doubled a = 18 ms 2 .
2l 1 2h
2F ing from rest from the top is t  
18   k 10  ..........  iii  g sin sin g
10
 Sliding block takes more time to reach the bottom than to fall freely in air from the top of the inclined
8
Multiplying Eq(ii) with 2 and subtracting from Eq.(iii) 8   k 10    k   0.8 plane to the ground.
10  Velocity of the block at the bottom of the inclined plane is same as the speed attained if block falls
EX.57:A block of mass ‘m’ is placed on a rough surface with a vertical cross section of y
x3
. If the freely from the top of the inclined plane.
6
coefficient of friction is 0.5, the maximum height above the ground at which the block can be V  2 gl sin   2 gh
placed without slipping is(JEE MAIN -2014) Case(ii) :Body projected up on a smooth inclined plane :

v=0
B

s h
u
A  C
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
N A
 If a block is projected up the plane with a velocity u, the acceleration of the block is a   g sin  u=0 fk
u2
 Distance travelled by the block up the plane before its velocity becomes zero is S mg sin
2 g sin   mg cos
u
 Time of ascent t  g sin  mg
h
Case (iii) Motion of a body down the rough inclined plane: B
 Let a body of mass m be sliding down a rough inclined plane of angle of inclination θ and 
v
coefficient of kinetic friction μ k.  Velocity of the body at the bottom of the plane V  2 g  sin   k cos   l
N  If ‘t’is the time taken to travel the distance ‘l’ with initial velocity u = 0 , at the top of the plane,
fk
2l
t
 g (sin   k cos  )
mg sin mg mg cos
  The time taken by a body to slide down on a rough inclined plane is ‘n’ times the time taken by it
to slide down on a smooth inclined plane of same inclination and length then coefficient of friction
Angle of Repose (  ) : Angle of repose is the minimum angle of the rough inclined plane for is....
which body placed on it may just start sliding down. It is numerically equal to the angle of
friction. 2l
 Let θ be the angle of inclination of a rough inclined plane,  be the angle of repose, m be the trough g (sin   k cos  )
n  sin 
mass of the body and  be the coefficient of friction. tsmooth 2l n2 
sin    k cos 
At limiting equilibrium (about to slide) g sin 
mg sin  s mg cos  tan  s    tan1  s 
 1
 n 2 sin   n 2 k cos   sin    k  Tan 1  2 
1. When 1   ; the block remains at rest on the inclined plane. Frictional force mg sin 1 (self  n 
adjusting) acceleration a=0 Body projected up a rough inclined plane:
2. When  2   ; the block remains at rest on inclined plane or impending state of motion is achieved. If a body is projected with an initial velocity ‘u’to slide up the plane, the kinetic frictional force
acts down the plane and the body suffers retardation due to a resultant force
mg sin  2   s mg cos  2 (at time t=0)
FR =(mg sin  +fk )
Here  2  1 and f s  f l acceleration a=0  acceleration a = - g(sin θ + μ k cos θ )
3. When  2   ; and the same inclination is continued the block moves downwards with accleration 2l
a.  Time taken to stop after travelling a distance l along the plane, t = g (sin    k cos  )

mg sin  2  k mg cos  2 acceleration  Force required to drag with an acceleration ‘a’ isF = ( μ k mg cos θ + mg sin θ + m a )
mg sin  2  k mg cos  2 EX.58:A body is moving down a long inclined plane of angle of inclination ‘  ’for which the
a
m
coefficient of friction varies with distance x as   x   kx , where k is a constant. Here x is the
 s mg cos  2   k mg cos  2
a  g cos  2 (  s   k ) distance moved by the body down the plane. The net force on the body will be zero at a
m
distance x0 is given by
4. When    , the body slides f k  k mg cos 
f
The resultant force acting on the body down the plane is FR = mgsin -f K , N
FR  mg  sin    k cos  

The acceleration of the body a  g  sin   k cos   Sol : 

mg sin mg cos
mg


Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

F  mg sin   f The acceleration of 2 kg mas
N  mg cos  ; f   N   mg cos 
1 3 2
F  mg sin    mg cos  a2  10   0.2    3.27 ms
2 2 
F  mg  sin   kx cos    a2  a4
tan  Thus, there will be contact force between the blocks and they move together. If ‘a’ is the common
If F = 0 ; sin   kx0 cos   0  x0 
k acceleration,
EX.59:A body of mass ‘m’ slides down a smooth inclined plane having an inclination of 450 with the (m1  m2 )a  (m1  m2 ) gsin   ( 1 m1  2 m2 ) g cos 
horizontal. It takes 2s to reach the bottom. If the body is placed on a similar plane having
coefficient of friction 0.5 Then what is the time taken for it to reach the bottom? 1 3
6a  6  10   (0.3  4  0.2  2) 10 
Sol : Mass = m,  =450,  =0.5 Time taken by the body to reach the bottom without friction is 2 2
2l 6a  30  13.856  a  2.7 ms 2
T1 
g sin  = 2sec For, 4 kg mass; mg sin   f contact  f friction  ma
Time taken with friction is
1 3
4´ 10´ + f c - 0.3´ 10´ 10´ = 4 x 2.7
2 2
2l T1 sin    cos 
T2  
g  sin    cos    T2 sin 
fc = 10.8 + 10.4 – 20 Þ f c = 1.2N
EX.61:A 30kg block is to be moved up an inclined plane at an angle 300 to the horizontal with a
velocity of 5ms–1. If the frictional force retarding the motion is 150N, find the horizontal
sin  sin 450
T2  T1 2 force required to move the block up the plane. (g=10ms–2.)
sin    cos  sin 450  (0.5) cos 450 Sol.

(1/ 2)
2  2  2  2.828s
(1/ 2)  (0.5)(1/ 2) P
EX.60:Two blocks of masses 4 kg and 2 kg are in contact with each other on an inclined plane of
inclination 300 as shown in the figure. The coefficient of friction between 4 kg mass and the mg
inclined plane is 0.3, where as between 2 kg mass and the plane is 0.2. Find the contact force
between the blocks. 300
The force required to move a body up an inclined plane is F = mg sin q + f k
= 30(10) sin 300 +150 = 300N.
If P is the horizontal force, F = P cos q
g
2k

F 300 300´ 2
g
4k

P= = = = 200 3 = 346 N
cos q cos 300 3
EX.62: A body is sliding down an inclined plane having coefficient of friction 0.5. If the normal reaction
30
0
is twice that of resultant downward force along the inclined plane, then find the angle between
the inclined plane and the horizontal
Sol :The acceleration of 4 kg mass, Sol :   0.5 , N  mg cos 
If   300 , k  0.3 N  2 F , F  mg (sin    cos  ) N  2 mg  sin    cos  
1
a4  g (sin   k cos  )  10   0.3 
3 2 mg cos   2mg  sin    cos  
  2.6ms
2 2 
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
c os   2 cos   tan    
1 1
 tan    tan   1    450
2 2 m
EX.63:In the given figure, the wedge is acted upon by a constant horizontal force 'F'. The wedge is
moving on a smooth horizontal surface. A ball of mass 'm' is at rest relative to the wedge. The ratio
of forces exerted on 'm' by the wedge when 'F' is acting and 'F' is withdrawn assuming no friction mg sin
M
between the edge and the ball,is equal to 
Mg
F mg

ii) Maximum value of M for which m slides downwards: M  m  sin   s cos  

Sol.  A body is released from rest from the top of an inclined plane of length ‘L’ and angle of
 L
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| inclination ‘  ’. The top of plane of length  n  1 is smooth and the remaining part is
n
rough. If the body comes to rest on reaching the bottom of the plane then find the value of
When Force F is applied
coefficient of friction of rough
Fcos N
N1
u=0
mg sin
 mg cos

 L
mg h
F = ma n
 n 1 
 L
  n 
v
F sin
For smooth part :
mg sin L
mg cos  Using v 2  u 2  2as ; V  2a1 ,
2

n
a1  g sin  , a2  g (sin    cos  )
N1 = mgcos  + Fsin 
 n 1  L  n 1 
( F cos   mg sin   F  mg tan  ) For rough part 0  V 2  2 a2  L 2a1  2 a 2  L
 n  n  n 
N1 F sin 
If F=0 ; N2 = mgcos  , N  1  mg cos   n 
g sin    g sin    cos    n  1   Tan 
2
 n  1 
N1 mg tan  sin   A body is pushed down with velocity ‘u’ from the top of an inclined plane of length ‘L’ and angle
 1  1  tan 2   sec 2  L
N2 mg cos  of inclination ‘  ’. The top of plane of length  n  1 is rough and the remaining part is smooth. If
n
 Two blocks of mass m and M are placed on a rough inclined plane as shown, when     the body reaches the bottom of the plane with a velocity equal to the initial velocity ‘u’, then
i)Minimum value of M for which m slides upwards is the value of coefficient of friction of rough plane is  K  n  tan  
M  m  sin   s cos  

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Pushing & Pulling of a Lawn Roller :
The body is in contact with the surface,and just ready to move
i) A Roller on Horizontal Surface Pushed by an Inclined Force :
N + F sin =mg  N = mg - F sin 
N
frictional force f r  F cos 
F
Fcos =  r N ,Fcos =  r (mg - F sin )
 F cos 
F r mg mgsin
cos      Tan  r 
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| F F
fr  cos  r sin 
F sin 
For F to be minimum cos     should be
mg
maximum  cos      1      0,   
 When a lawn roller is pushed by a force ‘F’,which makes an angle  with the horizontal, then
 Normal reaction N = mg + F sin  .   angle of friction.
 Frictional force f r  r N  r  mg  F sin  
F1= F(cos  – µr sin  ) – µrmg
The net horizontal pushing force is given by
ii)A Lawn Roller on a Horizontal Surface Pulled by an Inclined Force 2r  1
N r
F sin  F



F cos 
1
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
fr r  r mg
 Fmin  mgsin  mgsin From the figure, sin   2  1 , Fmin   2  1
r r
mg Minimum horizontal pulling force, when   0
 Let a lawn roller be pulled on a horizontal road by a force ‘F’, which makes an angle  with the
horizontal. cos  0     cos 
 Normal reaction N =mg – Fsin  mg sin 
 Frictional force fr = µrN = µr(mg – Fsin  ) F  mg tan 
cos 
 The net horizontal pulling force is F2 = F (cos + r sin ) - r mg Pulling is easier thanPushing. Applying an Inclined Pushing Force :
Applying an Inclined Pulling Force : Let an inclined force F is applied on the body so as to push it on the horizontal surface as shown
Let an inclined force F be applied on the body so as to pull it on the horizontal surface as shown in the figure.
in the figure.
N
Fsin F
N
F sin  F 
f F cos 
 ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
F cos 
mg
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
fr

mg
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
The body is in contact with the surface, and just ready to move, N=mg+Fsin  When the bottom block is pulled upper block is accelerated by the force of friction acting upon it.
frictional force f l = Fcos   The maximum acceleration of the system of two blocks to move together without slipping
is amax   s g , where s is the coefficient of static friction between the two blocks. The maximum
Fcos   s N  Fcos   s  mg  Fsin 
applied force for which both the blocks move together is Fmax  s g  mu  m B 
 s mg
F
 cos  s sin   If a   s g blocks move together and applied force is F  (m B  mu )a In this case frictional force

mgsin between the two block f  mu a .

F Tan  s 
cos      If a   s g , blocks slip relative to each other and have different accelerations. The acceleration of
For F to be minimum   0 F   k mu g
the upper block is au  k g and that for the bottom block is aB 
mg sin  mB
 Fmin   mg tan    mg
cos  s  Case - II:Upper block pulled and there is no
friction between bottom block and the horizontal surface.
(since  s  tan  )
EX.64: A block of mass m kg is pushed up against a wall by a force P that makes an angle ‘  ’ with the
mu F
horizontal as shown in figure. The coefficient of static friction between the block and the wall is f
 . The minimum value of P that allows the block to remain stationary is
mB
P sin 
P |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
f  When the upper block is pulled, bottom block is accelerated by the force of friction acting on it.
 The maximum acceleration of the system of two blocks to move together without slipping is

N P cos  mu
 amax   s g
mB where , s =coefficient of static friction between the two blocks The maximum
Sol :

mu
mg force for which both blocks move together is Fmax  s m g  m u  m B 
B

At equilibrium, P sin   f  mg , N  P cos   If a  amax , blocks move together and frictional force between the two blocks is f  mB a The
f   mg  P sin  ; N   mg  P sin  applied force on the upper block is F  (m B  mu )a

P cos   mg  P sin  ; P  sin    cos    mg  If a  amax blocks slide relative to each other and hence they have different accelerations.The
mu
P
mg acceleration of the bottom block is aB   K m g and the acceleration of the upper block is
 sin    cos  B

F   k mu g
Block on Block: au 
mu
 Case I: Bottom block is pulled and there is no friction between bottom block and the horizontal
 A number of blocks of identical masses m each are placed one above the other. Force required
surface.
to pull out Nth block from the top is
mu F = (2N–1)  mg
f
mB F
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.65:A block of mass 4kg is placed on another block of mass 5kg, and the block B rests on a On the upper block,
smooth horizontal table, for sliding the block A on B, a horizontal force 12N is required F=T+f=T+  N; F = T +  mg ……(1)
to be applied on it .How much maximum horizontal force can be applied on ‘B’ so that both On the lower block T =  mg ……… (2)
A and B move together? Also find out the acceleration produced by this force. from (1) and (2), we get, F = 2  mg
EX.67 : Block A weighs 4N and block B weighs 8N.The coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.25 for all
surfaces.Find the force F to slide B at a constant speed when (a) A rests on B and moves with
M1 A it (b) A is held at rest and (c) A and B are connected by a light cord passing over a smooth
pulley as shown in fig (a),(b) and (c) respectively
F M2 B A A
R2
R2 f2
F F
B R1 f 1 B R1 f1
Sol: Here M 1 =4kg and M 2 =5kg S S
L imiting friction between the blocks is f lim Acceleration of system is (a) (b)
A
F F F T
f2 R2
a   m / s2 f2
M1  M 2 4  5 9 F
B R1 T
Because of this acceleration the block A experiences a pseudo force of magnitude
S f1
F
Fpseudo  M 1a  4  (C)
9
M1 a
Sol :(a) When A moves with B the force opposing the motion is the only force of friction between B and
M1 A S the horizontal and as velocity of system is constant,
12N
F  f1   R1  0.2  4  8   3N
F B
M2 (b)When A is held stationary, the friction opposing the motion is between A and B. So
F   R1   R2  3  0.25  4   4 N
As block A move together with B, Fpseudo  f lim For maximum value of applied force (c)In this situation for dynamic equilibrium of B
4F F   R1   R2  T ...........(i)
Fpseudo  f lim ;  12  F  27 N
9 While for the uniform motion of A,
27 T   R2 ............(ii)
The acceleration of blocks = 3m / s 2
9 Substituting T from eqn (ii) in (i) we get F   R1  2  R2  3  2  1  5 N
EX.66:Two blocks of masses ‘m’ and ‘M’ are arranged as shown in the figure. The coefficient
of friction between the two blocks is ‘  ’, where as between the lower block and the horizontal EX.68 : The apparent weight of a person inside a lift is W1 when lift moves up with certain
surface is zero. Find the force ‘F’ to be applied on the upper block, for the system to be acceleration and is W2 when lift moves down with same acceleration. The weight of person
under equilibrium? when lift moves up with constant speed is
F W1  W2 W1  W2
1) 2) 3) 2W1 4) 2 W2
m 2 2
Sol : key-1
M
w1  m( g  a), w2  m( g  a ) ,
w3  mg
F m T
Sol :
mg
m T
mg
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.69 : A rope of length 10m and linear density 0.5kg/m is lying length wise on a smooth horizontal EX.73 : A particle of mass m, initially at rest is acted upon by a variable force F for a brief
floor. It is pulled by a force of 25 N. The tension in the rope at a point 6m away from the interval of time T. It begins to move with a velocity u after the force stops acting. F is shown
point of application is in the graph as a function of time. The curve is a semicircle.
1) 20 N 2) 15 N 3) 10 N 4) 5 N
F
Sol : key-3. F  ma ,For one unit  L

F  l
For l units  l , T  F  1  
L  L
EX.70 : Three blocks of masses m1 , m2 and m3 are connected by a massless string as shown in figure
on a frictionless table. They are pulled with a force T3 = 40 N. If m1  10kg , m2  6kg and
m3  4kg , then tension T2 will be

 F02 T 2  F0T  F0T

1) u  2) u  3) u  4) u 
2m 8m 4m 2m
Sol : key-3. Impulse = Area of semi circle
1) 10 N 2) 20 N 3) 32 N 4) 40 N EX.74 :A balloon of mass M is descending at a constant acceleration  . When a mass m is released
from the balloon it starts rising with the same acceleration  . Assuming that its volume does
Sol : key-3.. Fnet  ma , T3  T2  m3 a , T2  T1  m2 a , T1  m1a not change, what is the value of m?
solving the above equations,we get  2
M M
g g
EX.71 : A horizontal force F pushes a 4 kg block (A) which pushes against a 2 kg block (B) as 1) 2) 3) M 4) M
g g  2
shown. The blocks have an acceleration of 3m/s 2 to the right. There is no friction between Sol : key-2. While descending, Mg  FB  M 
the blocks and the surfaces on which they slide. What is the net force B exerts on A?
While ascending FB   M  m  g   M  m  
Where ‘ FB ’is the buoyancy force

EX.75 :In the following figure, the pulley is massless and frictionless. There is no friction between
the body and the floor. The acceleration produced in the body when it is displaced through a
certain distance with force ‘P’ will be
1) 6 N to the right 2) 12 N to the right 3) 6 N to the left 4) 12 N to the left

Sol : key-3. F  ma , Fnet  F  f , f  ma

T3
a
m1  m2  m3 , T2  (m1  m2 )a
EX.72 : The momentum of a body in two perpendicular directions at any time't' are given by
3t 2 P P P P
PX  2t 2  6 and PY   3 .The force acting on the body at t = 2 sec is 1) 2) 3) 4)
2 M 2M 3M 4M
1) 5 units 2) 2 units 3) 10 units 4) 15 units T
dP dP
Sol : key-2. F  ma , 2T  p, a  m
Sol : key-3. Fx  x , Fy  y , F  Fx 2  Fy 2
dt dt

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.76 :The pulley arrangements shown in figure are identical, the mass of the rope being negligible.  
In case I,the mass m is lifted by attaching a mass 2m to the other end of rope with a constant EX.78 :Two particles of masses m1 and m2 in projectile motion have velocities v1 and v2 respec-
downward force F = 2mg, where g is acceleration due to gravity. The acceleration of mass m 1 1
tively at time t  0 . They collide at time t0 . Their velocities become v1 and v2 at time 2t0
in case I is
while still moving in air. The value of  m1v1  m2 v2    m1v1  m2 v2  is
1 1  

1) zero 2)  m1  m2  gt0
1
3) 2  m1  m2  gt0 4)  m1  m2  gt0
2
Sol : key-3. mv1  m(u  at )
m1v11  m2v21  m  v1  2 gt0   m  v2  2 gt0 

F = 2mg
EX.79 :In order to raise a block of mass 100kg a man of mass 60kg fastens a rope to it and passes
5g
m the rope over a smooth pulley. He climbs the rope with an acceleration relative to rope.
m 4
The tension in the rope is  g  10ms 
2m 2

1) zero 2) more than that in case II 1) 1432N 2) 928 N 3) 1218N 4) 642N

3)less than that in case II 4)equal to that in case II
Sol : key-3. mm  60kg , mB  100kg
 m1  m2  ‘a’ be acceleration of rope.
Sol : key-3. F  ma , a  g  m  m  ,F –T = 0 and 5g
 1 2  arel  , arel  am  a ; am  arel  a
T = 2mg also T–mg = ma1 4
Finally a < a 1
5g
EX.77 :The string between blocks of masses ‘m’ and ‘2m’ is massless and inextensible.The system am  a
4
is suspended by a massless spring as shown. If the string is cut, the magnitudes of accelerations
of masses 2m and m (immediately after cutting) T  mB g  mB a  1

T  mm g  m2 am   2 
solving (1) & (2), we get
T - 100g = 100a -------(3)
g g g g  5g 
1) g , g 2) g , 3) ,g 4) , T - 60g = 60   a  ------(4)
2 2 2 2  4 
(3 ) - (4) , 40 g  100a  75 g  60a
Sol : key-3. For m1 , F  ma  m1 g ;For m2 , T  m2 g  m2 a1
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
35 2 EX.81 :Three equal weights A, B and C of mass 2 kg each are hanging on a string passing over a
160a  350  a  ms fixed frictionless pulley as shown in the fig. The tension in the string connecting weights B
16 and C is
35
T = 100g + 100a = 1000 + 100   1218 N
16
EX.80 :In the pulley-block arrangement shown in figure.Find the relation between acceleration
of block A and B.

1) zero 2) 13 N 3) 3.3 N 4) 19.6 N

Sol : key-2. For A, T1  m1a  m1 g
1) aB=-3aA 2) aB=-aA 3) aB=-2aA 4) aB=-4aA For B, (m 2  m3 ) g  T2  (m 2  m3 )a

Sol : key-1 Fnet

a
m1  m2  m3 ;For C , m3 g  T2  m3 a
EX.82 :In the figure shown a3 = 6m/s2 (downwards) and a2 = 4m/s2 (upwards). Find acceleration
of 1.

x1  x3  1
differentiating with respect to time,
we get v1  v3  0
Again differentiating w.r.to to time,
a1  a3  0  a1   a3 , a3   a1
 x1  x3    x2  x3    2 x1  x2  2 x3   2 1) 1m/sec2 upwards 2) 2m/sec2 upwards
differentiating w.r.to time, v1  v2  2v3  0 3) 1m/sec2 downwards 42m/sec2 downwards
Again differentiating w.r.to time, a1  a2  2a3  0
a1  a2  2a1  0 ; 3a1  a2  0
a2  3a1 ; aB  3a A

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Sol : key-1  mg 
Sol : key-4. F  4   upwards
 2 
W  2mg  downwards
F = W , a  0
EX.84 :Two masses each equal to m are lying on X-axis at (-a, 0) and (+a, 0), respectively, as
shown in fig. They are connected by a light string. A force F is applied at the origin along
vertical direction. As a result, the masses move towards each other without loosing contact
with ground. What is the acceleration of each mass? Assume the instantaneous position of
the masses as (-x, 0) and (x, 0), respectively
y

-a, 0 a, 0
-x x
m m
Since the points 1,2,3 and are movable, so let their displacements are x1 , x2 , x3 and x4 We observe ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
that the length of the strings between 1 and 4 and 2 and 3 are constants.
x1  x4  1 ;  x2  x4    x3  x4    2 2F a 2
 x2  2F x F x F x

Differentiating twice w.r.t time, we get

1)
m x
2) m
a 2
 x2  3) 2m
a 2
 x 2  4) m a 2
 x2 
a1  a 4  0  a1   a 4  1 Sol : key-3. F  2T sin  , ma1  T cos 
a2  a4  a3  a4  0  a 2  a3  2 a 4  0   2 
a2  4ms 2 , a3  6ms 2 ; 4  6  2a4  0
2a4  2  a4  1ms 2 ; From (1),
a1   a4 ; a1  1ms 2 ; a1  1ms 2 upwards
EX.83 :A man of mass m stands on a platform of equal mass m and pulls himself by two ropes
passing over pulleys as shown in figure. If he pulls each rope with a force equal to half his
weight, his upward acceleration would be

g g
1) 2) 3) g 4) zero
2 4
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
EX.85 :Two blocks A and B are separated by some distance and tied by a string as shown in the
figure. The force of friction in both the blocks at t = 2s is.

h l

1) 4N(  ), 5N(  ) 2) 2N(  ), 5N(  )

3) 0N(  ), 10N(  ) 4) 1N(  ), 10N(  ) B
Sol : key-4. At t = 2s, F1 = 4N A

1 1
1) VA cos  2) VA sin  3) VA cos  4) VA tan 
2 2
Sol : key-1. Let  angle between string and horizontal T is tension in string
f1  1m1 g  0.6  1 10  6 N
f 2  2 m2 g  0.5  2  10  10 N T
2T
Fnet  F2  F1  15  4  11N 
VB VA
As, Fnet  f1  f 2 .
The system will remain at rest and the values of frictional forces on the blocks will be,  T .V  0 ; T cos  VA  2TVB  0
T  4  f1 and T  15  f 2 ; 4  f1  15  f 2 1
VB  VA cos 
f1  f 2  11N  (1) 2
4th option, EX.87 :The force acting on the block of mass 1kg is given by F = 5 -2t. The frictional force acting
f1  1N , f 2  10 N ; f1  f 2  11N on the block after time t = 2 seconds will be    0.2 
EX.86 :The car A is used to pull a load B with the pulley arrangement shown. If A has a forward
velocity v A determine an expression for the upward velocity vB , of the load in terms of VA and   0.2 F  (5  2t)N
 .  is angle between string and horizontal

1) 2N 2) 3N 3) 1N 4) Zero
Sol : key-2.
N

(5-2t)
f
10

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

EX.90 :The motion of a particle of mass m is given by x = 0 for t < 0s, x(t) = Asin 4  t for 0< t<(1/
f max  10  0.2  2 N 4) s (A > 0), and x = 0 for t >(1/4) s. Which of the following statements is true?
Initial force = 5N > 2N
a) The force at t = (1/8) s on the particle is -m16  2 A.
 block will move with acceleration
5  2t  f b) The particle is acted upon by an impulse of magnitude m47  2 A at t = 0 s and t = (1/4) s.
a  5  2t  2 c) The particle is not acted upon by any force.
1 d) The particle is not acted upon by a constant force.
dv e)There is no impulse acting on the particle.
 3  2t v  3t  t 2
dt Sol: (a,b,d)
 at t  0, v  0  v  0  t  0, 3sec Given, x = 0 for t < 0 s
 at t = 2sec block is moving 1
x(t) = A sin 4  t; for 0 < t < s
 f max will act i.e., frictional force acting = 2N 4
1
EX.88 :A body of mass 2kg travels according to the law x(t) = pt + qt2 + rt3 where, q = 4ms-2, p = x =0; for t > s
4
3ms-1 and r = 5ms-3. The force acting on the body at t = 2 seconds is
a) 136 N b) 134 N c) 158 N d) 68 N 1
For, 0 < t < s
Sol: (a) Given, mass = 2kg 4
x(t) =pt + qt + rt
2 3
dx dv  t 
dx v (t) = =4 Acos 4  t
v  p + 2qt + 3rt 2 dt dt
dt dv  t 
dv a(t) = = -16  2 a sin4  t
a  0 + 2qt + 6rt dt
dt 1 1
at t = 2s; a = 2q + 6 x 2 xr At = s, a(t) = -16  2 Asin4  x = -16  2A
= 2q +12r 8 8
= 2 x 4 + 12 x 5 F = ma(t) = -16  A x m = -16  mA
2 2

= 8 + 60 = 68 m/s Impulse = Change in linear momentum

Force = F = ma = 2 x 68 = 136N 1
I = Fxt = (-16  2 Am) x = -4  2Am
   4
EX.89 :A body with mass 5 kg is acted upon by a force F   3 i  4 j  N . If its initial velocity at t the impulse (Change in linear momentum)
 
1
  
 1 at t = 0 is same as, t = s
= 0 is v   6 i  12 j  ms , the time at which it will just have a velocity along they- axis is 4
  Clearly, force depends upon A which is not constant. Hence, force is also not constant.
a) never b) 10 s c) 2 s d) 15 s
EX.91 :In figure a body A of mass m slides on plane inclined at angle 1 ,to the horizontal and  is
Sol: (b) Given, mass = m = 5kg
the coefficent of friction between Aand the plane. A is connected by a light string passing
  
 over a frictioness pulley to another body B, also of mass m, sliding on a frictionless plane
A cting force = F   3 i  4 j  N
  inclined at angle 2 to the horizontal. Which of the following statements are true?
  
 1
Initial velocity at t = 0, v   6 i  12 j  ms
 
B
  
 A m
F  3i 4 j 
Retardation, a  m    5  5  m / s
2
m
  2
1
As final velocity is along Y-axis only, its x- component must be zero.
From v = u + at, for X-component only,
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
a) A will never move up the plane.
sin 2  sin 1
b) A will just start moving up the plane when   cos 1
T1
c) For A to move up the plane, 2 must always be greater than 1 .
d) B will always slide down with constant speed. 5kg T2
Sol: (b,c) Let A moves up the plane frictional force on A will be downward as shown. T1
T2
a a
N1 a 5g T2
A B N2 3kg 3g
s1 T2
1 co mg cos
sin mg 2
For the upper block T1 - T2 - 5g = 5a
2
mg
mg
1 f mg mg 2
sin  T1 - T2 = 5 (g + a)
2 For the lower block T2 - 3g = 3a
When A just starts moving up  T2 = 3(g + a) = 3(9.8+2) = 35.4N
From Eq. (i) T1 = T2 + 5 (g + a)
mg sin 1  f  mg sin 2 = 35.4 + 5 (9.8 + 2) = 94.4N
 mg sin 1  mg cos 1  mg sin 2     1
EX.93 :A cricket ball of mass 150 g has an initial velocity u   3 i  4 j  ms and a final velocity
sin 2  sin 1  

cos 1   
v    3 i  4 j  ms 1 after being hit. The change in momentum (final momentum- initial
When A moves upwards  
f = mg sin 2 - mg sin 1 > 0 momentum) is (in kg ms-1)
 sin 2 > sin 1  2 > 1   
   
  
a) zero b)   0.45 i  0.6 j  c)   0.9 i  1.2 j  d) 5  i  j  i
EX.92 :Two masses of 5 kg and 3 kg are suspended with help of massless inextensible strings as      
shown in figure. Calculate T1 and T2 when whole system is going upwards with acceleration
= 2m/s2 (use g = 9.8 ms-2).  
Sol: (c) Given, u = 3iˆ  4jˆ m/s and

 
v = - 3iˆ  4jˆ m/s
mass ofthe ball = 150 g = 0.15 kg
T1
 P= mv-mu

5 kg
 ˆ ˆ   
ˆ ˆ 
 P = m (v - w) = -(0.15)  3i  4 j  3i  4 j  
= (0.15)  6iˆ  8jˆ 
T2
Hence,  p =  0.9iˆ  1.2ˆj
3 kg EX.94 :In figure the co-efficient of friction between the floor and the body B is 0.1. The co-
efficient of friction between the bodies B and A is 0.2. A force F is applied as shown B. The
a) T1 = 5N, T2 = 38N b) T1 = 35.4N, T2 = 94.4N mass of A is m/2 and of B is m. Which of the following statements are true?
c) T1 = 94.4N, T2 = 35.4N d) T1 = 0N, T2 = 35.4N
A
Sol:Given, m1 = 5kg, m2 = 3kg
g = 9.8m/s2 and a=2m/s2 F
B

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

a) The bodies will move together if F= 0.25 mg. EX.95 :A body of mass 10kg is acted upon by two perpendicular forces, 6N and 8N. The resultant
b) The body A will slip with respect to B if F=0.5 mg. acceleration of the body is
c) The bodies will move together if F= 0.5 mg. a) 1 ms-2 at an angle of tan-1  4 / 3 6N force.
d) The bodies will be at rest if F=0.1 mg.
b) 0.2 ms-2 at an angle of tan-1  4 / 3 w.r.t. 6N force.
Sol: (a,b,d)
Consider the adjacent diagram Frictonal force on c) 1 ms-2 at an angle of tan-1  4 / 3 w.r.t.8N force.
B(f1) and frictional force on A(t2) will be as shown.
Let A and B are moving together d) 0.2 ms-2 at an angle of tan-1  4 / 3 w.r.t.8N force.
F  f1 F  f1 2  F  f1  Sol: (a) Consider the adjacent diagram
a common    Given, mass = m = 10 kg
mA  mB  m / 2   m 3m F1 = 6N, F2 = 8N
Pseudo force on A = (mA) x acommon
Resultant force= F  F12  F22  36  64 =10N
2  F  f1  m 2  F  f1   F  f1 
 mA    
3m 2 3m 3m F2

A f2
f2 F
f1 B F PN

2
The force (F) will be maximum when 1
Pseudo force on A = Frictional force on A F1
F f
 max 1  m A g F 10
3 a   1m / s 2 ; along R
m 10
F f m
 max 1  0.2   g  0.1mg Let 1 , be angle between R and F1
3 2
8 4
 Fmax  0.3mg  f1 tan 1  
6 3
3
 0.3mg   0.1 mg  0.45mg 4
2 1  tan 1   w.r.t. F = 6N
 Hence, maximum force upto which bodies will move together is Fmax = 0.45mg 3 1

a) Hence, for F = 0.25 mg < Fmax bodies will move together Let 2 be angle between F and F2
b) For F = 0.5mg > Fmax, body A will slip with respect to B
c) For F = 0.5mg > Fmax, bodies slip 6 3
tan 2  
8 4
3
 f1 max  m Bg   0.1  m  g  0.15mg 3
2 2  tan 1   w.r.t F = 8N
m 4 2

 f 2 max  m A g   0.2    g  0.1mg EX.96 :Mass m1 moves of a slope making an angle q with the horizontal and is attached to mass m2
2
by a string passing over a frictionless pulley as shown in figure. The coefficient of friction
Hence, minimum force required for movement of the system (A + B)
between m1 and the sloping surface is  . Which of the following statements are true ?
fmin= (f1)max+ (f2)max
= 0.15mg + 0.1mg = 0.25mg a) If m2 > m1 sin , the body will move up the plane
d) Ginve, force F = 0. lmg < Fmin b)If m2 > m1 (sin  +  cos  ), the body will move up the plane
Hence, the bodies will be at rest c) If m2 < m1 (sin  +  cos  ), the body will move up the plane
d) If m2 < m1 (sin  -  cos  ),the body will move down the plane
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Sol: (b,d)
Let m1, moves up the plane. Let the travelled distance be s.
Different forces involved are shown in the diagram 1
N = Normal reaction Using equation of motion, s = ut + at2, weget
f = Frictional force 2
T = Tension in the string 1 g 2 gT 2
f =  N =  m1g cos  s = 0.t + T or s 
2 2 2 2
N On rough inclined plane Acceleration fo the body
T T a = g(sin  -  cos  )
g 1   

 2
sin  mg cos
mg f  1 
m1g
 As, sin 45  cos 45 
0 0

For the system (m1 + m 2) to move up  2
m2g - (m1g sin  + f) > 0 Again using equation of motion,
 m2g - (m1g sin  +  m1g cos  ) > 0 1
s = ut + at2, we get
 m2 > m1(sin  +  cos  ) 2
Hence, option (b) is corrected 1 g 1   
Let the body moves down the plane, in this case facts up the plane. s  0(pT)  (pT) 2
2 2
Hence, m1g sin  - f > m2g
 m1g sin -  m1g cos  > m2g g 1    p 2 T 2
or s 
 m1 (sin  -  cos  ) > m2 2 2
 m2 < m1 (sin  -  cos  ) From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
Hence, option (d) is correct. gT 2 g 1    p T
2 2

EX.97 :When a body slides down from rest along a smooth inclined plane making an angle of 450 
with the horizontal, it takes timeT. When the same body slides down from rest along a rough 2 2 2 2
inclined plane making the same angle and through the same distance, it is seen to take time pT, or 1    p 2  1
where p is some number greater than 1. Calculate the coefficient of friction between the body
and the rough plane. 1
or 1    
p2
 1 
or   1  2 
 p 
a
 =450
 1   1  1 1
a)  1  2  b)  1  2  c) 2 d) - 2
 P   P  P P
Sol: (a) consider the diagram where a body slides down from along an inclined plane of inclination
 (= 450)
On smooth inclined plane Acceleration of a body sliding down a smooth inclined plane

Here a = gsin  ,  = 450

g
 a = gsin450 =
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

JEE MAIN PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
𝑑𝑚
𝐹 = −𝑣 ( 𝑑𝑡 ) = −𝑣(𝑏𝑣 2 ) = −𝑏𝑣 3 [Using (i) and (ii)]
ST ND RD
TOPIC-1 1 ,2 &3 Laws of Motion −𝑏𝑣 3
⇒ 𝐹 = 𝑀(𝑡)𝑎 = −𝑏𝑣 3 ⇒ 𝑎 =
𝑀(𝑡)
1. A particle moving in the 𝑥𝑦 plane experiences a velocity dependent force 𝐹⃗ = 𝑘(𝑣𝑦 𝑖̂ + 𝑣𝑥 𝑗̂) ,
where 𝑣𝑥 and 𝑣𝑦 are 𝑥 and 𝑦 components of its velocity 𝑣⃗. If 𝑎⃗ is the acceleration of the 3. A small ball of mass 𝑚 is thrown upward with velocity 𝑢 from the ground. The ball experiences a
particle, then which of the following statements is true for the particle? [Sep. 06, 2020 (II)] resistive force 𝑚𝑘𝑦 2 where 𝑣 is its speed. The maximum height attained by the ball is:
(a) Quantity 𝑣⃗ × 𝑎⃗ is constant in time [Sep. 04, 2020 (II)]
(b) 𝐹⃗ Arises due to a magnetic field 1 𝑘𝑢2 1 𝑘𝑢2 1 𝑘𝑢2 1 𝑘𝑢2
(a) tan−1 (b) ln ((+ )) (c) tan−1 (d) ln ((+ ))
(c) Kinetic energy of particle is constant in time 2𝑘 𝑔 𝑘 2𝑔 𝑘 2𝑔 2𝑘 𝑔

(d) Quantity 𝑣⃗ ⋅ 𝑎⃗ is constant in time sol.

sol. (a) Given
𝐹⃗ = 𝑘(𝑣𝑦 𝑖̂ + 𝑣𝑋 𝑗)
𝐹𝑥 = 𝑘𝑣𝑦 𝑖̂, 𝐹𝑦 = 𝑘𝑣𝑥 𝑗
𝑚𝑑𝑣𝑥 𝑑𝑣𝑥 𝑘
= 𝑘𝑣𝑦 ⇒ = 𝑣𝑦
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑚 𝐹⃗ = 𝑚𝑘𝑣 2 − 𝑚𝑔 (⋅.⋅mg and 𝑚𝑘𝑦 2 act opposite to each other)
𝑑𝑣𝑦 𝑘 𝑎⃗ = −[𝑘𝑣 2 + 𝑔]
Similarly, = 𝑚 𝑣𝑥
𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑣
⇒ 𝑣 ⋅ 𝑑ℎ = −[𝑘𝑦 2 + 𝑔] (⋅.⋅ 𝑎 = 𝑣 𝑑ℎ)
dv yv
 x  v y dv y  vx dvx 0
𝑣 ⋅ 𝑑𝑣 ℎ
dvx v y ⇒∫ = ∫ 𝑑ℎ
𝑢 𝑘𝑦 2 + 𝑔 0
𝑣𝑦2 = 𝑣𝑋2 + 𝐶 1
⇒ ln [𝑘𝑣 2 + 𝑔]0𝑢 = −ℎ
𝑣𝑦2 − 𝑣𝑋2 = constant 2𝑘
𝑘 1 𝑘𝑢2 + 𝑔
𝑣⃗ × 𝑎⃗ = (𝑣𝑥 𝑖̂ + 𝑣𝑦 𝑗̂) × (𝑣 𝑖̂ + 𝑣𝑥 𝑗̂) ⇒ ln [ ]=ℎ
𝑚 𝑦 2𝑘 𝑔
𝑘 𝑘
= (𝑣𝑥2 𝑘̂ − 𝑣𝑦2 𝑘̂ ) 𝑚 = (𝑣𝑥2 − 𝑣𝑦2 ) 𝑚 𝑘̂ = constant
4. A ball is thrown upward with an initial velocity V0 from the surface of the earth. The motion of the
2. A spaceship in space sweeps stationary interplanetary dust. As a result, its mass increases at a rate ball is affected by a drag force equal to m𝛾v 2 (where m is mass ofthe ball, v is its instantaneous
𝑑𝑀(𝑡) velocity and 𝛾 is a constant). Time taken by the ball to rise to its zenith is: [10 April 2019 I]
𝑑𝑡
= 𝑏𝑣 2 (𝑡) , where 𝑣(𝑡) is its instantaneous velocity. The instantaneous acceleration of the
1 𝛾 1 𝛾
(a) tan−1 (√g V0 ) (b) sin−1 (√g V0 )
satellite is : [Sep. 05, 2020 (II)] √𝛾g √𝛾g

𝑏𝑣 3 2𝑏𝑣 3 𝑏𝑣 3 1 𝛾 1 2𝛾
(a) −𝑏𝑣 3 (𝑡) (b) − 𝑀(𝑡) (c) − 𝑀(𝑡) (d) − 2𝑀(𝑡) (c) 𝑙n (1 + √g V0 ) (d) tan−1 (√ g V0 )
√𝛾g √2𝛾g

sol. (b) From the Newton’s second law, sol. (a) Net acceleration
𝑑𝑝 𝑑(𝑚𝑣) 𝑑𝑚 dv
𝐹= = = 𝑣 ( 𝑑𝑡 ) (i) = a = −(g + 𝛾v 2 )
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 dt
𝑑𝑀(𝑡) Let time t required to rise to its zenith (v = 0) so,
We have given, 𝑑𝑡
= 𝑏𝑣 2 (𝑡) (ii)
0 −dv 𝑡
∫𝑣0 g+𝛾v2 = ∫0 d t [for H max , v = 0]
Thrust on the satellite,
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
R dv R
l   v0  sol. (a) From 𝐹 = t2 v(t) ⇒ m dt = t2 v(t)
t tan 1 
g  g 
  dv Rdt
Integrating both sides  dt   mt 2

5. A ball is thrown vertically up (taken as + z‐axis) from the ground. The correct momentum‐height R
In v = − mt
(p‐h) diagram is: [9 April 2019 I]
1
. . ln v ∝ t

sol. (d) v 2 = u2 − 2gh 8. A large number (n) of identical beads, each of mass m and radius r are strung on a thin smooth
or v = √𝑢2 − 2𝑔ℎ rigid horizontal rod of length L(L >> r) and are at rest at random positions. The rod is mounted
Momentum, P = mv = 𝑚√𝑢2 − 2𝑔ℎ between two rigid supports (see figure). If one of the beads is now given a speed v, the average
u2 force experienced by each support after a long time is (assume all collisions are elastic):
At h = 0, P = mu and at h  , P  0
f [Online April 11, 2015]
upward direction is positive and downward direction is negative.

6. A particle of mass m is moving in a straight line with momentump. Starting at timet = 0, a force
𝐹 = 𝑘t acts in the same direction on the moving particle during time interval T so that its
momentum changes from p to 3p. Here 𝑘 is a constant. The value of T is: [11 Jan. 2019 II]
𝑘 p 2𝑘 2𝑝 mv2 mv2 mv2
(a) 2√p (b) 2√𝑘 (c) √ p (d) √ k (a) (b) (c) (d) zero
2(L−nr) L−2nr L−nr

sol. (b) From Newton’s second law sol. (b) Space between the supports for motion of beads is L − 2nr
dp 2mV mV 2
= 𝐹 = kt Average force experienced by each support, F  
dt 2  L  2nr  L  2nr
Integrating both sides we get, V
3p T T
3p t2
∫ d p = ∫ k tdt ⇒ [p]p = k [ ]
p 0 2 0

kT 2 p
⇒ 2p = ⇒ T = 2√
2 k
9. A body of mass 5 kg under the action of constant force 𝐹⃗ = 𝐹x î + 𝐹y ĵ has velocity at t = 0s as
R v ⃗⃗ = +6ĵm/s. The force 𝐹⃗ is: [Online April 11, 2014]
⃗⃗ = (6î − 2ĵ)m/s and at t = 10s as v
7. A particle of mass m is acted upon by a force 𝐹 given by the empirical law = t2 v(t) . If this law
3 4 3 4
(a) (−3ĵ + 4j)N (b) (− 5 î + 5 ĵ) N (c) (3î‐4j)N (d) (5 î‐ 5 ĵ) N
is to be tested experimentally by observing the motion starting from rest, the best way is to plot:
[Online Apri110, 2016] sol. (a) From question,
1 Mass of body, 𝑚 = 5 kg
(a) log v(t) against (b) v(t) against t 2
t Velocity at 𝑡 = 0, 𝑢 = (6î‐2j) m/s
1 Velocity at 𝑡 = 10s, 𝑣 = +6𝑗m/s
(c) log v(t) against (d) log v(t) against t
t2 Force, 𝐹 =?

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

𝑣−𝑢 6𝑗̂ −(6𝑖̂−2𝑗̂ ) −3𝑖̂+4𝑗̂ acceleration of A with respect to B? [2010]
Acceleration, 𝑎 = 𝑡
= 10
= 5
m/s 2

(−3𝑖̂+4𝑗̂ )
Force, 𝐹 = 𝑚𝑎 =5× 5
= (−3𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂)𝑁

10. A particle of mass m is at rest at the origin at time 𝑡 = 0. It is subjected to a force 𝐹(𝑡) = 𝐹0 e−𝑏𝑡
in the 𝑥 direction. Its speed v(𝑡) is depicted by which of the following curves? [2012] (a) 4.9ms −2 in horizontal direction (b) 9.8ms −2 in vertical direction
(c) Zero (d) 4.9ms−2 in vertical direction
sol. (d) mg sin 𝜃 = 𝑚𝑎
𝑎 = 𝑔 sin 𝜃
Vertical component of acceleration = 𝑔sin2 𝜃
sol. (c) Given that 𝐹(𝑡) = 𝐹0 𝑒 −𝑏𝑡 Relative vertical acceleration ofA with respect to B is
𝑑𝑣 𝑔(sin2 60 − sin2 30]
⇒ 𝑚 = 𝐹0 𝑒 −𝑏𝑡
𝑑𝑡
3 1 𝑔
= 𝑔 (4 − 4) = 2
= 4.9m/s2 in vertical direction
𝑑𝑣 𝐹0 −𝑏𝑡
= 𝑒
𝑑𝑡 𝑚
𝑣
𝐹0 𝑡 13. A ball of mass 0.2 kg is thrown vertically upwards by applying a force by hand. If the hand moves
∫ 𝑑 𝑣 = ∫ 𝑒 −𝑏𝑡 𝑑𝑡
0 𝑚 0 0.2m while applying the force and the ball goes upto 2 m height further, find the magnitude of the
𝑡 force. (Consider g = 10m/s2 ). [2006]
𝐹0 𝑒 −𝑏𝑡 𝐹0
𝑣= [ ] = [−(𝑒 −𝑏𝑡 − 𝑒 −0 )] (a) 4N (b) 16N (c) 20N (d) 22N
𝑚 −𝑏 0 𝑚𝑏
sol. (d) For the motion of ball, just after the throwing
𝐹0 𝑣 = 0, 𝑠 = 2m, 𝑎 = −𝑔 = −10ms −2
⇒𝑣= [1 − 𝑒 −𝑏𝑡 ]
𝑚𝑏 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠 for upwardjourney
⇒ −𝑢2 = 2(−10) × 2 ⇒ 𝑢2 = 40
11. This question has Statement 1 and Statement 2. Of the four choices given after the Statements, When the ball is in the hands of the thrower
choose the one that best describes the two Statements. 𝑢 = 0, 𝑣 = √40ms −1
Statement 1: If you push on a cart being pulled by a horse so that it does not move, the cart pushes 𝑠 = 0.2m
you back with an equal and opposite force. 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠
Statement 2: The cart does not move because the force described in statement 1 cancel each other. ⇒ 40 − 0 = 2(𝑎)0.2 ⇒ 𝑎 = 100m/s2
[Online May 26, 2012] 𝐹 = 𝑚𝑎 = 0.2 × 100 = 20𝑁
(a) Statement 1 is true, Statement2 is true, Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1. ⇒ 𝑁 − 𝑚𝑔 = 20 ⇒ 𝑁 = 20 + 2 = 22𝑁
(b) Statement 1 is false, Statement 2 is true. Note :
(c) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is false. 𝑊ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑑 + 𝑊𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 𝛥𝐾
(d) Statement 1 is true, Statement2 is true, Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of Statement 1. ⇒ 𝐹(0.2) + (0.2)(10)(2.2) = 0 ⇒ 𝐹 = 22𝑁
sol. (a) According to newton third law of motion i.e. every action is associated with equal and opposite
reaction. 14. A player caught a cricket ball of mass 150 g moving at a rate of 20 m/s. If the catching process is
completed in 0.1s, the force ofthe blow exerted by the ball on the hand of the player is equal to
12. Two fixed frictionless inclined planes making an angle 30O and 60∘ with the vertical are shown in [2006]
the figure. Two blocks A and B are placed on the two planes. What is the relative vertical (a) 150N (b) 3 N (c) 30N (d) 300N
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
sol. (c) Given, mass of cricket ball, 𝑚 = 150𝑔 = 0.15 kg
Initial velocity, 𝑢 = 20m/s
𝑚(𝑣−𝑢) 0.15(0−20)
Force, 𝐹 = 𝑡
= 0.1
= 30𝑁

15. A particle of mass 0.3 kg subject to a force 𝐹 = −𝑘𝑥 with 𝑘 = 15N/m. What will be its initial 𝐹 = 𝑚(𝑔 + 𝑎) = 3.5 × 104 (10+10)
acceleration if it is released from a point 20 cm away from the origin? [2005] = 7 × 105 N
(a) 15m/s 2 (b) 3m/s2 (c) 10m/s 2 (d) 5m/s2
sol. (c) Mass (𝑚) = 0.3 kg 18. Three forces start acting simultaneously on a particle moving with velocity, v
⃗⃗. These forces are
Force, 𝐹 = 𝑚. 𝑎 = −𝑘𝑥 represented in maguitude and direction by the three sides of a triangle ABC. The particle will now
⇒ 𝑚𝑎 = −15𝑥 move with velocity [2003]
⇒ 0.3𝑎 = −15𝑥
15 −150
⇒𝑎=− 𝑥= 𝑥 = −50𝑥
0.3 3
𝑎 = −50 × 0.2 = 10m/s 2

16. A block is kept on a frictionless inclined surface with angle of inclination𝛼’. The incline is given an (a) less than 𝑣⃗ (b) greater than 𝑣⃗
acceleration ‘a’ to keep the block stationary. Then a is equal to [2005] (c) |𝑣⃗| in the direction of the largest force BC (d) 𝑣⃗ , remaining unchanged
sol. (d) Resultant force is zero, as three forces are represented by the sides of a triangle taken in the same
order. From Newton’s second law, 𝐹⃗𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 𝑚𝑎⃗.
Therefore, acceleration is also zero i.e., velocity remains unchanged.

(a) 𝑔 cosec 𝛼 (b) 𝑔/ tan 𝛼 (c) 𝑔 tan 𝛼 (d) 𝑔 19. A solid sphere, a hollow sphere and a ring are released from top of an inclined plane (frictionless) so
sol. (c) When the incline is given an acceleration a towards the right, the block receives a reaction 𝑚𝑎 that they slide down the plane. Then maximum acceleration down the plane is for (no rolling) [2002]
towards left. (a) solid sphere (b) hollow sphere (c) ring (d) all same
sol. (d) This is a case of sliding (if plane is friction less) and therefore the acceleration of all the bodies is
same.

TOPIC 2, Motion of Connected Bodies, Pulley& Equilibrium of Forces

For block to remain stationary, Net force along the incline should be zero.
mg sin 𝛼 = 𝑚𝑎 cos 𝛼 ⇒ 𝑎 = 𝑔 tan 𝛼 20. A mass of10 kg is suspended by a rope of length 4 m, from the ceiling. A force 𝐹 is applied
horizontally at the midpoint ofthe rope such that the top half of the rope makes an angle of 45∘ with
17. A rocket with a lift-off mass 3.5 × 104 kg is blasted upwards with an initial accelerationof 10m/s 2 . the vertical. Then 𝐹 equals: (Take 𝑔 = 10 m/s2 and the rope to be massless) [7 Jan. 2020 II]
Then the initial thrust of the blast is [2003] (a) 100 N (b) 90 N (c) 70N (d) 75N
(a) 3.5 × 105 N (b) 7.0 × 105 N (c) 14.0 × 105 N (d) 1.75 × 105 N sol. (a) From the free body diagram
sol. (b) In the absence of air resistance, if Thrust (F) the rocket moves up with an acceleration a, then
thrust
𝐹 = 𝑚𝑔 + 𝑚𝑎

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

𝐹 = 100N

23. A mass ‘m’ is supported by a massless string wound around a uniform hollow cylinder of mass m
and radius R. Ifthe string does not slip on the cylinder, with what acceleration will the mass fall or
release? [2014]
10 kg
𝑇 cos 45∘ = 100𝑁 (i)
𝑇 sin 45∘ = 𝐹 (ii)
On dividing (i) by(ii) we get
𝑇 cos 45∘ 100
=
𝑇 sin 45∘ 𝐹
⇒ 𝐹 = 100N

21. An elevator in a building can carry a maximum of 10 persons, with the average mass of each person 2g g 5g
(a) b) (c) (d) g
being 68 kg. The mass ofthe elevator itself is 920 kg and it moves with a constant speed of 3 m/s. 3 2 6

The frictional force opposing the motion is 6000 N. Ifthe elevator is moving up with its full capacity, sol. (b) From figure,
the power delivered by the motor to the elevator (𝑔 = 10m/s 2 ) must be at least: [7 Jan. 2020 II]
(a) 56300 W (b) 62360 W (c) 48000 W (d) 66000 W
sol. (d) Net force on the elevator = force on elevator + frictional force
⇒ 𝐹 = (10𝑚 + 𝑀)𝑔 + 𝑓
where, 𝑚 = mass ofperson, 𝑀 = mass ofelevator, 𝑓 = fiictional force
⇒ 𝐹 = (10 × 68 + 920) × 9.8 + 600
⇒ 𝐹 = 22000𝑁 Acceleration 𝑎 = 𝑅𝛼 … (i)
⇒ 𝑃 = 𝐹𝑉 = 22000 × 3 = 66000𝑊 And 𝑚𝑔 − 𝑇 = 𝑚𝑎 …(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii)
22. A mass of 10 kg is suspended vertically by a rope from the roof. When a horizontal force is applied 𝑎
𝑇 × 𝑅 = 𝑚𝑅 2 𝛼 = 𝑚𝑅 2 ( )
on the rope at some point, the rope deviated at an angle of 45o at the roof point. If the suspended 𝑅
mass is at equilibrium, the magnitude of the force applied is (g = 10ms −2 ) [9 Jan. 2019 II] or 𝑇 = 𝑚𝑎
(a) 200 N (b) 140 N (c) 70 N (d) 100 N ⇒ 𝑚𝑔 − 𝑚𝑎 = 𝑚𝑎
sol. 𝑔
⇒ 𝑎= 2

24. Two blocks of mass M1 = 20 kg and M2 = 12 kg are connected by a metal rod of mass 8 kg. The
system is pulled vertically up by applying a force of 480 N as shown. The tension at the mid‐point
of the rod is: [Online April 22, 2013]

At equilibrium,
mg 100
tan 45∘ = =
𝐹 𝐹
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
fiictionless surface as shown in the figure. When the blocks are released, they have initial velocity of
𝑣1 and 𝑣2 as shown. The blocks travel distances 𝑥1 and 𝑥2 respectively before coming to rest.

x 
The ratio  1  is [Online May 12, 2012]
 x2 

(a) 144 N (b) 96N (c) 240 N (d) 192N

𝐹
sol. (d) Acceleration produced in upward direction a = M
1 +M2 +Massofmetalrod

480 𝑚2 𝑚1 𝑚 𝑚
= 20+12+8 = 12 ms −2 (a) 𝑚1
(b) 𝑚2
(c) √𝑚2 (d) √𝑚1
1 2

Tension at the mid point sol. (a)

Mass of rod
T = (M2 + ) a = (12 + 4) × 12 = 192N
2 27. A block of mass 𝑚 is connected to another block ofmass 𝑀 by a spring (massless) of spring
constant𝑘. The block is kept on a smooth horizontal plane. Initially the blocks are at rest and the
25. A uniform sphere of weight W and radius 5 cm is being held by a string as shown in the figure. The spring is unstretched. Then a constant force 𝐹 starts acting on the block of mass 𝑀 to pull it. Find
tension in the string will be: [Online April 9, 2013] the force of the block of mass 𝑚. [2007]
𝑀𝐹 𝑚𝐹 (𝑀+𝑚)𝐹 𝑚𝐹
(a) (𝑚+𝑀)
(b) 𝑀
(c) 𝑚
(d) (𝑚+𝑀)

sol. (d) Writing free body‐diagrams for 𝑚 &M,

𝑊 𝑊 𝑊 𝑊
(a) 12 5
(b) 5 12 (c) 13 5
(d) 13 12

sol. (d) we get 𝑇 = 𝑚𝑎 and 𝐹 − 𝑇 = 𝑀𝑎 where 𝑇 is force due to spring

⇒ 𝐹‐ 𝑚𝑎 = 𝑀𝑎 or, 𝐹 = 𝑀𝑎 + 𝑚𝑎
𝐹
Acceleration of the system 𝑎 = 𝑀+𝑚.

𝐹 𝑚𝐹
Now, force acting on the block of mass m is 𝑚𝑎 = 𝑚 (𝑀+𝑚) = 𝑚+𝑀

28. Two masses 𝑚1 = 5g and 𝑚2 = 4.8 kg tied to a string are hanging over a light frictionless pulley.
PQ = √oP 2 + OQ2 What is the acceleration of the masses when left free to move? (g = 10ms−2 ) [2004]
= √132 + 52 = 12
13
Tension in the string T = w cos 𝜃 = 12 W

26. A spring is compressed between two blocks of masses 𝑚1 and 𝑚2 placed on a horizontal

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

we get 𝑃 = (𝑚 + 𝑀)𝑎
𝑃
Acceleration produced, 𝑎 = 𝑚+𝑀

Taking the block as a system,

(a) 5 m/s2 (b) 9.8m/s2 (c) 0.2m/s 2 (d) 4.8m/s 2 𝑀𝑃
Force on the block, 𝐹 = 𝑀𝑎 𝐹 = 𝑚+𝑀
sol. (c)Here,𝑚1 = 5kgand𝑚2 = 48kg
If a is the acceleration of the masses,
𝑚1 𝑎 = 𝑚1 𝑔 − 𝑇 (i) 31. A light spring balance hangs from the hook of the other light spring balance and a block of mass 𝑀
𝑚2 𝑎 = 𝑇 − 𝑚2 𝑔 (ii) kg hangs liom the former one. Then the true statement about the scale reading is [2003]
Solving (i) and (ii) we get (a) both the scales read 𝑀 kg each
𝑚1 − 𝑚2 (b) the scale of the lower one reads 𝑀 kg and of the upper one zero
𝑎=( )𝑔
𝑚1 + 𝑚2 (c) the reading of the two scales can be anything but the sum of the reading will be 𝑀 kg
(d) both the scales read M/2 kg each
(5 − 4.8) × 9.8 sol. (a) The Earth exerts a pulling force Mg. The block in turn exerts a reaction force Mg on the spring of
⇒𝑎= m/s 2 = 0.2m/s 2
(5 + 4.8) spring balance 𝑆1 which therefore shows a reading of M kgf.
As both the springs are massless. Therefore, it exerts a force of Mg on the spring of spring balance
29. A spring balance is attached to the ceiling of a lift. A man hangs his bag on the spring and the spring 𝑆2 which shows the reading of 𝑀𝑘𝑔𝑓.
reads 49 N, when the lift is stationary. If the lift moves downward with an acceleration of 5 m/s 2 ,
the reading of the spring balance Will be [2003]
(a) 24N (b) 74N (c) 15N (d) 49N
sol. (a) When lift is stationary, 𝑊1 = 𝑚𝑔 (i)
When the lift descends with acceleration a, 𝑊2 = 𝑚(𝑔 − 𝑎)
49
𝑊2 = (10 − 5) = 24.5𝑁
10 32. A lift is moving down with acceleration 𝑎. A man in the lift drops a ball inside the lift. The
acceleration of the ball as observed by the man in the lift and a man standing stationary on the
ground are respectively [2002]
(a) 𝑔, 𝑔 (b) 𝑔 − 𝑎, 𝑔 − 𝑎 (c) 𝑔 − 𝑎, 𝑔 (d) 𝑎, 𝑔
sol. (c) Case ‐ I: For the man standing in the lift, the acceleration of the ball
𝑎⃗𝑏𝑚 = 𝑎⃗𝑏 − 𝑎⃗𝑚 ⇒ 𝑎𝑏𝑚 = 𝑔 − 𝑎
Case‐ II: The man standing on the ground, the acceleration of the ball
𝑎⃗𝑏𝑚 = 𝑎⃗𝑏 − 𝑎⃗𝑚 ⇒ 𝑎𝑏𝑚 = 𝑔 − 0 = 𝑔
30. A block of mass M is pulled along a horizontal frictionless surface by a rope of mass m. If a force
𝑃 is applied at the free end ofthe rope, the force exerted by the rope on the block is [2003] 33. When forces 𝐹1 , 𝐹2 , 𝐹3 are acting on a particle ofmass 𝑚 such that 𝐹2 and 𝐹3 are mutually
𝑃𝑚 𝑃𝑚 𝑃𝑀 perpendicular, then the particle remains stationary. Ifthe force 𝐹1 is nowremoved then the
(a) (b) (c) 𝑃 (d)
𝑀+𝑚 𝑀−𝑚 𝑀+𝑚 acceleration of the particle is [2002]
sol. (d) Taking the rope and the block as a system (a) 𝐹1 /𝑚 (b) 𝐹2 𝐹3 /𝑚𝐹1 (c) (𝐹2 − 𝐹3 )/𝑚 (d) 𝐹2 /𝑚.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
sol. (a) When forces 𝐹1 , 𝐹2 and 𝐹3 are acting on the particle, it remains in equilibrium. Force 𝐹2 and m1
1
𝐹3 are perpendicular to each other, 1 m2 m m m 9
  1 1  8 1  8  1 
𝐹1 = 𝐹2 + 𝐹3 8 m m2 m2 m2 7
1
1
m2
𝐹1 = √𝐹22 + 𝐹32

The force 𝐹1 is now removed, so, resultant of 𝐹2 and 𝐹3 will now make the particle move with 36. Three identical blocks of masses 𝑚 = 2 kg are drawn by a force 𝐹 = 10.2N with an acceleration
𝐹 of 0.6ms −2 on a fiictionless surface, then what is the tension (in N) in the string between the blocks
force equal to 𝐹1 . Then, acceleration, 𝑎 = 𝑚1
𝐵 and 𝐶? [2002]

34. Two forces are such that the sum of their magnitudes is 18 N and their resultant is 12 N which is
perpendicular to the smaller force. Then the magnitudes of the forces are [2002] (a) 9.2 (b) 3.4 (c) 4 (d) 9.8
(a) 12N, 6N (b) 13N, 5N (c) 10 N, 8N (d) 16N, 2N. sol. (b) 𝛤orce =mass × acceleration
sol. (b) Let the two forces be 𝐹1 and 𝐹2 and let 𝐹2 < 𝐹1 . 𝑅 is the resultant force. 𝐹 = (𝑚 + 𝑚 + 𝑚) × 𝑎
Given 𝐹1 + 𝐹2 = 18 (i) 𝐹 = 3m × a
From the figure 𝐹22 + 𝑅 2 = 𝐹12 𝐹
𝑎=
𝐹12 − 𝐹22 = 𝑅 2 3𝑚
10.2
𝑎= m/s 2
6
10.2
𝑇2 = 𝑚𝑎 = 2 × = 3.4N
6

35. A light string passing over a smooth light pulley connects two blocks of masses 𝑚1 and 𝑚2
(vertically). If the acceleration of the system is 𝑔/8, then the ratio of the masses is [2002] 37. One end of a massless rope, which passes over a massless and frictionless pulley 𝑃 is tied to a hook
(a) 8: 1 (b) 9: 7 (c) 4: 3 (d) 5: 3 𝐶 while the other end is free. Maximum tension that the rope can bear is 360 N. With what value of
sol. (b) For mass m1 𝑚1 𝑔 − 𝑇 = 𝑚1 𝑎 (i) maximum safe acceleration (in ms−2 ) can a man of 60 kg climb on the rope? [2002]
For mass 𝑚2 𝑇 − 𝑚2 𝑔 = 𝑚2 𝑎 (ii)

(a) 16 (b) 6 (c) 4 (d) 8

sol. (c) Tension, 𝑇 = 360N
Mass of a man m = 60 kg
𝑚𝑔 − 𝑇 = 𝑚𝑎
(𝑚1 −𝑚2 )𝑔 𝑇
Adding the equations we get 𝑎= 𝑎=𝑔−
𝑚1 +𝑚2 𝑚
𝑔 360
Here 𝑎 = 8 = 10 − = 4𝑚/𝑠 2
60

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

TOPIC-3 Friction ⇒ 𝑎2 = 𝑔 sin 30∘ − 𝜇𝑔 cos 30∘
𝑔 𝜇√3
⇒ 𝑎2 = 2 − 𝑔 (iii)
38. An insect is at the bottom of a hemispherical ditch of radius 1 m. It crawls up the ditch but starts 2

slipping after it is at height ℎ from the bottom. If the coefficient of friction between the ground and Using again 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠 for downward motion
the insect is 0.75, then ℎ is: (g = 10ms −2 ) [Sep. 06, 2020 (I)] 𝑣 2 𝑣2
⇒ ( 20 ) = 2𝑎2 (𝑠) ⇒ 𝑠 = 4𝑎0 (iv)
(a) 0.20 m (b) 0.45 m (c) 0.60m (d) 0.80m 2

sol. (a) For balancing, mgsin 𝜃 = 𝑓 = 𝜇𝑚𝑔 cos 𝜃 𝑣02 𝑣2

Equating equation (ii) and (iv) 𝑎1
= 4𝑎0 ⇒ 𝑎1 = 4𝑎2
3 2
⇒ tan 𝜃 = 𝜇 = = 0.75
4 𝑔 𝜇𝑔√3 𝑔 𝜇√3
⇒ + = 4( − )
2 2 2 2
⇒ 5 + 5√3𝜇 = 4(5 − 5√3𝜇) (Substituting, 𝑔 = 10m/s2 )
⇒ 5 + 5√3𝜇 = 20 − 20√3𝜇 ⇒ 25√3𝜇 = 15
√3 346
⇒𝜇= = 0.346 =
5 1000
𝑙 346
So, 1000
= 1000
4 𝑅
ℎ = 𝑅 − 𝑅 cos 𝜃 = 𝑅 − 𝑅 ( ) =
5 5
𝑅 40. A block of mass 5 kg is (i) pushed in case (A) and (ii) pulled in case (B), by a force F = 20N,
ℎ= = 0.2m [radius, 𝑅 = 1m]
5 making an angle of 30o with the horizontal, as shown in the figures. The coefficient of friction
between the block and floor is 𝜇 = 0.2. The difference between the accelerations of the block, in
39. A block starts moving up an inclined plane of inclination 30∘ with an initial velocity of 𝑣0 . It case (B) and case (A) will be: (𝑔 = 10 ms −2 ) [12 April 2019 II]
𝑣0
comes back to its initial position with velocity 2
. The value of the coefficient of kinetic friction

𝐼
between the block and the inclined plane is close to . The nearest integer to 𝐼 is
1000 (a) 0.4 ms −2 (b) 3.2 ms −2 (c) 0.8 ms −2 (d) 0 ms −2
[NA Sep. 03, 2020 (II)] sol. (c) A: 𝑁 = 5g + 20 sin 30∘
sol. (346)
Acceleration of block while moving up an inclined plane,
𝑎1 = 𝑔 sin 𝜃 + 𝜇𝑔 cos 𝜃
⇒ 𝑎1 = 𝑔 sin 30∘ + 𝜇𝑔 cos 30∘
𝑔 𝜇𝑔√3
=2+ 2
(i) (𝜃 = 30o )

Using 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎(𝑠) 20 sin 30∘

⇒ 𝑣02 − 02 = 2𝑎1 (𝑠) (u = 0) 𝐹−𝑓 20 cos 30∘ −𝜇𝑁
Accelaration, 𝑎1 = =
⇒ 𝑣02 − 2𝑎1 (𝑠) = 0 𝑚 5

𝑣02 √3
⇒ 𝑠 = 𝑎 (ii) 20 × 2 − 0.2 × 60
1 =[ ] = 1.06m/s 2
5
Acceleration while moving down an inclined plane
𝑎2 = 𝑔 sin 𝜃 − 𝜇𝑔 cos 𝜃
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
√3 √3 1 2
(a) 2
` (b) 4
(c) 2
(d) 3

sol. (a) From figure,

2 + mg sin 30∘ = 𝜇mg cos 30∘ and 10 = mg sin 30∘ + 𝜇 mg cos 30∘
= 2𝜇mg cos 30∘ − 2
B: 𝑁 = 5g − 20 sin 30∘ ⇒ 6 = 𝜇mg cos 30∘ and 4 = mg cos 30∘
1 3
= 50 − 20 × = 40N By dividing above two ⇒ 2 = 𝜇 × √3
2
𝐹−𝑓 20 cos 30∘ − 0.2 × 40 √3
𝑎2 =
=[ ] = 1.86m/s 2 Coefficient of friction, 𝜇 =
𝑚 5 2
2
Now 𝑎2 − 𝑎1 = 1.86 − 1.06 = 0.8m/s
43. A block of mass 10 kg is kept on a rough inclined plane as shown in the figure. A force of 3 N is
41. Two blocks A and B masses mA = 1 kg and mB = 3 kg are kept on the table as shown in figure. applied on the block. The coefficient of static friction between the plane and the block is 0.6. What
The coefficient offiiction between A and B is 0.2 and between B and the surface of the table is should be the minimum value of force P, such that the block does not move downward?
also 0.2. The maximum force 𝐹 that can be applied on B horizontally, so that the block A does not (take g = 10ms2 ) [9 Jan. 2019 I]
slide over the block B is: [Take g = 10m/s 2 ] [10 April 2019 II]

(a) 8N (b) 16N (c) 40N (d) 12N (a) 32N (b) 18N (c) 23 N (d) 25 N
sol. (b) Taking (A + B) as system sol. (a)
𝐹 − 𝜇(𝑀 + 𝑚)𝑔 = (𝑀 + 𝑚)𝑎
𝐹 − 𝜇(𝑀 + 𝑚)𝑔
⇒𝑎=
(𝑀 + 𝑚)
𝐹−(0.2)4×10 𝐹−8
𝑎= 4
=( 4
) (i)

But, 𝑎 max = 𝜇g = 0.2 × 10 = 2 100

mg sin 45∘ = = 50√2
𝐹−8 √2
=2
4 [.⋅ m = 10kg, g = 9.8ms −2 ]
⇒ 𝐹 = 16N 1
𝜇mg cos 𝜃 = 0.6 × mg × = 0. 6′ 50√2
√2
42. A block kept on a rough inclined plane, as shown in the figure, remains at rest upto a maximum 3 + mg sin 𝜃 = P + 𝜇mg cos 𝜃
force 2 N down the inclined plane. The maximum external force up the inclined plane that does not 3 + 50√2 = P + 30√2
move the block is 10 N. The coefficient of static friction between the block and the plane is: P = 31.28 = 32N
[Take g = 10m/s 2 ] [12 Jan. 2019 II]
44. Two masses m1 = 5 kg and m2 = 10 kg, connected by an inextensible string over a frictionless
pulley, are moving as shown in the figure. The coefficient of friction of horizontal surface is 0.15.
The minimum weight m that should be put on top of m2 to stop the motion is [2018]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

F‐Mg sin 𝜃 − 𝑓 = 𝑀𝑎
⇒ 𝐹 − 10 − 4 = 6
𝐹 = 20N

(a) 18.3 kg (b) 27.3 kg (c) 43.3 kg (d) 10.3 kg

sol. (b) Given: m1 = 5kg; m2 = 10kg; 𝜇 = 0.15
FBD for m1 , m1 g − T = m1 a ⇒ 50 − T = 5 × a
and, T − 0.15(m + 10)g = (10 + m)a
For rest 𝑎 = 0 47. A rocket is fired vertically from the earth with an acceleration of 2g, where g is the gravitational
or, 50 = 0.15(m + 10)10 acceleration. On an inclined plane inside the rocket, making an angle 𝜃 with the horizontal, a point
object of mass m is kept. The minimum coefficient offiiction 𝜇m ln between the mass and the
inclined surface such that the mass does not move is: [Online April 9, 2016]
(a) tan 2𝜃 (b) tan 𝜃 (c) 3 tan 𝜃 (d) 2 tan 𝜃
sol. (b) Let 𝜇 be the minimum coefficient of friction

3
⇒ 5 = 20 (m + 10)

100
3
= m + 10 m = 23.3kg; close to option (b)

45. A given object takes 𝑛 times more time to slide down a 45∘ rough inclined plane as it takes to At equilibrium, mass does not move so,
slide down a perfectly smooth 45O incline. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the object 3mg sin 𝜃 = 𝜇3mg cos 𝜃
and the incline is: [Online Apri115, 2018] . . 𝜇 min = tan 𝜃
1 1 1 1
(a) √1 − (b) 1 − 𝑛2 (c) (d) √1−𝑛2
𝑛2 2−𝑛2 48. Given in the figure are two blocks A and B ofweight 20 N and 100 N, respectively. These are
sol. (b) The coefficients of kinetic friction between the object and the incline being pressed against a wall by a force 𝛤 as shown. If the coefficient of fiiction between the blocks
1 1 is 0.1 and between block B and the wall is 0.15, the fiictional force applied by the wall on block
𝜇 = tan 𝜃 (1 − ) ⇒ 𝜇 = 1 − 2 (𝜃 = 45∘ )
n2 n B is: [2015]

46. A body of mass 2kg slides down with an acceleration of 3m/s 2 on a rough inclined plane having
a slope of 30∘ . The external force required to take the same body up the plane with the same
acceleration will be: (g = 10m/s 2 ) [Online April 15, 2018]
(a) 4N (b) 14N (c) 6N (d) 20N
sol. (d) Equation of motion when the mass slides down Mg sin 𝜃 − 𝑓 = 𝑀𝑎
⇒ 10 − 𝑓 = 6(𝑀 = 2kg, 𝑎 = 3m/s2 , 𝜃 = 30∘ given) (a) 120N (b) 150N (c) 100N (d) 80N
𝑓 = 4N sol. (a)
Equation of motion when the block is pushed up
Let the external force required to take the block up the plane acceleration be 𝐹
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
0.05𝑣 2
( ) = 2 × 0.5 × 2
10.05
Solving we get 𝑣 = 201√2
Object falling from height 𝐻.
𝑉
= √2𝑔𝐻
Assuming both the blocks are stationary N = 𝐹 10
𝑓1 = 20N 201√2
= √2 × 10 × 𝐻
𝑓2 = 100 + 20 = 120N 10
𝐻 = 40m = 0.04 km
x3
50. A block of mass m is placed on a surface with a vertical cross section given by y  . If the
6
coefficient of friction is 0.5, the maximum height above the ground at which the block can be
placed without slipping is: [2014]
Considering the two blocks as one system and due to equilibrium f= 120N 1 2 1 1
(a) m (b) m (c) m (d) m
6 3 3 2

49. A block of mass m = 10 kg rests on a horizontal table. The coefficient of fiiction between the sol. (a) At limiting equilibrium,
block and the table is 0.05. When hit by a bullet ofmass 50 g moving with speed v, that gets 𝜇 = tan 𝜃
embedded in it, the block moves and comes to stop after moving a distance of2 m on the table. If a
v
freely falling object were to acquire speed 10
after being dropped from height H, then neglecting

energy losses and taking g = 10ms−2 , the value of H is close to: [Online April 10, 2015]
(a) 0.05 km (b) 0.02 km (c) 0.03km (d) 0.04km
sol. (d) 𝑓 = 𝜇(𝑀 + 𝑚)𝑔 𝑑𝑦 𝑥2
tan 𝜃 = 𝜇 = 𝑑𝑥 = (from question)
𝑓 𝜇(𝑀 + 𝑚)𝑔 2
𝑎= = = 𝜇𝑔
𝑀+𝑚 (𝑀 + 𝑚) Coefficient of friction 𝜇 = 0.5
= 0.05 × 10 = 0.5ms −2 x2
0.5 
Initia1momenmm 0.0.5𝑉 2
𝑉0 = =
(𝑀 + 𝑚) 1005 ⇒ 𝑥 = ±1
𝑥3 1
Now, 𝑦 = 6
= 6𝑚

51. Consider a cylinder of mass M resting on a rough horizontal rug that is pulled out from under it with
acceleration ‘a’ perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder. What is 𝐹fiiction at point P? It is assumed
that the cylinder does not slip. [Online Apri119, 2014]

𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠
0 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠
𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

√3
sin 30∘ + cos 30∘
= 5
√3
sin 60∘ − cos 60∘
5

1 √3 √3
+ × 2
=2 5
Ma Ma √3 √3 1
(a) Mg (b) Ma (c) (d) 2 − 5 ×2
2 3

sol. (d) Force of friction at point P, 1 3 1 8

1   
2 5
1
𝛤fiiction = 3 Ma sin 𝜃   2 5
3 1 34
1  
1 5  5 10
= Ma sin 90∘ [here 𝜃 = 90∘ ]
3 8 2
= =
Ma √3 × 4 √3
=
3
53. A small ball of mass m starts at a point A with speed vo and moves along a fiictionless track AB as
52. A heavy box is to dragged along a rough horizontal floor. To do so, person A pushes it at an angle shown. The track BC has coefficient of friction 𝜇. The ball comes to stop at C after travelling a
30∘ from the horizontal and requires a minimum force 𝐹A , while person B pulls the box at an distance L which is: [Online April 11, 2014]
angle 60o from the horizontal and needs minimum force 𝐹B . If the coefficient of friction between
√3 F
the box and the floor is 5 , the ratio A is [Online Apri119, 2014]
FB
5 3 2
(a) √3 (b) (c) √2 (d)
√3 √3

sol. B←L←C
2h v2 h v2 h v2 h v2
(a) 𝜇
o
+ 2𝜇g (b) 𝜇
o
+ 2𝜇g (c) 2𝜇
+ 𝜇go (d) 2𝜇
o
+ 2𝜇g

sol. b) Initial speed at point A, 𝑢 = 𝑣0

Speed at point B, 𝑣 =?
𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑔ℎ
𝜇mg 𝑣 2 = 𝑣02 + 2𝑔ℎ
𝐹A =
sin 𝜃 − 𝜇 cos 𝜃 Let ball travels distance ‘S’ before coming to rest
Similarly, 𝑣2 𝑣02 + 2𝑔ℎ
𝑆= =
𝜇mg 2𝜇𝑔 2𝜇𝑔
𝐹B =
sin 𝜃 + 𝜇 cos 𝜃 𝑣02 2𝑔ℎ ℎ 𝑣02
= + = +
 mg 2𝜇𝑔 2𝜇𝑔 𝜇 2𝜇𝑔
FA sin    cos  √3
 [𝜇 = given]
FB  mg 5
54. A block A of mass 4 kg is placed on another block B of mass 5 kg, and the block B rests on a
sin    cos  smooth horizontal table. If the minimum force that can be applied on A so that both the blocks move
together is 12 N, the maximum force that can be applied to B for the blocks to move together will
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
be: [Online April 9, 2014] 𝜇 𝜇𝑊
(c) 𝜃 = 0, 𝐹 = 𝜇𝑊 (d) 𝜃 = tan−1 (1+𝜇) , 𝐹 = 1+𝜇
(a) 30N (b) 25 N (c) 27N (d) 48N
sol. (c) Minimum force on 𝐴 sol. (a) Let the force 𝐹 is applied at an angle 𝜃 with the horizontal.
= frictional force between the surfaces = 12𝑁

For horizontal equilibrium,

12N 𝐹 cos 𝜃 = 𝜇𝑅 (i)
Therefore maximum acceleration 𝑎 max = = 3m/s 2
4kg For vertical equilibrium,
Hence maximum force, 𝐹max = total mass × 𝑎 max 𝑅 + 𝐹 sin 𝜃 = mg
= 9 × 3 = 27N or, 𝑅 = 𝑚𝑔 − 𝐹 sin 𝜃 (ii)
Substituting this value of 𝑅 in eq. (i), we get 𝐹 cos 𝜃 = 𝜇(mg − 𝐹 sine)
55. A block is placed on a rough horizontal plane. A time dependent horizontal force 𝐹 = kt acts on the = 𝜇mg − 𝜇𝐹 sin 𝜃
block, where k is a positive constant. The acceleration‐ time graph of the block is : or, 𝐹( cos 𝜃 + 𝜇 sin 𝜃) = 𝜇mg
[Online April 25, 2013] 𝜇mg
or, 𝛤 = cos 𝜃+𝜇 sin 𝜃
(iii)

For 𝐹 to be minimum, the denominator ( cos 𝜃 + 𝜇 sine) should be maximum.

𝑑
𝑑𝜃
( cos 𝜃 + 𝜇sin𝜃) = 0 or, —sine +𝜇 cos 𝜃 = 0 or, tan 𝜃 = 𝜇

or, 𝜃 = tan−1 (𝜇)

sol. (b) Graph (b) correctly depicts the acceleration‐time graph of the block. 𝜇
Then, sin 𝜃 = and
√1+𝜇2

56. ∘
A body starts from rest on a long inclined plane of slope 45 . The coefficient of fiiction between the 1
cos 𝜃 =
body and the plane varies as 𝜇 = 0.3𝑥, where 𝑥 is distance travelled down the plane. The body will √1 + 𝜇 2
have maximum speed (for 𝑔 = 10m/s 2 ) when x= [Online April 22, 2013] Hence, 𝐹 min
(a) 9.8m (b) 27m (c) 12m (d) 3.33m 𝜇𝑤 𝜇𝑤
= =
sol. (d) When the body has maximum speed then 1 𝜇2 √1 + 𝜇 2
+
𝜇 = 0.3x = tan 45∘ √1 + 𝜇 2 √1 + 𝜇 2
x = 3.33m
58. An insect crawls up a hemispherical surface very slowly. The coefficient of friction between the
57. A block of weight 𝑊 rests on a horizontal floor with coefficient of static friction 𝜇. It is desired to insect and the surface is 1/3. If the line joining the center of the hemispherical surface to the insect
make the block move by applying minimum amount of force. The angle 𝜃 from the horizontal at makes an angle 𝛼 with the vertical, the maximum possible value of 𝛼 so that the insect does not
which the force should be applied and magnitude of the force 𝐹 are respectively. slip is given by [Online May 12, 2012]
[Online May 19, 2012]
𝜇𝑊 1 𝜇𝑊
(a) 𝜃 = tan−1 (𝜇), 𝐹 = (b) 𝜃 = tan−1 (𝜇) , 𝐹 =
√1+𝜇2 √1+𝜇 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

(a) cot 𝛼 = 3 (b) sec 𝛼 = 3 (c) cosec 𝛼 = 3 (d) cos 𝛼 = 3 or 𝐹2 = mg sin 𝜃 − 𝜇mg cos 𝜃
sol. 𝐹1 sin 𝜃 + 𝜇 cos 𝜃
=
𝐹2 sin 𝜃 − 𝜇 cos 𝜃
𝐹1 tan 𝜃 + 𝜇 2𝜇 + 𝜇 3𝜇
⇒ = = = =3
𝐹2 tan 𝜃 − 𝜇 2𝜇 − 𝜇 𝜇

60. If a spring of stiffness ‘k’ is cut into parts ’ and ‘B’ of length ℓ𝐴 : ℓ𝐵 = 2: 3, then the stiffness of
The insect crawls up the bowl upto a certain height h only till the component ofits weight along the spring 𝐴 ’ is given by [2011 RS]
bowl is balanced by limiting frictional force. 3𝑘 2𝑘 5𝑘
(a) (b) (c) 𝑘 (d)
For limiting condition at point A 5 5 2

𝑅 = 𝑚𝑔 cos 𝛼 (i) sol. (d) It is given ℓ𝐴 : ℓ𝐵 = 2: 3

𝐹1 = 𝑚𝑔 sin 𝛼 (ii) 2ℓ 3𝑙
ℓ𝐴 = , 𝑝𝐵 = ( )
Dividing eq. (ii) by(i) 5 5

1 𝐹1 1
tan 𝛼 = = = 𝜇[𝐴𝑠 𝐹1 = 𝜇𝑅] We know that 𝑘 ∝ ℓ
cot 𝛼 𝑅
1 1 If initial spring constant is 𝑘, then
⇒ tan 𝛼 = 𝜇 = 3[⋅.⋅ 𝜇 = 3(Given)]
𝑘ℓ = 𝑘𝐴 ℓ𝐴 = 𝑘𝐵 ℓ𝐵
cot   3 2ℓ 5𝑘
𝑘ℓ = 𝑘𝐴 ( 5 ) 𝑘𝐴 = 2

59. The minimum force required to start pushing a body up rough (frictional coefficient 𝜇) inclined
plane is 𝐹1 while the minimum force needed to prevent it from sliding down is 𝐹2 . If the inclined 61. A smooth block is released at rest on a 45o incline and then slides a distance 𝑑’. The time taken to
F slide is 𝑛’ times as much to slide on rough incline than on a smooth incline. The coefficient of
plane makes an angle 𝜃 from the horizontal such that tan 𝜃 = 2𝜇 then the ratio 1 is
F2 friction is [2005]
[2011 RS] 1 1 1 1
(a) 𝜇𝑘 = √1 − 𝑛2 (b) 𝜇𝑘 = 1 − 𝑛2 (c) 𝜇𝑠 = √1 − 𝑛2 (d) 𝜇𝑠 = 1 − 𝑛2
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
sol. (c) sol.

Smooth rough
On smooth inclined plane, acceleration of the body= 𝑔 sin 𝜃. Let 𝑑 be the distance travelled
1
𝑑= (𝑔 sin 𝜃)𝑡12 ,
2

2𝑑
𝑡1 = √ ,
𝑔 sin 𝜃

When the body slides up the inclined plane, then mg sin 𝜃 + 𝑓1 = 𝐹1 On rough inclined plane,
or, 𝛤1 = mg sin 𝜃 + 𝜇mg cos 𝜃 𝑚𝑔 sin 𝜃 − 𝜇𝑅
𝑎=
When the body slides down the inclined plane, then mg sin 𝜃 − 𝑓2 = 𝐹2 𝑚
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
⇒ 𝑎 = 𝑚𝑔 sin 𝜃 − 𝜇𝑚𝑔 cos 𝜃 stopped is [𝜇k = 0.5] [2005]
𝑚 (a) 1000 m (b) 800 m (c) 400 m (d) 100 m
⇒ 𝑎 = 𝑔 sin 𝜃 − 𝜇𝑘 𝑔 cos 𝜃 sol. (a) Given, initial velocity, 𝑢 = 100m/s. Final velocity, 𝑣 = 0.
1 Acceleration, 𝑎 = 𝜇𝑘 𝑔 = 0.5 × 10
𝑑= (𝑔 sin 𝜃 − 𝜇𝑘̂𝑔 cos 𝜃)𝑡22
2 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑎𝑠 or
⇒ 02 − 𝑢2 = 2(−𝜇𝑘 𝑔)𝑠
2𝑑
𝑡2 = √ 1
𝑔 sin 𝜃 − 𝜇𝑘̂ 𝑔 cos 𝜃 ⇒ −1002 = 2 × − × 10 × 𝑠
2
According to question, 𝑡2 = 𝑛𝑡1 ⇒ 𝑠 = 1000m

2𝑑 2𝑑
𝑛√ =√ 64. A block rests on a rough inclined plane making an angle of 30∘ with the horizontal. The coefficient
𝑔 sin 𝜃 𝑔 sin 𝜃 − 𝜇𝑘̂𝑔 cos 𝜃
of static friction between the block and the plane is 0.8. If the frictional force on the block is 10 N,
Here, 𝜇 is coefficient of kinetic friction as the block moves over the inclined plane. the mass ofthe block (in kg) is (take 𝑔 = 10m/s 2 ) [2004]
sin 𝜃 = ( sin 𝜃 − 𝜇𝑘̂ cos 𝜃)𝑛2 (a) 1.6 (b) 4.0 (c) 2.0 (d) 2.5
1 1 sol.
⇒𝑛= ⇒ 𝑛2 = 1−𝜇
√1−𝜇𝑘 𝑘

1
⇒ 𝜇𝑘 = 1 − 𝑛 2

62. The upper half of an inclined plane with inclination  is perfectly smooth while the lower half is Since the body is at rest on the inclined plane, mg sin 30∘ = 𝛤orce of fiiction
rough. A body starting from rest at the top will again come to rest at the bottom if the coefficient of ⇒ 𝑚 × 10 × sin 30∘ = 10
fiiction for the lower half is given by [2005] ⇒ 𝑚 × 5 = 10 ⇒ 𝑚 = 2.0 kg
(a) 2 cos  (b) 2 sin  (c) tan  (d) 2 tan 
sol. (d) For first half 65. A horizontal force of 10 N is necessarytojust hold a block stationary against a wall. The coefficient
acceleration = 𝑔 sin 𝜑; offiiction between the block and the wall is 0.2. The weight of the block is [2003]
For second half
acceleration = −(𝑔 sin 𝜑 − 𝜇𝑔 cos 𝜑)
For the block to come to rest at the bottom, acceleration in I half = retardation in II half.
𝑔 sin 𝜑 = −(𝑔 sin 𝜑 − 𝜇𝑔 cos 𝜑)
⇒ 𝜇 = 2 tan 𝜑 (a) 20N (b) 50N (c) 100N (d) 2N
NOTE sol. (d) Horizontal force, 𝑁 = 10 N.
According to work‐energy theorem, 𝑊 = 𝛥𝐾 = 0 Coefficient of friction 𝜇 = 0.2.
(Since initial and final speeds are zero) Work done by fii iction + Work done by gravity = 0𝑖. 𝑒.,
ℓ
−(𝜇 𝑚𝑔 cos (|)) 2 + 𝑚𝑔ℓ sin 𝜑 = 0

𝜇
or 2
cos 𝜑 = sin 𝜑 or 𝜇 = 2 tan 𝜑

The block will be stationary so long as Force of friction = weight of block

63. Consider a car moving on a straight road with a speed of 100 m/s. The distance at which car can be 𝜇𝑁 = 𝑊

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

⇒ 0.2 × 10 = 𝑊
⇒ 𝑊 = 2𝑁

66. A marble block of mass 2 kg lying on ice when given a velocity of 6 m/s is stopped by friction in
10 s. Then the coefficient of friction is [2003]
(a) 0.02 (b) 0.03 (c) 0.04 (d) 0.06
𝑣−𝑢 22 2
𝑟(𝑗)2 1.25×10−2 ×(7× )
sol. (d) 𝑢 = 6m/s, 𝑣 = 0, 𝑡 = 10𝑠, 𝑎 =? Acceleration 𝑎 = 𝑡 ⇒ 𝜇= = 7
𝑔 10

0−6 1.25 × 10−2 × 222

⇒𝑎= = = 0.6
10 10
−6
⇒ 𝑎= = −0.6m/s 2
10 68. A conical pendulum of length 1 m makes an angle 𝜃 = 45∘ w.r.t. Z‐axis and moves in a circle in
the XY plane. The radius of the circle is 0.4m and its centre is vertically below O. The speed of the
pendulum, in its circular path, will be: (g = 10m/s 2 ) [Online April 9, 2017]
f = 𝜇N ↑ N
The retardation is due to the frictional force
𝑓 = 𝑚𝑎 ⇒ 𝜇𝑁 = 𝑚𝑎
𝑚𝑎
⇒ 𝜇𝑚𝑔 = 𝑚𝑎 ⇒ 𝜇 = 𝑚𝑔
(a) 0.4 m/s (b) 4 m/s (c) 0.2 m/s (d) 2 m/s
𝑎 0.6 sol. (d) Given, 𝜃 = 45∘ , r = 0.4m, g = 10m/s 2
⇒𝜇= = = 0.06
𝑔 10 mv 2
T sin   (i)
r
T cos 𝜃 = mg (ii)
TOPIC-4, Circular Motion, Banking of Road v2
From equation (i) & (ii) we have, tan  
rg
67. A disc rotates about its axis of symmetry in a horizontal plane at a steady rate of 3.5 revolutions per
second. A coin placed at a distance of 1.25cm from the axis of rotation remains at rest on the disc.
The coefficient of friction between the coin and the disc is (g = 10m/s2 ) [Online Apri115, 2018]
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.7 (c) 0.3 (d) 0.6
mv 2
sol. (d) Using,  mg   mrw2
r v 2 = rg 𝜃 = 45∘
w = 2𝜋𝑛 = 2𝜋 × 3.5 = 7𝜋rad/ sec Hence, speed of the pendulum in its circular path,
Radius, 𝑟 = 1.25 cm = 1.25 × 10−2 m Coefficient of friction, 𝜇 =? v = √rg = √04 × 10 = 2m/s
𝑚𝑟𝑤 2
𝜇𝑚𝑔 = (𝑣 = 𝑟w))
𝑟 69. A particle is released on a vertical smooth semicircular track from point X so that OX makes angle
𝜃 from the vertical (see figure). The normal reaction of the track on the particle vanishes at point Y
where OY makes angle 𝜑 with the horizontal. Then: [Online April 19, 2014]
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
= √19584 = 14m/s 2

72. For a particle in uniform circular motion, the acceleration 𝑎⃗ at a point P(R, 𝜃) on the circle
ofradius R is (Here 𝜃 is measured fii om the x‐axis) [2010]
v2 v2 v2 v2
(a) − cos 𝜃 î+ sin 𝜃𝑗 (b) − sin 𝜃 î+ cos 𝜃𝑗
1 2 3 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅
(a) sin 𝜑 = cos 𝜑 (b) sin 𝜑 = 2 cos 𝜃 (c) sin 𝜑 = 3 cos 𝜃 (d) sin 𝜑 = 4 cos 𝜃
v2 v2 v2 v2
(c) − cos 𝜃 î  sin 𝜃𝑗 (d) î+ 𝑗
sol. (c) 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅

−𝑣 2 𝑣2
sol. (c) Clearly a  ac cos (‐ î )  ac sin  (‐ j) = cos 𝜃î − sin 𝜃𝑗̂
70. A body of mass ‘m’ is tied to one end of a spring and whirled round in a horizontal plane with a 𝑅 𝑅

constant angular velocity. The elongation in the spring is 1 cm. If the angular velocity is doubled, the
elongation in the spring is 5 cm. The original length of the spring is: [Online April 23, 2013]
(a) 15 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 16 cm (d) 10 cm
sol. (a)

71. A point P moves in counter‐clockwise direction on a circular path as shown in the figure. The
movement of ‘P’ is such that it sweeps out a length 𝑠 = 𝑡 3 + 5, where s is in metres and 𝑡 is 73. An annular ring with inner and outer radii 𝑅1 and 𝑅2 is rolling without slipping with a uniform
in seconds. The radius of the path is 20 m. The acceleration of’P’ when 𝑡 = 2s is nearly. [2010] angular speed. The ratio of the forces experienced by the two particles situated on the inner and
F
outer parts of the ring , 1 is [2005]
F2
2
R  𝑅2 R1
(a)  1  (b) (c) (d) 1
 R2  R2
𝑅1

sol.
(a) 13m/s 2 (b) 12 m/s2 (c) 7.2ms 2 (d) 14m/s 2
sol. (d) 𝑠 = 𝑡 3 + 5
𝑑𝑠
⇒ velocity, 𝑣 = = 3𝑡 2
𝑑𝑡

𝑑𝑣
Tangential acceleration at = = 6𝑡
𝑑𝑡 Let 𝑚 is the mass of each particle and w is the angular speed of the annular ring.
𝑣2 9𝑡 4 v12 w2 R12
Radial acceleration ac = = a1    R1w2
𝑅 𝑅 R1 R1
At 𝑡 = 2𝑠, 𝑎𝑡 = 6 × 2 = 12m/s 2 𝑣22
𝑎2 = = w2 𝑅2
9 × 16 𝑅2
𝑎𝑐 = = 7.2m/s 2
20 Taking particle masses equal
Resultant acceleration 𝐹1 𝑚𝑎1 𝑚𝑅120) 𝑅1
= = =
𝐹2 𝑚𝑎2 𝑚𝑅20)2 𝑅2
= √𝑎𝑡2 + 𝑎𝑐2
NOTE:
= √(12)2 + (72)2 = √144 + 51.84 The force experienced by any particle is only along radial direction.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Force experienced by the particle, 𝐹 = 𝑚 w2 𝑅
𝐹1 𝑅1
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
=
𝐹2 𝑅2
WORK ENERGY AND POWER
74. Which of the following statements is FALSE for a particle moving in a circle with a constant angular Work :
speed? [2004] Work is said to be done on a body, only when energy of the body changes (Mechanical energy or Thermal
energy)
(a) The acceleration vector points to the centre of the circle
A force or a Torque is responsible for work done on a body.
(b) The acceleration vector is tangent to the circle Workdone by a force :
(c) The velocity vector is tangent to the circle Work is said to be done on a body by a force, if it displaces the point of application of force in its direaction
(d) The velocity and acceleration vectors are perpendicular to each other. or opposite to its direction.
Here force may be constant or variable i.e function of time or function of position
sol. (b) Only option (b) is false. Work done by constant force:
since acceleration vector is always radial (i.e. towards the center) for uniform circular motion.  
When a constant force F acts on a particle and the particle moves through a displacement S ,
then the force is said to do work W on the particle.
75. The minimum velocity (in ms−1 ) withwhich acardriver must traverse a flat curve ofradius 150 m  
W  F .S
and coefficient offriction 0.6 to avoid skidding is [2002]
(a) 60 (b) 30 (c) 15 (d) 25
sol. (b) The maximum velocity of the car is  S cos 
𝑣 max = √𝜇𝑟𝑔 F  F
F
Here 𝜇 = 0.6, 𝑟 = 150m, 𝑔 = 9.8 
 
𝑣 max = √06 × 150 × 9.8 ≃ 30m/s   
S S F cos S
 
The scalar (dot) product of F and S , can be evaluated as
 
W  F .S =FS cos 
Where

F is the magnitude of F ,

S is the magnitude of S
 
 is the angle between F and S .
 W=magnitude of the force x component of displacement in the direction of force
W  FS cos  F  S cos 
 W =component of the force in the direction of displacement x magnitude of the displacement

W   F cos   S
 Work is a scalar quantity.
 SI Unit is Nm or joule (J).
 CGS unit is erg.
 1J  IN  1m; 1erg  1 dyne  1cm
Dimensional formula of work is  ML T  .
2 2

 Relation between joule and erg: 1 joule = 107 erg
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Other units of work: Zero Work:
Work done is zero if
Electron Volt  eV   1.6 1019 J
1. Force and displacement are perpendicular.
Kilowatt hour  3.6  106 J 2. Displacement of point of application of forced is zero.
Work done by multiple forces: 3. Net force acting on the body is zero.
If a number of forces act on a body or particle then:  
‘ As W   F .d s
W  W1  W2  W3  ....... 
  so, if d s  0, W  0
W   F1.ds   F2 .ds  ......
i.e., if the displacement of a particle or body is zero whatever be the force, work done is zero
  

W   F1  F2  ....... .ds  ‘
(except non-conservative force)
(a) When a person tries to displace a wall or stone by applying a force and it (actually its centre
    of mass) does not move, the work done is zero.
W   FR .ds  as FR   F 
(b) A weight lifter does work in lifting the weight from the ground but does not work in holding it
Work done in displacing a particle under the action of a number of forces is equal to the work up.
done by the resultant force.
As W   Fds cos  , so W  0, if   90 , i.e.,
0
Nature of Work:
Work done by a force may be positive or negative or zero. if force is always perpendicular to motion, work done by the force will be zero though neither
Ex: forced nor displacement is zero. This is why:
(a) If we lift a body from rest to a height h (a) When a porter moves with a suitcase on his head on a horizontal level road, the work done by
F
the lifting force or force of gravity is zero.
(b) When the bob of a simple pendulum swings, the work done by tension in the string is zero.
h
Work done by Variable Force:

B
mg

Work done by lifting force F , W1  Fh cos 00  Fh  ve  ds

Work done by gravitational force , W2  mgh cos 1800  mgh  ve  

F

So, net work W  W1  W2  Fh  mgh   F  mg  h

Now, if the body is in equilibrium F=mg, W=0 A
(b) If a body is pulled on a rough horizontal road through a displacement S
N When the magnitude and direction of a force varies with position,
S then the work done by such a force for an infinitesimal displacement ds is given by
 
F dW  F .ds
f
B    B
mg
‘ The total work done in going from A to B is WAB   F .ds    F cos   ds
A A
 ^ ^ ^   ^ ^ ^
Work done by normal reaction and gravity W1  0 as force is  to S In terms of rectangular components F  Fx i  Fy j  Fz k ; ds  dx i  dy j  dz k
Work done by pulling force F, W2  FS cos 00  FS  ve  B B B
W   Fx dx   FY dy   Fz dz
Work done by frictional force f , W3  fs cos 1800    mg  ve  A A A

Net work W  W1  W2  W3  0  FS  fS   F  f  S
Now, if the body is in dynamic equilibrium f  F ; So, W=0

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Graphical representation of work done:  
If force displaces the particle from its initial position ri to final position r f then displacement vector
The area enclosed by the F-S graph and displacement axis gives the amount of work done by the force.
  
F S  rf  ri
P Q y

F
 
rf S
O R S

ri
Work = FS = Area of OPQR X
    
Work done by variable force W  F .S  F . rf  ri  
Work done in pulling the bob of mass m of a simple pendulum of length L through an angle  to vertical by
F
means of a horizontal force F.
‘ O

L-h  T
L
xi S
C
dx xf A F
For a small displacement dx the work done will be the area of the strip of width dx
h mg
Xf Xf B
W  dw   F dx
Xi Xi Lh h h
cos    1  ;  1  cos 
 If area lies above X-axis work done is +ve L L L
if the area enclosed below X-axis work done is –ve h  L 1  cos  
F

xi xf •Work done by gravitational force W  mgh  mgL 1  cos  

O
‘ •Work done by horizontal force F is W=FL sin 
•Work done by tension T in the string is zero.
Work done by gravitational force in pulling a uniform rod of m ass m and length l through an angle  is
Negative work given by
Applications on work:
If force is changing linearly from F1 to F2 over a displacement S then work done is ‘  C.G
h
 F  F2  C.G
W  1 s
 2 

l
W  mg 1  cos   ,
2
l
Where is the distance of centre of mass from the support.
2
A ladder of mass ‘m’ and length ‘L’ resting on a level floor is lifted and held against a wall at an angle 
with the floor
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
A uniform chain of mass ‘M’ and length L is suspended vertically. The lower end of the chain is lifted upto
point of suspension

G2
L /2
 l/4
G1 G1
l/4
L G2
Work done by gravitational force is Wg   mgh  mg   sin 
2
L L L
h   =raise in centre of mass of lower half of the chain.
A bucket full of water of total mass M is pulled by using a uniform rope of mass m and length l . 4 4 2
M L MgL
l Work done by gravitational force is Wg   g 
Work done by pulling force. W  mgl  mg 2 2 4
2
A block of mass m is suspended vertically using a rope of negligible mass. The work done in lifting a body of mass ‘m’ having density ' d1 ' inside a liquid of density ' d 2 ' through a
If the rope is used to lift the block vertically up with uniform acceleration ‘a’, height ‘h’ is
work done by tension in the rope is
‘
W  m g  a h  h  height  h
FB
If block is lowered with acceleration ‘a’, then
W  m  g  a  h mg

1  d 
A uniform chain of mass M and length L is kept on smooth horizontal table such that of its length is W  mg h  mgh 1  2 
nth ‘  d1 
hanging over the edge of the table. A body of mass ' m ' is placed on a frictionless horizontal surface.
The work done by the pulling force to bring the hanging part onto the table is
A force F acts on the body parallel to the surface such that it moves with an acceleration ‘a’,
through a displacement ‘S’.
The work done by the force is W  FS  maS   0 
L 0
2n L
C.G--
n A body of mass ' m ' is placed on a rough horizontal surface of coefficient of friction  .
A force F acts on the body parallel to the surface such that it moves with an acceleration ‘a’,
through a displacement ‘S’.
M   M   L  MgL
W    gh    g    2 The work done by the friction of the force is f  umg cos  ; but  00
 n   n   2n  2n
 f  umg cos 00  umg
M
Mass of hanging part is W   f  ma  S   umg  ma  S  m  ug  a  S
n
If the body moves with uniform velocity then W  f S  umg S
1
A uniform chain of mass M and Length L rests on a smooth horizontal table with nth part of its length is A body of mass m is sliding down on a smooth inclined plane of inclination  .
1
If L is length of inclined plane then work done by gravitational force is
hanging from the edge of the table.
N
1 L
Work done in pulling the chain practically such that nth part is hanging from the edge of the
2
mg sin  
MgL  1 1  mg sin 
table is given by
W    
mg
2  n12 n22 
Wg  FS  mg sin  L

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

A body of mass ' m ' is moved up the smooth inclined plane of inclination  and length L by a constant
horizontal force F then work done by the resultant force is
W   F cos   mg sin   L

N F cos  T
T
F m2
mg sin   mg cos x

mg F sin 
 m2 g
x
A body of mass ' m ' is sliding down on rough inclined plane of inclination  . m1

If L is the length of incline and  K is the coefficient of kinetic friction then work done by the
m1 g
resultant force on the body is
N
Work done by gravity on block m1 , W1   m1 gx ‘
fx
Work done by gravity on block m2 ,W2  m2 gx
mg sin   mg cos Work done by gravitational force on the system, Wg  m1 gx  m2 gx
mg
 1 
Wg   m1  m2  gx   m1  m2  g  at 2   v 2  u 2  2as 
W   mg sin   f k  L   mg sin   k mg cos   L 2   

 mgL  sin    k cos    m1  m2  g 2t 2  a   m1  m2  g 

2
‘ Wg   
A uniform solid cylinder of mass m , length l and radius r is lying on ground with curved surface in contact 2  m1  m2   m1  m2 
with ground. Note:
If it is turned such that its circular face is in contact with ground then work done be applied In this work done on the two blocks by tension is zero.
force is
W  T  x  T  x  0
Work Done in Conservative and Non-conservative Field:
l  In conservative field, work done by the force (line integral of the force
l/2
r i.e.  F.d l ) is independent of the path followed between any two points.
W A B  W AB  W AB
l  l  Path I Path II Path III
W  mgh  mg   r   h   r 
2  2 
 F.d l   F.d l   F.d l
or
Two blocks of masses m1 and m2  m1  m2  connected by an inextensible string are passing over a ‘
Path I Path II Path III

smooth, massless pulley.

I
The two blocks are released from the same level. At any instant ‘t’, if ‘x’ is the displacement of A B
each block then II

III

 In conservative field work done by the force (line integral of the force
i.e.  F.d l ) over a closed path/loop is zero.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
W AB  WB A  0  ^ ^ ^
  dr  dx i  dy j  dz k )
or  F.d l  0
  u ^ u ^ u ^ 
F  i j k 
 x y z 
A B Non-conservative forces :
A force is said to be non-conservative if work done by or against the force in moving a body from one
position to another, depends on the path followed between these two positions and for complete cycle this work
done can never be zero.
Example: Frictional force, Viscous force, Airdrag etc.
If a body is moved from position A to another position B on a rough table, work done against frictional force
Conservative force : shall depend on the length of the path between A and B and not only on the position A and B.
The forces of these type of fields are known as conservative forces. W AB  mgs
Example : Electrostatic forces, gravitational forces, elastic forces, magnetic forces etc and all the central
forces are conservative in nature. Further if the body is brought back to its initial position A, work has to be done against the frictional force,
which opposes the motion. Hence the net work done against the friction over a round trip is not zero.
If a body of mass m lifted to height h from the ground level by different path as shown in the figure
R
s
B B B B
F
‘
I II III IV
l h
h3 ‘
q h1
h2 W BA  mgs .
W Net  W AB  W BA  mgs  mgs  2 mgs  0 .
A A A A
i.e. the friction is a non-conservative force.

‘
Work done through different paths
W I  F. s  mg  h  mgh

h
WII  F. s  mg sin   l  mg sin    mgh
sin 
WIII  mgh 1  0  mgh 2  0  mgh 3  0  mgh 4
 mg (h1  h2  h3  h4 )  mgh

WIV   F. d s  mgh

It is clear that WI  WII  WIII  WIV  mgh .

Further if the body is brought back to its initial position A, similar amount of work (energy) is ‘
released from the system, it means W AB  mgh and W BA  mgh .
Hence the net work done against gravity over a round trip is zero.
W Net  W AB  W BA  mgh  (mgh )  0 ‘
i.e. the gravitational force is conservative in nature.
NOTE :
  ‘’
 dU
Under conservative force F  where U is Potential Energy.. U   dU    F .dr
dr
 ^ ^ ^
( F  Fx i  Fy k  Fz k

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot


::PROBLEMS::

4. The force acting on an object varies with the distance travelled by the object as shown in the figure.
1.  
A body is displaced from rA  2iˆ  4 ˆj  6kˆ to rB  6iˆ  4 ˆj  2kˆ under a constant force

ce   Find the work done by the force in moving the object from x=0m to x=14m.

ˆ ˆ ˆ 
F  2i  3 j  k . Find the work done.
F(N)

SOLUTION :
    
 
4
Work done W  F .S ;W  F . rB  rA

   
W  2iˆ  3 ˆj  kˆ  6iˆ  4 ˆj  2kˆ  2iˆ  4 ˆj  6kˆ 
   O 6 10 14 S

 ^ ^ ^  ^ ^ ^

W   2 i  3 j  k  . 4 i  8 j  8 K 
SOLUTION :
   . Work done=Area under F- S curve.
W  8  24  8  24 units
1  1 
W    6  4    4  4       4   36 J
 ^ ^ ^ 2  2 
2. A force F  2 x i  2 j  3z 2 k N is acting on a particle. Find the work done by the force in displacing 
the body from (1,2,3) m to (3,6,1) m.. 5.
2

A body is displaced from  0, 0  to 1m,1m  along the path x  y by a force F  x j  yi N . The 
SOLUTION : work done by this force will be
x2 y2 z2
4 5 3 7
Work done W   F dx   F dy   F dz
x1
x
y1
y
z1
z A) J
3
B) J
6
C)
2
J D)
5
J
3 6 1 SOLUTION :
W   2 xdx   2dy   3z 2 dz 1,1  
1 2 3 W  F .ds
 0,0 
x  2 3
z  3 1

W  2    2  y 2  3    10 J
6
Here ds  dxi  dy j  dzk
 2 1  3 3 1,1
W 
 0,0 
 x dy  ydx   as x  y 
2

1,1
 y3 x2  5
W     J
3. If W1 , W2 and W3 represent the work done in moving a particle from A to B along three different
 3 2   0,0 6
paths 1,2 and 3 respectively As shown) in the gravitational field of a point mass m, find the
correct relation between W1 , W2 and W3 [IIT-2003]
6. The displacment x (in m), of a particle of mass m (in kg) is related to the time t (in second) by
B
m t  x  3 . Find the work done in first six second. (in mJ)
SOLUTION :
x   t  3   t 2  6t  9
2 2
1 .
3 dx
v  2t  6
dt
at t  0, v  6 ;
A) W1  W2  W3 B) W1  W2  W3 C) W1  W2  W3 D) W2  W1  W3
at t  6, v  6
SOLUTION :
1
m  6   18m
2
Work done will be same in all the cases because gravitational field is a conservative field. initial KE 
Thus work done is independent of the point B, 2
1
therefore W1  W2  W3 m  6   18m
2
final KE 
2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
7. When a rubber band is stretched by a distance ‘x’, it exerts a restoring force of magnitude SOLUTION :
F  ax  bx 2 , where a and b are constants. Find the work done in stretching the unstretched 
rubber band by ‘L’. (JEE MAIN 2014) F

SOLUTION :
d 
The restoring force exerted by the rubber band when it is stretched by a distance ‘x’ is F  ax  bx 2 . m    m d    dt
The small amount of work done on the rubber band in stretching through a small distance ‘dx’ is dt 
 m 2 
dW  Fdx   ax  bx 2  dx    t
 2 
The total work done in stretching the unstretched rubber band by ‘L’ is
L L L L
; KE  t  work done
W   Fdx    ax  bx 2 dx   axdx   bx 2 dx
0 0 0 0 10. A particle of mass ‘m’ is projected at an angle  to the horizontal with an initial velocity u. Find
the workdone by gravity during the time it reaches the highest point.
L L
 x2   x3  aL2 bL3 SOLUTION :
W  a  b   
 2 0  3 0 2 3
Y
 
 x y ˆj 
8. The work done on a particle of mass m by a force k  2 iˆ 
 (k being a
x  y   x2  y2 
2 3/ 2 3/ 2

 r
constant of appropriate dimensions) when the particle is taken from the point  a, 0  along a circular H
path of radius a bout the origin in the x-y plane is [IIT-2013]
2k k k 
O X
A) B) C) D) zero x
a a 2a
^    u sin 2   ^
2
SOLUTION :
  Fy  mg j; ry  H max   j
W=  F .dr  2g 
   ^
  u sin   ^
2 2
rB   rB W  F y r y    mg j  .  j
xiˆ yjˆ xdx ydy
 k   
 dxiˆ  dyjˆ  k  
rA  x  y 
    2g 
rA  x  y     2 3/ 2
 x2  y2 
3/ 2
 2 2 3/ 2
x 2
 y 2 3/ 2  2
 1
W   mu 2 sin 2  
2
rB
1   x2   y 2 
rB
1
 k d    d    k  2  x2  y2  11. A 10 kg block is pulled along a frictionless surface in the form of an arc of a circle of radius 10 m.
x  y2  rA  x  y 
3/2 2 3/2
rA
2
  2  2  The applied force is 200 N. Find the work done by (a) applied force and (b) gravitational force in
displacing thr ough an angle 600
rB r r r
1 2rdr dr  1 1 1 SOLUTION :
 k  3 d r2   k 
B B B

 k  2  k    k   
rA
2r rA
2r 3 rA
r  r  rA  rA rB 
But rA  a and rB  a ; W  0 r
600
9. Forces acting on a particle moving in a straight line varies with the velocity of the particle as
 r F
F where  is constant. The work done by this force in time interval t is:

1
A) t B)  t C) 2t D)  2 t
2 Work done by applied force W  Fr sin 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

3
W  200  10  sin 600  200 10  1732 J
2
work done by gravitational force W  mgr 1  cos  
3 kg B
W  10  9.8 10 1  cos 600 
A 2 kg
 1
W  98  10 1    490 J
 2 SOLUTION :
12. A uniform chain of length 2 m is kept on a table such that a length of 60 cm hangs freely from the  m  m1   3 2 
edge of the table. The total mass of the chain is 4 kg. What is the work done in pulling the entire a 2 g   10  2m / s
2

chain back onto the table?  m1  m2   23

SOLUTION : 2m1m2 g 2  2  3 10
T  24 N
M=4 kg, L=2m, l  0.6m , g  10m / s 2 m1  m2 23

l M  l 1 2 1
Work done W  mg   l g for each blocks S  at   2 1  1m
2  L  2 2 2
Wnet  W1  W2  TS  TS  0
4 0.6
W     0.6 10   3.6 J
2 2
13. Find the work done in lifting a body of mass 20 kg and specific gravity 3.2 to a height of 8 m in
water? (g=10m/s2)
SOLUTION :

Given specific gravity   3.2
b

b  3.2   w  3.2  1000  3200

 w   1000 
Workdone W= mgh 1     20 10  8  1  
 3200 
 b 

 2200 
W  20  10  8    1100 J
 3200 
14. A block of mass ‘m’ is lowered with the help of a rope of negligible mass through a distance ‘d’
with an acceleration of g/3. Find the work done by the rope on he block?
SOLUTION :
During lowering a block, tension in rope is T  m  g  a  andS  d

work done W  m  g  a  d

 g 2mgd
W  m  g   d  
 3 3
15. If the system shown is released from rest. Find the net workdone by tension in first one second
(g=10m/s2)
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Energy: Kinetic energy is a scalar quantity.
The kinetic energy of an object is a measure of the work an object can do by the virtue of its motion.
Energy is the ability or capacity to do work. Greater the amount of energy possessed by the body, greater
Examples for bodies having K.E
the work it will be able to do.
1) A vehicle in motion
Energy is cause for doing work and work is effect of energy
2) Water flowing along a river
Energy is a scalar.
3) A bullet fired from a gun
Energy and work have same units and dimensions.
Kinetic energy depends on frame of reference.
The different forms of energy are
EX-kinetic energy of a person of mass m sitting in a train moving with speed v is zero in the frame of train but
• Mechanical energy,
•Light energy, 1 2
mv in the frame of earth.
•Heat energy, 2
•Sound energy, Relation between KE and Linear Momentum:
•Electrical energy,
1 2 P2 1
•Nuclear energy .....etc.  KE  mv   Pv  P  mv 
Mechanical energy is of two types 2 2m 2
1) Potential Energy If two bodies of different masses have same momentum then lighter body will have greater KE
2) Kinetic Energy  1
 KE 
Potential energy (U):  m
Potential energy of body is the energy possessed by a body by virtue of its position or configuration in the When a bullet is fired from a gun the momentum of the bullet and gun are equal and opposite.
field.
KEbullet M gun
Potential energy is defined only for conservative forces. It does not exist for non-conservative forces. i.e 
In case of conservative forces. KEgun M bullet

 dU    u2 r2
  Hence, the KE of the bullet is greater than that of the gun
F     dU   F .dr   dU    F .dr A body can have energy without momentum. But it can not have momentum without energy.
 dr  u1 r1
A bullet of mass ‘m’ moving with velocity ‘v’ stops in wooden block after penetrating through a distance
r2
  ‘x’. If F is resistance offered by the block to the bullet
U 2  u1    F .dr  W (Assuming F is constant inside the block)
r1
1 2 mv 2
mv  Fx; F   v 2 ax
  r
2 2x
If r1  ,U1  0 U   F .dr  W For a given body

The graph between KE and P is a parabola.
P.E can be +ve or -ve or can be zero.
P.E depends on frame of reference. KE

EX-
1.Water stored in a dam,
2.A stretched bow, P
3.A loaded spring etc., possesses P.E
In case of conservative force (field) potential energy is equal to negative of work done in shifting the body
from some reference position to given position. The graph between KE and P is a straight line passing through the origin.
Potential energy can be defined only for conservative forces. It does not exist for non-conservative forces.
1
A moving body may or may not have potential energy. Its slope=
Potential energy should be considered to be a property of the entire system, rather than assigning it to any 2m
specific particle.
Kinetic energy: K

Kinetic energy is the energy possessed by a body by virtue of its motion.

1 2
Kinetic energy of a body of mass ‘m’ moving with a velocity ‘v’, KE  mv P
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

K
1
The graph between KE and P is a rectangular hyperbola.

K
X

iv) K -P2 graph:

1
It is a straight line passing through origin and slope=
1
P
2m
P = 2mK
2

A particle is projected up from a point at an angle ' ' with the horizontal. At any time ‘t’ if ‘P’ is linear
momentum, ‘y’ is vertical displacement and ‘x’ is horizontal displacement, then nature of the curves drawn K
for KE of the particle (K) against these parameters are

i) K-y graph:
K  K i  mgy;
P2
It is a straight line
P K2
K

Restoring force and spring constant : When a spring is stretched or compressed from its normal position
(x = 0) by a small distance x, then a restoring force is produced in the spring to bring it to the
Y normal position.
According to Hooke’s law this restoring force is proportional to the displacement x and its
ii) K-t graph: direction is always opposite to the displacement.
 1 
K  K i  mg  u y t  gt 2 
 2 
1 2
 y  uyt  gt ;
2
It is a parabola
K

x=0
F
t m Fext

iii) K - x graph: +x
F
 gx 2  m Fext
K  K i  mg  x tan   2 
 2u x  –x
Fig. 6.20
 g 
 y   tan   x   2  x 2 ;
 2u x  i.e. F  x
It is also parabola
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
…(i)
F  k x Work - energy theorem:
where k is called spring constant. Work done by all forces acting on a body is equal to change in its kinetic energy.
If x = 1, F = k (Numerically) 1 2 1
k=F i.e., W  K f  K i
mv  mu 2
2 2
Hence spring constant is numerically equal to force required to produce unit displacement (compression or
extension) in the spring. If required force is more, then spring is said to be more stiff and vice-versa. Where Kf and Ki are the final and initial kinetic energies of the body.
Actually k is a measure of the stiffness/softness of the spring. Work energy theorem is applicable not only for a single particle but also for a system of particles.
F When it is applied to a system of two or more particles change in kinetic energy of the system is
Dimension : As k 
x equal to work done on the system by the external as well as internal forces.
Work - energy theorem can also be applied to a system under the action of variable forces,
[F] [MLT 2 ]
\ [k ] 
[x ]

L  [MT 2 ] pseudo forces, conservative as well as non-conservative forces.
Units : S.I. unit Newton/metre, C.G.S unit Dyne/cm. Application of work-energy theorem:
A body of mass m starting from rest acquire a velocity ‘v’ due to constant force F.
Spring force is an example of a variable force which is conservative. Neglecting air resistance.
In an ideal spring, the spring force Fs is directly proportional to ‘x’ . 1 2
Work done = change in Kinetic energy mv
Where x is the displacement of the block from equilibrium position. 2
i.e., Fs  Kx . A particle of mass ‘m’ is thrown vertically up with a speed ‘u’. Neglecting the air friction, the
The constant K is called spring constant. work done by gravitational force, as particle reaches maximum height is
The work done on the block by the spring force as the block moves from undeformed position
x=0 to x=x1 Wg   K  K f  K i
 
dW  F .dx   Kxdx 1 1 1
Wg   mu 2  m  0   mu 2
x 2 2 2
1 1
W   dW    Kxdx   K  x 2    Kx12
1
x1
A particles of mass ‘m’ falls freely from a height ‘h’ in air medium onto the ground. If ‘v’ is the
0
2 0 2 velocity with which it reaches the ground, the work done by air friction is W f and work done by
x2 gravitational force Wg then,
If the block moves from x=x1 to x=x2 the work done by spring force is W    Kxdx 1 2 1
x1 Wg  W f  mv  0  mv 2
2 2
1 1 1
W   K  x12  x22   Kx12  Kx22 A block of mass ‘m’ slides down a frictionless incline of inclination ' ' to the horizontal.
2 2 2 If h is the height of incline, the velocity with which body reaches the bottom of incline is
Potential energy stored in a spring: 1
The change in potential energy of a system corresponding to a conservative internal force is Wg  K ; mgh  mv 2  0
2
x  
1
du    F .dx, mgh  mv 2 ; v  2 gh
0
2
A body of mass ‘m’ starts from rest from the top of a rough inclined plane of inclination ' ' and
dU = - (work done by the spring force)
length ' l ' .
  Kx 2  1 2
dU     ;U f  U i  Kx The velocity ‘v’ with which it reaches the bottom of incline if k is the coefficient of kinetic
 2  2
friction is
since Ui is zero when spring is at its natural length Wg  W f  k
1 2
U f  Kx 1 2
2  mg sin   l    k mg cos   l  mv  0
2
v  2 gl  sin    k cos  

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

A bob of mass m suspended from a string of length l is given a speed u at its lowest position then 1  1
the speed of the bob v when it makes an angle  with the vertical is K f  W  mas  ma  at 2   ma 2t 2
2  2
1
Wg  WT  K  mgl 1  cos    0  m v2  u2  vo 1 v 
2

2 Since a  ; K f  m 0  t2
to 2  t0 
v  u 2  2 gl 1  cos  
A bullet of mass ‘m’ moving with velocity ‘v’ stops in a wooden block after penetrating through
Types of Equilibrium:

a distance x. A body is said to be in translatory equilibrium, if net force acting on the body is zero, i.e., F net  0
If ‘f’ is the resistance offered by the block to the bullet.
dU
W  K f  K i ;  fx  0  KEi If the forces are conservative F  
f dr
KEi mv P 2 2 and for equilibrium F = 0,
i.e., stopping distance x    dU dU
f 2f 2mf so   0 or  0, At equilibrium position
dr dr
A block of mass ‘m’ attached to a spring of spring constant ‘K’ oscillates on a smooth horizontal
slope of U-r graph is zero or the potential energy is optimum (maximum or minimum or constant)
table. The other end of the spring is fixed to a wall. It has a speed ‘v’ when the spring is at
There are three types of equilibrium
natural length. The distance it moves on a table before it comes to rest is calculated as below
(i) Stable equilibrium (ii) Unstable equilibrium
WS . F  Wg  WN  K  S .F  spring force  (iii) Neutral equilibrium
Let the mass be oscillating with amplitude ‘x’, Stable equilibrium:
1 2 1.Net forced is Zero
On compressing the spring WS .F   Kx
2 dU
2.  0 or slope of U-r graph is zero
Wg =FS cos 90 = 0; WN=NS cos 900 =0
0
dr
1 1 m 3.When displaced from its equilibrium position, a net retarding forces starts acting on the body, which has a
WS .F  K f  Ki   Kx 2  0  mv 2  x  v tendency to bring the body back to its equilibrium position
2 2 K
A pile driver of mass ‘m’ is dropped from a height ‘h’ above the ground. On reaching the ground d 2U
it pierces through a distance ‘s’ and then stops finally. If R is the average resistance offered by 4.PE in equilibrium position is minimum as compared to its neighboring points as is positive
dr 2
ground then 5.When displaced from equilibrium position the centre of gravity of the body comes down
1 1
Wg  WR  K f  K i  mu 2  mv 2
2 2
 h
mg  h  s     Rs   0; R  mg  1   Unstable equilibrium:
 s
1.Net force is zero
u= 0
air dU
h 2.  0 (or) slope of U-r graph is zero
v1  2 gh dr
3.When displaced from its equilibrium position, a net force starts acting on the body which moves the body
s soil in the direction of displacement or away from the equilibrium position
d 2U
v=0 4.PE in equilibrium position is maximum as compared to other positions as is negative
dr 2
Here time of penetration is given by impulse equation (R-mg) t = 0  m 2 gh 5.When displaced from equilibrium position the centre of gravity of the body goes up
A body of mass ‘m’ is initially at rest. By the application of a constant force, its velocity changes
to v0 in time t0 the kinetic energy of the body at time ‘t’ is
W  K  K f  K i   K i  0
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Neutral equilibrium: In graph this is represented in region AB.
1.Net force is zero (iii) Zero force :
dU On increasing x, if U does not change,
2.  0 (or) slope of U-r graph is zero
dr dU
0
dx
3.When displaced from its equilibrium position the body has neither the tendency to come back nor move
then F is zero
away from the original position. i.e. no force works on the particle.
Point B, C and D represents the point of zero force or these points can be termed as position of equilibrium.
d 2U
4.PE remains constant even if the body is moving to neighbouring points 0
dr 2
5.When displaced from equilibrium position the centre of gravity of the body remains constant Law of conservation of Mechanical energy:
Total mechanical energy of a system remains constant, if only conservative forces are acting on
a system of particles and the work done by all other forces is zero.
U f  U i  W
Potential energy curve :
A graph plotted between the potential energy of a particle and its displacement from the centre From work energy theorem W  k f  ki
of forceis called potential energy curve.
U f  U i    k f  k i 
Figure shows a graph of potential energy function U(x) for one dimensional motion.
As we know that negative gradient of the potential energy gives force. U f  k f  U i  ki  U  K  cons tan t
dU The sum of potential energy and kinetic energy remains constant in any state.
 F
dx
A body is projected vertically up from the ground. When it is at height ‘h’ above the ground,
its potential and kinetic energies are in the ration x : y .
U(x)
D
If H is the maximum height reached by the body, then
C
A x h h x
 or 
y H h H x y
B
O x

Nature of force :
(i) Attractive force :
On increasing x, if U increases,
dU
dx
 positive ,

then F is in negative direction

i.e. force is attractive in nature.
In graph this is represented in region BC.
(ii) Repulsive force :
On increasing x, if U decreases,
dU
dx
 negative ,

then F is in positive direction

i.e. force is repulsive in nature.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

:: PROBLEMS : : Average velocity = 10m/s
1. Two spheres whose radii are in the ratio 1 : 2 are moving with velocities in the ratio 3 : 4. If their 1 1
Approximate K .E. mv   60  10  3000 J
2 2
densities are in the ratio 3 : 2, then find the ratio of their kinetic energies. 2 2
Range of KE = 2000 J to 5000 J
r1 1 v1 3 1 3
 ,  ,  5. Kinetic energy of a particle moving along a circle of radius ‘r’ depends on the distance as KE =
r2 2 v2 4  2 2
cs2, (c is constant, s is displacement). Find the force acting on the particle
1 2 1 14  SOLUTION :
K .E  mv  V   v 2    r 3   v 2
2 2 23  1 2  2c 
KE  mv  cs 2  v    s
3 2 3 2 2  m
KE1 1  r1   v1  3 1 3
         
KE2  2  r2   v2  2 2 4 dv 2c ds 2c
t    v
KE1 3 1 9 27 dt m dt m
   
KE2 2 8 16 256 2c  2c  2c
Ft  m t  mv  m s  2cs
m  m  m
2. An engine is pumping water continuously. The water passes through a nozzle with a velocity  .
2
As water leaves the nozzle, the mass per unit length of the water jet is m0 . Find the rate at  mv 2 
 2cs 
2
Total force F  Ft  Fc  
2 2

which kinetic energy is imparted to the water.  r 
1 3 1 2 1 32 1 12 s2
A) m0 v B) m0 v C) m0 v D) m0 v F  2cs 1 
2 2 2 2 r2
SOLUTION :
dm 6. A r ectangular plank of mass m 1 and height ‘a’ is on a horizontal surface. On the top of it another
m0 
dx rectangular plank of mass m2 and height ‘b’ is placed. Find the potential energy of the system?
d d 1  1  dm 
 KE   dt  2 mv 2   2  dt  v 2 m2 b
dn    
1  dm   dx  2 1 a
m1
     v  m0 v
3

2  dx   dt  2
3. A particle is projected at 600 to the horizontal with a kinetic energy ‘K’ . Find the kinetic energy SOLUTION :
at the highest point? (JEE MAIN 2007) Total potential energy of system U = U1 + U2
SOLUTION :
a  b   m   b 
1  m1 g  m2 g  a    1  m2  a  m2    g
Initial kinetic energy is K  mu 2 2  2   2   2 
2
The velocity at highest point vx  u cos  . 7. A ring ‘A’ of mass ‘m’ is attached to a stretched spring of force constant K, which is fixed at C on a
smooth vertical circular track of radius R. Points A and C are diametrically opposite. When the ring
Kinetic energy of a particle at highest point
slips from rest on the track to point B, making an angle of 30 with AC. ( ACB  30 ) spring
1 2 1 K becomes unstretched. Find the velocity of the ring at B
KH  mvx  mu 2 cos 2   K cos 2 600 
2 2 4
4. An athlete in the Olympic games covers a distance of 100 m in 10s. His kinetic energy can be
estimated to be in the range. (JEE MAIN 2008)
1) 200J-500J 2) 2  105 J  3  105 J 3) 20,000J-50,000J 4) 2,000J - 5,000J
SOLUTION :
Approximate mass of the athlete = 60kg
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
A(m) L L L
m m
U    dm  gy     dy  .gy  g  ydy
0 0
L L 0
D B L
m  y2  mgL
30 U g  
L  2 0 2
12 12
C  2E   2E 
9. The total mechanical energy of a particle is E. The speed of the particle at x    is   .
1 1
 K   m 
 KR   KR 
  2  3 
2 2 2 2 2 2
A)  2 3  gR 3  B)   gR  Find the potential energy of the particle at x :
 2m   m  1 2 1 2 2 2
1 1 A) zero B) Kx C) Kx D) Kx
2 4 5
 2 KR 2 2  KR 2 2
   
2 2
C)  2 3  gR 3  D)  2 1  gR  SOLUTION :
 m   2m  12 12
SOLUTION :  2E   2E 
At x    , v 
Decrease in elastic PE + Decrease in PE = Increase in KE  K   m 
1 2 1 2E 1 2
Kx  mg  AD   mv 2 or v 
2
or mv  E
2 2 m 2
x  AC  CB  2 R  2 R cos 30  R 2  3    As CBA  90  2E 
So, at x  
12

 , kinetic energy is equal to total mechanical energy..

R  K 
AD  AB cos 60   AC sin 30  cos 60  2 12
 2E 
Hence, PE at x    is zero
1
  R 1 2
2
So, KR 2 2  3  mg  mv  K 
2 2 2
So, U  x   0
1
 KR 2 2
 
2
v 2 3  gR  10. A chain of length  and mass ‘m’ lies on the surface of a smooth hemisphere of radius R >  with
 m 
one end tied to top of the hemisphere. Find the gravitational potential energy of the chain?
SOLUTION :

(Rd  )
8. A rod of mass m and length L is held vertical. Find its gravitational potential energy with respect
to zero potential energy at the lower end?
R  d
y=R cos 

dy Consider a small element of chain of width d  at angle  from the vertical

y
m
The mass of the element dm    Rd

SOLUTION : The gravitational potential energy of the element du = (dm)gy
Choose a small element of length dy, then The gravitational potential energy of total chain
m l l

mass of the element dm    dy . R

m 
R
L U    dm  gy    Rd g  R cos  
0
l 
The potential energy of the element dU = (dm) g ( y ) Potential energy of the entire rod 0

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

mgR mgR 2
l  l 2 V0 V0 3V0 V0
sin    U sin   R
0
A) 2 gt B) 4 gt C) 4 gt D) gt
l l R 0 0 0 0
SOLUTION :
11. A spring of force constant ‘k’ is stretched by a small length ‘x’. Find work done in stretching it
further by a small length ‘y’? 1
K .Ei  mV02 ;
SOLUTION : 2
1 2 11
Initial potential energy U i kx K .E f  mV02
2 42
1 V  V0   gt0
k x  y
2
Final potential energy U f 
2 15. Two blocks having masses 8 kg and 16 kg are connected to the two ends of a light spring. The
system is placed on a smooth horizontal floor. An inextensible string also connects B with ceiling
1 1
Work done W  U f  U i  k  x  y   kx
2 2
as shown in figure at the initial moment. Initially the spring has its natural length. A constant
2 2
horizontal force F is applied to the heavier block as shown. What is the maximum possible value
1 of F so that lighter block doesn’t loose contact with ground.
W ky  2 x  y 
2

12. Under the action of force 2kg body moves such that its position ‘x’ varies as a function of time t 5m
4m
A

t3 B 8 kg 16 kg F
given by x  , x is in meter and t in second. Calculate the workdone by the force in first two
3
seconds. SOLUTION :
SOLUTION : Draw FBD of B to get extension in spring. When block B just looses contact with ground
From work-energy theorem W  KE resultant force on it is zero.
T N
t3 dx 2
x , Velocity v  t 
3 dt kx
At t = 0, v1=0, At t= 2s, v2= 4 m/s
1 1
m  v22  v12    2  42  0   16 J
W mg
2 2
Kx
13. A uniform chain of length ‘l’ and ,as ‘M’ is on a smooth horizontal table, with (1/n)th part of its Kx  T cos   0  T  ; T sin   N  mg  0
length hanging from the edge of the table. Find the kinetic energy of the chain as it completely cos 
slips off the table. Kx
When N = 0 then T sin   mg  sin   mg
cos 
L
mg 80 60
n
x  
K tan  K   4 / 3 K
SOLUTION :
If spring has to just extend till this value then from work energy theorem we get
Work done W  U i  U f  K f  K i
1 2
Fx 
Kx  F  30 N
Mgl Mgl 1  1 2
 2  Mv 2 ; v  gl 1  2 
2 2n 2  n  16. A 0.5 kg block slides from the point A (see figure) on a horizontal track with an initial speed of 3m/s
towards a weightless horizontal spring of length 1 m and force constant 2 Newton/m.The part AB of
3
14. A particle moves move on the rough horizontal ground with some initial velocity V0 . If of its the track is frictionlessand the part BC has the coefficients of static and kinetic friction as 0.22 and
4 0.2 respectively. If the distances AB and BD are 2m and 2.14 m respectively find the total distance
kinetic energy lost due to friction in time t0 . The coefficient of friction between the particle and the through which the block moves before it comes to rest completely (Take g = 10 m/s2).
ground is
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
AB. At the instant of crossing AB, its velocity is horizontal. Find u.
[1999]

A B D C A

A) 4.20 m B) 4.14 m C) 4.24 m D) 4.26 m O

SOLUTION :
From A to B, there will be no loss of energy.
Now let block compresses the spring by an amount x and comes momentarily to rest.
Then, loss of energy will be equal to the work done against friction.
Therefore,
x L
kx
8

A B C v=0 C f
u
1 1
k mg (BD  x )  mv 2  kx 2 B
2 2
1 1 SOLUTION :
Substituting the values (0.2) (0.5) (10) (2.14 + x) = (0.5)(3)  (2)( x )
2 2

2 2
C v
Solving this equation, we get x = 0.1m 90-
D Q
17. A 2 kg block slides on a horizontal floor with a speed of 4 m/s. It strikes an uncompressed spring 
and compresses it till the block is motionless. The kinetic frictional force is 15 N and spring mg
constant is 10,000Nm -1. Find the compression in the spring? (JEE MAIN 2007) 
L + Lsin
SOLUTION : L
1 1
KE  mv 2  W friction  Kx 2 . L 8
2 2 P u
1 1
  2  42  15 x   10000  x 2
2 2
Lcos
 5000 x 2  15 x  16  0
 x  0.055m or x  5.5 cm Now, we have following equations
18. A block of mass 1 kg kept over a smooth surface is given velocity 2 m/s towards a spring of spring mv 2
1) TQ  0 Therefore, mg sin   ...... (1)
constant 1 N/m at a distance of 10m. Find after what time block will be passing through P again L
2) v 2  u 2  2gh  u 2  2gL(1  sin ) ...... (2)
P k 1
m V 3) QD  (range ) ........ (3)
2
10 m
 3 3
A)  20  2  sec B) 10sec C) 10  2  sec D) 10    sec u  gL  2 
 
 2 
SOLUTION :
Comprehension-I
s m s
t    The potential energy U (in J) of a particle is given by  ax  by  , where a and b are constants. The mass
v k v
19. A particle is suspended vertically from a point O by an inextensible massless string of length L. A of the particle is 1 kg and x and y are the coordinates of the particle in metre. The particle is at rest at
vertical line AB is is at a distance of L/8 from O as shown. The object is given a horizontal velocity  4a, 2b  at time t  0 .
u. At some point, its motion ceases to be circular and eventually the object passed through the line

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

20. Find the speed of the particle when it crosses x-axis SOLUTION :

1 2 a 2
 b2  Work done by force P in displacing the block by 7 m, W1  F cos   S 
A) 2 a 2  b 2 B) a 2  b2 C) a  b2 D)
2 2 7 3
SOLUTION : W1  P cos 30 0  7 PJ
2
  1  U  U  
a F /m 
m  X
i
Y 
j    ai  bj since, m  1 kg   W2=mgh = 50 x 9.8 x 7 sin 300 = 17

21. Find the speed of the particle when it crosses y-axis 25. Three springs A,B and C each of force constant K, are connected at O. The other ends of B and C
can slide on smooth sliders. A pan is hanging from other end of the spring A. When a block of mass
A) 4 a 2  b 2 B) 2 2  a 2  b 2  C) 2  a 2  b2  D)  a 2  b2  m is placed int he pan, find the amount of workdone by the gravity on block system after it stops
vibrating. The spring C does not sag:
SOLUTION :
 
acceleration ax   a, a y  b

acceleration a  a x  a y  a  b
2 2 2 2

u x   at , v y  bt
1 a
X  4a  ax t 2  4a  t 2
2 2
1 b
Y  2b  a y t 2  2b  t 2
2 2
particle crosses x-axis, when y = 0 3m2g2 m2g2 2m2g2 m2g2
A) B) C) D)
2K K K 2K
22. Find the acceleration of the particle SOLUTION :
The system will adjust in such a way by sliding the spring C remains unstretched and spring A and B
A) 4 a 2
b 2
 B) 2 2  a  b
2 2
 C) 2a  b
2 2
 D) a 2
b 2
 remains vertical.
SOLUTION : Thus, effective force constant is giveny by
Particle crosses y-axis, when x = 0 1 1 1
  ;
23. Find the coordinates of the particle at t = 1 second K' K K

A)  3.5a,1.5b  B)  3a, 2b  C)  3a,3b  D)  3a, 4b  K

K'
2
SOLUTION :
there is no effect of spring C.
Coordinate at t  1 sec will be  3.5a,1.5b  K ' x  mg ;
2mg
24. In the below figure, what constant force ‘P’is required to bring the 50 kg body, which starts from x ,
K
rest to a velocity of 10m/s in 7m? (Neglect friction)
2mg
W  mg .x  mg .
p k
300
50 kg
26. Figure shows a spring fixed at the bottom end of an incline of inclination 370. A small block of mass
2 kg starts slipping down the incline from a point 4.8 m away from the spring. The block compresses
the spring by 20 cm, stops momentarily and then rebounds through a distance 1m up and incline.
300 Find (i) the friction coefficient between the plane and the block and (ii) the spring constant of the
spring . (g= 10 ms-2)
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION :
dU
Force is zero  0
dx
i.e., a  12  x 13  b  6  x 7  0
37 0
12a 6b 12a 6b
SOLUTION :  7  0  13  7
x13 x x x
Applying work energy theorem for downward motion of the body W=  KE
1
1 2 2a  2a  6
mg sin   x  d   f  l1  Kx  KE  x6 x   
2 b  b 
1 Substituting the value of x
20sin 37 0  5     20 cos 37 0  5  K  0.2   0
2

2 12 6
 b 6  b 6
80  0.02 K  60  1  U min  a    b  
 2a   2a 
For the upward motion of the body
1 2  b2   b 2  b 2
 mg sin  l2   f  l2   Kx  KE U min        U min 
2  4a   2a  4a
1
K  0.2   0
2
2  10 sin 370 1    20 cos 37 0  1 
2 29. In the figures A) and B) AC, DG and GF are fixed inclined planes, BC = EF = x and AB = DE = y. A
small block of mass M is released from the point A. It slides down AC and reaches C with a speed
16  0.02 K  12   2 
VC. The small block is released from rest from the point D. It slides down DGF and reaches the
Adding equations (1) and (2), we get point F with speed VF. The coefficients of kinetic frictions between the block and both the surfaces
96   48    0.5 AC and DGF are m. Calculate VC and VF.
Now, use the value of  in equation (1), we get K=1000 N/m A D
27. Figure shows a light, inextensible string attached to a cart that can slide along a frictionless horizontal
G
rail aligned along an x axis. The left end of the string is pulled over a pulley, of negligible mass and
friction and fixed at height h = 3m from the ground level. The cart slides from x 1 = 3 3 m to x2 = 4
m and during the move, tension in the string is kept constant 50 N. Find change in kinetic energy of
the cart in joules. (Use 3 = 1.7) in form of 10 x n, where n = B C E F
(a) (b)
A
A) 1.7 m/s B) 2.7 m/s C) 3.7 m/s D) 0.7 m/s
h = 3m
SOLUTION :
In both the cases work done by friction will be Mgx
1 1
x2 x1  MVC2  MVF2  Mgy  Mgx
2 2
SOLUTION :
Change in kinetic energy = Work done by the force; so W  50  1 Along the string);  VC  VF  2gy  2gx
30. Two balls of same mass are projected as shown, by compressing equally (say x) the springs of different
so W  50 Joule
force constants K1 and K 2 by equal magnitude. The first ball is projected upwards along smooth wall
a b and the other on the rough horizontal floor with coefficient of friction  . If the first ball goes up by
28. In a molecule, the potential energy between two atoms is given by U  x    . Where ‘a’ and ‘b’ height h , then the distance covered by the second ball will be :
x12 x 6
are positive constants and ‘x’ is the distance between atoms. Find the value of ‘x’ at which force is zero
and minimum P.E at that point. (JEE MAIN 2010)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION :
1
K2
U   fFdx   fkxdx   kx 2
2
K1

32. A massless platform is kept on a light elastic spring as shown in figure. When a sand particle of
0.1 kg mass is dropped on the pan from a height of 0.24m, the particle strikes the pan and the
2hK 2 hK1 3hK 2 hK 2 spring compresses by 0.01 m. From what height should particle be dropped to cause a compression
A)  K B) 2  K C) 2  K D)  K
1 2 1 1 of 0.04m.
SOLUTION : 0.1 kg

1
K1 x 2  mgh
2
2mgh
x 
K1
1
K 2 x 2   mgx0
2
SOLUTION :
2  mgx0 By conservation of mechanical energy
x2 
K2
1 2
mg  h  y  
Ky
h K2 2
equating x0   . K h=height of particle
1

31. A particle is acted by a force F=kx, where k is a +ve constant. Its potential energy at x=0 is zero. y=compression of the spring
which curve correctly represents the variation of potential energy of the block with respect to x ? As here particle and spring remain same
[IIT-2004] 2 2
h1  y1  y1  0.24  0.01  0.01 
U   ;   ; h2  3.96m
h2  y2  y2  h2  0.04  0.04 
U
33. Block A of mass 1kg is placed on the rough surface of block B of mass 3 kg. Block B is placed on
smooth horizontal surfac. Blocks are given the velocities as shown. Find net work done by the
frictional force. [ in (-) ve J]
X
X
8m/sec
A) B) A
4m/sec
B
SOLUTION :
U 1  3 v  1 8   3 4  20 ; v  5m / sec
U
1 39
for block A, W f  1  52  82    J
2 2
1 27
X for block B, W f   3  52  4 2    J
X 2 2
C) D) net work done by friction = -6 J
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
34. A small mass ‘m’ is sliding down on a smooth curved incline from a height ‘h’ and finally moves
through a horizontal smooth surface. A light spring of force constant K is fixed with a vertical rigid
stand on the horizontal surface, as shown in the figure. Find the value for the maximum compression
in the spring if mass ‘m’ is released from rest from height ‘h’ and hits the spring on the horizontal
surface.
SOLUTION :
A
m Decrease in mechanical energy = work done against friction
1 1
m 2  kx 2    mg  x
h
C K 2 2

2 gx  k
SOLUTION : v
Conservation of energy b/w positions A and C m

 PE A  block  KEA   PEC  spring  KEC Putting m  0.18kg , x  0.06m, k  2 Nm 1 ,

1 2 1 2mgh   01 we get
mgh  0 Kx  0; mgh  Kx 2 ; x 
2 2 K 4
  0.4m / s  m/s
35. A vehicle of mass 15 quintal climbs up a hill 200 m high. It then moves on a level road with a speed 10
of 30ms . Calculate the potential energy gained by it and its total mechanical energy while running
-1

on the top of the hill. N  4

SOLUTION :
m= 15 quintal = 1500kg, g=9.8ms-2, h=200m 38. A particle is released from height H. At certain height from the ground its kinetic energy is twice
P.E. gained, its gravitational potential energy. Find the height and speed of particle at that height
U=mgh = 1500 x 9.8 x 200=2.94 x 106J SOLUTION :
1 2 1
K.E= 2PE
mv   1500   30   0.675  10 6 J
2
K .E.  But KE=TE - PE
2 2
Total mechanical energy mg  H  h   2mgh; mgH  3mgh
E  K  U   0.675  2.94  106  3.615 6 J H
h ; Also K .E  2 P.E ,
36. An ideal spring with spring constant k is hung from the ceiling and a block of mass M is attached to 3
its lower end. The mass is released with the spring initially unstretched Then,the maxumum extension
1 2 H gH
in the spring is [IIT-2002] mv  2mg    v  2
2  3 3
4 Mg 2 Mg Mg Mg
A) B) C) D)
k k k 2k
SOLUTION : 39. A heavy flexible uniform chain of length  r and mass  r lies in a smooth semicircular tube AB of
Loss in P.E = Gain in K.E + P.E stored in spring radius ‘r’. Assuming a slight disturbance to start the chain in motion, find the velocity v with which it
1 will emerge from the end of the tube?
MgX max  0  kX 2 max ;
2
2 Mg
X max  C.G 2r / 
k B A
37. A block of mass 0.18kg is attached to a spring of force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction Reference level
between the block and the floor is 0.1 Initially the block is at rest and the spring is un-stretched. An
impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure.The block slides a distance of 0.06m and
comes to rest for the first time . The initial velocity of the block in m/s is V  N /10 . Then N is:
[IIT-2011]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION :  f  4N
acc. of the block with respect to observes  2  5  3 m / s 2
1
 displacement of the block w.r.to observes   3  4  6 m
2
B A  work done by friction w.r. to observers  24 Joule
r
2  x4 x2 
41. The potential energy of 1 kg particle free to move along X-axis is given by U  x    4  2  J. The
C.G  
total mechanical energy of the particle is 2 J. Find the maximum speed of the particle.
SOLUTION :
2r dU
Centre of gravity of a semicircular arc is at a distance from the centre. For maximum value of U,  0.
 dx

 2r  4 x3 2 x
Initial potential energy U i    r  g      0 or x  0, x  1.
  4 2

  r  d 2U 2

Final potential energy U f    r  g  At x  0,  1 and At x  x  1, d U  2

 dx 2 dx 2
 2 
When the chain is completely slipped off the tube, all the links of the chain have the same velocity v. Hence U is minimum at x  x  1 with value
1 1 1 1 1
Kinetic energy of chain k  mv 2    r  v 2 U min    J
2 2
4 2 4
From conservation of energy,
1 9
 2r    r  1 K max  U min  E or K max   2 or K max 
 rg      r  g      r  v
2
4 4
   2  2
1 2 9 3

mv   vmax  , ms 1
2  2 4 2
On solving we get, v  2rg   
 2  42.. A ball leaves the track at B which is at 3m height from bottom most point of the track. The ball
40. An observer and a vehicle, both start moving together from rest with accelerations 5 m/s2 and 2 m/ further rises upto 4m height from the bottom most point before falling down. Find h ( in m), if the
s2, respectively. There is a 2 kg block on the floor of the vehicle, and   0.3 between their surfaces. track at B makes an angle 300 with horizontal.
Find the work done by frictional force on the 2 kg block as observed by the running observer,
during first 2 seconds of the motion.
2
2m/s
5m/s2 B
2kg
h 3m
SOLUTION :
FBD of the block,
SOLUTION :
Fpseudo
u B 2 sin 2  2 g  h  hB  sin 2 300
f h0  3   3
2g 2g
f L  6 N , Fpseudo  4 N 4  given   3  h sin 2 300  hB sin 2 300
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION :
h  3
 3  ; L
4 4 Inititally, CD  L sin 30 
2
7 h
  h 7m L
4 4 Finally, CD  L sin 45 
43. Two blocks A and B are placed one over other. Block B is acted upon by a force of 20 N which 2
displaces it through 5 m. Find work done by frictional force on block A Increase in elastic PE + Increase in KE = Decrease in PE
2
 = 0.5 1  L L 1  L L
A 2kg K    mv2  mg   
20N 2  2 2 2  2 2
B 3kg 1
 2
  K L2
 
2
Frictionless On solving, v   gL 2 1  2 1 
 4m 
SOLUTION :
Limiting friction between the blocks f L  10 N 45. Figure shows a particle sliding on a frictionless track which terminates in a straight horizontal
section. If the particle starts slipping from the point A, how far away from the track will the
10
 amax A   5 m / s2 particle hit the ground?
2
A
i.e., for shipping between A, B, Bmust move with 5 m / s 2 B

1.0 m
5m/s2 0.5 m
10N
F
SOLUTION :
Applying the law of conservation of mechanical energy for the points A and B,
 F  25 N
but given F  20 N 1 2
mgH  mv  mgh
2
44. A and B are smooth light hinges equidistant from C, which can slide on ABC. The spring of force v2 g
constant K is fixed at its one end C and connected to light rods AD and BD at point D. A block of g  or v 2  g  v  g  3.1ms 1
2 2
mass m is suspended at D. Find the velocity of the block, when CAD changes from 30 to 45 .
After point B the particle exhibits projectile motion with   00 and y=-0.5 m
AD  BD  L
Horizontal distance travelled by the body
A C B
2h 2  0.5
Ru  3.1  1m
g 9.8

D
1 1
 2  2 2
KL2
  KL2
 
2
A)  gL  2 1  B)  gL 2  2 1 
 2m   2m 
1

 2 2
1
 K L2  2
C)  gL  2  1   
KL2
2 1  D)  g L  
 4m   2m 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Power: Power of a heart pumping blood = (pressure) (volume of blood pumped per sec)
The rate of doing work is called power. dm
Power or average power is given by A conveyor belt is moving with a constant speed ‘v’ horizontally and gravel is falling on it at a rate of .
dt
work done
Pavg  , dm
time Then additional force required to maintain speed v is F  v
Power is a scalar dt
SI Unit: watt (W) (or) J/s, dm
additional power required to drive the belt is, P  Fv  v
2
CGS Unit: erg/sec dt
Other units: kilo watt, mega watt and horse power
When a liquid of density '  ' coming out of a hose pipe of area of cross section ‘A’ with a velocity ‘v’
One horse power (H.P)=746 watt.
strikes the wall normally and stops dead.
Instantaneous Power:
1 mv2 1
 W  The npower exerted by the liquid is P    Av3
P  Lt   2 t 2
t  0
 t 
  ( mass = density x volume = m=   A  l )
It is also calculated by P  FV cos   F .V
A vehicle of mass ‘m’ is driven with constant acceleration along a straight level road against a constant external
Relation Between Pavg and Pins: resistance ‘R’ when the velocity is ‘v’, power of engine is
W mv 2 1  v  1 1   P= Fv = (R + ma)v
Pave    mv    mav  F .V If P is a rated power of a device and if its efficiency is x%, useful power is (output power)
t 2t 2 t 2 2
x
1 P1 
P
Pave 
Pinst 100
2
If a motor lifts water from a well of depth ‘h’ and delivers with a velocity ‘v’ in a time t then power of the
The area under P - t graph gives work done motor
dW
P W   P.dt 1
mgh  mv 2
dt 2
P
dW t
The slope of W - t curve gives instantaneous power P  dt  tan  If a body of mass ‘m’ starts from rest and accelerated uniformly to a velocity v0 in a time t0 , then the work
done on the body in a time ‘t’ is given by
2
1 2 1  vot  v v 
W mv  m   ; a  0 ; v  at   0  t
2 2  to  to  to 
power

Work

Instantaneous power, P = Fv = m a v
 v0  v0  v02
P  m  t  m 2 t
O time O time to  to  t0
Applications on power: A motor pump is used to deliver water at a certain rate from a given pipe. To obtain ‘n’ times water from
The power of a machine gun firing ‘n’ bullets each of mass ‘m’ with a velocity ‘v’ in a time interval ‘t’ is the same pipe in the same time by what among of (a) force and (b) power of the motor should be increased.
given by If a liquid of density '  ' is flowing through a pipe of cross section ‘A’ at speed ‘v’ the mass
1  dm
n  mv 2  2 coming out per second will be  Av  .
P 
2   nmv dt
t 2t To get ‘n’ times water in the same time
A crane lifts a body of mass ‘m’ with a constant velocity v from the ground, its power is  dm 
1
 dm 
P = Fv = m g v    n   A ' v '  '  n  Av  
 dt   dt 
1 As the pipe and liquid are not changed,
Power of lungs of a body blowing a whistle is P  (mass of air blown per sec) (velocity)2
2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
    ; A '  A & v '  nv :: PROBLEMS ::
1. An automobile is moving at 100 kmph and is exerting attractive force of 3920 N. What horse
1
 dm   dm  power must the engine develop, if 20% of the power developed is wasted?
dm F'
v    nv   n  SOLUTION :
as F  v   dt    dt   n 2
dt F  dm   dm  5
v  v  Velocity = 100 kmph 100  m/s
 dt   dt  18
as P  Fv  Force= 3920 N;; Useful power = 80%
P ' F ' v '  n F   nv 
2
W F .S 80 5
   n3 Power =  F .v  P  3920  100 
t t 100 18
P Fv Fv
100 5
 F '  n2 F  P '  n3P P  3920 100   13.16 104 W  182.5hp
80 18
To get ‘n’ times of water force must be increased n 2 times while power n3 times. 2. The coefficient of friction between a particle moving with some velcoity V0 and the rough horizontal
Position and velocity of an automobile w.r.t. time:  V0 
An automobile of mass ‘m’ accelerates starting from rest, while the engine supplies constant surface is   . Find how much kinetic energy is lost in time t0 due to friction:
power, its position and velocity changes w.r.t. time as  2 gt0 
Velocity: A) 1/4 B) 1/2 C) 3/4 D) 2/3
SOLUTION :
As Fv = P = constant
v1  v0    g  t0
dv  dv 
i.e. m v p F  m 
dt  dt   v 
 v0   0  gt0  v0 / 2
P v2 P  2 gt0 
or  vdv   dt on integrating we get  t  C1
m 2 m velocity left  v0 / 2
As initially the body is at rest, 2
1  v0  11 
ie. v = 0 at t =0  C1  0; K.E left  m     mv0 2 
2 2 42 
1/ 2
 2Pt  1
v   v t 1/2  of initial K.E
 m  4

Position: 3. The velocity of a particle is v  ati  bt 2 j , where t is the time in second. Match the columns for
From the above expression
1/2 1/ 2
t  1 second:
 2 Pt  ds  2 Pt  Column-I
v   or   
 m  dt  m  A) Acceleration of particle is B) Tangential acceleration is
1
C) Radial acceleration is D) Radius of curvature of path is
1/ 2 1
 2 Pt   2p  2
 ds    m 
 dt  
 m 
 t 2
dt Column-II
p) less than  a 2  b 2 
3/2
1/ 2 q) less than ab
 2P  2 3/ 2
integrating on both sides we get S    .t  C2
 m  3 r) less than  a  b 
2 2
s) greater than 2b
Now at t = 0, S = 0  C2=0 SOLUTION :
 8 P  3/2
1/ 2 A-s; B-r; C-q; D-p
S  t , S t
3/ 2

 9m  v  ati  bt 2 j  ai  b j for t  1 second

a  ai  2bt j

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 6. A machine delivers power to a body which is directly proportional to velocity of the body. If the body
a   a 2  4b 2   2b
1/ 2

starts with a velocity which is almost negligible, find the distance covered by the body in attaining a
1 velocity v.
  a 2  2b2   2
2
SOLUTION :
  a 2  4b 2  


 a 2  b2  

 dv 
Power P  Fv cos 0  Fv  m   v v
 dt 
ab dv
  ab mv  K 0 v, Where K 0  cons tan t
a  b2 
2 1/ 2
dt
dv  dv  dx
v2  a  b 
3/ 2
2 2
m  K0 ; m    K0
  a 2  b2 
3/2
R  dt  dx  dt
an ab
dv K 
mv  K 0 ; vdv   0  dx
4. The 50 N collar starts from rest at A and is lifted with a constant speed of 0.6 m/s along the dx  m
smooth rod. Determine the power developed by the force F at the instant shown. v x
 K0 
Integrating  vdv    m dx;
0 
0.9 m 0

 T F v2  K0  1 mv 2
1.2 m T  x x 
2  m 2 K0
A
Passage
Rod AO3 of length L can rotate about A. Initially rod was at potition AO2 , when spring OB of force
ce
SOLUTION : constant K, attached to block B of mass m was at position OA with unstretched length L. The
Since the collar is lifted with a constant speed smooth block B can slide on rod when pulled by the block D of mass m through a massless spring
T cos   mg  0  T cos   mg  5  10 and smooth pulley at O1 .
 
Now, P  F .v  T cos   v; HereT  F 7. Find the velocity of the block B, when the rod and spring at B make an angle of 30 with their
P=50 x v = 50 x 0.6 = 30W respective initial positions : B is the middle point of the block)
5. What is the minimum value of the mass M so that the block is lifted off the table at the instant A C O2
shown in the diagram ? Assume that the blocks are initially at rest.
m m
A) B) C) m sin 600 D) none of these
sin 600 tan 600 B
O3
 O1

Frictionless D
Table
m 1 1
60 1

   
1

  
10mgL  KL2 2  3 2  2  2mgL  KL2  
2 1  2  5mgL  KL2

2 1  2

 6mgL  KL2 2 1  2
A)  8m  B)  4m

 C)  4m  D)  4m


M        
SOLUTION : SOLUTION :
The accelerations of the blocks along the string are equal; ABO  90
now apply F = ma for both the blocks. (Since, AOB  30 and OAB  60 )
L 3 L
OB  L cos 30  ; AB 
2 2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
L SOLUTION :
BC  BA sin 30 
4 1
Given sin   ; m  400  103 kg
L 98
Distance by which B ahs gone down  BC  frictional force f = 10  400 = 4000N;
4
velocity v = 10 ms-1
Distance by which D has gone down  AB  L sin 30  L
Decrease in PE = Increase in KE + Increase in elastic PE  Power P   mg sin   f  v
2
L 1 1  3  1  
mgL  mg   2m  v 2  K  L  L   P   400  103  9.8    4000   10
4 2 2  2   98  
=440000W = 440 KW
1
10. A block A of mass m slides on a smooth slider in the system as shown. A block c of same mass
10mgL  KL2 2  3 2  2
    hanging from a pulley pulls block A. When the block A was at position B, the spring was unstretched.
on solving, v   8m  Find the speed of the block A when AB  OB  L
 
(m)
8. Find the work done by the frictional force (if slider is rough) at the instant when rod and the spring
A
attached at block B make an anlge of 30 with their respective initial positions. B
90
1 2
    mgL
2 2
A) KL 2  3  mgL B) KL 2  3 
2

2 4 Spring constant = K
C
1 2
  5 1 2
 
2 2
C) KL 2  3  mgL D) KL 2 1 O
8 4 2 1 1 1 1
SOLUTION :  gL KL2 2  2  22  2
KL2
 
2
 2 KL2
 2  1  D)  gL2  KLm 2 
2 2

W  KE  0 A)    B)  gL  2  1  C)  gL 
 2 m   2m   m  
W f  WN  WS  Wg  0
SOLUTION :
WN  Work done by normal reaction = 0 Acts perpendicular to displacement) Decrease in PE = Increase in KE + Increase in elastic PE
1 1
WS  Work done by spring force mgL    2m  v 2  Kx 2
2 2
2
1  L 3 s  mv  KL  2  1
2 2 1 2

 0  K  L   2
2  2 
1
 2 2

Wg  Work done by force of gravity 

5
mgL
v   gL 

KL2
2m
 2 1 


4
11. A hose pipe has a diameter of 2.5 cm and is required to direct a jet of water to a height of atleast
 1 2
2 3  5  40m. Find the minimum power of the pump needed for this hose.
W f    0  KL2    mgL  SOLUTION :
 2  2  4 
  Volume of water ejected per sec
1
  5
2 2
 KL2 2  3  mgL d
8 4 Av      2 ghm3 / s;  v  2 gh
2
1
Mass ejected per sec is M   d 2  2 gh  Kg / s
9. Find the power of an engine which can draw a train of 400 metric ton up the inclined plane of 1 in 4
98 at the rate 10 ms-1. The resistance due to friction acting on the train is 10 N per ton. 1 2 1 2 3
Kinetic energy of water leaving hose/sec K .E  mv   d   2 gh  2  
2 8
1 3
 3.14   2.5  102    2  9.8  40  2  1000  21.5 KJ
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

12. A body of mass m accelerates uniformly from rest to velocity v0 in time t0 , find the instantaneous 15. What is the final speed of the block according to a person in the car?
v0 Ft 2Ft Ft
power delivered to body when velocity is . A) B) C)  D) zero
2 m m m
SOLUTION : SOLUTION :
v0 mv0 Ft
V  u  at  0 
Acceleration a  t ; ForceF  t m
0 0

v0  mv0  v0 mv02 16. According to a person standing on the ground outside the train?

Instantaneous power P=F.  
2  t0  2 2t0 Ft 2Ft Ft
A) Vc + B) Vc – C) – Vc D) zero
m m m
13. A particle of 500 gm mass moves along a horizontal circle of radius 16m such that normal acceleration
SOLUTION :
of particle varies with time as an  9t 2

Ft
Column - I Column - II Vg  V0 
A) Tangential force on particle at t = 1 second (in newton) p) 72 m
17. How much did K.E of the block change according to the person in the car?
B) Total force on particle at t = 1 second ( in newton) q) 36
F2 t 2 F2 t 2 2F 2 t 2
A) B) C) D) none of these
2m m m
C) Power delivered by total force at t = 1 sec ( in watt) r) 75
SOLUTION :
D) Averge power developed by total force over first one second (in watt) s) 6 1 1 F 2t 2 1 F 2t 2
mv 2  
SOLUTION : 2 2 m2 2 m
A-s,B-r,C-p,D-q
14. A wind -powered genrator converts wind energy into electrical energy. Assume that the generator
converts a fixed fraction of the wind energy intercepted by its blades into electrical energy . For 18. In terms of F, m, & t, how far did the force displace the object according to the person in car?
wind speed  , the electrical powwer output will be proportional to Ft 2 Ft 2 2Ft 2 4Ft 2
[IIT-2008] A) B) C) D)
m 2m m m
A)  B)  2 C)  3 D)  4 SOLUTION :
SOLUTION :
1F 2
dp d S train  0t  t
F   mv   v  Apv   Apv 2 2m
dt dt
 P  Fv   APv  v  APv  P v 3
2 3
19. According to the person on the ground. The displacement of block is
Comprehension Ft 2 Ft 2 Ft 2 Ft 2
A)  2v c t B)  vct C)  vct D)  vct
A block of mass m sits at rest on a frictionless table in a rail car that is moving with speed vc along a straight 2m 2m m 2m
horizontal track (fig.) Aperson riding in the car pushes on the block with a net horizontal force F for a time t in SOLUTION :
the direction of the car’s motion. S ground  VC t  Strain ;
Ground Train 1F 2
 VC t  .t
2m
m F

S1
S
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Vertical circular motion 2) At the highest point   1800 .
mV22
The tension in the string is TH   mg (min)
Vertical circular motion with variable speed: r
3) When the string is horizontal,   90 ,
2
mVhorz
tension in the string at this position is T hor  
O r
r 4) The difference in maximum and minimum tension in the string is
V1 mV12 mV22
A Tmax  Tmin   mg   mg
r r
Consider a body of mass ‘m’ tied at one end of a string of length ‘r’ and is whirled in a vertical circle by
m 2
fixing the other end at ‘O’.  V1  V2   2mg
2

Let V 1 be the velocity of the body at the lowest point. r

m
V2  4 gr   2mg  4mg  2mg  6mg

r
mg Vhor 5) Ratio of maximum tension to minimum tension in the string is
mV12
TH  mg
O Thor Tmax V 2  rg
 r 2  12
 Tmin mV2 V2  rg
T
 mg
r
mV2 When the particle is at ‘P’
TL P
r
mg sin
 mg cos a) Tangential force acting on the particle is Ft= mg sin  .
V1 mg
A Tangential acceleration at  g sin 
mg b) Centripetal force acting on the particle is
Velocity of the body at any point on the vertical circle:  mV 2 
Fe     T  mg cos  .
1 1  r 
TE A  TEP ; mV12  0  mV2  mgh
2 2
V2
V2  V12  2 gh, but h  r 1  cos   Centripetal acceleration ac 
r
V2  V12  2 gr 1  cos   ;V  V12  2 gr 1  cos  
c) Net acceleration of the particle at the point ‘P’ is a  at2  ac2 .
If V2 is the velocity of the body at highest point   180 
0

d) The net force acting on the particle at point ‘P’ is F  Ft 2  Fc2

V2  V12  2 gr 1  1  V12  4 gr Ft a t
Tension in the string at any point: Angle made by net force or net acceleration with centripetal component is  and tan  = F a
c c
Let T be the tension in the string when the string makes an angle  with vertical. Condition for vertical circular motion of a body
B
mV2 V2
T  mg cos  mg
r T2
1) At the lowest point  = 0 tension in the string is
0
O
T1
mV12
TL   mg  max imum. V1
r
A mg

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2 Minimum tension in the string to just complete vertical circle:
mV
We know that T2   mg 2
Let T be the tension in the string when the string is making an angle  from lowest point
r
The body will complete the vertical circular path when tension at highest point is such that
mV22
T2  0, mg  0;V2 min  gr
r O T V
Hence the minimum speed at highest point to just complete the vertical circle is gr  P
From the law of conservation of mechanical energy total energy at lowest point A=total energy at highest 
point B mg cos

U A  KE A  U B  KEB mg sin  mg
1 1 mv2 m
O  mV12  mg  2r   mV22 T  mg cos    mg cos   gR  3  2 cos  
2 2 R R
1 1  mg cos   3mg  2mg cos 
mV12  2mgr  mgr V2  gr 
2 2  3mg cos   3mg  3mg 1  cos  
5 In case of non uniform circular motion in a vertical plane if velocity of the body at the lowest point is less than
= mgr  V1  5 gr
2
5gr , the particle will not complete the circle in vertical plane, the particle may either oscillate about the
For the body to continue along a circular path the critical velocity at lowest point is 5gr
lowest point or it leaves the circle with out looping.
Critical velocity at any point on the vertical circle: Condition for oscillating about the lowest position:
1)If 0  VL  2 gr . in this case, velocity becomes zero before tension vanishes and the particle oscillates
O
T V about its lowest position with angular amplitude 00    900
Rh
B P 2)If velocity of the body at the lowest point VL  2 gr , then the maximum height reached by the body just

mg VL2
A V1
before its velocity becomes zero is given by h 
From the Law of conservation of energy total energy at point ‘A’= total energy at point P 2g
U A  KE A  U P  KEP VL2
3) The angle made by the string with the vertical when its velocity becomes zero is given by cos   1 
1 1 2 gr
O  mV12  mgh  mV2
2 2 Note: If 0  VL  2 gr then the particle oscillates such that 00    900
1 1 Condition for leaving the circular path without looping:
m  5 gR   mgR 1  cos    mV2
2 2  If 2 gr  VL  5 gr .
5 gmR 1 the particle is not able to complete the vertical circle,
 mgR  mgR cos   mV2
2 2
it goes to certain height and leaves the circular path  900    1800 
5 gmR 1
 mgR  mgR cos   mV2 while leaving the circular path T = 0 but V  0
2 2 The angle made by the string with downward vertical when the tension in the string becomes zero is given
mgR 1
3  2 cos    mV2 by cos  
2 VL2

2 2
3 3gr
V  gR  3  2 cos  
VL2  gr
The heigth at which the tension in the string becomes zero is given by h 
3g
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
When car moves on a concave bridge of radius
x
N L
o
 nail

L-x

 v
Concave Bridge
mg cos A body of mass ‘m’ is allowed to slide down from rest, from the top of a smooth incline of height ‘h’ .
mg For the body to move in loop of radius ‘r’ on arriving at the bottom.
mv 2
Centripetal force  N  mg cos  
r
h
mv 2 r
and normal reaction N  mg cos  
r
When car moves on a convex-bridge of radius r  5r 
N a) Minimum height of smooth incline h   
 2
V b)’h’ is independent of mass of the body
mg cos
A small body is freely sliding down from the top of a smooth convex-hemisphere of radius r, placed on a
table with its flat face on the table then
 a) Normal reaction on the body is zero at the instant the body leaves the hemisphere.
mg b) The vertical height from table a which the body leaves the hemisphere is h = 2r/3
mv 2
Centripetal for = mg cos   N 
r
mv 2 h
and normal reaction N  mg cos   
r
r
A ball of mass ‘M’ is suspended vertically by a string of length ‘L’.
A bullet of mass ‘m’ is fired horizontally with a velocity ‘u’ onto the ball, sticks to it. If the position vector of the body with respect to the centre of curvature makes an angle  with
For the system to complete the vertical circle, the minimum value of ‘u’ is given by vertical when the body leaves the hemisphere, then cos  =2/3

u
 M  m 5 gL 2 gr
m d) velocity of block at that instant is V 
3
e) If the block is given a horizontal velocity ‘u’ from the top of the smooth convex-hemisphere
0 2 u2
then the angle  with vertical at which the block leaves hemisphere is cos   
L 3 3gr

u m
M
A nail is fixed at a certain distance ‘x’ vertically below the point of suspension of a simple pendulum of
length L.
The bob is released when the string makes an angle  with vertical.
The bob reaches the lowest position then describes a vertical circle whose centre coincides with the nail.
Then
L  3  2 cos  
xmin 
5

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

: : PROBLEMS : : 2. The smallest value u0 of u for which the bead will make complete revolutions of the wire will be

1. A nail is located at certain distance vertically below the point of suspension of a simple pendulum. The A) u0  5 ga B) u0  6 ga C) u0  7 ga D) u0  2 ga
pendulum bob is released from the position where the string makes an angle 600 from the vertical. SOLUTION :
Calculate the distance of the nail from the point of suspension such that the bob will just perform When particle is at highest position, the elastic force is downwards
revolutions with the nail as the centre. Assume the length of the pendulum to be 1m. 3mg
Fl   2a  a   3mg
a
it v is velocity at height point at B
60 0
mu0 2
 Fl  mg  N
P a
1
If V = 0, then KE at lowest point A will be mu02   Elastic energy  gPE  at B
2
1  3mg  2
=   a  mg 2a
SOLUTION : 2 a 
Velocity of bob at lowest position u 02  7 ga
V  2 g  1  cos   3. A bob of mass M is suspended by a massless string of length L. The horizontal velocity  at just
sufficient ot make it reach the point B.The angle  at which the speed of the bob is half of that A,

 2 g   1  cos 600   2 g  g  ... 1 satisfies [IIT-2008]
2
B
Let ‘d’ be the distance of nail from the point of suspension. The bob will have to complete the circle of
radius r = l  d
To complete vertical circle
Vmin  5 gr  5 g 1  d    2  L 
P
Equating, equations (1) and (2) , we get
4l 4
gl  5 g 1  d   d    0.80m     3 3
5 5 A)   B)   C)   D)  
4 4 2 2 4 4
PASSAGE SOLUTION :
A bead of mass m is threaded on a smooth circular wire centre O, radius a, which is fixed in vertical plane.
3mg
As the body just reaches the topmost point B, therefore ,  A  5 gL and  B  gL
A light string of natural length ‘a’, elastic constant = and breaking strength 3mg connects the bead to
a Let at point P having angular displacement  the speed becomes half of the initial value A .
the lowest point A of the wire. The other end of the string is fixed to ring at point B near point A. The string Using the law of conservation of energy
is slaked initially. The bead is projected from A with speed u. Energy at A=Energy at B
1 1
m 2 A  m 2 P  mgL 1  cos  
2 2
1
m  A 2   P 2   mgL 1  cos  
2
1  5 gL 
A
P m  5 gL    mgL 1  cos  
2  4 
u
15 7
B  1  cos   ; cos   
8 8
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
3 Velocity at C, VC  2 gR
Which means  
4
mVA2
Reaction force at A= R1   mg cos  00 
4. If v  2u0 , the tension T in the elastic string when the bead is at the highest point B of the wire is R
m  6 gR
3mu02  4u02    mg  7 mg
A) B) 4mg C) 2mg D)   g m R
a  a  mVB2 m  4 gR
SOLUTION : Reaction force at B  R2   mg cos  900    0  4mg
R R
When v  2v0  2 7 ga , For po int B mVC2 m  2 gR
Reaction force at C  R3   mg cos 1800    mg  mg
m  2v0 
2 R R
 3mg  mg  N
a  R1 : R2 : R3  7 : 4 :1
2 7. A small body A starts sliding from the height h down an inclined groove passing into a half - circle of
4mv0
 4mg  N radius h/2 (see figure). Assuming the friction to be negligible, find the velocity of the body at the
a highest point of its trajectory After breaking off the groove).
N   4  28  mg =-24 mg
negative sign denote it acts downwards and adds to tension total tension in string T = 3mg+N
 4v 2 
T   0  gm
 a 
5. The elastic energy stored in the string when the bead is at the highest point B will be
3mga 2mga 9 8 27 10
A) B) 2mga C) 4mga D) A) gh B) gh C) gh D) gh
2 2 27 27 8 27
SOLUTION : SOLUTION :
. Elastic PE stored in the string
v 2 At end of track) = 2gh.
1  3mg  2 3
  a  mga mu 2
2 a  2 Let body break at angle  the  mg cos  . (1)
h
2u
6. A body slides without friction from a height H=60 cm and then loops the loop of radius R=20cm at

the bottom of an incline. Find the ratio of forces exerted on the body by the track at the positions A,B
and C (g = 10 ms-2)
C

h
H B u 2  v 2  2g 1  cos  
R 2
2 2
A solving cos  = &u  gh .
3 3
SOLUTION : v at highest pt is
From data H=3R
2 2 8
Velocity at A, VA  2 gH  2 g  3R   6 gR u cos   gh   gh
3 3 27
Velocity at B, VB  4 gR

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

8. A hemispherical vessel of radius R moving with a constant velocity v0 and containing a ball, is 1
we get m  u 2  v 2   mgh
suddenly haulted. Find the height by which ball will rise in the vessel, provided the surface is smooth: 2
2 2 2
v0 2v0 v0 Here u 2  g    ii 
A) B) C) D) none of these
2g g g
SOLUTION : and v 2  u 2  2 gh   iii 
1 mv 2
mv0 2  mgR 1  cos   Further T  mg cos   T  mg 
2 
v0 2 v 2  g  1  cos     iv 
 R  R cos   required height
2g From equations (i), (iii) and (iv)
9. A particle of mass m initially at rest starts moving from point A on the surface of a fixed smooth
hemisphere of radius r as shown. The particle looses its contact with hemisphere at point B. C is we have g  1  cos    g   2 g  1  cos  
centre of the hemisphere. The equation relating  and  ' is
2 2
A cos   ;   cos 1  
B 3  
3

r
g
' From equation (iv) v 
3
C
A) 3sin   2cos  ' B) 2sin   3cos  ' C) 3sin  '  2cos  D) 2sin   3cos  ' 11. A bob of mass m is suspended from a fixed support with a light string and the system with bob and
support is moving with a uniform horizontal acceleration. The breaking strength of the string is
SOLUTION :
mg 2 . Find the workdone by the tension in the string in the first one second:
mv 2
Let v be the speed of particle at B when it is about to loose contact  mg sin  ' mg 2 mg 2
r A) 2mg 2 B) C) D) mg 2 2
Applying conservation of energy 2 2
1 2 SOLUTION :
mv  mg  r cos   r sin  '
2 T sin   ma and T cos   mg
3sin  '  2cos  So, a  g tan 
mg
10. A heavy particle hanging from a fixed point by a light inextensible string of length  is projected Now, T   mg 2 (given)
cos 
horizontally with a speed of g . Find the speed of the particle and the inclination of the string to the
1
vertical at the instant of the motion, when the tension in the string is equal to the weight of the particle. cos   , or   450
2
SOLUTION :
and a  g tan   g tan 450  g
1 2
workdone, W  T.S  T  at  2
T
2 

 
B 1
 mg 2    g 1 2 = m g 2 / 2
2
mg cos
hu mg  2
A mg sin

12. A bob attached to one end of a string, other end of which is fixed at peg A. The bob is taken to a
  gl position where string makes an angle of 300 with the horizontal. On the circular path of the bob in
Let T=mg at an angle ' ' as shown in the vertical plane there is a peg ‘B’ at a symmetrical position with respect to the position of release as
shown in the figure. If Vc and Va be the minimum speeds in clockwise and anticlock wise directions
figure and h   1  cos     i 
respectively, given to the bob in order to hit the peg ‘B’ then ratio Vc : Va is equal to
Applying law of conservation of mechanical energy between the points A and B,
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION :
PegB Bob
A-P, B-S, C-S, D-R
 d
30° 30°
h   R   1  cos   v 2  2 gh
PegA  2
or N  mg  3cos   2 
Ball will lose contact with sphere A, when N = 0 3cos   2  0
A) 1:1 B) 1: 2 C)1: 2 D) 1:4 PASSAGE-
SOLUTION : A particle of mass M attached to an inextensible string is moving in a vertical circle of radius. R
For complete circular motion speed at highest point in gR about fixed point O. It is imparted a velocity u in horizontal direction at lowest position as shown in
figure.
Apply conservation energy va  2 gR
For clock wise motion
mvc2
T  mg cos 60 
R P h
u
vC to minimum T=0 ;
gR Following information is being given
vC 
2 i) Velocity at a height h can be calculated by using formula v 2  u 2  2 gh
ii) Particle will complete the circle if u  5 gR
13. A spherical ball of mass m is kept at the highest point in the space between two fixed, concentric
iii) Particle will oscillates in lower half  0    90  if 0  u  2 gR
0 0
spheres A and B as shown. The sphere A has radius R and sphere B has a radius  R  d  . All
surfaces are smooth. The diameter of ball is slightly less than d. The ball is given a gentle push so M 2
iv) The magnitude of tension at a height ‘h’ is calculated by using formula T  u   gR  3gh
that angle made by radius vector of the ball with vertical is  . N A and N B are the magnitudes of R
normal reaciton forces on the ball exerted by spheres A and B respectively: 14. If R  2m, M  2kg and u  12m / s . Then value of tension at lowest position is
A) 120 N B) 164 N C) 264 N D) zero
SOLUTION :
h
Put h = 0 T = 164 N


R A 15. Tension at highest point of its trajectory in above question will be

A) 100 N B) 44 N C) 144 N D) 264 N
d B SOLUTION :
Put h = 2R T= 144 N
Match the columns:
Column-I
1  2  1  3  1  3  1  2 
16. If M  2kg , R  2m and u  10m / s . Then velocity of particle when   600 is
A)   cos   B)   cos   C)   cos   D)   cos  
3 4 4 3 A) 2 5 m / s B) 4 5 m / s C) 5 2 m / s D) 5 m / s
Column-II SOLUTION :
p) N B =0 and N A = mg  3cos   2  q) N B =0 and N A = mg  4cos   2  R
At   60 h  R  R cos 60  2
0

r) N A =0 and N B = mg  2  3cos   s) none of these

R
Put h  in v 2  u 2  2 gh
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Collisions line of impact.
The force during collision acts along this line on both bodies.
EX-1:
The strong interaction among bodies involving exchange of momentum in a short interval of time is called Two balls A and B are approaching each other such that their centres are moving along line CD.
collision. Line of impact and
During collision bodies may or may not come into physical contact. A
line of motion

Ex: B
In the collision of  particle with nucleus, due to coulombic repulsive forces  particle is C D
scattered away without any physical contact. A B
Based on the direction of motion of colliding bodies, collisions are classified into Head on Collision
(i) Head on or one dimensional collision EX-2:
(ii) oblique collision Two balls A and B are approaching each other such that their centres are moving
Head on (or) one dimensional collision along dotted lines as shown in figure.
A u B u A v1 B v B
1 2 2
Line of motion Line of motion
Before Collision After Collision of ball B of ball A

It is the collision in which the velocities of the colliding bodies are confined to same straight line before and
after collision. A
Oblique Collision: Line of impact
Oblique collision
It is the collision in which the velocities of the colliding bodies are not confined to same straight line before
Ex3:
and after collision.
Ball is falling on a stationary wedge Line of motion
Oblique collision may be two dimensional or three dimensional.
When a particle hits elastically and obliquely another stationary particle of same mass, then they move of ball
perpendicular to each other after collision. Line of impact
Types of Collision: Based on conservation of kinetic energy collisions are classified into
(i) Elastic Collision
(ii) Inelastic collision
Elastic Collision:
It is the collision in which both momentum and kinetic energy are conserved. Forces involved
during collision are conservative in nature Oblique Collision
Ex: Elastic collision in one dimension:
1. Collision between atomic particles. When two particles of masses m1 and m2 are moving along the line joining their centers with
2. Collision between two smooth billiard balls. velocities u1 and u2 (u1 > u2) before collision. Then v1 and v2 are their velocities after collision
3. Collision of  particle with nucleus. u1 m1 m2
u2 v1 v2
Inelastic collision:
It is the collision in which momentum is conserved but not kinetic energy. Some or all the forces m1 m2 During After collision
involved during collision are non conservative. Before collision Collision
Ex:    
Collision between two vehicles. From the conservation of linear momentum m1 u1  v1  m2 v2  u2    
Perfectly inelastic collision:
It is the collision in which the colliding bodies stick together and move as a single body after 1 1 1 1
From Law of conservation of K.E m1u12  m2u22  m1v12  m2 v22
collision 2 2 2 2
In perfectly inelastic collision the momentum remains conserved but the loss of kinetic energy is maximum.    
 u1  u2  v2  v1
Ex:
A bullet is fired into a wooden block and remains embedded in it. i.e Relative velocity of approach before collision = Relative velocity of separation after collision
Line of impact:
The line passing through the common normal to the surfaces in contact during impact is called
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Velocities after collision are
 4m1m2   1 
  m  m    2m   KE2   2 
m1u12 
 (m1  m2 )   2 
 v1    u1  
1 2 2
 u2
 m1  m2   m1  m2   4m m 
  2m    m  m   KEtra   1 2
 KE
  m  m 2  i
 v2    u1    1 
1 2 1
 u2 2

 m1  m2   m1  m2  6)Fraction of KE transferred form 1st body to second body (or) Fraction of KE lost by 1st body is
Special cases:
KEtra 4m1m2
1)If colliding particles have equal masses 
i.e m1= m2 = m ; KE i  m1  m2 2
   
v1  u2 , v2  u1 P1 m1v1 m1  m2
7)Fraction of momentum retained by m1 P  m u  m  m
2) If two bodies are of equal masses and the second body is at rest
 
i 1 1 1 2

ie., m1  m2  m and u2  0 8)Fraction of momentum transferred from 1st body to second body
    P2 Pi  P1 P  m  m2  2m2
then v1  0 ; v2  u1  1 1  1  1 
  Pi Pi Pi  m1  m2  m1  m2
3)A lighter particle collides with heavier particle which is at rest m1 <<< m2, u2  0 Coefficient of restitution
   Newton introduced a dimensionless parameter called the coefficient of restitution (e) to measure
v1  u1 ; v2  0
the elasticity of collision.
4)A heavier body collides with lighter body at rest It is defined as the ratio of the relative velocity of separation to the relative velocity of approach
  of the two colliding bodies
m1 >>> m2 , u2  0 ;  
    Re lative velocity of separation v2  v1
v1  u1 ; v2  2u1 e   
Re lative velocity of approach u1  u2
Applications:
A body of mass m1 moving with a velocity v1 collides elastically with a stationary mass m2 This formula is applied along the line of impact.
  m  m   Here the velocities mentioned in the expression should be taken along the line of impact.
1)Velocity of first body after collision v1   m  m  u1
1 2
For a perfectly elastic collision e = 1
 1 2 
For an inelastic collision 0 < e < 1
  2m1   For completely inelastic collision e = 0
2)Velocity of second body after collision v2   m  m  u1
 1 2  A body dropped freely from a height ‘h’ strikes the floor the rebounds to a height h1
3)KE of first body after collision (or) KE retained by first body h1
2 e
1 1  m1  m2  2 h
K.E1= m1v1  m1 
2
 u1
2 2  m1  m2 
after nth rebound hn  e 2 n h
2 2
1  m  m2   m1  m2 
K .Enet  m1u12  1   KEi  
2  m1  m2   m1  m2  t t1
2 t2
K .Eret  m1  m2  t3
4)Fraction of KE retained by 1st body   h h1
K .Ei  m1  m2  h2
h3
5)KE of second body after collision (or) KE transferred to the second body

1 1  2m1  2
2 When a freely falling ball strikes the ground with a velocity ‘v’ and rebounds with a velocity v1 then
KE2  m2 v22  m2   u1
2 2  m1  m2  v1
e
v

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

after n rebound Vn  e V p  mu 1  2e  2e 2  ........
n
th
u  2 gh 
 
Total distance travelled by the ball before it stops bouncing
d  h  2h1  2h2  2h3  ....... 1  e  1  e 
 mu   m 2 gh 
1  e  1  e 
 h  2e 2 h  2e 4 h  2e 6 h  .......
Distance travelled before second impact is d 2  h  2h1  h 1  2e 
2
 h  2e 2 h 1  e 2  e 4  ......
Distance travelled before third impact is d 3  h  2 h1  2h2  h 1  2e  2e 
2 4

1  e 2 
d  h 2 
1  e  2h
Time taken for second impact is t2  t  2t1  1  2e 
Total time taken by the ball to stop bouncing g
T  t  2t1  2t2  2t3  ....... 2h
Time taken for third impact is t3  t  2t1  2t2  g
1  2e  2e2 
2h 2h1 2h2 2h3
 2 2 2  ........ Application
g g g g
A particle of mass m moving with a speed u strikes a smooth horizontal surface at an angle  . The particle
2h 2h rebounds at an angle  with a speed v. The coefficient of restitution is ‘e’.
  2e 1  e  e 2  .......
g g 
m
m
2h 2h
  2e 1  e  e 2  .......
g 
u v
g

Average speed of the ball during its entire journey is given by 


Total dis tan ce travelled
Average speed 
Total time taken Since no external impulse acts in the horizontal direction, momentum of the ball is conserved in
the horizontal direction.
1  e 2  mu cos   mv cos 
h
1  e2  gh 1  e 
2

   u cos   v cos  .......... 1

2 h 1  e  2 1  e 2
  By def of coefficient of restitution we get
g 1  e 
eu sin   v sin    2
Average velocity of the ball during its entire journey is given by
tan 
Net displacement from (1) and (2), tan   e tan  tan   e
Average velocity 
Total time taken
On squaring eq (1) and (2) and adding we get
gh 1  e 

h
 v 2  u 2  cos 2   e 2 sin 2  
2h 1  e  2 1  e 
g 1  e 
v  u cos 2   e 2 sin 2 
Change in momentum in 1s t collision A ball is projected with an initial velocity u at an angle  to the horizontal surface.
 mv1   mu    mv1  mu  If ‘e’ is the coefficient of restitution between the ball and the surface then
 meu  mu  mu 1  e 
Change in momentum in 2nd collision
 m  v2  v1   m  e 2u  eu   meu 1  e 
Total change in momentum before it stops is
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Y 10)Maximum height it reaches between 1st and 2nd collisions is
u
 eu sin  
2

H1   e2 H
2g

x 11)The sum of maximum heights reached by the ball is
1st 2 nd 3rd
H 1  H  H1  H 2  ........  H  e 2 H  e 4 H  ...........
2u sin 
1)Time taken for 1st collision, T  H
g  H 1  e 2  e 4  ............. , H1 
1  e2
2)Time interval between 1 and 2 collisions,
st nd
If the collision is elastic e = 1 and H’= 
2v1 sin 
T1   v1  eu  Head on inelastic collision
g    
2  eu  sin 
Two bodies of masses m1 and m2 moving with initial velocities u1 and u2 u1  u2 collide.  
T1  eT  
g After collision two bodies will move with velocities V1 and V2 .
   
3)Time interval between 2nd and 3rd collisions,
From Law of conservation of linear momentum m1 u1  v1  m2 v 2  u 2   
2v2 sin g 2  e u  sin     
2

T2 
g

g
 e 2T  v
2  e2u  By the definition of coefficient of restitution v 2  v1  e u1  u 2  
4)The total time of flight is   m  em    1  e  m2  
v1   1 2
 u1   u2
T 1  T  T1  T2  ........  T  eT  e2T  e3T  .......  m1  m2   m1  m2 
 T 1  e  e 2  e3  .......   1  e  m1    m  em  
v2    u1  
2 1
 u2
 m1  m2   m1  m2 
T
T1  If m1  m2  m, u2  0 then
1 e
If collision is elastic, e = 1 the T1 =  u1 u
v1  1  e  ; v2  1  e  1
5)The horizontal distance covered by the ball before 1st collision is 2 2
u 2 sin 2 v1 1  e
R  u cos   T 
g v2 1  e
Loss of kinetic energy of the system:
6)The horizontal distance covered by it between 1st and 2nd collisions, R1  u cos   eT  eR
KE  KEI  LE F
7)horizontal distance covered between 2nd and 3rd collisions, R2  u cos   e 2T  e 2 R
1 mm    2
8)Total horizontal distance covered by the ball is

KE   1 2  u1  u 2 1  e 2 
2  m1  m2 

R1  R0  R1  R 2  R3  ........
In case of perfectly in-elastic collision, e = 0
 R  eR  e 2 R  .........  R 1  e  e 2  .....  loss in KE of system is
1 mm    2
R1 
R
1 e
KE   1 2  u1  u 2
2  m1  m2 
 
For perfectly elastic collision e = 1 and R1 =  If two bodies are approaching each other then loss in KE of the system is maximum
9)The maximum height reached by the ball before 1st collision 1 mm 
KEmax   1 2   u1  u2 
2

u 2 sin 2  (u sin  ) 2 2  m1  m2 
H 
2g 2g

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Ballistic pendulum: Collisions in two dimensions (oblique collisions)
It is an arrangement used to determine the velocities of bullets. 1.A pair of equal and opposite impulses act along common normal direction. Hence, linear momentum of
A log of wood of mass ‘M’ is suspended by a string of length ' l ' as shown in the figure. A bullet of mass ‘m’ individual particles changes along common normal direction.
is fired horizontally into the wooden block with a velocity ‘u’ 2.No component of impulse acts along common tangent direction. Hence, linear momentum (or) linear
Case I: velocity of individual particles remains unchanged along this direction.
Let the bullet gets embedded in the block and system rises to a height ‘h’ as shown in the figure. 3.Net impulse on both the particles is zero during collision. Hence, net momentum of both the particles
remain conserved before and after collision in any direction.
4.Definition of coefficient of restitution can be applied along common normal direction.

u1 u2
1 2
m
M
h
u Mm m1 m1
From the law of conservation of linear momentum Y
Tangential axis
m1u1  m2u2   m1  m2  v

mu  0   m  M  v  v 
mu
.......... 1 X
mM
m1 m2
KE of the system after collision is given by Normal axis
1
KE   m  M  v2
2
v1 v2
PE at highest point = (m + M) gh
1 2
1
From LCE,  m  M  v   m  M  gh
2

2
m1 m2
v 2  2 gh  or  v  2 gh ...........  2 
From (1) and (2) velocity of the bullet From law of conservation of linear momentum along x - axis:
M m M m m1u1 cos 1  m2u2 cos  2  m1v1 cos 1  m2 v2 cos  2
u 2 gh  2 gl 1  cos  
m m Along y - axis:
Loss in KE of the system = KE1 - KE2 m1u1 sin 1  m2u2 sin  2  m1v1 sin 1  m2 v2 sin  2
1 1 v1 cos 1  v2 cos  2
KE  mu 2   m  M  v 2
2 2 Coefficient of restitution e   u cos   u cos 
1 1 2 2

1 m 2u 2 
KE   mu 2   m  M  2 
2   m  M  
1  mM  2
KE  u
2  m  M 
Case II:
If the bullet emerges out of the block with velocity ‘v’ then
mu  mv  MV Where V  2 gh
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1.
: : PROBLEMS : :
A bullet of mass ‘m’ moving at a speed ‘v’ hits a ball of mass ‘M’ kept at rest. A small part having   v 
B
2
 u B2  2 gh  VB2  u B2  2 gh  vB2  6 gh 
mass m1 breaks from the ball and sticks to the bullet. The remaining ball is found to move at a hA 4
speed v2 in the direction of the bullet. Find the velocity of the bullet after the collision. 
hB 13
SOLUTION :
Mass of bullet = m and speed = v. 4. n elastic balls are placed at rest on a smooth horizontal plane which is circular at the end with
M ass of the ball M and fractional mass of the ball m1 According to law of conservation of linear m m m
momentum radius ‘r’ as shown in the figure. The masses of the balls are m, , 2 ......... n 1 respectively..
2 2 2
mv + 0 = (m + m1) v1 + (M - m1 ) v2 Find the minimum velocity that should be imparted to the first ball of mass ‘m’ such that the ‘nth’
Where v1 = final velocity of the ball will complete the vertical circle.
(bullet + fractional mass)
mv   M  m1  r
v1  v
 m  m1  2 1 2 n

2. Two bodies of masses m1 and m2 are moving with velocities 1ms-1 and 3ms-1 respectively in opposite
directions. If the bodies undergo one dimensional elastic collision, the body of mass m1 comes to SOLUTION :
rest. Find the ratio of m1 and m2 Let speed to be imparted to the first ball be v0. Consider the impact between the first two balls and v1 and v2
SOLUTION : be the velocities of balls 1 and 2 after the impact respectively.
u1  1m / s, u2  3m / s, v1  0 m
According to law of conservation of linear momentum mv0  mv1  v2  1
 m  m2   2m2  2
v1   1  u1    u2
 m1  m2   m1  m2  1 2 1 2 1m 2
mv0  mv1    v2   2 
According to law of conservation of kinetic energy
2 2 2 2 
 m  m2   2m2 
0 1 1     3 4
 m1  m2   m1  m2  Solving equations (1) and (2) , we get v2  v0
3
m1 7 n 1
m1  m2  6m2 ; m1  7 m2 ;  4
m2 1 Similarly, for nth ball vn    v0   3
3
3. Two identical balls A and B are released from the positions as shown in the figure. They collide
elastically on the horizontal portion. The ratio of heights attained by A and B after collision (neglect For the nth ball to complete the vertical circular motion vn  5 gr   4 
friction From equations (3) and (4) , we have
n 1 n 1
A 4 3
  V0  5 gr ;V0   5 gr
B 3 4
4h
h
5. Ball 1 collides with an another identical ball 2 at rest as shown in the figure. For what value of
450 600 coefficient of restitution e, the velocity of second ball become two time that of first ball after
collision?
SOLUTION :
As mass of two balls are equal, they exchange their velocities after collision. 1 2
u2
u A  2 gh, uB  2 g  4h   8 gh ; hA  A  h; SOLUTION :
2g
Here m1  m2 and u2  0
vB2 sin 2 600 9h 13h
hB  h   h 
2g 4 4

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION :
 1 e   1 e 
After collision, v2    u & v1   u Let ‘u’ be the velocity of ball before collision. Speed of the ball after collision will become
 2   2 
v  u 2 sin 2   e 2u 2 cos 2
 1 e   1 e 
Given v2  2v1 ;  u  2 u  u   u 
2
5
2
 2   2        8u
 2 2 2
1
1+e = 2 - 2e ; 3e = 1; e   Fraction of KE lost in collision
3
1 1
6. A body ‘A’ with a momentum ‘P’ collides with another identical stationary body ‘B’ one mu 2  mv 2 2
v 5 3
dimensionally. During the collision, ‘B’ gives an impulse ‘J’ to the body ‘A’. Then the coefficient 2 2  1    1 
1 u 8 8
of restitution is mu 2
2
SOLUTION :
From the law of conservation of linear momentum, 9. Two equal spheres A and B lie on a smooth horizontal circular groove at opposite ends of a diameter. At
time t = 0, A is projected along the groove and it first impinges on B at time t = T1 and again at time t =
m1u1  m2u2  m1v1  m2 v2 T2
T2. If ‘e’ is the coefficient of restitution, find the ratio of T1
mu  m  0   mv1  mv2
v1
 P  P1  P2 where P2  J ,  given  t T1
u1 u2  0
A
v2  v1 mv2  mv1 P2  P1 A
e    B B
u1  u2 mu  0 P v2
SOLUTION :
P2   P  P2 2P  P 2 J  P 2 J
  2   1 R
P P P P T1  ........ 1
7. A ball of mass m collides with the ground at an angle  with the vertical. If the collision lasts for time u1
t, the average force exerted by the ground on the ball is: (e = coefficient of restitution between the v2  v1
ball and the ground)  e  v2  v1  eu1
u1
Time taken for A to collide with B again is
2 R 2 R
u T2  T1   T2  T1  .......  2 
 v2  v1 eu1
T2 2  e
SOLUTION : from (1) and (2) , T  e
1
Impulse = change in linear momentum.
10. After perfectly inelastic collision between two identical particles moving with same speed in different
eu sin
directions, the speed of the combined particle becomes half the initial speed of either particle. The
u sin  u sin 
angle between the velocities of the two before collision is
SOLUTION :
u cos  u cos 
(Before Collision) (After Collision) In perfectly inelastic collision between two particles, linear momentum is conserved. Let  be the angle
between the velocities of the two particles before collision. Then
mu cos  1  e 
 Ft  m  eu cos   u cos   or F 
t P 2  P12  P22  2 P1 P2 cos  or
8. A ball strikes a horizontal floor at an angle   450 with the normal to floor. The coefficient of  v
2
1
 2m    mv    mv   2  mv  mv  cos  or 1  1  1  2 cos  or cos    2 ;  or   120
2 2 0
restitution between the ball and the floor is e = 1/2 . The fraction of its kinetic energy lost in the  2
collision is 11. A bullet of mass ‘m’ moving with velocity ‘u’ passes through a wooden block of mass M= nm as
shown in figure. The block is resting on a smooth horizontal floor. After passing through the
block, velocity of the bullet becomes ‘v’. Its velocity relative to the block is
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
14. A pendulum consists of a wooden bob of mass ‘ m’ and of length l. A bullet of mass m1 is fired towards
m
u M=nm v1
the pendulum with a speed v1 and it emerges out of the bob with a speed . Find the initial speed of
3
the bullet if the bob just completes the vertical circle.
SOLUTION :
SOLUTION :
Let v be the velocity of block. Then from conservation of linear momentum.
From the Law of conservation of momentum
uv
mu  mv  mnv  or  v     v  m 2v
 n  mv  m1  v1  1  or v  1  1
 Velocity of bullet relative to block will be  3 m 3
 u  v  1  n  v  u To describe a vertical circle v  5 gl
vt  v  v '  v   
 n  n
12. A block of mass 0.50 Kg is moving with a speed of 2.00 m/s on a smooth surface. It strikes another mass m1 2v1 m 3 5 gl
hence 5gl =   v1  
of 1.00 kg and then they move together as a single body. Find the energy loss during the collision (JEE m 3 m1 2
MAIN 2008)
SOLUTION :
15. Two billiard balls of same size (radius r) and same mass are in contact on a billiard table. A third ball
From LCLM, m1u1  m2u2   m1  m2  v also of he same size and mass strikes them symmetrically and remains at rest after the impact. The
coefficient of restitution between the balls is
2 1
0.50  2  1  0   0.5  1 v  v  ms SOLUTION :
3
v
1 1
 Energy loss KE  m1u12   m1  m2  v 2 
2 2
u
2

 0.5  2   1.5     0.67 J

1 2 1 2
KE  v
2 2 3
13. Consider a rubber ball freely falling from a height h=4.9 m on a horizontal elastic plate. Assume r 1
that the duration of collision is negligible and the collision with the plate is totally elastic. Then the sin    ;   300
2r 2
velocity as a function of time and the height as a function of time will be; (JEE MAIN 2009) From conservation of linear momentum
V Y
Y u
V
mu  2mv cos300 or v
3
h V1 h
1) V1 2) relative velocity of separation
t
Now e 
O t relative velocity of approach
t t1 V1
O O
in common normal direction

Y V Y v u/ 3 2
V Hence, e   
u cos 300 u 3 / 2 3
V1
h h
3) V1 4)
t1 3 t1
t
O t1 2 t1 3 t1 t
t O 2 t1 4 t1 t
V1
V1

SOLUTION :
When ball strikes the surface its velocity will be reversed so correct option is (3)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

: : THEORY BITS : : 9. If x, F and U denote the displacement, force acting on and potential energy of particle, then
dU dU 1  dU 
1) U= F 2) F  3) F  4) F  x  dx 
dx dx  
1. A perfectly elastic ball P1 of mass ‘m’ moving with velocity v collides elastically with three exactly
KEY:3
similar balls P1 , P2 , P3 lying on a smooth table, Velocity of the four balls after collision aree 10. In the case of conservative force
1) work done is independent of the path 2) work done in a closed loop is zero
P1 P2 P3 P4 3) work done against conservative force is stored is the form of potential energy
4) all the above
1) 0,0,0,0 2) v, v, v, v 3) v, v, v,0 4) 0, 0, 0, v KEY:4
KEY:4 11. A body of mass ‘m’ moving with a constant velocity V hits another body of the same mass moving
2. A bucket full of water is drawn up by a person. In this case the work done by the gravitational with the same velocity V but in opposite direction and sticks to it. The velocity of the compound
force is body after the collision is
1) negative because the force and displacement are in opposite directions 1) 2V 2) V 3) V/2 4) zero
2) positive because the force and displacement are in the same direction KEY:4
3) negative because the force and displacement are in the same direction 12. When the momentum of a body is doubled, the kinetic energy is
4) positive because the force and displacement are in opposite directions 1) doubled 2) halved
KEY:1 3) becomes four times 4) becomes three times
3. A motor car of mass m travels with a uniform speed v on a convex bridge of radius r. When the car KEY:3
is at the middle point of the bridge, then the force exterted by the car on the bridge is 13. Internal forces can change
mv 2 mv 2 mv 2 1) Kinetic Energy 2) Mechanical energy 3) Momentum 4) 1 and 2
1) mg 2) mg  3) mg  4) mg  KEY:4
r r r
14. If the momentum of a particle is plotted on X-axis and its kinetic energy on the Y-axis, the graph
KEY:3
is a
4. A man is rowing a boat upstream and inspite of that the boat is found to be not moving with respect
1) straight line 2) parabola 3) rectangular hyperbola 4) circle
to the bank. The work done by the man is
KEY:2
1) zero 2) positive 3) negative 4) may be +ve or –ve
KEY:1 15. A 2 kg mass moving on a smooth frictionless surface with a velocity of 10ms 1 hits another 2kg mass
5. A ball of mass ‘m’ moving with a speed u undergoes a head – on elastic collision with a ball of mass kept at rest, in an inelastic collision. After collision, if they move together
‘nm’ initially at rest. Find the fraction of the incident energy transferred to the heavier ball. 1) they travel with a velocity of 5ms 1 in the same direction
n n 2n 4n 2) they travel with a velocity of 10ms 1 in the same direction
1) 2)  n  12 3) 1  n 2 4) 1  n 2
n 1 3) they travel with a velocity of 10ms 1 in opposite direction
KEY:4 4) they travel with a velocity of 5ms 1 in opposite direction
6. A ball is thrown vertically upwards from the ground. Work done by air resistance during its time of KEY:1
flight is 16. When two identical balls are moving with equal speeds in opposite direction, which of the following is true?
1) positive during ascent and negative during descent 2) positive during ascent and descent For the system of two bodies
3) negative during ascent and positive during 4) negative during ascent and descent 1) momentum is zero, kinetic energy is zero 2) momentum is not zero, kinetic energy is zero
KEY:4 3) momentum is zero, kinetic energy is not zero 4) momentum is not zero, kinetic energy is not zero
7. Workdone by force of friction KEY:3
1) can be zero 2) can be positive 3) can be negative 4) any of the above 17. About a collision which are not correct
KEY:4 1) physical contact is must 2) colliding particles cannot change their direction of motion
8. Identify the non-conservative force in the following 3) the effect of the external force is not considered 4) linear momentum does not conserved
1) weight of a body 2) force between two ions KEY:1
3) magnetic force 4) air resistance 18. The product of linear momentum and velocity of a body represents
KEY:4 1) half of the kinetic energy of the body 2) kinetic energy of the body
3) twice of the kinetic energy of the body 4) mass of the body
KEY:3
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
19. The K.E of a freely falling body
K
1) is directly proportional to height of its fall 2) is inversely proportional to height of its fall
3) is directly proportional to square of time of its fall 4) 1 and 3 are true
KEY:4 3) 4) None of these
20. Choose the false statement h
1) In a perfect elastic collision the relative velocity of approach is equal to the relative velocity of separation
2) In an inelastic collision the relative velocity of approach is less than the relative velocity of separation KEY:1
3) In an inelastic collision the relative velocity of separation is less than the relative velocity of approach 26. Which of the following statement is correct?
4) In perfect inelastic collision relative velocity of separation is zero 1) KE of a system cannot be changed without changing its momentum
KEY:2 2) KE of a system cannot be changed without changing its momentum
21. Consider the following statements 3) Momentum of a system cannot be changed without changing its KE
A) Linear momentum of a system of particles is zero 4) A system cannot have energy without having momentum
B) Kinetic energy of a system of particles is zero then KEY:1
1) A does not imply B & B does not imply A 2) A implies B and B does not imply A 27. Six steel balls of identical size are lined up along a straight frictionless groove. Two similar balls
3) A does not imply B but B implies A 4) A implies B and B implies A moving with speed v along the groove collide with this row on the extreme left end. Then
KEY:3 1) one ball from the right end will move on with speed v
22. A small sphere of mass ‘m’ is attached to a cord and rotates in a vertical plane about a point O . If 2) two balls from the extreme right end will move on with speed v and the remaining balls will be at rest
the averages speed of the sphere is increased, the cord is most likely to break at the orientation 3) all the balls will start moving to the right with speed v/8
when the mass is at : 4) all the six balls originally at rest will move on with speed v/6 and the incident balls will come to rest
KEY:2
A
m
l 28. Two bodies of masses m 1 and m2 have equal momentum. Their K.E. are in the ratio
C O D
1) m2 : m1 2) m1:m2 3) m2:m1 4) m12 : m22
B KEY:3
1) bottom point B 2) the point C 3) the point D 4) top point A 29. A lighter body moving with a velocity v collides with a heavier body at rest. Then
1) the lighter body rebounced with twice the velocity of bigger body
23. If force acting on a body is inversely proportional to its speed, then its kinetic energy is 2) the lighter body retraces its path with the same velocity in magnitude
1) Linearly related to time 2) Inversely proportional to time 3) the heavier body does not move practically
3) Inversely proportional to the square of time 4) A constant 4) both (2) and (3)
KEY:1 KEY:4
24. In one-dimensional elastic collision, the relative velocity of approach before collision is equal to 30. A body can have
1) relative velocity of separation after collision 1) changing momentum and finite kinetic energy 2) zero kinetic energy and finite momentum
2) ‘e’ times relative velocity of separation after collision 3) zero acceleration and increasing kinetic energy 4) finite acceleration and zero kinetic energy
3) ‘1/e’ times relative velocity of separation after collision KEY:1
4) sum of the velocities after collision 31. These diagrams represent the potential energy U of a diatomic molecule as a function of the inter-
KEY:1 atomic distance r. The diagram corresponds to stable molecule found in nature is

25. Which of the following graphs depicts the variation of K.E. of a ball bouncing on a horizontal floor U U
with height? (Neglect air resistances)
1) 2)
K K r
r

1) 2)
h h U U
3) 4)
r r

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

KEY:1 KEY:3
32. A man pushes a wall and fails to displace it. He does 40. A cricket ball and a ping-pong ball are dropped from the same height in a vacuum chamber from
1) negative work 2) positive but not maximum work same height. When they have fallen half way down, they have the same
3) maximum work 4) no work at all 1) velocity 2) potential energy 3) kinetic energy 4) mechanical energy
KEY:4 KEY:1
33. In the fig. the potential energy U of a particle plotted against its position x from origin. Which of 41. A cyclist free-wheels from the top of a hill, gathers speed going down the hill, applies his brakes
the following statement is correct? and eventually comes to rest at the bottom of the hill. Which one of the following energy changes
U take place.
1) Potential to kinetic to heat energy 2) Kinetic to potential to heat energy
3) chemical to heat to potential energy 4) Kinetic to heat to chemical energy
O x1 x2 x3 x KEY:1
42. If ‘E’ represents total mechanical energy of a system while ‘U’ represents the potential energy,
1) at x1 is in stable equilibrium 2) at x2 is in stable equilibrium
then E-U is
3) at x3 is in stable equilibrium 4) at x1, x2 and x3 particle is in unstable equilibrium
1) always zero 2) negative 3) either positive or negative 4) positive
KEY:4
KEY:4
34. Two identical bodies moving in opposite direction with same speed, collided with each other. If the
43. For a body thrown vertically upwards, its direction of motion changes at the point where its total
collision is perfectly elastic then
mechanical energy is
1) after the collision both comes to rest
1) greater than the potential energy 2) less than the potential energy
2) after the collision first comes to rest and second moves in the opposite direction with same speed.
3) equal to the potential energy 4) zero
3) after collision they recoil with same speed
KEY:3
4) both and 1 and 2
44. Negative of work done by the conservation forces on a system is equal to
KEY:3
1) the change in kinetic energy of the system 2) the change in potential energy of the system
35. When a spring is wound, a certain amount of PE is stored in it. If this wound spring is dissolved in
3) the change in total mechanical energy of the system 4) the change in the momentum of the system
acid the stored energy
KEY:2
1) In completely lost
45. Which of the following statements is wrong?
2) Appears in the form of electromagnetic waves
1) KE of a body is independent of the direction of motion
3) Appears in the form of heat raising the temperature of the acid
2) In an elastic collision of two bodies, the momentum and energy of each body is conserved
4) Appears in the form of KE by splashing acid drops
3) If two protons are brought towards each other, the P.E. of the system increases
KEY:3
4) A body can have energy without momentum
36. A bottle of soda water is rotated in a vertical circle with the neck held in hand. The air bubbles are
KEY:2
collected
46. When a body falls from an aeroplane there is increase in its:
1) near the neck 2) near the bottom
1) acceleration 2) potential energy 3) kinetic energy 4) mass
3) at the middle 4) uniformly in the bottle
KEY:3
KEY:1
47. An agent is moving a positively charged body towards another fixed positive charge. The work
37. Two springs have their force constants k1 and k2 and they are stretched to the same extension. If
done by the agent is
K2>K1 work done is
1) positive 2) negative 3) zero 4) may be positive or negative
1) same in both the springs 2) more in spring K1
KEY:1
3) more in spring K2 4) independent of spring constant K
48. A body is moved along a straight line by a machine delivering constant power. The distance moved
KEY:3
by the body in time t is proportional to
38. Two springs have their force constants K1 and K2 (K2>K1). When they are stretched by the same
1) t1/2 2) t3/4 3) t3/2 4) t2
force, work done is
KEY:3
1) same in both the springs 2) more in spring K1
49. Potential energy is defined for
3) more in spring K2 4) independent of spring constant K
1) non-conservative forces only 2) conservative forces only
KEY:2
3) both conservative & non-conservative forces 4) neither conservative nor non-conservative forces
39. A lorry and a car moving with the same K.E. are brought to rest by applying the same retarding
KEY:2
force. then
50. A particle is projected at t = 0 from a point on the ground with certain velocity at an angle with the
1) Lorry will come to rest in a shorter distance 2) Car will come to rest in a shorter distance
horizontal. The power of gravitational force is plotted against time. Which of the following is the
3) Both come to rest in same distance 4) any of above
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
best representation? KEY:2

59. A vehicle is moving with uniform speed along horizontal, concave and convex surface roads. The
P P P
surface on which, the normal reaction on the vehicle is maximum is
1) 2) 3) t 4) P t
1) Concave 2) Convex 3) Horizontal 4) Same at all surfaces
t t KEY:1
 
KEY:3 60. A ball with initial momentum P collides with rigid wall elastically. If P1 be it’s momentum after
51. A body starts form rest and acquires a velocity V in time T. The instantaneous power delivered to collision then
the body in time ‘t’ is proportional to        
1) P1  P 2) P1   P 3) P1  2 P 4) P1  2 P
V V2 2 V2 V2 2 KEY:2
1) t 2) t 3) t 4) t
T T T2 T2 61. Internal force can change
KEY:3 1) Linear momentum as well as kinetic energy 2) linear momentum but not the Kinetic energy
52. Two bodies of different masses have same linear momentum. The one having more K.E. is 3) the kinetic energy but not linear momentum 4) neither the linear momentum nor the kinetic energy
1) Lighter body 2) Heavier body 3) both 4) none KEY:3
KEY:1
53. A car drives along a straight level frictionless road by an engine delivering constant power. Then 62. Which of the following forces is called a conservative force?
velocity is directly proportional to 1) Frictional force 2) Air resistance 3) Electrostatic force 4) Viscous force
KEY:3
1
1) t 2) 3) t 4) t2 63. Two particles of different masses collide head on. Then for the system
t 1) loss of KE is zero, if it were perfect elastic collision
KEY:3 2) If it were perfect inelastic collision, the loss of KE of the bodies moving in opposite directions is more than
54. The change in kinetic energy per unit ‘space’ (distance) is equal to that of the bodies moving in the same direction
1) power 2) momentum 3) force 4) pressure 3) loss of momentum is zero for both elastic and inelastic collision
KEY:3 4) 1, 2 and 3 are correct
55. A particle is projected with a velocity u making an angle  with the horizontal. The instantaneous KEY:4
power of the gravitational force 64. For the same kinetic energy, the momentum shall be maximum for which of the following particle?
1) varies linearly with time 2) Is constant throughout the path 1) Electron 2) Proton 3) Deuteron 4) Alpha particle
3) Is negative for complete path 4) varies inversly with time KEY:4
KEY:1 65. In an inelastic collision, the kinetic energy after collision
56. A gramphone record is revolving with an angular velocity  . A coin is placed at a distance R 1) is same as before collision 2) is always less than the before collision
from the centre of the record. the static coefficient of friction is  . The coin will revolve with the 3) is always greater than that before collision 4) may be less or greater than that before collision
record if KEY:2
66. A ball hits the floor and rebounds after an inelastic collision. In this case
g g g g
1) R  2) R  only 3) R  4) R  1) the momentum of the ball just after the collision is same as that just before the collision
2 2 2 2
2) The mechanical energy of the ball remains the same in the collision
KEY:4
3) The total momentum of the ball and the earth is conserved
57. A rock of mass m is dropped to the ground from a height h. A second rock with mass 2m is dropped
4) the total kinetic energy of the ball and the earth is conserved
from the same height. When second rock strikes the ground, its kinetic energy will be
KEY:3
1) twice that of the first rock 2) four times that of the first rock
67. A body of mass ‘m’ moving with certain velocity collides with another identical body at rest. If the
3) the same as that of the first rock 4) half that of the first rock
collision is perfectly elastic and after the collision, if both the bodies moves
KEY:1
1) in the same direction 2) in opposite direction
58. A car is moving up with uniform speed along a fly over bridge which is part of a vertical circle. The true
3) in perpendicular direction 4) at 45° to each other
statement from the following is
KEY:3
1) Normal reaction on the car gradually decreases and becomes minimum at highest position of bridge
68. A heaver body moving with certain velocity collides head on elastically with a lighter body at rest,
2) Normal reaction on the car gradually increases and becomes maximum at highest position
then
3) Normal reaction on car does not change
1) smaller body continues to be in the same state of rest
4) Normal reaction on the car gradually decreases and becomes zero at highest position

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2) smaller body starts to move in the same direction with same velocity as that of bigger body 4) neither momentum nor kinetic energy are conserved
3) the smaller body start to move with twice the velocity of the bigger body in the same direction KEY:1
4) the bigger body comes to rest 77. During collision, which of the following statements is wrong?
KEY:3 1) three is a change in momentum of individual bodies
69. In which of the following, the work done by the mentioned force is negative? The work done by 2) the change in total momentum of the system of colliding particle is zero
1) the tension of the cable while the lift is ascending 3) the change in total energy is zero
2) the gravitational force when a body slides down an inclined place 4) they law of conservation of momentum is not valid
3) the applied force to maintain uniform motion of a block on a rough horizontal surface KEY:4
4) the gravitational force when a body is thrown up
KEY:4
70. Two bodies P and Q of masses m1 and m2 (m2>m1) are moving with velocity v1 and v2 respectively,
collided with each other. Then the force exerted by P on Q during the collision is
1) greater that the force exerted by Q on
2) less than the force exerted by Q on
3) same as the force exerted by Q on P
4) same as the force exerted by P on Q but opposite in direction
KEY:4
71. The coefficient of restitution (e) for a perfectly elastic collision is
1) 1 2) 0 3)  4)1
KEY:4
72. A ball of mass M moving with a velocity V collides head on elastically with another of same mass
but moving with a velocity v in the opposite direction. After collision.
1) the velocities are exchanged between the two balls
2) both the balls come to rest
3) both of them move at right angles to the original line of motion
4) one ball comes to rest and another ball travels back with velocity 2V
KEY:2
73. A small bob of a simple pendulum released from 30° to the vertical hits another bob of the same
mass and size lying at rest on the table vertically below the point of suspension. After elastic
collision, the angular amplitude of the bob will be
1) 30° 2) 60° 3) 15° 4) zero
KEY:4
74. Two spheres ‘X’ and ‘Y’ collide. After collision, the momentum of X is doubled . Then
1) the initial momentum of X and Y are equal
2) the initial momentum of X is greater then that of Y
3) the initial momentum of Y is double that of X
4) the loss in momentum of Y is equal to the initial momentum of X
KEY:4
75. A shell is fired into air at an angle  with the horizontal from the ground. On reaching the maximum
height,
1) its kinetic energy is not equal to zero 2) its kinetic energy is equal to zero
3) its potential energy is equal to zero 4) both its potential and kinetic energies are zero
KEY:1
76. A bullet is fired into a wooden block. If the bullet gets embedded in wooden block, then
1) momentum alone is conserved
2) kinetic energy alone is conserved
3) both momentum and kinetic energy are conserved
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
: : PRACTICE BITS : : x2

W   dw  Fx dx   Fy dy
y2

x1 y1
1. A man weighing 80 kg climbs a staircase carrying a 20 kg load. The staircase has 40 steps, each 7. A body starts from rest and is acted on by a constant force. The ratio of kinetic energy gained by
of 25 cm height. If he takes 20 seconds to climb, the work done is it in the first five seconds to that gained in the next five second is
1) 9800 J 2) 490 J 3) 98 x 105 J 4) 7840 J 1) 2 : 1 2) 1 : 1 3) 3 : 1 4) 1 : 3
KEY:1 KEY:4
HINT: HINT:
 
W  F .S =FS= (M+m) g  n  heach step  1 1
KE  mv 2  m  gt   v  gt 
2

2. A ball of mass 0.6kg attached to a light inextensible string rotates in a vertical circle of radius 2 2
0.75m such that it has speed is 5ms–1 when the string is horizontal. Tension in string when it is K1 t2
horizontal on other side is (g-10ms–2) [2007M]  1 where t1  5sec and t2  10sec
K 2 t22  t12
1) 30N 2) 26N 3) 20N 4) 6N
8. A body starts from rest and moves with uniform acceleration. What is the ratio of kinetic energies
KEY:3
at the end of 1st, 2nd and 3rd seconds of its journey?
HINT:
1) 1 : 8 : 27 2) 1 : 2 : 3 3) 1 : 4 : 9 4) 3 : 2 : 1
mvH2 KEY:3
T where vH  3 gr
r HINT:
3. A body of mass 10 kg moving with a velocity of 5ms-1 hits a body of 1 gm at rest. The velocity of 1 2 1
KE  mv  mg 2t 2  v  gt 
the second body after collision assuming it to be perfectly elastic is 2 2
1) 10 ms 1 2) 5 ms 1 3)15 ms 1 4) 0.10 ms 1 9. A liquid of specific gravity 0.8 is flowing in a pipe line with a speed of 2 m/s. The K.E. per cubic
KEY:1 meter of it is
HINT: 1) 160 J 2) 1600 J 3) 160.5 J 4) 1.6 J
 2m1  KEY:2
v2   u1 HINT:
 m1  m2 
 1 2 1 K .E 1 2
4. A force F  (6i  8 j ) N , acts on a particle and displaces it over 4 m along the X-axis and 6 m along KE mv   V  v 2 ;  v
2 2 V 2
the Y-axis. The total work done during the two displacements is 10. A 60 kg boy lying on a surface of negligible friction throws horizontally a stone of mass 1 kg with
1) 72 J 2) 24 J 3) - 24 J 4) zero a speed of 12 m/s away from him. As a result with what kinetic energy he moves back?
KEY:3 1) 2.4 J 2) 72 J 3) 1.2 J 4) 36 J
HINT: KEY:3
 ^  ^ HINT:
W  Wx  Wy Wx  F .x i , Wy  F . y j
5. In the above problem the ratio of distance travelled in two consecutive rebounds 1
m1v1  m2 v2 ; KE 
m2 v22
1) 1 : e 2) e : 1 3) 1 : e² 4) e² : 1 2
KEY:3 11. Two stones of masses m and 2 m are projected vertically upwards so as to reach the same height.
HINT: The ratio of the kinetic energies of their projection is
1) 2 : 1 2) 1 : 2 3) 4 : 1 4) 1 : 4
hn e 2 n h
KEY:2
 
6.   
An object has a displacement from position vector r1  2iˆ  3 ˆj m to r 2  4iˆ  6 ˆj m under a  HINT:
 1 2
 
force F  3x iˆ  2 yjˆ N , then work done by the force is
2 KE 
2
mv , When two bodies reach the same

1) 24 J 2) 33 J 3) 83 J 4) 45 J
KEY:3
KE1 m1
height, v1  v2 ; KE  m  v  2 gh
2 2
 
HINT:

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

12. A tank of size 10 m  10 m  10 m is full of water and built on the ground. If g = 10 ms-2, the KEY:1
potential energy of the water in the tank is HINT:
1) 5  107 J 2) 1  108 J 3) 5  104 J 4) 5  105 J According to work energy theorem
KEY:1
1 1 
HINT: W f  mv 2f  mvi2 
2 2 
h
P.E  mgh1 ; here h 1  and m    V 1
2 18. A bead of mass kg starts from rest from “A” to move in a vertical plane along a smooth fixed
2
quarter ring of radius 5m, under the action of a constant horizontal for F=5 N as shown. The
13. A spring when compressed by 4 cm has 2 J energy stored in it. The force required to extend it by
speed of bead as it reaches point “B” is
8 cm will be
1) 20 N 2) 2 N 3) 200 N 4) 2000 N F A
KEY:3
HINT: R=5m
1 2U
U  Kx12  K  2 and F  Kx2 B
2 x1
1) 14.14 m/s 2) 7.07 m/s 3) 5 m/s 4) 25 m/s
14. The elastic potential energy of a stretched spring is given by E = 50x where x is the displacement
2
KEY:1
in meter and E is in joule, then the force constant of the spring is HINT:
1) 50 Nm 2) 100 N m-1 3) 100 N/m² 4) 100 Nm Applying the work - energy theorem, we get
KEY:2 1
HINT:  mv 2  0  W1  W2
2
1 =Horizontal force  displacement + Vertical force  displacement.
U  Kx 2   1 , U  50 x 2  (2), Compare equation (1) and (2) to find K
2 = F  R + mg  R
 ^ ^ ^  ^ ^ ^
15. A body of mass 2 kg is projected with an initial velocity of 5 m s -1 along a rough horizontal table. 19. If F  2 i  3 j  4 k acts on a body and displaces it by S  3 i  2 j  5 k then the work done by the
The work done on the body by the frictional forces before it is brought to rest is force is
1) 250 J 2) 2.5 J 3) -250 J 4) 25 J 1) 12 J 2) 20 J 3) 32 J 4) 64 J
KEY:4 KEY:3
HINT: HINT:
 
1 1  W  F .S
W f  mv 2f  mvi2 
2 2  20. A cradle is ‘h’ meters above the ground at the lowest position and ‘H’ meters when it is at the
16. A body of mass 20 gms is moving with a certain velocity. It collides with another body of mass 80 gm at highest point. If ‘v’ is the maximum speed of the swing of total mass ‘m’ the relation between ‘h’
rest. The collision is perfectly inelastic. The ratio of the kinetic energies before and after collision of and ‘H’ is
the system is 1) ½ mv2 + h = H 2) (v2/2g) + h = H 3) (v2/g) + 2h = H 4) (v2/2g) + H = h
1) 2 : 1 2) 4 : 1 3) 5 : 1 4) 3 : 2 KEY:2
KEY:3 HINT:
HINT: K. E at mean = P. E at extreme position
m1u1   m1  m2  v .
21. AB is a frictionless inclined surface making an angle of 300 with horizontal. A is 6.3 m above the ground
1 1 while B is 3.8 m above the ground. A block slides down from A, initially starting from rest. Its velocity on
KEi  m1u12 ; KE f   m1  m2  v 2
2 2 reaching B is
A
17. An object is acted on by a retarding force of 10 N and at a particular instant its kinetic energy is 6
6.3m

J. The object will come to rest after it has travelled a distance of 300 B
3.8 m

1) 3/5 m 2) 5/3 m 3) 4 m 4) 16 m
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1) 7 m s- 1
2)14 m s-1 3) 7.4 m s-1 4) 4.9 m s-1 KEY:4
KEY:1 HINT:
HINT:
P1  m1  v12 
Gain in K.E = Loss of P.E = mg (h1-h2)    
P2  m2  v22 
22. A shot is fired at 30° with the vertical from a point on the ground with kinetic energy K. If air
resistance is ignored, the kinetic energy at the top of the trajectory is 28. A stationary body explodes into two fragments of masses m1 and m2. If momentum of one fragment
1) 3K/4 2) K/2 3) K 4) K/4 is P, the energy of explosion is.
KEY:4
p2 p2 p 2  m1  m2  p2
HINT: 1) 2 m  m 2) 3) 4) 2 m  m
1
 1 2 2 m1m2 2m1m2  1 2
At maximum height, K  mu cos 
1 2 2

2 KEY:3
HINT:
1 p12 p2
At projection, K  mu 2 E  E1  E2   2
2 2m1 2m 2
23. A stone of mass “m” initially at rest and dropped from a height “h” strikes the surface of the earth with a 29. A force of 1200 N acting on a stone by means of a rope slides the stone through a distance of 10 m
velocity “v”. If the gravitational force acting on the stone is W, then which of the following identities is in a direction inclined at 600 to the force. The work done by the force is
correct?
1) 6000 3J 2) 6000 J 3) 12000 J 4) 8000 J
1) mv - mh = 0 2) ½ mv2 - Wh2 = 0 3) ½ mv2 - Wh = 0 4) ½ mv2 - mh = 0
KEY:3 KEY:2
HINT: HINT:
Gain in K.E = Loss of P.E W=FS cos 
24. A ball is dropped on to a horizontal floor. It reaches a height of 144 cm on the first bounce and 81
cm on the second bounce. The height it attains on the third bounce is 30. A crane can lift up 10,000 kg of coal in 1 hour from a mine of 180 m depth. If the efficiency of the
1) 45.6 cm 2) 81 cm 3) 144 cm 4) 0 cm crane is 80 %, its input power must be (g = 10 m s-2)
KEY:1 1) 5 kW 2) 6.25 kW 3) 50 kW 4) 62.5 kW
HINT: KEY:2
HINT:
hn  e 2 n h
 Pout W mgh
25.  
A motor boat is going in a river with a velocity V  4iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ ms . If the resisting force due to
1 
Pin
, wherePout 
t

t
 31. A man carries a load of 50 kg through a height of 40 m in 25 seconds. If the power of the man is
ˆ ˆ 
stream is F  5i  10  6k N, then the power of the motor boat is 1568 W, his mass is
1) 100W 2) 50 W 3) 46W 4) 23W 1) 5 kg 2) 1000 kg 3) 200 kg 4) 50 kg
KEY:3 KEY:4
HINT: HINT:
  W  m  M  gh
P  F .V P 
t t
26. An 8 gm bullet is fired horizontally into a 9 kg block of wood and sticks in it. The block which is
free to move, has a velocity of 40 cm/s after impact. The initial velocity of the bullet is 32. A body dropped freely from a height h on to a horizontal plane, bounces up and down and finally
1) 450 m/s 2) 450 cm/s 3) 220 m/s 4) 220 cm/s comes to rest. The coefficient of restitution is e. The ratio of velocities at the beginning and after
KEY:1 two rebounds is
HINT: 1) 1 : e 2) e : 1 3) 1 : e² 4) e² : 1
KEY:3
mu   m  M  v HINT:
27. Two riffles fire the same number of bullets in a given interval of time. The second fires bullets of
vn  e n v
mass twice that fired by the first and with a velocity that is half that of the first. The ratio of their
power is 33. An electric motor creates a tension of 4500 newton in a hoisting cable and reels it in at the rate of 2m/s.
1) 1 : 4 2) 4 : 1 3) 1 : 2 4) 2 : 1 What is the power of the motor?

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1) 15 kW 2) 9 kW 3) 225 W 4) 9000 kW 39. A pilot of mass m can bear a maximum apparent weight 7 times of mg. The aeroplane is moving in a
KEY:2 vertical circle. If the velocity of aeroplane is 210 m/s while diving up from the lowest point of vertical
HINT: circle, the minimum radius of vertical circle should be
  1) 375 m 2) 420 m 3) 750 m 4) 840 m
Pinst  F .V  FV cos 
KEY:3
34. The mass of a simple pendulum bob is 100 gm. The length of the pendulum is 1 m. The bob is HINT:
drawn aside from the equilibrium position so that the string makes an angle of 60° with the vertical At lowest point of vertical circle,
and let go. The kinetic energy of the bob while crossing its equilibrium position will be
1) 0.49 J 2) 0.94 J 3) 1 J 4) 1.2 J mv 2
Tmax 
 mg
KEY:1 rmin
HINT: 40. A simple pendulum is oscillating with an angular amplitude 60 0. If mass of bob is 50 gram, the
K .Emean  P.Eextreme  mg 1  cos   tension in the string at mean position is (g = 10ms–2)
1) 0.5 N 2) 1 N 3) 1.5 N 4) 2N
35. A juggler throws continuously balls at the rate of three in each second each with a velocity of 10
KEY:2
m s-1. If the mass of each ball is 0.05 kg his power is
HINT:
1) 2 W 2) 50 W 3) 0.5 W 4) 7.5 W
mv 2 m
KEY:4 T  mg   mg   2 gl 1  cos  
HINT: r l
41. A body is moving in a vertical circle such that the velocities of body at different points are critical.
1  The ratio of velocities of body at angular displacements 60 0, 1200 from lowest point is
n  mv 2 
W
  
2
P 1) 5: 2 2) 3: 2 3) 3:1 4) 2 : 1
t t
KEY:4
36. A body of mass 2 kg attached at one end of light string is rotated along a vertical circle of radius 2m. HINT:
If he string can withstand a maximum tension of 140.6 N, the maximum speed with which the stone
v1 3  2 cos 1
can be rotated is v  gR  3  2 cos    
1) 22 m/s 2) 44 m/s 3) 33 m/s 4) 11 m/s v2 3  2 cos  2
KEY:4
42. A 6 kg mass travelling at 2.5 ms 1 collides head on with a stationary 4 kg mass. After the collision
HINT:
the 6 kg mass travels in its original direction with a speed of 1 ms 1 . The final velocity of 4 kg
v  2
Tmax  m   g  mass is
 r 
 1) 1 m/s 2) 2.25ms 1 3) 2 ms 1 4) 0 ms 1
37. The work done by a force F  3iˆ  4 ˆj  5kˆ displaces the body from a point (3,4,6) to a point (7,2,5)
KEY:2
is HINT:
1) 15 units 2) 25 units 3) 20 units 4) 10 units
According to law of conservation of linear momentum, m1u1  m2u2  m1v1  m2 v2
KEY:1
HINT:
     43. A block of mass 1 kg moving with a speed of 4ms-1, collides with another block of mass 2 kg which
W  F .S  F . r2  r1   is at rest. The lighter block comes to rest after collision. The loss in the K.E of the system.
38. A lawn roller is pulled along a horizontal surface through a distance of 20 m by a rope with a force 1) 8 J 2) 4  10 7 J 3) 4 J 4) 0 J
of 200 N. If the rope makes an angle of 60° with the vertical while pulling, the amount of work KEY:3
done by the pulling force is HINT:
1) 4000 J 2) 1000 J 3) 2000 3 J 4) 2000 J
KEY:3 m1u1  m2u2  m1v1  m2 v2
HINT: 1 1
  KE  m1u12  m2 v22
W  F .S  FS cos  2 2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
44. A bolt of mass 0.3kg falls from the ceiling of an elevator moving down with an uniform speed of
7m/s. It hits the floor of the elevator (length of the elevator = 3m) and does not rebound. What is 49. A body of mass m moving at a constant velocity v hits another body of the same mass moving at
the heat produced by impact. the same velocity v/s but in the opposite direction and sticks to it. The common velocity after
1)8.82J 2)7.72J 3)6.62J 4)5.52J collision is
KEY:1 1) v 2) v/4 3) 2v 4) v/2
HINT: KEY:2
Heat produced = loss of potential energy = mgh HINT:
45. A marble going at a speed of 2ms-1 hits another marble of equal mass at rest. If the collision is m1u1  m2u2   m1  m2  v
perfectly elastic, thn the velocity of the first after collision is
50. A neutron, one of the constituents of a nucleus, is found to pass two points 60 meters apart in a
1) 4 ms-1 2) 0ms-1 3) 2ms-1 4) 3ms-1
time interval of 1.8  10-4 sec. The mass of a neutron is 1.7  10-27 kg. Assuming that the speed is
KEY:2
constant, its kinetic energy is
HINT:
1) 9.3  10-17 joule 2) 9.3  10-14 joule 3) 9.3  10-21 joule 4) 9.3  10-11 joule
  m  m    2m   KEY:1
v1   1 2
 u1  
2
 u2
 m1  m2   m1  m2  HINT:
46. By applying the brakes without causing a skid, the driver of a car is able to stop his car in a 1 2 1 s
2

distance of 5 m, if it is going at 36 kmph. If the car were going at 72 kmph, using the same brakes, KE  mv  m  
2 2 t
he can stop the car over a distance of
1) 10 m 2) 2.5 m 3) 20 m 4) 40 m
51. A block of wood of mass 9.8 kg is suspended by a string. A bullet of mass 200 gm strikes horizontally
KEY:3
HINT: with a velocity of 100 ms 1 and gets imbedded in it. The maximum height attained by the block is

W  KE ;
KE1 W1 FS1


g  10 ms 2 
KE2 W2 FS 2 1) 0.1 m 2) 0.2 m 3) 0.3 m 4) 0
47. A massive ball moving with a speed v collides head on with a fine ball having mass very much smaller than KEY:2
the mass of the first ball at rest. The collision is elastic and then immediately after the impact, the second HINT:
ball will move with a speed approximately equal to v2
mu   m  M  v andh 
1) V 2) 2V 3) v/3 4) infinite 2g
KEY:2 52. A 15 gm bullet is fired horizontally into a 3 kg block of wood suspended by a string. The bullet sticks in the
HINT: block, and the impact causes the block to swing 10 cm above the initial level. The velocity of the bullet
m2  m1 and nearly is (in ms-1)
  2m    m  m   1) 281 2) 326 3) 184 4) 58
v2   1
 u1  
2 1
 u2 KEY:1
 m1  m2   m1  m2  HINT:
48. A 1 kg ball moving at 12 m/s collides head on with a 2 kg ball moving in the opposite direction at 24 v2
m/s. The velocity of each ball after the impact, if the coefficient of restitution if 2/3 is mu   m  M  v and h 
2g
1) -28 m/s; -4 m/s 2) 28 m/s; -4 m/s 3) 20 m/s; 24 m/s 4) -20m/s; -4 m/s
53. A car weighing 1000 kg is going up an incline with a slope of 2 in 25 at a steady speed of 18 kmph.
KEY:1
If g = 10 m s-2, the power of its engine is
HINT:
1) 4 kW 2) 50 kW 3) 625 kW 4) 25 kW
  m  em    m (1  e)   KEY:1
v1   1 2
 u1  
2
 u2
 m1  m2   m1  m2  HINT:
 
P  F .v  Fv  mg sin  v

54. A rubber ball drops from a height h and after rebounding twice from the ground, it rises to h/2. The
  m (1  e)    m2  em1   co - efficient of restitution is
v2    1  u1   u2
 m1  m2   m1  m2 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1/ 2 1/ 4 1/ 6 59. The length of a ballistic pendulum is 1 m and mass of its block is 0.98 kg. A bullet of mass 20 gram
1 1 1 1 strikes the block along horizontal direction and gets embedded in the block. If block + bullet
1) 2)   3)   4)  
2 2 2 2 completes vertical circle of radius 1m, the striking velocity of bullet is
KEY:3 1) 280 m/s 2) 350 m/s 3) 420 m/s 4) 490 m/s
KEY:2
HINT: hn  e 2 n h
HINT:
55. A bullet fired into a trunk of a tree loses 1/4 of its kinetic energy in traveling a distance of 5 cm. According to law of conservation of linear momentum mu = (M + m) v
Before stopping it travels a further distance of
1) 150 cm 2) 1.5 cm 3) 1.25 cm 4) 15 cm
u
 M  m 5 gr
KEY:4 m
HINT: 60. A 6 kg mass collides with a body at rest. After the collision, they travel together with a velocity
  S KE1 one third the velocity of 6kg mass. The mass of the second body is
W  F .S  KE ; 1  1) 6 kg 2) 3 kg 3) 12 kg 4) 18 kg
S 2 KE2
KEY:3
HINT:
56. In the above problem, the ratio of times of two consecutive rebounds
1) 1 : e 2) e : 1 3) 1 : e² 4) e² : 1 m1u1  m2u2   m1  m2  v
KEY:1
HINT:
tn  e n t
57. A ball is dropped on to a horizontal floor. It reaches a height of 144 cm on the first bounce and 81
cm on the second bounce. The coefficient of restitution is
1) 0 2) 0.75 3) 81/144 4) 1
KEY:2
HINT:
h2
e
h1

58. A ball is dropped from height 'H' on to a horizontal surface. If the coefficient of restitution is 'e'
then the total time after which it comes to rest is
2H  1  e  2H  1  e  2H  1  e 2  2H  1  e 2 
1)   2)   3)   4)  
g 1 e  g 1 e  g  1  e 2  g  1  e 2 
KEY:2
HINT:
2h 2h1 2h2
.t   2    and hn  e 2 n h
g g g
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
JEE MAINS PREVIOUS QUESTIONS AND SOLUTIONS
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Here, work done by all the forces is zero. Wffiction +𝑾𝒎𝒈 = 𝟎
𝒎𝒈 𝟑𝒍 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 − 𝝁𝒎𝒈 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 𝒍 = 𝟎
⇒ 𝝁𝒎𝒈 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽𝒍 = 𝟑𝒎𝒈𝒍 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽
WORK ,ENERGY AND POWER ⇒ 𝝁 = 𝟑 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 = 𝒌 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽
𝒌=𝟑
Work : 3. Consider a force 𝑭 = −xî+yj. The work done by this force in moving a particle from point
1. A person pushes a box on a rough horizontal platform surface. He applies a force of 200 𝐀(1, 𝟎) to 𝐁 𝟎, 𝟏 along the line segment is: (all quantities are in SI units)
𝐍 over a distance of 15 𝐦. Thereafter, he gets progressively tired and his applied force [9 Jan. 2020 I]
reduces linearly with distance to 100 N. The total distance through which the box has
been moved is 30 𝐦. What is the work done by the person during the total movement
ofthe box? [4 Sep. 2020 (II)]
(a) 3280 𝐉 (b) 2780 𝐉 (c) 5690 𝐉 (d) 5250 𝐉
SOLUTION : . (d)
The given situation can be drawn graphically as shown in figure.
Work done = Area under F‐x graph
= Area ofrectangle 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 + Area oftrapezium BCFE 𝟏 𝟑
(a) 𝟐𝐉 (b) 𝐉 (c) 1J (d) 𝟐 𝐉
𝟐

SOLUTION : (c)

Work done, 𝑾 = 𝑭 ⋅ 𝒅𝒔

= −𝒙𝒊 + 𝒚𝒋 ⋅ 𝒅 × 𝒊 + 𝒅𝒚𝒋
𝟎 𝟏
⇒𝑾=− 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 + 𝒚 𝒅𝒚
𝟏 𝟏 𝟎
𝑾 = 𝟐𝟎𝟎 × 𝟏𝟓 + 𝟏𝟎𝟎 + 𝟐𝟎𝟎 × 𝟏𝟓 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎𝟎 + 𝟐𝟐𝟓𝟎
𝟐 𝟏 𝟏
= 𝟎+ + = 𝟏𝑱
⇒ 𝑾 = 𝟓𝟐𝟓𝟎𝐉 𝟐 𝟐
4. A block of mass 𝐦 is kept on a platform which starts from rest with constant
2. A small block starts slipping down from a point 𝑩 on an inclined plane 𝑨𝑩, which is acceleration 𝐠/𝟐 upward, as shown in fig. work done by normal reaction on block in
making an angle 𝜽 with the horizontal section 𝑩𝑪 is smooth and the remaining section time 𝐭 is: [10 Jan. 2019 I]
𝑪𝑨 is rough with a coefficient offriction 𝝁. It is found that the block comes to rest as it
reaches the bottom (point 𝑨) ofthe inclinedplane. IfBC = 𝟐𝑨𝑪, the coefficient offriction
is given by 𝝁 = 𝒌 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽. The value of 𝒌 is [NA 2 Sep. 2020 (I)]
𝐦𝐠 𝟐 𝐭 𝟐 𝐦𝐠 𝟐 𝐭 𝟐 𝟑𝐦𝐠 𝟐 𝐭 𝟐
(a) − 𝟖
(b) 𝟖
(c) 𝟎 (d) 𝟖

SOLUTION : . (d)
SOLUTION : (3) 𝐦𝐠 𝟑𝐦𝐠
Here, 𝐍 − 𝐦𝐠 = 𝐦𝐚 = ⇒𝐍= 𝐍 = normal reaction
𝐈𝐟𝑨𝑪 = 𝒍 then according to question, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟐𝒍 and 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟑𝒍. 𝟐 𝟐

𝟑𝐦𝐠 𝟏
Now, work done by normal reaction ‘N’ on block in time 𝐭, 𝐖 = 𝐍𝐒 = 𝟐 𝟐
𝐠/𝟐 𝐭 𝟐

𝟑𝐦𝐠 𝟐 𝐭 𝟐
or, 𝐖 = 𝟖

′ 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 8

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
. A force 𝑭 = 𝟓𝒊 + 𝟑𝒋 + 𝟐𝒌 𝑵 is applied over a particle which displaces it from its origin
5. A body of mass starts moving 𝐟𝐢𝐢𝐎 𝐦 rest along 𝐱‐axis so that its velocity varies as to the point 𝒓 = 𝟐𝒊 − 𝒋 𝒎. The work done on the particle injoules is [2004]
𝐯 = 𝐚 𝐬 where a is a constant 𝐬 and is the distance covered by the body. The total work (a) +𝟏𝟎 (b) +𝟕 (c) −𝟕 (d) +𝟏𝟑
done by all the forces acting on the body in the first second after the start ofthe motion SOLUTION : (b)
is: [Online Apri116, 2018] Given, Force, 𝑭 =(5î+3j+2k )
𝟏 𝟏 Displacement, x=(2î‐j)
(a) 𝟖 𝐦𝐚𝟒 𝐭 𝟐 (b) 𝟒𝐦𝐚𝟒 𝐭 𝟐 (c) 𝟖𝐦𝐚𝟒 𝐭 𝟐 (d) 𝟒 𝐦𝐚𝟒 𝐭 𝟐
Work done,
SOLUTION : (a) 𝑾 = 𝑭 ⋅ 𝒙 =(5î+3j+2k ). (2î‐j)
𝐝𝐬 = 𝟏𝟎 − 𝟑 = 𝟕joules
From question, 𝐯 = 𝐚 𝐬 = 𝐝𝐭

𝐚𝟐 𝐭 𝟐 9. Aspring ofspring constant 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐍/𝐦 is stretched initially by 𝟓𝐜𝐦 from the
or, 𝟐 𝐬 = 𝐚𝐭 ⇒ 𝐒 = 𝟒 unstretched position. Then the work required to stretch it further by another 5 cm
𝐚𝟐 [2003]
𝜞=𝐦×
𝟐 (a) 𝟏𝟐. 𝟓𝟎 N‐m (b) 𝟏𝟖. 𝟕𝟓 N‐m (c) 𝟐𝟓. 𝟎𝟎 N‐m (d) 𝟔. 𝟐𝟓 N‐m
𝐦𝐚𝟐 𝐚𝟐 𝐭 𝟐 𝟏 SOLUTION : . (b)
Work done = × = 𝟖 𝐦𝐚𝟒 𝐭 𝟐
𝟐 𝟒 Spring constant, 𝒌 = 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐍/𝐦
Let 𝒙𝟏 and 𝒙𝟐 be the initial and fmal stretched position of the spring, then
6. When a rubber‐band is stretched by a distance 𝐱, it exerts restoring force 𝟏
Work done, 𝑾 = 𝟐 𝒌 𝒙𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐𝟏
ofmaguitude 𝜞 = 𝐚𝐱 + 𝐛𝐱 𝟐 where a and 𝐛 are constants. The work done in stretching
the unstretched rubber‐band by 𝐋 is: [2014] 𝟏
= × 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝟎. 𝟏 𝟐
− 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 𝟐
𝟏 𝐚𝐋𝟐 𝐛𝐋𝟑 𝟏 𝐚𝐋𝟐 𝐛𝐋𝟑 𝟐
(a) 𝐚𝐋𝟐 + 𝐛𝐋𝟑 (b) 𝟐 𝐚𝐋𝟐 + 𝐛𝐋𝟑 (c) 𝟐
+ 𝟑
(d) 𝟐 𝟐
+ 𝟑 𝟓𝟎𝟎𝟎
= × 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 × 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 = 𝟏𝟖. 𝟕𝟓 Nm
SOLUTION : . (c) 𝟐

Work done in stretching the rubber‐band by a distance 𝒅𝒙 is 10. Asprin 𝐠𝐨fforce constant 8𝟎𝟎𝐍/𝐦𝐡𝐚𝐬𝐚𝐧 extension of5 cm. The work done in extending
𝒅𝑾 = 𝑭𝒅𝒙 = 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙 it 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦𝟓 cm to 15 cm is [2002]
Integrating both sides, (a) 16 𝐉 (b) 𝟖𝐉 (c) 32 𝐉 (d) 24 𝐉
𝑳 𝑳
𝒂𝑳𝟐 𝒃𝑳𝟑 SOLUTION : (b)
𝑾= 𝒂 𝒙𝒅𝒙 + 𝒃 𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙 = +
𝟎 𝟎 𝟐 𝟑 Small amount ofwork done in extending the spring by 𝒅𝒙 is
𝒅𝑾 = 𝒌𝒙𝒅𝒙
7. A uniform chain oflength 2 𝐦 is kept on a table such that a length of60 cm hangs freely 𝟎.𝟏𝟓
𝑾=𝒌 𝒙 𝒅𝒙
from the edge ofthe table. The total mass ofthe chain is 4 𝐤𝐠. What is the work done in 𝟎.𝟎𝟓
pulling the entire chain on the table? [2004] 𝟖𝟎𝟎
= 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 𝟐 − 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 𝟐
(a) 12 𝐉 (b) 𝟑. 𝟔𝐉 (c) 𝟕. 𝟐𝐉 (d) 1200 𝐉 𝟐
SOLUTION : . (b) = 𝟒𝟎𝟎 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 + 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 − 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓
Mass of over hanging part of the chain = 𝟒𝟎𝟎 × 𝟎. 𝟐 × 𝟎. 𝟏 = 𝟖𝐉
𝟒
𝒎′ = 𝟐 × 𝟎. 𝟔 𝐤𝐠 = 𝟏. 𝟐 kg

Weight ofhanging part ofthe chain

= 𝟏. 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎 = 𝟏𝟐𝐍
C.M. ofhanging part = 𝟎. 𝟑𝐦 below the table
Workdone in putting the entire cha in on the table = 𝟏𝟐 × 𝟎. 𝟑𝟎 = 𝟑. 𝟔 J.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
ENERGY
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (c)
We know area under F‐x graph gives the work done by the body
11. A cricket ball ofmass 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 kg is thrown verticallyup by a bowling machine so that it 𝟏
𝑾= × 𝟑 + 𝟐 × 𝟑 − 𝟐 + 𝟐 × 𝟐 = 𝟐. 𝟓 + 𝟒 = 𝟔. 𝟓𝐉
rises to a maximum height of20 𝐦 after leaving the machine. Ifthe part pushing the 𝟐
ball applies a constant force 𝑭 on the ball and moves horizontally a distance 𝐨𝐟𝟎. 𝟐𝐦 Using work energy theorem,
while launching the ball, the value ofF (in N) is 𝒈 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬 −𝟐 𝜟 K. 𝐄 = work done
[NA 3 Sep. 2020 (I)] 𝜟 K.E = 𝟔. 𝟓𝐉
SOLUTION : . (𝟏𝟓𝟎. 𝟎𝟎) 14. A spring whose unstretched length is 𝒍 has a force constant 𝒌. The spring is cut into
From work energy theorem, two pieces of unstretched lengths 𝟏𝟏 and 𝒍𝟐 where, 𝒍𝟏 = 𝒏𝒍𝟐 and 𝒏 is an integer. The
𝟏 ratio 𝒌𝟏 𝒍𝒌𝟐 of the corresponding force constants, 𝒌𝟏 and 𝒌𝟐 will be:
𝑾 = 𝑭 ⋅ 𝒔 = 𝜟𝑲𝑬 = 𝒎𝒗𝟐
𝟐 [12 April 2019 II]
Here 𝑽𝟐 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉 𝟏 𝟏
(a) 𝒏 (b) 𝒏𝟐 (c) 𝒏 (d) 𝒏𝟐
𝟐 𝟏 𝟏𝟓
𝑭⋅𝒔=𝑭× = × × 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟐𝟎
𝟏𝟎 𝟐 𝟏𝟎𝟎 SOLUTION : (c)
𝑭 = 𝟏𝟓𝟎 N. 𝒍𝟏 + 𝒍𝟐 = 𝒍 and 𝒍𝟏 = 𝒏𝒍𝟐
12. A particle 𝒎 = 𝟏𝐤𝐠 slides down a fiictionless track (AOC) starting from rest at a 𝒏𝒍 𝒍
𝒍𝟏 = 𝒏+𝟏 and 𝒍𝟐 = 𝒏+𝟏
point 𝑨 (height 2 m). After reaching 𝑪, the particle continues to move fieely in air as a
projectile. When it reaching its highest point 𝑷 (height 1 m), the kinetic energy ofthe 𝟏
As 𝒌 ∝ ,
particle (in 𝑱) is: (Figure drawn is schematic and not to scale; take 𝒈 = 𝟏𝟎ms 2)—. 𝒍

[NA 7 Jan. 2020 I] 𝒌𝟏 𝒍/ 𝒏 + 𝟏 𝟏

= =
𝒌𝟐 𝒏𝒍 / 𝒏 + 𝟏 𝒏

15. Abodyofmass 1 kg falls fieely from aheight of l𝟎𝟎𝐦, on a platform of mass 3 kg which is
mounted on a spring having spring constant 𝐤 = 𝟏. 𝟐𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐍/𝐦. The body sticks to the
platform and the spring’s maximum compression is found to be 𝐱. Given that
𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬 −𝟐 , the value ofx will beclose to: [11 April 2019 I]
SOLUTION : (a) 40 cm (b) 4 cm (c) 80 cm (d) 8 cm
(𝟏𝟎. 𝟎𝟎) Kinetic energy = change in potential energy of the particle,
𝐊𝐄 = 𝐦𝐠𝜟𝐡 SOLUTION : (b)
Given, 𝒎 = 𝟏𝐤𝐠, Velocity of 1 kg blockjust before it collides with 3 kg block = 𝟐𝐠𝐡 = 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎𝐧𝒚𝐒
𝜟𝒉 = 𝐡𝟐 − 𝐡𝟏 = 𝟐 − 𝟏 = 𝟏𝒎 Using principle of conservation oflinear momentumjust before andjust after collision,
𝑲𝑬 = 𝟏 × 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟏 = 𝟏𝟎𝑱 we get
13. A particle moves in one dimension from rest under the influence ofa force that varies 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝟏 × 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟒𝐯 ⇒ 𝐯 = 𝐦/𝐬 𝐯
with the distance travelled bythe particle as shown in the figure. The kinetic energy of 𝟒

the particle after it has travelled 3 𝐦 is: [7 Jan. 2020 II] Initial compression ofspring
𝟏. 𝟐𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐱 𝟎 = 𝟑𝟎 ⇒ 𝐱 𝟎 ≈ 𝟎
using work energy theorem,
𝐖𝐠 + 𝐖𝐬𝐩 = 𝜟𝐊𝐄
𝟏
⇒ 𝟒𝟎 × 𝐱 + × 𝟏. 𝟐𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝟎𝟐 − 𝐱 𝟐
𝟐
Distance (in m) →
(a) 4 𝐉 (b) 𝟐. 𝟓𝐉 (c) 𝟔. 𝟓 𝐉 (d) 5 𝐉

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

𝐃𝐢𝐬𝐭 𝑪 𝐦𝐜𝐞 (in 𝐦) →

(a) 4 𝐉 (b) 𝟐. 𝟓𝐉 (c) 𝟔. 𝟓𝐉 (d) 5 𝐉

SOLUTION : (c)
We know area under 𝜞 − 𝐱 graph gives the work done by the body
𝟏 𝟏
× 𝟒 × 𝐯𝟐
=𝟎− 𝑾= × 𝟑+𝟐 × 𝟑−𝟐 +𝟐×𝟐
𝟐 𝟐
solving 𝐱 ≈ 𝟒 cm = 𝟐. 𝟓 + 𝟒
16. Auniform cable ofmass 𝐌’ and length 𝐋’ is placed on a horizontal surface such that = 𝟔. 𝟓𝐉
𝟏 𝐭𝐡 Using work energy theorem,
its part is hanging below the edge ofthe surface. To lift the hanging part of the
𝒏 𝜟 K.E = work done
cable upto the surface, the work done should be: [9 April 2019 I] 𝜟 K.E = 𝟔. 𝟓𝐉
𝑴𝒈𝑳 𝑴𝒈𝑳 𝟐𝑴𝒈𝑳 19. A particle which is experiencing a force, given by 𝜞 = 𝟑𝐢 − 𝟏𝟐𝐣, undergoes a
(a) 𝟐𝒏𝟐
(b) 𝒏𝟐
(c) 𝒏𝟐
(d) nMgL
displacement of 𝐝 = 𝟒𝐢. If the particle had a kinetic energy of 3 𝐉 at the beginning ofthe
SOLUTION : . (a) displacement, what is its kinetic energy at the endof the displacement?
𝐖 = 𝐮𝐟 − 𝐮𝒋 [10 Jan. 2019 II]
𝒎𝒈 𝑳 𝑴𝒈𝑳 (a) 9 𝐉 (b) 12 𝐉 (c) 10 𝐉 (d) 15 𝐉
=𝟎− − × = .
𝒏 𝟐𝒏 𝟐𝒏𝟐 SOLUTION : . (d)
Work done = 𝜞. 𝐝 = 𝟑𝐢 − 𝟏𝟐𝐉 . 𝟒𝐢 = 𝟏𝟐𝐉
From work energy theorem,
17 . A wedge ofmass 𝐌 = 𝟒𝐦 lies on a fiictionless plane. 𝐀 particle of mass 𝒎 approaches 𝐰𝐧𝐞𝐭 = 𝜟𝐊. 𝐄. = 𝐤 𝐟 − 𝐤 𝐢
the wedge with speed 𝒗. There is no friction between the particle and the plane or ⇒ 𝟏𝟐 = 𝐤 𝐟 − 𝟑
between the particle and the wedge. The maximum height climbed by the particle on 𝐊 𝐟 = 𝟏𝟓𝐉
the wedge is given by: [9 April 2019 II] 20. A block ofmass 𝐦, lying on a smooth horizontal surface, is attached to a spring (of
𝒗𝟐 𝟐𝒗𝟐 𝟐𝒗𝟐 𝒗𝟐 negligible mass) of spring constant 𝐤. The other end of the spring is fixed, as shown in
(a) (b) (c) (d) 𝟐𝒈
𝒈 𝟕𝒈 𝟓𝒈 the figure. The block is initally at rest in its equilibrium position. Ifnow the block is
SOLUTION : (c) pulled with a constant force 𝜞, the maximum speed ofthe block is: [9 Jan. 2019 I]
𝒎𝒗 = 𝒎 + 𝑴 𝑽’
𝒎𝒗 𝒎𝒗 𝒗
or 𝒗 = 𝒎+𝑴 = 𝒎+𝟒𝒎 = 𝟓

Using conservation ofME, we have 𝟐𝜞 𝜞 𝝅𝜞 𝜞

(a) 𝐦𝐤
(b) 𝝅 𝐦𝐤
(c) 𝐦𝐤
(d) 𝐧𝐤
𝟏 𝟏 𝒗 𝟐
𝒎𝒗𝟐 = 𝒎 + 𝟒𝒎 + 𝒎𝒈𝒉
𝟐 𝟐 𝟓 SOLUTION : . (d)
or 𝒉 = 𝟐𝒗𝟐 Maximum speed is at mean position or equilibrium At equilibrium Position
𝟓𝒈 𝜞
𝜞 = 𝐤𝐱 ⇒ 𝐱 =
18. A particle moves in one dimension from rest under the influence ofa force that varies 𝐤
with the distance travelled bythe particle as shown in the figure. The kinetic energy of From work‐energy theorem,
the particle after it has travelled 3 𝐦 is: [8 April 2019 I] 𝐖𝜞 + 𝐖𝐬𝐩 = 𝜟𝐊𝐄
𝟏 𝟏
𝜞 𝐱 − 𝐤𝐱 𝟐 = 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 − 𝟎
𝟐 𝟐
𝟐
𝜞 𝟏 𝜞 𝟏
𝜞 − 𝐤 = 𝐦𝐯 𝟐
𝐤 𝟐 𝐤 𝟐
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot ⇒
𝟏 𝜞𝟐 𝟏
= 𝐦𝐯 𝟐
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot −= − + 𝐫
𝟐𝐊 𝟐 𝐫𝐫
𝜞 𝟏 𝟏
or, 𝐯 𝐦𝐚𝐱 = 𝐦𝐤
Kinetic energy, 𝐊𝐄𝟎 = 𝟐 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 = 𝟐 𝟏𝟔 + 𝐫 𝟒

21. A force acts on a 2 kg object so that its position is given as a function of time as 𝟏
For first particle, = 𝟏 , 𝐊 𝟏 = 𝟐 𝐦 𝟏𝟔 + 𝟏
𝒙 = 𝟑𝐭 𝟐 + 𝟓. What is the work done by this force in first 5 seconds? [9 Jan. 2019 II]
(a) 850 𝐉 (b) 950 𝐉 (c) 875 𝐉 (d) 900 𝐉 𝟏
Similarly, for second particle, 𝐫 = 𝟒, 𝐊 𝟐 = 𝟐 𝐦 𝟏𝟔 + 𝟐𝟓𝟔
SOLUTION : (d)
Position, 𝐱 = 𝟑𝐭 𝟐 + 𝟓 𝐊𝟏 𝟏𝟔 + 𝟐𝟓𝟔 𝟏𝟔 + 𝟏 𝟏𝟕
= = = 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐
𝐝𝐱 𝐝 𝟑𝐭 𝟐 +𝟓 𝐊𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐𝟕𝟐
Velocity, 𝐯 = ⇒𝐯=
𝐝𝐭 𝐝𝐭 24. A body ofmass 𝐦 = 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 kg is moving in a medium and experiences a frictional forc
⇒ 𝐯 = 𝟔𝐭 + 𝟎 𝟏
𝜞 = −𝐤𝐯 𝟐 . Its intial speed is 𝐯𝟎 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬−𝟏 . If, after 10 𝐬, its energyis 𝟖 𝒎𝐯𝟎𝟐 , the value
At 𝐭 = 𝟎 𝐯 = 𝟎
And, at 𝐭 = 𝟓 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝐯 = 𝟑𝟎𝐦/𝐬 ofk will be : [2017]
𝟏
𝟏 (a) 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 kg 𝐦−𝟏 (b) 𝟏𝟎−𝟏 kg 𝐦−𝟏 𝐬 −𝟏
According to work‐energy theorem, 𝐰 = 𝜟𝐊𝐄 o𝐫𝐖=𝟐 mv2‐0 = 𝟐 𝟐 (30)2 = 𝟗𝟎𝟎𝐉
(c) 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐤𝐠𝐦−𝟏 (d) 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 kg 𝐬 −𝟏
22 . Aparticle is moving in a circular path ofradius a under the action ofan attractive SOLUTION : (a)
𝒌 Let 𝑽𝒇 is the fmal speed ofthe body.
potential 𝑼 = − 𝟐𝒓𝟐 . Its total energyis: [2018]
From questions,
𝒌 𝒌 𝟑 𝒌 𝟏 𝟏 𝑽𝟎
a) − 𝟒𝐚𝟐 (b) 𝟐𝐚𝟐 (c) zero (d) − 𝟐 𝐚𝟐 𝟐
𝒎𝑽𝟐𝒇 = 𝟖 𝒎𝑽𝟐𝟎 ⇒ 𝑽𝒇 = 𝟐
= 𝟓 mls

SOLUTION : . (c) 𝒅𝑽 𝟐 𝒅𝑽
𝑭=𝒎 𝒅𝒕
= −𝒌𝑽 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝒅𝒕 = −𝒌𝑽𝟐
𝝏𝐮 𝐊
𝜞=−
𝐫 = 𝟑𝐫 𝟓 𝟏𝟎
𝝏𝐫 𝐫 𝒅𝑽
= −𝟏𝟎𝟎𝑲 𝒅𝒕
Since particle is moving in circular path 𝟏𝟎 𝑽𝟐 𝟎

𝐦𝐯 𝟐 𝐊 𝐊 𝟏 𝟏
𝜞= = 𝟑 ⇒ 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 = 𝟐 − 𝟏𝟎 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝑲 𝟏𝟎 or, 𝑲 = 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 𝒌𝒈𝒎−𝟏
𝟓
𝐫 𝐫 𝐫
𝟏 𝐊 25. An object is dropped 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 a height 𝐡𝐟𝐢𝐢𝐎 𝐦 the ground. Every time it hits the ground it
K.E. = 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 =
𝟐 𝟐𝐫 𝟐 looses 50% of its kinetic energy. The total distance covered as 𝐭 → ∞ is
Total energy = 𝐏. 𝐄. +𝐊. 𝐄. [Online April 8, 2017]
𝐊 𝐊 𝐊 𝟓 𝟖
= − 𝟐𝐫 𝟐 + 𝟐𝐫 𝟐 = Zero (⋅.⋅ P.E. = − 𝟐𝐫 𝟐 given) (a) 3 𝐡 (b) ∞ (c) 𝟑 𝐡 (d) 𝟑 𝐡

SOLUTION : . (a)
23. Two particles ofthe same mass 𝐦 are moving in circular orbits because of force, given (K.E.)’ = 𝟓𝟎% ofK.E. after hit i.e.,
by 𝜞 𝐫 = −𝐫 𝟑 −𝟏𝟔 𝟏 𝟓𝟎 𝟏 𝐯
𝐦𝐯 ′𝟐 = × 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 ⇒ 𝐯 ′ =
𝐫 The first particle is at a distance = 𝟏 , and the second, at 𝐫 = 𝟒. The best estimate for 𝟐 𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟐 𝟐
the ratio of kinetic energies of the first and the second particle is closest to 𝟏
Coefficient ofrestitution =
[Online April 16, 2018] 𝟐

(a) 𝟏𝟎−𝟏 (b) 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 (c) 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟐 (d) 𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 Now, total distance travelled by object is ( 1)
SOLUTION : . (b)
𝟏 + −𝟐
As the particles moving in circular orbits, So 𝐇=𝐡 =𝐡 = 𝟑𝐡
𝟏
𝐦𝐯 16 2
𝟐 𝟏−𝟐

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

26. A time dependent force 𝜞 = 𝟔𝐭 acts on a particle ofmass 1 𝐤𝐠. Ifthe particle starts 𝐟𝐢: 𝐨𝐦
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
rest, the work done by the force during the first 1 second will be [2017]
(a) 9 𝐉 (b) 18 𝐉 (c) 𝟒. 𝟓𝐉 (d) 22 𝐉
SOLUTION : . (c) 𝐇𝐨𝐫𝐢𝐳𝐨𝐧𝐭𝐚𝐥 → 𝐐
𝒅𝑽 Surface
Using, 𝜞 = 𝐦𝐚 = 𝒎 𝒅𝒕
(a) 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗𝐚𝐧𝐝𝟑. 𝟓𝐦 (b) 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗𝐚𝐧𝐝𝟔. 𝟓𝐦
𝒅𝑽 (c) 𝟎. 𝟐 and 𝟔. 𝟓𝐦 (d) 𝟎. 𝟐 and 𝟑. 𝟓𝐦
𝟔𝒕 = 𝟏. 𝒅𝒕 [𝒎 = 𝟏 kg given]
SOLUTION : (a)
𝒗 𝟏 Work done by fiiiction at 𝐐𝐑 = 𝝁𝐦𝐠𝒙
𝒕𝟐
𝒅𝑽 = 𝟔 𝒕𝒅𝒕𝑽 = 𝟔 = 𝟑𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 𝟏 𝟐
𝟎 𝟐 In triangle, 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟑𝟎∘ = 𝟐 = 𝑷𝑸
𝟎

[𝒕 = 𝟏 𝐬𝐞𝐜 given] From work‐energy theorem, ⇒ 𝑷𝑸 = 𝟒𝒎

𝟏 𝟏 Work done by friction at 𝐏𝐐 = 𝝁𝐦𝐠 × Cos 𝟑𝟎∘ × 𝟒
𝒎 𝑽𝟐 − 𝒖 𝟐 = × 𝟏 × 𝟗
𝐖 = 𝜟𝐊𝐄 =
𝟐 𝟐 𝟑
= 𝝁𝐦𝐠 ×
× 𝟒 = 𝟐 𝟑𝝁𝐦𝐠
= 𝟒. 𝟓𝐉 𝟐
27. Velocity‐time graph for a body ofmass 10kg is shown in figure. Work‐done on the Since work done by fiiction on parts 𝑷𝑸 and 𝑸𝑹 are equal, 𝝁𝐦𝐠𝒙=𝟐 𝟑 umg
body in first two seconds ofthe motion is: [Online Apri110, 2016] ⇒ 𝑿=𝟐 𝟑 ≅ 𝟑. 𝟓𝒎
Usingwork energytheorem mg 𝐬i𝐧𝟑𝟎∘ × 𝟒 = 𝟐 𝟑𝝁𝐦𝐠 + 𝝁𝐦𝓧
⇒ 𝟐 = 𝟒 𝟑𝝁
⇒ 𝝁 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗
29. A person trying to lose weight byburning fat lifts a mass of10 kg upto a height ofl 𝐦
1000 times. Assume that the potential energy lost each time he lowers the mass is
(a) – 𝟗𝟑𝟎𝟎𝐉 (b) 12000 𝐉 (c) – 𝟒𝟓𝟎𝟎𝐉 (d) – 𝟏𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎𝐉 dissipated. How much fat will he use up considering the work done only when the
SOLUTION : . (c) weight is lifted up? Fat supplies 𝟑. 𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟕 𝐉 of energy per kg which is converted to
𝐯−𝟒 𝟎−𝟓𝟎 mechanical energy with a 20% efficiency rate. Take 𝐠 = 𝟗. 𝟖𝐦𝐬−𝟐 : [2016]
Acceleration (a) = = = −𝟓𝐦/𝐬 𝟐
𝐭 𝟏𝟎−𝟎 (a) 𝟗. 𝟖𝟗 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 kg (b) 𝟏𝟐. 𝟖𝟗 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 kg
𝐮 = 𝟓𝟎𝐦/𝐬 (c) 𝟐. 𝟒𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 kg (d) 𝟔. 𝟒𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 kg
𝐯 = 𝐮 + 𝐚𝐭 = 𝟓𝟎 − 𝟓𝐭 SOLUTION : (b)
Veocity in first two seconds 𝐭 = 𝟐 𝐖 𝐦𝐠𝐡×𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝟏𝟎×𝟗.𝟖×𝟏×𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝟗𝟖𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝐧 = 𝐢𝐧𝐩𝐮𝐭 = 𝐢𝐧𝐩𝐮𝐭
= 𝐢𝐧𝐩𝐮𝐭
Input = 𝟎.𝟐
= 𝟒𝟗 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 𝐉
𝐯 𝐚𝐭𝐭=𝟐 = 𝟒𝟎𝐦/𝐬
From work‐energy theorem, 𝟒𝟗×𝟏𝟎𝟒
Fat used = 𝟑.𝟖×𝟏𝟎𝟕 = 𝟏𝟐. 𝟖𝟗 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐤𝐠.
𝟏
△ 𝐊. 𝐄. = 𝐖 = 𝟒𝟎𝟐 − 𝟓𝟎𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎 = −𝟒𝟓𝟎𝟎𝐉
𝟐 30. A particle is moving in a circle ofradius 𝐫 under the action of a force 𝜞 = 𝜶𝐫 𝟐 which is
28. A point particle of mass 𝐦, moves long the uniformly rough track PQR as shown in the directed towards centre of the circle. Total mechanical energy (kinetic energy +
figure. The coefficient of friction, between the particle and the rough track equals 𝝁. potential energy) ofthe particle is (take 𝝁)tential energy = 𝟎 for 𝐫 = 𝟎):
The particle is released, 𝐟𝐢𝐢𝐎 𝐦 rest 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the point 𝐏 and it comes to rest at a point R. [Online April 11, 2015]
The energies, lost by the ball, over the parts, PQ and QR, ofthe track, are equal to each 𝟏 𝟓 𝟒
(a) 𝟐 𝜶𝐫 𝟑 (b) 𝟔 𝜶𝐫 𝟑 (c) 𝟑 𝜶𝐫 𝟑 (d) ff
other, and no energy is lost when particle changes direction from PQ to QR.
The value ofthe coefficient of friction 𝝁 and the distance = 𝐐𝐑 , are, respectively close SOLUTION : (b)
to: [2016] As we know, 𝐝𝐔 = 𝜞. 𝐝𝐫
𝒓 𝒂𝒓𝟑
𝑼= 𝟎
𝜶 𝒓𝟐 𝒅𝒓 = 𝟑
(i) As, 𝒎𝒗𝟐 =𝜶𝒓𝟐
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝒓
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝜞𝐱 =
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝐦𝐮𝟐 − 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 = 𝐦𝐮𝟐 − 𝐦𝐮𝟐
𝐧−𝟏 𝟐

𝒎𝟐 𝒗𝟐 = 𝒎𝜶𝒓𝟑 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝐧𝟐
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏− 𝐧−𝟏 𝟐
or, 𝟐𝐦 𝐊𝐄 = 𝟐 𝜶𝒓𝟑 (ii) = 𝐦𝐮𝟐
𝟐 𝐧𝟐
Total energy = Potential energy + kinetic energy Now, 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 eqn (i) and (ii) 𝟏 𝟐𝐧 − 𝟏
𝜞𝐱 = 𝐦𝐮𝟐
Total energy = 𝐊. 𝐄. +𝐏. 𝐄. 𝟐 𝐧𝟐
𝜶𝒓𝟑 𝜶𝒓𝟑 𝟓 𝟑 Let 𝐏 be the number of planks required to stop the bullet.
+ =
= 𝜶𝒓
𝟑 𝟐 𝟔 Total distance travelled by the bullet before coming to rest = 𝐏𝐱
31. A block ofmass 𝒎 = 𝟎. 𝟏 kg is connected to a spring of unknown spring constant 𝐤. It is Using work‐energy theorem again,
compressed to a distance 𝒙 from its equilibrium position and released from rest. After 𝟏
𝜞 𝐏𝐱 = 𝟐 mu2‐0
𝐱
approaching half the distance 𝟐
from equilibrium position, it hits another block and
𝟏 𝟐𝐧−𝟏 𝟏
or, 𝐏 𝜞𝐱 = 𝐏 𝐦𝐮𝟐 = 𝟐 𝐦𝐮𝟐
comes to rest momentarily, while the other block moves with a velocity 𝟑𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 . 𝟐 𝐧𝟐

The total initial energy ofthe spring is: [Online April 10, 2015] 𝐧𝟐
𝐏=
(a) 𝟎. 𝟑 𝐉 (b) 𝟎. 𝟔 𝐉 (c) 𝟎. 𝟖𝐉 (d) 𝟏. 𝟓𝐉 𝟐𝐧 − 𝟏
SOLUTION : . (b) 33. A spring ofunstretched length 1 has a mass 𝐦 with one end fixed to a rigid support.
Applying momentum conservation Assuming spring to be made ofa uniform wire, the kinetic energypossessed by it ifits
𝒎𝟏 𝒖𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒖𝟐 = 𝒎𝟏 𝒗𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒗𝟐 free end is pulled with uniform velocity 𝐯 is: [Online Apri112, 2014]
𝟎. 𝟏𝒖 + 𝒎 𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟏 𝟎 + 𝒎 𝟑 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
(a) 𝟐 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 (b) 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 (c) 𝟑 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 (d) 𝟔 𝐦𝐯 𝟐
𝟎. 𝟏𝒖 = 𝟑𝒎
𝟏 𝟏 SOLUTION : . (d)
𝟎. 𝟏𝒖𝟐 = 𝒎 𝟑 𝟐
𝟐 𝟐
Solving we get, 𝒖 = 𝟑 34. Two springs of force constants 300 𝐍/𝐦 (Spring A) and 400 𝐍/𝐦(Spring B) arejoined
𝟏 𝟏 𝒙 𝟐 𝟏 together in series. The combination is compressed by 𝟖. 𝟕𝟓 cm. The ratio of energy
𝟐
𝟐
𝒌𝒙 = 𝟐 𝑲 𝟐
+ 𝟐(𝟎. 𝟏)32
𝑬 𝑬
stored in A and 𝐁 is 𝑬𝑨 . Then 𝑬𝑨 is equalto: [Online April 9, 2014]
𝑩 𝑩
𝟑 𝟐
⇒ 𝟒 𝒌𝒙 = 𝟎. 𝟗
𝟒 𝟏𝟔 𝟑 𝟗
(a) 𝟑 (b) 𝟗
(c) 𝟒 (d) 𝟏𝟔
𝟑 𝟏 𝟐
⇒ × 𝒌𝒙 = 𝟎. 𝟗
𝟐 𝟐 SOLUTION : . (a)
𝟏 Given : 𝐤 𝐀 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎𝐍/𝐦, 𝐤 𝐁 = 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝐍/𝐦
𝑲𝜿 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝐉 (total initial energy of the spring)
𝟐
𝟐 Let when the combination of springs is compressed by force F. Spring A is compressed by 𝐱.
𝟏 𝐭𝐡 Therefore compression in spring 𝐁
32. A bullet looses of its velocity passing through one plank. The number of such
𝐧 𝐱 𝐁 = 𝟖. 𝟕𝟓 − 𝐱 cm
planks that are required to stop the bullet can be: [Online Apri119, 2014] 𝜞 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎 × 𝐱 = 𝟒𝟎𝟎 𝟖. 𝟕𝟓 − 𝐱
𝐧𝟐 𝟐𝐧𝟐 Solving we get, 𝐱 = 𝟓 cm
(a) 𝟐𝐧−𝟏 (b) 𝐧−𝟏 (c) infinite (d) 𝐧
𝐱 𝐁 = 𝟖. 𝟕𝟓 − 𝟓 = 𝟑. 𝟕𝟓𝐜𝐦
SOLUTION : (a) 𝟏 𝟐
𝐄𝐀 𝟐 𝐤 𝐀 𝐱 𝐀 𝟑𝟎𝟎 × . 𝟓 𝟐 𝟒
Let 𝐮 be the initial velocity ofthe bullet ofmass 𝐦. After passing through a plank of width = = =
𝐄𝐁 𝟏 𝐤 𝐱 𝟐 𝟒𝟎𝟎 × 𝟑𝟕𝟓 𝟐 𝟑
𝐱, its velocity decreases to 𝐯. 𝟐 𝐁 𝐁
𝟒 𝟒 𝐮 𝐧−𝟏
𝐮 − 𝐯 = 𝐧 𝐨𝐫, 𝐯 = 𝐮 − 𝐧 = 𝐧

If 𝜞 be the retarding force applied by each plank, then using work‐ energy theorem,

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

35. The force 𝑭 = 𝑭î on a particle ofmass 2 𝐤𝐠, moving along the 𝒙‐axis is given in the
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
38. The potential energy function for the force between two atoms in a diatomic molecule
figure as a function ofits position 𝒙. The particle is moving with a velocity of5 𝐦/𝐬 along 𝒂 𝒃
is approximately given by 𝑼 𝒙 = − , where a and 𝐛 are constants and 𝐱 is the
the 𝒙‐axis at 𝒙 = 𝟎. What is the kinetic energy ofthe particle at𝒙 = 𝟖𝐦? 𝒙𝟏𝟐 𝒙𝟔

[Online May 26, 2012] distance between the atoms. Ifthe dissociation energy of the molecule is
𝑫 =[𝑼 𝒙 = ∞ − 𝑼𝐚𝐭 equilibrium] , 𝑫 is [2010]
𝒃𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒃𝟐
(a) 𝟐𝒂 (b) 𝟏𝟐𝒂 (c) 𝟒𝒂 (d) 𝟔𝒂

SOLUTION : . (d)
−𝒅𝑼 𝒙
At equilibrium: 𝑭 = 𝒅𝒙

𝟎 𝟏𝟐𝟑𝟒𝟓𝟔𝟕𝟖 −𝒅 𝒂 𝒃
⇒𝑭= − 𝒙𝟔
(a) 34 𝐉 (b) 𝟑𝟒. 𝟓𝐉 (c) 𝟒. 𝟓𝐉 (d) 𝟐𝟗. 𝟒𝐉 𝒅𝒙 𝒙𝟏𝟐

SOLUTION : (d) 𝟏𝟐𝒂 𝟔𝒃

⇒𝑭=− 𝒙𝟏𝟑
+ 𝒙𝟕
𝟏
𝟏𝟐𝒂 𝟔𝒃 𝟐𝒂 𝟔
36. A particle gets displaced by ⇒ 𝒙𝟏𝟑 = 𝒙𝟕
⇒𝒙= 𝒃

𝜟𝒓 = 𝟐𝒊 + 𝟑𝒋 + 𝟒𝒌 𝐦 under the action of a force 𝑭 = 𝟕𝒊 + 𝟒𝒋 + 𝟑𝒌 . The change in its 𝑼𝐚𝐭 equilibrium =

𝒂
−
𝒃 𝒃𝟐
= − 𝟒𝒂 and 𝑼 𝒙=∞ = 𝟎
𝟐𝒂 𝟐 𝟐𝒂
kinetic energy is [Online May 7, 2012] 𝒃 𝒃

(a) 38 𝐉 (b) 70 𝐉 (c) 𝟓𝟐. 𝟓𝐉 (d) 126 𝐉 𝒃𝟐 𝒃𝟐

𝑫=𝟎− − =
SOLUTION : (a) 𝟒𝒂 𝟒𝒂
According to work‐energy theorem, 39. An athlete in the olympic games covers a distance of100 𝐦 in 10 𝐬. His kinetic energy
Change in kinetic energy = work done =→ 𝑭. 𝜟 → 𝒓 =(7î+4j+3k ).(2î+3j+4k ) can be estimated to be in therange [2008]
= 𝟏𝟒 + 𝟏𝟐 + 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟑𝟖𝐉 (a) 200 J‐ 𝟓𝟎𝟎𝐉 (b) 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐉 − 𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐉
37. At time 𝒕 = 𝟎 a particle starts moving along the 𝒙‐axis. If its kinetic energy increases (c) 20, 000 J‐50,000 𝐉 (d) 2,000 J‐5, 000 𝐉
uniformly with time ‘t’, the net force acting on it must be proportional to [2011 𝐑𝐒] SOLUTION : . (d)
𝟏 The average speed ofthe athelete
(a) constant (b) 𝒕 (c) 𝒕
(d) 𝒕
𝟓 𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝒗= = = 𝟏𝟎𝐦/𝐬
SOLUTION : (c) 𝒕 𝟏𝟎
K.E. ∝ 𝒕 𝟏
𝒎𝒗𝟐𝐊. 𝐄. =
K.E. = 𝒄𝒕 [Here, 𝒄 = 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐬𝐭𝐚𝐧𝐭] 𝟐
𝟏 Assuming the mass of athelet to 40 kg his average K.E would be
⇒ 𝟐 𝒎𝒗𝟐 = 𝒄𝒕
𝟏
× 𝟒𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎 𝟐 = 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎𝐉
𝐊. 𝐄 =
𝒎𝒗 𝟐 𝟐
⇒ = 𝒄𝒕
𝟐𝒎 Assuming mass to 100 kg average kinetic energy
𝒑𝟐 𝟏
⇒ 𝟐𝒎 = 𝒄𝒕 ⋅.⋅ 𝒑 = 𝒎𝒗 K.E. = 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎 𝟐
= 𝟓𝟎𝟎𝟎𝐉

⇒ 𝒑 = 𝟐𝐜𝐭𝐦 40. A2 kg block slides on ahorizontal floor with a speed 𝐨𝐟𝟒𝐦/𝐬. It strikes a uncompressed
𝒅𝒑 𝒅 𝟐𝒄𝒕𝒎 spring, and compresses it till the block is motionless. The kinetic fiiiction force is 𝟏𝟓𝐍
⇒𝑭= =
𝒅𝒕 𝒅𝒕 and spring constant is 10,000 𝐍/𝐦. The spring compresses by [2007]
𝟏 (a) 𝟖. 𝟓 cm (b) 𝟓. 𝟓 cm (c) 𝟐. 𝟓 cm (d) 𝟏𝟏. 𝟎 cm
⇒ 𝑭 = 𝟐𝐜𝐦 × 𝟐 𝒕

𝟏
⇒𝑭∝ 𝒕
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (b)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (a)
Suppose the spring gets compressed by 𝒙 before stopping. Potential energy
kinetic energy of the block = 𝐏. 𝐄. stored in the spring + work done against fiiction. 𝒙𝟒 −𝒙𝟐
𝑽 𝒙 = 𝟒𝟐
joule
𝟏 𝟐
𝟏
⇒ ×𝟐× 𝟒 = × 𝟏𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 × 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏𝟓 × 𝒙
𝟐 𝟐 Formaxima ofminima
⇒ 𝟏𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝟎𝒙 − 𝟑𝟐 = 𝟎 𝒅𝑽
= 𝟎 ⇒ 𝒙𝟑 − 𝒙 = 𝟎 ⇒ 𝒙 = ±𝟏
⇒ 𝟓𝟎𝟎𝟎𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏𝟓𝒙 − 𝟏𝟔 = 𝟎 𝒅𝒙
−𝟏𝟓 ± 𝟐 − 𝟒 × 𝟓𝟎𝟎𝟎 −𝟏𝟔
𝟏𝟓 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝒙= ⇒ 𝐌𝐢𝐧 . P.E. = 𝟒 − 𝟐 = − 𝟒 𝐉
𝟐 × 𝟓𝟎𝟎𝟎
= 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓𝟓𝐦 = 𝟓. 𝟓𝐜𝐦. 𝐊. 𝐄 𝐦𝐚𝐱 . + 𝐏. 𝐄 𝐦𝐢𝐧 . = 𝟐 (Given)
41. Aparticle 𝐢𝐬𝐩rojected a𝐭𝟔𝟎𝐨 𝐭𝐨 the horizontal with akinetic energy 𝑲. The kinetic energy 𝟏 𝟗
𝐊. 𝐄 𝐦𝐚𝐱 . =𝟐+ =
at the highest point is 𝟒 𝟒
(a) 𝑲 l2 (b) 𝑲 [2007] (c) Zero (d) 𝑲 l4 𝟏
K.E. 𝐦𝐚𝐱 . = 𝟐 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝐦𝐚𝐱 .
SOLUTION : (d)
Let 𝐮 be the velocitywith which the particle is thrown and 𝐦 be the mass ofthe particle. 𝟏 𝟗 𝟑
⇒ 𝟐 × 𝟏 × 𝒗𝟐𝐦𝐚𝐱 . = 𝟒 ⇒ 𝒗 𝐦𝐚𝐱 . =
Then 𝟐

𝟏 44. A mass 𝐨𝐟𝑴 kg is suspended by a weightless string. The horizontal force that is
𝑲 = 𝟐 𝒎𝒖 ... (1) 𝟐
required to displace it until the string makes an angle of 𝟒𝟓∘ with the initial vertical
At the highest point the velocity is 𝐮 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟔𝟎∘ (only the horizontal component remains, the direction is [2006]
vertical component being zero at the top‐most point). Therefore kinetic energy at the 𝑴𝒈
(a) 𝑴𝒈 𝟐+𝟏 (b) 𝑴𝒈 𝟐
(c) (d) 𝑴𝒈 𝟐−𝟏
highest point. 𝟐

𝟏 𝟏 𝑲 SOLUTION : (d)
𝑲‘ = 𝟐 𝒎 𝒖 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟔𝟎 ∘ 𝟐 𝟐
= 𝟐 𝒎𝒖 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟔𝟎 = 𝟐 ∘
[From 1]
𝟒 Work done by tension + Work done by force (applied) + Work done by gravitational
42. A particle ofmass 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝐠 is thrown verticallyupwards with a speed of 5 𝐦/𝐬. The work force = change in kinetic energy
done by the force ofgravity during the time the particle goes up is [2006] Work done by tension is zero
(a) −𝟎. 𝟓𝐉 (b) −𝟏. 𝟐𝟓𝐉 (c) 𝟏. 𝟐𝟓𝐉 (d) 𝟎. 𝟓𝐉
SOLUTION : . (b)
Given, Mass ofthe particle, 𝒎 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝐠 Initial speed ofthe particle, 𝝁 = 𝟓𝐦/𝐬
Final speed of the particle, 𝒗 = 𝟎
Work done by the force of gravity
= Loss in kinetic energy ofthe body. ⇒ 𝟎 + 𝑭 × AB‐Mg × 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟎
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟐 𝟏
= 𝒎 𝒗𝟐 − 𝒖𝟐 = × 𝟎 − 𝟓𝟐 𝟏−
𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝐀𝐂 𝟏 𝟐
⇒ 𝜞 = 𝐌𝐠 = 𝐌𝐠
= −𝟏. 𝟐𝟓𝐉 𝐀𝐁 𝟐

𝓵
[⋅.⋅ 𝑨𝑩 = 𝓵 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟒𝟓∘ = and
43. The potential energyofa 1 kg particle free to move along 𝟐

(𝒙𝟒 𝒙𝟐) ∘
𝟏
𝑨𝑪 = 𝑶𝑪 − 𝑶𝑨 = 𝓵 − 𝓵 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒𝟓 = 𝓵 𝟏 −
the 𝐱‐axis is given by 𝑽 𝒙 = 𝟒 − 𝟐 𝑱. The total mechanical energy ofthe particle is 𝟐
2 J. Then, the maximum speed (in 𝐦/𝐬) is [2006] where 𝓵 = length ofthe string.]
𝟑 𝟏 ⇒ 𝑭 = 𝑴𝒈 𝟐−𝟏
(a) 𝟐
(b) 𝟐 (c) 𝟐
(d) 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

45 . A spherical ball ofmass 20 kg is stationary at the top of a hill of height 100 𝐦. It rolls
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
47. A particle is acted upon by a force of constant magnitude which is always
down a smooth surface to the ground, then climbs up another hill ofheight 30 𝐦 and perpendicular to the velocity ofthe particle, the motion ofthe particles takes place in a
finally rolls down to a horizontal base at a height of20 𝐦 above the ground. The velocity plane. It follows that [2004]
attained by the ball is [2005] (a) its kinetic energy is constant (b) its acceleration is constant
𝟏𝟎 𝟑𝟎𝐦 (c) its velocity is constant (d) it moves in a straight line
(a) 20 𝐦/𝐬 (b) 40 𝐦/𝐬 (c) (d) 10 𝐦/𝐬
𝐬 SOLUTION : . (a)
SOLUTION : . (b) Work done by such force is always zero since force is acting in a direction perpendicular
to velocity.
From work‐energy theorem = 𝜟𝐊 = 𝟎
𝐊 remains constant.
𝟏 48. A wire suspended vertically from one of its ends is stretched by attaching a weight
𝐦𝐠𝐇 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 + 𝐦𝐠𝐡
𝟐 𝐨𝐟𝟐𝟎𝟎𝐍 to the lower end. The weight stretches the wire by 1 mm. Then the elastic
Using conservation of energy, energy stored in the wire is [2003]
Total energy at 100 𝐦 height (a) 𝟎. 𝟐𝐉 (b) 𝟏𝟎𝐉 (c) 𝟐𝟎𝐉 (d) 𝟎. 𝟏𝐉
= Total energy at 𝟐𝟎𝐦 height SOLUTION : (d)
𝟏 𝟐 The elastic potential energy
𝐦 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎𝟎 = 𝒎 𝒗 + 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟐𝟎
𝟐 𝟏
= 𝟐 ×Force × extension
𝟏
or 𝟐 𝒗𝟐 = 𝟖𝟎𝟎 or 𝒗 = 𝟏𝟔𝟎𝟎 = 𝟒𝟎𝐦/𝐬
𝟏
= ×𝑭×𝒙
Note : 𝟐
Loss in potential energy = gain in kinetic energy 𝟏
=
× 𝟐𝟎𝟎 × 𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝐉
𝟏 𝟐
𝒎 × 𝒈 × 𝟖𝟎 = 𝒎𝒗𝟐
𝟐 49. Aball whose kinetic energy 𝐢𝐬𝑬, is projected at an angle of 𝟒𝟓∘ to the horizontal. The
𝟏 kinetic energy ofthe ball at the highest point ofits flight will be [2002]
𝟏𝟎 × 𝟖𝟎 = 𝒗𝟐
𝟐 (a) 𝑬 (b) 𝑬𝒍 𝟐 (c) El2 (d) zero
𝒗𝟐 = 𝟏𝟔𝟎𝟎 or 𝒗 = 𝟒𝟎𝐦/𝐬 SOLUTION : . (c)
46. A particle moves in a straight line with retardation proportional to its displacement. Let 𝐮 be the speed with which the ball ofmass 𝐦 is projected. Then the kinetic energy (E) at the
Its loss ofkinetic energy for any displacement 𝒙 is proportional to [2004] point of projection is
(a) 𝒙 (b) 𝒆𝒙 (c) 𝑹𝒆𝒋𝒆𝒄𝒕 (d) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝒆 𝒙
SOLUTION : . (c)
Given: retardation ∝ displacement 𝒊. 𝒆., 𝒂 = −𝒌𝒙 [Here, 𝒌 = 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐬𝐭𝐚𝐧𝐭]
𝒅𝒗 𝒖
But 𝒂 = 𝒗 𝒅𝒙
𝟐
𝒗𝒅𝒗 𝒗𝟐 𝒙 𝟏
𝒅𝒙
= −𝒉 ⇒ 𝒗𝟏
𝒗 𝒅𝒗 =− 𝟎
kxdx 𝑬 = 𝟐 𝒎𝒖𝟐 (i)
𝒗𝟐 𝒙
𝒗𝟐 𝒙𝟐 𝒖
⇒ = −𝒌 When the ball is at the highest point ofits flight, the speed of the ball is 𝟐
(Remember that the
𝟐 𝒗𝟏 𝟐 𝟎

𝒌𝒙𝟐 horizontal component of velocity does not change during a projectile motion).
⇒ 𝒗𝟐𝟐 − 𝒗𝟐𝟏 = − 𝟐 The kinetic energy at the highest point
𝟏 𝟏 −𝒌𝒙𝟐 𝟏 𝒖 𝟐 𝟏 𝒎𝒖𝟐 𝑬
⇒ 𝟐𝒎 𝒗𝟐𝟐 − 𝒗𝟐𝟏 = 𝟐𝒎 𝟐
= 𝟐𝒎 =𝟐 = 𝟐 [From (i)]
𝟐 𝟐

Loss in kinetic energy, 𝜟𝑲 ∝ 𝒙𝟐

 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (b)
POWER We know that
50. A body ofmass 2 kg is driven by an engine delivering a constant power of 1 𝐉/𝐬. The Power, 𝑷 = 𝑭𝒗
body starts from rest and moves in a straight line. After 9 seconds, the body has moved 𝒅𝒗
But 𝑭 = 𝒎𝒂𝒗 = 𝒎 𝒅𝒕 𝒗
a distance (in m) [5 Sep. 2020 (II)]
SOLUTION : . (18) 𝒅𝒗
𝑷 = 𝒎𝒗 ⇒ 𝑷𝒅𝒕 = 𝒎𝒗𝒅𝒗
Given, Mass ofthe body, 𝒎 = 𝟐 kg Power delivered by engine, 𝑷 = 𝟏𝐉/𝐬 𝒅𝒕
Time, 𝒕 = 𝟗 seconds 𝒕 𝒗
Integrating both sides 𝑷 𝒅𝒕 =𝒎 𝒗 𝒅𝒗
Power, 𝑷 = 𝑭𝒗 𝟎 𝟎

⇒ 𝑷 = 𝒎𝒂𝒗 ⋅.⋅ 𝑭 = 𝒎𝒂 𝟏 𝟐𝑷
P. 𝐭 = 𝟐 𝒎𝒗𝟐 ⇒ 𝒗 = 𝒎
𝒕𝟏/𝟐
𝒅𝒗 𝒅𝒗
⇒ 𝒎 𝒅𝒕 𝒗 = 𝑷 ⋅.⋅ 𝒂 = 𝒅𝒕
𝒕 𝟐𝑷𝒕 𝟏/𝟐 𝟐𝑷 𝒕𝟑/𝟐
Distance, 𝒔 = 𝟎
𝒗 𝒅𝒕 = 𝒕 𝒅𝒕 = ⋅
𝑷 𝒎 𝟎 𝒎 𝟑/𝟐
⇒ 𝒗𝒅𝒗 = 𝒅𝒕
𝒎
𝟖𝑷 𝟑/𝟐
Integrating both sides we get ⇒𝒔= ⋅𝒕 ⇒ 𝐬 ∝ 𝐭 𝟑/𝟐
𝒗 𝟗𝒎
𝑷 𝒕
⇒ 𝒗 𝒅𝒗 = 𝒅𝒕
𝟎 𝒎 𝟎 So, graph (b) is correct.
𝟏/𝟐
𝒗𝟐 𝑷𝒕 𝟐𝑷𝒕
⇒ = ⇒𝒗=
𝟐 𝒎 𝒎
𝒅𝒙 𝟐𝑷 𝟏/𝟐 𝒅𝒙
⇒ = 𝒕 ⋅.⋅ 𝒗 =
𝒅𝒕 𝒎 𝒅𝒕 52. A 60 HP electric motor lifts an elevator having a maximum total load capacity of200𝐤𝐠.
Ifthe fiictional force on the elevator is 4000 𝐍, the speed ofthe elevator at full load is
𝒙 𝒕
𝟐𝑷
⇒ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒕𝟏/𝟐 𝒅𝒕 close to: (1 HP = 𝟕𝟒𝟔𝐖, 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎 ms 2) [7 Jan. 2020 I]
𝒎
𝟎 𝟎
(a) 𝟏. 𝟕 ms 1 (b) 𝟏. 𝟗 ms 1 (c) 𝟏. 𝟓 ms 1 (d) 𝟐. 𝟎 ms 1
𝟐𝑷 𝒕𝟑/𝟐 𝟐𝑷 𝟐 𝟑/𝟐 SOLUTION : . (b)
Distance, 𝒙 = = × 𝒕
𝒎 𝟑/𝟐 𝒎 𝟑 Total force required to lift maximum load capacity against fiictional force = 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝑵
𝑭𝐭𝐨𝐭𝐚𝟏 = 𝑴𝒈 + friction
𝟐×𝟏 𝟐 𝟐
⇒𝒙= × × 𝟗𝟑/𝟐 = × 𝟐𝟕 = 𝟏𝟖. = 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎 × 10+4000
𝟐 𝟑 𝟑
= 𝟐𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 + 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟐𝟒𝟎𝟎𝟎𝑵
Using power, 𝑷 = 𝑭 × 𝒗
51. Aparticle is moving unidirectionally on ahorizontal plane under the action of a 𝟔𝟎 × 𝟕𝟒𝟔 = 𝟐𝟒𝟎𝟎𝟎 × 𝒗
constant power supplying energy source. The displacement 𝒔 ‐ time(t) graph that ⇒ 𝒗 = 𝟏. 𝟖𝟔𝐦/𝐬 ≈ 𝟏. 𝟗𝒎𝒍𝒔
describes the motion ofthe particle is(graphs are drawn schematically and are not to Hence speed ofthe elevator at full load is close to 𝟏. 𝟗 ms 1
scale): [3 Sep. 2020 (II)]

53. Aparticle ofmass Mis moving in a circle offixed radius 𝐑 in such a way that its
centripetal acceleration at time 𝐭 is given by 𝐧𝟐 𝐑𝐭 𝟐 where 𝐧 is a constant. The power
delivered to the particle by the force acting on it, is: [Online April 10, 2016]
𝟏
(a) 𝟐 𝐌𝐧𝟐 𝐑𝟐 𝐭 𝟐 (b) 𝐌𝐧𝟐 𝐑𝟐 𝐭 (c) 𝐌𝐧𝐑𝟐 𝐭 𝟐 (d) 𝐌𝐧𝐑𝟐 𝐭

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION : . (b)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
56. 𝐀𝟕𝟎𝐤𝐠𝐦𝐚𝐧 leaps vertically into the air from acrouching position. To take the leap the
Centripetel acceleration 𝐚𝐜 = 𝐧𝟐 𝐑𝐭 𝟐 man pushes the ground with a constant force 𝑭 to raise himself. The center ofgravity
𝐯𝟐 rises by 𝟎. 𝟓𝐦 before he leaps. After the leap the 𝐜. 𝐠. rises by another 1 𝐦. The
𝐚𝐜 = = 𝐧𝟐 𝐑𝐭 𝟐
𝐑 maximum power delivered by the muscles is : (Take 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬 −𝟐 )
𝐯 = 𝐧𝟐 𝐑𝟐 𝐭 𝟐
𝟐
[Online April 23, 2013]
𝐯 = 𝐧𝐑𝐭 (a) 𝟔. 𝟐𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 Watts at the start (b) 𝟔. 𝟐𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 Watts at take off
𝐝𝐯 (c) 𝟔. 𝟐𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 Watts at the start (d) 𝟔. 𝟐𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 Watts at take off
= 𝐧𝐑
𝐚𝐜 =
𝐝𝐭 SOLUTION : . (b)
Power = 𝐦𝐚𝐭 𝐯 = 𝐦 nRnRt = 𝐌𝐧𝟐 𝐑𝟐 𝐭. 57. Abody ofmass 𝒎’, accelerates uniformlyfrom rest to 𝒗𝟏 ’ in time 𝒕𝟏 ’. The instantaneous
power delivered to the body as a 𝐡𝐧𝐂𝐭𝟓𝐨𝐧𝐨𝐟𝐭𝐢𝐦𝐞𝒕 is [2004]
54. A car ofweight 𝐖 is on an inclined road that rises by 100 𝐦 over a distance of 1 Km 𝒎𝒗𝟏 𝒕 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟏 𝒕 𝒎𝒗𝟏 𝒕 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟏 𝒕
(a) 𝒕𝟏
(b) 𝒕𝟐𝟏
(c) 𝒕𝟏
(d) 𝒕𝟏
𝐖
and applies a constant fiictional force on the car. While moving uphill on the road at
𝟐𝟎 SOLUTION : (b)
𝐏 Let a be the acceleration ofbody Using, 𝒗 = 𝒖 + 𝒂𝒕
a speed of 10 𝐬 −𝟏 , the car needs power P. If it needs power while moving downhill at
𝟐 𝒗𝟏
𝒗𝟏 = 𝟎 + 𝒂𝒕𝟏 ⇒ 𝒂 =
speed 𝒗 then value of 𝒗 is: [Online April 9, 2016] 𝒕𝟏
(a) 20 𝐦𝐬−𝟏 𝐛 𝟓𝐦𝐬−𝟏 (c) 15 𝐦𝐬−𝟏 (d) 10 𝐦𝐬−𝟏 Velocity ofthe body at instant 𝒕,
SOLUTION : . (c) 𝒗 = 𝒂𝒕
While moving downhill power 𝒗𝟏 𝒕
⇒𝒗=
𝒘 𝒕𝟏
𝑷 = 𝒘 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 + 𝟏𝟎
𝟐𝟎 Instantaneous powr, 𝐏 = 𝑭 ⋅ 𝒗 = 𝒎𝒂 ⋅ 𝒗
𝐰 𝐰 𝟑𝐰 𝒎𝒗𝟏 𝒗𝟏 𝒕 𝒗𝟏 𝟐
𝐏= + 𝟏𝟎 = = =𝒎 𝒕
𝟏𝟎 𝟐𝟎 𝟐 𝒕𝟏 𝒕𝟏 𝒕𝟏

58. A body is moved along a straight line by a machine delivering a constant power. The
distance moved by the body in time 𝒕’ is proportional to [2003]
(a) 𝒕𝟑/𝟒 (b) 𝒕𝟑/𝟐 (c) 𝒕𝟏/𝟒 (d) 𝒕𝟏/𝟐
SOLUTION : . (b)
𝐏 𝟑𝐰 𝐰 𝐰 Power, 𝑷 = 𝑭𝒗 = 𝒎𝒂. 𝒗
= = − 𝐕
𝟐 𝟒 𝟏𝟎 𝟐𝟎 𝒎𝒅𝒗
⇒𝑷= 𝒅𝒕
𝒗 = 𝒄 = contant
𝟑 𝒗
= ⇒ 𝒗 = 𝟏𝟓𝐦/𝐬
𝟒 𝟐𝟎 𝒎𝒅𝒗
⋅.⋅ 𝑭 = 𝒎𝒂 =
Speed ofcar while moving downhill 𝐯 = 𝟏𝟓𝐦/𝐬. 𝒅𝒕
𝒎𝒗𝟎 𝒗 = 𝒄𝒅𝒕
Integrating both sides, we get
55. Awind‐poweredgeneratorconvertswindenergyintoelectrical energy. Assume that the 𝒗 𝒕
𝒎 𝒗 𝒅𝒗 = 𝒄 𝒅𝒕
generator converts a fixed fiiaction of the wind energy intercepted by its blades into 𝟎 𝟎
electrical energy. For wind speed 𝐯, the electrical power output will be most likely 𝟏
⇒ 𝒎𝒗𝟐 = 𝒄𝒕
proportional to [Online April 25, 2013] 𝟐
(a) 𝐯 𝟒 (b) 𝐯 𝟐 (c) 𝐯 (d) 𝐯 𝒗𝟐 𝒄. 𝒕
⇒ =
SOLUTION : . (d) 𝟐 𝒎
𝟐𝒄. 𝒕
⇒ 𝒗𝟐 =
𝒎
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝟐𝒄
/
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Using principal ofconservation of angular momentum
⇒𝒗= × 𝒕𝟏𝟐 𝒎𝟏 𝒖𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒖𝟐 = 𝒎𝟏 𝒗𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒗𝟐
𝒎
⇒ 𝟐𝒎𝟐 𝟑𝒊 + 𝒋 + 𝒎𝟐 × 𝟎 = 𝟐𝒎𝟐 𝒊 + 𝟑𝒋 + 𝒎𝟐 × 𝒗𝟐
𝒅𝒙 𝟐𝒄 𝒅𝒙 ⇒ 𝟐 3î+2j = 𝟐𝒊 + 𝟐 𝟑𝒋 + 𝒗𝟐
⇒ = × 𝒕 / where 𝒗 =
𝟏𝟐
𝒅𝒕 𝒎 𝒅𝒕 ⇒ 𝒗𝟐 = 𝟑 − 𝟏 𝒊 − 𝟑 − 𝟏 𝒋

𝒙 𝒕
⇒ 𝒗𝟏 = î+ 3j
𝟐𝒄
⇒ 𝒅𝒙 = × 𝒕 /𝟏𝟐 𝒅𝒕 For angle between 𝒗𝟏 and 𝒗𝟐 ,
𝒆 𝒎 𝟎 𝒗𝟏 ⋅ 𝒗𝟐 𝟐 𝟑 − 𝟏 𝟏 − 𝟑 𝟏− 𝟑
𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 = = =
𝟐𝒄 𝟐𝒕𝟑𝟐 / 𝒗𝟏 𝒗𝟐 𝟐×𝟐 𝟐 𝟑−𝟏 𝟐 𝟐
⇒𝒙= × ⇒ 𝐱 ∝ 𝐭 𝟑𝟐 /
𝒎 𝟑 ⇒ 𝜽 = 𝟏𝟎𝟓∘
Angle between 𝒗𝟏 and 𝒗𝟐 is 𝟏𝟎𝟓∘

COLLISIONS
59. Two bodies of the same mass are moving with the same speed, but in different
directions in a plane. They have a completely inelastic collision and move together
thereafter with a final speed which is halfoftheir initial speed. The angle between the
initial velocities of the two bodies (in degree) is . [NA 6 Sep. 2020 (I)]
SOLUTION : . (120)
61. Blocks ofmasses m, 𝟐𝒎, 𝟒𝒎 and 𝟖𝒎 are arranged in aline on a fiictionless floor.
Another block ofmass 𝒎, moving with speed 𝒗 along the same line (see figure) collides
with mass 𝒎 in perfectly inelastic manner. All the subsequent collisions are also
perfectly inelastic. By the time the last block of mass 𝟖𝒎 starts moving the total energy
loss is p% of the original energy. Value of 𝒑’ is close to: [4 Sep. 2020 (I)]
Momentum conservation along 𝒙 direction, →𝒗
𝒗𝟎 𝟏
𝟐𝒎𝒗𝟎 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 = 𝟐𝒎 𝟐
⇒ 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 = 𝟐 or 𝜽 = 𝟔𝟎 ∘
𝒎 𝒎 𝟐𝒎 𝟒𝒎 𝟖𝒎
Hence angle between the initial velocities ofthe two bodies (a) 77 (b) 94 (c) 37 (d) 87
= 𝜽 + 𝜽 = 𝟔𝟎∘ + 𝟔𝟎∘ = 𝟏𝟐𝟎∘ . SOLUTION : . (b)
According to the question, all collisions are perfectly inelastic, so after the final collision, all
blocks are moving together.
60. ParticleAofmass m movingwith velocity 𝟑𝒊 + 𝒋 𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 collides with another particle 𝐁
ofmass 𝐦𝟐 which is at rest initially. Let 𝑽𝟏 and 𝑽𝟐 be the velocities ofparticles A and 𝐁
after collision respectively. 𝐈𝐟𝐦𝟏 = 𝟐𝐦𝟐 and after collision 𝑽𝟏 = 𝒊 + 𝟑𝒋 𝐦𝐬−𝟏 , the 𝐦 𝟐𝒎 𝟒𝒎 𝟖𝒎
angle between 𝑽𝟏 and 𝑽𝟐 is : [6 Sep. 2020 (II)] Let the final velocity be 𝒗′ , using momentum conservation
(a) 𝟏𝟓𝐨 (b) 𝟔𝟎𝐨 (c) −𝟒𝟓𝐨 (d) 𝟏𝟎𝟓𝐨 𝒗
𝒎𝒗 = 𝟏𝟔𝒎𝒗′ ⇒ 𝒗† =
SOLUTION : (d) 𝟏𝟔
Before collision, 𝟏
Now initial energy 𝑬𝒊 = 𝟐 𝒎𝒗𝟐
Velocity ofparticle 𝑨, 𝒖𝟏 = 𝟑𝒊 + 𝒋 𝐦/𝐬
Velocity ofparticle 𝑩, 𝒖𝟐 = 𝟎 𝟏 𝒗 𝟐 𝟏 𝒎𝒗𝟐
Final energy: 𝑬𝒇 = 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟔𝒎 × =
After collision, 𝟏𝟔 𝟐 𝟏𝟔

Velocity ofparticle 𝑨, 𝒗𝟏 = 𝒊 + 𝟑𝒋 𝟏 𝟏 𝒗𝟐
Energy loss : 𝑬𝒊 − 𝑬𝒇 = 𝟐 𝒎𝒗 − 𝟐 𝒎 𝟏𝟔
𝟐
Velocity of particle 𝑩, 𝒗𝟐 = 𝟎

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot ⇒

𝟏
𝒎𝒗𝟐 𝟏 −
𝟏 𝟏
⇒ 𝒎𝒗𝟐
𝟏𝟓
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : (c)
𝟐 𝟏𝟔 𝟐 𝟏𝟔 From conservation oflinear momentum
The total energy loss is 𝑷𝟎 /𝟎 of the original energy. 𝒎𝒖𝒊 + 𝟎 = 𝒎𝒗𝒋 + 𝟑𝒎𝒗′
𝐄𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐠𝐲𝟏𝐨𝐬𝐬 −, 𝒖 ∧ 𝒗 ∧
%𝑷 = × 𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝐎𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐧𝐚𝟏𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐠𝐲 𝒗 = −𝒊 − −𝒋𝟑𝟑
𝟏 𝟏𝟓 𝒎 − 𝒖 𝟑𝒎 𝒎𝟏𝒗 𝟑𝒎
𝒎𝒗𝟐 𝟏𝟔
=𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟎 = 𝟗𝟑. 𝟕𝟓% ∼ 𝐀 𝒗′
𝟏 𝟐
𝟐 𝒎𝒗
Hence, value 𝐨𝐟𝑷 is close to 94.

62. A block ofmass 𝟏. 𝟗 kg is at rest at the edge ofa table, of height 1 𝐦. Abullet ofmass 𝟎. 𝟏 Before
kg collides with the block and sticks to it. If the velocity of the bullet is 20 𝐦/𝐬 in the After collision
horizontal direction just before the collision then the kinetic energy just before the collision From kinetic energy conservation,
combined system strikes the floor, is [Take 𝒈 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦/𝐬𝟐 . Assume there is no rotational 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝒖 𝟐 𝒗 𝟐
𝒎𝒖𝟐 = 𝒎𝒗𝟐 + 𝟑𝒎 +
motion and losss of energy after the collision is negligiable.] [3 Sep. 2020 (II)] 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟑 𝟑
(a) 20 𝐉 (b) 21 𝐉 (c) 19 𝐉 (d) 23 𝐉 𝒎𝒖𝟐 𝒎𝒗𝟐
or, 𝒎𝒖𝟐 = 𝒎𝒗𝟐 + +
SOLUTION : (b) 𝟑 𝟑

Given, 𝒖
𝒗=
Mass ofblock, 𝒎𝟏 = 𝟏. 𝟗 kg 𝟐
Mass ofbullet, 𝒎𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟏 kg 64. Aparticle ofmass 𝒎 is moving along the x‐axis with initial velocity 𝒖𝒊. It collides
Velocity of bullet, 𝒗𝟐 = 𝟐𝟎𝐦/𝐬 elastically with a particle ofmass 10 𝐦 at rest and then moves with half its initial
Let 𝒗 be the velocity of the combined system. It is an inelastic collision. kinetic energy (see figure). If 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽𝟏 = 𝒏 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽𝟐 , then value of 𝒏 is
Using conservation oflinear momentum [NA 2 Sep. 2020 (II)]
𝒎 𝟏 × 𝟎 + 𝒎 𝟐 × 𝒗𝟐 = 𝒎 𝟏 + 𝒎 𝟐 𝒗 𝐦.
⇒ 𝟎. 𝟏 × 𝟐𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟏 + 𝟏. 𝟗 × 𝒗
⇒ 𝒗 = 𝟏𝐦/𝐬
Using work energy theorem 𝟏𝟎𝐦
Work done = Change in Kinetic energy SOLUTION : . (𝟏𝟎. 𝟎𝟎)
Let 𝑲 be the Kinetic energy of combined system. From momentum conservation in perpendicular direction of initial motion.
𝐦𝟏 + 𝐦𝟐 𝐠𝐡 𝒎𝒖𝟏 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽𝟏 = 𝟏𝟎𝒎𝒗𝟏 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽𝟐 (i)
𝟏 It is given that energy of 𝒎 reduced by half. If 𝒖𝟏 be velocity of 𝒎 after collision, then
=𝐊− 𝐦 + 𝐦𝟐 𝐕 𝟐
𝟐 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝒎𝒖𝟐 = 𝒎𝒖𝟐𝟏
𝟏 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
⇒ 𝟐×𝒈×𝟏 =𝑲− × 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟐 ⇒ 𝑲 = 𝟐𝟏
𝟐 𝒖
⇒ 𝒖𝟏 =
𝟐
63. A particle ofmass 𝒎 with an initial velocity 𝒖 î collides perfectly elastically with a mass If 𝒗𝟏 be the velocity of mass 10 𝐦 after collision, then
3 𝐦 at rest. It moves with a velocity 𝒗𝒋 after collision, then, 𝒗 is given by: 𝟏 𝟏𝒖𝟐 𝒖
× 𝟏𝟎𝒎 × 𝒗𝟏𝟐 = 𝒎 ⇒ 𝒗𝟏 =
[2 Sep. 2020 (I)] 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐𝟎
𝟐 𝒖 𝒖 𝟏 From equation (i), we have
(a) 𝒗 = 𝟑
𝒖 (b) 𝒗 = 𝟑
(c) 𝒗 = 𝟐
(d) 𝒗 = 𝟔
𝒖
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
67. Aparticle ofmass 𝒎 is dropped 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 a height 𝒉 above the ground. At the same time
another particle of the same mass is thrown vertically upwards from the ground with a
speed of 𝟐𝒈𝒉. If they collide head‐on completely inelastically, the time taken for the
combined mass to reach
𝒉
the ground, in units of is: [8 Jan. 2020 II]
𝒈

𝟏 𝟑 𝟏 𝟑
(a) 𝟐
(b) 𝟒
(c) 𝟐 (d) 𝟐

SOLUTION : (d)
Let 𝐭 be the time taken by the particle dropped from height 𝐡 to collide with particle thrown
65. Two particles of equal mass 𝒎 have respective initial (î+j) velocities 𝒖𝒊 and 𝒖 𝟐 . They upward.
collide completely inelastically. The energylost in the process is: Using,
[9 Jan. 2020 I] 𝒉
𝑺𝟏 𝐓
𝟏 𝟏 𝟑 𝟐 𝟒
(a) 𝟑 𝐦𝐮𝟐 (b) 𝟖 𝐦𝐮𝟐 (c) 𝟒 𝐦𝐮𝟐 (d) 𝟑
𝐦𝐮𝟐
𝟑𝒉
𝒔𝟐 𝐢 𝐓
SOLUTION : [b] 𝟒
𝒗𝟐 − 𝒖𝟐 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉
𝒙‐direction ⇒ 𝒗𝟐 − 𝟎𝟐 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉
𝒎𝒖 𝟑𝒖 ⇒ 𝒗 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉
𝒎𝒖 + = 𝟐𝒎𝒗𝒙 ⇒ 𝑽𝒙 =
𝟐 𝟒 Downward distance travelled
𝒎𝒖 𝒖 𝟏 𝟏 𝒖 𝟐 𝒖 𝟐 𝟏 𝟏 𝒉 𝒉
𝐲‐direction 𝟎 + = 𝟐𝒎𝒗𝒚 ⇒ 𝒗𝒚 = 𝟒 K.E. 𝒊 = 𝟐 𝒎𝒖𝟐 + 𝟐 𝒎 + 𝑺𝟏 = 𝒈𝒕𝟐 = 𝒈. =
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐𝒈 𝟒
𝟏 𝒎𝒖𝟐 𝟑𝒎𝒖𝟐 Distance of collision point 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 ground
= 𝒎𝒖𝟐 + =
𝟐 𝟒 𝟒 𝒉 𝟑𝒉
𝒔𝟐 = 𝒉 −
=
𝟏 𝟏 𝟐 𝟒 𝟒
K.E. 𝒇 = 𝟐 𝟐𝒎 𝒗𝒙 ′ 𝟐
+ 𝟐 𝟐𝒎 𝒗𝒚 ′
Speed of (A) just before collision
𝟏 𝟑𝒖 𝟐 𝒖 𝟐 𝟓
= 𝟐𝒎 + = 𝒎𝒖𝟐 𝒈𝒉
𝟐 𝟒 𝟒 𝟖 𝒗𝟏 = 𝒈𝒕 =
𝟐
Loss in 𝑲𝑬 = 𝑲𝑬𝒇 − 𝑲𝑬𝒋
𝟔 𝟓 𝒎𝒖𝟐 And speed of(B) just before collision
− == 𝒎𝒖𝟐
𝟖 𝟖 𝟖
𝒈𝒉
66. 𝐀𝐛𝜶𝟏𝐲𝑨, ofmass 𝒎 = 𝟎. 𝟏 kg has an initialvelocityof3 î ms 1. It collides elastically with 𝒗𝟐 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉 −
𝟐
another body, 𝑩 of the same mass which has an initial velocity of 5 𝒋 ms 1. After
collision, 𝑨 moves with a velocity 𝒗 = 𝟒 𝒊 + 𝒋 . The Using principle of conservation of linear momentum
𝒙 𝒎𝒗𝟏 + 𝒎𝒗𝟐 = 𝟐𝒎𝒗𝒇
energy 𝐨𝐟𝑩 after collision is written as 𝟏𝟎 𝑱. The value of 𝒙 is . [NA 8 Jan. 2020 I]
𝒈𝒉 𝒈𝒉
SOLUTION : . (a) ⇒ 𝒗𝒇 = 𝒎 𝟐𝒈𝒉 − −𝒎 =𝟎
𝟐 𝟐
For elastic collision 𝑲𝑬𝐢 = 𝕸𝒇
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟐𝒎
𝒎 × 𝟐𝟓 + × 𝒎 × 𝟗 = 𝒎 × 𝟑𝟐 + 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝑩
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 After collision, time taken 𝒕𝟏 for combined mass to reach the ground is
𝟑𝟒 = 𝟑𝟐 + 𝑽𝟐𝑩 ⇒ 𝑽𝑩 = 𝟐 𝟑𝒉 𝟏 𝟑𝒉
⇒ 𝟒
= 𝟐 𝒈𝒕𝟐𝟏 ⇒ 𝒕𝟏 = 𝟐𝒈
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝑲𝑬𝑩 = 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝑩 = × 𝟎. 𝟏 × 𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝑱 = 𝑱 𝒙=𝟏
𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟎

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

68. A man (mass = 𝟓𝟎𝐤𝐠) and his son (mass = 𝟐𝟎 kg) are standing on a frictionless surface
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
facing each other. The man pushes his son so that he starts moving at a speed of 𝟎. 𝟕𝟎 71. A particle of mass ‘m’ is moving with speed ‘2v’ and collides with a mass ‘2m’
ms 1 with respect to the man. The speed ofthe man with respect to the surface is: moving with speed ‘v’ in the same direction. After collision, the first mass is stopped
[12 April 2019 I] completely while the second one splits into two particles each ofmass 𝒎’, which move at
(a) 𝟎. 𝟐𝟖𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 (b) 𝟎. 𝟐𝟎 ms 1 (c) 𝟎. 𝟒𝟕 ms 1 (d) 𝟎. 𝟏𝟒 ms 1 angle 𝟒𝟓∘ with respect to the original direction. [9 April 2019 II]
SOLUTION : (b) The speed of each ofthe moving particle will be:
𝐏𝒊 = 𝐏𝒇 (a) 𝟐𝐯 (b) 𝟐 𝟐𝐯 (c) 𝒗𝒍 𝟐 𝟐 (d) 𝐯/ 𝟐
or 𝟎 = 𝟐𝟎 𝟎. 𝟕 − 𝒗 = 𝟓𝟎𝒗 or 𝒗 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝐦/𝐬 SOLUTION : . (b)
𝒎 𝟐𝒗 + 𝟐𝒎𝒗 = 𝟎 + 𝟐𝒎𝒗 ’ 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒𝟓∘
69. Two particles, ofmasses 𝐌 and 𝟐𝐌, moving, as shown, with speeds of10 𝐦/𝐬 and 5 𝐦/𝐬, or 𝒗’ = 𝟐 𝟐𝒗
collide elastically at the origin. After the collision, they move along the indicated 72. A body ofmass 𝐦𝟏 moving with an unknown velocity of 𝐯𝟏 î , undergoes a collinear
directions with speeds 𝐯𝟏 and 𝐯𝟐 , respectively. The values 𝐨𝐟𝐯𝟏 and 𝐯𝟐 are nearly: collision with a body ofmass 𝒎𝟐 moving with a velocity 𝐯𝟐 î. After collision, 𝒎𝟏 and 𝒎𝟐
[10 April 2019 I] move with velocities of 𝐯𝟑 î and 𝐯𝟒 î , respectively. If 𝒎𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟓𝐦𝟏 and 𝐯𝟑 = 𝟎. 𝟓𝐯𝟏 , then 𝐯𝟏
is: [8 April 2019 𝐈]
𝐯𝟐 𝐯𝟐
(a) 𝐯𝟒 − 𝟐
𝐛 𝐯𝟒 − 𝐯𝟐 (c) 𝐯𝟒 − 𝟒
(d) 𝐯𝟒 + 𝐯𝟐

SOLUTION : . (b)
𝒎𝟏 𝒗𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒗𝟐 = 𝒎𝟏 𝒗𝟐 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒗𝟏
or 𝒎𝟏 𝒗𝟏 + 𝟎. 𝟓𝒎𝟏 𝒗𝟐 = 𝒎𝟏 𝟎. 𝟓𝒗𝟏 + 𝟎. 𝟓𝒎𝟏 𝒗𝟒
(a) 𝟔. 𝟓 𝐦/𝐬 and 𝟔. 𝟑 𝐦/𝐬 (b) 𝟑. 𝟐 𝐦/𝐬 and 𝟔. 𝟑 𝐦/𝐬 On solving, 𝒗𝟏 = 𝒗𝟒 − 𝒗𝟐
(c) 𝟔. 𝟓𝐦/𝐬𝐚𝐧𝐝𝟑. 𝟐𝐦/𝐬 (d) 𝟑. 𝟐𝐦/𝐬 and 𝟏𝟐. 𝟔𝐦/𝐬 73. An alpha‐particle ofmass 𝐦 suffers 1‐dimensional elastic collision with a nucleus at
SOLUTION : . (a) rest of unknown mass. It is scattered directly backwards losing, 64% of its initial
Apply concervation oflinear momentum in X and 𝐘 direction for the system then kinetic energy. The mass ofthe nucleus is: [12 Jan. 2019 II]
𝐌 𝟏𝟎 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟑𝟎∘ + 𝟐𝐌 𝟓 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒𝟓∘ = 𝟐𝐌 𝐯𝟏 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟑𝟎∘ (a) 𝟐𝐦 (b) 𝟑. 𝟓𝐦 (c) 𝟏. 𝟓𝐦 (d) 𝟒𝐦
+𝐌 𝐯𝟐 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒𝟓∘ SOLUTION : . (d)
𝐯𝟐 Using conservation ofmomentum,
𝟓 + 𝟓 𝟑𝐯𝟏 + 𝟐
(1)
𝐦𝐯𝟎 = 𝐦𝐯𝟐 − 𝐦𝐯𝟏
Also 𝜶𝐕𝟎 ↔
𝐯𝟐 After collision
𝟐𝐌 𝟓 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟒𝟓∘ − 𝐌 𝟏𝟎 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟑𝟎∘ = 𝟐𝐌𝐯𝟏 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟑𝟎∘ − 𝐌𝐯𝟐 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟒𝟓∘ 𝟓 𝟐 − 𝟓 = 𝐯𝟏 − 𝟐
(2)

Solving equation (1) and (2)

𝟑 + 𝟏 𝐯𝟏 = 𝟓 𝟑 + 𝟏𝟎 𝟐 − 𝟓 ⇒ 𝐯𝟏 = 𝟔. 𝟓𝐦/𝐬 𝟏 𝟏
𝐦𝐯𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟑𝟔 × 𝐦𝐯𝟎𝟐
𝐯𝟐 = 𝟔. 𝟑𝐦/𝐬 𝟐 𝟐
70. A body of mass 2 kg makes an elastic collision with a second body at rest and continues ⇒ 𝐯𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝐯𝟎
to move in the original direction but with one fourth ofits original speed. What The collision is elastic. So,
is the mass ofthe second body? [9 April 2019 I] 𝟏 𝟏
𝐌𝐕𝟐𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝟒 × 𝟐 𝐦𝐯𝟎𝟐 [.⋅. 𝐌 = mass ofnucleus]
(a) 𝟏. 𝟎𝐤𝐠 (b) 𝟏. 𝟓𝐤𝐠 (c) 𝟏. 𝟖𝐤𝐠 (d) 𝟏. 𝟐𝐤𝐠 𝟐

SOLUTION : . (b) 𝐦
⇒ 𝐕𝟐 = × 𝟎. 𝟖𝐕𝟎
𝒖 𝐌
𝟐𝒖 + 𝟎 = 𝟐 + 𝒎𝒗𝟐
𝟒 𝐦𝐕𝟎 = 𝐦𝐌 × 𝟎. 𝟖𝐕𝟎 − 𝐦 × 𝟎. 𝟔𝐕𝟎
𝟏 𝟏 𝒖 𝟐 𝟏 ⇒ 𝟏. 𝟔𝐦 = 𝟎. 𝟖 𝐦𝐌
and 𝟐 × 𝟐 × 𝒖𝟐 + 𝟎 = 𝟐 × 𝟐 × + 𝟐 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟐 On solving, we get 𝐦 = 𝟏. 𝟓𝐤
𝟒 ⇒ 𝟒𝐦𝟐 = 𝐦𝐌 ; 𝐌 = 𝟒𝐦
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
74. A piece of wood of mass 𝟎. 𝟎𝟑 kg is dropped from the top of a 100 𝐦 height building. At
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
the same time, a bullet ofmass 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐 kg is fired vertically upward, with a velocity 100 5. There block 𝐀, 𝐁 and 𝐂 are lying on a smooth horizontal surface, as shown in the figure.
𝐬 −𝟏 , from the ground. The bullet gets embedded in the wood. Then the maximum A and 𝐁 have equal masses, 𝐦 while 𝐂 has mass M. Block A is given an inital speed 𝐯
height to which the combined system reaches above the top of the building before towards 𝐁 due to which it collides with 𝐁 perfectly inelastically. The combined mass
falling below is: 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬−𝟐 [𝟏𝟎 Jan. 2019 I] collides with
(a) 𝟐𝟎𝐦 (b) 𝟑𝟎𝐦 (c) 𝟒𝟎𝐦 (d) 𝟏𝟎𝐦
SOLUTION : (c)
10
(a) 5 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 3
SOLUTION : (c)
Kinetic energy of block 𝐀
𝟏
𝐦𝐯𝟎𝟐
𝐤𝟏 =
𝟎𝐦/𝐬 𝟐
𝟎. 𝟎𝟐 kg From principle oflinear momentum conservation
Time taken for the particles to collide, 𝐦𝐯𝟎
𝐦𝐯𝟎 = 𝟐𝐦 + 𝐌 𝐯𝐟 ⇒ 𝐯𝐟 =
𝐝 𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟐𝐦 + 𝐌
𝐭= = = 𝟏 𝐬𝐞𝐜
𝐕𝐫𝐞𝟏 𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟓
According to question, of th the initial kinetic energy is lost in whole process.
Speed of woodjust before collision = 𝐠𝐭 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦/𝐬 and speed of bullet just before collision 𝟔

= 𝐯 − 𝐠𝐭 𝟏 𝟐
𝐤𝐢
=𝟔⇒ 𝟐 𝐦𝐯𝟎 =𝟔
= 𝟏𝟎𝟎 − 𝟏𝟎 = 𝟗𝟎𝐦/𝐬 𝟐
𝐤𝐟 𝟏 𝐦𝐯𝟎
𝟏 𝟐 𝟐𝐦 + 𝐌 𝟐𝐦 + 𝐌
𝐒 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎 × 𝟏 − × 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟏 = 𝟗𝟓𝐦
𝟐 𝟐𝐦 + 𝐌 𝐌
⇒ = 𝟔.⋅. = 𝟒
Now, using conservation oflinear momentumjust before and after the collision 𝐦 𝐦
‐(𝟎. 𝟎𝟑) (10) + 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐 𝟗𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 𝐯
⇒ 𝟏𝟓𝟎 = 𝟓𝐯 𝐯 = 𝟑𝟎𝐦/𝐬 76 . In a collinear collision, aparticle with an initial speed 𝐯𝟎 strikes a stationary particle
𝐌𝐚𝐱 . height reached by body ofthe same mass. Ifthe fmal total kinetic energy is 50% greater than the original
𝟑𝟎 × 𝟑𝟎 kinetic energy, the magnitude of the relative velocity between the two particles, after
𝐡 == = 𝟒𝟓𝐦
𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎 collision, is: [2018]
Before After 𝐯𝟎 𝐯𝟎 𝐯𝟎
(a) (b) 𝟐𝐯𝟎 (c) (d)
𝟎. 𝟎𝟑𝐤𝐠𝑹𝒆𝒋𝒆𝒄𝒕 ↓ 𝟏𝟎𝐦/𝐬 𝑹𝒆𝒋𝒆𝒄𝒕𝐕 𝟒 𝟐 𝟐

𝑹𝒆𝒋𝒆𝒄𝒕 SOLUTION . (b)

↑ 𝟗𝟎𝐦/𝐬 Before Collision After Collision
𝟎. 𝟎𝟐 kg ∞𝐦𝐯𝟎𝐎𝐦 ⇒ ∞𝐦𝐯𝟏 ∝ 𝐦𝐯𝟐
𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 kg Stationary
Height above tower = 𝟒𝟎𝐦 𝟏 𝟏 𝟑 𝟏
𝐦𝐯𝟏𝟐 + 𝐦𝐯𝟐𝟐 = 𝐦𝐯𝟎𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝟑
⇒ 𝐯𝟏𝟐 + 𝐯𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐 𝐯𝟎𝟐 (i)

From momentum conservation

𝐦𝐯𝟎 = 𝐦 𝐯𝟏 + 𝐯𝟐 (ii)
Squarring both sides,
⇒ 𝐯𝟏 + 𝐯𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝐯𝟏 𝐯𝟐 = 𝐯𝟎𝟐 𝐯𝟏 + 𝐯@ 𝟐 = 𝐯𝟎𝟐

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝟐𝐯𝟏 𝐯𝟐 = −

𝐯𝟎𝟐
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION (a)
𝟐 For collision ofneutron with deuterium:
𝟑 𝐯𝟎𝟐 𝐦 𝟐𝐦 𝐦 𝟐𝐦
𝐯𝟏 − 𝐯𝟐 = 𝟐
𝐯𝟏𝟐
+ − 𝟐𝐯𝟏 𝐯𝟐 = 𝐯𝟎𝟐 + 𝐯𝟐𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝐯 ∙ 𝐯𝟏 𝐯𝟐
Solving we get relative velocity between the two particles Applying conservation ofmomentum:
𝐯𝟏 − 𝐯𝟐= 𝟐 𝐯𝟎 𝐦𝐯 + 𝟎 = 𝐦𝐯𝟏 + 𝟐𝐦𝐯𝟐 (i)
𝐯𝟐 − 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐯 (ii)
77. The mass ofa hydrogen molecule is 𝟑. 𝟑𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐𝟕𝐤𝐠. 𝐈𝐟𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟑 hydrogen molecules strike, Collision is elastic, 𝐞 = 𝟏
per second, a fixed wall ofarea 2 𝐜𝐦𝟐 at an angle of 𝟒𝟓∘ to the normal, and rebound 𝐯
From eqn (i) and eqn (ii) 𝐯𝟏 = − 𝟑
elastically with a speed of103 𝐦/𝐬, then the pressure on the wall is nearly: [2018]
(a) 𝟐. 𝟑𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐍/𝐦𝟐 (b) 𝟒. 𝟕𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐍/𝐦𝟐 𝟏 𝟏
𝐦𝐯 𝟐 − 𝟐 𝐦𝐯𝟏𝟐 𝟖
(c) 𝟐. 𝟑𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟐 𝐍/𝐦𝟐 (d) 𝟒. 𝟕𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎𝟐 𝐍/𝐦𝟐 𝐏𝐝 = 𝟐 = = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟗
𝟏 𝟗
𝐦𝐯 𝟐
𝟐
SOLUTION . (a] Now, For collision of neutron with carbon nucleus
𝐦 𝟏𝟐𝐦 𝐦 𝟏𝟐𝐦
𝐯 ∙ 𝐯𝟏 𝐯𝟐
Applying Conservation ofmomentum
𝒎𝒗 + 𝟎 = 𝒎𝐯𝟏 + 𝟏𝟐𝒎𝐯𝟐 (iii)
𝐯 = 𝐯𝟐 − 𝐯𝟏 (iv)
From eqn (iii) and eqn (iv)
𝟏𝟏
𝐯𝟏 = − 𝐯
𝟏𝟑
𝟐
𝐏 𝐏 𝐏 𝐏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝜟𝐏 = 𝐉+ 𝐉+ î‐ î 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 − 𝟐 𝐦 𝟏𝟑 𝐯 𝟒𝟖
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝐏𝐜 = 𝟐 = ≈ 𝟎. 𝟐𝟖
𝟏 𝟐 𝟏𝟔𝟗
𝜟𝐏 =
𝟐𝐏
𝐉 = 𝐈𝐇 molecule 𝟐 𝐦𝐯
𝟐

𝟐𝐏 79. A proton ofmass 𝐦 collides elastically with a particle of unknown mass at rest. After
⇒ 𝐈𝐰𝐚𝐥𝟏 = − 𝐉
𝟐 the collision, the proton and the unknown particle are seen moving at an angle of 𝟗𝟎∘
Pressure, 𝐏 with respect to each other. The mass ofunknown particle is: [Online April 15, 2018]
𝐦 𝐦
𝜞
=𝐀=
𝟐𝐩
𝐧 (⋅.⋅ 𝐧 = 𝐧𝐨. of particles) (a) 𝟑
(b) 𝟐
(c) 𝟐𝐧 (d) 𝐦
𝐀

𝟐 × 𝟑. 𝟑𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎 −𝟐𝟕
× 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎 𝟑 𝟐𝟑 SOLUTION : . (d)
= = 𝟐. 𝟑𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐍/𝐦𝟐
𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 Applyprinciple ofconservation ofmomentum along 𝒙‐direction,
𝒎𝒖 = 𝒎𝐯𝟏 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒𝟓∘ + 𝑴𝐯𝟐 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒𝟓∘
78. It is found that if a neutron suffers an elastic collinear collision with deuterium at rest, 𝟏
𝒎𝒖 = 𝒎𝒗𝐢 + 𝑴𝐯𝟐 ..... (i)
fractional loss ofits energy is 𝐩𝐝 ; while for its similar collision with carbon nucleus at 𝟐

rest, fractional loss of energy is 𝐏𝐜 . The values ofPdand 𝐏𝐜 are respectively: [2018] Along 𝒚‐direction,
(a) ⋅ 𝟖𝟗,⋅ 𝟐𝟖 𝐛 ⋅ 𝟐𝟖,⋅ 𝟖𝟗 𝐜 𝟎, 𝟎 (d) 𝟎, 𝟏 𝐨 = 𝒎𝐯𝟏 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟒𝟓∘ − 𝑴𝐯𝟐 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟒𝟓∘
𝟏
𝐨 = 𝒎𝐯𝟏 − 𝑴𝐯𝟐 𝟐
..... (ii)
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Protonm,𝒖𝟏 = 𝒖 Unknown massM,𝒖𝟐 = 𝟎
Before collision
After collision
𝐯𝟐 −𝐯𝟏 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟗𝟎
Coefficient of restution 𝐞 = 𝟏 = 𝒖 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒𝟓

(Collision is elastic)
𝐯𝟐 For particle A For particle 𝐁
⇒ =𝟏
𝒖 Dividing 𝐞𝐪𝐧 (i) by 𝐞𝐪𝐧 (ii),

𝟐 𝟏 𝟑
+ 𝟐
𝟐 𝟏 𝟐+ 𝟑
𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 = =
⇒ 𝒖 = 𝟐𝐯𝟐 (iii) 𝟏 𝟐 𝟏− 𝟐
−
Solving eqs (i), (ii), & (iii), we get mass of unknown particle, 𝑴 = 𝒎 𝟐

80. Two particles A and 𝐁 of equal mass 𝐌 are moving with the same speed 𝐯 as shown in
the figure. They collide completely inelastically and move as a single particle C. The 81. A neutron moving with a speed 𝐯 ↑ makes a head on collision with a stationary hydrogen
angle 𝜽 that the path of 𝐂 makes with the 𝐗‐axis is [Online April 9, 2017] atom in ground state. The minimum kinetic energy of the neutron for which inelastic
given by: collision will take place is : [Online Apri110, 2016]
(a) 𝟐𝟎. 𝟒𝐞𝐕 ( 𝐛 𝟏𝟎. 𝟐𝐞𝐕 (c) 𝟏𝟐. 𝟏𝐞𝐕 (d) 𝟏𝟔. 𝟖𝐞𝐕
SOLUTION : . (a)
𝐦𝟏
For inelastic collision 𝐯 ′ = 𝐯
𝐦𝟏 +𝐦𝟐

𝟏 𝐯
= 𝐯=
𝟏+𝟏 𝟐
𝟑+ 𝟐 𝟑− 𝟐 𝐧 → 𝐯 𝐇 Before
(a) 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 = (b) 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 =
𝟏− 𝟐 𝟏− 𝟐 𝐯
(n) 𝐇 → 𝟐 After
𝟏− 𝟐 𝟏− 𝟑
(c) 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 = 𝟐 𝟏+ 𝟑
(d) 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 = 𝟏+ 𝟐
𝟏 𝟏 𝐯 𝟐 𝟏
Loss in K.E. = 𝟐 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 − 𝟐 𝟐𝐦 𝟐
= 𝟒 𝐦𝐯 𝟐

SOLUTION : (a) K.E. lost is used tojump fiiom 1st orbit to 2nd orbit
For particle 𝐂, 𝜟𝐊. 𝐄. = 𝟏𝟎. 𝟐𝐞𝐯
According to law of conservation of linear momentum, verticle component, Minimum K.E. ofneutron for inelastic collision
2 𝐦𝐯 ′ 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 = 𝐦𝐯 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟔𝟎∘ + 𝐦𝐯 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟒𝟓∘ 𝟏
𝐦𝐯 𝟐 = 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎. 𝟐 = 𝟐𝟎. 𝟒𝐞𝐕
𝐦𝐯 𝐦𝐯 𝟑 𝟐
𝟐𝐦𝐯 ′ 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 = 𝟐
+ 𝟐
...... (i)

Horizontal component,
2 𝐦𝐯 ′ 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 = 𝐦𝐯 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟔𝟎∘ − 𝐦𝐯 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒𝟓∘
𝐦𝐯 𝐦𝐯
𝟐𝐦𝐯 ↑ 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 = 𝟐
+ 𝟐
...... (ii)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

82. Aparticle ofmass 𝐦 moving in thex direction with speed 𝟐𝒗 is hit by another particle
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
ofmass 𝟐𝒎 moving in the 𝒚 direction with speed 𝐯. Ifthe collision is perfectly inelastic, 84. Three masses m, 2mand3mare moving in x‐y plane with speed 𝟑𝐮, 𝟐𝐮 and 𝐮
the percentage loss in the energy during the collision is close to : [2015] respectively as shown in figure. The three masses collide at the same point at 𝐏 and
(a) 56% (b) 62% (c) 44% (d) 50% stick together. The velocity ofresulting mass will be: [Online Apri112, 2014]
SOLUTION :[a] 𝟐𝐮
Initial momentum of the system
𝐩𝐢 = 𝐦 𝟐𝐕 𝟐 × 𝟐𝐦 𝟐𝐕 𝟐
= 𝟐𝐦 × 𝟐𝐕
Final momentum of the system = 𝟑𝐦𝐕
By the law ofconservation ofmomentum
𝟐 𝟐𝐯 )𝐮
𝟐 𝟐𝐦𝒗 = 𝟑𝐦𝐕 ⇒ = 𝐕𝐜𝐨𝐦𝐛𝐢𝐧𝐞𝐝
𝟑 𝐮 𝐮 𝐮 𝐮
(a) 𝟏𝟐(î+ 3j) (b) 𝟏𝟐(î‐ 3j) (c) 𝟏𝟐(‐î+ 3j) d) 𝟏𝟐(‐î‐ 3j)
Loss in energy
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟐
SOLUTION : . (d)
𝜟𝐄 = 𝐦𝟏 𝐕𝟏𝟐 + 𝐦𝟐 𝐕𝟐𝟐 − 𝐦𝟏 + 𝐦𝟐 𝐕𝐜𝐨𝐦𝐛𝐦 𝐞𝐝
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 From the law of conservation ofmomentum we know that,
𝟒 𝟓 𝐦𝟏 𝐮𝟏 + 𝐦𝟐 𝐮𝟐 + ⋯ . = 𝐦𝟏 𝐯𝟏 + 𝐦𝟐 𝐯𝟐 + ⋯.
DE = 𝟑𝐦𝐯 𝟐 − 𝟑 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 = 𝟑 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓%
Given 𝐦𝟏 = 𝐦, 𝐦𝟐 = 𝟐𝐦 and 𝐦𝟑 = 𝟑𝐦
Percentage loss in energyduring the collision = 𝟓𝟔% and 𝐮𝟏 = 𝟑𝐮, 𝐮𝟐 = 𝟐𝐮 and 𝐮𝟑 = 𝐮
→
83. A bullet of mass 𝟒𝐠 is fired horizontally with a speed of 300 𝐦/𝐬 into 𝟎. 𝟖 kg block Let the velocity when they stick = 𝐯
ofwood at rest on a table. Ifthe coefficient of fiiction between the block and the table is Then, according to question,
𝟎. 𝟑, how far will the block slide approximately? [Online Apri112, 2014]
(a) 𝟎. 𝟏𝟗𝐦 (b) 𝟎. 𝟑𝟕𝟗𝐦 (c) 𝟎. 𝟓𝟔𝟗𝐦 (d) 𝟎. 𝟕𝟓𝟖𝐦
SOLUTION : (b)
Given, 𝐦𝟏 = 𝟒𝐠, 𝐮𝟏 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎𝐦/𝐬
𝐦𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝐤𝐠 = 𝟖𝟎𝟎𝐠, 𝐮𝟐 = 𝟎𝐦/𝐬
From law of conservation ofmomentum,
𝐦𝟏 𝐮𝟏 + 𝐦𝟐 𝐮𝟐 = 𝐦𝟏 𝐯𝟏 + 𝐦𝟐𝐕 𝟐 𝐦 × 𝟑𝐮 (î) +𝟐𝐦 × 𝟐𝐮 (‐îcos 𝟔𝟎∘ − 𝐣 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟔𝟎∘ )
Let the velocity of combined system = 𝐯𝐦/𝐬 then, +𝟑𝐦 × 𝐮 (‐îcos60∘ +jsin60∘) = 𝐦 + 𝟐𝐦 + 𝟑𝐦 → 𝐯
𝟒 × 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + 𝟖𝟎𝟎 × 𝟎 = 𝟖𝟎𝟎 + 𝟒 × 𝐯 𝐢 𝐢
⇒ 𝟑𝐦𝐮𝐢 − 𝟒𝐦𝐮 − 𝟒𝐦𝐮 − 𝟑𝐦𝐮
𝟏𝟐𝟎𝟎 𝟐 𝟐
𝐯= = 𝟏. 𝟒𝟗𝐦/𝐬
𝟖𝟎𝟒 𝟑
+𝟑𝐦𝐮 𝐣 = 𝟔𝐦𝐯 →
Now, 𝝁 = 𝟎. 𝟑 (given) 𝟐
𝐚 = 𝝁𝐠 𝟑 𝟑
⇒ 𝐦𝐮𝐢 − 𝟐 𝐦𝐮𝐢 − 𝐦𝐮𝐣 = 𝟔𝐦𝐯 →
𝐚 = 𝟎. 𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎 (take 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦/𝐬𝟐 ) 𝟐

= 𝟑𝐦/𝐬𝟐 𝟏 𝟑
⇒ − 𝟐 𝐦𝐮𝐢 − 𝐦𝐮𝐣 = 𝟔𝐦𝐯 →
then, from 𝐯 𝟐 = 𝐮𝟐 + 𝟐𝐚𝐬 𝟐

(1.49)2 = 𝟎 + 𝟐 × 𝟑 × 𝐬 𝐮
⇒ → 𝐯 = 𝟏𝟐(‐î‐ 3j)
𝟐
𝟏. 𝟒𝟗
𝐬=
𝟔
𝟐. 𝟐𝟐
𝐬= = 𝟎. 𝟑𝟕𝟗𝐦
𝟔
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
85. This question has statement I and statement II. Ofthe four choices given after the
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot =𝟏−
𝟏 𝟐
=𝟏− =
𝟏 𝟖
statements, choose the one that best describes the two statements. 𝟑 𝟗 𝟗
Statement‐ I: Apoint particle of mass 𝐦 moving with speed 𝐮 collides with stationary Percentage loss in energy
𝟏 𝟖
point particle of mass M. If the maximum energy loss possible is given as 𝒇 𝟐
𝐦𝐯 𝟐 = × 𝟏𝟎𝟎 = 𝟗𝟎%
𝟗
𝐦 88. Two bodies 𝑨 and 𝑩 of mass 𝒎 and 𝟐𝒎 respectively are placed on a smooth floor. They
then = .
𝐌+𝐦 are connected by a spring of negligible mass. 𝑨 third body 𝑪 of mass 𝒎 is placed on the
Statement‐ II: Maximum energy loss occurs when the particles get stuck together as a floor. The body 𝑪 moves with a velocity 𝒗𝟎 along the line joining 𝑨 and 𝑩 and collides
result ofthe collision. [2013] elastically with 𝑨. At a certain time after the collision it is found that the instantaneous
(a) Statement‐I is true, Statment‐ II is true, Statement ‐ II is the correct velocities of 𝑨 and 𝑩 are same and the compression of the spring is 𝒙𝟎 . The spring
explanation of Statement‐I. constant 𝒌 will be [Online May 12, 2012]
(b) Statement‐I is true, Statment‐ II is true, StatementII is not the correct 𝒗𝟐 𝒗 𝒗 𝟐
(a) 𝒎 𝒙𝟐𝟎 (b) 𝒎 𝟐𝒙𝟎 (c) 𝟐𝒎 𝒙𝟎 (d) 𝟑 𝒎 𝟐
explanation of Statement‐ II. 𝟎 𝟎 𝟎

(c) Statement‐I is true, Statment‐ II is false. SOLUTION : (d)

(d) Statement‐I is false, Statment‐ II is true.
SOLUTION : . (d)
𝐏𝟐 𝐏𝟐
Maximum energy loss = 𝟐𝐦 − 𝟐 𝐦+𝐌

𝐏𝟐 𝟏
[⋅.⋅ K.E. = 𝟐𝐦 = 𝟐 𝐦𝐯 𝟐 ]
𝟐
𝐏 𝐌 𝟏 𝐌
= = 𝐦𝐯 𝟐
𝟐𝐦 𝐦 + 𝐌 𝟐 𝐦+𝐌
Statement II is a case ofperfectly inelastic collision.
By comparing the equation given in statement I with above equation, we 𝐠𝐞𝐭\ 𝒗𝟎 →
𝐌 𝐦 Initial momentum of the system block (C) = 𝒎𝒗𝟎 . After striking with 𝑨, the block 𝑪 comes to
𝐟= instead of
𝐦+𝐌 𝐌+𝐦 rest and now both block A and 𝐁 moves with velocity 𝐯 when compression in sprin 𝐠 is 𝒙𝟎 .
Hence statement I is wrong and statement II is correct. By the law ofconservation oflinear momentum
86. A projectile of mass 𝑴 is fired so that the horizontal range is 4 km. At the highest point 𝒗𝟎
𝒎𝒗𝟎 = 𝒎 + 𝟐𝒎 𝒗 ⇒ 𝒗 =
the projectile explodes in two parts of masses Ml4 and 𝟑𝑴𝒍𝟒 respectively and the 𝟑
heavier part starts falling down vertically with zero initial speed. The horizontal range By the law of conservation of energy
(distance from point of firing) of the lighter part is : [Online April 23, 2013] K.E. ofblock 𝑪 = 𝐊. 𝐄. of system +𝐏. 𝐄. of system
(a) 16 km (b) 1 km (c) 10 km (d) 2 km 𝟏 𝟏 𝒗𝟎 𝟐 𝟏
𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟎 = 𝟑𝒎 + 𝒌𝒙𝟐𝟎
SOLUTION : . (c) 𝟐 𝟐 𝟑 𝟐
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
⇒ 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟎 = 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟎 + 𝒌𝒙𝟐𝟎
87. A moving particle of mass 𝒎, makes a head on elastic collision with another particle 𝟐 𝟔 𝟐
ofmass 𝟐𝒎, which is initially at rest. The percentage loss in energy of the colliding 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟎
⇒ 𝟐 𝒌𝒙𝟐𝟎 = 𝟐 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟎 − 𝟔 𝒎𝒗𝟐𝟎 =
particle on collision, is close to [Online May 19, 2012] 𝟑

(a) 33% (b) 67% (c) 𝕬)% (d) 10% 𝟐 𝟐

𝒌= 𝒎
SOLUTION : . (c) 𝟑
Fractional decrease in kinetic energy of mass 𝐦
𝟐
𝟐
𝟐−𝟏
=𝟏− =𝟏−
𝟐+𝟏

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

89. A projectile moving vertically upwards with a velocity of 200 𝐦𝐬−𝟏 breaks into two
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
91. A block ofmass 𝟎. 𝟓𝟎 kg is moving with a speed of 𝟐. 𝟎𝟎𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 on a smooth surface. It
equal parts at a height of490 𝐦. One part starts moving vertically upwards with a strikes another mass of 𝟏. 𝟎𝟎 kg and then they move together as a single body. The
velocity of400 𝐦𝐬−𝟏 . How much time it will take, after the break up with the other part energy loss during the collision is [2008]
to hit the ground? [Online May 12, 2012] (a) 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝐉 (b) 𝟏. 𝟎𝟎 𝐉 (c) 𝟎. 𝟔𝟕 𝐉 (d) 𝟎. 𝟑𝟒 𝐉
(a) 𝟐 𝟏𝟎𝐬 (b) 𝟓𝐬 (c) 10 𝐬 (d) 𝟏𝟎𝐬 SOLUTION : (c)
SOLUTION : . (c) Initial kinetic energy of the system
𝐧=𝒎 𝟏 𝟏
𝐊. 𝐄𝒋 = 𝒎𝒖𝟐 + 𝑴 𝟎 𝟐
490 𝟐 𝟐
𝐦/𝐬 (vertically) 𝟏
= × 𝟎. 𝟓 × 𝟐 × 𝟐 + 𝟎 = 𝟏𝐉
Momentum before explosion = Momentum after explosion 𝟐
𝒎 𝒎 Momentum before collision
𝒎 × 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝒋 = × 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝒋 + 𝒗
𝟐 𝟐 = Momentum after collision
𝒎 𝒎𝟏 𝒖 𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒖 𝟐 = 𝒎 + 𝑴 × 𝒗
= 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝒋 + 𝒗
𝟐 𝟐
𝟎. 𝟓 × 𝟐 + 𝟏 × 𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟓 + 𝟏 × 𝒗 ⇒ 𝒗 = 𝐦/𝐬
⇒ 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝒋 − 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝒋 = 𝒗 𝟑
𝒗=𝟎 Final kinetic energy of the system is
i. e., the velocity ofthe other part ofthe mass, 𝒗 = 𝟎 𝟏 𝟐
K.E 𝒇=𝟐 𝒎+𝑴 𝒗
Let time taken to reach the earth by this part be 𝒕
𝟏 𝟏 𝟐 𝟐 𝟏
Applying formula, 𝒉 = 𝒖𝒕 + 𝟐 𝒈𝒕𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟓 + 𝟏 × × = 𝐉
𝟐 𝟑 𝟑 𝟑
𝟏 Energy loss during collision
𝟒𝟗𝟎 = 𝟎 + × 𝟗. 𝟖 × 𝒕𝟐
𝟐 𝟏−𝟏
= 𝐉 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝟕𝐉
𝟐 𝟗𝟖𝟎 𝟑
⇒𝒕 = 𝟗.𝟖
= 𝟏𝟎𝟎

𝒕 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎 = 𝟏𝟎 𝐬𝐞𝐜 92. A bomb ofmass 𝟏𝟔𝐤𝐠 at rest explodes into two pieces of masses 4 kg and 12 𝐤𝐠. The
velolcity ofthe 12 kg mass is 4 𝐦𝐬−𝟏 . The kinetic energy ofthe other mass is [2006]
90 . Statement ‐𝟏: Two particles moving in the same direction do not lose all their energy (a) 144 𝐉 (b) 288 𝐉 (c) 192 𝐉 (d) 96 𝐉
in a completely inelastic collision. SOLUTION : . (b)
Statement −𝟐 : Principle of conservation of momentum holds true for all kinds of Let the velocity and mass of 4 kg piece be 𝒗𝟏 and 𝒎𝟏 and that of 12 kg piece be 𝒗𝟐 and 𝒎𝟐 .
collisions. [2010] Situation 1𝐎𝐥𝟔𝐤𝐠 Initial 𝐦𝐨𝐦𝐞𝐧𝐭𝐮𝐦 = 𝟎
(a) Statement‐l is true, Statement ‐𝟐 is true; Statement −𝟐 is the correct explanation 𝟒𝐤𝐠 =𝐦 𝟏
𝐯𝟏 𝝍 ∗ 𝐯𝟐 𝐦𝟐 = 𝟏𝟐𝐤𝐠𝐅𝐢𝐧𝐚𝟏𝐦𝐨𝐦𝐞𝐧𝐭𝐮𝐦 = 𝐦𝟐 𝐯𝟐 − 𝐦𝟏 𝐯𝟏
of Statement ‐𝟏. 𝐀𝐩𝐩𝐥𝐲𝐢𝐒𝐢𝐭𝐮𝐚𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧𝟐 𝐧𝐠𝐜onservation oflinear momentum
(b) Statement‐l is true, Statement ‐𝟐 is true; Statement ‐𝟐 is not the correct 𝟏𝟔 × 𝟎 = 𝟒 × 𝒗𝟏 + 𝟏𝟐 × 𝟒
explanation of Statement‐l 𝟏𝟐×𝟒
⇒ 𝒗𝟏 = − = −𝟏𝟐𝒎𝒔−𝟏
(c) Statement‐l is false, Statement ‐𝟐 is true. 𝟒

(d) Statement‐l is true, Statement ‐𝟐 is false. Kinetic energy of 4 kg mass

SOLUTION : . (a) 𝟏 𝟏
𝑲. 𝑬. = 𝒎 𝒗𝟐 = × 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝑱
In completely inelastic collision, all initial kinetic energy is not lost but loss in kinetic energy 𝟐 𝟏 𝟏 𝟐
15 as large as it can be. Linear momentum remain conserved in all types of collision. Statement
‐𝟐 explains statement ‐𝟏 correctly because applying the principle of conservation
ofmomentum, we can get the common velocity and hence the kinetic energy of the combined
body.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
93. The block ofmassMmoving on the fiiictionless horizontal surface collides with the
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
spring of spring constant 𝒌 and compresses it by length 𝑳. The maximum momentum of

𝒌𝑳𝟐 𝑴𝑳𝟐 Squaring and adding eqns. (1) and(2) we get

(a) (b) 𝑴𝒌𝑳 (c) (d) zero
𝟐𝑴 𝒌 𝒗𝟐 𝟐
𝒗𝟏𝟐 = 𝒗𝟐 + ⇒ 𝒗𝟏 = 𝒗
SOLUTION : . (b) 𝟑 𝟑
When the spring gets compressed by length L.
K.E. lost bymass 𝐌 = 𝐏. 𝐄. stored in the compressed spring. 95. Consider the following two statements : [2003] A Linear momentum of a system of
particles is zero B. Kinetic energy of a system of particles is zero.
Then
(a) A does not imply 𝑩 and 𝑩 does not imply 𝑨
(b) 𝑨 implies 𝑩 but 𝑩 does not imply 𝑨
Momentum ofthe block, = 𝑴 × 𝒗 (c) 𝑨 does not imply 𝑩 but 𝑩 implies 𝑨
(d) 𝑨 implies 𝑩 and 𝑩 implies 𝑨
𝒌
= 𝑴× ⋅ 𝑳 = 𝒌𝑴 ⋅ 𝑳 SOLUTION : . (c)
𝑴
Kinetic energy of a system of particle is zero only when the speed of each particles is zero. This
implies momentum ofeach particle is zero, thus linear momentum of the system of particle has
94. A mass ‘m’ moves with a velocity ‘v’ and collides inelastically with another to be zero.
identical mass. After collision Also iflinear momentum of the system is zero it does not mean linear momentum ofeach
𝒗 particle is zero. This is because linear momentum is a vector quantity. In this case the kinetic
the 𝟏𝐬𝐭 mass moves with velocity in a direction perpendicular to the initial direction
𝟑
energy of the system ofparticles will not be zero.
ofmotion. Find the speed of the 𝟐 𝐧𝐝
mass after collision. [↔𝒎 ∙ 𝒎 ↓ 𝒗/ 𝟑 after A does not imply 𝐁 but 𝐁 implies A.
before collision [2005] Given, force, 𝑭 = 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝐍 extension ofwire, 𝒙 = 𝟏𝐦𝐦.

𝒗 𝟐
(a) 𝟑𝒗 (b) 𝒗 (c) (d) 𝒗
𝟑 𝟑

SOLUTION : . (d)
Considering conservation ofmomentum along x‐direction,
𝒎𝒗 = 𝒎𝒗𝟏 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 (1)
where 𝒗𝟏 is the velocity of second mass
In 𝒚‐direction,
𝒎𝒗
𝟎= − 𝒎𝒗𝟏 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽
𝟑
𝒎𝒗
or 𝒎𝟏 𝒗𝟏 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 = 𝟑
(2)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SYSTERM OF PARTICLES AND ROTATIONAL MOTION

CENTRE OF MASS 1: If the distance between the centres of the atoms of potassium and bromine in KBr
C.M is the point which behaves as if total mass of the body is supposed to be concentrated at (potassium-bromide) molecule is 0.282  10 9 m , find the centre of mass of this two particle
that point. This point may lie inside or outside the material of body, but always lies within the system from potassium mass of bromine = 80 u, and of potassium = 39 u)
space occupied by the body.
Sol: Let position co-ordinate of potassium, xk  0
Mass may exist or may not exist at the location of centre of mass.
Position co-ordinate of bromine,
Centre of gravity: The point through which weight of the body acts is called centre of gravity.
xBr  0.282  10 9 m .
Coordinates of C.M.
 Position co-ordinate of centre of mass.
Coordinates of C.M. of a system of ‘n’ particles
mk xk  mBr xBr
m1x1  m2x2  ......+mnxn xc 
Xcm = mk  mBr
m1  m2 ......  mn
39  0  80  0.282  10 9
m1 y1  m2y2  ......+mn yn  xc 
Ycm = 39  80
m1  m2 ......  mn
 xc  0.189  109 m .
m1 z1  m2z2  ......+mn zn 2: Two blocks of masses 10 kg and 30 kg are placed on x-axis. The first mass is moved
Zcm = on the axis by a distance of 2 cm right. By .what distance should the second mass be
m1  m2  ......  mn
moved to keep the position of centre of mass unchanged.
Case-1: Position of C.M. of two particle system: Sol:
In case of two bodies, the ratio of distance of centre of mass from the bodies is in the
inverseratio of their masses. If m1 and m2 are masses of two bodies separated by a
distance ‘d’ then
d1 m 2
m1d1  m 2 d 2  or  
d 2 m1
Mass of the first block, m1  10 kg .
Mass of the second block, m2  30 kg .

m1x1  m2 x2
xcm 
m1  m2
Thus C.M. locates near to heavier body. 10  2  30x2
0 .
In figure, d  d1  d 2 . 40
On solving, m1d1  m2 d 2 2
x2   . Therefore the second block should be moved left through a distance of
m1d1  m2   d  d1  3

m2 d m1 d 2
cm to keep the position of centre of mass unchanged.
 d1 = m  m and d2 = m  m 3
1 2 1 2

d1 , d2 are the distances of CM from m1 , m2.

3.When ‘n’ number of particles of masses m, 2m,3m,....nm are at distances
x1  1, x2  2, x3  3....xn  n units respectively from origin on the x-axis, then find the
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
distance of centre of mass of the system from origin.
1  a  r  1  a  r  1
n n

xcm   
Sol: n  r  1  n  r  1
m 1  2m  2   3m  3  ...   nm  n If r  1 then
xcm 
m  2m  3m  ...  nm
1  a 1  r   a 1  r 
n n

m 12  22  32  ....  n 2  xcm   

xcm  n  1  r  n 1  r 
m 1  2  3  ....  n  6.A 1m long rod having a constant cross sectional area is made of four materials.
The first 0.2 m are made of iron, the next 0.3 m of lead, the following 0.2 m of
 n  n  1 2 n  1  aluminium and the remaining part is made of copper. Find the centre of mass of
  the rod. The densities of iron, lead, auminium and copper are
xcm  
6   2n  1
 n  n  1  3 . 7.9  103 kg / m3 , 11.4  103 kg / m3 ,
 
 2  2.7  103 kg / m3 and 8.9  103 kg / m3
respectively.
4 When‘n’ number of particles of masses m, 2m,3m,....nm are at Sol:
distances x1  1, x2  4, x3  9,...xn  n 2 units respectively from origin on the x-axis, then
find the distance of their centre of mass from origin.
Sol:
m 1  2m  4   3m  9   ....  nm  n 2 
xcm 
m  2m  3m  ....  nm
m 1  23  33  .....  n3 
 mass  m   volume  v   density  d 
m 1  2  3  ....  n 
m  Area  A  length  l   density  d 
 n  n  1 
2
m  Ald .
 

2   n  n  1 Mass of iron part, m1  A  0.2  7.9  103  1.58  103 A .
n  n  1 2 .
Mass of lead part, m2  A  0.3  11.4  103  3.42  103 A .
2 Mass of aluminium part,
5.When ‘n’ number of particles each of mass ‘ m ’ a r e a t d i s t a n c e s m3  A  0.2  2.7  103  0.54  103 A .
x1  a, x2  ar , x3  ar 2 ....xn  ar n units
from origin on the x-axis, then find the Mass of copper part,
distance of their centre of mass from origin. m4  A  0.3  8.9  103  2.67  103 A .
ma  m  ar   m  ar   ....  m  ar2 n
 Co-ordinate of iron part from end “O” of the rod x1  0.1 m .
Sol: xcm 
m  m  m  ...  m  nterms  Co-ordinate of lead part from end “O” of the rod x2  0.35 m .

m  a  ar  ar  ....  ar rod, x3  0.6 m .

xcm 
2 n
 Co-ordinate of aluminium part from end “O” of the

mn Co-ordinate of copper part from end “O” of the rod, x4  0.85 m .

If r  1 then  Centre of mass of the rod,

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

m1 x1  m2 x2  m3 x3  m4 x4
Xc 
m1  m2  m3  m4

 Xcm 
1.58 10  0.1  3.42 10  0.35  0.54 10  0.6  2.67 10  0.85 A
3 3 3 3

1.5810  3.42 10  0.5410  2.67 10  A

3 3 3 3

 X cm  0.481 m from the end “O” of the rod.

7: If the centre of mass of three particles of masses of 1kg, 2kg, 3kg is at (2,2,2), then
where should a fourth particle of mass 4kg be placed so that the combined
centre of mass may be at (0,0,0).
Sol. Let  x1 , y1 , z1  ,  x2 , y2 , z2  and  x3 , y3 , z3  be the positions of masses 1kg, 2kg, 3kg

and let the co-ordinates of centre of mass of the three particle system is  xcm , ycm , zcm 
respectively. Sol: From figure
m x  m2 x2  m3 x3 DC  b sin  , OD  b cos .
xcm  1 1
m1  m2  m3 m1 x1  m2 x2  m3 x3  m4 x4
xcm 
1 x1  1 x2  1 x3 m1  m2  m3  m4
2 ,
1 2  3
 a  b cos  b sin
 or  x1  2 x2  3x3  12 .............(1) xcm  , similarly ycm 
2 2
Suppose the fourth particle of mass 4kg is placed at  x4 , y4 , z4  so that centre of mass
 a  b cos  b sin  
of new system shifts to (0,0,0).   xcm , ycm  =  ,
2 
 2
For X co-ordinate of new centre of mass we have
.
1 x1  2  x2  3  x3  4  x4 Case-4: Centre of mass of a system of ‘n’ particles in (Three dimensional)
0
1 2  3  4 Space:
 x1  2 x2  3 x3  4 x4  0 ..........(2) Consider n-particles in space having masses w i t h
from equations (1) and (2) cordinates.  x1 , y1 , z1  ,  x2 , y2 , z2  ......  xn , yn , zn  respectively, then distance of centre of mass
12  4 x4  0  x4  3
from origin in space is d  2
xcm  ycm
2
 zcm
2

similarly, y4  3 and z4  3
n n n
Therefore 4kg should be placed at (-3,-3,-3).  mi xi  mi y i  mi zi
Where xcm  i 1
, y cm  i 1 , z cm  i 1

M M M
Case-3: Center of mass of a system of particles in
(two dimensional) Plane: Case-5: Position vector of Centre of mass:
   
Let r1 , r2 , r3 ,....., rn be the position vectors of n-particles having masses m1,m2,......,mn
Consider n-particles in x-y plane having masses m1 , m2 ,...., mn with co-ordinates 
respectively. If rc.m. is position vector of their C.M., then
 x , y  ,  x , y  ,.....,  x , y  respectively.The distance of centre of mass from origin in a n

m r
1 1 2 2 n n
  
 m r  m2 r2  ......  mn rn i 1
plane is d  2
xcm  ycm
2
rc.m.  1 1  i 1

m1  m2  ......  mn M
n n

 mi xi mi yi  
Where r1  x1iˆ  y1 ˆj  z1kˆ, r2  x2iˆ  y2 ˆj  z2 kˆ,

,....., rn  xn iˆ  yn ˆj  zn kˆ
where x  i 1 and y  i 1

 rcm  xcmiˆ  ycm ˆj  zcmkˆ

cm cm
M M

8.Find position of centre of mass of four particle system, which are at the vertices
of a parallelogram, as shown in figure.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
dvcm 1 n dvi
MOTION OF CENTRE OF MASS a cm    mi
dt M i1 dt
(a) Velocity of centre of mass  v cm  :
m1 a1  m 2 a 2  ...  m n a n 1 n
a cm    mi a i
If v1,v2,...., vn are velocities of particles of masses m1  m 2  ...  m n M i1
m1, m 2 ,...m n respectively and vcm is velocity of their centre of mass then Where M  m1  m2  ...  m n  Total mass of a system.
dr cm 1 n  dr i  When two particles of masses m1 and m 2 are moving from a point with accelerations a1 and
vcm    mi  
dt M i1  dt  a 2 at an angle  with each other, then the acceleration of their centre of mass is given
m v1  m 2 v2  ...  m n v n m12 a12  m 22a 22  2  m1a1  m 2a 2  cos 
vcm  1
m1  m 2  ...  m n by a cm 
m1  m 2
1 n
  m i vi m1a1  m 2 a 2
M i1 f they move in the same direction, then   0 and a cm 
m1  m 2
where M  m1  m2  ...  mn = Total mass of the system.
m12a12  m 22a 22
When two particles of masses m1 and m 2 aremoving from a point with velocities v1 and v2 at
If they move at right angles to each other, then   900 and a cm  m1  m 2
an angle ‘  ’ with each other, then the velocity of their centre of mass is given by
m1a1  m 2a 2
m12 v12  m 22 v22  2  m1v1  m 2 v2  cos  If they move in opposite directions, then   180 and then a cm  m1  m 2
vcm 
 m1  m2 
9.An object A is dropped from rest the top of a 30m high building and at the same
m1v1  m 2 v 2 moment another object B is projected vertically upwards with an inital speed
If they move in the same direction, then   0 and vcm 
m1  m 2 of 15m/s from the base of the building. Mass of the object A is 2kg while mass of
the object B is 4kg. Find the maximum height above the ground level attained
m12 v12  m 22 v2 2 by the centre of mass of the A and B system (take g = 10m/s2)
f they move at right angles to each other, then   90 and vcm 
m1  m 2 Sol. m1  4kg , m2  2kg

m v  m 2 v2 Initially 4kg is on the ground, therefore x1  0

f they move in opposite directinos, then   180 and vcm  1 1
m1  m 2 2kg is on top of the building, therefore x2  30m
(b)Linear momentum of centre of mass  p cm  : m1 x1  m2 x2 0  2  30
xc m    10m
If p1, p2 ,...., pn are linear momenta of particles of masses m1, m 2 ,...m n respectively and pcm is m1  m2 42
n
Initital height of CM = 10m
linear momentum of their centre of mass then p cm  p1  p 2  ...  p n   p i , m1u1  m2u2
i 1 Initial velocity of CM, ucm  m1  m2
n
pcm  Mvcm   mi vi  Psystem 4  15  0
i 1 ucm   10m / s upward
42
M  m1  m2  ...  m n  Total mass of the system.
Acceleration of CM, ac m  g  10m / s 2 downwards
(c) Acceleration of centre of mass  a cm  : Maximum height attained by CM from initial
If a1, a2 ,....., an are accelerations of particles of masses m1, m2 ....mn respectively and acm is 2
ucm 102
the acceleration of their centre of mass then position, hc m    5m
2g 20

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Maximum height attained by CM of 4kg and 2kg from the ground = 10+5=15m Characteristics of centre of mass
1.Centre of mass of system of particles depend on mass of particles and their relative positions.
10.Find the acceleration of centre of mass of the blocks of masses 2. For continuous distribution of mass, centre of mass depends on mass distribution and
m1 and m2  m1  m2  in Atwood’s machine. shape of the body.
Sol. We know from Newton’s laws of motion magnitude of acceleration of each block Sum of moments of masses about centre of mass is zero i.e., m r
i
i i 0

3. Centre of mass is independent of frame of reference chosen to locate it.

4.Mass need not be present at centre of mass.
5.The motion of centre of mass is purely translational.
6.External forces only can effect the motion of C.M., but internal forces have no effect.
7.The motion of centre of mass is according to Newton’s 2 nd law.

Examples for the motion of centre of mass

 m  m2  m a  m2   a 
a 1 g ac m  1 (a) When a bomb at rest at origin of xyz-coordinate system explodes due to internal forces into
 m1  m2  m1  m2 many ragments. These fragments fly off randomly with different velocities in different directions.
2 But C.M. is not effected and remains at rest at the origin.
 m  m2 
Acceleration of centre of mass ac m   1  g   m i ri  0 , where ri is position vector of i th particle about origin.
 m1  m2 

1 (b) A bomb is projected on the ground to follow parabolic path. When it explodes during the
Note: The magnitude of displacement of centre ofmass in time ‘t’ is Sc m  ac m t 2 motiondue to internal forces into many fragments, they move randomly in different directions.
2
But the centre of mass follows the same parabolic path as unexploded bomb. So at any
Effect of external forces on C.M. moment the vector sum of the moments of mass of all the fragments about centre of mass is zero.
(c) When a wheel is rolling on a road, then the paths of various particles are complicated as they
1
We know a cm   mi a i
M i
are in combined motion (translational + rotational). But the motion of centre of mass is purely
translational and it follows straight line path.
Note: Gravitational force between two masses, electric force between two charges are the
Therefore Ma cm   Fext   Fint examples of internal forces for the system, Which cannot produce acceleration in centre
But the internalforces are in the form of of mass of the system.
action - reaction pairs. Hence they cancel each other. Thus Fint 0

 Ma cm   Fext Mutual forces between two bodies :

When two particles approach each other due to their mutual interaction, then they always
Thus centre of mass is effected by only external force acting on the system. Internal
meet at their centre of mass.
forces will have no effect on the motion of centre of mass.
To a system of particles m1(x1y1), m2(x2y2) another particle of mass m3 is added so that
W hen no external force acts on the system
then (m1 x1  m2x2 )
centre of mass shifts to the origin then coordinates of third particle arex3 =  ;
a) acceleration of centre of mass is zero i.e., m3
Fext  Ma cm  Ma cm  O  a cm  O .  m1 y1  m2 y2 
y3 
b) Velocity of centre of mass is constant m3
vcm = constant In a system of two particles of mass m1 and m2 ,
c) Linear momentum of the system is constant
when m1 is pushed towards m2 through a distance d then shift in m2 towards m1 without altering
pcm = constant. It is called the law of conservation of linear momentum.
m1
C.Mposition is m d .
2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
A boy of mass m is at one end of a flat boat of mass M and length l which floats stationary C.M shifts towards the side of added mass
on water. If boy moves to the other end, the boat moves through a distance d in the opposite b) Removal of mass : Due to removal of mass the C.M of a system shifts away from the
ml region where mass is removed. If C1 is C.M of the body before removal and C2 is the C.M of the
direction with respect to ground (or shore), such that d  M  m .
  removed part and C1C2  d then
Ml
The displacement of boy with respect to ground is d1   mremoved  d 
 M  m X shift   
 M initial  mremoved 
A boy of mass m is standing on a flat boat floating stationary on the surface of water. If the boy
‘  ’ indicates CM shifts opposite to the side of removed massOut of a uniform circular disc of
starts moving on the boat with velocity Vr with respect to boat, then radius R, if a circular sheet of radius ‘r’ is removed, then the centre of massof remaining part shifts
mVr r 2 d
Velocity of the boat w.r.t. ground is V  , by a distance
M m R2  r 2
‘  ’ indicates boat moves opposite to the velocity of the boy. where ‘d’ is the distance of the C.M. of the removed part from the centre of the original disc.
MVr In this case the circular sheet is removed from the edge of disc, then the shift in centre of mass is
Velocity of boy w.r.t. ground is V 
1

M m maximum. Here d  Rr.

11: A 10kg boy standing in a 40kg boatfloating on water is 20m from the shore
of the river. If he moves 8 meters on the boat towards the shore, then how far is
he from the shore now?
Sol. Mass of the boy (m)=10kg
Mass of the boat (M)=40kg r 2
Maximum shift =
Distance travelled by boy (l)=8m Rr
Distance travelled by the boat in the 2.Out of a uniform solid sphere of radius R, if a sphere of radius ‘r’, is removed, then the centre
ml 10  8
opposite direction    1.6m r 3 d
M  m 10  40
Distance of the boy from the shore is  
of mass of the ramaining part shifts by R 3  r 3 ,

(20-8+1.6) = 13.6m where ‘d’ isthe distance of the C.M. of removed part from thecentre of the original sphere. In this
case spherical cavity is made at the edge of large sphere,
Shift in centre of mass in different cases:
Shift is the distance of final location of centre of mass of the system from its initial location.
Shift in the centre of mass generally occurs due to
a) Addition of matter
b) Removal of matter
c) Change in shape r 3  R  r 
d) Change in mass distribution
then shift in C.M. is maximum. It is given by
R 3
 r3  .
3.To a circular disc of radius R1 another of radius R2 and of the same material is added then shift
a) Addition of mass : Due to addition of mass, the C.M of a system generally shifts
towards or into the region where mass is added. If C1 is C.M before addition and C2 is the C.M of
added mass and C1 C2  d .,then

 madded  d 
X shift   
 minitial  madded 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2
R2 (R 1  R 2 ) r x Rx
 r
in the CM is x = 2 2 R h h
R1  R 2

 dm x    r  dx  x
h
2
4.If two spheres of same material and radii r1 and r2 are kept in contact, distance of centre of
xc m  0

 dm
h
mass from the centre of the first sphere is equal to
  r dx 
2
0

r23
 r1  r2  . h  R2 x2 
r13  r23 0  2  x dx
 h  
h
x 3 dx
 2 2
 0
h
h R x
r13 0 h2 dx  x 2 dx
Similarly distance of centre of mass from the centre of the second sphere is  r1  r2  . 0

r  r23
1
3

h
The location of C.M. of system depends on the mass distribution within the system. Due to this  x4  h4
the location of C.M. changes whenever the shape of system changes and also the relative positions  
  4 0  4  3h
of particles change. h
h3 4
 x3 
Methods to locate C.M:   3
 3 0
Locating the Centre of Mass can be done in four different ways. They are
1) Method of symmetry 3h
Therefore, centre of mass of cone is at a distance from vertex on its line of symmetry..
2) Method of Decomposition 4
13: If the linear density of a rod of length L varies as   A  Bx , find the position of its
3) Method using theorems of Pappu’s
centre of mass.
4) Method of integration Sol. Let the x-axis be along the length of the rod and origin at one of its ends. As rod is
For continuous distribution of mass, the coordi inates of centre of mass are given by along x-axis, for all points on it y and z coordinates are zero.

xcm 
 xdm ; y 
 ydm ; z 
 zdm
.
 dm  dm  dm
cm cm

12. Distance of centre of mass of a uniform cone of height ‘h’ and base radius R,
3h
from the vertex on the line of symmetryis .
4
Sol. Consider a cone of height ‘h’ base radius ‘R’ and density  . To find centre of mass of the
cone imaging a small element of radius ‘r’ and thickness ‘dx’ at a distance x from ‘O’. Mass of
small element, dm   r 2  dx  Centre of mass will be on the rod. Now consider an element of rod of length dx at a distance
x from the origin, then dm   dx   A  Bx  dx
L L

X cm 
 x dm   x  A  Bx  dx
0 0
or
L L
from figure  dm   A  Bx  dx
0 0
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
AL2 BL3 l
 2M 0   M  
3  3 AL  2 BL  L  3 A  2 BL 
2
X cm  2 x3  2  l  x3 
l
BL2 3  2 A  BL  3  2 A  BL  3M 6 6
AL 
2 l l
14: Identical blocks each of mass M and length L are placed one above the other similarly x4  , x5  ,........
8 10
such that each extends out by maximum length as shown in figure. Find the
maximum extension of the nth block from the top. So that the blocks will not fall. l
for nth block xn 
2n
Note-1: When the above blocks are arranged in such a manner, that each block projects out
Sol. For a two block system, the centre of mass (C1) of upper block should be at the edge of by same distance, so that the blocks will not fall then the distance of projection of each block
l l
lower block i.e. at distance. But if center of mass of upper block is not resting on the lower form the edge of its bottom block is   .
2 n
block then, the upper block falls down because of unbalaned torque created by gravitational
force.

Note-2: If the entire system is placed at the edge of a table, so that the blocks will not fall then
 l 
If a third block (EF) is arranged below the two blocks then the equal distance of projection of each block from the edge of its bottom block is  
 n 1

The centre of mass (C2) of (AB) and (CD) block system must lie on the edge E of third
block. To find x2 consider C as origin. Then
l
M  0  M  
x2  2  l
2M 2
l l
x2  So, center of mass of upper two blocks is at distance from edge of lower block.
4 4
Also, ifanother block (GH) is placed below the three blocks in equilibrium, then

The center of mass (C3) of the upper three block must lie on the edge of the lower fourth
block i.e. at G. To find x3 consider E as origin.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

POSITION OF CENTRE OF POSITION OF CENTRE OF
S.NO SHAPE OF THE BODY FIGURE S.NO SHAPE OF THE BODY FIGURE
MASS MASS

1 Circular ring At the centre of the ring


sin  
An arc of radius R 2R
At a distance of
subtending an angle  2
2 Circular disc A the centre of the disc  at its centre from its centre of curvature
Of curvature on the axis of symmetry
Thin uniform straight
2R  
3 At the geometric centre OC  sin  
rod   2
11
2R
At a distance of from its
i) A semi-circle of 
4 Triangular plate At the centroid
radius ‘R’ centre on the axis of
symmetry
At the point of intersection 4R
5 Square plate At a distance of from
of the diagonals ii) A quadrant of a  2
circle of radius ‘R’ its centre ‘o’ on the axis of
symmetry
At the point of intersection
6 Rectangular plate
of the diagonals
4R
At a distance of from its
12 Semi-circular disc 3
Hollow or solid centre ‘o’ on the axis of
7 At the centre of the sphere
sphere symmetry
3R
At a distance of from its
h 13 Solid hemi-sphere 8
At a height of , from the centre ‘o’ on the axis of
8 Hollow cone 3 symmetry
base R
Hollow hemi-sphere At a distance of from its
14 (or) 2
Hemi-spherical shell centre ‘o’ on the axis of
Solid cone h symmetry
At a height of from the
9 or 4
Pyramid base
At its centre within the
15 Horse-shoe magnet
boundary limits

Solid (or) hollow At the mid-point of its own At a distance of

10
cylinder axis
Semi-Circular 4  R12  R1 R2  R22 
16 OC 
annular plate 3  R1  R2 
from its centre of symmetry
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
16.Find position vectors of mass center of a system of three particle of masses 1 kg, 2
y
kg and 3 kg located at position vectors r1   4 iˆ  2 ˆj  3 kˆ  m, r2   iˆ  4 ˆj  2 kˆ  m and 2 r sin   / 4  4 2 r
OC  
3 / 4 3 yc C


r3  2 iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ  m respectively..
/ 4
Solution. O xc x
From eq. , we have

 m i ri
rc  ® rc 
    
 1 4 iˆ  2 ˆj  3 kˆ  2 iˆ  4 ˆj  2 kˆ  3 2 iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ  2
 2 ˆi  2 ˆj  kˆ Coordinates of the mass center (xc, yc) are  , 
 4r 4r 
M 1 2 3 3 3 3 

17.Find coordinates of mass center of a quarter ring of radius r placed in the first 20.Find coordinates of mass center of a uniform semicircular plate of radius r placed
quadrant of a Cartesian coordinate system, with centre at origin. symmetric to the y-axis of a Cartesian coordinate system, with centre at origin.
Solution. Solution.
Making use of the result obtained in the previous example, distance The y-axis is the line of symmetry, therefore mass
y center of the plate lies on it making x-coordinate
zero.
r sin   / 4  2 2 r yc C
OC of the mass center form the center is OC   Distance OC of mass center from center is given by
/ 4 
/ 4 the result obtained in example 7. Making use of this
O xc x
 2r 2r  result, we have
Coordinates of the mass center (xc, yc) are  , 
 
2 r sin  2 r sin   / 2  4 r
OC  ® yc  
18.Find coordinates of mass center of a semicircular ring of radius r placed symmetric 3 3 / 2 3 y
to the y-axis of a Cartesian coordinate system.
C
Solution. yc
/ 2
The y-axis is the line of symmetry, therefore mass center of the ring O x

y
lies on it making x-coordinate zero. 21. Find coordinates of mass center of a non-uniform rod of length L whose linear
C mass density l varies as l=a+bx, where x is the distance from the lighter end.
Distance OC of mass center from center is given by yc
Solution.
the result obtained in example 4. Making use of this / 2
y
result, we have O x Assume the rod lies along the x-axis with its lighter end on the dm = dx 

O xc x
r sin  r sin   / 2  2 r dx x=L
OC  ® yc   origin to make mass distribution equation consistent
 / 2 
with coordinate system.
19.Find coordinates of mass center of a quarter sector of a uniform disk of radius r
L L
placed in the first quadrant of a Cartesian coordinate system with centre at origin.
 xdm ® x 
 x dx   x ax  b  dx
0 0

2 aL  3 b  L
Making use of eq. , we have x c  c L L
3  aL  2 b 
Solution. M  dx  ax  b  dx
0 0

Making use of the result obtained in the previous

22.A jeep of mass 2400 kg is moving along a straight stretch of road at 80 km/h. It is
example, distance OC of the mass center form the followed by a car of mass 1600 kg moving at 60 km/h.
center is
(a) How fast is the center of mass of the two cars moving?

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

(b) Find velocities of both the vehicles in centroidal frame.
vc 

 
m i v i 2 3 iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ  3 iˆ  ˆj  2 kˆ


3 iˆ  ˆj  4 kˆ 
  m i 23 5
m/s
 m jeep v jeep  m car v car
Solution.(a) Velocity of the mass center vc 
m jeep  m car 
Location rco of the mass center at the instant t = 0 s

Assuming direction of motion in the positive x-direction, we have 

 m i ri
rc   
rco 
  
2 2 iˆ  ˆj  4 kˆ  3 2 iˆ  3 ˆj  6 kˆ


2 iˆ  7 ˆj  26 kˆ
  m i 2 3 5
 m jeep v jeep  m car v car  2400  80  1600  60
vc  ® vc   72 km/h 
m jeep  m car 2400  1 600 New location rc of the mass center at the instant t = 10 s

(b) Velocity of the jeep in centroidal frame v jeep / c  80  72  8 km/h in positive x-direction.     2 iˆ  7 ˆj  26 kˆ 3 iˆ  ˆj  4 kˆ 32 ˆi  17 ˆj  14 kˆ
rc  rco  v c t  rc    10 
5 5 5
Velocity of the car in centroidal frame v car / c  60  72  12 km/h 12 km/h negative x-
New location (x, y, z) of the second particle.
direction direction.

 m iri  
3 2 iˆ  1 7 ˆj  1 4 kˆ 2 6 iˆ  8 ˆj  6 kˆ  3 xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ  
v 1   2.0 iˆ  3 .0 ˆj  m/s, and a 3.0 kg particle
23.A 2.0 kg particle has a velocity of 
has a rc   
m i 5 2 3
v 2  1.0 iˆ  6.0 ˆj  m/s.

velocity Solving the above equation, we obtain the coordinates of the second particle (20/3, –11,
(a) How fast is the center of mass of the particle system moving? –2/3)

(b) Find velocities of both the particles in centroidal frame. 25.Find the x coordinate of the centre of mass of the bricks shown in figure :
Solution. y
 
(a) Velocity of the mass center  m v  m 2v 2
vc  1 1 
m1  m 2  6 m
 4 m
 
2  2.0 ˆi  3.0 ˆj   3 1.0 iˆ  6.0 ˆj 
 m v  m 2v 2 2 m
 1.4 iˆ  2.4 ˆj  m/s
vc  1 1  m
m1  m 2 ® vc  x
2 3
(b) Velocity of the first particle in centroidal frame Solution

v 1 / c   2.0 iˆ  3.0 ˆj   1 .4 iˆ  2.4 ˆj   0 .6  iˆ  ˆj  m/s

   
v1 / c  v1  v c ®

Velocity of the second particle in centroidal frame

             
m   m    m     m    
v 2 / c  1.0 iˆ  6.0 ˆj   1.4 iˆ  2 .4 ˆj     0 .4 iˆ  3.6 ˆj  m/s
    2 2 2 2 4 2  2 4 6 2  25
v 2 / c  v1  v c ® X cm   
mmmm 24
24.Two particles of masses 2 kg and 3 kg are moving under their mutual interaction in
free space. At an instant they were observed at points (-2 m, 1 m, 4 m) and (2 m, - 26.If the distance between the centres of the atoms of potassium and bromine in KBr
(potassium -bromide) molecule is 0.282 ×10–9m, find the centre of mass of this two particle
3 m, 6 m) with velocities  3 ˆi  2 ˆj  kˆ  m/s and  ˆi  ˆj  2kˆ  m/s respectively. If after 10
system from potassium (mass of bromine = 80 u, and of potassium = 39 u).
sec, the first particle passes the point (6 m, 8 m, -6 m), find coordinate of the Solution: Mass of bromine, mBr = 80 units
point where the second particle passes at this instant?
Mass of potassium, mK = 39 units
Solution. Position co-ordinate of potassium, xk = 0
System of these two particles is in free, therefore no external forces act on them. There total Position co-ordinate of bromine, xBr = 0.282 × 10–9m
linear momentum remains conserved and their mass center moves with constant velocity y-axis
relative to an inertial frame.
Velocity of the mass center cm Br
K
0.282 ×10–9m x-axis
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 Position co-ordinate of centre of mass, 30.Two blocks of masses 10 kg and 30 kg are placed on x - axis. The first mass is moved
m x  m Br x Br 39  0  80  0.282  109 on the axis by a distance of 2 cm. By what distance should the second mass be moved
xc  k k  xc 
m k  m Br 39  80 to keep the position of centre of mass unchanged.
 xc = 0.189 × 10–9 m Solution: mass of the first block, m1 = 10kg
27.When ‘n’ number of particles of masses m, 2m, 3m,..... nm are at distances x1=1, x2 =2, mass of the second block, m2 = 30 kg
x3 = 3, ...... xn = n units respectively from origin on the x-axis, then find the distance of Let x1 and x1 are positions of m1
centre of mass of the system from origin. x2 adn x1 are positions of m2
Solution:
m(1)  2m(2)  3m(3)  ........  (nm)n
x cm 
m  2m  3m  ........  nm y-axis

m(12  22  32  ......  n 2 )
x cm 
m(1  2  3  .......  n)
(0,0) (2,0) cm x1 , 0 (x,0) x-axis
 n ( n  1)(2 n  1) 
  2n  1

6 
X cm
 n ( n  1)  3 m 1 x1  m 2 x 2
In this case if ‘xcm’ is the position of centre of mass then x cm 
 
 2 
m1  m 2
28.When ‘n’ number of particles each of mass ‘m’ are at distances x1=1, x2=2, x3=3, ......xn=n m 1x1  m 2 x 2
units from origin on the x-axis, then find the distance of their centre of mass from origin. then the new position of CM when blocks are shifted x cm  m1  m 2
m(1)  m(2)  m(3)  .......  m(n)
Solution: x cm  subtracting the above equations
m  m  m  .......  m(n terms)
m1 x1  x1   m 2 x 2  x 2 
 n ( n  1)  x cm  x cm 
m (1  2  3  .......  n )
m  m1  m 2
  
2

nm nm m x  m 2 x 2
x cm  1 1
m1  m 2

n 1 10  2  30x 2
x cm  0  x 2   2 3 Therefore the second block should be moved left
2 40
2
through a distance of cm to keep the position of centre of mass unchanged.
29.When ‘n’ number of particles each of mass ‘m’ are at distances x1=a, x2 = ar, x3 = ar2..... 3
xn = arn units from origin on the x-axis, then find the distance of their centre of mass
from origin.
Solution: 31.A 1 m long rod having a constant cross sectional area is made of four materials. The
ma  m(ar)  m(ar 2 )  ......  m(ar n )
x cm 
m  m  m  ......  m(n terms)
first 0.2 m are made of iron, the next 0.3 m of lead, the following 0.2m of aluminium and
m(a  ar  ar 2  ......  ar n ) the remaining part is made of copper. Find the centre of mass of the rod. The densities
x cm 
mn of iron, lead, aluminium and copper are 7.9 × 103kg/m3,11.4 × 103 kg/m3, 2.7 × 103 kg/m3
and 8.9 × 103 kg/m3 respectively.
1  a  r  1  a(r n  1)
n
1m
If r > 1 then xcm  n  r  1  = Solution:
  n(r  1) O Iron Lead Aluminium Copper
0.2m 0.3m 0.2m 0.3

1  a(1  rn )  a(1  r n ) 0.35m

If r < 1 then xcm  
n  1  r  n(1  r)
= 0.6m
0.85m

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

mass(m) = volume(v) x density (d) 33.Four particles of masses 1 kg, 2 kg, 3 kg and 4 kg are placed at the four vertices A,B,
m = Area (A) x length (l) x density (d) C and D of the square of side 1 m. Find the position of centre of mass of the particles.
m = Ald
Mass of iron part, m1 = A × 0.2 × 7.9 ×103 = 1.58 × 103 A Solution: Assuming A as the origin, AB as x-axis and AD as y-axis we have
Mass of lead part, m2 = A × 0.3 × 11.4 × 103 =3.42 × 103 A Y
Mass of aluminium part, m3 = A × 0.2 × 2.7 × 103 =0.54 × 103 A x3 , y3   1,1
x 4 , y 4   0,1 D C m =3
Mass of copper part, m4 = A ×0.3 × 8.9 × 103 m4=4
3

= 2.67 × 103A
Co - ordinate of iron part from end “O” of the rod, x1 = 0.1m B
Co - ordinate of lead part from end “O” of the rod, x2 = 0.35m m1=1 A m2=2 X
x1, y1   0,0 x 2 , y2   1,0
Co - ordinate of aluminium part from end “O” of the rod, x3 = 0.6m
Co - ordinate of copper part from end “O” of the rod, x4= 0.85m
Co-ordinates of their CM are
 Centre of mass of the rod,
m 1 x1  m 2 x 2  m 3 x 3  m 4 x 4
m x  m 2 x 2  m 3 x3  m 4 x 4 xCM =
Xc  1 1 m1  m 2  m 3  m 4
m1  m 2  m 3  m 4
(1)(0)  2(1)  3(1)  4(0)
1.58103 0.13.42103 0.35 0.54103 0.6 2.67103 0.85A = = 0.5m
1 2  3  4
Xcm 
1.58103 3.42103 0.54103 2.67103A
m 1 y1  m 2 y 2  m 3 y 3  m 4 y 4
 X cm  0.481m from the end “O” of the rod. Similarly, yCM =
m1  m 2  m 3  m 4
32.Find the position of centre of mass of the system of 3 objects of masses 1 kg, 2kg 1(0)  2(0)  3(1)  4(1)
 = 0.7m
and 3 kg located at the corner of an equilateral triangle of side 1 m. Take 1 kg mass 1 2  3  4
object at the origin and 2 kg along x-axis. \ Co-ordinates of centre of mass (x CM, y CM) = (0.5 m, 0.7 m)
Solution:
34.A system consists of three particles located at the corners of a right triangle as shown in
Y- axis
the figure. Find the position
Y vector of centre of mass of the system.
m3 = 3kg 
1 3 3m
(x3, y3)   , 
2 2  Solution :
h
2m
x-axis O d b m
m1 =1kg m2 = 2kg
(x1, y1) = (0,0) (x2, y2) = (1,0) Using the equation
2md mb d  3md b
x cm 
m1x1  m 2 x 2  m 3 x 3
m1  m 2  m 3
Xc 
mx
M
i i

6m
d  2 b
3  
1 0  2 1 3 
1
7  mi yi 2m o  m o  3mh h
 x cm  2  x cm  m Yc   
12 M 6m 2
1 2  3
m y  m 2 y 2  m3 y3 Zc = 0; because the particles are in X - Y plane we can express the position of centre of
Ycm  1 1
m1  m 2  m 3
3 mass from the origin using a position vector as
1 0  2  0  3  3   2  h 
k , rc  d  3 bi  2 j
2  Ycm  m 
 Ycm 
1 2  3 4 rc  X c i  Yc j  Z c 
 7 3 
 Co- ordinates of centre of mass (xcm, ycm)   12 m, 4 m 35.The position vectors of three particles of mass m1 = 1 kg, m2 = 2 kg and m3 = 4 kg are
 

 
 

 
r1  i  4 j  k m, r2  i  j  k m, and r3  2i  j  2k m respectively. Find the position 
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

c) To find the velocity of centre of mass after 5 s of application of the force F  24iN we first find
vector of their centre of mass.
Solution : the acceleration of the centre of mass. It is given by

The position
 vector
 of
 centre of mass of the three particles is given by  F 24i
 m r  m2r2  m3r3 ac    4i ms2
rc  1 1 M 6
m1  m2  m3 
The velocity of centre of mass before the force is applied is vc .
rc 
  
 
 1 i  4 j  k  2 i  j  k  4 2i  j  2 k
     
 

 and from the equation vc   vc  ac .t
1 2  4

11i  2 j  5k      
vc   3i 1.5 j  4i 5  3i 1.5 j  20i



7
1

 11i  2 j  5k m
7

36.Two 3 kg masses have velocities v1  2 i  3 j m / s and v2  4 i  6 j m / s . Find a) velocity of
 

Vc1  23i 1.5 j ms1
centre of mass, b) the total momentum of the system, c) The velocity of centre of mass 5s
after application of a constant force F  24 i N , d) position of centre of mass after 5s if it is at    12  
d) From the equation of the position vector r  r0  v0t  at where r0  0 (origin at t = 0);
the origin at t = 0 2
   
Solution : v0  vc ; a  ac and t = 5 s
 

 m1v1  m2 v2  3 2i  3 j  3 4i  6 j   
a) vc 
m1  m2
, vc 
6

 1

r  3i 1.5 j 5  4i 25
2
 
 Velocity of centre of mass Vc  3i 1.5 j ms1 . 

r  15i  7.5j  50i  r 
  65i  7.5 j m

b) The momentum of the system  Mvc  6kg 3i 1.5 j ms  18i  9 j kgms
1 1
  The coordinates of the centre of mass after 5 s of application of the force F are (65 m, – 7.5 m)

c) To find the velocity of centre of mass after 5 s of application of the force F  24iN we first find
38. Find the acceleration of center of mass of the blocks of masses m1 and m2 (m1 > m2)
the acceleration of the centre of mass. It is given by in Atwood’s machine:

 F 24i Solution: We know from Newton’s laws of motion magnitude of acceleration of each block
ac    4i ms2  m1  m2 

a =  m  m  g
M 6
  1 2
The velocity of centre of mass before the force is applied is vc . m1a  m2 a
acm 
and from the equation vc   vc  ac .t m1  m2
a
    
vc   3i 1.5 j  4i 5  3i 1.5 j  20i

  m  m2 
acm   1
a

 a m2
 m1  m2 
 

Vc1  23i 1.5 j ms1 m1
 m  m2  m1  m2  g
37.Two 3 kg masses have velocities v1  2 i  3 j m / s and v2  4 i  6 j m / s . Find a) velocity of acm   1  m  m 
centre of mass, b) the total momentum of the system, c) The velocity of centre of mass 5s  m1  m2  2
 m  m2 
1 2
after application of a constant force F  24 i N , d) position of centre of mass after 5s if it is at  Accleration of centre of mass acm   1  g
the origin at t = 0  m1  m2 
Solution :    12  
d) From the equation of the position vector r  r0  v0t  at where r0  0 (origin at t = 0);
m1v1  m2 v2  3 2i  3 j   34i  6 j 
  2

a) vc  , vc     
v0  vc ; a  ac and t = 5 s
m1  m2 6
 Velocity of centre of mass Vc  3i 1.5 j ms1 . 
 1

r  3i 1.5 j 5  4i 25
2
 
b) The momentum of the system  Mvc  6kg 3i 1.5 j ms  18i  9 j kgms
1 1
  

r  15i  7.5j  50i  r 
  65i  7.5 j m


Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

The coordinates of the centre of mass after 5 s of application of the force F are (65 m, – 7.5 m) .
41. Two masses m1 and m2 are connected by a spring of force constant k and are placed
on a frictionless horizontal surface. Initially the spring is stretched through a distance
39.Find the acceleration of center of mass of the blocks of masses m1 and m2 (m1 > m2) in x0, when the system is released from rest. Find the distance moved by two masses
Atwood’s machine: before they again comes to rest.
Solution: We know from Newton’s laws of motion magnitude of acceleration of each block Solution :
 m1  m2  k 0

a =  m  m  g
 1 2 m2 m1
m1a  m2 a
acm 
m1  m2
a 0  x0
a
 m  m2 
acm   1
m2 m1
 a m2
 m1  m2  m1
0  x0
 m  m2  m  m2 
m2 m1

acm   1  1 g
 m1  m2  m1  m2 
 m  m2 
2

 Accleration of centre of mass acm   1  g

 m1  m2  x 1 x 2

40.An object A is dropped from rest the top of a 30m high building and at the same
moment another object B is projected vertically upwards with an initial speed of 15 m/s Blocks again come to rest when spring is compressed by x0. Since no external force is
from the base of the building. Mass of the object A is 2 kg while mass of the object B is acting on the system, so there is no change in the position of c.m. of the system. i.e. xcm  0 .
4 kg. Find the maximum height above the ground level attained by the centre of mass of Let mass m1 displaces by x1 and m2 displaces by x2 , then
the A and B system (take g = 10 m/s2)
So lu tio n : m1 = 4kg, m2 = 2 kg
We have x1  x2  2 x0 .............. (i)
Initially 4 kg is on the ground  x1 = 0 m1x1  m2 x2
2 kg is on top of the building  x2 = 30 m and xcm  m1  m2
2kg
m 1 x1  m 2 x 2 m1x1  m2 x2
x cm 
A

m1  m 2 As xcm  0  m1  m2
 0 .........(ii)
ucm Initial position

0  2 30
of CM
After solving equation (i) & (ii), we get
= 10cm
42 B
x1 
2m2 x0
, x2 
2m1 x0
= 10 m 4kg m1  m2 m1  m2
 Initial height of CM = 10m.
m1u1  m 2 u 2 42.A projectile is fired at a speed of 100 m/s at an angle of 370 above the horizontal. At
Initial velocity of CM, u cm  m1  m 2 the highest point, the projectile breaks into two parts of mass ratio 1 : 3, the smaller
4 15  0 piece coming to rest. Find the distance from the launching point to the point where
ucm  = 10 m/s upward.
42 the heavier piece lands.
Acceleration of CM, acm = g = 10 m/s2 downwards Sol : Internal forces do not affect the motion of the centre of mass, the centre of mass hits the
u2cm 102 ground at a position where the original projectile would have landed. The range of the original
 Maximum height attained by CM from initial position, h cm   =5m projectile is
2g 20
 Maximum height attained by CM of 4 kg and 2 kg from the ground = 10 + 5 = 15 m
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
4m

hence d 2  mL
( 0 ,0 )
m
3m M m
x1 CM
xcm 44.If the linear density of a rod of length L varies as  A+Bx , find the position of its
x2
centre of mass.
3 4
2104   Solution: Let the x-axis be along the length of the rod and origin at one of its ends. As rod is
2u 2 sin  cos  5 5 m  960m
x CM   along x–axis, for all points on it y and z co-ordinates are zero.
g 10 y

The centre of mass will hit the ground at this position. As the smaller block comes to rest x
after breaking, it falls down vertically and hits the ground at half of the range, i.e., at x = 480 m. If
the heavier block hits the ground at x2, then O
x
m x  m2 x 2 m480  3m x 2  dx
x CM  1 1  960  z
m1  m 2 m  3m L

 x 2  1120m Centre of mass will be on the rod. Now consider an element of rod of length dx at a distance
x from the origin, then dm =  dx  A + Bxdx
L L

 xdm  xA+ Bxdx

43. A man of mass ‘m’ is standing on a boat of mass M which is at rest in still water. If the
man walks a distance L on the boat towards the shore the boat moves back through a
mL X CM  0
 0

distance, d 2 
L L

mM  dm  A + Bxdx
0 0
V
AL BL3 2

Proof :
or X CM  2 3  L3A +2BL
32A +BL 
VB cm L
BL2
AL+
2

d2 kx 2
V
45.If the linear density of a rod of length L varies as   where k is a constant and x
L
VB L cm
is the distance of any point from one end, then find the distance of centre of mass from
the end at x = 0.
Solution: Let the x-axis be along the length of the rod and origin at one of its ends. As rod is

As the system is initially at rest and no external force acts on the system (horizontally)  vCM  0 . along x–axis, for all points on it y and z co-ordinates are zero.
  y
mv1  Mv2  
(or)  0 (or) mv1  Mv2  0
mM x
 
r r  
or m 1  M 2  0 (or) mr1  M r2  0 O
x
dt dt dx
  z
or md1 – Md2 = 0 [ as d 2 is opposite to d1 ] L

md1 = Md2 Centre of mass will be on the rod. Now consider an element of rod of length dx at a
Now when man moves a distance L towards the shore relative to boat, the boat will shift a Kx 2
distance d2 relative to shore opposite to the displacement of man. The displacement of man distance x from the origin, then dm =  dx  dx
L
relative to shore (towards shore) will be
L L
kx 2
 xdm  x
d1 = L – d2 (i.e., d1 + d2 = drel = L)
dx
so, md1 = Md2  m(L – d2) = Md2 L
so, X CM  0
L  0
L
kx 2
 dm  L
dx
0 0

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

L

x L4
3
dx
4 3L
= 3 
0
= L

 x dx 3
2 L 4

PREVIOUS JEEMAINS QUESTIONS

0

46.The centre of mass of a solid hemisphere of radius 8 cm is x cm from the centre of the flat
surface. Then value of x is_______ [6SEP 2020 MAINS]
3R New position of centre of mass
Solution: Centre of mass of solid hemisphere of radius R lies at a distance above the
8
2 a2 a
centre of flat side of hemisphere. m0 x0  mx a  0  4  2
X cm  
m0  m a2
a 2 
4
a a
47.A square shaped hole of side l  is carved out at a distance d  from the a 3 / 8 a a a
2 2    
centre ‘O’ of a uniform circular disk of radius a. If the distance of the centre of mass of  1  2 2  4  1 8  2 23
 a
 2
a
the remaining portion from O is  , value of X (to the nearest integer) is_______  x  23
X

2
x
48.A rod of length L has non-uniform linear mass density given by   x   a  b   ,
L
where a and b are constants and 0  x  L . The value of x for the centre of mass of the
[2 SEP 2020 MAINS] rod is at:
3 ab  3  2a  b 
(1)  L (2)  L [9JAN 2020 MAINS]
2  2a  b  4  3a  b 
Solution: Let  be the mass density of circular disc. 3 ab  3  2a  b 
(3)  L (4)  L
Original mass of the disc, m0  a 2  4  2a  3b  2  3a  b 
2
a2 x
Removed mass, m   solution Linear mass density,   x   a  b  
4 L
 2 a2  2  4  1 
Remaining, mass, m '   a  4    a  4  
   

X CM 
 xdm
 dm
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
L

 dm     x  dx
0

 dm     x  dx
0

L
x 
2
bL
  a  b  L 
 dx  aL 
 3
(Solution: 4)
0

L L
 bx3   aL2 bL2 
 xdm   ax   dx  
L2 
 
4 
0 0  2
For given Lamina
 aL2 bL2 
   x y
2 4 
 X CM  m1  1, C1  1.5, 2.5 
bL
aL 
3 m2  3, C2   0.5,1.5 

3 L  2a  b  m1 x1  m2 x2 1.5  1.5
 X CM    X cm    0.75
4  3a  b  m1  m2 4
m1 y1  m2 y2 2.5  4.5
49.The coordinates of centre of mass of a uniform flag shaped lamina (thin flat plale)of Ycm    1.75
m1  m2 4
mass 4kg. (The coordinates of the same are shown in figure) are
 Coordinate of centre of mass of flag shaped lamina
(0.75, 1.75)

50. As shown in fig. when a spherical cavity (centred at O) of radius 1 is cut out of a
uniform sphere of radius R (centred at (C), the centre of maa ss of remaining
(shaped) part of sphere in at G, i.e. on the surface of the cavity. R and be determined
[8 JAN 2020 MAINS]
by the equation [8 JAN 2020 MAINS]

(1) (1.25, 1.50 m) (2) (0.75 m, 1.75 m)

(3) (0.75 m, 0.75 m) (4) (1 m, 1.75 m)

 
(1) R  R  1  2  R   1
2

 
(2) R  R  1  2  R   1
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Solution (1) Mass of sphere = volume of sphere x density of sphere (1) 0.6 cm right and 2.0 cm above 1 kg mass
4 3 (2) 1.5 cm right and 1.2 cm above 1 kg mass
 R  (3) 2.0 cm right and 0.9 cm above 1 kg mass
3
(4) 0.9 cm right and 2.0 cm above 1 kg mass [7 JAN 2020 MAINS]

Solution

4
 1 
3
Mass of cavity M cavity 
3 m1 x1  m2 x2  m3 x3
X cm 
4 3 4 m1  m2  m3
R    1 
3
M  Re maining  
3 3
1 0  1.5  3  2.5  0 1.5  3
Centre of mass of remaining part, X cm    0.9cm
1  1.5  2.5 5
M1r1  M 2 r2
X COM  m1 y1  m2 y2  m3 y3
M1  M 2 Ycm 
m1  m2  m3
4 3  4 
 3 R  0   3  1      R  1
3
1 0  1.5  0  2.5  4 2.5  4
 R  1  2  R Ycm    2cm
  2  R    3 1  1.5  2.5 5
4 3 4
R    1   
3
 R 1  Hence, centre of mass of system is at point (0.9, 2)
3 3


 R  1  2R
52. Three particles of masses 50 g, 100 g and 150 g are placed at the vertices of an
 R  1  R 2  R  1 equilateral triangle of side 1m (as shown in the figure). The (x,y) coordinates of the
centre of mass will be
 
 R2  R  1  2  R   1

(3)  R  R  1  2  R   1
2

(4)  R  R  1  2  R   1
2

51. Three point particles of masses 1.0 kg, 1.5 kg and 2.5 kg are placed at thre [APR 12 2019 MAINS]
corners of a right angle triangle of sides 4.0 cm, 3.0 cm and 5.0 cm as shown in the
figure. The center of mass of the system is at a point: [7 JAN 2020MAINS]

 3 5  7 3 
(1)  4 m, 12 m  (2)  m, m 
   12 8 

7 3   3 7 
(3)  12 m, 4 m  (4)  8 m, 12 m 
   
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
50  0  100  1  150  0.5 7 54 A uniform rectangular thin sheet ABCD of mass M has length a and breadth b,
Solution (3) xcm   m as shown in the figure. If the shaded portion HBGO is cut-off, the coordinates of the
50  100  150 12
centre of mass of the remaining portion will be [8APR 2019 MAINS]

3  3a 3b   5a 5b 
50  0  100  0  150  (1)  ,  (2)  , 
2  3m  4 4  3 3
ycm 
50  100  150 4
 2a 2b   5a 5b 
(3)  ,  (4)  , 
 3 3   12 12 
53.Four particles A, B, C and D with masses mA  m, ma  2m, mc  3m and mD  4m are Solution. With respect to point , the CM of the cut-off portion
at the comers of a square. They have accelerations of equal magnitud with directions
a b
as shown. The acceleration of the centre of mass of the particles is  , 
4 4
MX  mx
Using, xCM 
M m
M a
M 0  
[APR8 2019 MAINS]  4 4  a
M 12
M
4
b
and yCM  
(1)
5
 
a  
i j (2) a 12
So CM coordinates one

(3) Zero (4)

5
 
a  
i j x0 
a a 5a
 
2 12 12
SolutionAcceleration of centre of mass  acm  is given by b b 5b
  and y0   
 2 12 12
m a1  m2 a 2  ........
 a cm  1
m1  m2  ........
55. The position vector of the centre of mass rcm of an asymmetric uniform bar of
 2m  a j  3m  aiˆ  ma  iˆ   4m  a   ˆj  negligible area of crosssection as shown in figure is: [12 JAN 2019 MAINS]

2m  3m  4m  m
2aiˆ  2ajˆ a ˆ ˆ

10
 ij
5
 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2 1
 13 5  tan   
(1) rcm  Lx  L y 4 2
8 8
57. In a physical balance working on the principle of moments, when 5 mg weight
 5  13 
(2) rcm  Lx  Ly is placed on the left pan, the beam becomes horizontal. Both the empty pans of the
8 8 balance are of equal mass. Which of the following statements is correct?
 3 11 (1) Left arm is longer than the right arm [APR8 2017 MAINS]
(3) rcm  Lx  L y
8 8 (2) Both the arms are of same length
 11  3  (3) Left arm is shorter than the right arm
(4) rcm  Lx  L y (4) Every object that is weighed using this balance appears lighter than its actual weight
8 8
Solution. x-coordinate of centre of mass is Solution.
According to principle of moments when a system is stable or balance, the anti-clockwise
5mL
2mL  2mL  moment is equal to clockwise moment.
X cm  2  13 L
i.e., load × load arm = effort × effort arm
4m 8
When 5 mg weight is placed, load arm shifts to left side,
56. A force of 40 N acts on a point B at the end of an L-shaped object, as shown in
hence left arm becomes shorter than right arm.
the figure. The angle that will produce maximum moment of the force about point A is
58.In the figure shown ABC is a uniform wire. If centre of mass of wire lies vertically
given by: [APR15 2018 MAINS]
BC
below point A, then is close to :
AB

[APR11 2016 MAINS]

(1) 1.85 (2) 1.5 (3) 1.37 (4) 3

1
(1) tan   (2) tan   2
 x     y y /2
4 x 1
x 22
1 Solution.Centre of mass xcm 
(3) tan   (4) tan   4 2  x  y
2
Solution. 1 y y2
To produce maximum moment of force line of action of force must be perpendicular to line AB.   
2 x x2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
bx
60 A uniform thin rod AB of length L has linear mass density   x   a  , where x is
L
7
measured from A. If the CM of the rod lies at a distance of   L from A, then a and b
 12 
are related as:
(1) a = 2b (2) 2a = b (3) a = b (4) 3a= 2b [APR 2015 MAINS]
Bc y 1  3
   1.37 Solution.Centre of mass of the rod is given by:
A x 2
59. Distance of the centre of mass of a solid uniform cone from its vertex is z0. If the L
bx 2
radius of its base is R and its height is h then z0 is equal to  (ax  L
)dx
0
xcm 
5h 3h 2 h2 3h L
bx
(1)
8
(2)
8R
(3)
4R
(4)
4
[APR11 2015 MAINS]
 (a  L
)dx
0
Solution.Let density of cone  .

 ydm aL2 bL2 L  a  b 

  
Centre of mass, ycm  2 3   2 3
 dm bL b
aL  a
h
2 2

 yr
2
dy h 2

 0

0 r ydy a b
7L 2 3

1 2 1 2 ...(i) 
R h R h Now 12 b
3 3 a
2
On solving we get, b  2a
61. A thin bar of length L has a mass per unit length , that increases linearly with
distance from one end. If its total mass is M and its mass per unit length at the lighter
end is O , then the distance of the centre of mass from the lighter end is

L  0 L2 L  L2
(1)  (2)  0 [APR 2014 MAINS]
2 4M 3 8M
2 2
L 0 L 2L 0 L
(3)  (4) 
For a cone, we know that 3 4M 3 6M
r y y Solution.(3)
 r  R
R n n
62.A boy of mass 20 kg is standing on a 80 kg free to move long cart. There is negligible
h
h
 y4  friction between cart and ground. Initially, the boy is standing 25 m from a wall. If
 3 y dy
3
3 
 4 0 3 he walks 10 m on the cart towards the wall, then the final distance of the boy from
0
ycm    h the wall will be
h3 h3 4
(1) 15 m (2) 12.5 m (3) 15.5 m (4) 17 m [APR 2013 MAINS]
Solution. (4)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

63.A thin rod of length ‘L’ is lying along the x-axis with its ends at x = 0 and x=L. Its L
n
 x n2 
x k n
linear density (mass/length) varies with x as k   , where n can be zero or any   n  2  L  0 L  n  1
L  
 kx n 1 
L
n2
positive number. If the position xCM of the centre of mass of the rod is plotted against  n
‘n’, which of the follwing graphs best aproximates the dependence of xCM on n?   n  1 L  0

L
For n  0, xCM  ; n  1,
2
(1) [MAINS 2008] 2L 3L
xCM  ; n  2, xCM  ;.....
3 4
For n  xcm  L
Moment of inertia of a square plate about an axis through its centre and perpendicular
to its plane is.
(2) 64. A circular disc of radius R is removed from a bigger circular disc of radius 2R
such that the circumferences of the discs coincide. The centre of mass of the new
disc is  / R from the centre of the bigger disc. The value of  is
(1) 1/4 (2) 1/3 (3) 1/2 (4) 1/6 [MAINS 2007]
Solution.Let  be the mass per unit area of the disc. Then the mass of the complete disc
(3)

    2R 
2


(4)

n
x
Solution.The linear mass density   k  
L 2
The mass of the removed disc   R  R
2
 
x
Here  1 Let us consider the above situation to be a complete disc of radius 2R on which a disc
L
of radius R of negative mass is superimposed. Let O be the origin. Then the above figure can
With increase in the value of n, the centre of mass shift towards the end x = L This is satisfied
be redrawn keeping in mind the concept of centre of mass as :
by only option (a).
L L L n
x
 xdm  x  dx   k  L  .xdx
0 0 0
xCM   
L

 dm
L

 dx
L
x
 k  L  dx
n

xcm 
 6  2R    0   6  R  R
2 2

0 0 0 4R 2  R 2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
R 2  R 22. A ‘T’ shaped object with dimensions shown in the figure, is lying on a smooth
 xc.m  
3R 2 floor. A force ‘ F ’ is applied at the point P parallel to AB, such that the object has only
the translational motion without rotation. Find the location of P with respect to C
R 1
 xc.m    R   
3 3

65 Consider a two particle system with particles having masses m1 and m2 . If the
first particle is pushed towards the centre of mass through a distance d, so as to keep [MAINS 2005]
the centre of mass at the same position?
m2 m1
(1) m d (2) m  m d [MAINS 2006] 3 2 4
1 1 2  (2)  (3)  (4) 
(1)
2 3 3
m1
(3) m d (4) d
2

Solution.Initially,

m1   x1   m2 x2
0  m1 x1  m2 x2 .......(1) Solution.
m1  m2
Let the particles is displaced through distanced away from centre of mass


To have translational motion without rotation, the force F has to be applied at centre of
mass. i.e. the point ‘P ’has to be at the centre of mass Taking point C at the origin position,
positions of y, and y2 are r1  2l , r2  l and ml  m and m2  2m
m1  d  x1   m2  x2  d '
0  m1 y1  m2 y2 m  2  2m   4
m1  m2 y  
m1  m2 3m 3
 0  m1d  m1 x1  m2 x2  m2 d '
m1
d' d
m2
21. A body A of mass M while falling vertically downwards under gravity breaks
1 2
into two parts; a body B of mass M and a body C of mass M . The centre of mass
3 3
of bodies B and C taken together shifts compared to that of body A towards
(1) does not shift
(2) depends on height of breaking [MAINS 2005]
(3) body B
(4) body C
Solution.(1) The centre of mass of bodies B and C taken together does not shift as no external
force acts. The centre of mass of the system continues its original path. It is only the internal
forces which comes into play while breaking.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS  t

 d    dt    4at  3bt 2  dt
3

0 0
Rigid body : If there is no relative motion between any two particles of the body along the line
joining them by the application of external force, then that body is called rigid body. t4 t3
  0  4  3b    0  at 4  bt 3
A No real body is truly rigid, since real bodies deform under the influence of external forces. 4 3
Types of motion of a rigid body d
A Translational motion : All particles of the body move in parallel paths such that (b) Since    d   dt
dt
displacements of all the particles are same as that of the body then its motion is said to be
On integrating both sides, we get
translational.
 t t
A Rotational motion : A body is said to be in pure rotation if every particle of the body
moves in a circle and the centres of all the particles lie on a straight line called the axis of  d   dt   
0 0 0
0  at 4  bt 3  dt
rotation.
A Rolling motion : The combination of rotational and translational motion with regard to at 5 bt 4
    0t  
certain constraints is called rolling motion. 5 4
Kinematics of rotational motion about a fixed axis : Calculation of Angular velocityof a Rigid Body :
A The kinetic equations for rotational motion with uniform angular acceleration A The angular velocity of the rigid body can be given as the relative angular velocity between
any two points of the rigid bodies,
1 2
1)   0   t 2)   0t   t
 
  v
2    AB   BA  AB
l
 1 Where l = distance of separation between A and B and vAB = magnitude of relative velocity
3)  2  02  2 4)  n  0    n  
 2 between A and B. The vectorial representation of above equation can be given as
  
1: The motor of an engine is rotating about its axis with angular velocity of 120 rpm. It v AB   AB  r AB
comes to rest in 10s, after being switched off. Assuming constant deceleration, 
calculate the number of revolutions made by it before coming to rest. Where, r AB = position vector of A relative to B.
 
Sol. Here n=120rpm=2rps 3.The velocities at the ends of rod of length l are given as v and v ' , making angles 300
0  2 n  4 rad s 1 ;   0 and t  10s and 600 with rod. Find
  0   t
0  4    10 or   0.4 rad s 2
600
Also, the angle covered by the motor,
V0
1 v B
  0t   t 2
2
  4  10 
1
  0.4   10 2  40  20  20 rad Hence, the number of revolutions completed, 300 l
2
 20
N   10 A
2 2
2: A wheel rotates with an angular acceleration given by   4at 3  3bt 2 , where t is the 
(a) v ' (b) angular velocity of the rod
time and a and b are constants. If the wheel has initial angular speed 0 , write the Sol. Since rod is rigid, equate the velocities of the points A and B along the rod to obtain,
equations for the (a) angular speed (b) angular displacement
v A cos 300  v 'cos 600
d
Sol. (a) Since    d   dt
3 v'
dt or v  or v '  3v
Integrating both sides, we get 2 2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
   
F    mg  ˆj;   r  F
B
VAB  y

u

P(x,y)
A
 x
v AB O
(b) the angular velocity of the rod is  
l   1  
   u cos  tiˆ    u sin   t  gt 2  ˆj   mg   ˆj 

  2  
1 3
 2
v
2
v ' v  3 3v

     u cos  t  mg   iˆ   ˆj 


l 2l

   mg  u cos  t kˆ 
v MOMENT OF COUPLE:
 2 (clock wise)
l A pair of equal and opposite forces with different lines of action is known as a couple. A couple
MOMENT OF FORCE (TORQUE): produces rotation without translation. If an object is not on pivot (unconstrained) a couple causes
the object to rotate about its centre of mass.
A Torque is the turning effect of a force about a fixed point. F
A Magnitude of the torque is given as the product of magnitude of force and perpendicular

distance of line of action of a force from the fixed point.   F  r sin      r  F .
d
S.I. Unit : Nm Dimensional formula:  ML2T 2  F
z This couple can produce turning effect

 F (or) torque on the body. Moment of couple is the measure of turning effect   .
P    moment of couple = magnitude of either force  perpendicular distance between the
r forces
O y   Fd
Mechanical Equilibrium of a rigid body:
r sin  A A rigid body is said to be in mechanical equilibrium, if both its linear momentum and angular
momentum are not changing with time, or equivalently, body has neither linear acceleration
x
nor angular acceleration.
Application: A force of given magnitude applied at right angles to the door at its outer Condition for translational equilibrium
edge is most effective in producing rotation.
A The moment of a force vanishes if either the magnitude of the force is zero, or if the line    n 

A The vector sum of the forces, on the rigid body is zero; F1  F2  ....  Fn   F1  0
action of the force pass through the fixed point. i 1
A If the direction of F is reversed, the direction of the moment of force is also reversed. If the total force on the body is zero, then the total linear momentum of the body does not
A If directions of both r and F are reversed, the direction of the moment of force remains the same. change with time. P=constant
Sign convention : Torque that produces anti clockwise rotation is taken as positive and Condition for rotational equilibrium :
clockwise rotation taken as negative. n
   
4.A particle is projected at time t=0 from a point ‘O’ with a speed ‘u’ at an angle ‘  ’ to A The vector sum of the the torques on the rigid body is zero;  1   2  ....   n   1  0
horizontal. Find the torque of a gravitational force on projectile about the origin at i 1

time ‘t’. (x, y) plane is vertical plane) If the total torque on the rigid body is zero, the total angular momentum of the body does not
  1 2 change with time.
Sol. r   u cos   tiˆ    u sin   t  gt  ˆj A The rotational equilibrium condition is independent of the location of the origin about which
 2 
the torques are taken.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Principle of moments :
A An ideal is lever essentially a light rod pivoted at a point along its length. This point is called the
fulcrum. Two forces F1 and F2, parallel to each other and usually perpendicular to the lever act on
the lever at distances d1 and d2 respectively from the fulcrum. N is directed opposite to the
Sol. R
forces F1 and F2. (N=Reaction at fulcrum) For translational equilibrium. N-F1-F2=0 10g
N
mg
d1 d2
Since the stick is in rotational equilibrium, the total torque of all the forces about the resultant
F1 F2
‘R’ is zero. Taking the turning effects about the point of action of the resultant R we have
10g x 33=mg x 5; m= 66g
A For rotational equilibrium take the moments about the fulcrum; the sum of moments must
7.A uniform ladder of mass 10 Kg leans against a smooth vertical wall making an angle
be zero, d1F1=d2F2=0
530 with it. The other end rests on a rough horizontal floor. Find the normal force
N acts at the fulcrum itself and has zero moment about the fulcrum.
and the frictional force that the floor exerts on the ladder.
A In the case of the lever force F1 is usually some weight to be lifted. It is called the load and its
Sol. The ladder is in equilibrium.
distance from the fulcrum d1 is called the load am. Force F2 is the effort applied to lift the
load; distance d2 of the effort from the fulcrum is the effort arm.
Principle of moments for a lever N1 A
Load arm x load = effort arm x effort
Mechanical advantage : N2
A The ratio F1/F2 is called the Mechanical Advantage
F d
M . A.  1  2 W
F2 d1
If the effort arm d2 is larger than the load arm, the mechanical advantages is greater than B O
f C
one. It means that a small effort can be used to lift a large load.  N1  f and N 2  W
5. PQR is a rigid equilateral triangle frame of a side length ‘L’. Forces F1,F2 and F3 are
Taking torque about ‘B’; N1(AO)=W(CB)
acting along PQ, QR, PR. If the system is in rotational equilibrium find the relation
between the forces.  AB 
N1  AB  cos 530  W   sin 53
0

Sol. Perpendicular distance of any force from centroid ‘C’ of triangle is L / 2 3 . The forces F1, F2  2 
2
produce anti-clockwise turning effect where as F3 clock wise turning effect about ‘C’. N1  W and N 2  W  10  9.8  98 N .
3
F2 2
R The frictional force is f  N1  W  65 N
3
Toppling :
C
N N
P Q B D F D F
F1
B a
C b C b
F3 f A E f A E

Since the system is in rotational equilibrium the total torque acting on the system about the
centroid is zero W=mg W=mg
L L L N
F1   F2   F3  0
2 3 2 3 2 3 B D F
a
C
Hence F1  F2  F3  0;  F3  F1  F2 f A E
b
6.A meter stick is balanced on a knife edge at its centre. When two coins, each of mass
5g are put one on top of the other at the 12cm mark, the stick is found to be balanced
at 45cm. What is the mass of the metre stick? W=mg
Suppose a force F is applied at a height b above the base AE of the block. Further, suppose
the friction ‘f’ is sufficient to prevent sliding. In this case if the normal reaction N also passes
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
through C then despite the fact that the block is in translational equilibrium (F=f and N=mg) Sol. In the limiting case normal reaction will pass through O. The cube will topple about O if
an unbalanced torque (due to the couple of forces F and f) is there. This torque has tendency torque of F exceeds the torque of mg.
to topple the block about point E. To cancel the effect of this unbalanced torque the normal
reaction N is shifted towards right a distance ‘a’ such that, net anti clock wise torque is N
equal to the net clock wise torque. a
2 F
3a
Fb
Fb  mg  a   a  4
mg O
mg
Now, as F(or) b (or) both are increased distance a also increases. But it can not go beyond
the right edge of the block. So in extreme case the normal reaction passes through E. Now
if F or b are further increased, the block will topple down. This is why the block having the  3a  a 2
 F    mg   ;  F  mg
broader base has less chances of toppling in comparison to a block of smaller base.  4  2 3
8 A uniform cylinder of height h and radius r is placed with its circular face on a rough 2
inclined plane and the inclination of the plane to the horizontal gradually in creased. So, the minimum value of F is mg
3
If  is the coefficient of friction, then under what conditions the cylinder will 10. A force F is applied on the top of a cube as shown in the figure. The coefficient of
a) slide before toppling friction between the cube and the ground is  . If F is gradually increased, find the
value of  for which the cube will topple before sliding.
b) topple before sliding
Sol. F a
P
a) The cylinder will slide if
f
Mg sin    Mg cos   tan   ....1 mg
Sol. Let m be the mass of the cube and ‘a’ be the side of the cube.
The cylinder will topper if
The cube will slide if F   mg ......(1)
h 2r
 Mg sin     Mg cos   r  tan   .... 2  and it will topple if torque of F about P is greater than torque of ‘mg’ about P i.e,
2 h
a 1
N
Fa    mg or F  mg .....  2 
2 2
f  N
1
From equations (1) and (2) we see that cube will topple before sliding if   .
2
Mg sin   Mg Mg cos  MOMENT OF INERTIA [ROTATIONAL INERTIA]
A A body at rest cannot start rotating itself or a rotating body cannot stop rotating on its own.
2r Hence, a body has inertia of rotational motion.
Thus, the condition of sliding is tan    and condition of toppling is tan   . Hence, the A The quantity measuring the inertia of rotational motion is known as moment of inertia.
h
A Moment of inertia of a particle of mass m is
2r
cylinder will slide before toppling if   I  mr 2
h
Where r=perpendicular distance of particle from axis of rotation.
2r S.I Unit : kgm2; Its D.F-ML2
b) The cylinder will topple before sliding if  
h
9.A uniform cube of side a and mass m rests on a rough horizontal table. A horizontal Dimensional formula :  ML2 
force F is applied normal to one of the face at a point directly above the centre of the
A Moment of inertia of a group or system of particles is I  m1r12  m2 r22  ......  mn rn2 I   mr 2
3a Where m1, m2,....,mn are masses of particles and r1, r2,.....,rn are their perpendicular distance
face, at a height above the base. What is the minimum value of F for which the
4 from axis of rotation.
cube begins to topple about an edge? A Motional or Inertia in rotational motion is analogous (similar) to mass in translatory motion.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

A Moment of inertia of a rigid body depends on the following three factors.
PERPENDICULAR AXES THEOREM
a) mass of the body b) position of axis of rotation
c) Nature of distribution of mass. Statement : It states that the moment of inertia of a plane lamina about an axis perpendicular
Note-1 : Moment of inertia of a rotating rigid body is independent of its angular velocity. to its plane is equal to the sum of its moments of inertia about two mutually perpendicular
Note-2 : Moment of inertia of a metallic body depends on its temperature axes concurrent with perpendicular axis and lying in the plane of the body.
z
11.Four holes of radius R are cut from a thin square plate of the side 4R and mass M in
XY plane as shown. Then moment of inertia of the remaining portion about z-axis Planar Body
is
Sol. M is the mass of the square plate before cutting the holes. N
O x
 M  2 
Mass of one hole m   2
R  M M
P(x,y)
16 R  16
Iz  Ix  I y
y

R R A This theorem is applicable to bodies which are planar.

A This theorem applies to flat bodies whose thickness is very small compared to their other
R R dimensions.
A K z  K x2  K y2

moment of inertia of remaining portion

12. Two identical rods each of mass M and length L are joined in cross position as
I  I square  4 I hole shown in figure. The moment of inertia of a system about a bisector would be.
M  mR 2 
I 16 R 2  16 R 2   4   m  2R 2  B1 B2
12   2 
8  8 10 
 MR 2  10mR 2    MR
2

3  3 16 
Radius of Gyration(K) : Radius of gyration of a rigid body about an axis of rotation is Sol. Moment of inertia of a system about an axis which is perpendicular to plane of rods and
distance between the axis of rotation and a point at which the whole mass of the body can passing through the common centre of rods
be supposed to be concentrated so that its moment of inertia would be the same with the ML2 ML2 ML2
actual distribution of mass. Iz   
12 12 6
A Moment of inertia of a rigid body of mass M is I=MK2 Again from perpendicular axes theorem
Where K=radius of gyration
I z  I B1  I B2  2 I B1  2 I B2  as I B1  I B2 
r12  r22  ......  rnn
K
n I z ML2
 I B1  I B2  
When n is total number of particles in the body and r1, r2,.....,rn are their perpendicular 2 12
distances from axis of rotation.
S.I. Unit : metre CGS Unit: cm
PARALLEL AXES THEOREM
Dimensional formula : [M0LT0]
Note : K is not the distance of centre of mass of body from the axis considered. Statement: The moment of inertia of a body about an axis is equal to the sum of the moment
A Radius of gyration of a rigid body depends on the following two factors of inertia of the body about a parallel axis passing through its centre of gravity and the
a) Position of axis of rotation product of its mass and the square of the distance between the two parallel axes.
b) Nature of distribution of mass.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
I IG

15. Find the moment of inertia of a thin uniform rod about an axis perpendicular to its
M l
I  I G  Ma 2 a length and passing through a point which is at a distance of from one end. Also
G 3
find radius of gyration about that axis.
l
Sol. i) Let P be the point at a distance from one end.
3
A This theorem is applicable to a body of any shape.
l l l
A K  KG2  a 2 It is a distance of     from the centre as shown in the figure.
 2 3 6
13. The moment of inertia of a rod of length l about an axis passing through its centre of l I l Ic
mass and perpendicular to rod is I. The moment of inertia of hexagonal shape 3 6
formed by six such rods, about an axis passing through its centre of mass and
perpendicular to its plane will be P C
Sol. M.I. of rod AB about its centre and
ml 2 l
perpendicular to length=  I  ml 2  12 I
12 2
A l B By parallel axes theorem I=IC+Mr 2

2
Ml 2 l Ml 2
 M  
12 6 9

I Ml 2 l
ii) The radius of gyration, K   
Now moment of inertia of rod about the axis which is passing through O and perpendicular M 9M 3
to the pane of hexagon 16..A uniform cylinder has radius R and length L. If the moment of inertia of this cylinder
about an axis passing through its centre and normal to its circular face is mg equal
ml 2
I rod   mx 2 [ from parallel axes theorem] to the moment of inertia of the same cylinder about an axis passing through its
12 centre and normal to its length, then
 3 
2 Sol. Moment of inertia of a cylinder about an axis passing through centre and normal to circular
ml 2 5ml 2
  m l 
12 2 6 MR 2
  face =
2
Now moment of inertia of system
Moment of inertia of a cylinder about an axis passing through centre and normal to its
I system  6  I rod  5ml 2  5  12 I  60 I length
 L2 R 2 
14.The radius of gyration of a body about an axis at a distance of 12cm from its centre of M  
mass is 13cm. Find its radius of gyration about a parallel axis through its centre of 12 4 
mass.
Sol. By parallel axes theorem MR 2  L2 2 
But M  
2 12 4 
M 13  I 0  M 12 
2 2

R 2 L2 R 2 R 2 L2
I 0  M 13  12
2 2
  M  25     ;
2 12 4 4 12
I0
Its radius of gyration about a parallel axes through its centre of mass K   25  5cm  L  3R
M

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

17. A metal piece of mass 120g is stretched to form a plane rectangular sheet of area of 8
cross section 0.54m2. If length and breadth of this sheet are in the ratio 1:6, find its I  ma 2  2mb 2
5
moment of inertia about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to
20.A rod PQ of mass ‘m’ and length L is rotated about an axis through ‘P’ as shown in
its plane.
figure. Find the moment of inertia of the rod about the axis of rotation.
Sol. Mass M=120g=120x10-3 kg
Sol. Consider a small element ‘dx’ of the rod which is at a distance ‘x’ from the end ‘P’. If ‘  ’ is
b  b the inclination of rod w.r.t the axis of rotation, the radius of the circle in which the element
Area = lb  0.54m  b  0.54  l  
2

6  6
r
rotates is given by sin    r  x sin 
b 2  0.54  6  b  3.24  1.8m x
M  l 2  b2 
I  33.3  1023 kgm 2
12 Q
18.: The moment of inertia of HCl molecule about an axis passing through its centre of x sin 
mass and perpendicular to the line joining the H+ and Cl- ions will be (if the inter  dx
atomic distance is 1A0). x
P
10
Sol. r  1A  10 0
m; m1  1amu; m2  35.5amu
m1m2
Reduced mass   m  m  0.9726amu
1 2

 1.624  10 27 kg 1amu  1.67 x10 27 kg  M.I. of the element about the axis of rotation is dI=dm.r2
Moment of inertia about an axis passing through centre of mass of two particle system and m
where dm is the mass of element dm  dx
perpendicular to the line joining them is L
1   r 2  1.624  1047 kgm 2 mL
L
m mL2
 x sin   . Total M.I. of the rod is given by I   dI   L sin 2  x 2 dx,I  3 sin 2 
2
dI 
19.Four solid spheres each of diameter 2a and mass m are placed with their centers on dx 0
the four corners of a square of side b. Calculate the moment of inertia of the system 21. Two uniform circular disc, each of mass 1kg and radius 20cm, are kept in contact
about any side of the square. about the tangent passing through the point of contact. Find the moment of inertia
of the system about the tangent passing through the point of contact.
A
4 3
Sol.
Sol.
1 2
B
a
b Mass m+1kg, r=20x10-2m
MR 2 5MR 2
2 2 2 I1   MR 2 
I1  ma ; I 2  ma 2  mb 2 4 4
5 5
5MR 2
2 2 2 Similarly I 2  , I  I1  I 2
I3  ma  mb 2 ; I 4  ma 2 4
5 5
10 MR 2 10  1   20  10 
2 2
Moment of inertia of the system I  I1  I 2  I 3  I 4 I    0.1kgm 2
4 4
2 2 2 2
 ma2  ma2  ma2  ma2  ma2 22. Two solid sphere (A and B) are made of metals of different densities  A and  B
5 5 5 5
respectively. If their masses are equal, the ratio of their moments of inertia (IA/IB)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
about their respective diameter is [E-2007] 11M  11
M.I. of incomplete ring I    R  12 MR
2 2
Sol. As two solid spheres are equal in masses, so
 12 
1
4 4 R   3 Note : If a sector of mass m, rotates about its natural axis then its M.I. is mR2
mA  mB   RA3  A   RB3  B  A   B  27. A thin wire of length I having density  is bent into a circular loop with C as its centre,
3 3 RB   A 
as shown in figure. The moment of inertia of the loop about the line AB is [E-2014]
The moment of inertia of sphere about diameter
2
2 2
3 3  l  3 l 3
2 I R  I   3 Sol. I  MR 2   l     
I mR 2  A   A   A   B  2 2  2  8 2
5 I B  RB  IB   A 
23. The moment of inertia of a then circular disc about an axis passing through its center 28.For the given uniform square lamina ABCD, whose centre is O. Its moment of inertia
and perpendicular to its plane is I. Then, the moment of inertia of the disc about an about an axis AD is equal to how many times its moment of inertia about an axis
axis parallel to its diameter and touching the edge of the rim is [E-2008] EF? [AIEEE-2007]

MR 2 D F
Sol. I   MR 2  2 I C
2
M.I. of the disc about tangent in a plane
5 5 A
 MR 2  I
4 2
24. The moment of inertia of a disc, of mass M and radius R, about an axis which is a tangent A E B
and parallel to its diameter is [E-2010]
Sol. About the tangent parallel to the diameter
1) 2 I AC  I EF 2) I AD  3I EF
MR 2 5
I  I g  MR 2   MR 2  MR 2 3) I AC  4 I EF 4) I AC  2 I EF
4 4
25.0Two solid spheres A and B each of radius R are made of materials of densities  A Sol. I EF  I GH  due to symmetry 

and  B respectively. Their moments of inertia about a diameter are IA and IB I AC  I BD  due to symmetry 
respectively. The value of IA/IB is [E-2012] I AC  I BD  I 0
4 3
IA 3
 R A   2 I AC  I 0 ....1 and I EF  I GH  I 0
  A
Sol. I B 4 3
 R 3  B  2 I EF  I 0 ....... 2 
3
From Eqs (1) and (2), we get
26.From a complete ring of mass M and radius R, an are making 300 at centre is removed.
What is the moment of inertia of the incomplete ring about an axis passing through I AC  I EF
the centre of the ring and perpendicular to the plane of the ring.
md 2 md 2 md 2
M  11M  I AD  I EF   
Sol. Mass of incomplete ring= M    4 12 4
2 6 12
md 2
I AD   4 I EF
3
300 29.Consider a uniform square plate of side a and mass m. The moment of inertia of this
plate about an axis perpendicular to its plane and passing through one of its corners
R is [AIEEE-2008]
5 2 1 7 2 2
1) ma 2) ma 2 3) ma 2 4) ma
6 12 12 3
Sol. Using parallel axes theorem,
Ml 2 Ml 2 7 Ml 2
I  I G  Mr 2   
12 2 12
30.A disc of moment of inertia 4kgm2 is spinning freely at 3rads-1. A second disc of moment
of inertia 2kgm2 slides down the spindle and they rotate together. a) What is the

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Moment of inertia of some regular rigid bodies
Moment Radius of
angular velocity of the combination? Rigid Body Axis Rotation of Inertia Gyration
b) What is the change in kinetic energy of the system? (I) (K)
Sol. a) Since there are no external torques acting, we may apply the conservation of angular MR2 R
momentum. 1) r to the plane of ring and passing through its
centre
I f  f  I ii   6 kgm 2   f   4 kgm 2  3rad s 1  2MR2 2R
2) r to the plane of ring and passing through its rim
1) Circular
Thus  f  2rads 2
(or) passing through any tangent r to the plane of ring
ring of
b) The kinetic energies before and after the collision are mass M and 3) In the plane of the ring and passing through its MR2/2 R/ 2
1 1 radius R. centre
Ki  I ii2  18 J ; K f  I f  2f  12 J (or) passing through any diameter of ring
2 2
4) In the plane of the ring and passing through its edge 3MR2/2
The change is K  K f  K i  6 J 3 / 2R
(or) passing through any tangent of ring in its plane.
In order for the two discs to spin together at the same rate, there had to be friction between
them. The loss in kinetic energy is converted into thermal energy. 1) r to the plane of plate and passing through its
Angular momentum of a particle centre MR2/2 R/ 2
Definition :The moment of linear momentum of a body w.r.t. an axis of rotation is known as 2) Thin 2)  to the plane of plate and passing through its edge
r
32R
angular momentum. circular
A

The angular momentum L of the particle with respect to the origin O is represented as (or) passing through any tangent r to its plane.
plane of
   MR2/4 R/2
L  r  p  mr  v  . mass M and 3) In the plane of plate and passing through its centre
radius R (or) passing through any diameter of plate
A The magnitude of the angular momentum vector is L  r p sin  , where p is the magnitude of
  4) In the plane of the plate and passing through its edge 5MR2/4
p and  is the angle between r and p . 5R / 2
A It is always directed perpendicular to the plane of rotation and along the axis of rotation. (or) passing through any tangent of plate in its plane.
3) Thin
Angular momentum of rigid body: hollow 1) Passing through its centre or any diameter 2MR2/3 2R / 3
When a rigid body is rotating, then the vector sum of angular momenta of all the particles of sphere of
body about the axis of rotation is called angular momentum of rigid body. It is equal to the 2
mass M and 2) Passing through any tangent 5MR /3 5R / 3
product of moment of inertia and angular velocity.
radius R
 L    ri  m i vi   I 4) Solid 2
i 1) Passing through its centre or any diameter 2MR /5 2R / 5
S.I. Unit : kgm2/sec sphere of
Dimensional formula : ML2T-1 mass M and 2
2) Passing through any tangent 7MR /5 7R / 5
When a body is rolling its total angular momentum is the vector sum of its angular momentum radius R
about centre of mass and the angular momentum of centre of mass about a fixed point on 5) Thin 1) r to the length of rod and passing through its ML2/12
L/2 3
the ground. uniform rod centre
of mass M
and L ML2/3 L/ 3
2) r to the length of rod and passing through its end
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Moment of inertia of some regular rigid bodies
Radius of
Moment of
Rigid Body Axis Rotation Gyration
Inertia (I)
(K)
4)  r to the axis of cylinder and passing through  L3 R 2  L2 R2
M   
one end 3 2  3 2
MR2/2
1) About geometrical or natural axis R/ 2

2) Parallel to the length of cylinder and touching

9) Solid its surface (or) passing through line of contact of 3R / 2
3MR2/2
cylinder of cylinder with floor when it is rolling.
Mass M
 L2 R 2  L2 R2
radius R and 3)  r to the axis of cylinder and passing through its M   
length L  12 4  12 4
centre

4) r to the axis of cylinder and passing through one  L2 R 2  L2 R2

M  
end  3 4
 3 4 

Law of conservation of angular momentum

If there is no external torque acting on the rotating body (or system of particles), then its
angular momentum is conserved.
dL  dL 
If  ext  0 then  0    ext 
dt  dt 
 L  I   constant  I11  I 22
31. A ballet dancer spins about a vertical axis at 60 rpm with arms outstretched. When
her arms are folded the angular frequency increases to 90 rms. Find the change in
her moment of inertia
Sol. By the principle of conservation of angular momentum I  60  I 2  90
2I
Final moment of inertia, I 2 
3
2I I
Change in moment of inertia = I  
3 3
32.A horizontal disc is freely rotating about a vertical axis passing through its centre at
the rate of 100 rpm. A bob of wax of mass 20g falls on the disc and sticks to it a
distance of 5 cm from the axis. If the moment of inertia of the disc about the given
axis is 2x10-4 kgm2, find new frequency of rotation of the disc.
Sol. I1=Moment of inertia of disc = 2 x 10-4 kgm2
I2=moment of inertia of the disc + moment of inertia of the bob of wax on the disc
 2  10 4  mr 2  2  10 4  20  103  0.05 
2

4 4 4
 2  10  0.5  10  2.5  10 kgm 2

By the principle of conservation of angular momentum

I1n1  I 2 n2  2  10 4  100  2.5  104 n2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

100  2 Rotational dynamics
n2   80rpm
2.5 Relation between Torque and angular momentum of a rigid body:
33.A circular platform is mounted on a vertical frictionless axle. Its radius is r=2m and its
The vector sum of torques acting on various particles of rigid body gives the net torque
moment of inertia is I=200kg-m2. It is initially at rest. A 70kg man stands on the edge
acting on body.
of the platform and begins to walk along the edge at speed. V0=1.0 m/s relative to the
ground. Find the angular velocity of the platform. dL
   i and   , is total angular momentum of body..
Sol. Angular momentum of man=angular momentum of platform in opposite direction. dt L
mv0 r  I     0.7 rad / s The time rate of change of the angular momentum of a particle is equal to the torque acting
EX-52: A uniform bar of length 6a and mass 8m lies on a smooth horizontal table. Two on it.
point masses m and 2m moving in the same horizontal plane with speeds 2v and v Relation between torque and angular acceleration:
respectively, strike the bar (as shown in fig) and stick to the bar after collisions. dL d
Calculate (a) velocity of the centre of mass (b) angular velocity about centre of mass   But L  I   I    I
dt dt
and (c) total kinetic energy, just after collision.
This equation is called equation of rotatory motion and analogous to Newton’s 2nd law in
2m dynamics.
v 35.A uniform rod of mass ‘m’ and length ‘l’ is suspended by means of two light
inextensible strings at the ends of a rod. Tension in one string immediately after
the other string is cut is
8m
Sol. mg  T  ma.....1
2a a 2a a

2v
m T T
Sol. (a) As Fext=0 linear momentum of the system is conserved, i.e.,
2m  v  m  2v  0   2m  m  8m   V
or V=0 i.e. velocity of centre of mass is zero.
(b) As  ext  0 angular momentum of the system is conserved, i.e. mg
m1v1r1  m2 v2 r2   I1  I 2  I 3  

2mva  m  2v  2a    2m  a   m  2a   8m   6a  / 12 
2 2 2 mg
   2  3g ...... 2 
  2
I ml 2l
 v 
i.e. 6mva  30ma    
2
3
 5a 
(c) From (a) and (b) it is clear that, the system has no translatory motion but only rotatory 1
a   ...... 3
motion. 2
1 2 1  v 2 3 2 mg
E I    30ma 2     mv solving eq (1), (2) and (3) we get, T 
2 2 4
 5a  5
34.A hoop of radius r and mass m rotating with an angular velocity ‘ 0 ’ is placed on a 36. The pulley of Atwoods machine has a moment of inertia ‘I’ about its axis and its
rough horizontal surface. The initial velocity of the centre of the hoop is zero. What radius is ‘R’. Find the magnitude of acceleration of the two blocks assuming the
will be the velocity of the centre of the hoop when it ceases to slip. (JEE-2013) string is light and does not slip on the pulley.
v 0 r
Sol. mr 0  mvr  mr   v 
2 2

r 2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

l l
T2 2
Sol. T1
m
M
l 1 2 l 1 ml 2 2
 mg  I   mg  . 
Suppose the block of mass ‘M’ goes down with an acceleration ‘a’. The angular acceleration 2 2 2 2 3
a
of the pulley is,   3g
R on solving  
l
Mg  T1  Ma;T2  mg  ma
iii) V  r or V  l  l 3g / l  3gl
a
and T1 R  T2 R  I  I 39. A rigid body is made of three identical thin rods, each of length ‘L’ fastened together
R
in the form of the letter ‘H’. The body is free to rotate about horizontal axis that runs
 M  m  gR 2 along the length of one of the legs of ‘H’. The body is allowed to fall from rest from
Solving the equation, a  a position in which the plane of ‘H’ is horizontal. What is the angular speed of the
I   M  m  R2
body when the plane of ‘H’ is vertical?

ROTATIONAL KINETIC ENERGY mL2 4

Sol. The moment of inertia of the system about one rod as axis I   mL2 ; I  mL2
The sum of the kinetic energies of various particles of rotating body is called rotational 3 3
kinetic energy. Potential energy decreases for B and C
L2 1 2 1
KErot   I   L X
2I 2 2
A
37. The angular momentum of rotating body is increased by 20%. What will be the
increase in its rotational kinetic energy? B
Y
L2 C
Sol. Kinetic energy KE =  E  L2
2I
2
E  120  E
   or   0.44 mgL 3
 mgL  mgL
E  100  E 2 2
E By conservation of mechanical energy, the loss in PE of body is equal to the gain in
 100  44% rotational KE
E
38.A uniform rod of length ‘l’ is held vertically on a horizontal floor fixing its lower end, the 3 14 
 mgL   mL2   2 on solving   3 g
rod is allowed to fall onto the ground. Find (i) its angular velocity at that instant of 2 2 3  2 L
reaching the ground (ii) The linear velocity with which the tip of rod hits the floor.
40.A uniform rod AB of mass ‘m’ length ‘2a’ is allowed to fall under gravity with AB in
Sol. The rod rotates about an axis through one end. From the principle of conservation of horizontal. When the speed of the rod is ‘v’ suddenly the end ‘A’ is fixed. Find the
mechanical energy. Loss of P.E. of the rod is equal to its gain in rotational K.E. angular velocity with which it begins to rotate.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

PREVIOUS MAINS QUESTIONS 43. A cylindrical vessel containing a liquid is rotated about its axis so that the the
liquid rises at its sides as shown in the figure. The radius of vessel is 5 cm and the
Topic-2: Angular Displacement, Velocity and Aceleration an g u lar s p eed o f ro tatio n is  rad s–1. The difference in the height, h (in cm)of liquid at
the centre of vessel and at the side will be [sep2 2020 MAINS ]
42. A bead of mass m stays at point P  a, b  on a wire bent in the shape of a
parabola y  4Cx 2 and rotating with angular speed  (see figure). The value of  is
(neglect friction [sep2 2020 MAINS ]

2 gC 2g
(1) 2 2 gC (2) 2 gC (3) (4)
ab C 22 52 252 22
(1) (2) (3) (4)
25g 2g 2g 5g

2 dy
solution:. y  4Cx   tan   8Cx
dx

At P, tan   8Ca
solution:. (3) Here, dr 2 r  gdh

R h
 2  rdr  g  dh
0 0

For steady circular motion

m2 a cos   mg sin 

g tan 

a
2 R 2
  gh (Given R = 5 cm)
2
g  8aC
   2 2 gC
a
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
45.A particle of mass m is fixed to one end of a light spring having force constant k
2 R 2 252
h   and unstretched length l. The other end is fixed. The system is given an angular
2g 2g
speed  about the fixed end of the spring such that it rotates in a circle in gravity free
44 A spring mass system (mass m, spring constant k and natural length l) rests in space. Then the stretch in the spring is [8JAN2020 MAINS ]
equilibrium on a horizontal disc. The free end of the spring is fixed at the centre of the
disc. If thedisc together with spring mass system, rotates about it’s axis with an ml 2 ml2 ml2 ml 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
k  m k  m2 k  m2 k  m
2
 
angular velocity  , k  m the relative change in the lenght of the spring is best
given by the option : [9 JAN2020 MAINS ] solution:.26. (2) At elongated position (x),

2  m2  mv 2
2m2 Fradial   mr 2
(1)   (2) r
3  k  k

 kx  m    x  2
m2 m2
(3) (4)
k 3k  r    x here 
solution:.
kx  m2  mx2
25. (3) Free body diagram in the frame of disc
m2
x 
k  m2

46. A uniform rod of length l is being rotated in a horizontal plane with a constant
 m2   0  x   kx
angular speed about an axis passing through one of its ends. If the tension generated
in the rod due to rotation is T(x) at a distance x from the axis, then which of the
m 02
x following graphs depicts it most closely? [120APR 2019 MAINS ]
k  m2

(1) (2)

For k  m2

x m2
 
0 k (3) (4)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

T x

  dT     dm   x
2
solution:. (4)
0 l
r/2 1
sin       300
r 2

and N cos   mg ......(ii)

x
m 
T    dx  2 x
l
l  2 r
or tan  
2g
m2 2
Or T 
l
l  x2  0 2 r
or tan 30 
2g
It is a parabola between T and x.

47 A smooth wire of length 2r is bent into a circle and kept in a vertical plane. A 1 2 r
or 
bead can slide smoothly on the wire. When the circle is rotating with angular speed  3 2g
about the vertical diameter AB, as shown in figure, the bead is is at rest with respect
to the circular ring at position P as shown. Then the value of 2 is equal to: 2g
2 
r 3

48. A long cylindrical vessel is half filled is half filled with a liquid. When the vessel
is rotated about its own vertical axis, the liquid rises up near the wall. If the radius of
vessel is 5 cm and its rotational speed is 2 rotations per second, then the difference in
the heigthts between the centre and the sides, in cm, will be
[12 APR 2019 MAINS ]
(1) 2.0 (2) 0.1 (3) 0.4 (4) 1.2 [12 JAN 2019 MAINS ]

solution:((1) Using v 2  u 2  2 gy [ u  0 at (0, 0)]

(1)
3g
2r

(2) 2 g / r 3  v 2  2 gy [ v  x ]


(3) r 3 / r  (4) 2 g / r

solution:(2) N sin   m2  r / 2  .....(i)

2 x 2  2  2    0.05 
2 2
y   2cm
2g 20
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
49.. A particle is moving with a uniform speed in a circular orbit of radius R in a 51.A slender uniform rod of mass M and length  is pivoted at one end so that it can
central force inversely proportional to the nth power of R. If the period of rotation of rotate in a vertical plane (see figure). There is negligible friction at the pivot. The free
the particle is T, then [2018 MAINS ] end is held vertically above the pivot and then released. The angualr acceleration of
the rod when it makes an angle with the vetical is
(1) T  R 3/2 for any n (2) T  R n /21

(3) T  R n1/2 (4) T  R n /2

2 1 mv 2 [2017MAINS ]
solution:.(3) m R  Force  (Force  )
Rn R

1 1
 2     n 1 3g 2g 3g 2g
R n 1 (1) cos  (2) cos  (3) sin  (4) sin 
R 2 2 3 2 2

2 solution:.(3) Torques at angle 

Time period T 

l l
  Mg sin . Also   l   l   Mg sin 
n 1 2 2
Time period,
TR 2

50.The machine as shown has 2 rods of length 1m connected by a pivot at the top.
The end of one rod is connected to the floor by a stationary pivot and the end of the
other rod has a roller that rolls along the floor in a slot. As the roller goes back and
forth, a 2kg weight moves up and down. If the roller is moving towards right at a
constant speed, the weight moves up with a:

Ml 2 l  Ml 2 
.  Mg sin   I rod  
3 2  3 

l sin  3g sin 
[2017 MAINS ]  g  
3 2 2l

52.Concrete mixture is made by mixing cement, stone and sand in a rotating cylindrical
drum. If the drum rotates too faste, the ingredients remain stuck to the wall of the
(1) constant speed (2) decreasingspeed (3) increasing speed drum and proper mixing of ingredients does not take place. The maximum rotational
speed of te drum in revolutions per minute (rpm) to ensure proper mixing is close
3 to: (Take the radius of the drum to be 1.25 m and its axle to be horizontal):
(4) speed which is th of that of the roller when the weight is 0.4 m above the ground
4
(1) 27.0 (2) 0.4 (3) 1.4 (4) 8.0 [2016MAINS ]
solution:.
solution:.(1) For just complete rotation
50. (2) decreasing speed

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

v  Rg at top point (2) 1  2 and independent of f

The rotational speed of the drum (3) f 1  1  f  2

v g 10 (4) 1  2 and depend on f

  
R R 1.25

The maximum rotational speed of the drum in revolutions per minute solution:.(2) Angular velocity is the angular displacement per unit time i.e.,  
t

60 10 Here 1  2 and independent of f .

  rpm    27
2 1.25
Topic-3: Torque, Couple and Angular Momentum
53.A cubical block of side 30 cm is moving with velocity 2 ms–1 on a smooth horizontal
surface. The surface has a bump at a point O as shown in figure. The angular 55.Four point masses, each of mass m, are fixed at the corners of a square of side l.
velocity (in rad/s) of the block immediately after it hits the bump, is The square is rotating with angular frequency  , aqbout an ax is passing through
one of the corners of the square and parallel to its diagonal, as shown in the figure.
The angular moemtnum of the square about this axis is: [SEP 6 2020 MAINS]

[APR9 2016 MAINS]

(1) 13.3 (2) 5.0 (3) 9.4 (4) 6.7

(1) ml 2  (2) 4 ml 2  (3) 3ml 2  (4) 2 ml 2 
solution:.(2) Angular momentum, mvr  I 

Moment of Inertia (I) of cubical block is given by

R solution:.(3) Angular momentum, L  I 

m.2
 R 2  R  2    2
I  m     R  R  
2 2
 m   
 6  2 
 6  2  

12 3 10
    5 rad / s 2
8R 2  0.3 2  l 
 2l 
2
I  m  0  m 
2
 2 m
 2
54.Two point masses of mass m1  fM and m2  1  f  M  f  1 are in outer space (far
from gravitational influence of other objects) at a distance R from each other. They
move in circular orbits about their centre of mass with angular velocities 1 for m1
and 2 for m2 . In the case [MAY9 2016 MAINS]
2ml 2
  2ml 2  3ml 2 Angular momentum L  I   3ml 2
2
(1) 1  f  1  f 
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
56.A thin rod of mass 0.9 kg and length 1m is suspended, at rest, from one end so that
it can freely oscillate in the vertical plane. Aparticle of move 0.1 kg moving in a straight
line with velocity 80 m/s hits the rod at its bottom most point and sticks to it (see
figure). The angular speed (in rad/s) of the rod immediately after the collision will be
 M R2 
_________ [SEP 6 2020 MAINS] I11  I 22 I1   I M  I m    0  mR 2 
 2 
solution:.(20)

1
I2  M 0 R 2 and 1  5 rpm
2

 M R2  5
2   0  mR 2  
 2  M R2
  0
2
Using principal of conservation of angular momentum we have

5R 2  80  100 
   9 rpm
  R2 100
Li  L f  mvL  I 
58..A block of mass m = 1 kg slides with velocity v = 6 m/s on a frictionless horizontal
 ML2  surface and collides with a uniform vertical rod and sticks to it as shown. The rod is
 mvL   mL2   pivoted about O and swings as a result of the collision making angle  q before
 3  momentarily coming to rest. If the rod has mass M = 2 kg, and length l = 1 m, the value
of q is approximately: (take g = 10 m/s2) [SEP3 2020 MAINS]
 0.9  12 
 0.1 80  1    0.1 12  
 3 

 3 1 4
 8     8  
 10 10  10

   20 rad/sec

57.A person of 80 kg mass is standing on the rim of a circular platform of mass 200 kg (1) 630 (2) 550 (3) 690 (4) 490
rotating about its axis at 5 revolutions per minute (rpm). The person now starts
solution:.(1) Using conservation of angular momentum
moving towards the centre of the plastform. What will be the rotational speed (in rpm)
of the platform when the person reaches its centre_________[SEP3 2020 MAINS]

solution:.Here M 0  200kg , m  80 kg

Using conservation of angular momentum, Li  L f

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Now using energy conservation, after collision 2 l
Horizontal force = Centripetal force  m sin 
2
2
1 2 l 15  9v
I   2mg 1  cos    mgl 1  cos     ml 2   2mgl 1  cos  
2 2 23  25l 2 l
Torque due to vertical force  mg sin 
2
3
 mv 2  2mgl 1  cos  
5 2 2 l l
Torque due to horizontal force  m sin  cos 
2 2
3 36 27
  1  cos   1   cos 
10 2 10 50

23
Or, cos     630
50

 2ml 2  5 2 3v 3  6 18
mvl   ml 2     mvl  ml     or    rad/s
 3  3 5l 5 1 5

l 2 l l ml 2 2
Net Torque = Angular momentum mg sin   m sin  cos    sin  cos 
2 2 2 12
59. A uniform rod of length ‘l’ is pivoted at one of its ends on a vertical
3 g
 cos  
2 2l

shaft of negligible radius. When the shaft rotates at angular speed  the rod makes
an angle  with it (see figure). To find  equate the rate of change of angular
ml 2 2
momentum (direction going into the paper)  sin  cos  about the centre of mass
12
(CM) to the torque provided by the horizontal and vertical forces FH and FV about the 60.
CM. The value of q is then such that : [SEP3 2020 MAINS]

2g g
(1) cos   (2) cos   Shown in the figure is rigid and uniform one meter long rod AB held in
3l2 2l2
horizontal position by two strings tied to its ends and attached to the ceiling. The rod
g 3g is of mass ‘m’ and has another weight of mass 2 m hung at a distance of 75 cm from
(3) cos   (4) cos   A. The tension in the string at A is : [SEP2 2020 MAINS]
l2 2l2

solution:.(4) Vertical force = mg (1) 0.5 mg (2) 2 mg

(3) 0.75 mg (4) 1 mg

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
solution:.(4) Net torque, net about B is zero at equilibrium

TA  100  mg  50  2mg  25  0

 TA  100  100mg

 TA  1mg (Tension in the string at A)

For step up, F  R  Mg  x

x  R 2   R  a  from figure
2

2
Mg  Ra
 R 2   R  a   Mg 1  
2
Fmin  
R  R 

62.Consider a uniform rod of mass M = 4m and length l pivoted about its centre. A
mass m moving with velocity v making angle to the rod’s long axis collides with one
61.A uniform cylinder of mass M and radius R is to be pulled over a step of height a (a 
< R) by applying a force F at its centre ‘O’ perpendicular to the plane through the axes end of the rod and sticks to it. The angular speed of the rod-mass   system just
4
of the cylinder on the edge of the step (see figure). The minimum value of F required after the collision is: [8 JAN 2020 MAINS]
is :
3 v 3v 3 2v 4v
(1) (2) (3) (4)
7 2 l 7l 7 l 7l

solution:.(3)

[SEP 2 2020 MAINS]

2 2
 Ra  R 
(1) Mg 1    (2) Mg  R  a   1
 R   
About point O angular momentum
a a2
(3) Mg (4) Mg 1  Linitial  L final
R R2

solution:.(1) mV 1  4mL2 mL2 

    
2 2  12 4 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot


6V 3 2V  dr
   Velocity, v   2i  6t j
7 2L 7L dt

63.A particle of mass m is moving along a trajectory given by v  at t  2   2i  12 j

x  x0  a cos 1t y  y0  b cos 2 t [10 APR 2019 MAINS]

   
  
L  mvr sin n  m r  v    2 4i  12 j  2i  12 j  48k
The torque, acting on the particle about the origin, at t = 0 is:
65. metal coin of mass 5 g and radius 1 cm is fixed to a thin stick AB of negligible
(1) m   x0 b  ya  12 k (2)  my0 a12 k (3) zero  
(4)  m x0 b22  y0 a12 k mass as shown in the figure The system is initially at rest. The constant torque, that
will make the system rotate about AB at 25 rotations per second in 5s, is close to :
solution:.(2) Given that, x  x0  a cos 1t

y  y0  b sin 2t

dx
 Vx [10 APR 2019 MAINS]
dt

dy
 vx   a1 sin  1t  , and  v y  b2 cos  2t 
dt
(1) 4.0  10 6 Nm (2) 1.6  10 5 Nm

dvx dv y
 ax  a12 cos  1t  ,  a y   a22 sin  2t  (3) 7.9  10 Nm
6 (4) 2.0  10 5 Nm
dt dt
solution:.(4) Angular acceleration,
At t  0, x  x0  a, y  y0
  0 25  2  0
   10 rad / s 2
ax   a12 , a y  0 t 5

       I
Now,   r  F  m r  a  
5  5

    mR 2      5  103 104 10  
   
  x0  a  i  y0 j   m  a12 i   my0 a12 k 4  4

64.The time dependence of the position of a particle of mass m  2 is given by  2.0 105 Nm

r  t   2ti  3t 2 j . Its angular momentum, with respect to the origin, at time t = 2 is 66.A particle of mass 20 g is released with an initial velocity 5 m/s along the curve
from the point A, as shown in the figure. The point A is at height h from point B. The
 
(1) 48 i  j (2) 36k  
(3) 34 k  i (4) 48k
particle slides along the frictionless surface. When the particle reaches point B, its
angular momentum about O will be : (Take g = 10 m/s2)[12 JAN 2019 MAINS]
[10 APR 2019 MAINS]
 
solution:. We have given r  2ti  3t 2 j r  at t  2   4i  12 j
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(1) 2 kg-m2/s (2) 8 kg-m2/s (3) 6 kg-m2/s (4) 3 kg-m2/s    F  F 3  
solution:.(3) According to work-energy theorem
 F1  r1  F 1  6 j  
2
i 
2
 
 j   3F k

  
1 2 1 2 Torque due to F2 force
mgh  mvB  mvA
2 2

2 gh  vB2  v A2  
 F2  2i  3 j  F k  3Fi  2 F  j  
  
2 10 10  vB2  52  vB  15 m / s net  F1   F2  3Fi  2 F  j  3F k   
Angular momentum about O,

 3i  2 j  3k F 
L0  mvr
68.The magnitude of torque on a particle of mass 1 kg is 2.5 Nm about the origin. If the
L0  6kg .m2 / s force acting on it is 1 N, and the distance of the particle from the origin is 5m, the
angle between the force and the position vector is (in radians):
 
67.A slab is subjected to two forces F 1 and F 2 of same magnitude F as shown in the
     

 
figure. Force F 2 is in XY-plane while force F1 acts along z-axis at the point 2i  3 j . (1)
6
(2)
3
(3)
8
(4)
4
[11 JAN 2019 MAINS]

The moment of these forces about point O will be : [11 JAN 2019 MAINS]   
solution:.(1) Torque about the origin    r  F

 rF sin   2.5  1 5sin 

1
sin   0.5 
2



6

69.To mop-clean a floor, a cleaning machine presses a circular mop of radius R

   
vertically down with a total force F and rotates it with a constant angular speed about
(1) 3i  2 j  3k F (2) 3i  2 j  3k F its axis. If the force F is distributed uniformly over the mop and if coefficient of friction
between the mop and the floor is m, the torque, applied by the machine on the mop

(3) 3i  2 j  3k F   
(4) 3i  2 j  3k F is: [10JAN 2019 MAINS]

(1) FR / 3 (2) FR / 6


solution:.(1) Given, F1 
2
 
F  F 3 
i 
2
j   2
(3) FR / 2 (4)  FR
 3
r1  0i  6 j
solution:.(4) Consider a strip of radius x and thickness dx, Torque due to friction on this strip
Torque due to F1 force

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Net torque =  Torque on ring 1 1
(1) tan   (2) tan  
2 3 2
R
F .2xdx 2F R 3
 d   R 2
 .
R2 3 2 1
0
(3) tan   (4) tan  
3 3
2FR
 solution:.(4) Given that, the rod is of uniform mass density and AB = BC
3

70.A rigid massless rod of length 3l has two masses attached at each end as shown
in the figure. The rod is pivoted at point P on the horizontal axis (see figure). When
released from initial horizontal position, its instantaneous angular acceleration will
be: [10 JAN 2019 MAINS]

g g g 7g
(1) (2) (3) (4)
13l 3l 2l 3l

solution:.(1) Applying torque equation about point P.

  I    2 M 0  2   5 M 0  2  
2
  Let mass of one rod is m

 5 M 0 g   4 M 0 g    2 M 0  2   5 M 0  2  
2 Balancing torque about hinge point
 
mg  C1P   mg  C2 N 

 M 0 g   13M 0 g  2  
L  L 
mg  sin    mg  cos   L sin  
71.An L-shaped object, made of thin rods of uniform mass density, is suspended with 2  2 
a string as shown in figure. If AB = BC, and the angle made by AB with downward
vertical is  , then: [9 JAN 2019 MAINS]  mgL
 mgL sin   cos 
2 2

sin  1 1
  or, tan  
cos  3 3

72.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
A uniform rod AB is suspended from a point X, at a variable distance from x   R 
from A, as shown. To make the rod horizontal, a mass m is suspended from its end A. (1) L  mv   a  k when the particle is moving from B to C.
 2 
A set of (m, x) values is recorded. The appropriate variable that give a straight line,
when plotted, are:  mv
(2) L  Rk when the particle is moving from D to A.
1 1 2
(1) m, (2) m, (3) m, x (4) m, x 2 [15 APR 2018 MAINS]
x x2
 mv 
(3) L   Rk when the particle is moving from A to B.
solution:.(1) Balancing torque w.r.t. point of suspension 2

  R 
(4) L  mv   a  k when the particle is moving from C to D.
 2 

solution:.(1) We know that L  mvr

 
mgx  Mg   x 
2 


 mx  M  Mx
2

 1
m  M  M
 2 x
 R 
In none of the cases, the perpendicular distance r is   a
1  2 
y   C Straight line equation
x
74.A particle of mass 2 kg is on a smooth horizontal table and moves in a circular path
73.A particle of mass m is moving along the side of a square of side ‘a’, with a uniform of radius 0.6 m. The height of the table from the ground is 0.8 m. If the angular speed
speed v in the x-y plane as shown in the figure : [11 JAN 2016 MAINS] of the particle is 12 rad s–1, the magnitude of its angular momentum about a point on
the ground right under the centre of the circle is : [11 APR 2015 MAINS]

(1) 14.4 kg m2s-1 (2) 8.64 kg m2s-1

(3) 20.16 kg m s 2 -1
(4) 11.52 kg m2s-1

solution:.(1) Angular momentum, L0  mvr sin 900

  2  0.6  12  1 1
Which of the following statements is false for the angular momentum L about
the origin? [As V  r ,sin 900  1 ]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

So, L0  14.4 kgm 2 / s v 2 sin 2   v 2 sin 2  
 cos  H  
2g  2g 
75.A bob of mass m attached to an inextensible string of length l is suspended from a
vertical support. The bob rotates in a horizontal circle with an angular speed  rad/s
about the vertical. About the point of suspension: [11 JAN 2014 MAINS] 102  sin 2 600  cos 600

2  10
(1) angular momentum is conserved
 3.46 kg m2 / s
(2) angular momentum changes in magnitude but not in direction

(3) angular momentum changes in direction but not in magnitude 77.A particle of mass 2 kg is moving such that at time t, its position, in meter, is given

by r  t   5i  2t 2 j . The angular momentum of the particle at t = 2s about the origin in kg
(4) angular momentum changes both in direction and magnitude.
m–2 s–1 is : [23 APR 2013 MAINS]
solution:.(c) Torque working on the bob of mass m is,   mg   sin  . (Direction parallel to plane
of rotation of particle) (1) 80k 
(2) 10i  16 j 
(3) 40k (4) 40k

solution:.(1) Angular momentum L  m  v  r 

 dr 
   
 2kg   r   2kg 4tJ  5i  2t 2 j  2kg 20tk  2kg  20  2m 2 s 1 k
 dt   80k

As  is perpendicular to L, direction of L changes but magnitude remains same
78.A thin horizontal circular disc is rotating about a vertical axis passing through its
76.A ball of mass 160 g is thrown up at an angle of 60° to the horizontal at a speed of centre. An insect is at rest at a point near the rim of the disc. The insect now moves
10 ms–1. The angular momentum of the ball at the highest point of the trajectory with along a diameter of the disc to reach its other end. During the journey of the insect,
respect to the point from which the ball is thrown is nearly (g = 10 ms–2) the angular speed of the disc. [9APR 2013 MAINS]

(1) 1.73 kg m2/s (2) 3.0 kg m2/s [19 APR 2014 MAINS] (1) continuously decreases (2) continuously increases

(3) 3.46 kg m /s 2
(4) 6.0 kg m2/s (3) first increases and then decreases (4) remains unchanged

solution:..(3) Given : m  0.160 kg solution:.(3) Angular momentum, L  I   L  mr 2

  600 As insect moves along a diameter, the effective mass and hence moment of inertia (I)
first decreases then increases so from principle of conservation of angular momentum, angular
v  10 m / s speed  first increases then decreases
 
Angular momentum L  r  mv 79.A small particle of mass m is projected at an angle  with the x-axis with an initial
v0 sin 
 H mv cos  velocity n0 in the x-y plane as shown in the figure. At a time t  , the angular
g
momentum of the particle is [23 APR 2010MAINS]
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
81.A thin circular ring of mass m and radius R is rotating about its axis with a constant
angular velocity  . Two objects each of mass M are attached gently to the opposite
ends of a diameter of the ring. The ring now rotates with an angular velocity  ' 

 m  2M  m  2M  m m
(1) (2) (3)  m  M  (4)  m  2 M  [2006 MAINS]
m  m  2M 
solution:.(4) Applying conservation of angular momentum I '  '  I 
1 1
(3)  mgv0 t cos k (4) mgv0 t cos k
2 2
(1)  mgv0 t 2 cos  j (2) mgv0 t cos k
2 2
 mR 2

 2 MR 2  '  mR 2
Where i, j and k are unit vectors along x, y and z-axis respectively
  m  2m  R 2  '  mR 2 
  

solution:.(3) L  m r  v 
 m 
 '   
  m  2M 
  1  
L  m v0 cos ti   v0 sin t  gt 2  j 
  2   82.A force of  Fk acts on O, the origin of the coordinate system. The torque about the
point (1, –1) is [2006 MAINS]
 v0 cos i   v0 sin   gt  j 
 

 1  1
 mv0 cos t   gt  k   mgv0t 2 cos k
 2  2

80.Angular montum of of particle rotating with a central force is constant due to

(1) constant torque [2007 MAINS]

(2) constant force  

(1) F i  j  
(2)  F i  j

(3) constant linear momentum

(4) zero torque

 
(3) F i  j  
(4)  F i  j

  
solution:.(4) We know Torque c 


d Lc   
solution:.(3) Torque   r  F  i  j   F k 
dt

Where L c  Angular momentum about the center of mass of the body. Central forces      
 F  i  k  j  k   F j  i  F i  j

act along the center of mass. Therfore torque about center of mass is zero
[Since k  i  j and j  k  i ]
dL 
  0  L c  constt 83. A solid sphere is rotating in free space. If the radius of the sphere is increased
dt
keeping mass same, which one of the following will not be affected ?[2004 MAINS]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

(1) Angular velocity (2) Angular momentum solution:.(4) Angular momentum (L)

(3) Moment of inertia(4) Rotational kinetic energy = (linear momentum) x (perpendicular distance of the line of motion passes through
 L  mv  r
solution:.(2) Angular momentum will remain the same since no external torque act in free
space.  mv  0
  
84.Let F be the force acting on a particle having position vector r , and T be the 0
torque of this force about the origin. Then [2003 MAINS]
Topic-4: Moment of Inertia and Rotational K.E.
   
(1) r.T  0 and F.T  0 86.hown in the figure is a hollow icecream cone (it is open at the top). If its mass is M,
    radius of its top, R and height, H, then its moment of inertia about its axis is :
(2) r.T  0 and F.T  0
   
(3) r.T  0 and F.T  0
   
(4) r.T  0 and F.T  0
  [SEP 6 2020 MAINS]
solution:.(4) We know that   r  F

(1)
MR 2
(2)

M R2  H 2 
2 4

MH 2 MR 2
(3) (4)
3 3
 
Vector  is perpendicular to both r and F . We also know that the dot product of two
solution:.(4) Hollow ice-cream cone can be assume as several parts of discs having different
vectors which have an angle of 900 between them is zero.
radius, so
   
 r.T  0 and F .T  0
I   dI   dm r 2   .....(i)
85.A particle of mass m moves along line PC with velocity v as shown. What is the
angular momentum of the particle about P? [2002 MAINS]

From diagram,
(1) mvL (2) mvl (3) mvr (4) zero
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
r R R Mass of the small element of the rod
 tan   or r  h
h H H
dm  .dx
2
Mass of element, dm   r dh ....(iii)   Moment of inertia of small element

From eq. (i), (ii) and (iii),  x

dI  dm.x 2   0 1   .x 2 dx
 L
From eq. (i), (ii) and (iii),
Moment of inertia of the complete rod can be obtained by integration
dh
Area of element, dA  2rdl  2r
cos  L
 x3 
I   0   x 2   dx
0
L
2Mh tan dh
Mass of element, dm 
R R 2  H 2 cos 
L
x3 x 4  L3 L3 
(here, r  h tan  )  0   0   
3 4L 0 3 4
H H 2

 dm  r      r  dh  H .h 
 
R
I   dI  2 2
7 0 L3
0 0 I ......(i)
12

H  R  4 Mass of the thin rod,

      .h   dh
 H  
0    L L
 x 3 L
M   dx    0 1   dx  0
 L 2
MR 2 0 0
Solving we get, I 
2
2M
 0 
87.The linear mass density of a thin rod AB of length L varies from A to B as 3L
 x
  x    0 1   , where x is the distance from A. If M is the mass of the rod then its 7  2M  3 7 2
 L I    L  I  ML
12  3L  18
moment of inertia about an axis passing through A and perpendicular to the rod is :
88.A wheel is rotating freely with an angular speed w on a shaft. The moment of inertia
5 7
(1) ML2 (2) ML2 [SEP 6 2020 MAINS] of the wheel is I and the moment of inertia of the shaft is negligible. Another wheel of
12 18 moment of inertia 3I initially at rest is suddenly coupled to the same shaft. The
resultant fractional loss in the kinetic energy of the system is :
2 3
(3) ML2 (4) ML2
5 7 5 1 3
(1) (2) (3) 0 (4) [SEP 6 2020 MAINS]
6 4 4

solution:.(2) solution:.(4) By angular momentum conservataion, Lc  L f

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 
I  3I  0  4 I  '   '  I  3I  0  4 I  '   ' 
4 4

1 2 1 2
 KE i  I  KE i  I
2 2

1 1
 KE  f   3 I  I   '2  KE  f   3 I  I   '2
2 2

2 2
1   I 2 1   I 2
   4I         4I     
2 4 8 2 4 8

1 2 3 2 1 2 3 2
 KE  I  I  KE  I  I
2 8 2 8

3 2 3 2
I I
 KE 8 3  KE 8 3
     
 Fractional loss in K.E. KEli 1 2 4  Fractional loss in K.E. KEli 1 2 4
I I
2 2

89.ABC is a plane lamina of the shape of an equilateral triangle. D, E are mid points of 90.A circular disc of mass M and radius R is rotating about its axis with angular
AB, AC and G is the centroid of the lamina. Moment of inertia of the lamina about an R
speed 1 . If another stationary disc having radius and same mass M is dropped co-
axis passing through G and perpendicular to the plane ABC is I 0 . If part ADE is 2
NI 0 axially on to the rotating disc. Gradually both discs attain constant angular speed 2 .
removed, the moment of inertia of the remaining part about the same axis is
16 The energy lost in the process is p% of the initial energy. Value of p is ___________.
where N is an integer. Value of N is _______.

solution: [SEP4 2020 MAINS]

[SEP 4 2020 MAINS]

Using angular momentum conservation

I11  I 22   I1  I 2    f
solution:.(4) By angular momentum conservataion, Lc  L f
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
MR 2  MR 2 MR 2  4
   0    f  f  
2  2 8  5

92.
1 2 1  MR 2  2 MR 22
Initial K.E., K i  2 I   2  2    4
 

1 2 1  MR 2  2 MR 22 For a uniform rectangular sheet shown in the figure, the ratio of moments of
Final K.E., K f  2 I   2  2    4 inertia about the axes perpendicular to the sheet and passing through O (the centre
 
of mass) and O’ (corner point) is : [SEP4 2020 MAINS]
Percentage loss in kinetic energy % loss
(1) 2/3 (2) 1/4 (3) 1/8 (4) 1/2

2
MR  MR  2 2 2 solution:(b) Moment of inertia of rectangular sheet about an axis passing through O,

 4 5  100  20%  P %
MR 2 2 I0 
M 2
12

a  b2 
M
12 

 80 2   60 2 
4

Hence, value of P = 20

91.Consider two uniform discs of the same thickness and different radii R1 = R and R2
=  R made of the same material. If the ratio of their moments of inertia I1 and I2,
respectively, about their axes is I1:I2 = 1 : 16 then the value of a is :

(1) 2 2 (2) 2 (3) 2 (4) 4 [SEP 4 2020 MAINS]

solution:.(3) Let p be the density of the discs and t is the thickness of discs From the parallel axis theorem, moment of inertia about O’,

Moment of inertia of disc is given by I O '  I O  M  50 

2

 2  2
MR 2  R t  R  
I
2

2 IO
M
2

802  602
1 
 

(As  and t are same)

IO ' M
12

802  602  M  50 
2
 4
I  R4

4 93.Moment of inertia of a cylinder of mass M, length L and radius R about an axis

I 2  R2  16
      4  2 passing through its centre and perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder is
I1  R1  1
 R 2 L2 
I  M    . If such a cylinder is to be made for a given mass of a material, the
 4 12 
ratio L/R for it to have minimum possible I is : [SEP 3 2020 MAINS]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2 3 3 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 2 2 3

solution:(b) Moment of inertia of rectangular sheet about an axis passing through O,

I0 
M 2
12

a  b2 
M
12 

 80 2   60 2 

I  I E  I F  IG

2
a 5 25 2
 I  m  02  m    ma 2  ma 2  ma
2 4 20

 N  25

From the parallel axis theorem, moment of inertia about O’, 95.Two uniform circular discs are rotating independently in the same direction around
their common axis passing through their centres. The moment of inertia and angular
I O '  I O  M  50 
2
velocity of the first disc are 0.1 kg-m2 and 10 rad s–1 respectively while those for the
second one are 0.2 kg-m2 and 5 rad s–1 respectively. At some instant they get stuck
together and start rotating as a single system about their common axis with some
IO
M
2
802  602  1  angular speed. The kinetic energy of the combined system is :
 

12

I O ' M 802  602  M 50 2 4
   10
J
20
J
5
J
2
J
(1) (2) (3) (4) [SEP2 2020 MAINS]
3 3 3 3
.94. A n m as s les s eq u ilater al tr ian g le EFG of side ‘a’ (As shown in figure) has three
particles of mass m situated at its vertices. The moment of inertia of the system about solution:.(2) Initial angular momentum  I11  I 2 2

N Let  be angular speed of the combined system

the line EX perpendicular to EG in the plane of EFG is ma 2 where N is an integer..
20
The value of N is _________. [SEP 3 2020 MAINS] Final angular momentum  I1  I 2

According to conservation of angular momentum  I1  I 2    I11  I 2 2

I11  I 22 0.1 10  0.2  5 20

  
I2  I2 0.1  0.2 3

Final rotational kinetic energy

solution(25)

Moment of inertia of the system about axis XE

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
2
1 1 1  20   2  d 2  d  
2
Kf  I12  I 22   0.1  0.2     I 0  3I1  3  m    m 
2 2 2  3   

5  2   3  

20
 Kf  J 13
3  I0  Md 2
10
96.Three solid spheres each of mass m and diameter d are stuck together such that
the lines connecting the centres form an equilateral triangle of side of length d. The  2  d 2 2
 2  d 2
And I A  2  5 M  2   Md   5 M  2 
I0      
ratio I of moment of inertia I0 of the system about an axis passing the centroid and
A

about center of any of the spheres IA and perpendicular to the plane of the triangle is: 23
 IA  Md 2
10

13
Md 2
IO 10 13
  
IA 23
Md 2 23
[9 JAN 2020 MAINS] 10

97.One end of a straight uniform 1 m long bar is pivoted on horizontal table. It is

released from rest when it makes an angle 30° from the horizontal (see figure). Its
13 15 23 13 angular speed when it hits the table is given as
1
(1) (2) (3) (4) ns , where n is an integer. The
23 13 13 15
value of n is ________ [9 JAN 2020 MAINS]
solution:.[1)]Moment of inertia

solution:.(15) Here, length of bar, 1 = 1m

Angle,   300

2 1 2
I1 
2 d 
m    m  AO 
2 PE  KE or mgh  2 I 
5 2

l 1  ml 2  2
d   mg  sin 300   
And AO  2 2  3 
3

Moment of inertia about ‘O’

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1  ml 2  2 1 1
l 1
 mg     m1  m2  gh   m1  m2  R 2  I 2
  2 2
2 2 2  3 

 v  R 
   15 rad / s

98.A uniformly thick wheel with moment of inertia I and radius R is free to rotate about 2 
  m1  m2  gh   m1  m2  R 2  I 
its centre of mass (see fig). A massless string is wrapped over its rim and two blocks 2 
of masses m1 and m2 (m1 > m2) are attached to the ends of the string. The system is
released from rest. The angular speed of the wheel when m1 descents by a distance h 2  m1  m2  gh

is: [9 JAN 2020 MAINS]  m1  m2  R 2  I

99.As shown in the figure, a bob of mass m is tied by a massless string whose other
end portion is wound on a fly wheel (disc) of radius r and mass m. When released
from rest the bob starts falling vertically. When it has covered a distance of h, the
angular speed of the wheel will be:

1/2 [7JAN 2020 MAINS]

 2  m1  m2  gh 
(1)  
  m1  m2  R  1 
2

1/2
 2  m1  m2  gh  1 4 gh 3
(2)   (1) (2) r
r 3 2 gh
  m1  m2  R  1 
2

1/2 1 2 gh 3
  m1  m2   (3) (4) r
r 3 4 gh
(3)   gh
  m1  m2  R  1 
2

solution:.(1) When the bob covered a distance ‘h’

1/2
  m1  m2   1 2 1 2
(4)   gh Using mgh  mv  I 
  m1  m2  R  1 
2 2 2

solution:.(1) Using principal of conservation of energy 1 1 mr 2

m  r     2  v  r no slipping 
2

2 2 2
1 1 2
 m1  m2  gh   m1  m2  v 2  I
3
2 2  mg  m2 r 2
4
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Moment of inertia,
4 gh 1 4 gh
 
3r 2 r 3
I   dmr 2   2rdr.r 2
100.The radius of gyration of a uniform rod of length l, about an axis passing through
a
l  Aa 4 Ba 5 
a point away from the centre of the rod, and perpendicular to it, is:  I  2   A  Br  r 3dr  2   
4 0  4 5 

1 1 7 3  A Ba 
(1) l (2) l (3) l (4) l [ 7 JAN 2020 MAINS]  I  2a 4  
4 8 48 8  4 5 

 102.A circular disc of radius b has a hole of radius a at its centre (see figure). If the
solution:.(3) Moment inertia of the rod passing through a point away from the centre of the rod
4  0 
mass per unit area of the disc varies as   , then the radius of gyration of the disc
 r 
I  Ig  m 2
about its axis passing through the centre is : :[7 JAN 2020 MAINS]

MI 2  I 2  7 MI 2
I  M    
12  16  48

2 7 MI 2
Using I  MK  (K = radius of gyration)
48

7
K I
48
a 2  b 2  ab ab
101.Mass per unit area of a circular disc of radius a depends on the distance r from its (1) (2)
2 2
centre as  (r) = A + Br. The moment of inertia of the disc about the axis,
perpendicular to the plane and passing through its centre is:[7 JAN 2020 MAINS]
a 2  b 2  ab ab
(3) (4)
4
A aB  4
aA B  3 3
(1) 2a    (2) 2a   
4 5   4 5
b

  dm  r
2
4  A aB  4 A B solution:.(3) I 
(3) a    (4) 2a    a
4 5  4 5
b
solution:.(1) Given,   20 3 b
   0  2r dr  r 2  r
a
r  3 a
Mass per unit area of circular disc,   A  Br

20 3 3
Area of the ring  2rdr

3

b a 
Mass of the ring, dm  2rdr
Mass of the disc,

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

b
0 I112
m  2r dr  20  b  a  E f  Ei  
r 24
a

Radius of gyration, 104.A thin disc of mass M and radius R has mass per unit area   r   kr 2 where r is
the distance from its centre. Its moment of inertia about an axis going through its
I centre of mass and perpendicular to its plane is :: [10 APR 2019 MAINS]
k
m
MR 2 2 MR 2 MR 2 MR 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)



 20 / 3 b3  a3  2
a  b  ab 2 3 3 6 2

20  b  a  3
solution:.(2) As from the question density     kr 2

I1 R
R 4 kR 4
103.Two coaxial discs, having moments of inertia I1 and
2
, are rotating with
 
Mass of disc M   kr 2rdr  2k 4  2
2

0
1
respective angular velocities 1 and , about their common axis. They are brought
2
2M
in contact with each other and thereafter they rotate with a common angular velocity. k ....(i)
R 4
If Ef and Ei are the final and initial total energies, then (Ef – Ei) is ::[10 APR 2019MAINS]
 Moment of inertia about the axis of the disc
I112 I112 3 I112
(1)  (2) (3) I112 (4) 
12 6 8 24 1   d1    dm  r 2  dAr 2

solution:.(d) As no external torque is acting so angular momentum should be conserved

 I1  I 2    I11  I 22 [ c  common angular velocity of the system, when discs are in contact]
  kr 2   2rdr  r 2

 2M 
I11 R   4   R 6
I11  kR 6  R  2
c  4  5  2    2k r 5 dr    MR 2
I   1 3 3 3
I1  1  4 3  0
2
[putting value of k from equ .....(i)]
51
c  105.A solid sphere of mass M and radius R is divided into two unequal parts. The first
6
7M
part has a mass of and is converted into a uniform disc of radius 2R. The second
1 1 1 8
E f  Ei   I1  I 2  c2  I112  I122 part is converted into a uniform solid sphere. Let I1 be the moment of inertia of the
2 2 2
new sphere about its axis. The ratio I1/I2 is given by : [10 APR 2019 MAINS]
51
Put I1 / 2 and c  51 / 6 (1) 185 (2) 140 (3) 285 (4) 65
6
solution:.2)
We get:
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 7M  2 1 7  14 (1) 2.5 g (2) 2s (3) 5s (4) 3s [9APR 2019 MAINS]
  2 R     4  MR  mR
2 2
I1  
 8  2  16  8 solution:.(2)   t  20t

2 M  1 2
I2    r 2 Given, I  1200
5 8  2

1
  R  MR  1.5   20t   1200
2 2 2
2 M Or
 I2      2
5 8   4  80
Or t  2 s
4 3 14 3 
 3 r   8 3 R    108.A thin smooth rod of length L and mass M is rotating freely with angular speed 0
  about an axis perpendicular to the rod and passing through its center. Two beads of
 r  R / 2 
mass m and negligible size are at the center of the rod initially. The beads are free to
slide along the rod. The angular speed of the system, when the beads reach the
I1 14  80
  140 opposite ends of the rod, will be: [9 APR 2019 MAINS]
I2 8
M 0 M 0 M 0 M 0
106.A stationary horizontal disc is free to rotate about its axis. When a torque is (1) (2) (3) (4)
M m M  3m M  6m M  2m
applied on it, its kinetic energy as a function of  , where  is the angle by which it has
rotated, is given as k 2 . If its moment of inertia is I then the angular acceleration of the solution:.(c) I i i  I f  f
disc is: [9 APR 2019 MAINS]
 ML2   ML2  L 
2
k k k 2k
(1)  (2)  (3)  (4)  Or  12  0   12  2m  2    f
4I I 2I I      

1 2  M 0 
solution:.92. (4) I   kQ 2  f  
2 
 M  6m 

 2k  109.A thin circular plate of mass M and radius R has its density varying as   r   0 r
Or    I  Q
  with 0 as constant and r is the distance from its center. The moment of Inertia of the
circular plate about an axis perpendicular to the plate and passing through its edge is
d 2 K  dQ   2k  I = a MR2. The value of the coefficient a is:
Or     I  dt    I  
   
(1) 1 2 (2) 3 5 (3) 8 5 (4) 3 2 [8APR 2019 MAINS]
 2k   2k  2k 
 I   I    I solution:.(3) Taking a circular ring of radius r and thickness dr as a mass element, so total
   mass,

107.Moment of inertia of a body about a given axis is 1.5 kg m2. Initially the body is at R
20 R 3
rest. In order to produce a rotational kinetic energy of 1200 J, the angular acceleration M   0 r  2rdr 
of 20 rad/s2 must be applied about the axis for a duration of: 0
3

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

R 111.An equilateral triangle ABC is cut from a thin solid sheet of wood. (See figure) D, E
20 R5
I C   0 r  2rdr  r 2  and F are the mid-points of its sides as shown and G is the centre of the triangle. The
5
0 moment of inertia of the triangle about an axis passing through G and perpendicular
to the plane of the triangle is I0. If the smaller triangle DEF is removed from ABC, the
moment of inertia of the remaining figure about the same axis is I. Then :
[11 JAN 2019 MAINS]

Using parallel axis theorem

5
 1 1  160 R 15 3 9 I
 I  I C  MR 2  20 R5     (1) I  I 0 (2) I  I 0 (3) I  I 0 (4) I  0
3 5 15 16 4 16 4

8 2  8
  0 R 3  R 2  MR 2
5 3  5
solution:.(1) Let mass of the larger triangle = M
110. The moment of inertia of a solid sphere, about an axis parallel to its diameter
and at a distance of x from it, is ‘I(x)’. Which one of the graphs represents the variation Side of larger triangle = 
of I(x) with x correctly? [12 JAN 2019 MAINS]
Moment of inertia of larger triangle = ma2

M
Mass of smaller triangle 
4

(1) (2) 
Length of smaller traiangle 
2

2
M a
Mometn of removed triangle   
4 2

2
M a
I  
2
(3) (4)  removed  4 .  2
I original M a

I0
I removed 
solution:.(4) According to parallel axes theorem 16

2 I 0 15I 0
I mR 2  mx 2 So, I  I 0  
5 16 16

Hence graph (4) correctly depicts I vs x.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
112.a string is wound around a hollow cylinder of mass 5 kg and radius 0.5 m. If the
string is now pulled with a horizontal force of 40 N, and the cylinder is rolling without
slipping on a horizontal surface (see figure), then the angular acceleration of the
cylinder will be (Neglect the mass and thickness of the string)

[11 JAN 2019 MAINS]

4 2
(1) MR 2 (2) 3MR 2 (3) MR 2 (4) MR 2
(1) 20 rad/s2 (2) 16 rad/s2 5 3

(3) 12 rad/s2 (4) 10 rad/s2 MR 2

solution:. (2) Moment of inertia of disc D1 about OO '  I1 
2

solution:.(2) 1  MR 2  2 MR 2
 I 2     MR   MR 2
2  2  4

From newton’s second law

M.O.I of D3 about OO’

40 +f = m  R  .....(i)
1  MR 2  2 MR 2
 I 3     MR   MR 2
Taking torque about 0 we get 2  2  4

40  R  f  R  I 
So, resultant M.O.I about OO’ is I  I1  I 2  I 3

40  R  f  R  mR 2
MR 2  MR 2 
I  2   MR 2 
40  f  mR .....(ii) 2  4 

Solving equation (i) and (ii)

MR 2 MR 2
   2 MR 2  3MR 2
40 2 2
  16 rad / s 2
mR
114.Two identical spherical balls of mass M and radius R each are stuck on two ends
113. A circular disc D1 of mass M and radius R has two identical discs D2 and D3 of of a rod of length 2R and mass M (see figure). The moment of inertia of the system
the same mass M and radius R attached rigidly at its opposite ends (see figure). The about the axis passing perpendicularly through the centre of the rod is:
moment of inertia of the system about the axis OO’, passing through the centre of D1,
as shown in the figure, will be : [11 JAN 2019 MAINS]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

137 17 209 152 k
(1) MR 2 (2) MR 2 (3) MR 2 (4) MR 2 [10 JAN 2019 MAINS] solution:.(3) As we know,  
15 15 15 15 I
solution:.(1) For Ball
3k  1 2
  I rod  3 m 
Using parallel axes theorem, for ball moment of inertia, m 2

2 22
MR 2  M  2 R  
2
I ball  MR 2
5 5

22
For two balls I ball  2  MR 2
5
Tension when it passes through the mean position,

M  2R 
2
MR 2
Irod    3k  k 2
12 3  m2 02  m 2 02  0
3 m 3 
I system  I balls  I rod 116.A rod of length 50 cm is pivoted at one end. It is raised such that if makes an angle
of 30° from the horizontal as shown and released from rest. Its angular speed when it
2
44 MR 137 passes through the horizontal (in rads–1) will be (g = 10 ms–2)
 MR 2   MR 2
5 3 15

m
115.Two masses m and are connected at the two ends of a massless rigid rod of
2
length l. The rod is suspended by a thin wire of torsional constant k at the centre of [9 JAN 2019 MAINS]
mass of the rod-mass system (see figure). Because of torsional constant k, the
restoring toruque is   k  for angular displacement  . If the rod is rotated by 0 and
released, the tension in it when it passes through its mean position will be: 30 20 30
(1) (2) 30 (3) (4)
7 3 2

solution:.(4)

[ 9JAN 2019 MAINS]

By the low of conservation of energy,

3k 02 2k 02 k 02 k 02
(1) (2) (3) (4) P.E. of rod = Rotational K.E.
l l l 2l
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 1 55MR 2 181
mg sin   I 2   7 M  3R  
2
MR 2
2 2 2 2

 1 m 2 2  1 1 m 2 2 R
 mg sin 300    mg    118.From a uniform circular disc of radius R and mass 9 M, a small disc of radius is
2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3
removed as shown in the figure.The moment of inertia of the remaining disc about an
For complete length of rod,
axis perpendicular to the plane of the disc and passing,through centre of disc is :

30
  3g / 2  2   rod s 1
2

[2018 MAINS ]

117.Seven identical circular planar disks, each of mass M and radius R are welded
symmetrically as shown. The moment of inertia of the arrangement about the axis
normal to the plane and passing through the point P is: [2018 MAINS ] 40 37
(1) 4 MR2 (2) MR 2 (3) 10MR 2 (4) MR 2
9 9

solution:.1) Let  be the mass per unit area.

19 55 73 181
(1) MR 2 (2) MR 2 (3) MR 2 (4) MR 2
2 2 2 2

solution:.4) Using parallel axes theorem, moment of inertia about ‘O’ I 0  I cm  md 2

The total mass of the disc   R 2  9M


7 MR 2
2

 6 M   2R  
2 55MR 2
2
 Let us consider the above system as a complete disc of mass 9M and a negative mass
M super imposed on it.

1
Moment of inertia  I1  of the complete disc = 9MR 2 about an axis passing through O
2
2
1 R
and perpendicular to the plane of the disc   M   
2 3

Again, moment of inertia about point P, I p  I 0  md 2  M .I .  I 2  of the cut out portion about an axis passing through O and perpendicular to
the plane of disc

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1 R
2
 2R  
2 mR 2 3mR 2
   M    M   I z / I z'  / 1/ 3
  2 2
 2 3
   3  
120.A thin rod MN, free to rotate in the vertical plane about the fixed end N, is held
[Using perpendicular axis theorem]
horizontal. When the end M is released the speed of this end, when the rod makes an
 The total M.I. of the system about an axis passing through O and perpendicular to the angle a with the horizontal, will be proportional to: (see figure)
plane of the disc is I  I1  I 2

1 1 R
2
 2R  
2
 9MR 2    M     M     [2018 MAINS ]
2  2  3   3  

9MR 2 9MR 2  9  1 MR
2
    4 MR 2 (1) cos  (2) cos  (3) sin  (4) sin 
2 18 2
l
119.A thin circular disk is in the xy plane as shown in the figure. The ratio of its solution:.(1) When the rod makes an angle  Displacement of ventre of mass  cos 
2
moment of inertia about z and z˘ axes will be
l l
mg cos   I 2
2 2

l ml 2 2
mg cos    ( M.I. of thin uniform rod about an axis passing through its centre of
2 6
[2018 MAINS ]
ml 2
mass and perpendicular to the rod I  )
12

3g cos 
(1) 1 : 2 (2) 1 : 4 (3) 1 : 3 (4) 1 : 5 
l
solution:.(3) As we know, moment of inertia of a disc about an axis passing through C.G. and
perpendicular to its plane, Speed of end   l  3 g cos l

i.e., speed of end,

mR 2
Iz 
2 121.The moment of inertia of a uniform cylinder of length  and radius R about its
perpendicular bisector is I. What is the ratio  /R such that the moment of inertia is
Moment of inertia of a disc about a tangential axis perpendicular to its own plane,
minimum ?
3
I z'  mR 2 3 3
2 3
(1) 1 (2) (3) (4) [ 2017 MAINS ]
2 2 2

solution:.(3) As we know, moment of inertia of a solid cylinder about an axis which is perpendicular
bisector
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Moment of inertia of a cavity DEF
mR 2 ml 2
I 
4 12 2
m l 
I DEF  K  
4 2
m 2 l  2
I R  
4 3
k
 ml 2
16

From equation (i),

I0
I DEF 
16
m  V l2  dl m  V 2l 
       2  0
4  l 3  dl 4  l 3 Moment of inertia of remaining part

I 0 15I 0
V 2l 2l 3 I remain  I 0  
 V  16 16
l 2 3 3
R
2l 3 l2 3 l 3 123.A circular hole of radius is made in a thin uniform disc having mass M and
R 2l   2  or,  4
3 R 2 R 2 radius R, as shown in figure. The moment of inertia of the remaining portion of the
disc about an axis passing through the point O and perpendicular to the plane of the
122.Moment of inertia of an equilateral triangular lamina ABC, about the axis passing
disc is :
th r o u g h its c en tre O an d p erp en d ic u lar to its p lan e is Io as shown in the figure. A
cavity DEF is cut out from the lamina, where D, E, F are the mid points of the sides.
Moment of inertia of the remaining part of lamina about the same axis is :

[ APR92017 MAINS ]

[ APR 8 2017 MAINS ]

219 MR 2 237 MR 2 19 MR 2 197 MR 2

(1) (2) (3) (4)
7 15 3I o 31I o 256 512 512 256
(1) I o (2) Io (3) (4)
8 16 4 32
solution:.(2) Moment of Inertia of complete disc about ‘O’ point
solution:.(2) According to theorem of perpendicular axes, moment of inertia of triangle (ABC)
MR 2
I total 
I 0  km / 2 .....(i) 2

BC=1 Radius of removed disc  R / 4

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 Mass of removed disc  M / 16

 As M  R 2 
 

M.I. of removed disc about its own axis (O’)

2 2M
1 M R MR 2 M '
    3
2 16  4  512
Moment of inertia of the cube about the given axis,
M.I. of removed disc about O

M ' a2
I removed disc  I cm  mx 2 I
6
2
MR 2 M  3R  19 MR 2 2
     2M  2 
512 16  16  512  R
3  3  4MR 2

M.I. of remaining disc 6 9 3

MR 2 19 237 125.Consider a thin uniform square sheet made of a rigid material. If its side is ‘a’
I remaining   MR 2  MR 2 mass m and moment of inertia I about one of its diagonals, then:[ APR 2015 MAINS ]
2 512 512

124.From a solid sphere of mass M and radius R a cube of maximum possible volume ma 2 ma 2 ma 2 ma 2 ma 2
(1) I  (2) I (3) I  (4) I 
is cut. Moment of inertia of cube about an axis passing through its center and 12 12 12 24 12
perpendicular to one of its faces is : [ APR 8 2015 MAINS ]
solution:.d) For a thin uniform square sheet

4MR 2 4MR 2 MR 2 MR 2
(1) (2) (3) (4) ma 2
9 3 3 3 32 2 16 2 I1  I  2  I 3
12
2
solution:.(1) Here a  R
3

4
R 3
Now, M  3
M' a3
126. A ring of mass M and radius R is rotating about its axis with angular velocity w.
Two identical bodies each of mass m are now gently attached at the two ends of
4 3
R a diameter of the ring. Because of this, the kinetic energy loss will be:
3 3
 3
 .
 2  2 [ APR 8 2013MAINS ]
 R
 3 
m  M  2m  2 2 Mm 2 2 Mm 2 2  M  m  M 2 R 2
(1)  R (2) M  m  R (3)  M  2m   R (4)
M    M  2m 
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1 2
solution:.(3) Kinetic energy (rotational) K R  I
2

1
Kinetic energy(translational) K T  Mv 2 (v  R)
2

M .I .(initial ) I ring  MR 2 ; initial  

M
M .I .( new) I '( system )  MR 2  2 MR 2  '( system) 
M  2m

Solving we get loss in K.E.

Mm
 2 R 2
( M  2m )

127. This question has Statement 1and Statement 2. Of the four choices given after the
Statements, choose the one that best describes the two Statements.

Statement 1: When moment of inertia I of a body rotating about an axis with angular
speed  increases, its angular momentum L is unchanged but the kinetic energy K increases
if there is no torque applied on it. [ 2012 MAINS ]

1 2
Statement 2: L = Iw, kinetic energy of rotation  I
2

(1) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is true, Statement 2 is not the correct explanation
of Statement 1.

(2) Statement 1 is false, Statement 2 is true.

(3) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is true, Statement 2 is correct explanation of the

Statement 1.

(4) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is false

solution:.(2) As I  so L increases with invrease in  .

depends on an angular velocity and moment of inertia of the body

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION (S.H.M.)

PERIODIC MOTION
(i) Any motion which repeats itself after regular interval of time is called periodic motion or (ii) Necessary Condition to execute S.H.M.
harmonic motion.
(a) Motion of particle should be oscillatory.
(ii) The constant interval of time after which the motion is repeated is called time period.
(b) Total mechanical energy of particle should be conserved (Kinetic energy + Potential
Examples : (i) Motion of planets around the sun. energy = constant)
(ii) Motion of the pendulum of wall clock. (c) extreme position should be well defined.
OSCILLATORY MOTION (d) In linear S.H.M.
(i) The motion of body is said to be oscillatory or vibratory motion if it moves back and forth The restoring force (or acceleration) acting on the particle should always be
(to and fro) about a fixed point after regular interval of time. proportional to the displacement of the particle and directed towards the equilibrium
(ii) The fixed point about which the body oscillates is called mean position or equilibrium position
position. F  –y or a  –y
Examples : (i) Vibration of the wire of 'Sitar'. Negative sign shows that direction of force and acceleration is towards equilibrium
(ii) Oscillation of the mass suspended from spring. position and y is displacement of particle from equilibrium position.
Note : Every oscillatory motion is periodic but every periodic motion is not oscillatory. (e) In angular S.H.M.
SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION (S.H.M.) The restoring torque (or angular acceleration) acting on the particle should always
Simple harmonic motion is the simplest form of vibratory or oscillatory motion. be proportional to the angular displacement of the particle and directed towards the
(i) S.H.M. are of two types equilibrium position

(a) Linear S.H.M.   – or a –

When a particle moves to and fro about a fixed point (called equilibrium position) (iii) Comparision between linear and angular S.H.M.
along a straight line then its motion is called linear simple harmonic motion. Linear S.H.M. Angular S.H.M.
Example : Motion of a mass connected to spring. F  –x   –
F= –kx  = – C
Where k is the restoring force constant Where C is the restoring torque
m constant
k C
a x  
m I
(b) Angular S.H.M.
When a system oscillates angularly with respect to a fixed axis then its motion is d2 x k d2  C
 x0  0
dt 2 m dt 2 I
called angular simple harmonic motion.
Example :- Motion of a bob of simple pendulum It is known as differential equation of It is known as differential equation of
linear S.H.M. angular S.H.M.
x = A sinwt  =  0 sin wt
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 = – w2x  = – w2 
(c) It is given by T  2  , T  1 where w is angular frequency and n is frequency..
where w is the angular frequency  n

k C Oscillation or Vibration
 2
 
2

m I When a particle goes on one side from mean position and returns back and then it goes
to other side and again returns back to mean position, then this process is known as one
k 2 C 2
   2 n    2 n oscillation.
m T I T
one one
oscillation oscillation
where T is time period and n is frequency

displacement (x)
m I
T  2 T  2
k C time (t)

1 k 1 C T T
n n
2 m 2 I Frequency (n or f)
This concept is valid for all This concept is valid for (a) The number of oscillations per second is define as frequency.
types of linear all types of angular 1 
(b) It is given by n  ,n
T 2
S.H.M. S.H.M.
(c) SI UNIT : hertz (Hz)
1 hertz = 1 cycle per second (cycle is a number not a dimensional quantity).
SOME BASIC TERMS –1
(d) Dimension : M0 L0 T .
Mean Position
Phase
The point at which the restoring force on the particle is zero and potential energy is
minimum, is known as its mean position.
Restoring Force
Y
(a) The force acting on the particle which tends to bring the particle towards its mean 
position, is known as restoring force. N t
(b) This force is always directed towards the mean position. y A
t=0
t
(c) Restoring force always acts in a direction opposite to that of displacement. 
X' O x X
Displacement is measured from the mean position.
(d) It is given by F = –kx and has dimension MLT . –2

Amplitude
The maximum displacement of particle from mean position is define as amplitude. Y'
Time period (T)
(a) The time after which the particle keeps on repeating its motion is known as time
period. (a) Phase of a vibrating particle at any instant is the state of the vibrating particle
(b) The smallest time taken to complete one oscillation or vibration is also define as regarding its displacement and direction of vibration at that particular instant.
time period. (b) Projection of particle's position on Y-axis.
y = Asin(wt +  ) or y = Acos(wt +  ')

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

The quantity (wt +  ) represents the phase angle at that instant. The first relation is valid when the time is measured from the mean position and the
second relation is valid when the time is measured from the extreme position of the
(c) The phase angle at time t = 0 is known as initial phase or epoch. particle executing S.H.M. along a straight line path.
(d) The difference of total phase angles of two particles executing S.H.M. with respect Note : (i) The direction of displacement is always away from the mean position whether the
to the mean position is known as phase difference. particle is moving from or coming towards the mean position.
(e) If the phase angles of two particles executing S.H.M. are (wt +  1) and (wt +  2) (ii) In linear S.H.M. the length of S.H.M. path = 2A
respectively, then the phase difference between two particles is given by (iii) In. S.H.M. total work done in one complete oscillation is zero but total covered length
is 4A
  = (wt +  2 ) – (wt +  1) or  = 2 – 1
(f) Two vibrating particles are said to be in same phase if the phase difference between VELOCITY IN S.H.M.
them is an even multiple of  , i.e.,   = 2n  Same phase. (i) It is define as the time rate of change of the displacement of the particle at the given
(g) Two vibrating particle are said to be in opposite phase if the phase difference between instant.
them is an odd multiple of  i.e.,   = (2n + 1)  opposite phase. v
dx d
 (A sin t)
(ii) Velocity in S.H.M. is given by
dt dt
 v = Awcoswt
Angular frequency (w) 2
x
(a) The rate of change of phase angle of a particle with respect to time is define as its v   A 1  sin 2 t  v   A 1   x  A sin t 
A2
angular frequency. v   (A  x )
2 2

–1
(b) SI UNIT : radian/second Dimension : M0 L0 T v2
Squaring both the sides v2 = w2 (A2 – x2)   A 2  x2
2
k
(c)  v2 x2 x2 v2
m 1  2   1
2 A 2 A A 2 A 2 2
Instantaneous displacement
This is equation of ellipse. So curve between displacement
(a) The displacement of the particle from mean position in a particular direction at any
and velocity of particle executing S.H.M. is ellipse.
instant of time is known as instantaneous displacement.
(b) At time t the instantaneous displacement
x = A sin (wt +  ),
v
where  is initial phase and A is amplitude.
 Every peroidic motion can be resolved into a number of simple harmonic motions. A
 Oscillatory motion can be treated as simple harmonic motion only in the limit of small
amplitudes because in this limit the restoring force (or torque) becomes linear.
 Harmonic oscillations is that oscillations which can be expressed in terms of single
harmonic function.(i.e. sine functions or cosine function)
 The motion of the molecules of a solid, the vibration of the air columns and the vibration
of string of music instruements are either simple harmonic or superposition of simple
A
harmonic motions.
DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION IN S.H.M.
DISPLACEMENT IN S.H.M.
(iii) The graph between velocity and displacement is shown in figure.
(i) The displacement of a particle executing linear S.H.M. at any instant is defined as
If particle oscillates with unit angular frequency (w = 1)
the distance of the particle from the mean position at that instant.
then curve between V and x will be circular.
(ii) It can be given by relation y = Asinwt or x = Acoswt.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Note: (i) The direction of velocity of a particle in S.H.M. is either towards or away from 3. Acceleration a = –w2Asinwt a = –w2x a = + w2A
the position a
A 2

(ii) At mean position (x = 0), velocity is maximum (=Aw) and at extreme position (x =

acceleration (a)
 A), the velocity of particle executing S.H.M. is zero T 2A
+A
x
–A
ACCELERATION IN S.H.M. 2
T t
(i) It is define as the time rate of change of the velocity of – A
2

the particle at given instant.

dv d
(ii) Acceleration in S.H.M. is given by a  (A cos t) 4. Force (F = ma) F = – mw2Asinwt F = – mw2x F = + mw2A
dt dt
a = –w2 A sin wt  a = – w2x
(iii) The graph between acceleration and displacement
as shown in figure F=ma

m A
2
T

force (F)
2
2A T t

+A
x
–A  In linear S.H.M., the length of S.H.M. path = 2A
 In S.H.M., the total work done and displacement in one complete oscillation is zero but
– A
2
total traversed length is 4A.
Note :  In S.H.M., the velocity and acceleration varies simple harmonically with the same
(i) The acceleration of a particle executing S.H.M. is always directed towards the mean frequency as displacement.
position.
(ii) The acceleration of the particle executing S.H.M. is maximum at extreme position 
 Velocity is always ahead of displacement by phase angle radian
(= w2A) and minimum at mean position 2
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION  Acceleration is ahead of displacement by phase angle  radian i.e., opposite to
Graphical study of displacement, velocity, acceleration and force in S.H.M. displacement.


S. No. Graph In form of t In from of x Maximum  Acceleration leads the velocity by phase angle radian.
2
value
1. Displacement x = Asinwt x=x x= A
 The velocity of a particle in S.H.M. at position x1 and x2 are v1 and v2 respectively.
Determine value of time period and amplitude.
displacement (x)

A T
2 T v   A 2  x2  v2 = w2 (A2 – x2)
t
At position x1 velocity v12 = w2 (A2 – x12 ) ... (i)
At position x2 velocity v22 = w2 (A2 – x22 ) ... (ii)
2. Velocity v = Awcoswt v   A2  x2 v  A
Subtracting (ii) from (i) v12  v22  2 (x22  x12 )

v12  v22

velocity (v)

T A x 22  x12
2
T t
Time period 2
T


Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

x 22  x12 
T  2 2. The equation of a simple harmonic wave is given by :y = 3 sin 2
(50 t – x),where x and y
v12  v22
are in metres and t is in seconds. The ratio of maximum particle velocity to the wave velocity
v12 A 2  x12
Dividing (i) by (ii)  is :-
v22 A 2  x22
2 3
v12 A 2  v12 x22  v22 A2  v22 x12 (1) 3  (2)  (3) 2  (4) 
3 2
So A (v  v )  v x  v x
2 2
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1 SOLUTION :..
v12 x 22  v22 x12 
A
v12  v22 y = 3sin (50 t – x)
2

y 
PROBLEMS Particle velocity = = 3    50  cos (50t–x)
t 2  2
 
1. A particle executes SHM represented bythe equation, y=0.02sin  3.14t   metre. Maximum particle velocity = 75  m/s
2
 50
Find (i) amplitude (ii) time period (iii) frequency (iv) epoch (v) maximum Wave velocity v = = = 50 m/s
k 1
velocity and (vi) maximum acceleration.
75 3
  Required ratio = = 
SOLUTION : Compare the equation y=0.02sin 3.14t   with the general form of the 50 2
2
3. A particle executing simple harmonic motionof amplitude 5 cm has maximum speed of 31.4
equation, y  A sin t  0  cm/s. The frequency of oscillation is :
(1) 1 Hz (2) 3 Hz (3) 2 Hz (4) 4 Hz
i) Amplitude : A = 0.02m
SOLUTION :

ii) Time period (T) is given by Vmax = Aw

2 2
T or T=  2s Vmax = A(2  n)
 3.14
1 1
iii) Frequency v   Hz  0.5 Hz 31.4 = 5 (2 × 3.14) n
T 2
 3.14 n=
3 1.4
 1Hz
iv) Epoch  0    1.57 rad 31.4
2 2

v) Maximum velocity vmax  A  0.023.14 = 0.68 ms–1 4.. The phase difference between the instantaneous velocity and acceleration of a particle
executing simple harmonic motion is :-

vi) Maximum acceleration (1) Zero (2) 0.5  (3)  (4) 0.707 
SOLUTION :
amax=  A 2  0.023.14 = 0.1972ms–2
2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
m
SOLUTION :.Time period T = 2 
K
v
2m  m
 T ' = 2 = 2 2
   2T
 0.5   K K
2 2 8. The instantaneous displacement of a simple pendulum oscillator is given by
a x
 
x  A cos  t   . Its speed will be maximum at time
 4
5.. A particle executes simpe harmonic oscillation with an amplitude a. The period of
oscillation is T. The minimum time taken by the particle to travel half of the amplitude    2
(a) 4
(b) 2
(c) 
(d) 
from the equilibrium position is :-
SOLUTION :
(1) T/2 (2) T/4 (3) T/8 (4) T/12
  dx   
x  A cos  t   and v    A  sin   t  
SOLUTION :  4 dt  4 

. .DISPLACEMENT x = A sin wt from mean position  

sin   t    1
For maximum speed,  4

   
A 2 t A t  or t  
 A sin x 4 2 2 4
2 T 2

t
4

9. A particle in S.H.M. is described by the displacement function x (t )  a cos(t   ) . If the

 2 t T
 t= sec.
6 T 12 initial (t  0 ) position of the particle is 1 cm and its initial velocity is  cm/s . The angular
frequency of the particle is  rad / s , then it’s amplitude is
6. A point performs simple harmonic oscillation of period T and the equation of motion is
(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 2 cm (d) 2.5 cm
given by x = a sin(wt +  /6). After the elapse of what fraction of the time period the velocity
of the point will be equal to half of tis maximum velocity ? SOLUTION : ….(i)
x  a cos( t   )
(1) T/3 (2) T/12 (3) T/8 (4) T/6
SOLUTION :.
dx
 
x = a sin  t  6 

and v    a  sin(  t   ) ….(ii)
  dt
 T
t  t  Given at t  0 , x  1 cm and v  and  
6 12
1 1
Putting these values in equation (i) and (ii) we will get sin   and cos  
a a
7.. The period of oscillation of a mass M suspended from a spring of negligible mass is T.
If along with it another mass M is also suspended, the period of oscillation will now be 2 2
 1 1
:- sin 2   cos 2        
 a a
T
(1) 2 T (2) T (3) (4) 2T
2 a  2 cm

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

10. A particle executes a simple harmonic motion of time period T. Find the time taken by the 2 5
particle to go directly from its mean position to half the amplitude (a) 3
(b) 6
(c) 20 (d) 16

(a) T / 2 (b) T / 4 (c) T/8 (d) T / 12

SOLUTION : From the given equation, a = 5 and w = 4
A sin 2
SOLUTION : y  A sin t 
T
t

A 2t
\ v   a 2  y 2  4 (5 )2  (3)2  16
 A sin
2 T 14. The maximum velocity and the maximum acceleration of a body moving in a simple
T harmonic oscillator are 2 m/s and 4 m /s 2 . Then angular velocity will be
t
12
.

11. A particle executing S.H.M. of amplitude 4 cm and T = 4 sec. The time taken by it to move (a) 3 rad/sec (b) 0.5 rad/sec
from positive extreme position to half the amplitude is (c) 1 rad/sec (d) 2 rad/sec

(a) 1 sec (b) 1/3 sec (c) 2/3 sec (d) 3/2 sec SOLUTION :

SOLUTION : Amax 4
Equation of motion y  a cos t v max  a and Amax  a 2 Ţ   v   2 rad / sec
2
max

a 1  15. A particle executes simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 4 cm. At the mean
 a cos t  cos t   t 
2 2 3
position the velocity of the particle is 10 cm/s. The distance of the particle from the mean

T

2t 
 t 3 
4 2
 sec
position when its speed becomes 5 cm/s is
T 3 2 32 3

12. Two simple harmonic motions are represented by the equations

(a) 3 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 2( 3 ) cm (d) 2( 5 ) cm
 
y1  0 .1 sin  100  t   and y 2  0 . 1 cos  t. The phase difference of the velocity of
 3 v 10
SOLUTION : v max  a Ţ   max 
particle 1 with respect to the velocity of particle 2 is a 4

    Now, Ţ
(a) (b) (c) (d) v  a y2 2
v 2   2 (a2  y 2 )
3 6 6 3
SOLUTION : v2
y 2  a2 
dy 1   2
v1   0 .1  100  cos  100 t  
dt  3
v2 52
y  a2   42  cm
dy 2   2 (10 / 4 ) 2  2 3
v2   0 .1 sin t  0 .1 cos  t  
dt  2
16. Two particles P and Q start from origin and execute Simple Harmonic Motion along X-
Phase difference of velocity of first particle with respect to the velocity of 2nd particle at t = 0 is axis with same amplitude but with periods 3 seconds and 6 seconds respectively. The
  
  1   2    . ratio of the velocities of P and Q when they meet is
3 2 6

 
13. A particle has simple harmonic motion. The equation of its motion is x  5 sin 4 t   , (a)1 : 2 (b)2 : 1( c)2 : 3 (d)3 : 2
 6

where x is its displacement. If the displacement of the particle is 3 units, then it

velocity is
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 4 2 
SOLUTION :SOL..The particles will meet at the mean position when P completes one SOLUTION :Maximum force  m (a 2 )  ma  2 
 T 

oscillation and Q completes half an oscillation  4 2 

 0 . 5  2   0 . 01  0 . 5 N

  / 25 
vP a P TQ 6 2
So    
vQ a Q TP 3 1 21. A body is executing simple harmonic motion with an angular frequency 2rad / s . The
velocity of the body at 20 mm displacement, when the amplitude of motion is 60
mm, is .
17. The displacement of a particle moving in S.H.M. at any instant is given by y  a sin t .

T (a) 40 mm /s (b) 60 mm / s (c) 113 mm / s (d) 120 mm / s

The acceleration after time t
4
is (where T is the time period)
SOLUTION :. v   (a 2  y 2 )  2 60 2  20 2  113 mm / s .

(a) a (b) a (c) a 2 (d)  a 2

22. A body of mass 5 gm is executing S.H.M. about a point with amplitude 10 cm. Its maximum
SOLUTION :.  a 2 when it is at one extreme point. velocity is 100 cm/sec. Its velocity will be 50 cm/sec at a distance [CPMT 1976]
(a) 5 (b) 5 2 (c) 5 3 (d) 10 2
18. The amplitude of a particle executing S.H.M. with frequency of 60 Hz is 0.01 m. The
SOLUTION : It is given v max  100 cm / sec , a = 10 cm.
maximum value of the acceleration of the particle is
v max  a

100
  10 rad / sec
144 10
(a) 144  2m /sec 2 (b) 144 m /sec 2 (c) m /sec 2 (d) 288  2m /sec 2
2
Hence v   a2  y 2 Ţ 50  10 (10 )2  y 2
SOLUTION : (a) Maximum acceleration  a 2  a  4  2 n 2
y  5 3 cm
23. A simple harmonic oscillator has a period of 0.01 sec and an amplitude of 0.2 m. The
19. A small body of mass 0.10 kg is executing S.H.M. of amplitude 1.0 m and period 0.20
magnitude of the velocity in m sec 1 at the centre of oscillation is
sec. The maximum force acting on it is (a) 20 (b) 100 (c) 40p (d) 100 

(a) 98.596 N (b) 985.96 N (c) 100.2 N (d) 76.23 N

2 0 . 2  2
SOLUTION : At centre v max  a  a.   40 
T 0 . 01
SOLUTION : Maximum acceleration

a  4 2 1  4  (3 . 14 ) 2 24. A simple harmonic oscillator has a period of 0.01 sec and an amplitude of 0.2 m. The
A max  a 
2

T2 0 .2  0 .2 magnitude of the velocity in m sec 1 at the centre of oscillation is
(a) 20 (b) 100 (c) 40p (d) 100 
0 . 1  4  (3 . 14 ) 2
Fmax  m  A max   98 .596 N
0 .2  0 .2
2 0 . 2  2
SOLUTION : At centre v max  a  a.   40 
20.. A particle of mass 10 grams is executing simple harmonic motion with an amplitude T 0 . 01

of 0.5 m and periodic time of ( / 5 ) seconds. The maximum value of the force 25. A body executes SHM, such that its velocity at the mean position is 1 ms-1 and
acceleration at extreme position is 1.57 ms-2. Calculate the amplitude and the time
acting on the particle is period of oscillation.

(a) 25 N (b) 5 N (c) 2.5 N (d) 0.5 N

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

amax A 2 1.57 28. .Two particles execute SHM of same amplitude and frequency on parallel lines.
SOLUTION :   They cross each another when moving in opposite directions each time their
vmax A 1
displacement is half their amplitude. What is the phase difference between them
2 ?
or   1.57   1.57 rad.
T SOLUTION :

2 23.14
If we assume that the particles are initially at the mean position, their equation for
 Time period T    4s. displacement.
1.57 1.57
A
1 x  A sin t But x 
but A  1 i.e., A(1.57) = 1 or A  2
1.57
 Amplitude A = 0.637 m. A 1
  A sin t (or) sin t 
26. Figure given below shows the displacement versus time graph for two particles 2 2
A and B executing simple harmonic motions. Find the ratio of their maximum
velocities, Phase = t  300 ,1500

10
Y
A
 sin 180 0
 
   sin  ;sin 1800  300  sin 30 0  
y(cm) B
5 One of the particles has phase of 300 and the other has phase of 1500
24 26 2
0 Phase difference between them = 1200 = radian
2 6 10 14 18 22 t(s)
r 3
-5
-10
29. The displacement of SHO at which its velocity is half of maximum velocity is...
SOLUTION :For A, time peroid TA = 16s [Distance between two adjacent crets]
for B, time period TB = (26–2) = 24s
y2 v y2
[length between the crest and trough shown =20s –8s = 12s] SOLUTION : v  vmax 1   max  vmax 1  2
A2 2 A
Also, amplitudes aA = 10cm; aB = 5cm
Ratio of maximum velocities 1 y2 3
 1 2 y A
4 A 2
VA a A  A a A TB 10  24 3
   30. What is average speed and average velocity of SHO in one oscil-
VB a B B a B TA = 516 4 lation
27. Acceleration displacement graph of a particle executing S.H.M is as shown in
given figure. Find the time period of its oscillation (in sec) SOLUTION :

In one oscillation SHO travels a distance of 4A

4A 4A A 2
 average speed in one oscillation =   2.  vmax
T 2  

Average velocity = 0 (as displacement is 0)
SOLUTION :
31. Figure shows the graph of velocity versus displacement of a particle executing
Acceleration= -  2 x , i.e.,  2 =tan 450 =1 simple harmonic motion. Find the period of oscillation of the particle
SOLUTION :
2
or  1 or T  2s

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
0.6 v
(ms -1 ) g 10
 n2    25  n  5 Hz
4 2 A 4 (3 . 14 )2 0 . 01

-10 O (cm ) x
34. Due to some force F1 a body oscillates with period 4/5 sec and due to other force F2
-0.6 oscillates with period 3/5 sec. If both forces act simultaneously, the new period will
be
xmax = A=10 cm and vmax = A  0.6ms 1 (a) 0.72 sec (b) 0.64 sec (c) 0.48 sec (d) 0.36 sec
v 6  10 1
   max   6rad s1
x max 10  102 SOLUTION :
2 2  Under the influence of one force F1  m 12 y and under the action of another force,
T   sec
 6 3 F2  m  22 y .
32. A particle is performing simple harmonic motion along x-axis with amplitude 4 cm and
Under the action of both the forces F  F1  F2
time period 1.2 sec. The minimum time taken by the particle to move from x =2 cm to x =
+ 4 cm and back again is given by  m  2 y  m  12 y  m  2 y
(a) 0.6 sec (b) 0.4 sec (c) 0.3 sec (d) 0.2 sec 2 2 2
 2   2   2 
SOLUTION :.   T    T    T 
   1   2 
Time taken by particle to move from x=0 (mean position) to x = 4 (extreme
T 1.2
position)  4

4
 0 .3 s
2 2
 4 3
   
Let t be the time taken by the particle to move from x=0 to x=2 cm

y  a sin t  2  4 sin
2 1
t   sin
2
t
 T
T12 T22
T12  T22
 5 5
2
 4  3
   
2
= 0.48S
T 2 1 .2  5 5
 2
  t  t  0 .1 s . 35. An object performs S.H.M. of amplitude 5 cm and time period 4 s. If timing is started
6 1 .2
when the object is at the centre of the oscillation i.e., x = 0 then calculate.
Hence time to move from x = 2 to x = 4 will be equal to 0.3 - 0.1 = 0.2 s (i) Frequency of oscillation
Hence total time to move from x = 2 to x = 4 and back again  2  0 . 2  0 . 4 sec (ii) The displacement at 0.5 sec.
(iii) The maximum acceleration of the object.
33. A large horizontal surface moves up and down in SHM with an amplitude of 1 cm. If a
(iv) The velocity at a displacement of 3 cm.
mass of 10 kg (which is placed on the surface) is to remain continually in contact with it,
SOLUTION :
the maximum frequency of S.H.M. will be
1 1
(i) Frequency f    0.25 Hz
(a) 0.5 Hz (b) 1.5 Hz (c) 5 Hz (d) 10 Hz T 4

SOLUTION : For body to remain in contact a max  g

(ii) The displacement equation of object x = Asinwt

  2 A  g  4 2 n 2 A  g  5
so at t = 0.5 s x = 5sin(2p × 0.25 × 0.5) = 5 sin 4  cm
2

(iii) Maximum acceleration amax = w A = (0.5 p ) × 5 = 12.3 cm/s

2 2 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 t 
(iv) Velocity at x = 3 cm is v   A2  x2  0.5  5 2  3 2  6.28 cm/s 40. A particle moves according to the equation x  a cos   . The distance covered by
 2
it in the time interval between t  0 to t  3 s is
36. A particle executes S.H.M. from extreme position and covers a distance equal to half of 1) 2a 2) 3a 3) 4a 4) a
its amplitude in 1 s. Determine the time period of motion.
SOLUTION :
SOLUTION :
For particle starts S.H.M. from extreme position y = Acoswt 
Here   , T  4sec ;
2
A
 A cos( 1)
2 Amplitude = a

cos   cos
 Between t  0 to t  3 s It Covers a distance 3a
3
ENERGY OF PARTICLE IN S.H.M.POTENTIAL ENERGY (U OR P.E.)
In terms of displacement

 The potential energy is related to force by the relation
3
dU
2 2 3
F
dx
  dU    Fdx
T  6s
 
for S.H.M. F = – kx
37. A particle executing S.H.M. having amplitude 0.01 m and frequency 60 Hz. Determine
maximum acceleration of particle. 1
 dU    (kx)dx   kx dx  U=
2
kx2 + C
SOLUTION : Maximum acceleration amax. = w2A = 4p2n2A
1
At x = 0, U = U0 r C = U0 So U= kx2 + U0
2
= 4p (60) × (0.01)
2 2

the potenital energy at equilibrium position = U0

= 144 p2 m/s2 1
When U0 = 0 then U= kx2
2
38. A particle is executing S.H.M. of frequency
300 Hz and with amplitude 0.1 cm. Its maximum velocity will be : U U
Umax=
1 k A2
2
(1) 60  cm/s (2) 0.6  cm/s (3) 0.50  cm/s (4) 0.05  cm/s U0

SOLUTION :.Vmax = AW= 2 nA = 2 (300)0.1  60 cm/s –A O +A

-A O +A displacement(x)
 displacement 
39. Which of the following equation does not represent a simple harmonic motion : In terms of time
(1) y = asinwt (2) y = bcoswt Since x = Asin(wt +  )

(3) y = asinwt + bcoswt (4) y = atanwt

SOLUTION :
.y = atanwt is not a periodic function
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
In terms of time

Umax 1 2
Umax= k A
2
KEmax 1 m 2 A2
potential energy

KEmax=
2
U

Kinetic Energy
0 T T 3T T time (t)
4 2 4
One cycle 0 T T 3T T time (t)
4 2 4
One cycle

1
P. E. U= kA2sin2(wt +  )
2 v = Awcos(wt +  )

1
If initial phase (  ) is zero U = kA2sin2wt K. E. =
1
mw2A2 cos2 (wt +  )
2 2

 U=
1
mw2A2sin2wt If initial phase  is zero
2
Note : 1
K. E. = mw2A2 cos2wt
2
(i) In S.H.M. the potential energy is a parabolic function of displacement, the potential
energy is minimum at the mean position (x = 0) and maximum at extreme position (x Note :
=  A) (i) In S.H.M. the kinetic energy is a inverted parabolic function of displacement.
(ii) The potential energy is the periodic function of time. 1
The kinetic energy is maximum ( kA2) at mean position (x = 0) and minimum
2
T 3T T 3T 5T (zero) at extreme position (x =  A)
It is minimum at t = 0, , T, ... and maximum at t = , , ...
2 2 4 4 4 (ii) The kinetic energy is the periodic function of time. It is maximum at
KINETIC ENERGY (K. E.) t = 0,
T
, T, ..............and minimum at t =
T 3T 5T
, , ...
2 4 4 4
In terms of displacement
TOTAL ENERGY (E)
If mass of the particle executing S.H.M. is m and Total energy in S.H.M. is given by ; E = P. E. + K. E.
Its velocity is v then kinetic energy at any instant. (i) w.r.t. position
1 1 1 1 1
K.E. =
2
mv2 =
2
mw2 (A2 – x2) E=
2
kx2 +
2
k (A2 – x2)  E=
2
kA2
1 (ii) w.r.t. time
K.E. = k(A2 – x2)
2
1 1
1 m 2 A 2
E= mw2A2 sin2 wt + mw2A2 cos2 wt
KE KEmax= 2 2
2
1 1
E=
2
mw2A2  E=
2
kA2

–A +A

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION :
1 k A2 1 k A2 2 2
TE 2
TE 2    2s
T 
We have, v   A2  x 2
time
v  2 1   0.8  2  0.6  1.2m / s
displacement 2 2

1 2 1
mv   1 1.2   0.72 J
2
Note Kinetic energy =
2 2
(i) Total energy of a particle in S.H.M. is same at all instant and at all displacement.
(ii) Total energy depends upon mass, amplitude and frequency of vibration of the particle 3. A particle of mass 10 g executes a linear SHM of amplitude 5 cm with a period
executing S.H.M. 1
of 2s. Find the P.E. and K.E. s after it has passed through the
6
AVERAGE ENERGY IN S.H.M.
mean position.
(i) The time average of P.E. and K.E. over one cycle is
(1) 9.25 105 J , 3.085 106 J (2) 3.085 106 J , 9.25 105 J
1 1 1
(a) <K. E.>t = kA (b)
2
<P. E.>t = kA + U0
2
(c) <T. E.>t = kA + U0
2 (3) 9.25 106 J , 3.085 105 J (4) 8.5 105 J , 9 106 J
4 4 2

 Both K. E. and P. E. varies periodically but the variation is not simple harmonic. SOLUTION :
Mass of particle m 10g 102 kg
 The frequency of oscillation of P. E. and K. E. is twice as that of displacement or velocity
or acceleration of a particle executing S.H.M. 2 2
Time period T =2s,      rad / s
T 2
 Frequency of total energy is zero
Amplitude A=5cm = 5  102 m
1 1
K.E. = mA2 2 cos 2 t when t  s
PROBLEMS 2 6
1. A linear harmonic oscillator of force constant 2  106 Nm 1 and amplitude 0.01 m 1 
1102   5 102   2  cos2
2
K.E.=
has a total mechanical energy of 160J. Then find maximum and 2 6
minimum values of P.E and K.E? 2
(1) 60 J ,60 J (2) 0 J ,60 J (3) 60J , 0 J (4) 0 J , 0 J 25  106  3
=   2    = 3.085 106 J
1 1 2  2 
KA2   2  106   0.01  100 J
2
SOLUTION :
2 2 1
Since total energy is 160J. Maximum P.E. is 160 J. PE  mA2 2 sin 2 t
2
From this it is understood that at the mean position potential energy of the
1 
1 102   5 10 2   2 sin 2
2
simple harmonic oscillator is minimum which need not be zero. =
2 6
PEmin  TE  KEmax  160  100  60 J 2
25  10 6 1
KEmin  0 =   2    = 9.25 105 J
2 2
2. A particle of mass 1 kg is executing SHM with an amplitude of 1m and time
period  s. Calculate kinetic energy of the particle at the moment when the 4. The potential energy of a harmonic oscillator of mass 2 kg at its mean position is
displacement is 0.8m from mean position 5J. If its total energy is 9J and its amplitude is 0.01m, find its time period
(1) 0.72J (2) 72 J (3) 7.2 J (4) 0 J   100
(1) s (2) s (3)  s (4) s
  
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
7. An object of mass 0.2 kg executes simple harmonic oscillations along the x-axis
SOLUTION : 25
with a frequency Hz. At position x = 0.04m, the object has kinetic energy 0.5J

1 2 and (potential energy is zero at mean position) .Find its amplitude of vibration.
kA = (9 –5 ) =4J,
2
8
k  8  10 4 N/m (1) 6 cm (2) 9 cm (3) 3 cm (4) 0.6 cm
0.01
2

m  100
T  2  2  s SOLUTION :
k  
1
U m 2 x 2  0.4 J
2
5. A particle is describing SHM with amplitude 'a'. When the potential energy of particle
k
is one fourth of the maximum energy during oscillation, then its displacement from mean   2 f   k= 2 f  m
2

m
position will be:
a a a 2a Total energy of oscillation is (0.5+0.4) = 0.9 J
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 3 2 3
SOLUTION : 1 2
 0.9 = kA or A  1.8  1.8
2 2 f  m)
2
k
E 2
SOL.. P.E(U )  E0 sin wt  40
1 1.8
1 1.8 3
1 = 
2 f  25  0.2 = 50 m=6 cm
2
whereE0  KA
2  
2 0.2
sin wt 
1   
2 8. The displacement of two identical particles executing SHM are represented by
a
 
equations x1 = 4 sin 10t   and x2 =5 cos  t For what value of  energy of both
x  a sin wt 
2

the particles is same

6.. Displacement between max. P.E. position and max. K.E. position for a particle excuting
(1) 6 unit (2) 9 unit (3) 3 unit (4) 8 unit
simple harmonic motion is :
a
(1)  (2) + a (3)  a (4) SOLUTION :
2
–1 1
E= mA2  2
2
SOLUTION :
i.e., E   A 
2

–a O +a
(P.E.)max (K.E.)max (P.E.)max
 A11    A2  
2 2

A1  A2
a
the displacement between max P.E and max K.E is 
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1
410  5 T 
a

   unit 10. An object of mass 4 kg is moving along X-axis and its potential energy as a
functionof x varies as U  x   4 1  cos 2 x  J then time period for small
9. A particle of mass ‘m’ is executing oscillation about the origin on the x -axis. Its oscillation is :

P.E.varies with position as U  x   K x , here K is constant. The amplitude

3
1
(1)  seconds (2) seconds
of oscillation is ‘a’, then how does its time period T vary with amplitude. 

1
(4) a
2
(1) a (2) a (3) a (3) 2 seconds (4)  2 seconds

SOLUTION : -
SOLUTION :
dU d
F     4  4 cos 2 x 
U  x  K x ,
3 dx dx

1 F  4  2   sin 2x   8sin 2x
but U  mA2 2 sin 2 t
2
ma 2 2  Ka 3 here ‘x’ is small
2  a
sin 2 x  2 x
1
T 
a
So F  16x  m2  16  42  16
Alternate method:
  2
U
K   ML1T 2
x3 T  2     seconds
11. The displacement of SHO is , y  6sin  t   / 3 find 1) Instants at which
Now, time period may depend on
PE is min. (or) KE max (or) velocity is max.2) Instants at which PE is max
(or) KE is zero (or) velocity is zero
 mass   amplitude   K 
x y z
T
SOLUTION : PE is min (or) KE is max (or) velocity is max
z when SHO is at mean position. i.e., y = 0
 M L T   M L  ML T 
0 0 1 x y 1 2

y  0  6sin  t   / 3
on solving x= 1/2, y = z = -1/2  1
   t    n here n = 1,2,3 ........
 3
Hence T   amplitude 
1/2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1 (a) a/4 (b) a/3 (c) a/2 (d) 2a / 3
t n
3
SOLUTION :
PE is max (or) KE is min (or) velocity is zero

12.. In case of simple harmonic motion – 1

m  2y 2
U
 2
(a) What fraction of total energy is kinetic and what fraction is potential when Umax 1
m  2a 2
2
displacement is one half of the amplitude.
(b) At what displacement the kinetic and potential energies are equal.
1 y2

4 a2
SOLUTION :
a
y
1 1 1 2
In S.H.M. K. E. = k(A2 - x2) P. E. = kx2 T.E. = kA2
2 2 2
16. A particle of mass 10 gm is describing S.H.M. along a straight line with period of 2 sec
K.E. A 2  x 2 P.E. x 2 and amplitude of 10 cm. Its kinetic energy when it is at 5 cm from its equilibrium position
(a) fK.E. =  fP. E. = 
T.E. A2 T.E A2 is
(a) 37 . 5 2 ergs (b) 3 . 75 2 ergs (c) 375  2 ergs (d) 0 .375  2 ergs
A A 2  A2 4 3 A2 4 1
at x = fK.E. =  and fP. E. =  SOLUTION :
2 A2 4 A2 4
1
Kinetic energy K m  2 (a 2  y 2 )
2
1 1 A
(b) K. E. = P. E. r k (A2 -x2) = kx2 r 2x2 = A2 r x= 
2 2 2 2
1  2  2 2
  10    [10  5 ]  375  2 ergs
13. The total energy of a particle executing S.H.M. is proportional to 2  2 

(a) Displacement from equilibrium position

17. When the displacement is half the amplitude, the ratio of potential energy to the total
(b) Frequency of oscillation energy is
(c) Velocity in equilibrium position
1 1 1
(d) Square of amplitude of motion (a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 1 (d) 8
SOLUTION :
SOLUTION :

1
E m 2a2 Ţ Ea 2 2
2 1 a
m  2y 2  
U y2  2  1
14. The angular velocity and the amplitude of a simple pendulum is  and a  2   
E 1 m  2a2 a2 a 4
respectively. At a displacement X from the mean position if its kinetic energy is T 2
and potential energy is V, then the ratio of T to V is
(a) X  /(a  X  )
2 2 2 2 2 (b) X 2 /(a 2  X 2 )
18. For any S.H.M., amplitude is 6 cm. If instantaneous potential energy is half the total energy
(c) (a 2  X 2 2 ) / X 2 2 (d) (a 2  X 2 ) / X 2

SOLUTION : .
then distance of particle from its mean position is
1 1 T a2  x 2
E m 2a2 Ţ E  a 2 and potential energy,, V m2x 2  
2 2 V x2
(a) 3 cm (b) 4.2 cm (c) 5.8 cm (d) 6 cm
15.. When the potential energy of a particle executing simple harmonic motion is one-fourth
of its maximum value during the oscillation, the displacement of the particle from the
equilibrium position in terms of its amplitude a is

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION :
1
SOLUTION : If at any instant displacement is y then it is given that U
2
E Ţ
1
m  2y 2
U y2
1 1  2  2
1  E 1
m  2 y 2    m  2a2  m  2a2 a
2 2 2  2

a 6
y   4 .2 cm 2
2 2 3 
 a
U 4  9
 
80 a2 16
19. A body of mass 1 kg is executing simple harmonic motion. Its displacement y(cm ) at t
U  45 J

seconds is given by y  6 sin(100 t   /4 ) . Its maximum kinetic energy is 23. When a mass M is attached to the spring of force constant k, then the spring stretches by
l. If the mass oscillates with amplitude l, what will be maximum potential energy stored in
(a) 6 J (b) 18 J (c) 24 J (d) 36 kl 1
the spring (a) 2
(b) 2kl (c) 2
Mgl

SOLUTION : (d) Mgl

SOLUTION :
So a  6 cm ,   100 rad / sec
Mg  Kl

1 1 1 2 1
K max  m  2 a 2   1  (100 )2  (6  10  2 )2  18 J U max  Kl  mgl
2 2 2 2

20. A particle is executing simple harmonic motion with frequency f. The frequency at which
24. A particle is vibrating in a simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 4 cm. At what
its kinetic energy change into potential energy is
displacement from the equilibrium position, is its energy half potential and half kinetic
(a) f/2 (b) f (c) 2f (d) 4f
SOLUTION :

n S.H.M., frequency of K.E. and P.E. = 2 ´ (Frequency of oscillating particle) (a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 3 cm (d) 2 2 cm

SOLUTION :
21. There is a body having mass m and performing S.H.M. with amplitude a. There is a Let x be the point where K.E. = P.E.
restoring force F   Kx , where x is the displacement. The total energy of body 1 1
Hence 2
m  2 (a 2  x 2 )  m  2 x 2
2
depends upon
2x 2  a2
(a) K, x (b) K, a (c) K, a, x (d) K, a, v
a 4
SOLUTION : . x    2 2 cm
2 2
1
Total energy U Ka 2 25. For a particle executing simple harmonic motion, the kinetic energy K is given by
2

22. The total energy of a particle executing S.H.M. is 80 J. What is the potential energy when K  K o cos 2 t . The maximum value of potential energy is
the particle is at a distance of 3/4 of amplitude from the mean position K0
(a) K0 (b) Zero (c) 2
(d) Not obtainable
(a) 60 J (b) 10 J (c) 40 J (d) 45 J
SOLUTION :
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
E E 3E 3
Since maximum value of cos 2 t is 1. (a) (b) (c) (d) E
2 4 4 4
SOLUTION :
 K max  K o cos 2 t  K o
1
Total energy in SHM E
2
m  2a2 ; (where a = amplitude)
Also K max  PE max  K o
1 1 a
Potential energy U  m  2 (a 2  y 2 )  E  m  2 y 2 When y
2 2 2
26. The potential energy of a particle with displacement X is U(X). The motion is simple
1  a2 
U  E m  2    E  E  3E
2 
 4  4 4
harmonic, when (K is a positive constant)

KX 2
29. The potential energy of a particle executing S.H.M. is 2.5 J, when its displacement is
(a) U (b) U  KX 2 (c) UK (d) U  KX
2

SOLUTION : half of amplitude. The total energy of the particle be

F   kx

dW  Fdx   kxdx
(a) 18 J (b) 10 J (c) 12 J (d) 2.5 J

W x SOLUTION : .
So  0
dW   0
 kx dx
2
a
 
1 2 .5  2 
W  U   kx 2 
2 E a2

E  10 J
27. The kinetic energy and potential energy of a particle executing simple harmonic motion
30. A particle starts oscillating simple harmonically from its equilibrium position with time
will be equal, when displacement (amplitude = a) is
T
period T. Determine ratio of K.E. and P.E. of the particle at time t = .
a a a 2 12
(a) 2
(b) a 2 (c) 2
(d)
3

SOLUTION :
(a) 1:3 (b) 3:1 (c) 9:1 (d) 16:9
Suppose at displacement y from mean position potential energy = kinetic energy SOLUTION :

1 1
m (a 2  y 2 ) 2  m  2 y 2 T
2 2 at t =
12

Ţ a2 2 T  A
 2y 2 x = A sin   A sin 
T 12 6 2
a
y 1 3 1
2 so K.E. = k (A2 – x2) =  kA 2 and
2 4 2
28. The total energy of the body executing S.H.M. is E. Then the kinetic energy when the
displacement is half of the amplitude, is 1 1 1
P.E. = kx2 =  kA 2
2 4 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

K.E. 3 U ' x '2 (20)2
\   2 
P.E. 1 U x (4 )2
= 25
31.. The potential energy of a particle executing S.H.M. is 2.5 J, when its displacement is half
U' = 25U
of the amplitude, then determine total energy of particle.
SPRING SYSTEM AND SPRING PENDULUM
(a) 8 J (b) 16 J (c) 12 J (d) 10 J SPRING SYSTEM

SOLUTION : .
halical spring spiral spring

1
P.E. = kx2
2

1 A2
k = 2.5 (i) When spring is given small displacement by stretching or compressing it, then restoring
2 4
elastic force is daveloped in it because it obeys Hook's law.
1
total energy kA2 = 2.5 × 4 = 10 J F  –x  F = – kx Here k is spring constant
2
(ii) Spring is assumed massless, so restoring elastic force in spring is assumed same
32. A harmonic oscillator of force consant 4 × 10 Nm and amplitude 0.01 m has total energy 6
everywhere.
240 J. What is maximum kinetic energy and minimum potential energy ?
(iii) Spring constant (k) depends on length, radius and material of wire used in spring.
(a) 18 J (b) 26 J (c) 40 J (d) 20 J
spring constant (k)

SOLUTION :
k = 4 × 106 N/m, k 1

a = 0.01 m, T.E. = 240 J, hyperbola

k length of spring ()

As 2 
m
(iv) When spring is stretched or compressed then work done on it is stored as elastic potential
1 1 2 1
Maximum kinetic energy = m 2 a 2 = ka   4  10 6  (0.0 1)2 = 200 J energy.
2 2 2
F F F F
Minimum potential energy = T.E. – maximum kinetic energy = 40 J
33. When a spring is stretch by 4 cm then its potential energy is U. If the spring is stretched
b y compressing a spring spring without deformation stretching a spring

20 cm then determine its potential energy. 1

W =  Fdx   kx dx and U=W= kx2
2
(a) 18 U (b) 25U (c) 40U (d) 2U
When spring is stretched from l1 to l2 then
SOLUTION :

1
U= kx2
2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(iv) By increasing the mass, time period of spring pendulum increases (T  m ) , but by
1
Work done W= k(X22 –X12) U  1 
2 increasing the force constant of spring (k). Its time period decreases  T   whereas
 k
parabola
frequency increases (n  k )
(v) If the spring has mass M and mass m is suspended from it then effective mass is given
O x
by
M m eff mM 3
(v) If there are two springs of force constant k1 and k2 with k1 > k2 then work done : meff. = m + and T = 2  = 2
3 k k
(a) When they are stretched by same amount (x1 = x2)
M
If spring oscillates by its own weight then T = 2 
1 3k
k1 x12
W1 k (vi) If two masses m1 and m2 are connected by a spring and made to oscillate then time
 2  1 1  W 1 > W2
W2 1 k2
k 2 x 22 period
2

(b) When they are stretched by same force T = 2
k k
2
F W1 k 2

m1 m2
W= as (F1 = F2) W2 k1 <1  W 1 < W2
2K
m1 m 2
Here,  = reduced mass
SPRING PENDULUM m1  m 2
(i) When a small mass is suspended from a mass less spring then this arrangement (vii) If a spring pendulum oscillates in a vertical plane is made to oscillate on a
horizontal surface or on an inclined plane then time period will remain unchanged.
is known as spring pendulum.
For small linear displacement the motion of spring pendulum is simple harmonic. k

(ii) For a spring pendulum

m
m 1

d2 x d2 x
F = – kx  m 2 = – kx
dt
[ F = ma = m 2 ]
dt
k (viii) When body of mass m attached to spring then its elongation is y0 ky0 = mg i.e.,

m y0
m  then it is further streched by y
k g

If the stretch in a vertically loaded spring is y then for equilibrium of mass m.

d2 x k d2 x k
or =– x or = – w2x with w2 =
dt 2 m dt 2 m Net force = mg  K  y  y0  = ma
This is standard equation of linear S.H.M.
2
K
Time period T=  T = 2
m
Frequency n=
1 k a=  y
 k 2 m m
(iii) Time period of a spring pendulum is independent of acceleration due to gravity. This is
why a clock based on oscillation of spring pendulum will keep proper time everywhere on m
So, time period T = 2 
a hill or moon or in a satellite or different places of earth. k
k
ky0

y0 m

m mg

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1
T = 2 g
0 y k  k1l1 = k2l2 = k3l3


but remember time period of spring pendulum is independent of acceleration due to

Parallel Combination of springs
gravity.
(ix) If two particles are attached with spring in which only one is oscillating
k1
m1
mass of oscillating particle m
Time period = 2  force constant
k1 k2
k1 k2 m

k
m1 k2
T = 2 m
k
m2
VARIOUS SPRING ARRANGEMENTS
Series combination of springs In this arrangement displacement on each spring is same but restoring force is different.
Total displacement x = x1 + x2 Force acting on the system F = F1 + F2  F = – k1x – k2x ...(i)
m
k1 k2 If equivalent force constant is kP then, F = – kPx
Force acting on both springs
so by equation (i) – kPx = – k1x – k2x  kP = k1 + k2
F = –k1x1 = – k2x2
m m
Time period T= 2 = 2
F F F F kP k1  k 2
x1 = – k and x2   k x = – k  k  ....(i)
1 2  1 2 
1 kP k1  k 2
Frequency n= Angular frequency  
If equivalent force constant is ks then F = – ksx 2 m m

 In parallel combination, different forces exerts in all springs but extension will be same.
F F F 1 1 1
so by equation (i)        In parallel combination, forces on spring will be proportional of its spring constant.
ks k1 k 2 k s k1 k 2

1
 If the length of the spring is made n times then effective force constant becomes
n
k1
times and the time period becomes n times.
k1 k 2
 ks 
k1  k 2  If a spring of spring constant k is divided into n equal parts, the spring constant of each
k2
1
part becomes nk and time period becomes times.
n
m
m m m(k1  k 2 )  In case of a loaded spring the time period comes out to be the same in both horizontal
Time period T= 2 = 2  2
ks ks k1 k 2 and vertical arrangement of spring system
 The force constant k of a stiffer spring is higher than that of a soft spring. So the time
1 ks ks period of a stiffer spring is less than that of a soft spring.
Frequency n= , Angular frequency  
2 m m
 n
A spring of force constant k is cut into two unequal parts l1 and l2. Where   n then
1 1

 In series combination same force exerts in all springs but extension will be different. 
2 2

 In series combination extension of spring will be reciprocal of its spring constant. determine force constant of each part.
 Spring constant of spring is reciprocal of its length Initial length of the spring = l and cut into two pieces of length l1 and l2.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
kA 1200  0.02
1 amax    8 ms 2
1 C m 3
since force constant  length of spring so k  k (C = constant)
  (c) Max. speed of the mass will be when it is passing through the mean position, given by
C C C C k 1200
k1  , k 2   and k      
, k 1, k1 2, k2 Vmax  A  A  0.02   0.4ms 1
1 2 1 2
m 3
2. A body of mass m attached to a spring which is oscillating with time period 4 seconds. If
k1  1   2    k2 1   2   
  k1  k 1  2  and   k 2  k 1  1  the mass of the body is increased by 4 kg, its timer period increases by 2 sec. Determine
k 1  1  k 2  2 
value of initial mass m.
1 n 1  n   n  n2  1) 6.4Kg 2) 3.2Kg 3) 1.6Kg 4) 32Kg

2 n 2 So, k1  k 1  2 
n1   k1  k  1 
  n1  SOLUTION :

 n   n  n2  m
T = 2
and k 2  k 1  n   k2  k  1
1
 k
 2   n2 

m
PROBLEMS 1st case 4 = 2
k
...(i) and

-1 m4
1. A spring of force constant 1200 Nm is mounted on a horizontal table as shown in 2nd case 6 = 2 ...(ii)
k
Fig. A mass of 3.0 kg is attached to the free end of the spring, pulled side ways
to a distance 2.0 cm and released. Determine
4 m
(a) the frequency of oscillation of the mass. divide (i) by (ii) 
6 m 4
(b) the maximum acceleration of the mass.
(c) the maximum speed of the mass. 16 m

36 m  4
(a) 3.2 Hz ,8 m s-2 , 0.4 ms-1 (b) 2 Hz ,8.5 m s-2 , 4 ms-1 m = 3.2 kg

3. One body is suspended from a spring of length l, spring constant k and has time period
(c) 3 Hz 1,8 m s-2 , 0.4 ms-1 (d) 32 Hz ,80 m s-2 , 4 ms-1
T. Now if spring is divided in two equal parts which are joined in parallel and the same
body is suspended from this arrangement then determine new time period.

T T T T
SOLUTION : 1) 2) 3) 4)
2 2 4 6
Here, k  1200 Nm 1 ; m  3.0 kg, SOLUTION :
A  2.0 cm  0.02 m Spring constant in parallel combination
(a) Frequency, k' = 2k + 2k = 4k

m m
f 
1 K

1 1200
 3.2 Hz T' = 2  = 2
k' 4k
2 m 6.28 3
k
(b) Acceleration a   2 y  y
m
Acceleration will be maximum when y is maximum i.e. y = A  Max.acceleration,

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION :
m 1 T T
and T' = 2   = 
2
i) Force constant of the spring.
k 4 4

Restoring Force mg
4. A block is on a horizontal slab which is moving horizontally and executing S.H.M. The k= =
Increase in length Increase in length
coefficient of static friction between block and slab is m. If block is not separated from
slab then determine angular frequency of oscillation.

102 x9.8
  49 Nm 1.
m 2.0x103
M 1 k 1 49 70
Frequency f    Hz
2 m 2 102 2

g   
1) 2) gA
3) g
4) ii) amplitude of motion = distance through which the weight is further pulled down = 1.0
A A
cm
i.e., A = 1.0 cm.  Maximum velocity
SOLUTION : 1 1
 A  10 2 m x rads 1  ms 1
70 7000
If block is not separated from slab then restoring force due to S.H.M. should be less than

frictional force between slab and block. 6. A mass m = 8kg is attached to a spring passing over a pulley whose other end is
fixed to ground and held in position so that the spring remains unstretched.
F restoring = Ffriction The spring constant is 200 N/ m. The mass m is then released and begins to
undergo small oscillations. Find the maximum velocity of the mass (g
m amax. = mmg =10 m/s2)
1) 0.5 m 2) 0.6 m 3) 0.4 m 4) 4
amax. = mg m

w2A =mg SOLUTION :

g Mean position will be at kx =mg

w=
A
mg 810 2
or x     0.4m
k 200 5
5. A light vertical spring is stretched by 0.2 cm when a weight of 10 g is attached to
its free end. The weight is further down by 1.0 cm and released. Compute the frequency This is also the amplitude of oscillation A= 0.4m
and maximum velocity of load.
7. The spring constant of two springs are K1 and K2 respectively springs are stretch up to
1 1 that limit when potential energyof both becomes equal. The ratio of applied force (F1
1) ms 1 2) ms 1 3) 7000ms 1 4) 2000ms 1
700 7000 and F2) on them will be :
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(1) K1 : K2 (2) K2 : K1 (3) K1 : K 2 (4) K 2 : K1
SOLUTION :.
SOLUTION :. m
U1 = U2 we know timeperiod T  2 
K
1 1 when the spring made in to 4 equal parts springconstantof each part becomes 4k
K1 x12  K2 x22
2 2
m 2 m T
x1 K2
T '  2  
 4K 2 K 2
x2 K1
11. A mass of 0.5 kg moving with a speed of 1.5 m/s on a horizontal smooth surface, collides
F1 K1
 
K2 with a nearly weightless spring of force constant k = 50 N/m. The maximum compression
F2 K2 K1
of the spring would be :

8. Force constant of a spring is K. one fourth part is detach then force constant of remaining
spring will be :
3 4
(1) K (2) K (3) K (4) 4K
4 3 (1) 0.12 m (2) 1.5 m (3) 0.5 m (4) 0.15 m
SOLUTION : SOLUTION :.
1 3l 4k
k  aslengthbecomes springcons tan tbecomes Kinetic energy of mass particle will convert into potential energy of spring.
l 4 3
1 1
mv2  kx2
2 2
k 200
vmax  A  A  0.4  2 m/s mv2 m 0.5 1.5
m 8 x v  1.5  = 0.15 m
k k 50 100

9. The spring constant of a spring is K. When it is divided into n equal parts, then what
12. Frequency of a particle executing SHM is 10 Hz. The particle is suspended
is the spring constant of one piece :
from a vertical spring. At the highest point of its oscillation the spring is
nK (n  1)K
unstretched. Find the maximum speed of the particle : (g = 10 m/s2)
(1) nK (2) K/n (3) (n  1) (4)
n
1
SOLUTION : 1)
2
2) 20 3) 2 4) 
1
K

SOLUTION :
 mg
'  Mean position of the particle is
n k
distance below unstretched position of spring. therefore, amplitude of oscillation is
 K '  nK
10. The time period of a mass suspended from a spring is T. If the spring is cut into four mg
A=
equal parts and the same mass is suspended from one of the parts, then the new time k
period will be k
  2 f  20
T T m
(1) (2) T (3) (4) 2T
4 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

m 1
   mg 
= –  y
k 400  

Therefore, the maximum speed of particle will be

= –ky
 g  1
vmax  A   20  (because y =   ), Thus, the time period of the simple pendulum is
 400 
m/s
2
m
T =2
k
13. A15gm ball is shot from a spring gun whose spring has a force constant 600 N/ 
m .The spring is compressed by 5cm. The greatest possible horizontal range of the or T = 2 
g
ball for this compression is (g = 10 m/sec2)
1) 20 m 2) 10 m 3) 1m 4)100 m Time period is independent of mass of the pendulum.
 If angular amplitude (  0) is large (  0 > 15°) then time period is given by
SOLUTION :
  20 
T  2 1   here 0 is in radian.
U2 g  16 
Rmax = –– (1)
g
 If a simple pendulum of density ds is made to oscillate in a liquid of density dL then
But K.E acquired by ball = P.E of spring gun its time period will increase as compare to that of air and is given by


1 1 T  2
 m U2 = kx2  dL 
2 2 1   g
 dS 
kx 2
 U2 = –– (2)  If the bob of simple pendulum has positive charge q and pendulum
m
is placed in uniform electric field which is in downward
From equations (1) and (2) direction then time period decreases

Rmax =
kx 2
=

600  5  10 2
2

= 10m
T  2
g
qE
+q
mg 3 E
15x10  10 m m

mg + qE
SIMPLE PENDULUM
 If the bob of simple pendulum has positive charge q and is
made is oscillate in uniform electric field acting
If a heavy point mass is suspended by a weightless, inextensible and perfectly flexible
in upward direction then time period increases
string from a rigid su pport, then this arrangement is called a simple pendulum
Expression for time period
For small angular displacement, sin    , so that T  2
 +q
E m
qE
g mg – qE
F = –mg sin  m

 If simple pendulum is taken above or below the surface of earth then value of
= –mg  Effective  T
length gravitational acceleration decreases and time period increases.

y
mg


sin
co

CM mg
s

mg
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1 
T from T  2
g g
T 4 2 2

slope =  . From this the value of ‘g’ at a given place can be found out.
m  g
h If a graph is drawn taking length “l” on X - axis and time period T on Y - axis it will be a
m parabola as shown in figure.
d

R
T

–d
R 0
earh
M R
mass M


2h
At height h gh = gs (1 – ) When l – T & l– T2 graphs are plotted on the same graph paper they intersect at a point as
R
shown in the diagram. At the point of intersection,
d
At depth d gd = gs (1 – ) T = T2  T = 1s.
R
The length of the pendulum is given by
SECONDS PENDULUM
9.8 1
2
gT 2
A simple pendulum whose time period of oscillation is equal to two seconds, is called   (or)   25cm .
“seconds pendulum”. 4 2 4 3.142
i.e., T = 2s  T 2
 g T=1s
or 2  2 or   2 T
 T
g  (or)
This is the length of a seconds pendulum and it changes from place to place. T2
  25cm
If “g” is taken as 9.8ms - 2, then the length of the second’s pendulum is equal to
9.8 
  0.994m   2  9.86
3.14
2
   (or) 1m Therefore for T = 1 s and   25cm,   T and   T 2 graphs intersect.

GRAPHS RELATED TO SIMPLE PENDULUM: PERIODIC TIME OF SIMPLE PENDULUM IN REFERENCE SYSTEM
 2 
we have T  2 or T  4 g
2 
T  2
g g eff
l
and 2 = constant at a given place. where, geff. = effective gravity acceleration in reference system
T
If a graph is drawn taking length “l” on or total downward acceleration.
2
X - axis and time period “T ” on Y - axis it will be a straight line passing through origin as
shown. (a) If reference system is lift

T2 (i) If velocity of lift v = constant


acceleration a = 0 and geff. = g T  2
 g
 T2 (ii) If lift is moving upwards with acceleration a
Slope of the graph “m” = tan   .
 geff. = g + a

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

b) If the length of the pendulum is equal to radius of earth, then l = R and we get,

T  2 T decreases R
g a T  2
2g
(iii) If lift is moving downwards with acceleration a and this value is nearly equal to 60 minutes.
geff. = g – a

c) If   R, T  2
 g
T  2 T increases
g a
vii) Consider a simple pendulum of length “l” suspended inside a trolley which is coming
down on an inclined plane of inclination “  ”.
(iv) If lift falls downwards freely a = acceleration of the point of suspension = g sin  (down the plane)
geff. = g – g = 0
 geff  g2  g sin   2 gg sin  cos 90  
2
T = 0  simple pendulum will not oscillate
(b) A simple pendulum is mounted on a moving truck  g2  g2 sin 2   2g2 sin 2 
(i) If truck is moving with constant velocity, no pseudo force acts on the pendulum and
[ cos 90     sin  ]
time period remains same


2

geff = g 1 sin  = g cos 
2

T  2

But time period T = 2
g
geff
(ii) If truck accelerates forward with acceleration a then a pseudo force acts in opposite
direction. mg sin 
So effective acceleration, geff. = g 2  a 2 and
90  

T' = 2 
g eff.
mg
 
Time period T '  2 T' decreases
g 2  a2

T  2
vi) Consider a simple pendulum carrying a bob of mass ‘m’ and of length “  ” which is very g cos 
large and comparable to the radius “R” of earth. Let it be oscillating with small angular
amplitude. viii) Consider two simple pendulums of different lengths. Let, lL and lS are the lengths of longer
and shorter pendulums and TL and TS are their time periods of oscillation respectively.
The time period of oscillation of the pendulum is given by
They are made to oscillate at the same instant starting from the same phase. By the time
they are again at the same phase, if “n” is the number of oscillations made by the
1
T  2 longer pendulum, the shorter pendulum completes (n+1) oscillations.
1 1  If “t” is the minimum time interval after which the pendulums are again in the same phase,
g  

  R  then

a) If the pendulum is infinitely long, then using l  in the above expression we get, t = n TL = (n+1)TS ............(1)

R  Simple pendulum performs angular S.H.M. but due to small angular displacement, it is
T  2 Taking g = 9.8m/s2 and radius of earth as 6400km, the time period in this considered as simple S.H.M.
g
case is nearly equal to 84.6 minutes  If time period of clock based on simple pendulum increases then clock will be slow if
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
time period decreases then clock will be fast. In the given case effective acceleration geff. = 0
 If l is change in length and g is the change in acceleration then for small variation T 

4. The bob of a simple pendulum of mass m and total energy E will have maximum linear
(up to 5%) change in time period  T  will be
momentum equal to

T  1  1 g  2E
 10 0      100 (a) (b) (c) (d)
T 2  2 g  m 2mE 2mE mE 2

 Due to change in shape of earth (not shperical but ellipitical) gravitational acceleration SOLUTION

is different at different places. So time period of simple pendulum varies with variation p max  2m Emax
of g. 5.. The length of the second pendulum on the surface of earth is 1 m. The length of
 The time period of simple pendulum is independent of mass of bob. seconds pendulum on the surface of moon, where g is 1/6th value of g on
the surface of earth, is
(a) 1 / 6 m (b) 6 m (c) 1 / 36 m (d) 36 m
1. If the length of the pendulum is increased by 2%. What is the percentage
change in time period of pendulum. SOLUTION

l l
T  2 Ţ = constant
T 1 l g g
SOLUTION : 100  100  1%
T 2 l
 l  g;

lm 1 g 1
2. A simple pendulum is suspended from the roof of a trolley which moves in a   lm  m
horizontal direction with an acceleration a, then the time period is given by 1 6 g 6

6. If the length of second’s pendulum is decreased by 2%, how many seconds it will lose per
l day
T  2 , where g is equal to
g
(a) 3927 sec (b) 3727 sec (c) 3427 sec (d) 864 sec
(a) g (b) ga (c) ga (d) SOLUTION
g2  a2
T l Ţ

a T 1 l 0 . 02
   0 . 01
T 2 l 2

T  0 . 01 T
SOLUTION : d) g  g 2  a 2
a Loss of time per day  0 . 01  24  60  60  864 sec

g g
7. The period of simple pendulum is measured as T in a stationary lift. If the lift moves
upwards with an acceleration of 5g, the period will be
(a) The same (b) Increased by 3/5
3. A second’s pendulum is placed in a space laboratory orbiting around the earth at a height (c) Decreased by 2/3 times (d) None of the above
3R, where R is the radius of the earth. The time period of the pendulum is
SOLUTION
(a) Zero (b) 2 3 sec (c) 4 sec (d) Infinite
SOLUTION :

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

T g g 1 1 1
   (a) 2
sec (b) 2 2 sec (c) 2 sec (d) 2
sec
T g 'a g  5g 6
SOLUTION
T
T  GM
6 As we know g
R2

8. The length of a simple pendulum is increased by 1%. Its time period will g earth M R 2 g 2 1 Te gp 2 1
 g  e  2  e  Also T    
(a) Increase by 1% (b) Increase by 0.5% planet M p Re gp 1 g Tp ge Tp 2
(c) Decrease by 0.5% (d) Increase by 2%
12. A simple pendulum is set up in a trolley which moves to the right with an acceleration
SOLUTION
a on a horizontal plane. Then the thread of the pendulum in the mean position makes
T l an angle  with the vertical
a
T 1 l 1 (a) tan 1 in the forward direction (b) in the backward direction
   1 %  0 .5 % g
T 2 l 2

9.. A pendulum has time period T. If it is taken on to another planet having acceleration (c) in the backward direction (d) in the forward direction
due to gravity half and mass 9 times that of the earth then its time period on the other
planet will be SOLUTION
(a) (b) T (c) (d) In accelerated frame of reference, a fictitious force (pseudo force) ma acts on the bob
T T1/3 2T of pendulum as shown in figure
SOLUTION

a
If initial length l1  100 then l 2  121

l T l1 ma
By using T  2  1 
g T2 l2 .
 mg
T1 100
Hence,   T2  1 . 1 T1
T2 121

T2  T1 ma a a
% increase =  100  10 % tan       tan  1  
T1 Hence, in the backward direction.
mg g g
10. A simple pendulum is executing simple harmonic motion with a time period T. If the length
of the pendulum is increased by 21%, the percentage increase in the time period of the 13. The time period of a second’s pendulum is 2 sec. The spherical bob which is empty from
pendulum of increased length is inside has a mass of 50 gm. This is now replaced by another solid bob of same radius but
having different mass of 100 gm. The new time period will be
(a) 10% (b) 21% (c) 30% (d) 50% (a) 4 sec (b) 1 sec (c) 2 sec (d) 8 sec
SOLUTION
SOLUTION
T1 l1 T 100
  1  (If l1  100 then l 2  400 ) l
T2 l2 T2 400 T  2 (Independent of mass)
g

 T2  2T1
14. If the length of pendulum is increased by 44% find the percentage change in
T2  T1 time period of simple pendulum
Hence % increase   100  100 %
T1
1) 24 % 2)36 % 3)14 % 4)20 %
11. The mass and diameter of a planet are twice those of earth. The period of oscillation of
pendulum on this planet will be (If it is a second’s pendulum on earth)
SOLUTION
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
l2  l1 g
Percentage change in time period = 100 here v  A v A
l1 l
mA 2 g
1.44l1  l1 T  mg  l . l
= 100 = 20%
l1
15. Two pendulums of lengths 1.69 m and 1.44 m start swinging together. After how  A2 
T W 1 l2  here W  mg
many vibrations will they again start swinging together?  

1) they swing together after the shorter pendulum completes 13 oscillations 17. A simple pendulum is suspended from the ceiling of a lift. When the lift is at rest, its time
period is T. With what acceleration should lift be accelerated upwards in order to reduce

2) they swing together after the shorter pendulum completes 12 oscillations T

its time period to
2
SOLUTION
3) they swing together after the shorter pendulum completes 10oscillations

In stationary lift T  2  g ...(i)
4) they swing together after the shorter pendulum completes 8 oscillations
T 
SOLUTION - In accelerated lift 2  T '  2  g  a ...(ii)

n l ga
 L Divide (i) by (ii) 2 = g
n 1 lS

n 1.69 1.3 13 g + a = 4g
  =
n 1 1.44 1.2 12
a = 3g
n  13
18. The length of a second's pendulum at the surface of earth is 1m. Determine the length of
So they swing together after the shorter pendulum completes 13 oscillations or longer second's pendulum at the surface of moon.

e e e
1) m  2) m  e 3) m  4)  m 
pendulum completes 12 oscillations. 5 2 6

SOLUTION
16. Weight of the bob of a simple pendulum is W. Length of the pendulum if l
and it is vibrating with an amplitude A. Maximum tension in the string dur- For second's pendulum at the surface of earth 2  2   e ...(i)
ing oscillation will be: ge

 A2   A  l2   A2  For second's pendulum at the surface of moon 2  2 

m
...(ii)
1)  W 1  2  2) W 1   3) W 1  2  4) W  l 2  gm
 l   l   A   
SOLUTION  
From (i) and (ii) g  g
e m

mv 2 e m
T  mg 
l

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

will be:
g 
m   m  e (1) Increase (2) Decrease
 ge 
(3) Remain same (4) Increase if child is long and decrease if child is short
SOLUTION .
e  ge 
m   gm 
6  6 
When the child stands up the length of pendulum increases.then timeperiod also increases
22. A simple pendulum 4 m long swing with an amplitude of 0.2 m. What is its acceleratin
19.. If length of a simple pendulum is increased by 4%. Then determine percentage change at the ends of its path?
in time period.
1) 0.5m/s2 2) 0.6m/s2 3) 5m/s2 4) 2m/s2
1) 20 % 2) 2% 3) 0.2% 4) 4%
SOLUTION
SOLUTION

Percentage change in time period

T
 100% =
1 
 1 00 [Q Dg = 0] T = mg cos 
T 2 

According to question

 100 = 4%  Fnet  mg sin  and


T
 100%
1 acceleration = g sin 
= × 4% = 2%
T 2
 0.2  0.5
20. A simple pedulum has time period 'T1' . The point of suppension is now moved = 10 m/s2
4
upwards according to the relation y = kt2, (k = 1m/sec2) where y is the vertical 23. --A man measures the period of a simple pendulum inside a stationary lift and finds it
T22 to be T sec. If the lift accelerates upwards with an acceleration g / 4 , then the
displacement . The time period now becomes 'T2' then find the ratio of 2 period of the pendulum will be
T1
1) 3:5 2) 6:7 3) 6: 5 4) 5 : 6
SOLUTION
Pendulum
y = kt2 = 1/2 at2
1 Lift Lift
 a  k 1
2
 a  2m / sec 2 ( acceleration }

T 2T
  (a) T (b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 2T 5
T1  2 and T2  2
g ga
l
SOLUTION In stationary lift T  2
g

T12 g  a 10  2 6 l
   In upward moving lift T   2
(g  a)
T22 g 10 5
( a  Acceleration of lift)
21. A child swinging on a swing in sitting position, stands up, then the period of the swing
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(or) m = Ah  .... (1)
T g g 4
When the body is slightly pushed down, through a small distance “y” and released, the
   2T restoring force on it due to extra thrust is
 T ga  g 5  T 
g  
 4 5
F = – A  gy..
Which is in the form F = – Ky with K = A  g  The body executes SHM with time
period
SOME SPECIAL CASES
m m m
T  2  2  T  2
 Consider a tunnel drilled along the diameter of the earth of radius “R”. Let “  ” be the mean K Ag A g

for this floating body mass m = Ah  .

density of earth and “g” is the acceleration due to gravity on its surface. Let a body of mass
h
 T  2
‘m’ be released at one end of the tunnel. g

 Consider a liquid of density ‘  ’ taken into a ‘U’–tube such that the total length of the liquid
column is ‘L’ and height of the liquid column in each limb is ‘h’ (L=2h). The liquid column in
one of the limbs is depressed down by a small distance ‘y’ and released. Now the liquid
m M 3 GM  mx  in the ‘U’–tube starts oscillating simple harmonically.
F  GM x but M x  3 x  F   2   FR
x2 R R  R 
A B y D
A y 2y B
g g m C 2y
F    mx   K   m  but T  2  
R R k h
Hence, time period of oscillation of the body is given by, mg
R
 T  2 In the new position, the difference in the
g liquid levels in the two limbs is ‘2y’.
Taking R = 6400Km = 64 x 105m and g = 9.8 ms–2 The restoring force on the liquid is given by
F = Pressure x area = 2y g A
64105
T  2 or T  84.6 min. F   A 2 y   g ........... (1)
9.8
The negative sign indicates that the direction of restoring force is opposite to the
Thus, the body will be in SHM with a time period of nearly 84.6min. It can be recalled that
displacement.
this is equal to time period of oscillation of a simple pendulum of infinite length.
Note : F   A 2 y   g  K  2Ag
1) The above expression for time period is valid even if the tunnel is dug along any The time period of oscillation is
chord of the earth. m 2Ah h
T  2  2  2
2) The above mentioned expression is not valid if the body is dropped into the tunnel K 2Ag g
from certain height above the ground. In this case, the body executes oscillatory motion, h
but it is not simple harmonic. T  2
g
 Consider a body of mass “m” and cross sectional area “A” floating in a liquid of density “  ”
 Consider a small sphere of radius ‘r’ released from the position shown on a bowl of radius
with a height “h” submerged in the liquid.
of curvature ‘R’ The motion of the sphere is analogus to oscillations of a simple
Under equilibrium, pendulum of length (R–r). At one instant of time let the imaginary pendulum is making
Weight of the body = Buoyancy a small angle ‘  ’ with the vertical. At that instant the restoring force acting on the sphere
mg = Ah  g is given by,

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

F  mg sin  ............ (1) ML
 T  2
The negative sign indicates that the restoring force acts in a direction opposite to the YA
displacement.
F = mg  ( sin    for small values of  )
y
= – mg Expression for time period compound pendulum
R  r  mg
This is in the form F = –Ky with K 
Rr
R  r 
T  2
 The time period of oscillation of the sphere is given by, (or) g
 Consider a uniform cylinder of area of cross–section ‘A’ arranged horizontally, filled with a
gas at a pressure ‘P’ and enclosed by means of a piston of mass ‘M’ as shown in the figure.
Let, ‘h’ be the length of the gas column.
When the piston is pushed inwards through a small distance ‘x’, due to increase in pressure,
there acts a restoring force on the piston.
h m
M
Gas F P.A
P
Ą Any rigid body which is free to oscillate in a vertical plane about a horizontal axis passing
x
from ideal gas equation PV = constant through a point, is define compound pendulum
 V 
PV  V P  0 (or) P    P Torque acting on a body  = – mglsin 
V 
If F is the restoring force acting on the piston of area of cross section ‘A’, then if angle is very small sin   
F  Ax   AP 
    P (or) F     x ............ (1)  = – mgl  ...(i) and  = Is a ...(ii)
A  Ah   h 
AP M Mh m = mass of the body
 K  T  2  2
h K AP l = distance between point of suspension and centre of mass
 The time period of oscillation of the piston can be obtained from
Is = moment of inertia about horizontal axis passes through point of suspension
Mh
 T  2 from equation (i) and (ii) Is a = – mgl 
AP
 Consider a massless elastic wire of length ‘L’, area of cross–section ‘A’ and Young’s d2 
Is 2 + mgl  = 0
modulus ‘Y’ suspended from a rigid support. A small mass M is attatched at free dt
end. When the string is pulled down through a small distance ‘ L ’ and released mg
d2 
the string oscillates up and down. In equilibrium, the restoring force developed + I  =0 ...(iii)
in it is given by dt 2 s

YA   d 
2

F   L ............ (1) Q Y  F l  + w2  = 0 ...(iv)

Al 

L  dt 2
The negative sign shows that, the restoring force acts in a direction opposite to the mg
elongation. compare equation (iii) and (iv) w2 = Is
YA M ML
K  T  2  2 mg 2 mg
L K YA  w= Is  T
= Is
 The time period of oscillation can be obtained from
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Is  There are maximum four points for which time period of compound pendulum is same.
Time period of compound pendulum T = 2  mg  Minimum time period is obtained at two points
Applying parallel axis theorm Is = ICM + ml2  Is = mk2 + ml2  The point of suspension and point of oscillation are mutually interchangeable.

Is mk 2  m 2
 Maximum time period will obtain at centre of gravity, which is infinite means compound
T = 2 mg
= 2 mg pendulum will not oscillate at this point.
 Compound pendulum executes angular S.H.M. about its mean position. Here restoring
k2
torque is provided by gravitational force.

Time period T = 2  
g PROBLEMS

S = point of suspension ; O = point of oscillation ; k = radius of gyaration 1.. A ring is oscillating about a horizontal axis passes through its rim. Determine time period
l = distance between point of suspension and centre of mass of oscillation.
k2
L= + l = equivalent length of simple pendulum = distance between point of suspension

and point of oscillation S

k2 = R
 ring horizontal
Time Period T = 2   axis
g G

For maximum time period  = 0 maximum time period Tmax = 

dT
For minimum time period =0 then k= 
d

k2 2R R
k (1) T  2 (2) T  2 
T = 2 k g g
g
2k
Minimum time period of compound pendulum Tmin = 2  R 2R
g (3) T  2  (4) T  
2
2g g
k
= distance from centre of mass to point of oscillation (standardresult)
 SOLUTION :
Bar pendulum
It is a steel bar of 1 metre length with hole at regular interval for suspension. Time period For ring I = Mk2 = MR2
is measured by taking different value of l.

So, k = R

k2 R2
L=  + =R+ = 2R
 R
CM

2R
T  2
g

2. A sphere is made to oscillate about a horizontal tangential axis. Determine time period.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

4. A uniform rod of mass ‘m’ and length‘ l ’ is hinged at one end ‘A’. It can rotate
7R 5R freely about a horizontal axis passing through A. If it is given a slight an-
(1) T  2 5 g (2) T  2  gular displacement and left to itself then it oscillate. Find the time period.
7g

l 3l
R 2R (1) T = 2 (2) T = 2
(3) T  2  (4) T   g 2g
g g

2l 3l
SOLUTION : (3) T  2 (4) T = 2
3g g
2
For sphere I = Mk2 = MR2
5

2
k2 = R2
5

2 SOLUTION :
k 2 R2 7
L=  + =R+ 5 = R 2
 R 5
here I  ml , dl.
3 2
7R
T  2
5g I ml 2
T  2  2 2l
mgd l  2
3. A disc is made to oscillate about a horizontal axis passing through mid point of its radius. 3.mg 3g
2
Determine time period.

5. A uniform ring of radius ‘R’ is suspended from a horizontal nail ‘A’ as shown.
3R 5R
(1) T  2  2 g (2) T  2  Find time period of its small oscillations.
7g

3R 5R
(1) T  2  2 g (2) T  2 
R 2R 7g
(3) T  2  (4) T  
g g
R 2R
(3) T  2  (4) T  
SOLUTION : g g

MR 2
For disc I = Mk2 =
2

R
 k=
2

k2 R R2 3R
L=  + = + =
 2 R  2
2 
2 

3R
 T  2 SOLUTION :
2g
here I  2mR 2 , d  R
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
I
, T  2 Condition Resultant SHM Shape
mgd
a = b,   00 ,1800 Straight line y   x
2mR 2 2R
T  2  2
mgR g
  900 Circle x2 + y2 = a2
** 6.17. Damped Oscillation :
b
So far we have dealt oscillation of a body which are simple harmonic, in which total energy a  b,   900 , Straight line y   x
a
of oscillation is constant. x2 y2
1800, Q = 900 Ellipse  1
But when the oscillation are in a medium which offer some resistance force, in which the a 2 b2
energy gradually decreases with time, and finally the oscillation will be stopped, such oscillations
are called “Damped oscillations”.  Vector method of adding two linear SHM’s in a line :
The damping force depends on velocity as f = –bv; Suppose two SHM’s of same frequencies are represented by Y1 = a1sin  t and Y2 = a2sin(  t
+ ) when these are super imposed on a particle, to get the resultant SHM consider a1
Hear, b = damping co efficient
Hence the total restoring force is and a2 as vectors and the phase difference  as the angle between them. Now applying
parallelogram law to get the resultant amplitude and epoch
FR = – (kx + bv)  ma = –(kx + bv)
The resultant SHM equation is
d 2x b k d 2 x b dx k
  v x0  2   x0 Y  a sin  t   
dt 2 m m dt m dt m
for which the angular frequency is The resultant amplitude

k  b 
2

   a  a12  a 22  2a1a 2 cos 

m  2m 
and epoch 
 Composition of two SHM’s of equal frequency in mutually perpendicular directons.
a 2 sin 
Let the two SHM’s be tan  
a1  a 2 cos 
x
(i) x  a sin t   sin t
a
y
(ii) y  b sin t      sin t    EXERCISE PROBLEMS
b
y
sin t cos   cos t sin   1. When an oscillator completes 100 oscillation its amplitude reduced to
1
of initial value.
b 3
2
x x y
cos   1 2 sin   What will be its amplitude, when it completes 200 oscillation
a a b
Squaring on both sides 1 2 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8 3 6 9
x2 y x 
1 2 sin 2     cos2  SOLUTION :
a  b a  A
 x 2  2 2 \ After 100 oscillation amplitude(vk;ke) become
1  sin   y  x cos   2 xy cos  3

 a 
2
b2 a2 ab Q After 200 oscillation it become
1
of
A A

3 3 9
 x 2 y 2 2 xy 
   2  2  cos   sin 2 
 a b ab  2. A body of mass 1.0kg is suspended from a weightless spring having force constant

This is the equation representing resultant SHM. The path traversed by the particle, 600 N/m . Another body of mass 0.5 kg moving vertially upwards hits the
depends on the values of a, b and  as shown in the table suspended body with velocity of 3.0 m/sec and gets embededin it. Find

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

the amplitude of oscillation ( neglect gravity )
4. In the diagram shown find the time period of pendulum for small oscillations
(1) 10 cm (2) 5cm (3) 3 cm (4) 0.2 cm
SOLUTION :
By conservation of linear momentum in the collision

mv = ( m+ M) V

mv 0.5  3
V   1m / sec
m  M (1  0.5)

Now just after collision the system will have

l l
1 (1) T   (2) T  2
KE = (m+M) V2 at equislibrium position . g sin  g tan 
2

So after collision by conservation of mechanical energy KEmax = PEmax l l

(3) T  2 (4) T  2
g sin  g cos 
1 1
(m  M ) v 2  KA 2
2 2
mM 1.5 1 SOLUTION :
AV   1  m  5cm
 k  600 20

3. A block is kept on a rough horizontal plank. The coefficient of friction between

block and the plank is 1/2. plank is undegoing SHM of angular frequency 10 rad/s.Find
the maximum amplitude of plank in which the block does not slip over the
plank( g = 10 m/s2).

(1) 0.5m (2) 5cm (3) 5 m (4) 0.2 cm

SOLUTION :
For smaller values of  , sin   

Maximum acceleration in SHM is amax    A this will be provided to the block by friction . y
f  mg sin  .  f   mg sin 
l
Hence, amax   g or   A   g g sin 
a .y
l
 1 
 10 g sin 
 g  2  
or a   = 0.05m = 5 cm l
 10
2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION :
T l
 T   1 2 Let the piston be displaced through distance x towards left, then volume decreases,
o

5. The trolly car having simple pendulum decelerated by friction. In consequence, pressure increases. If P is increase in pressure and V is decrease in volume,
the pen dulum has time period T. If T o is time period of the simple pendulum then considering the process to take place gradually (i.e. isothermal)
T
P1 V1  P2 V2  PV  (P  P)(V  V )
in the absence of any acceleration of the trolly car, the value of T is --
o

-  PV  PV  PV  PV  PV

 P . V  P .V  0 (neglecting P.V )

T l T l
(1) T 
P. x
(2)  P( Ah)  P( Ax )  P 
o  1 2
To  h
This excess pressure is responsible for providing the restoring force (F) to the piston of
T l T l mass M.
(3)  (4) 
To  1 To  2 1
PAx
Hence F  P. A 
h
SOLUTION :
PA
Comparing it with | F |  kx  k  M  2 
h
l
T  2 ; a  g
a2  g 2 PA Mh
   T  2
Mh PA
l
T  2 7.. Two particles executes S.H.M. of same amplitude and frequency along the same
g 2 1
straight line. They pass one another when going in opposite directions, and each time
1 T l their displacement is half of their amplitude. The phase difference between them is
T  To  
 2 1 To 2 1
6. A cylindrical piston of mass M slides smoothly inside a long cylinder closed at one
end, enclosing a certain mass of gas. The cylinder is kept with its axis (a) 30° (b) 60°
horizontal. If the piston is disturbed from its equilibrium position, it oscillates simple
(c) 90° (d) 120°
harmonically. The period of oscillation will be
ANSWER : (d)
SOLUTION :
h
. According to the question of SHM y  a sin(t  0 )
M
Gas
a a  5
P A Given y
2
 2
 a sin( t  0 )  ( t  0 )   
6
or 6

x
a/2


 Mh   MA 
if 
6
 A O P B  Particle is at point P and it is going towards B
(a) T  2   (b) T  2   a
 PA   Ph 

 M 
(c) T  2   (d) T  2 MPhA
 PAh 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

a/2 d 2y
   2y .
dx 2
5
if 
6
 A O P B  Particle is at point Pand it is going towards O Hence it sin  t  cos  t. represents S.H.M.
a
10. The displacement of a particle varies with time as x  12 sin  t  16 sin 3  t (in cm). If its
motion is S.H.M., then its maximum acceleration is
5  2
So phase difference  
6
 
6 3
 120  (a) 12  2 (b) 36  2 (c) 144  2 (d) 192  2

ANSWER : (b )
8.. The function sin 2 (t) represents
SOLUTION :
(a) A simple harmonic motion with a period 2 / 
(b) A simple harmonic motion with a period  /
Displacement x  12 sin  t  16 sin 3  t  4 [3 sin  t  4 sin 3  t]

(c) A periodic but not simple harmonic motion with a period 2 /  By using sin 3  3 sin   4 sin 3  )

(d) A periodic but not simple harmonic, motion with a period  / Displacement x  4[sin 3 t]
equation for maximum acceleration | Amax |   2 a
ANSWER : (d)
 maximum acceleration A max  (3 )2  4  36  2
1  cos 2t
SOLUTION : Given y  sin 2  t  y
2 11. A particle of mass m is executing oscillations about the origin on the x-axis. Its

1 cos 2t
 y  potential energy is U(x )  k [x ]3 , where k is a positive constant. If the
2 2
Angular velocity  2 amplitude of oscillation is a, then its time period T is
2 
Period, T  
2  1
(a) Proportional to a
(b) Independent of a
The given function is not satisfying the standard differential equation of S.H.M.
(c) Proportional to a (d) Proportional to a3/2
d 2y
2
   2y .
dx ANSWER : (a )
Hence it represents periodic motion but not S.H.M. SOLUTION :
9. Which of the following function represents a simple harmonic oscillation
dU
For concervSOLUTION :atieve force F  
dx
(a) sin t  cos t (b) sin t
2

(c) sin t  sin 2t (d) sin t  sin 2t

Given Potential Energy U  k | x |3
ANSWER : (a)
SOLUTION : dk | x |3
The function sin  t  cos  t. only satisfies the standard differential equation of Then F  
dx
S.H.M.
F  3k | x |2 ...(i)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Also, for SHM F   m 2 x ...(ii) 

13. A point mass oscillates along the x-axis according to the law x  x0 cos   t   . If the
 4
3kx
From equation (i) & (ii)  acceleration of the particle is written as a  A cos t    , then:-
m
3 
(1) A  x0 ,   (2) A  x0 ,   
2

2 4 4
 
Time period T  (3) A  x0 ,  
2
(4) A  x0 ,   
2
 4 4
ANSWER : (1 )
m d2x
T  2 SOLUTION : Acceleration of SHM particle a
3kx dt 2

m  
T  2 But displacement x  x0 cos  t  
3k (a sin  t )  4

1    
T d 2  x0 cos  t   
.   4 
a a
dt 2
12. For a particle executing S.H.M. the displacement x is given by x  A cos t . Identify the
 3 
graph which represents the variation of potential energy (P.E.) as a function of On solving we get a   2 x0 cos  t   ………(1)
 4 
time t and displacement x
But given acceleration ………(2)
PE
a  A cos t   
PE
I II
III 3
IV From (1) and (2) A  x0 2 and  
4

t x

14. On a smooth inclined plane, a body of mass M is attached between two springs. The
(a) I, III (b) II, IV (c) II, III (d) I, IV
other ends of the springs are fixed to firm supports. If each spring has force constant K,
ANSWER : (a )
SOLUTION : the period of oscillation of the body (assuming the springs as massless) is

Here displacement x is given by x  A cos  t .

So Potential energy is
1) minimum (in this case zero) at mean position (x = 0)
2) maximum at extreme position (x   A). M
From
At time t = 0, x = A, 
hence potential should be maximum. Therefore graph I is correct. Further in graph
III. Potential energy is minimum at x = 0, hence this is also correct

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1/2 1/ 2 1/2
 m   2M  Mg sin   2 Mg 
(a) 2   (b) 2   (c) 2 (d) 2   PREVIOUS MAINS QUESTIONS
 2K   K  2K  K 
1. The position co-ordinates of a particle moving in a 3-D coordinate system is
ANSWER : (a ) given by [9 Jan
SOLUTION : 2019, II]
Time period doesnot depends on inclination ….
x  a cos t y  a sin t and z  at
1/ 2
 M  The speed of the particle is:
Hence time period of arrangement is T  2  
 K eff  (1) 2a (2) a

Here two springs are arranged in parellel combination (3) 3a (4) 2a
Hence K eff  2 K
SOLUTION :(1) Here, vx  a sin t , v y  a cos t and vz  a  v  vx2  v 2y  vz2
1/ 2
 m 
Time period becomes T  2  
 2K  v   a sin t 2   a cos t 2   a2
15. The displacement of a particle executing S.H.M. is given by
x  0.01 sin 100 (t  0.05) . The time period is
2. Two simple harmonic motions, as shown, are at right angles. They are
(1) 0.01 s (2) 0.02 s (3) 0.1 s (4) 0.2 s combined to form Lissajous figures.
ANSWER : (2 )
x  t   A sin  at    y  t   B sin  bt 
SOLUTION :
Identify the correct match below [Online April 15, 2018]
x  0.01 sin 100 (t  0.05)
SOLUTION
Here w = 100  s (3) From the two mutually perpendicular S.H.M.’s, the general equation of Lissajous figure,
2 2 1
Time period T   T  T  T= 0.02 s x 2 y 2 2 xy
 100 50   cos   sin 2 
A2 B 2 AB

x  A sin  at   

y  B sin  bt  r 

Clearly A B hence ellipse.


(1) Parameters: A  B, a  2b;   ; Curve: Circle
2


(2) Parameters: A  B, a  b;   ; Curve: line
2


(3) Parameters: A  B, a  b;   ; Curve: Ellipse
2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(4) Parameters: A  B, a  b;   0; Curve: Parabola
2
 2A 
3. The ratio of maximum acceleration to maximum velocity in a simple harmonic Finally 3V   A '2   
 3 
motion is 10s 1 . At, t = 0 the displacement is 5 m. What is the maximum acceleration ? The

 2A
Where A’ = final amplitude (Given at x , velocity to trebled)
initial phase is [Online April 8, 2017] 3
4
On dividing we get

(1) 500 m/s2 (2) 500 2m / s 2 (3) 750m / s 2 (4) 750 2m / s 2 2

 2A 
SOLUTION A '2   
3  3 
(2) Maximum velocity in SHM, vmax  a 
1  2A 
2
A2   
Maximum acceleration in SHM, Amax  a2  3 
where a and  are maximum amplitude and angular frequency..

Amax  4 A2  2 4A
2
7A
Given that,  10 9  A2    A'   A' 
vmax  9  9 3

i.e.,   10s 1
Displacement is given by 5. Two particles are performing simple harmonic motion in a straight line about
the same equilibrium point. The amplitude and time period for both particles are same
x  a sin  t   / 4 
and equal to A and T, respectively. At time t = 0 one particle has displacement A while
At t  0, x  5
A
the other one has displacement and they are moving towards each other. If they
5  a sin  / 4 2

Maximum acceleration Amax  a2  500 2m / s 2 cross each other at time t, then t is: [Online April 9, 2016]

5T T T T
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4. A particle performs simple harmonic mition with amplitude A. Its speed is 6 3 4 6
SOLUTION (at time t = 0)
2A
trebled at the instant that it is at a distance from equilibrium position. The new
3
amplitude of the motion is : [2016]

7A A
(1) A 3 (2) (3) 41 (4) 3A
3 3

SOLUTION (2) We know that V   A2  x 2

2
 2A 
Initially V   A2    
 3  Angel covered to meet   600  rad.
3

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

If they cross each other at time t then

  T
t  T
2  3  2 6
(3) (4)
6. A simple harmonic oscillator of angular frequency 2 rad s–1 is acted upon by an
external force F = sin t N. If the oscillator is at rest in its equilibrium position at t = 0, its
position at later times is proportional to : [Online April 10, 2015] SOLUTION (3) At t  0, x  t   0; y  t   0
1 1
(1) sin t  cos 2t (2) cos t  sin 2t x t  is a sinusoidal funciton
2 2

1 1 At t ; x t   a and y t   0
(3) sin t  sin 2t (4) sin t  sin 2t 2
2 2
Hence trajectory of particle will look like as (3)
SOLUTION (3) As we know,
F  ma  a  F
8. A body is in simple harmonic motion with time period half second (T = 0.5 s)
and amplitude one cm (A = 1 cm). Find the average velocity in the interval in which it
Or, a  sin t
moves form equilibrium position to half of its amplitude.
dv [Online April 19, 2014]
  sin t (1) 4 cm/s (2) 6 cm/s
dt
(3) 12 cm/s (4) 16 cm/s
0 t SOLUTION
8. (3) Given: Time period, T = 0.5 sec
  dv   sin tdt Amplitude, A = 1 cm
0 0 Average velocity in the interval in which body moves from equilibrium to half of its amplitude, v = ?

V  cos t  1

x t

 dx     cot t  1 dt
0 0

7. x and y displacements of a particle are given as  (t) = a sin  t and y (t) = a sin
T
2  t. Its trajectory will look like : [Online April 10, 2015] Time taken to a displacement A/2 where A is the amplitude of oscillation from the mean position ‘O’ is
12

A 1
Therefore, s  cm
2 2
(1) (2)
A 1
v  2  2  12 cm / s
 Average velocity, t 0.5
12

9.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
9.Which of the following expressions corresponds to simple harmonic motion along a
straight line, where x is the displacement and a, b, c are positive constants? [Online
April 12, 2014]
(1) a  bx  cx 2 (2) bx 2 (1) (2)

(3) a  bx  cx 2 (4) bx

SOLUTION (4) In linear S.H.H., the restoring force acting on particle should always be proportional to the
displacement of the particle and directed towards the equilibrium position.
i.e., Fx
or F = - bx where b is a positive constant.
10. A particle which is simultaneously subjected to two perpendicular simple
harmonic motions represented by; x = a1 cos  t and y = a2 cos 2  t traces a curve
(3) (4)
given by: [Online April 9, 2014]

SOLUTION (a) Displacement y  t   A sin  wt    Given

(1) (2) (3) (4)
2
For 
3

x  a1 cos t 2
SOLUTION (2) Two perpendicular S.H.Ms are …..(1) At t  0; y  A sin   A sin
3
And y  a2 2 cos t …..(2)
Form eqation (1)  A sin1200  0.87 A  sin1200  0.866 

x y  0.87 A t0
 cos wt Graph (1) depicts at
a1
12. Two particles are executing simple harmonic motion of the same amplitude A
And form equation (2) and frequency w along the x-axis. Their mean position is separated by distance X0(X0
y a > A). If the maximum separation between them is (X0 + A), the phase difference
 2 cos t  y  2 2 x between their motion is: [2011]
a2 a1
   
2 (1) (2) (3) (4)
11. The displacement y  t   A sin  t    of a pendulum for   is correctly 3 4 6 2
3
SOLUTION 1) Let, x1  A sin t and x2  A sin  t   
represented by [Online May 19, 2012]

  
x2  x1  2 A cos  t   sin
 2 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 (3) A  x0 2 ,    / 4 (4) A  x0 2 ,    / 4
The above equation is SHM with amplitude 2 A sin
2 SOLUTION
(1) Given,

 2 A sin  A Displacement, x  x0 cos  t   / 4 
2

 1  dx  
 sin    Velocity, v  dt   x0 sin  t  4 
2 2 3  
Acceleration,
13. A mass M, attached to a horizontal spring, executes S.H.M. with amplitude A1.
When the mass M passes through its mean position then a smaller mass m is placed dv  
a   x02 cos  t  
dt  4
 A1 
over it and both of them move together with amplitude A2. The ratio of  A  is
 2
   
 x0 2 cos     t   
  4 
1 1
M m  M 2  M  m 2 M
(1) (2)   (3)   (4)
M M m  M  M m  
 x02 cos  t   ….(1)
 4
SOLUTION (3) At mean position, F net = 0
Therefore, by principal of conseruation of linear momentum
Acceleration, a  A cos  t    …(2)
 Mv1   M  m  v2
Comparing the two equations, we get

Mw, a,   M  m  w2 a2 3
A  x0 2 and 
4
k k
MA1   M  m  A2
M mM 15. A coin is placed on a horizontal platform which undergoes vertical simple
harmonic motion of angular frequency w. The amplitude of oscillation is gradually
 k  increased. The coin will leave contact with the platform for the first time (a) at the
  V  A 
 M  mean position of the platform [2006]
(1) at the mean position of the platform
 A1 M  A2 M  m g
(2) for an amplitude of
2
A1 M m
 
A2 M g2
(3) for an amplitude fo
14. A point mass oscillates along the x-axis according to the law x = x0 cos(  t - p / 2
4) . If the acceleration of the particle is written as a = A cos(  t +  ) ,then (4) at the highest position of the plastform
SOLUTION (2) For block A to move in SHM
[2007]
(1) A  x0 2 ,   3 / 4 (2) A  x0 ,    / 4
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

mg  N  m2 x d2y
For SHM  y
Where x is the distance from mean position dt 2
For block to leave contact N 0
1  cos 2t
y  sin 2 t 
2 g 2
 mg  m x  x 
2
1 1
16. The maximum velocity of a particle, executing simple harmonic motion with an   cos 2t
2 2
amplitude 7 mm, is 4.4 m/s. The period of oscillation is [2006]
(1) 0.01 s (2) 10s (3) 0.1 s (4) 100 s dy 1
SOLUTION (1) Maximum velocity, v   2 sin 2t  2 sin t cos t
dt 2
vmax  a
Here, a = amplitude of SHM 1 1
 = angular velocity of SHM   cos 2t
2 2
2  2 
vmax  a       dy 1
T  T  v   2 sin 2t  2 sin t cos t
dt 2

2a 2  3.14  7 103   sin 2t

T    0.01s
vmax 4.4
d2y
Aceleration, a  22 cos 2t which is not proportional to –y. Hence, it is not in SHM.
17. The function sin2 (  t) represents [2005] dt 2


(1) a periodic, but not simple harmonic motion with a period 18. Two simple harmonic motions are represented by the equations y1 = 0.1 sin

 
(2) a periodic, but not simple harmonic motion with a period
2 100t   and y2  0.1cos t . The phase difference of the velocity of particle 1 with
  3

respect to the velocity of particle 2 is [2005]


(3) a simple harmonic motion with a period    
 (1) (2) (3) (4)
3 6 6 3
2 SOLUTION (2) Velocity of particle 1,
(4) a simple harmonic motion with a period

dy1  
v1   0.1100 cos  100t  
 dt  3
SOLUTION (1) Clearly sin 2t is a periodic function with period
 Velocity of particle 2,

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

v2 
dy2  
 0.1 sin t  0.1 cos  t  
x  4 2 sin t  450 
dt  2
On comparing it with standard equation x  A sin  t   
 Phase difference of velocity of particle 1 with respect to the velocity of particle 2 is
  2  3  We get A4 2
 1  2    
3 2 6 6 Topic-2: Energy in Simple Harmonic Motion
19. Two particles A and B of equal masses are suspended from two massless 21. The displacement time graph of a particle executing S.H.M. is given in figure :
s p rin g s o f s p rin g c o n s tan ts k1 and k2, respectively. If the maximum velocities, during (sketch is schematic and not to scale)
oscillation, are equal, the ratio of amplitude of A and B is [2003]

k1 k2 k2 k1
(1) k2
(2) k (3) k1
(4) k
1 2

SOLUTION (3) Maximum velocity during SHM, vmax  A

Which of the following statements is/are true for this motion? [Sep. 02, 2020
2
But k  m (II)]

k 3T
  (1) The force is zero at t 
m 4
(2) The acceleration is maximum at t = T
k T
 Maximum velocity ofh te body is SHM  A (3) The speed is maximum at t 
m 4
As maximum velocities are equal
T
k1 k (4) The P.E. is equal to K.E. of the oscillation at t 
 A1  A2 2 2
m m
(1) (1), (2) and (4) (2) (2), (3) and (4)
(3) (1), (2) and (3) (4) (1) and (4)
A1 k SOLUTION(3) From graph equation of SHM
 A1 k1  A2 k2   2
A2 k1 X  A cos t
20. The displacement of a particle varies according to the relation x = 4(cospt + sin T
(1) At particle is at mean position.
pt). The amplitude of the particle is [2003] 4
(1) – 4 (2) 4 (3) 4 2 (4) 8  Acceleration = 0, Force = 0
(2) At T particle again at extreme position so acceleration ismaximum.
SOLUTION (3) Diplacement, x  4  cos t  sin t 
T
(3) At t , particle again at extreme position so velocity is maximum .
4
 sin t cos t 
 2  4  
 2 2  Acceleration = 0
(4) When KE = PE

 0
 4 2 sin t cos 45  cos t sin 45 0

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1
2
 
1
k A2  x 2  kx 2
2
 K max 
1
2
m2 A2

Here, A = amplitude of SHM

x = displacement from mean postion A  L

A g
 A2  2 x 2  x  
2 L

A T 1
  A cos t  t  K
2 2 g
2m. .L2 2
L
x  A which is not possible

x  A and 3 are correct.

1
 mgL2
2
22. A particle undergoing simple harmonic motion has time dependent

t K1 L 1
    K 2  2 K1
displacement given by x  t   A sin . The t = 210s will be: [11 Jan 2019, I] K2 2L 2
90

1 1 K1 L 1
(1) (2) 1 (3) 2 (4)     K 2  2 K1
9 3 K2 2L 2

1
SOLUTION (4) Kinetic energy, k m2 A2 cos 2 t 24. A particle is executing simple harmonic motion (SHM) of amplitude A, along the x-axis,
2
about x = 0. When its potential Energy (PE) equals kinetic energy (KE), the position of the
1 particle will be:
Potential energy, U m2 A2 sin 2 t
2 [9 Jan 2019, II]

A A A
k  1 (1) (2) (3) (4) A
 cot 2 t  cot 2  cot 2  210   2 2 2 2
U 90 3
23. A pendulum is executing simple harmonic motion and its maximum kinetic energy is K1. 1 2
If the length of the pendulum is doubled and it performs simple harmonic motion with the same SOLUTION (3) Potential energy U   kx
2
amplitude as in the first case, its maximum kinetic energy is K2.
1 2 1 2
K1 Kinetic energy K   kA  kx
(1) K 2  2 K1 (2) K 2  2 2
2
1 1 1
K1  kx 2  kA2  kx 2
(3) K 2  (4) K 2  K1 2 2 2
4
SOLUTION A
 x 2  A2 or, x
2
1
(1) K  m2 x 2
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

25. A particle is executing simple harmonic motion with a time period T. At time t = 0, it is at From equation (i),

its position of equilibrium. The kinetic energy-time graph of the particle will look like: a0
[2017]  a0e t /10
2

1
(1) (2)  et /10 or
t
2 2  e10

t
ln 2  t  3.5 seconds
(3) (4) 10
27. For a simple pendulum, a graph is plotted between its kinetic energy (KE) and
SOLUTION (2) For a particle executing SHM potential energy (PE) against its displacement d. Which one of the following
At mean postion; t  0, t  0, y  0, V  Vmax  a r ep r es en ts th es e c o r r ec tly? (graphs are schematic and not drawn to scale)
[2015]
1
 K .E.  KEmax  m2 a 2
2

T  (1) (2)
At extreme postion : t , t  , y  A, V  Vmin  0
4 2

 K .E.  KEmin  0

Kinetic energy in SHM, KE 

1
2

m2 a 2  y 2  (3) (4)

1
 m2 a 2 cos 2 t
2
Hence graph (2) correctly depicts kinetic energy time graph.
SOLUTION (4) K .E 
1
2

k A2  d 2 
26. A block of mass 0.1 kg is connected to an elastic spring of spring constant 640
1 2
Nm–1 and oscillates in a medium of constant 10-2 kg s-2. The system dissipates its And P.E.  kd
energy gradually. The time taken for its mechanical energy of vibration to drop to half 2
of its initial value, is closest to : [Online April 9, 2017] At mean position d = 0. At extreme positions d = A
(1) 2s (2) 3.5 s (3) 5 s (4) 7s 28. A pendulum with time period of 1s is losing energy. At certain time its energy is
SOLUTION(2) Since system dissipates its energy gradually, and hence amplitude will also decreases with time 45 J. If after completing 15 oscillations, its energy has become 15 J, its damping
according to
constant (in s–1) is :
a  a0e bt / m ….(i) [Online April 11, 2015]
 Energy of virbration drop to half of its initial value 1 1 1
(1) (2) ln 3 (3) 2 (4) ln 3
 E0  , as E  a2  a  E 2 30 15

bt
a0 bt 102 t t SOLUTION (4) As we know,

a    E  E0 e m
2 m 0.1 10
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
b15 1 2 2 2
15  45e m K ma  sin t
2
[As no. of oscillations = 15 so t = 15 sec]
Where, m = mass of particle
A = amplitude
b15
1 
 = angular frequency
e m
3 T = time

Taking log on both sides 1

The average value of sin 2 t 2 over a cycle is
2
b 1
  n3
m 15
1 1  1
29. This question has Statement 1 and Statement 2. Of the four choices given after  KE  m2 a 2    sin 2   
2 2  2
the Statements, choose the one that best describes the two Statements. If two
springs S1 and S2 of force constants k1 and k2 respectively, are stretched by the same 1 1
m2 a 2  ma 2  2v 
2
force, it is found that more work is done on spring S1 than on spring S2. 
4 4
   2v 
Statement 1 : If stretched by the same amount work done on S1
Statement 2 : k1 < k2 [2012] or,  K  2 ma 2 v 2
(1) Statement 1 is false, Statement 2 is true. 31. Starting from the origin a body oscillates simple harmonically with a period of 2
(2) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is false. s. After what time will its kinetic energy be 75% of the total energy? [2006]
(3) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is true, Statement 2 is the correct explanation for
Statement 1 1 1 1 1
(1) s (2) s (3) s (4) s
(4) Statement 1 is true, Statement 2 is true, Statement 2 is not the correct explanation 6 4 3 12
for Statement 1
1 2 2
SOLUTION (1) K.E. of a body undergoing SHM is given by K .E.  ma  cos 2 t
1 2 2
SOLUTION (2) Work done, w kx
2 Here, a = amplitude of SHM
 Angular velocity of SHM
1 2
Work done by spring S1 , w1  k1 x 1 2 2
2 Total energy in S.H.M  ma 
2
1 Given K.E. = 75% T.E.
Work done by spring S 2 , w2  k2 x 2
2 1 2 2 75 1 2 2
ma  cos 2 t   ma 
2 100 2
Since w1  w2 Thus  k1  k2 
30. A particle of mass m executes simple harmonic motion with amplitude a and 
 0.75  cos 2 t  t 
frequency n. The average kinetic energy during its motion from the position of 6
equilibrium to the end is [2007]
  2 1
(1) 22 ma 2v 2 (2) 2 ma 2v 2 t  t  t  s
6 6  2 6
1 2 2 32. The total energy of a particle, executing simple harmonic motion is [2004]
(3) ma v (4) 42 ma 2v 2
4 (1) independent of x (2)  x 2
SOLUTION (2) The kinetic energy of a particle executing S.H.M. at any instant t is given by
(3)  x (4)  x1/2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

mass is pulled down slightly its frequency of oscillation along the vertical direction is:
1 2
SOLUTION (1) At any instant the total energy in SHM is kA0  constant, [Sep. 06, 2020 (I)]
2
1 mL 1 YA
Where A0 = amplitude (1) f  (2) f 
2 YA 2 mL
k = spring constant
hence total energy is independent of x.
1 mA 1 YL
33. A body executes simple harmoni (3) f  (4) f 
2 YL 2 mA
c motion. The potential energy (P.E), the kinetic energy (K.E) and total energy (T.E) are
SOLUTION (2) An elastic wqire can be treated as a spring and its spring constant.
measured as a function of displacement x. Which of the following statements is true?
[2003] YA  F l 
(1) K.E. is maximum when x = 0
k  Y  
L  A l0 
(2) T.E is zero when x = 0
Frequency of oscillation,
(3) K.E is maximum when x is maximum
(4) P.E is maximum when x = 0 1 k 1 YA
f  
2 m 2 mL
SOLUTION (1) K.E. of simple harmonic motion 
1
2

m2 a 2  x 2  36. When a particle of mass m is attached to a vertical spring of spring constant k
34. In a simple harmonic oscillator, at the mean position [2002] and released, its motion is described by y (t) = y0 sin2wt, where ‘y’ is measured from
(1) kinetic energy is minimum, potential energy is maximum the lower end of unstretched spring. Then w is : [Sep. 06, 2020 (II)]
(2) both kinetic and potential energies are maximum
1 g g g 2g
(3) kinetic energy is maximum, potential energy is minimum (1) 2 (2) (3) (4)
y0 y0 2 y0 y0
(4) both kinetic and potential energies are minimum

SOLUTION (3) The kinetic energy (K.E.) of particle in SHM is given by, K .E 
1
2
 
k A2  x 2 ; SOLUTION (3) y  y0 sin 2 t

y0  1  cos 2t 
1 2 y 1  cos 2t   sin 2 t  
Potential energy of particle in SHM is U kx 2  2 
2
y0  y0
Where A = amplitude and k  m2  y  cos 2t
x = displacement from the mean postion
2 2
At the mean position x0 y0  y0
y  cos 2t
1 2 2
 K .E.  kA2  Maximum
2  y  A cos 2t
And U = 0
Topic-3: Time Period, Frequency, Simple Pendulum and Spring y0
 Amplitude 
Pendulum 2
35. An object of mass m is suspended at the end of a massless wire of length L Angular velocity  2
and area of cross-section, A. Young modulus of the material of the wire is Y. If the
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
ky0 k 2g 1 1
For equilibrium of mass,  mg   (3) 4T (4) 4T
2 m y0 15 14

k  m  2 
2
Also, spring constant l
SOLUTION (3) T  2
g
k 2g 1 2g g
 2     When immersed non viscous liquid
m y0 2 y0 2 y0
 g  15 g
amt   g   
 16  16
37. A block of mass m attached to a massless spring is performing oscillatory
motion of amplitude ‘A’ on a frictionless horizontal plane. If half of the mass of the
block breaks off when it is passing through its equilibrium point, the amplitude of l l 4
T '  2  2  T
oscillation for the remaining system become fA. The value of f is : Now 0net 15 g 15
[Sep. 03, 2020 (II)] 16

1 1 40. Two light identical springs of spring constant k are attached horizontally at the
(1) (2) 1 (3) (4) 2 tw o en d s o f a u n ifo rm h o r izo n tal ro d A B o f len g th l and mass m. The rod is
2 2
pivoted at its centre ‘O’ and can rotate frreely in horizontal plane. The other ends
1 2 of two springs are fixed to rigid supports as shown in figure. The rod is gently
SOLUTION(1) Potential energy of spring  kx
2 pushed through a small angle and released. The frequency of resulting
Here, x = distance of block from mena postion, oscillation is:
k = spring constant [12 Jan 2019, I]
1 2
At mean postion, potential energy  kA
2
At equilibrium position, half of the mass of block breaks off, so its potential energy becomes half

11  1
Remaining energy   kA2   kA '2
22  2

A
Here, A’= New distance of block from mena postion  A' 
2
39. A simple pendulum oscillating in air has period T. The bob of the pendulum is

1
completely immersed in a non-viscous liquid. The density of the liquid is th of the 1 3k 1 2k
16
(1) (2)
2 m 2 m
material of the bob. If the bob is inside liquid all the time, its period of oscillation in this
liquid is : [9 April 2019 I]
1 6k 1 k
(3) (4)
1 1 2 m 2 m
(1) 2T (2) 2T
10 14 SOLUTION (3) Net torque due to spring force:

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot


  2 Kx cos 
2

Velocity before collision v  2 g  1  cos 0 

Velocity after colistion

v1  2 g  1  cos 1 
Using momentum conservation

mv  MVm  mV1

m 2 g  1  cos 0   MVm  m 2 g  1  cos  

 K 2   K 2 
   
 2 
   C let C 
 2 
  m 2g  1  cos 0  1  cos 1  MVm 
 So, frequency of resulting oscillations
Vm  2 g  1  cos 1 
And e 1
2 g  1  cos 0 
2
K
1 C 1 2  1 6K
f  
2 I 2 M  2 2 M 2g  1  cos 0  1  cos 1  Vm  …(i)

12
m 2g  1  cos 0  1  cos 1  MVM  …(ii)

Divinding (ii) by (i) we get

41. A simple pendulum, made of a string of length l and a bob of mass m, is
released from a small angle 1 . It strikes a block of mass M, kept on a horizontal  1  cos 0  1  cos 1 M
surface at its lowest point of oscillations, elastically. It bounces back and goes up to  1  cos 0  1  cos 1  m
an angle 1 . The M is given by : [12 Jan 2019, I]
By compounendo and dividend rule

m  0  1   0  1 
(1) 2      (2) m       
sin  1 
 0 1  0 1 mM 1  cos 1 2
 
mM 1  cos 0 sin  0 
 2 
 0  1  m  0  1   
(3) m      (4) 2     
 0 1  0 1
SOLUTION (2) M 0  1  
  M m 0 1
m 0  1 0  1
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
44. The mass and the diameter of a planet are three times the respective values for
the Earth. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum on the Earth is 2s. The
42. 
A simple harmonic motion is represented by : y  5 sin 3t  3 cos 3t cm The  period of oscillation of the same pendulum on the planet would be:[11 Jan 2019, II]
amplitude and time period of the motion are :
3 2 3
[12 Jan 2019, II] (1) s (2) s (3) s (4) 2 3s
2 3 2
2 3 3 2
(1) 10cm, s (2) 10cm, s (3) 5cm, s (4) 5cm, s GM
3 2 2 3 g
SOLUTION4) Acceleration due to gravity
R2
SOLUTION(1) Given: y  5 sin  3t   3 cos  3t  
gp M p  Re  1
2
1

    3   
 ge M e  R p 3
  3
 y  10sin  3t   
 3
 Amplitude = 10 cm Tp
1 ge
Also
T    3
2 2 2 g Te gp
Time period, T   s
 3 3
43. A simple pendulum of length 1m is oscillating with an angular frequency 10 rad/  Tp  2 3 s
s. The support of the pendulum starts oscillating up and down with a small angular 45. A particle executes simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 5 cm. When
frequency of 1 rad/s and an amplitude of 10–2 m. The relative change in the angular the particle is at 4 cm from the mean position, the magnitude of its velocity in SI units
frequency of the pendulum is best given by: [11 Jan 2019, II] is equal to that of its acceleration. Then, its periodic time in seconds is:
(1) 103 rad / s (2) 1 rad / s [10 Jan 2019, II]

(3) 101 rad / s (4) 105 rad / s 4 3 8 7

(1) (2)  (3) (4) 
3 8 3 3
g
SOLUTION (1) Angular frequency of pendulum 

SOLUTION (3) Velocity, v   A2  x 2 …(i)

 Relative change in angular frequency Acceleration, a  2 x …(ii)

And according to question,
 1 g
 [ as length rmains constant] v a
 2 g

g  2 A2s [ s  angular frequency of support and , A = amplitude ]   A2  x 2  2 x

 A2  x 2  2 x 2
 1 2 A2s
 
 2 g  52  42  2 42  
1 2 12 102 3
    103 rad/sec 3   4   
2 10 4

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2  8 m
 T  2 /    Ratio  0.37
3/ 4 3 M
47. A rod of mass ‘M’ and length ‘2L’ is suspended at its middle by a wire. It exhibits
torsional oscillations; If two masses each of ‘m’ are attached at distance ‘L/2’ from its 48. A silver atom in a solid oscillates in simple harmonic motion in some direction
centre on both sides, it reduces the oscillation frequency by 20%. The value of ratio with a frequency of 1012/sec. What is the force constant of the bonds connecting one
m/M is close to : atom with the other? (Mole wt. of silver = 108 and Avagadro number = 6.02 ×1023 gm
[9 Jan 2019, II] mole–1)
(1) 0.77 (2) 0.57 (3) 0.37 (4) 0.17 (1) 6.4 N/m (2) 7.1 N/m
SOLUTION (3) (3) 2.2 N/m (4) 5.5 N/m
SOLUTION(2) As we know, frequency in SHM

1 k
f   1012
2 m
Where m = mass of one atom

108
 103 kg
Mass of one atom of silver,
 6.02 10 
23

1 k
1 C  6.02  1023  1012
f1  …(i) 2 108  103
2 1
Solving we get, spring constant,
K = 7.1 N/m
1 3C

2 ML2 49. A particle executes simple harmonic motion and is located at x = a, b and c at
times t0, 2t0 and 3t0 respectively. The frequency of the oscillation is
[Online April 16, 2018]
1 C
f2 
2 M M  1 1  a  b  1 1  a  b 
L2    …(ii)
(1) 2t cos  2c  (2) 2t cos  3c 
 3 2  0   0  
As frequncey reduces by 80%
1 1  2a  3c  1 1  a  c 
f2 (3) 2t cos  b  (4) 2t cos  2b 
 f 2  0.8 f1   0.8 …(iii) 0   0  
f1
Solving equations (i), (ii) & (iii)
SOLUTION (4) Using y  A sin t

m a  A sin 2t0
Ratio  0.37
M
c  A sin 3t0
As frequency reduces by 80%

f2 a  c  A sin t0  A sin 3t0 

 f 2  0.8 f1   0.8 …(iii)
f1
 2 A sin 2t0 cos t0
Solving equation (i), (ii) & (iii)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
ac
 2 cos t0
b

1 ac 1 ac
 cos 1   f  cos 1  
t0  2b  2t0  2b 
If block of mass m = 1 kg is attached then, k  42
50. In an experiment to determine the period of a simple pendulum of length 1 m, it Now, identical springs are attached in parallel with mass m = 8 kg Hence,
is attached to different spherical bobs of radii r1 and r2. The two spherical bobs have
uniform mass distribution. If the relative difference in the periods, is found to be 5 ×
keq  2k
10 –4 s, the difference in radii, r1  r2 is best given by:

[Online April 9, 2017]

(1) 1 cm (2) 0.1 cm (3) 0.5 cm (4) 0.01 cm 1 k2 1
F  Hz
2 g 2
SOLUTION (2) As we know, Time-perid of simple pendulum, T l

T 1 l
Differentiating both side,  52. A pendulum clock loses 12 s a day if the temperature is 40°C and gains 4 s a
T 2 l
day if the temperature is 20° C. The temperature at which the clock will show correct
 Change in length l  r1  r2 time, and the co-efficient of linear expansion (  ) of the metal of the pendulum shaft
are respectively : [2016]
1 r1  r2 (1) 30°C;  = 1.85 × 10–3/°C
5  104 
2 1 (2) 55°C; = 1.85 × 10–2/°C
(3) 25°C; = 1.85 × 10–5/°C
r1  r2  10  104 (4) 60°C; = 1.85 × 10–4/°C

103 m  101 cm  0.1 cm 1

SOLUTION 3) Time lost/gained per day    86400 second
51. A 1 kg block attached to a spring vibrates with a frequency of 1 Hz on a 2
frictionless horizontal table. Two springs identical to the original spring are attached
1
in parallel to an 8 kg block placed on the same table. So, the frequency of vibration of 12    40     86400 ….(i)
2
the 8 kg block is : [Online April 8, 2017]
1
1
Hz
1 1
Hz (3) Hz (4) 2 Hz 4     20   86400 ….(ii)
(1) (2) 2
4 2 2 2

40  
1 k On dividing we get, 3
SOLUTION (3) Frequency of spring f   1Hz   20
2 m
3  60  40  
k
 42  4  100    250 C
m
53. In an engine the piston undergoes vertical simple harmonic motion with
amplitude 7 cm. A washer rests on top of the piston and moves with it. The motor

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

speed is slowly increased. The frequency of the piston at which the washer no longer  A  2a
stays in contact with the piston, is close to :
[Online April 10, 2016] a 1
 
(1) 0.7 Hz (2) 1.9 Hz (3) 1.2 Hz (4) 0.1 Hz A 2
SOLUTION (2) Washer contact with piston N 0 Now, A  a  A cos 
Given Amplitude A = 7 cm = 0.07 m.
A a
amax  g  2 A  cos  
A
The frequency of piston

1 2 
 g 1 1000 1  cos   or 
f     1.9 Hz 2 T 3
2 A 2 7 2
 T  6
55. A particle moves with simple harmonic motion in a straight line. In first ts, after
starting from rest it travels a distance a, and in next t s it travels 2a, in same direction, 56. In an experiment for determining the gravitational acceleration g of a place with the help
then: [2014] of a simple pendulum, the measured time period square is plotted against the string length of
(1) amplitude of motion is 3a the pendulum in the figure. [Online April 19, 2014]
(2) time period of oscillations is 8
(3) amplitude of motion is 4a What is the value of g at the place?
(4) time period of oscillations is 6 (1) 9.81 m/s2 (2) 9.87 m/s2
SOLUTION (3) 9.91 m/s2 (4) 10.0 m/s2
55. (d) In simple harmonic motion, starting from rest, SOLUTION (2) From graph it is clear that when
At t = 0 , x =A
x = A cos t …(i) L  1m, T 2  4 s 2
As we know,
When t  , x  A  a

t  2, x  A  3a L
When T  2
From equation (i) g
A  a  A cos  ….(ii)

A  3a  A cos 2 ….(iii) 4 2 L

g
2
T2
As cos 2  2 cos   1 …(iv)
From equation (ii), (iii), and (iv) 2 2
 22  1  22 
2  4     
A  3a  Aa   7  4  7 
 2  1
A  A 
484
g   9.87 m / s 2
A  3a 2 A2  2a 2  4 Aa  A2 49
 
A A2
57. The amplitude of a simple pendulum, oscillating in air with a small spherical
 A2  3aA  A2  2a 2  4 Aa bob, decreases from 10 cm to 8 cm in 40 seconds. Assuming that Stokes law is valid,
and ratio of the coefficient of viscosity of air to that of carbon dioxide is 1.3. The time
 2a 2  aA
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
in which amplitude of this pendulum will reduce from 10 cm to 5 cm in carbon dioxide Topic-4: Damped, Forced Oscillations and Resonance
will be close to (In 5 = 1.601, In 2 = 0.693). [Online April 9, 2014] 76. A damped harmonic oscillator has a frequency of 5 oscillations per second.
(1) 231 s (2) 208 s (3) 161 s (4) 142 s The amplitude drops to half its value for every 10 oscillations. The time it will take to
SOLUTION (4) As we know, drop to of the original amplitude is close to : [8 April 2019, II]
x  x0 e bt /2 m (1) 50 s (2) 100s (3) 20 s (4) 10 s
SOLUTION:(3) Time of half the amplitude is = 2s
From question,

40b
Using, A  A0 e kt
 ….(i)
8  10e 2 m
A0
 Ae e  kx 2

bt 2
Similarly, …(ii)
5  10e 2m

Solving equation (i) and (ii) we get A0

And  Ae e  kx 2
t  142 s 40
58. Two bodies of masses 1 kg and 4 kg are connected to a vertical spring, as Divining (i) and (ii) and soving, we get t  20 s
shown in the figure. The smaller mass executes simple harmonic motion of angular
77. The displacement of a damped harmonic oscillator is given by . Here t is in
frequency 25 rad/s, and amplitude 1.6 cm while the bigger mass remains stationary
seconds. The time taken for its amplitude of vibration to drop to half of its initial value
on the ground. The maximum force exerted by the system on the floor is (take g = 10
is close to: [9 Jan 2019, II]
ms–2) [Online April 9, 2014] (1) 4s (2) 7s (3) 13s (4) 27s
SOLUTION:(2) Amplitude of vibration at time t = 0 is given by
(1) 20 N (2) 10 N (3) 60 N (4) 40 N
A  Ae e 0.10  1 A0  a0
SOLUTION (c) Mass of bigger body M  4kg
Mass of smaller body m = 1 kg A0
Also at A  t  t, if A
Smaller mass (m = 1kg) executes S.H.M of angular frequency   25 rad/s 0
Amplitude x = 1.6 cm=1.6 x 10 -2

As we know,
1
  e 0.lt
m 2
T  2
K t  10 ln 2  7s

2 m 79. The angular frequency of the damped oscillator is given by, where k is the
or,  2
 K spring constant, m is the mass of the oscillator and r is the damping constant. If the
ratio is 8%, the change in time period compared to the undamped oscillator is
1 1 approximately as follows:
or,  [ m  1kg ;   25 rad/s]
25 K [Online April 11, 2014]
or K =625 Nm-1 (1) increases by 1% (2) increases by 8%
The maximum force exerted by the system on the floor  Mg  Kx  mg (3) decreases by 1% (4) decreases by 8%
SOLUTION:(2) The change in time period compared to the undamped oscillator increases by 8%.
2
 4 10  625  1.6  10  1 10 80. The amplitude of a damped oscillator decreases to 0.9 times its original
 40  10  10 magnitude in 5s. In another 10s it will decrease to a times its original magnitude,
= 60 N
where a equals [2013]
(1) 0.7 (2) 0.81 (3) 0.729 (4) 0.6

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION: 83. In forced oscillation of a particle the amplitude is maximum for a frequency of
bt
the force while the energy is maximum for a frequency of the force; then
(3)  A  A0 e 2m [2004]
(where, A0 = maximum amplitude) (1) 1  2 when damping is small and when damping is large 1  2
According to the quations, after 5 second,

b 5 
(2) 1  2 (3) 1  2 (4) 1  2
0.9 A0  Ae 2 m ….(i) SOLUTION:3) As energy  (Amplitude)2, the maximum for both of them occurs at the same frequency and this is only
possible in case of resonance
After 10 more second,
In resonance state 1  2
b15 

A  A0e 2m …(ii)

From eqation (i) and (ii)

84. A particle of mass m is attached to a spring (of spring constant k) and has a
A  0.729 A0
natural angular frequency . An external force F(t) proportional to coswt is applied to
  0.729 the oscillator. The displacement of the oscillator will be proportional to
[2004]
82. Bob of a simple pendulum of length l is made of iron. The pendulum is
1 1 m m
oscillating over a horizontal coil carrying direct current. If the time period of the
pendulum is T then : 0 
(1) m 2  2  
(2) m 2  2
0  (3) 2  2
0 
(4) 2  2
0 
[Online April 23, 2013] SOLUTION: :(2) Equation of displacement in forced oscillation is given by

l F0
(1) T  2 and damping is smaller than in air alone. y
g
 
2
m 02  2

l
(2) T  2 and damping is larger than in air alone. F0
g 

m 02  2 
l Here damping effect is considered to be zero
(3) T  2 and damping is smaller than in air alone.
g

l
(4) T  2 and damping is larger than in air alone.
g
SOLUTION:4) When the pendulum is oscillating over a current carrying coil, and when the direction of oscillating
pendulum bob is opposite to the direction of current. Its instantaneous acceleration increases.


Hence time period T  2
g

and damping is larger than in air alone due energy dissipatio

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Gravitation
Basic Forces in Nature :
Basic forces are classified into four categories
a) Gravitational Force
b) Electromagnetic Force
c) Strong nuclear Force
d) Weak nuclear Force
Gravitational Force:
This force between any two massive particles.
It is always attractive force.
It is a conservative force.
It is independent of medium present between the masses.
It can provide radial acceleration.
It is communicated through a particle called as Gravitation.
Electro Magnetic Force :
This force exists between any two charged particles.
This force is either attractive or repulsive.
It is communicated through Photons.
Strong Nuclear Force :
This force may act between a pair of nucleons in the nucleus.
It is charge independent.
It is spin dependent.
It is communicated through  mesons.
Weak Nuclear Force :
They are responsible for radioactive decay like  -decay..
They acts between all leptons, positrons,  -mesons, neutrinos and Hadrons etc.
It is communicated through weak bosons.
Relative strengths of basic forces between protons :

R e la tiv e
B a sic f o r c e R a n g e
s tr e n g th
L o n g r a n g e
G r a v it a ti o n a l 1
( u p t o in f i n i ty )
S h o r t r a n g e 3 1
W e a k n u c le a r 1 0
( < < 1 fm )
L o n g r a n g e 3 6
E le c tr o m a g n e tic 1 0
( u p t o in f i n i ty )
S h o r t r a n g e 3 8
S tr o n g n u c le a r 1 0
(1 f m )

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Newton’s law of Gravitation
Newton’s law of gravitation states that every body in this universe attracts every other body with a force,
M
which is directly proportional to the product of their masses and inversely proportional to the square of the
distance between their centres. The direction of the force is along the line joining the particles.
m l/2 
A B
A  
B r
F F
12 21
m1 m2 M
From Cavendish experiment the value of universal gravitational constant (G) can be calculatedby
r
k r 2
G
Mml
Thus the magnitude of the gravitational force F that two particles of masses m 1 and m 2 are M-Mass of heavier sphere
separated by a distance r exert on each other is given by m-Mass of lighter sphere
m1 m 2 k-Torsion constant ;  -Angle of twist
F
r2  The value of G does not depend upon the nature and size of the bodies.
m 1m 2  It also does not depend upon the nature of the medium between the two bodies.
or FG
 As G is very small, hence gravitational forces are very small, unless one (or both) of the mass is
r2
Vector form : huge.
According to Newton’s law of gravitation Properties of Gravitational Force
 Gm 1m 2
 Gm 1m 2  Gm 1m 2   It is always attractive in nature while electric and magnetic force can be attractive or repulsive.
 r21  r21
F 12  r̂21 r3 
r2 | r21 | 3  It is independent of the medium between the particles while electric and magnetic force depend on
Here negative sign indicates that the direction of F12 is opposite to that of r̂21 . the nature of the medium between the particles.
  Gm 1m 2 
 Gm 1m 2   Gm m 
r12   1 2 r12 Gm 1m 2  It holds good over a wide range of distances. It is found true for interplanetary to inter atomic
Similarly F 21  r̂12 r3 | r12 | 3
 r̂21 [rˆ12  rˆ21 ]
r2 r2 distances.
r̂12 = unit vector from A to B  It is a central force i.e. acts along the line joining the centres of two interacting bodies.
r̂21 = unit vector from B to A,  It is a two-body interaction i.e. gravitational force between two particles is independent of the
presence or absence of other particles; so the principle of superposition is valid i.e. force on

F12 = gravitational force exerted on body A by body B
a particle due to number of particles is the resultant of forces due to individual particles
    
F 21 = gravitational force exerted on body B by body A i.e. F  F 1  F 2  F 3  ........
 
 It is clear that F12 = – F 21 . Which is Newton’s third law of motion.
While nuclear force is many body interaction
Universal gravitational constant:  It is the weakest force in nature : As Fnuclear > F electromagnetic > F gravitational .
m 1m 2  The ratio of gravitational force to electrostatic force between two electrons is of the order of 10 43 .
FG
r 2
 It is a conservative force i.e. work done by it is path independent or work done in moving a
Here G is constant of proportionality which is called ‘Universal gravitational constant’. particle round a closed path under the action of gravitational force is zero.
If m 1  m 2
 It is an action reaction pair i.e. the force with which one body (say earth) attracts the second body (say
r 1
then G  F moon) is equal to the force with which moon attracts the earth. This is in accordance with
i.e. universal gravitational constant is equal to the force of attraction between two bodies each of Newton’s third law of motion.
‘unit mass whose centres are placed unit distance apart.
 The value of G in the laboratory was first determined by Cavendish using the torsional balance. NOTE :
 The value of G is 6.67×10–11 N–m2 kg–2 The law of gravitation is stated for two point masses, therefore for any two arbitrary finite size
 Dimensional formula [M 1 L3 T 2 ] . bodies, as shown in the figure, It can not be applied as there is not unique value for the separation.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
But if the two bodies are uniform spheres then the separation r may be taken as the distance between their 5. The distance of the centres of moon and earth is D. The mass of earth is 81 times the mass of the moon.
centres because a sphere of uniform mass behave as a point mass for any point lying outside it. At what distance from the centre of the earth, the gravitational force will be zero
D 2D 4D 9D
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 3
(d) 10
SOLUTION :
m1 m2 m1 m2
d
r P
x m2
r=? m1

Force will be zero at the point of zero intensity

PROBLEMS x
m1
d
m1  m 2
1. Two identical spheres are placed in contact with each other. The force of gravitation between the spheres
will be proportional to (R = radius of each sphere) 
81 M
D
9
D.
81 M  M 10
(a) R (b) R2 (c) R4 (d) None of these
6. Mass M is divided into two parts xM and (1  x) M . For a given separation, the value of x for which
SOLUTION :
the gravitational attraction between the two pieces becomes maximum is
2
4  1 3
G   R 3   6 (a) 2 (b) 5 (c)1 (d)2
From law of gravitation MM 3   F  R  R4
FG 
R2 (2 R )2 R2
SOLUTION :
2. The mass of the moon is about 1.2% of the mass of the earth. Compared to the gravitational force the F  xm  (1  x )m  xm 2 (1  x )
earth exerts on the moon, the gravitational force the moon exerts on earth
dF
(a) Is the same (b) Is smaller (c)Is greater (d)Varies with its phase For maximum force
dx
0

SOLUTION : dF
  m 2  2 xm 2  0  x  1/2
Gm m m e dx
Force between earth and moon F 
r2 7. If two particles each of mass ‘m’ are placed at the two vertices of an equilateral triangle of side
This amount of force, both earth and moon will exert on each other ‘a’, then the resultant gravitational force on mass m placed at the third vertex is
i.e. they exert same force on each other. SOLUTION :
3. If the distance between two masses is doubled, the gravitational attraction between them C
(a) Is doubled (b)Becomes four times

300
FB

30 0
FA
(c) Is reduced to half (d)Is reduced to a quarter FR
SOLUTION :
600 600
A B
1
F .
r2
FR  F  F  2 FA FB cos 600
2
A B
2
F
If r becomes double then F reduces to
 3F  FA  FB  F 
4
4. The gravitational force between two stones of mass 1 kg each separated by a distance of 1 metre in
vacuum is  Gm 2 
FR  3  2 
(a) Zero (b) 6 .675  10 5 newton (c) 6 .675  10 11 newton (d) 6 .675  10 8 newton  a 
SOLUTION : 8. Three spherical balls of masses 1kg, 2kg and 3kg are placed at the corners of an equilateral
m 1m 2 11 triangle of side 1m. Find the magnitude of the gravitational force exerted by 2 kg and 3 kg
FG  6 . 675   10 11  6 . 675  10 11 N
r2 12 masses on 1 kg mass.
SOLUTION :
If F1 is the force of attraction between 1kg, 2kg masses,

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1 2 m a
F1  G   F1  2G m
then,
1
2

FR
a a
F1
A1kg
F
F1 600 F2 m a F m

B C 2Gm 2 Gm 2
2kg 3kg FR  2 F  F '  
a2 2a 2

1 3 Gm2  1
If F2 is the force of attraction between 1kg, 3kg masses, then, F2  G   F2  3G  2  FR 
1 a2 
2
2
The angle between the forces F1 and F2 is 600. If ‘FR’ is the resultant of these two forces then along the diagonal towards the opposite corner.
11. A particle of mass m is situated at a distance d from one end of a rod of mass M and length L
FR  F12  F22  2 F1F2 cos as shown in fig. Find the magnitude of the gravitational force between them.
x dm
 2G    3G   2  2G  3G  cos 600
2 2
 FR  m
d L
 FR  19G
9. An infinite number of particle each of mass m are placed on the positive X-axis at SOLUTION :
1m,2m,4m,8m,.... from the origin. Find the magnitude of the resultant gravitational force on Consider an element of mass ‘dm’ and length ‘dx’ at a distance ‘x’ from the point mass.
mass ‘m’ kept at the origin.
M
SOLUTION : Mass of the element dm  dx .
L
y
Gravitational force on ‘m’ due to this element is
M  M 
m m m m m Gm  dx   d  L  Gm   dx
 L  ; F  L 
O 1 2 4 8
x dF 
x 2 
d
x2
The resultant gravitational force
d  L   d  L
Gm 2 Gm 2 Gm 2 GmM GmM  x 1 
F
1

4

16
 .... F
L d
x 2 dx   
L  1 
 1 1   d  L
 Gm 2  1    ...  GmM  1  GmM 1 1 
 4 16  F    
L  x  a L  d  d  L  
 
 1  4 GmM d  L  d  GmM
 a  F 
 Gm 2   Gm 2  S  
1 3 

1 r  L   d  L  d  d  d  L 
1 
 4 12. Two particles of equal mass go round a circle of radius R under the action of their mutual gravitational
10. If four identical particles each of mass m, are kept at the four vertices of a square of side attraction. The speed of each particle is[CBSE PMT 1995; RPMT 2003]
length a, the gravitational force of attraction on any one of the particle is
1 1 Gm 1 Gm 4 Gm
SOLUTION : (a) v  2R Gm
(b) v  2R
(c) v  2 R
(d) v  R

SOLUTION :
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
15. If four different masses m1,m2,m3 and m4 are placed at the four corners of a square of side
m ‘a’ the resultant gravitational force on mass m kept at the centre is
R
O R
SOLUTION :
m 2Gm
The force on m due to m 1 and m3 is F1   m1  m3 
Centripetal force provided by the gravitational force of attraction between two particles a2
mv 2 Gm  m 1 Gm along the diagonal towards m1 if m12  m3 
i.e.  v 
R (2 R )2 2 R
13. Four particles, each of mass M and equidistant from each other, move along a circle of radius m3 a m2
R under the action of their mutual gravitational attraction. The speed of each particle is F2
(2014A) FR a
a
SOLUTION : m 
Let a be the distance between two particles. F1
m4 a m1
M a M

2Gm
a
FR
a
The force on m due to m2 and m4 is F2   m2  m4 
F a2
M a F M along the diagonal towards m2 if m2  m4  .
The resultant gravitational force on any one of the particle is given by The resultant force is F12  F22  F
GM 2  1
FR  2  2   . 2Gm
 m1  m3    m2  m4 
2 2
a  2 F
a2
Which provides necessary centripetal force for motion of mass M in circle, so and the resultant force makes an angle  with F1
 1   GM 2  MV 2
 2   2   a 1  F2 
 2  a  where,   tan   .
 F1 
2
16. A thin rod of mass M and length L is bent into semicircle as shown in figure. What is
 2 2  1  GM  2 2  1  GM gravitational force on a particle with mass m at the centre of curvature?
V2  
 2 2  a  2 2  2 R SOLUTION :
   
Consider an element of rod of length dl as shown in figure
V 
1 GM
2 R
1 2 2   treat it as a small particle of mass (M/L) dl
situated at a distance R from P.
14. Two particles of masses 1Kg and 2Kg are placed at a distance of 50cm. Find the initial Then gravitational force due to the element on the particle will be
acceleration of the first particle due to gravitational force.
Gm  M / L  Rd 
SOLUTION : dF  along OP
R2
Gravitational force between two particles is
[as dl=Rd  ]
Gm1m2 6.67  1011  1  2
F   5.3  1010 N
 0.5
2
r2 Y
dl dF
The acceleration of 1Kg particle is
P
10
F 5.3  10 d
a1    5.3  10 10 ms 2 towards the 2Kg mass
m1 1 m 
X

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

So the components of this force along x and y axes will be 19. In a double star system, two stars of masses m1 and m2 separated by a distance ‘x’ rotates
GmM cos d about their centre of mass. Find the common angular velocity and Time period of revolution.
dFx  dF cos  
LR
SOLUTION :
GmM sin  d
dFy  dF sin   x
LR
So that m1 r1 c.m r2 m2

GmM  GmM The gravitational force between the masses provides the necessary centripetal force.
sin  0  0

Fx 
LR  0
cos  d 
LR Gm1m2
i.e.  m1r1 2 .....1
GmM  GmM x2
  cos 0

Fy 
LR  0
sin  d 
LR The distance of centre of mass from m1 is
m2 x
2 GmM  L r1  ....... 2 
  asR    m1  m2
L2  
2 GmM Gm1m2 mm x
F  Fx2  Fy2  Fy  From (1) and (2)  1 2 2
(as Fx=zero) x2 m1  m2
L2
G  m1  m2  G  m1  m2 
17. Mass M is split into two parts m and (M-m), which are then separated by a certain distance. 2   
What is the ratio of (m/M) which maximises the gravitational force between the parts? x2 x3
SOLUTION :
2 x2
If r is the distance between m and (M-m), the gravitational force between them will be T ; T  2
 G  m1  m2 
m M  m
G
F G  2  mM  m 2  20. In Cavendish’s experiment, let each small mass be 20 kg and each large mass be 5 kg. The
r2 r rod connecting the small masses is 50 cm long, while the small and the large spheres are
For F to be maximum dF/dm=0 as M & r are constants. separated by 10.0 cm. The torsion constant is 4.8x10 -8 kgm2s-2 and the resulting angular
d G deflection is 0.40. Calculate the value of universal gravitational constant G from this data.

dm  r 2
 mM  m 2   0;  M  2m  0 SOLUTION :
Here, m=20kg=0.02kg, M=5 kg
m 1 r=10cm=0.1m, l=50cm=0.5m
 . 
M 2
  0.40   0.40  2 / 360 0   0.007 rad ,
So the force will be maximum when the parts are equal.
18. Imagine a light planet revolving around a very massive star in a circular orbit of radius r with k=4.8x10-8kgm2s-2
a period of revolution T. On what power of ‘r’ will the square of time period depend on the
k r 2
gravitational force of attraction between the planet and the star is proportional to r-5/2? Thus, from G 
Mml
SOLUTION :
mV 2 K K G
 4.8  10   0.007  0.1
8 2

The gravitational force provides necessary centripetal force  5/ 2  V 2  3/ 2 5  0.02  0.5

r r mr
=6.72x10-11 Nm2kg-2.
2 r mr 3/ 2
But T   2 r ; T  r
2 7/ 2

V K
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
21. The mean orbital radius of the Earth around the Sun is 1.5x108 km. Estimate the mass of the Acceleration Due to Gravity
Sun.
The acceleration produced in the motion of a body under the effect of gravity is called acceleration due
SOLUTION : to gravity, it is denoted by g.
As the centripetal force is provided by the gravitational pull of the Sun on the Earth
The force of attraction exerted by the earth on a body is called gravitational pull or gravity.
GM s M e 4 2 4 2 r 3
 M e r 2  M e r 2  or  M S  We know that when force acts on a body, it produces acceleration. Therefore, a body under the effect of
r2 T GT 2
gravitational pull must accelerate.
given, r=1.5x108 km=1.5x1011m;

T=365 days=365x24x60x60s
m

mg R
4   22 / 7   1.5  1011 
2 3
Earth
MS   2  1030 kg
 6.67  10    365  24  60  60 
11 2

Fig. 8.4

Consider a body of mass m is lying on the surface of earth then gravitational force on the body is
22. The gravitational force acting on a particle, due to a solid sphere of uniform density and radius given by
R, at a distance of 3R from the centre of the sphere is F1. A spherical hole of radius (R/2) is GMm
now made in the sphere as shown in the figure. The sphere with hole now exerts a force F2 on F  …(i)
R2
the same particle. Ratio F1 to F2 is (2013E) Where M = mass of the earth
R = radius of the earth.
R
If g is the acceleration due to gravity,
2 m then the force on the body due to earth is given by Force = mass  acceleration
R
F = mg …(ii)
GMm
3R From (i) and (ii) we have mg 
R2
SOLUTION : GM
 g …(iii)
Let mass of the removed sphere = M. R2

Then mass of the original sphere = 8M (since mass  R 3 ) G 4 

 R 3  
 g
R2  3 
8GMm
F1  4
9R2 [As mass (M) = volume ( 3 R 3 ) × density ()]
8GMm GMm 4
F2   2  g GR …(iv)
9R2  5R  3
GM 4
   From the expression g  2  GR it is clear that its value depends upon the mass radius and
 2  R 3
density of planet and it is independent of mass, shape and density of the body placed on the
F1 50
Therefore, F  41  on simplifying  surface of the planet. i.e. a given planet (reference body) produces same acceleration in a
2
light as well as heavy body.
 The greater the value of (M / R 2 ) or R, greater will be value of g for that planet.
 Acceleration due to gravity is a vector quantity and its direction is always towards the centre of
the planet.
Dimension [g] = [LT–2]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 it’s average value is taken to be 9.8 m/s2 or 981 cm/sec2 or 32 feet/sec2, on the surface of the GM
Acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the earth g …(i)
R2
earth at mean sea level.
GM
 The value of acceleration due to gravity vary due to the following factors : Acceleration due to gravity at height h from the surface of the earth g'  …(ii)
(R  h)2
(a) Shape of the earth,
2
 R 
(b) Height above the earth surface, From (i) and (ii) g'  g  …(iii)
Rh
(c) Depth below the earth surface
R2
(d) Axial rotation of the earth. =g 2 …(iv)
r
Variation in g Due to Shape of Earth: [As r = R + h]
1
 As we go above the surface of the earth, the value of g decreases because g  .
gp r2
 If r   then g  0 , i.e., at infinite distance from the earth, the value of g becomes zero.
Rp ) If h  R i.e., height is negligible in comparison to the radius then from equation (iii) we get
ge  R 
2

Re g  g 
R h
2
 h
 g1  
 R

 2h 
Earth is elliptical in shape. It is flattened at the poles and bulged out at the equator. The equatorial  g 1  [As ]
 R  h  R
GM
radius is about 21 km longer than polar radius, from g
R2
 If h  R then decrease in the value of g with height :
GM
At equator ge  …(i) 2 hg
R e2 Absolute decrease g  g  g  
R
GM
At poles gp  2 …(ii) g g  g  2 h
Rp Fractional decrease g

g

R

ge R p2 g 2h
From (i) and (ii)  Percentage decrease  100 %   100 %
gp R e2 g R

Since R equator  R pole Variation in g With Depth:

 g pole  g equator and g p  g e  0 .018 ms 2 g

Therefore the weight of body increases as it is taken from equator to the pole. d
P g
R
Variation in g With Height r
O
g
h
r g
R
GM 4
O Acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the earth g   GR …(i)
R2 3

4
Acceleration due to gravity at depth d from the surface of the earth g  3 G(R  d ) …(ii)
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
From (i) and (ii)
 d
g   g 1  
Variation of ‘g’ with latitude :
 R
Consider an object of mass m at latitude  of the earth due to rotation of a earth, the vale
of acceleration due to gravity g  at a given place is given by
 The value of g decreases on going below the surface of the earth.
From equation (ii) we get g  (R  d ) . g  g  r 2 cos 
So it is clear that if d increase, the value of g decreases. where r 2 cos  is the component of centrifugal acceleration along the radius of the Earth.
 At the centre of earth d  R
 g  0 ,
i.e., the acceleration due to gravity at the centre of earth becomes zero.
pole FC cos 
 Decrease in the value of g with depth r P
dg
FC  mr 2
Absolute decrease g  g  g   R a
R

g g  g  d
Equator O
Fractional decrease g

g

R

g d
Percentage decrease g
 100 %   100 %
R
 The rate of decrease of gravity outside the earth ( if h  R ) is double to that of inside the earth.

As the earth rotates, a body placed on its surface moves along the circular path and hence
Graphical representation of variation of ‘g’ with height and depth:
experiences centrifugal force, due to it, the apparent weight of the body decreases.
The variation of g with the distance r from the centre of the earth is shown below
i) Above the earth : Since the magnitude of centrifugal force varies with the latitude of the place, therefore the apparent

gR 2 gR 2 1 weight of the body varies with latitude due to variation in the magnitude of centrifugal force on the body.
gh  : gh  2  R  h  r   g h  2
 R  h
2
r r If the body of mass m lying at point P, whose latitude is l, then due to rotation of earth its apparent
 g h versus r graph is a curve a shown. weight can be given by
m g   mg  Fc
g=9.8ms-2
due to gravity

m g   (mg )2  (Fc )2  2mg Fc cos(180   )

acceleration

1
gr g
r2 m g   (mg )2  (m  2 R cos  )2  2mg m  2 R cos  ( cos  )
inside
the earth
above the surface
x [As Fc  m  2 r  m  2 R cos  ]

By solving we get g   g   2 R cos 2 

i) Inside the earth :
g where r is the radius of the circle in which the object is revolving.
gd  R  d 
R Here r  R cos 
g  g   g   2 R cos 2 
gd   r  R  d  r    g d  r 
R where  is the angular velocity. R is radius of the earth and  is latitude of the place
 g d versus r graph is a straight line passing through the origin as shown in fig.  The latitude at a point on the surface of the earth is defined as the angle, which the line joining that
point to the centre of earth makes with equatorial plane. It is denoted by  .
NOTE:Lines joining the places on the earth having same values of g are called isograms.  For the poles   90 o
for equator   0 o

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Special cases :  g p  g e  0 . 052 m / s 2
At the poles   900 Mass and Density of Earth
 g
  90 0  g   2 R  0
2
 cos90 0
 0
Newton’s law of gravitation can be used to estimate the mass and density of the earth.
 g  g    maximum  As we know g
GM
,
  90 0
R2
At the equator   00 gR 2
so we have M
G
 g
0 
0  g   2 R 1
2
 cos 0 0
 1
9 . 8  (6 . 4  10 6 )2
 M   5 . 98  10 24 kg  10 25 kg
6 . 67  10 11
 g  g   2 R..... minimum 
0 
0
4
and as we know g GR ,
3
From equation (i) and (ii) g pole  g equator  R  2  0 . 034 m / s 2
3g
Here , R  0.034 ms for the Earth.
2 2 so we have 
4 GR
The value of ‘g’ at poles does not depend on the speed of rotation of the earth, but at the equator ‘g’ 3  9 .8
decreases with the increase of speed of rotation of earth.    5478 . 4 kg / m 3
4  3 . 14  6 . 67  10 11  6 . 4  10 6
If earth suddenly stops its rotation, then the acceleration due to gravity at poles remains constant, and PROBLEMS
acceleration due to gravity at equator increases by  2 R 1. R is the radius of the earth and  is its angular velocity and gp is the value of g at the poles. The
Weightlessness: ‘effective value of g at the latitude   60  will be equal to
Weightlessness due to rotation of earth : As we know that apparent weight of the body decreases 1
R 2
3
R 2
1
R 2
(a) gp 
4
(b) gp 
4
(c) g p  R 2 (d) gp 
4
due to rotation of earth. If  is the angular velocity of rotation of earth for which a body at the equator
will become weightless SOLUTION :
g   g   2 R cos 2  g  g p  R  2 cos 2 
 0  g   2 R cos 2 0 o [As   0o for equator] = g p   2 R cos 2 60 
 g  2R  0
1
= gp  R 2
g 4
 
R
2. What is the time period of rotation of the earth around its axis so that the objects at the
2 R
or time period of rotation of earth T  2 equator becomes weightless?(g=9.8m/s2, Radius of earth = 6400km)
 g
SOLUTION :’
Substituting the value of R  6400  10 3 m and g  10 m / s 2 we get
When earth is rotating the apparent weight of a body at the equator is given by
1 rad

800
 1 . 25  10  3
sec
Wapp  mg  mR 2
T  5026 . 5 sec  1 . 40 hr. If bodies are weightless at the equator
1 0  mg  mR 2  g  R 2
 This time is about 17
times the present time period of earth. Therefore if earth starts rotating 17
times faster then all objects on equator will become weightless. g
 
 If earth stops rotation about its own axis then at the equator the value of g increases by  2 R and R
consequently the weight of body lying there increases by m  2 R .
2 R
 After considering the effect of rotation and elliptical shape of the earth, acceleration due to gravity at Time period, T   2
 g
the poles and equator are related as
g p  g e  0 . 034  0 . 018 m / s 2 6.4 x106
T  2  5078s  82 minute 32s
9.8
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
3. The depth d at which the value of acceleration due to gravity becomes
1
times the value at the 1  4 G  1 g
n g'   R   g   12
12  3  12 g'
surface, is [R = radius of the earth]
R  n 1 
R 
R  n 
R  u2 1
(a) n
(b)  n 
(c) n2
(d)  n 1  h max   hmax  (here u is constant)
3g g
SOLUTION :
h' g
 d g  d   12  h '  12h  12  1.5  18m
g   g 1     g 1   h g'
 R n  R

 n 1 
7. If the change in the value of ‘g’ at a height h above the surface of the earth is the same as at a depth x
 d  R
 n  below it, then (both x and h being much smaller than the radius of the earth)
4. The height at which the acceleration due to gravity becomes g/9 (where g is the acceleration h
(a) x h (b) x  2h (c) x  2
(d) x  h 2
due to gravity on the surface of the earth) in terms of the radius of the earth (R) is(2009 A)
SOLUTION : SOLUTION :
2  2h 
g  R  R 1 The value of g at the height h from the surface of earth g   g  1  R 
Given  g     
9  Rh Rh 3
 x
3R  R  h  2 R  h The value of g at depth x below the surface of earth g   g  1  R 
 

 2h   x
5. Find the percentage decrease in the weight of the body when taken for a depth of 32Km below These two are given equal, hence  1  R    1  R 
   
the surface of earth.
On solving, we get x  2 h
SOLUTION :
Weight of the body at depth d is
8. The time period of a simple pendulum on a freely moving artificial satellite is
 d
mg '  mg  1   (a) Zero (b) 2 sec (c) 3 sec (d) Infinite
 R
SOLUTION :
mg  mg '
% decrease in weight  mg
 100
Time period of simple pendulum T  2
l
g'

d 32 In artificial satellite g '  0

 100    100  0.5%
R 6400  T = infinite.
6. A man can jump 1.5 m on the Earth. Calculate the approximate height he might be able to jump
on a planet whose density is one-quarter that of the Earth and whose radius is one-third that 9. A body weighs 700 gm wt on the surface of the earth. How much will it weigh on the surface of a
of the Earth.
1
SOLUTION : planet whose mass is 7
and radius is half that of the earth
We know that, it case of Earth, (a) 200 gm wt (b) 400 gm wt (c) 50 gm wt (d) 300 gm wt

g
GM
 G
 4 / 3 R3    4  G  R  SOLUTION :
 
R2 R2 3  GM
We know that g 
R2
R 
Similarly, for the other planet whose radius and density is, 4g 4 GM / 7
3 4 On the planet g p  2 
7
 g
7
R /4
 4 G  R    4
g'    Hence weight on the planet  700   400 gm wt
 3  3  4  7

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

10. A spherical planet far out in space has a mass M 0 and diameter D0 . A particle of mass m falling 14. The radii of two planets are respectively R1 and R2 and their densities are respectively 1 and 2 .

freely near the surface of this planet will experience an acceleration due to gravity which is equal to The ratio of the accelerations due to gravity at their surfaces is
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1 2
GM 0 / D02 4 mGM 0 / D02 4 GM 0 / D02 GmM 0 / D02 (a) g1 : g2  : (b) g1 : g 2  R1 R 2 : 1  2 (c) g1 : g 2  R1  2 : R 2 1 (d) g1 : g 2  R1 1 : R2  2
R12 R 22
SOLUTION :
SOLUTION :
GM GM 0 4 GM 0
g   4
R2 (D0 /2) 2 D 02 g GR
3
11. The mass and diameter of a planet have twice the value of the corresponding parameters of earth.
g1 R1  1
Acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the planet is  g  R  ’
2 2 2

(a) 9 . 8 m / sec 2 (b) 4 . 9 m / sec 2 (c) 980 m / sec 2 (d) 19 . 6 m / sec 2 15. The mass of the earth is 81 times that of the moon and the radius of the earth is 3.5 times that of the moon.
SOLUTION : The ratio of the acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the moon to that at the surface of the earth is
g' M '  R 
2
 2M   R  1
2 [MP PMT 1994]
      
g M  R'   M   2R  2 (a) 0.15 (b) 0.04 (c) 1 (d) 6

 g 
g 9.8
  4 . 9 m /s 2 SOLUTION :
2 2
GM
g (Given M e  81 M m , R e  3 . 5 R m )
12. If R is the radius of the earth and g the acceleration due to gravity on the earth’s surface, the mean density R2
of the earth is Substituting the above values,
(a) 4G / 3 gR (b) 3R / 4 gG (c) 3 g / 4RG (d) RG / 12 G gm
 0 . 15
ge
SOLUTION :
16. The magnitudes of the gravitational field at distance r1 and r2 from the centre of a uniform
GM
g sphere of radius R and mass M and E1 and E2 respectively. Then :
R2
4
M  R 3  
E1 r1 E1 r22
3 1) E  r if r1<R and r2<R 2)  if r1<R and r2<R
2 2 E2 r12
4 R 3  G  3 g.
g   
3 R2 4 RG E1 r13 E1 r12
3)  if r1<R and r2<R 4)  if r1<R and r2<R
13. The centres of a ring of mass m and a sphere of mass M of equal radius R, are at a distance E2 r32 E2 r22
8 R apart as shown in fig. The force of attraction between the ring and the sphere is SOLUTION :
If r  R ,
m
R GM
8R then E   r   E r
R3
E1 r1
 
E2 r2 if r1  R and r2  R
M
If r  R , then
GM 1
E  E 2
2 2 GmM GmM GmM 2 GmM r2 r
1) 2) 3) 4)
27 R 2 8R 2 9R2 9 9R2
E1 r22
  if r1  R and r2  R
E2 r12
SOLUTION :
GMdm
S dF  ; F   dF cos
3R 2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
17. The value of g on the earth’s surface is 980 cm / sec 2 . Its value at a height of 64 km from the earth’ss 21. Let g be the acceleration due to gravity at earth’s surface and K be the rotational kinetic energy of the
surface is(Radius of the earth R = 6400 kilometers) earth. Suppose the earth’s radius decreases by 2% keeping all other quantities same, then
(a) 960 . 40 cm / sec 2 (b) 984 . 90 cm / sec 2 (c) 982 . 45 cm / sec 2 (d) 977 . 55 cm / sec 2 (a) g decreases by 2% and K decreases by 4% (b)g decreases by 4% and K increases by 2%
SOLUTION : (c) g increases by 4% and K increases by 4% (d)g decreases by 4% and K increases by 4%

g'  R 
2
 6400 
2 SOLUTION :
     g '  960 . 40 cm /s 2
g R h  6400  64  GM L2
g and K
18. The moon’s radius is 1/4 that of the earth and its mass is 1/80 times that of the earth. If g represents the R2 2I

acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth, that on the surface of the moon is 1
If mass of the earth and its angular momentum remains constant then g 
R2
(a) g/4 (b) g/5 (c) g/6 (d) g/8
1
K
SOLUTION : R2
GM i.e. if radius of earth decreases by 2% then g and K both increases by 4%.
Using g  2 we get gm  g / 5
R

22. What should be the velocity of earth due to rotation about its own axis so that the weight at equator
19. How much above the surface of earth does the acceleration due to gravity reduce by 36% of its
value on the surface of earth. become 3/5 of initial value. Radius of earth on equator is 6400 km
SOLUTION : (a) 7 .4  10 4 rad / sec (b) 6 .7  10 4 rad / sec (c) 7 .8  10 4 rad / sec (d) 8 .7  10 4 rad / sec
Since g reduces by 36%, the value of g there is 100-36=64%. SOLUTION :
64 3
It means, g '  g. Weight of the body at equator =
5
of initial weight
100
If h is the height of location above the surface of earth, then, 3
 g '  g (because mass remains constant)
5
R2 64 R2 g '  g   2 R cos 2 
g'  g  gg
 R  h  R  h
2 2
100 3
 g  g   2 R cos 2 (0 )
5
8 R R 6.4  106
  h   1.6  106 m 2g
  
2
10 R  h 4 4 5R

2g 2  10
20. Weightof 1kg becomes1/6on moon. If radius of moon is 1 .768  10 6 m ,then the mass of moon will be   
5R 5  6400  10 3
(a) 1 . 99  10 30 kg (b) 7 . 56  10 22 kg (c) 5 . 98  10 24 kg (d) 7 . 65  10 22 kg
4 rad
SOLUTION : = 7 .8  10
sec
GM m 23. Assume that the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the moon is 0.2 times the acceleration
gm 
R m2 due to gravity on the surface of the earth. If R e is the maximum range of a projectile on the earth’ss
ge 9 .8 surface, what is the maximum range on the surface of the moon for the same velocity of projection
gm   m /s 2
6 6 (a) 0 . 2 R e (b) 2 Re (c) 0 .5 R e (d) 5 Re
 1 . 63 m /s 2 SOLUTION :
Substituting R m  1 .768  10 6 m , u 2 sin 2
Range of projectile R 
g m  1 . 63 m /s 2 g

and G  6 .67  10 11 N -m 2 /kg 2 1

if u and  are constant then R  g
We get M m  7 . 65  10 22 kg
Rm g R 1 R
 e  m   R m  e  R  5 R
Re gm Re 0 .2 0 .2 m e

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

24. At what distance from the centre of the earth, the value of acceleration due to gravity g will be half that on 28. At what depth below the surface of the earth, acceleration due to gravity g will be half its value 1600 km
the surface (R = radius of earth) above the surface of the earth
(a) 2 R (b) R (c) 1.414 R (d) 0.414 R (a) 4 . 2  10 6 m (b) 3 . 19  10 6 m (c) 1 . 59  10 6 m (d) None of these
SOLUTION : SOLUTION :
2 Radius of earth R = 6400 km
 R  1 R
g'  g     R
R h 2 Rh  h
4
 Rh 2R Acceleration due to gravity at a height h
2
 h  ( 2  1)R  0 . 414 R  
 
 R   g R
2
25. A star 2.5 times the mass of the sun is reduced to a size of 12km and rotates with a speed of 1.5 g h  g
 16
  R   25 g
rps. Will an object placed on its equator remain stuck to its surface due to gravity? (Mass of  R h R 
 4 
the sun=2x1030 kg).
At depth ‘d’ value of acceleration due to gravity
SOLUTION : 1
gd  g h (According to problem)
GM 2
Acceleration due to gravity, g 
R2 1  16 
 g d  2  25  g
 
6.67  1011  2.5  2  1030 2
  2.3  10 ms 12
 d  1  16 
12000 
2
 g1     g
 R  2  25 

Centrifugal acceleration  r 2  2  2 f   12000  2  1.5   1.1  10 6 ms 2

2 2
By solving we get d  4 .3  10 6 m
29. If earth is supposed to be a sphere of radius R, if g30 is value of acceleration due to gravity at
Since, g  r , the body will remain stuck with the surface of star..
2

latitude of 30o and g at the equator, the value of g  g 30 o is

26. A man can jump to a height of 1.5 m on a planet A. What is the height he may be able to jump on another 1 2 3 2 1 2
(a)  R (b)  R (c)  2 R (d)  R
4 4 2
planet whose density and radius are, respectively, one-quarter and one-third that of planet A
SOLUTION :
(a) 1.5 m (b) 15 m (c) 18 m (d) 28 m
Acceleration due to gravity at latitude  is given by
SOLUTION : g   g  R  2 cos 2 
u2 1 3
H  H  At 30 , g 30   g  R  cos 30  g 
o 2 2 o
R 2
2g g 4
HB gA ‘  g  g 30
3
  2 R.
 H g 4
A B

gA 30. A simple pendulum has a time period T1 when on the earth’s surface and T2 when taken to a height
Now g B  as g  R
12 R above the earth’s surface, where R is the radius of the earth. The value of T2 / T1 is
B HA g (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 2
 H  g =12
A B
SOLUTION :
 H B  12  H A  12  1 . 5  18 m If acceleration due to gravity is g at the surface of earth then at height R it value becomes
27. Weight of a body of mass m decreases by 1% when it is raised to height h above the earth’s surface. If 2
 R  g
the body is taken to a depth h in a mine, change in its weight is g'  g  
 R  h 4
(a) 2% decrease (b) 0.5% decrease (c) 1% increase (d) 0.5% increase
l l
T1  2 and T2  2
SOLUTION : g g/4

g 2h T2
For height  100 %   1 %; 2
g R T1
g d h 1
For depth  100 %    %  0 .5 %
g R R 2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
31. Consider earth to be a homogeneous sphere. Scientist A goes deep down in a mine and scientist B goes Gravitational Field:
high up in a balloon. The value of g measured by
(a) A goes on decreasing and that by B goes on increasing It is the region or space around a massive particle in which its gravitational influence is left.
(b) B goes on decreasing and that by A goes on increasing Gravitational field strength (or) Intensity of Gravitational Field:
(c) Each decreases at the same rate
(d) Each decreases at different rates Gravitational field strength at any point in a gravitational field is defined as the gravitational
SOLUTION :
force experienced by a unit mass placed
 at that point.
 d  F
For scientist A which goes down in a mine g'  g 1  R   Gravitational field strength, E g  m
0

g'  g 1 
2h 

Units : Nkg 1 or ms 2
For scientist B, which goes up in a air  R 
Dimensional formula: LT 2
So it is clear that value of g measured by each will decreases at different rates.
32. A clock S is based on oscillation of a spring and a clock P is based on pendulum motion. Both clocks run It is a vector quantity.
at the same rate on earth. On a planet having the same density as earth but twice the radius
It is always directed radially towards the centre of mass of the body producing the field.
(a) S will run faster than P (b)P will run faster than S
(c) They will both run at the same rate as on the earth (d)None of these Note:
 
SOLUTION :  F m g 
In the earth's gravitational field, E g   0  g.
4 m0 m0
g GR .
3
Hence in the earth’s gravitational field, the intensity of gravitational field is equal to acceleration
If density is same then g  R due to gravity 'g'.
According to problem R p  2 R e
GM
 g p  2ge The intensity of gravitational field at a distance r from a point mass ‘M’ is given by E g 
r2
l The direction of the force F and hence of E is from P to O as shown in fig.
For clock P (based on pendulum motion) T  2
g  GM 
Time period decreases on planet so it will run faster because g p  g e ‘ In vector form the above formula is E g  3 (r) .
r
m
For clock S (based on oscillation of spring) T  2
k
So it does not change.

r
Theoretically gravitational field due to a particle extends upto infinite distance around it
The value of Eg is zero at r   .
If the system has a number of masses, then resultant gravitational field intensity can be found out by using the
principle of super-position.
   
i.e. E g  Eg1  Eg2  Eg3 +.............

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Null Point :
It is the point in a gravitational field at which resultant field intensity is zero.
dE
If two particles of mass m1 & m2 are separated by a distance r, the distance of null point dE sin 
from m1 is given by R
dE cos 

Gm1 Gm2 r O dE cos  
E1  E2  0   ;x 
r  x
2
x2 m2
m1  1 dE dE sin 
x

m1 m2  Gravitational field intensity is directed towards the centre of the circular ring.
E1 E2  At the centre of the circular ring, E g  0
R
x  Eg is maximum , at x  and
2
r
2GM
Force and Field due to Circular Uniform Ring: E max 
3 3R 2
 A point mass m is at a distance x from the centre of the ring of mass M and radius R on its axis. Field due to Circular Disc:
Gravitational field intensity due to a circular disc of mass M at any point on the axial line
Gravitational force between the two is
O
GMmx
F R 2  x2
R  x2 
2 3/2
R
Eg

p
O
dm
R x2 2

R
x m
2GM
or E g  1  Cos  (in terms of ‘  ’)
R2
Field due to Hollow sphere (or)Spherical Shell (E or I):
GMm  Gravitational field intensity due to a uniform spherical shell
 If x>>>R  F  , then for a distant point, ring behaves as point mass.
x2
E
GMm
 If x<<<R  F  , then force varies linearly as distance ‘x’ 1
R3 GM E
R2 r2
R 2GMm
 Force is maximum, at x   maximum force Fmax  r
2 3 3R 2 R

 Gravitational field intensity due to a uniform circular ring of mass M at any point at a distance ‘x’ (from
 At a point inside the spherical shell,  Eg inside  0,  Eg centre  zero
the centre of the ring) on its axis is
GM
GMx  At a point on surface of the spherical shell,  Eg surface  (here r=R)
Eg   R2
X 2
R 
2 3/ 2 along PO
GM
 At a point outside the spherical shell,  Eg outside  (here r>R)
r2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Field due to Solid Sphere (uniform mass density): Solution :
Gravitational field intensity due to a solid sphere
Here it is very improtant to note that the unsymmetrical placement of the point P and hence
E we must calculate the components of the gravitational fields Ex and Ey separately. For this, let us consider
an infinitesimal element of length dx at a distance x as shown
GM 1
E
r2 A
R2 E  r
r
R
a 
 E g  0 ( at the centre of solid sphere ) N P

GMr
 E 
g inside  3  for r  R 
R
GM
 At a point on the surface of the solid sphere,  Eg    for r  R  B
surface R2
GM The net gravitation field at a point P due to this infinitesimal element is dE. This dE is resolved into
 At a point outside the solid sphere,  E g outside  2  for r  R  components.
r
 E g  0 (at infinite distance) (a) dE x  dE cos  (b) dE y  dE sin 
The net field E can be calculated b finding Ex and Ey from the above expressions. so
Field due to Straight Rod:
A rod of length 2l, density  ,placed along x- axis, such that mid point of rod is coincides G   dx 
Ex   dE cos  , where dE 
with origin. The gravitational field intensity at a point P(a,o) is r2
2G l 2G  1 dx cos  dx cos 
Eg    E x  G   G  2
a l 2  a2 a
1
a2 r2  a  x2 
l2
x
2G   a2 a2 
Also, we observe that tan  
Eg  a
1   high powers of 2       
a  2l 2 l   x  a tan 
EXAMPLE:
 dx  a sec 2  d
Calculate the gravitational field due to a uniform rod AB at a point P at perpendicular
distance a from the rod as shown in figure. Assume that the rod has a linear mass density  . a sec 2  cos  d
 E x  G 
a 2 sec2 
A G 
 Ex   cos  d
a 
G
N
a 
P  Ex   sin   sin  
 a
Similarly, let us calculate the value of Ey, given by
E y   dE y   dE sin 

B dx sin 
 E y  G 
a 2
 x2 
Since x  a tan 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 dx  a sec  d 2
Gravitational Potential:
a sec 2  sin  d The amount of work done in bringing a unit mass from infinity to a certain point in the
 E y  G  gravitational field of another massive object is called gravitational potential at that point due to massive
a 2 sec 2 
object .
G  Let W is the work done and m0 is the test mass
 Ey   sin  d
a  W
then V  m
G 
 Ey   cos    0

a As this work is negative, the gravitational potential is negative

S.I unit : J/Kg
So, the gravitational field due to a rod of length having uniform mass density  at a point P, that subtends
Dimensional formula :  M L T 
0 2 2

and angle  at one end and  at the other is given by

G
Potential due to a point mass:
Ex   sin   sin   M r
a O P
G The gravitational potential at a point p which is at a distance r from a point mass M is given by
Ey   cos   cos 
a GM
V 
 A thin rod of mass M and length L is bent into a complete circle, then resultant force on a particle placed r

at its centre is zero. In the system has a number of masses m1 , m2 , m3 .......... mn at distances r1 , r2 , r3 .......... rn
from the point ‘p’, the resultant gravitational potential at a point ‘p’ can be written as
Work Done Against Gravity:
V  V1  V2  V3  .........Vn
If the body of mass m is moved from the surface of earth to a point at distance h above the surface
m m m m 
 V  G  1  2  3  ...........  n 
of earth, then change in potential energy or work done against gravity will be  r1 r2 r3 rn 
1 1  n
W  U  GMm    mi
 r1 r2   V  G 
i 1 ri
1 1 
 W  GMm    [As r1  R and r2  R  h ]
R R  h Potential due to Circular Ring:
GMmh mgh Gravitational potential due to a circular ring, at a distance r from the centre and on the axis
W   GM
  h
R 2 1   1 
h [As  g] of a ring of mass M and radius x is given by
 R R R2

 When the distance h is not negligible and is comparable to radius of the earth, then we will use above formula. GM O r
 n 
V R
P
 If h  nR then W  mgR   R2  x2
n 1
1
 If hR then W  mgR GM
2 At r=0, v   ,
 If is very small as compared to radius of the earth then term can be neglected R
h h/R
GM
mgh  h  i.e., at the centre of the ring gravitational potential is 
From W 
1  h/R
 mgh  As R  0  R
 
Gravitational potential due to a spherical shell:
GM
Let M be the mass of spherical shell and R is its radius V 
r
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
GM Gravitational potential due to a solid sphere:
 At a point inside the spherical shell, (If r<R) Vinside 
R At a point inside the solid sphere,
GM
Vinside  (3R 2  x 2 )
2R3
R
r  3 r2 
O Vinside  GM   3  (if x<R)
 2R 2R 
GM
 At a point on the surface of the solid sphere, Vsurface  (If x=R)
R
GM
 At a point on the surface of the spherical shell, Vsurface  (If r=R) GM
R  At a point outside the solid sphere, Voutside  (If x>R)
x
GM
vcentre  (r=0 at centre) 3 GM 3
R  At the centre, x=0  Vc    Vsurface .
2 R 2
GM
vinside  vsurface  vcentre   ,  In case of solid sphere potential is maximum at centre.
R

3 GM Centre
r
2 R
V GM
 m surface
GM M R
 At a point outside the spherical shell, Voutside  (If r>R)
r R Inside
Outside

x
 At infinity, V  0
Newton’s Shell Theorem :
graphical Gravitational potential at a point outside of a solid (or) hollow sphere of mass M is same as
potential at that point due to a point mass of M separated by same distance. Hence, the sphere can be
V replaced by a point mass.
Gravitational potential difference :
The amount of work done in bringing a unit mass between two points in the
gravitational field is called as the gravitational potential difference between the two points.
GM
  W  Wa 
R r V  Vb  Va    b 
R  m0 

1 1
Wab  m0 Vb  Va   Gmm0   
 r0 ra 
Relation Between Gravitational Field and Potential:

 Gravitational field and the gravitational potential are related E  gradientV  gradV

  V  V  V 
E   i j k
 x y z 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

V  potential energy exist for only conservative forces and it does not exist for non conservative forces.
Here, = Partial derivative of potential function V with respect to x,
x  By the definition of gravitational potential,
i.e., differentiate V wrt x assuming y and z to be constant. W U
 The above equation can be written in the following forms. V    U  mV
m m
 dV Gravitational Potential Energy of Two Particle System:
 E , If gravitational field is along x-direction only..
dx
The gravitational potential energy of two particles of masses m1 and m2 separated by a distance r is
         
 dV   E .d r , (where d r  dx i  dy j  dz k and E  Ex i  E y j  Ez k ) given by
Gm1m2
Note : U 
r
  r r
 Gravitational Potential Energy of Three Particle System
a) If E is given V can be calculated by the formula V   dV    E.dr
 

b) The negative slope of V-r curve gives E Z C

 m3
Gravitational Potential Energy: r13

The amount of work done by the gravitational force in bringing a body from infinity to any r23
m1
point in the gravitational field is defined as the gravitational potential energy at that point. 
A m2
dU r12 B
For a conservative field, F   Y
dr
 X
 dU   F .d r


u r   r   Consider a system consists of three particles of masses m1, m2 and m3 located at A, B and C respectively.
  dU    F .d r  U U0   F.dr Total potential energy ‘U’ of the system is
u0 r0 r0

We generally choose the reference point at infinity and assume potential energy to be zero m1m2 m2 m3 m1m2
U  G     
there. If we take r0   and U 0 = 0 then r12 r23 r13

r  
 r   
 U    F .d r  W  as  F .d r  W  If a body is moving only under the influence of gravitational force, from law of conservation
    of mechanical energy
Potential energy of a body or system is the negative work done by the conservative forces in bringing it U 1  K1  U 2  K 2
from infinity to present position.

P.E=+mgh2 Gravitational Potential Energy For a System of Particles:

The gravitational potential energy for a system of n particles is given by
h2
Reference P.E=0  Gm1m2 Gm2 m3 
U  Ui      ............
 r12 r23 
Level h1
n  n  1
P.E=-mgh1 For a n particle system there are pairs and the potential energy is calculated for
2
 If a particle moves opposite to the field direction then work done by the field will be negative. So each pair and added to get the total potential energy of the system.
potential energy will increase and change in potential energy will be positive.
 If a particle moves in the direction of the field work done is positive, so potential energy decreases and
change in potential energy is negative.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Gravitational Potential Energy of a Body in Earth’s Gravitational Field: Self potential energy of a uniform sphere of mass ‘M’ and radius ‘R’ :
It is the amount of work done to bring identical massive particles to construct a sphere of
GMm
 If a point mass ‘m’ is at a distance r from the centre of the earth. U   mass M radius R and density 
r
4 3
GMm  GM  For a sphere of radius ‘x’, mass of the sphere   x  ,
 On the surface of earth, U surface     mgR  g  2  3
R  R  where  =density of sphere
GMm 4
 At a height ‘h’ above the surface of earth, U h   Gravitational potential on the surface   G x2
Rh 3
 The difference in potential energy of the body of mass m at a height h and on the surface of earth is Gm G 4 3 4
U  Uh  Usurface (since gravitational potential     x    Gx 2  )
x x 3 3
GMm  GMm  Work done by the agent in increasing the surface from x to x+dx is
  
Rh  r  Gm  dm 
=Gravitational potential x dm
x
1 1 
 GMm   
 R Rh  4  16 r 2
   Gx 2    4 x 2dx    G  2 x 4 dx
GMmh GMmh  3  3
 
 R  h R  h
R 2 1  
16 2 R
G  2  x 4 dx 
16 2G  2 R 5
Therefore, total work done 
 R 3 0 15
mgh 16 2 R 16 2G  2 R 5
 U  Therefore, total work done  G  2  x 4dx 
h 3 0 15
1
R 2
 
If h  R, U  mgh 16 2GR 5  M  3 GM 2
  
 Work done in lifting a body of mass m from earth surface to a height h above the earths surface is 15  4 3  5 R
R
W  Uh Usurface ;  3 
1 1  =Gravitational self potential energy of a sphere.
W  GMm   
 R Rh Gm 2
 Self potential energy of a thin uniform shell of mass ‘m’ and radius ‘R’ is 
mgh 2R

1
h Change in the gravitational potential energy:
R Change in the gravitational potential energy in lifting a body from the surface of the earth to
3 GMm a height equal to ‘nR’ from the surface of the earth
 Gravitational potential energy at the centre of the earth is given by U c  mvc  
2 R
GMmh G M m n R  GMmm m gRn
3 3GM U    
Here, Vc  Vs 
2 2R R R  h  R R  nR  R n  1 n 1
(It is minimum but not zero. However ‘g’ at centre of earth is zero)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

PROBLEMS 5. Consider two configurations in fig(i) and fig(ii)
1. Two bodies of masses 100Kg and 10,000Kg are at a distance of 1m apart. At what distance
3m
from 100kg on the line joining them will the resultant gravitational field intensity be zero?
2m
SOLUTION:
a a a
G  100 G  10,000

1  x  3m
2
x2 m a
2m m
a

1 fig(i) fig(ii)
 100 x  1  x   x 
2 2

11 The work done by external agent in changing the configuration from fig(i) to fig(ii) is
2. The potential energy of a body of mass ‘m’ is given by U=px+qy+rz. The magnitude of the
6Gm 2  1  6Gm 2  1  6Gm 2  1 
acceleration of the body will be 2)  1 3)  1 4)  2
a   a   a  
1) Zero
2 2 2
pqr p2  q2  r 2 p3  q3  r 3 p4  q4  r 4 SOLUTION:
1) 2) 3) 4)
m m m m Gm1m2
SOLUTION: GPE  ;W  GPE2  GPE1
r
dU 6. A particle of mass m is placed at the centre of a uniform spherical shell of equal mass and
F ; Fx   p, Fy  q , Fz   r
dr radius a. Find the gravitational potential at a point P at a distance a/2 from the centre.
 SOLUTION:
F  p 2  q 2  r 2  ma  p 2  q 2r 2 Gm 2Gm
The gravitational potential at P due to particle at centre is V1  
3. Gravitational field intensity at the centre of the semi circle formed by a thin wire AB of mass a/2 a
‘m’ and length ‘L’ is Gm
The potential at P due to shell is V2 
a
3Gm
The net potential at P is V1  V2 
a
  
A B
X 7.  
The gravitational field in a region is given by E    20 Nkg  i  j . Find the gravitational
1

potential at the origin (0, 0)

2 Gm  2 Gm 
 
SOLUTION:
Gm 2 
1)
L2
i  2)
 L2

Gm 2 
j 3)
L2
i 4)
L2
j  
V    E.dr     Ex dx   E y dy   20 x  20 y
SOLUTION:
 V  0 at the origin (0, 0).
m
 ; L   r ; dm   dl    rd  8. Calculate the gravitational potential at the centre of base of a solid hemisphere of mass M,
L radius R.
G   


r  0
E  cos d i   sin  d j  SOLUTION:
0 
dm
4. The gravitational field due to a mass distribution is given by E=-K/x 3 in x-direction. Taking
the gravitational potential to be zero at infinity, find its value at a distance x. dr
SOLUTION: M r
The potential at a distance x is
x
K  K  K
x
R
V    Edx   dx   2   2

x3  2 x  2x
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
11. A cavity of radius R/2 is made inside a solid sphere of radius R. The centre of the cavity is
Consider a hemispherical shell of radius r and thickness dr. Its mass is given by located at a distance R/2 from the centre of sphere. The gravitational force on a particle of
2 mass m at a distance R/2 from the centre of the sphere on the line joining both the centres of
M
dm 
2 3
 2 r 2dr   3MrR3 dr GM
R sphere and cavity is (opposite to the centre of cavity) [here g  where M is the mass of
3 R2
the sphere].
Since all points of this hemispherical shell are at the same distance r from centre O, potential at O due
to it is mg 3mg mg mg
1) 2) 3) 4)
Gdm 3GMrdr 2 2 16 4
dV   SOLUTION:
r R3
3GM   R / 2
3
V   dV 
R
.
R
E1  , Ee 
2R 0
6 0 3 0 R 2
9. A point mass M is at a distance S from an infinitely long and thin rod of linear density D. If G
is the gravitational constant then gravitational force between the point mass and the rod is M 1
Enet  E1  Ee ;  ; 
4 3 0 4 G
R
3
S
12. Find the gravitational potential energy of a system of four particles, each of mass m placed at
the vertices of a square of side l. Also obtain the gravitational potential at centre of the square.
M
SOLUTION:

m m
MGD MGD MGD 2 MGD
1) 2 2) 3) 4) ’
S S 2S 3 S
l
SOLUTION:
2 l
Sd O
dm  D  dl  D 
cos 
GMdm
cos 
Gravitational force, DF   S  m m
 
 cos  

 /2 The system has four pairs with distance l and two diagonal pairs with distance 2l .
MGD 2 MGD
total force F   S
cos  d 
S Gm 2 Gm 2 2Gm 2  1 
 / 2
U  4 2  2
l 2l l  2

10. The gravitational field in a region is given by the equation E   5i  12 j N / kg . If a particle
The gravitational potential the centre of the square is
of mass 2kg is moved from the origin to the point (12m, 5m) in this region, the change in the V=Algebraic sum of potential due to each particle
gravitational potential energy is (2012 E)
SOLUTION: 4Gm 4 2Gm  2l 
  V    r  
dV   E.dr r l  2 
   5i  12 j .12i  5 j    60  60   120 13. A mass m extends a vertical helical spring of spring constant k by x m at the surface of earth.
Extension in spring by the same mass at height h meter above the surface of earth is
Change in gravitational potential energy
dU=mdV GMm GMm  R  h
2 R2
1) k R  h 2) 3) x 4) R  h 2 x
=2(-120)=-240 J   kR 2 R2  

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION: 17. A body of mass m rises to height h = R/5 from the earth’s surface, where R is earth’s radius. If g is
Let the extension at height h be x’ then acceleration due to gravity at earth’s surface, the increase in potential energy is
GMm  F 4 5 6
x (a) mgh (b) mgh (c) mgh (d) mgh
 F  kx or x   5 6 7
kR 2  k
SOLUTION:
x' R2 R2
then x  k R  h 2 ; x '  R  h 2 x
    U 
mgh
1  h/R
Substituting R  5 h
14. Two bodies of mass m and 4m are placed at a distance r. The gravitational potential at a point mgh 5
on the line joining them where gravitational field is zero is (2011A) we get U  1  1/5  6 mgh
SOLUTION:
18. In a certain region of space, the gravitational field is given by -k/r, where r is the distance and
Position of null point from mass m is
k is a constant. If the gravitational potential at r=r0 be V0, then what is the expression for the
r r gravitational potential V?
x 
4m 3
1 1) k log  r / r0  2) k log  r0 / r  3) V0  k log  r / r0  4) V0  k log  r0 / r 
m
SOLUTION:

r dV dr
Here, I     k / r (or ) dV  k then integrate
3 dr r
Null point 4m 19. Two masses 90kg and 160kg are 5 m apart. The gravitational field intensity at a point 3m from
m
90kg and 4m from 160kg is
r
1) 10G 2) 5 G 3) 5 2G 4) 10 2G
SOLUTION:
 3 12  9Gm
 potential V  Gm  r  2r   r
  ER  E12  E22
15. The change in potential energy, when a body of mass m is raised to a height nR from the earth’s surface 20’. A spherical shell is cut into two pieces along a chord as shown in the figure. P is a point on the
is (R = Radius of earth)
plane of the chord. The gravitational field at P due to the upper part I1 and that due to the
n n2 n
(a) mgR
n 1
(b) nmgR (c) mgR (d) mgR
n 1 lower part is I 2 . What is the relation between them?
n2  1
SOLUTION:

mgh mg nR nm gR P
U   
h nR n  1
1  1 
R R
1) I1  I 2 2) I1  I 2 3) I1  I 2 4) no definite relation
16. Four particles each of mass M are located at the vertices of a square with side L. The SOLUTION:
gravitational potential due to this at centre of square is At the point P, we have I1-I2=0 (because the gravitational field inside a shell it is zero).
GM GM GM ‘Hence I1=I2
1)  32 2)  64 3) Zero 4)  16
L L2 L
GM GM
SOLUTION: U  4   32
L/ 2 L
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
21. Two concentric shells of different masses m1 and m2 are having a sliding particle of mass m. 23. The gravitational field due to a mass distribution is E  K / x 3 in the x-direction. (K is a constant).
The forces on the particle at position I, II and III are Taking the gravitational potential to be zero at infinity, its value at a distance x is
(a) K/x (b) K/2x (c) K / x2 (d) K / 2x 2

II r2 SOLUTION:
m2 III  K
m1 r3 Gravitational potential   I dx  x dx
x3

r1  x 3 1  
 K    K 
K

  3  1 x 2x 2 x 2x 2
I
24. The gravitational potential of two homogeneous spherical shells A and B of same surface
density at their respective centres are in the ratio 3:4. If the two shells coalesce into single one
Gm1 G  m1  m2  m Gm2 Gm1 such that surface density remains same, then the ratio of potential at an internal point of the
1) 0, r 2 , r12
2) r 2 ,0, r 2
2 2 1 new shell to shell A is equal to :
1) 3:2 2) 4:3 3) 5:3 4) 5:6
G  m1  m2  m Gm2 G  m1  m2  m G  m2  m SOLUTION:
3) , 2 ,0 4) , ,0
r12 r2 r12 r22
4 r 2   4 r12   4 22   r 2  r12  r22
SOLUTION:
G m  m1  m 2  GM G 4 r 2 
V 
Position I. F  r12 r r
(here the particle lies outside of both the shells) V  4 rG   V  r
Gm2 V1 r1 3 r2 9
Position II. F  r22     12 
V2 r2 4 r2 16
here the particle lies outside of the shell of mass m1
Position III. Here the particle lies inside of both of the shells so F=0. r12 : r22 : r 2  r12 : r22 :  r12  r22   9 :16 : 19  16 
22. A ring has non-uniform distribution of mass having mass ‘M’ and radius ‘R’. A point mass m0
 r1 : r2 r  3 : 4 : 5  V1 : V2 : V3
is moved from A to B along the axis of the ring. The work done by external agent against
gravitational force of ring is 25. The masses and radii of the earth and moon are M1 , R1 and M 2 , R2 respectively. Their centres are
distance d apart. The minimum velocity with which a particle of mass m should be projected from a
M point midway between their centres so that it escapes to infinity is
R G 2G Gm Gm (M 1  M 2 )
B
(a) 2 (M 1  M 2 ) (b) 2 (M 1  M 2 ) (c) 2 (M 1  M 2 ) (d) 2 d (R1  R 2 )
A d d d
SOLUTION:
R R
 GM 1 GM 2
Gravitational potential at mid point V  
d/2 d/2
GMm0 GMm0  1 1  GMm0  1 1  GMm0
  2 Gm
R  2  R  5 
1) 2) 3) 4) Now, PE  m  V  (M 1  M 2 )
2R 5 2 5R d
SOLUTION: m = mass of particle
So, for projecting particle from mid point to infinity KE | PE|
W  m VB  VA  ;
1 2 Gm
 mv 2  (M 1  M 2 )
2 d

G (M 1  M 2 )
v  2 ’
d

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 

26. A thin uniform annular disc (see figure) of mass M has outer radius 4R and inner radius 3R. 29. The gravitational force in a region is given by, F  ayi  ax j . The work done by gravitational
The work required to take a unit mass from point P on its axis to infinity is force to shift a point mass m from (0, 0, 0) to  x0 , y0 , z0  is
1) max 0 y0 z0 2) max 0 y0 3)  max 0 y0 4) 0
P SOLUTION:
 x0 y0 z0

4R 
W   F .dr  ma  yi  x j dxi  dy j
0
 
‘  ma  d  xy   ma  xy 
30. Energy required to move a body of mass m from an orbit of radius 2R to 3R is
(a) GMm /12 R 2 (b) GMm /3 R 2 (c) GMm /8 R (d) GMm /6 R
2GM
1)
7R
4 2 5   2) 
2GM
7R

4 2 5  3)
GM
2R
4)
2GM
5R
 2 1  SOLUTION:
Change in potential energy in displacing a body from r1 to r2 is given by
SOLUTION: 1 1  1 1  GMm
U  GMm     GMm   
 r1 r2   2R 3 R  6R
M  2 r  dr
dm 
 16 R 2  9 R 2  4 R 31. Two concentric spherical shells A and B of radii R and 2R and masses 4M and M respectively
are as shown. The gravitational potential at point ’p’ at distance ‘r’ (R<r<2R) from centre of
shell is (r=1.5R)
G  dm  4R
DV 
r 2  16 R 2
;V   dV ’
3R B
A
W  m V  V 
2R R
27. The gravitational potential energy of a body of mass ‘m’ at the earth’s surface mgR e . Its r
gravitational potential energy at a height R e from the earth’s surface will be (Here R e is the radius of
P
the earth)
1 1
(a) 2 mgR e (b) 2 mgR e (c) 2 mgR e (d)  2 mgR e 4GM 9GM 4GM 19GM
1)  2)  3)  4) 
SOLUTION: R 2R 3R 6R
mgh mgR e mgR e SOLUTION:
U  U 2  U1   
h R 2
1 1 e G 4 M Mg
Re Re V 
3 2R
mgR e R
 U 2  (mgR e )  2
2
1
32. Four particles each of mass M, are located at the vertices of a square with side L. The gravitational
 U 2   mgR e potential due to this at the centre of the square is
2
GM GM GM
(a)  32 (b)  64 (c)Zero (d) 32
28. A body of mass m is placed on the earth’s surface. It is taken from the earth’s surface to a height L L2 L

h  3 R . The change in gravitational potential energy of the body is

SOLUTION:
2 3 mgR mgR
(a) 3 mgR (b) 4 mgR (c) 2
(d) 4 m m

SOLUTION: L2
L
mgh mg  3 R 3
 U    mgR
h 3 R 4
1  1 
R R m m
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
GM 35. A particle is placed in a field
characterized by a value of gravitational potential given V=-kxy,
Potential at the centre due to single mass = where ‘k’ is a constant. If E g is the gravitational field then
L/ 2

GM  
1) E g  k xi  y j and is conservative in nature
Potential at the centre due to all four masses =  4
L/ 2 
4 2
GM
  32 
GM
.
 
2) E g  k yi  x j and is conservative in nature
L L

33. Suppose a vertical tunnel is dug along the diameter of earth assumed to be a sphere of uniform  
3) E g  k xi  y j and is non conservative in nature
mass having density  . If a body of mass m is thrown in this tunnel, its acceleration at a

distance y from the centre is given by
 
4) E g  k yi  x j and is non conservative in nature
SOLUTION:
m
   
Eg    i  j    kxy 
y

 x y 
36. Two identical thin rings each of radius ‘R’ are co-axially placed at a distance ‘R’. If the rings
have a uniform mass distribution and each has mass m1 and m2 respectively, then the work
done in moving a mass ‘m’ from the centre of one ring to that of the other is:
4 3 4 4
1) G  ym 2)  G y 3)  y 4)  G y
3
SOLUTION:
4 3 3
1) Zero 2)
Gm  m1  m2   2 1  3)
Gm 2  m1  m2 
4)
Gm1m  2 1 
2R R m2 R
4 3
Mass of the sphere is given by M   y  SOLUTION:
3
Gm1 Gm2 Gm2 Gm1
V1   and V2  
4  R 2R R 2R
G   y3  m
Gravitational force. F   3  a F ’
y2 m Gm2 Gm1 Gm1 Gm2 1 1 
V  V2  V1      G  m1  m2    
34. The magnitudes of the gravitational force at distances r1 and r2 from the centre of a uniform sphere
R 2R R 2R R 2R 
of radius R and mass M are F1 and F2 respectively. Then
Hence W  m  V  
mG  m1  m2   2 1 
F1 r1 F r12
(a) F  if r1  R and r2  R (b) F1  if r1  R and r2  R 2R
2 r2 2 r22
37. A mass m is placed in the cavity inside a hollow sphere of mass M as shown in the figure. The
F1 r1 F r22
(c) F  if r1  R and r2  R (d) F1  if r1  R and r2  R gravitational force on m is
2 r2 2 r12
SOLUTION:
KEY: (a, b)
4
 g
3
Gr  gr if r  R r
GM 1 m
 g 2  g 2 if r  R
r r R
F1 g r
If r1  R and r2  R then  1  1
F2 g 2 r2

2
F1 g r  GMm
If r1  R and r2  R then  1  2  GMm GMm
F2 g 2  r1  1) 2) 3) R  r 2 4) Zero
R2 r2  

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION: Gravitational force is zero due to symmetry Escape Velocity:
3 8 . A solid sphere of uniform density and radius 4 units is located with its centre at the origin O of coordinates. The minimum velocity with which a body must be projected up so as to enable it to just
Two spheres of equal radii 1 unit with their centres at A(– 2, 0, 0) and B(2, 0, 0) respectively are taken overcome the gravitational pull, is known as escape velocity.
out of the solid leaving behind spherical cavities as shown in figure The work done to displace a body from the surface of earth (r = R) to infinity ( r   ) is
 GMm 1 1 
Y W  R dx  GMm   
x2  R 
GMm
 W
R
A B
O X This work required to project the body so as to escape the gravitational pull is performed
on the body by providing an equal amount of kinetic energy to it at the surface of the earth.
Z If v e is the required escape velocity,,
1
(a)The gravitational force due to this object at the origin is zero then kinetic energy which should be given to the body is mv e2
2
(b)’The gravitational force at the point B (2, 0, 0) is zero 1 GMm
 mv e2 
(c)The gravitational potential is the same at all points of the circle y 2  z 2  36 2 R

(d)The gravitational potential is the same at all points on the circle y2  z2  4 2GM
 ve 
R
KEY:(a, c, d)
SOLUTION:  v e  2 gR [As GM  gR 2 ]s
Since cavities are symmetrical w.r.t. O. So the gravitational force at the centre is zero. 4
or ve  2  GR  R
3
The radius of the circle z 2  y 2  36 is 6.
8 4
 ve  R G  [As g GR ]
For all points for r  6, the body behaves as if whole of the mass is concentrated at the centre. 3 3
 Escape velocity is independent of the mass and direction of projection of the body.
So the gravitational potential is same.
 Escape velocity depends on the reference body. Greater the value of (M / R ) or (gR) for a planet,
Above is true for z2  y2  4 as well. greater will be escape velocity.
39. A homogeneous spherical heavenly body has a uniform and very narrow frictionless duct along For the earth as g  9 .8 m / s 2 and R  6400 km
its diameter. Let mass of the body be M and diameter be D. A point mass m moves smoothly
 ve  2  9 . 8  6 .4  10 6  11 . 2km / sec
inside the duct. Force exerted on this mass when it is at a distance s from the centre of the
body is  3 RT 
 A planet will have atmosphere if the velocity of molecule in its atmosphere v rms   is lesser
 M 
GMm  GMm 8GMm GMm
1) 2)  D / 2 3 s 3) s 4) R  s 2 than escape velocity.
s2 D3   This is why earth has atmosphere (as at earth v rms  ve ) while moon has no atmosphere
SOLUTION: (as at moon v rms  v e )
M Ms GmM s  If a body projected with velocity lesser than escape velocity ( v  v e ), it will reach a certain
 ; F 
4 D
3
4 S2 maximum height and then may either move in an orbit around the planet or may fall down
   S3
3  2 3
back to the planet.
 Maximum height attained by body : Let a projection velocity of body (mass m ) is v , so that it
attains a maximum height h . At maximum height, the velocity of particle is zero, so kinetic
energy is zero.
By the law of conservation of energy
Total energy at surface = Total energy at height h.
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
GMm 1 GMm Orbital Velocity of Satellite:
  mv 2   0
R 2 R h Orbital velocity of a satellite is the velocity required to put the satellite into its orbit around the earth.
2
v 1 1 
  GM    Satellite
2 R R  h

GMh h
 r
R (R  h)
R
2 GM Rh R
  1 v
v2R h h Earth

R R
h  2  v2 
 2 GM  ve R 2
  2  1 1 2
 v R  v2  v e  v 
Fig. 8.26
2 GM 2 GM
[As ve    v e2 ]
R R
For revolution of satellite around the earth, the gravitational pull provides the required centripetal force.
mv 2 GMm
) If a body is projected with velocity greater than escape velocity then by conservation of energy. 
r r2
Total energy at surface = Total energy at infinite
GM
 v
r
1 GMm 1
mv 2   m (v )2  0 As and
2 R 2 GM  gR 2 r Rh

2 GM gR 2 g
i.e., (v )2  v 2  v R
R Rh Rh

 v ' 2  v 2  v e2 [As
2 GM
 v e2 ]  Orbital velocity is independent of the mass of the orbiting body and is always along the tangent of
R
the orbit
 v   v 2  v e2 i.e., satellites of diferent masses have same orbital velocity, if they are in the same orbit.
i.e, the body will move in interplanetary or inter stellar space with velocity v 2  v e2 .  Orbital velocity depends on the mass of central body and radius of orbit.
 For a given planet, greater the radius of orbit, lesser will be the orbital velocity of the satellite
Energy to be given to a stationary object on the surface of earth so that its total energy becomes zero, is v  1 / r .
called escape energy.  Orbital velocity of the satellite when it revolves very close to the surface of the planet
GMm GM GM
Total energy at the surface of the earth  KE  PE  0 
R v 
r Rh

As h0 and GM  gR 2
GMm
 Escape energy  R GM
 v
R
 gR

 If the escape velocity of a body is equal to the velocity of light then from such bodies nothing can For the earth v  9 . 8  6 . 4  10 6
escape, not even light. Such bodies are called black holes.
 7 . 9 k m / s  8 km / sec
2 GM
The radius of a black hole is given as R
GM
C2
 Close to the surface of planet v
R
2 GM
[As C
R
, where C is the velocity of light] 2 GM
As ve 
R

ve
 v
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

i.e., v escape  2 v orbital 2 R 3   1/2
3
r3 R3  1/2

G
It means that if the speed of a satellite orbiting close to the earth is made 2 times (or T  2  2  4 3 
GM GM  3 R  
G .
increased by 41%) then it will escape from the gravitational field.  
 If the gravitational force of attraction of the sun on the planet varies as  If the gravitational force of attraction of the sun on the planet varies as then the time period varies
1 n 1
F as T r 2
rn
1
then the orbital velocity varies as v  .  If there is a satellite in the equatorial plane rotating in the direction of earth’s rotation from west to
r n 1
east, then for an observer, on the earth, angular velocity of satellite will be ( S   E ) .
Time Period of Satellite: The time interval between the two consecutive appearances overhead will be
It is the time taken by satellite to go once around the earth. 2 T T  2 
T   S E  As T   
Circumfere nce of the orbit  s   E TE  TS  
 T 
orbital velocity
If  S   E , T  
2r r GM i.e. satellite will appear stationary relative to earth. Such satellites are called geostationary satellites.
 T 
v
 2r
GM
[As v
r
]

r3 r3
Height of Satellite:
 T  2 GM  2 gR 2
[As GM  gR 2 ]
r 3  2 (R  h)3
As we know, time period of satellite T  2
gR 2
GM
R  h 3
 T  2 g R2 g R 2T 2
 R  h 
3
By squaring and rearranging both sides
3/2
4 2
R h
T  2 1  
g R
[As rRh]  T 2g R2 
1/3

 h   2 
 R
 4 

3 By knowing the value of time period we can calculate the height of satellite from the surface of the
r
 From T  2 , earth.
GM
it is clear that time period is independent of the mass of orbiting body and depends on the Geostationary Satellite:
mass of central body and radius of the orbit The satellite which appears stationary relative to earth is called geostationary or geosynchronous
satellite, communication satellite.
r3  A geostationary satellite always stays over the same place above the earth such a satellite is
 T  2
GM
never at rest. Such a satellite appears stationary due to its zero relative velocity w.r.t. that place on earth.
4 2 3
2
 T  r  The orbit of a geostationary satellite is known as the parking orbit.
GM
i.e., T 2  r 3  It should revolve in an orbit concentric and coplanar with the equatorial plane.
This is in accordance with Kepler’s third law of planetary motion r becomes a (semi major axis)  Its sense of rotation should be same as that of earth about its own axis
if the orbit is elliptic.
i.e., in anti-clockwise direction (from west to east).
 Time period of nearby satellite,  Its period of revolution around the earth should be same as that of earth about its own axis.
 T  24 hr  86400 sec
r3 R3 R
From T  2  2  2 [As h0 and GM  gR 2 ]  Height of geostationary satellite
GM gR 2 g
r3 (R  h) 3
For earth R  6400 km and g  9 .8 m / s 2 As T  2  2  24 hr
GM GM
T  84 . 6 minute  1 . 4 hr
Substituting the value of G and M we get R  h  r  42000 km  7 R
 Time period of nearby satellite in terms of density of planet can be given as
‘
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
height of geostationary satellite from the surface of earh h  6 R  36000 km
(b) Kinetic energy (K ) will be maximum when the satellite is closest to the central body (at

perigee) and minimum when it is farthest from the central body (at apogee)
GM
 Orbital velocity of geo stationary satellite can be calculated by v
r
(c) Potential energy (U) will be minimum when kinetic energy = maximum
Substituting the value of and we get v  3 .08 km / sec
i.e., the satellite is closest to the central body (at perigee)
Energy of Satellite:
Potential energy (U) will be maximum when kinetic energy = minimum
When a satellite revolves around a planet in its orbit, it possesses both potential energy (due to its
position against gravitational pull of earth) and kinetic energy (due to orbital motion). i.e., the satellite is farthest from the central body (at apogee).
 GMm  L2  GM 2 2  Binding Energy :
(1) Potential energy : U  mV    As V  r , L  m GMr  The energy required to remove the satellite from its orbit to infinity is called Binding Energy of the
r mr 2  
system,
1 GMm L2  GM 
(2) Kinetic energy : K  mv 2    As v   Total energy of a satellite in its orbit is negative. Negative energy means that the satellite is bound to the
2 2r 2 mr 2  r 
central body by an attractive force and energy must be supplied to remove it from the orbit to infinity.
 GMm GMm  GMm  L2 GMm
(3) Total energy : EUK     i.e., Binding Energy (B.E.)  E 
2r
r 2r 2r 2mr 2

 Kinetic energy, potential energy or total energy of a satellite depends on the mass of the satellite and Weightlessness:
the central body and also on the radius of the orbit. The weight of a body is the force with which it is attracted towards the centre of earth. When a body is
 From the above expressions we can say that stationary with respect to the earth, its weight equals the gravity. This weight of the body is known as its static
or true weight.
Kinetic energy (K) = – (Total energy)
We become conscious of our weight, only when our weight (which is gravity) is opposed by some other
Potential energy (U) = 2 (Total energy) object. Actually, the secret of measuring the weight of a body with a weighing machine lies in the fact that as we
Potential energy (K) = – 2 (Kinetic energy) place the body on the machine, the weighing machine opposes the weight of the body. The reaction of
the weighing machine to the body gives the measure of the weight of the body.
The state of weightlessness can be observed in the following situations.

 Energy graph for a satellite & Energy distribution in elliptical orbit (1) When objects fall freely under gravity :
For example, a lift falling freely, or an airship showing a feat in which it falls freely for a few
+
seconds during its flight, are in state of weightlessness.
Satellite (2) When a satellite revolves in its orbit around the earth :
r Weightlessness poses many serious problems to the astronauts. It becomes quite difficult for
En- K Perigee
K.E. = max
Focus a Apogee them to control their movements. Everything in the satellite has to be kept tied down. Creation of
K.E. = min
ergO P.E. = min Semi major
P.E. = max artificial gravity is the answer to this problem.
axis
y E r
U (3) When bodies are at null points in outer space :
r min r max On a body projected up, the pull of the earth goes on decreasing, but at the same time the
– (B)
(A) gravitational pull of the moon on the body goes on increasing. At one particular position, the two
8
gravitational pulls may be equal and opposite and the net pull on the body becomes zero. This is zero
gravity region or the null point and the body in question is said to appear weightless.
 If the orbit of a satellite is elliptic then
GMm
Trajectories of a body projected with different velocities :
(a) Total energy (E)  2a
 constant ; An object revolves around a planet only when it is projected with sufficient velocity in a
direction perpendicular to the gravitational force of attraction of the planet on the object.
where a is semi-major axis .

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

GMmh mgh
point of projection W  
R  R  h 1  h
speed v part of ellipse R
v  gr  Case II:
earth Work done to shift an object at rest from the surface of planet in to an orbit in which object revolves
circle
around the planet is
hyperbola v   gr   8 kms 1 GMm GMm
TEi  TEsurface  0
v  2 gr  R R
parabola
ellipse GMm 1 2 GMm
v  2 gr   11km s 1 TE f  TEorbit   mv0 
 2gr   v   gr  Rh 2 2 R  h

GMm GMm
Work done W  TE f  TEi  
R 2 R  h
If v  gr object falls on the surface of earth
 R  2h 
If v  gr object revolve in a circular orbit. W  GMm  
 2 R  R  h  
Case III:
If gr  v  2 gr object revolves in an elliptical orbit. Work done to shift an object revolving around the planet from one orbit in to another orbit is
GMm 1 2 GMm
If v  2 gr object escapes from the field and follows parabolic path. TEi   TE  h   mv1 
1
R  h1 2 2  R  h1 

GMm 1 2 GMm
If v  2 gr object escapes from the field and follows hyperbolic path. TE f  TE  h    mv2 
2
R  h2 2 2  R  h2 
Special Cases :
GMm GMm
Work done W  TE f  TEi  
V=0 2 R  h1  2 R  h2 
V2 4
3 Escape
V1 GMm  h2  h1 
2 h1 W   
2   R  h1  R  h2  
v 1 R h2
M Case IV :
Work done (or) additional energy to be imparted for an object to just escape an object with is initially
revolving around the planet close the surface is
GMm GMm GMm
Case I: TEi   
R 2R 2R
Work done to lift an object at rest from the surface of a planet to a height h is TEf=O(object escapes only when its TE becomes zero (or) positive)
GMm GMm Work done (or) additional energy imparted to the object is
TEi  TEsurface   0
R R GMm
E  E  TE f  TEi   KE of the object
GMm GMm 2R
TEi  TEheight   0 Hence, an object (satellite) revolving around the planet escapes when
Rh Rh
1) It’s KE is doubled (increases by 100%)
GMm GMm
Work done W  TE f  TEi   2) It’s velocity is increased to 2 times of present value (increases by 41.4%)
R Rh
Additional velocity imparted to the body  ve  v0  2v0  v0
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
‘  
2  1 v0  3.2km / s  nearly 
1.
::PROBLEMS::
Two bodies of masses m1 and m 2 are initially at rest at infinite distance apart. They are then allowed
Note : to move towards each other under mutual gravitational attraction. Their relative velocity of approach
In the above case if the object initially revolves around the planet at a highest h from the surface then it’s at a separation distance r between them is
GMm
TE  1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
 (m1  m 2 )   2G   r   2G 
2 R  h (a) 2G r  (b) 
 r
(m1  m 2  (c)  2G(m m  (d) 
 r
m 1m 2 
    1 2) 

GMm SOLUTION :
Additional energy required to escape the object is 2 R  h ’’’
  Let velocities of these masses at r distance from each other be v 1 and v 2
respectively.
Quantities Variation Relation with r
By conservation of momentum m 1 v 1  m 2 v 2  0
1
Orbital Velocity Decreases v  m 1v1  m 2 v 2 … (i)
r By conservation of energy change in P.E.=change in K.E.
Gm 1 m 2 1 1
 m 1 v 12  m 2 v 22
r 2 2
Time period Increases T  r 3/ 2
m 12 v 12 m 22 v 22 2 Gm 1 m 2
   …(ii)
1 m1 m2 r
Linear momentum Decreases p
r On solving equation (i) and (ii)

2 Gm 22
v1 
Angular momentum Increases L r r(m 1  m 2 )

1 2 Gm 12
v2 
Kinetic energy Decreases K r(m 1  m 2 )
r
2G
1  v app | v1 |  | v 2 |  (m 1  m 2 )
Potential energy Increases U  r
r
2. If v e and v o represent the escape velocity and orbital velocity of a satellite corresponding to a
1
Total energy Increases E  circular orbit of radius R, then
r
(a) ve  vo (b) 2v o  ve (c) ve  v0 / 2 (d) and are not related
1
Binding energy Decreases BE SOLUTION :
r
ve  2 gR

v0  gR

 2 v0  ve

3. A projectile is projected with velocity kv e in vertically upward direction from the ground into the
space. ( v e is escape velocity and k  1) . If air resistance is considered to be negligible then the
maximum height from the centre of earth to which it can go, will be : (R = radius of earth)
R R R R
(a) (b) (c) (d) k 1
k2 1 k 2 1 1k2
SOLUTION :
Kinetic energy = Potential energy

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1
m (kv e ) 2 
mgh 1 2
2 h And as initial KE of the rocket mv  2mgR is greater than the energy required for escaping (=mg
1 2
R
R), the rocket will escape.
1 mgh
mk 2 2 gR 
 2 h
1 (b) If  is the velocity of the rocket in interstellar space (free from gravitational effects)
R
then by conservation of energy,
Rk 2
h  1
  1
  1 2
2 2
1k2 m 2 gR  m 2 gR  mv
Height of Projectile from the earth’s surface = h 2 2 2

Height from the centre r  R  h  R 

Rk 2 v 2  4 gR  2 gR or v  2 gR
1k2
R 6. A planet in a distant solar system is 10 times more massive than the earth and its radius is 10
By solving r 
1k2 times smaller. Given that escape velocity from the earth is 11km/s, the escape velocity from
the surface of the planet is
Re
4. If Earth has mass nine times and radius twice that of the planet mars, calculate the velocity SOLUTION : Given M P  10 M e ; RP   2008 A 
10
required by a rocket to pull out of the gravitational force of Mars. Take escape speed on
surface of Earth to be 11.2 km/s 2GM
SOLUTION : We know that ve 
R
Here, Me=9Mm, and Re=2Rm
ve (escape speed on surface of Earth)=11.2 km/s 2GM P 100  2GM e
 vP    10ve
Let Vm be the speed required to pull out of the gravitational force of mars. RP Re
We know that
=10 11 = 110 km/s
2GM e 2GM m 7. The ratio of the K.E. required to be given to the satellite to escape earth’s gravitational field to the K.E.
ve  and vm 
Re Rm required to be given so that the satellite moves in a circular orbit just above earth atmosphere is
(a) One (b) Two (c)Half (d)Infinity
vm 2GM m Re
Dividing, we get   SOLUTION :
ve Rm 2GM e
K.E. required for satellite to escape from earth’s gravitational field
M m Re 1 2 1  2 GM 
2
   2  1
mv e2  m  
GMm
M e Rm 9 3 2 2  R  R

K.E. required for satellite to move in circular orbit

2
 vm  11.2km / s   5.3km / s 2
3 1 1  GM  GMm
mv 02  m  
2 2  R  2R
5. A rocket is fired with a speed v  2 gR near the earth’s surface and directed upwards.
(a) Show that it will escape from the earth. The ratio between these two energies = 2

(b) Show that it interstellar space its speed is v  2 gR . 8. The orbital velocity of an artificial satellite in a circular orbit just above the earth’s surface is v. For a
SOLUTION : satellite orbiting at an altitude of half of the earth’s radius, the orbital velocity is
(a) As PE of the rocket at the surface of the earth is (-GMm/R) and at infinity is zero, 3 3 2 2
(a) v (b) v (c) v (d) v
 GMm   GM  2 2 3 3
energy required for escaping from earth  0     mgR  g  2  SOLUTION :
 R   R 
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
GM   for r  R
A spherically symmetric gravitational system of particles has a mass density    0 for
0
v
Rh
11. rR
.


GM Where  0 is a constant. A test mass can undergo circular motion under the influence of the
For first satellite h  0 , v1  R gravitational field of particles. Its speed v as function of distance r from the centre of system
R 2 GM
is represented by (2008 I)
For second satellite h
2
, v2 
3R
V V V V
2 2
v2  v1  v
3 3
1) 2) 3) 4)
r r r r
R R R R
9. In a satellite if the time of revolution is T, then K.E. is proportional to
1 1 1 SOLUTION :
(a) T (b) T 2 (c) T 3 (d) T 2 / 3
mv 2 GmM
SOLUTION : For r  R;   1
r r2
GM
v 
r 4 3
here, M    r   0
1 3 
 K . E.  v  2
r substituting in Eq(1)
T 2  r3 we get vr
 K . E.  T  2 / 3 i.e., v-r graph is a straight line passing through origin,
for r>R
10. Two identical satellites are at R and 7R away from earth surface, the wrong statement is (R = Radius of
3 
earth) Gm   R 3  0
mv 2 4  1
(a) Ratio of total energy will be 4 (b)Ratio of kinetic energies will be 4  2
or v
r r r
(c) Ratio of potential energies will be 4
The corresponding v-r graph will be as shown in option (3)
(d) Ratio of total energy will be 4 but ratio of potential and kinetic energies will be 2
SOLUTION : 12. In the following four periods
Orbital radius of satellites r1  R  R  2R (i)Time of revolution of a satellite just above the earth’s surface (Tst )
r2  R  7 R  8 R (ii)Period of oscillation of mass inside the tunnel bored along the diameter of the earth (Tma )
GMm GMm
(iii)Period of simple pendulum having a length equal to the earth’s radius in a uniform field of
U1  and U2 
r1 r2 9.8 N/kg (Tsp )
GMm GMm (iv)Period of an infinite length simple pendulum in the earth’s real gravitational field (Tis )
K1  and K2 
2r1 2r2 (a) T st  Tma (b) Tma  Tst (c) T sp  Tis (d) Tst  Tma  Tsp  Tis

GMm GMm SOLUTION :

E1  and E2 
2r1 2r2
(R  h)3 R
(i) T st  2  2 [As h <<R and GM  gR 2 ]
U1 K1 E GM g
U 
K2
 1 4
E2
2
R
(ii) Tma  2
g

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1 R
SOLUTION :
Tsp  2  2
(iii) 1 1 
g  
2g [As l = R] Let there are two stars 1 and 2 as shown below.
l R
M 16M
R C1 r1 P r2 C2
(iv) Tis  2 a
g 2a
13. A geo-stationary satellite is orbiting the earth at a height of 6 R above the surface of earth, R being the 1 2
radius of earth. The time period of another satellite at a height of 2.5 R from the surface of earth is Let P is a point between C1 and C2, where gravitational field strength is zero.
(a) 10 hr (b) (6/ 2 ) hr (c)6 hr (d) 6 2 hr
GM G 16 M  r2
SOLUTION : Hence  ;  4, r1  r2  10a
r12 r22 r1
Distances of the satellite from the centre are 7R and 3.5R respectively.
 4 
 10a   8a
3/2
T2  R 2   3 .5 R 
3/2
 r2  
   T 2  24    6 2 hr  4 1
T1  R 1   7R 

14. If the gravitational force between two objects were proportional to 1/R (and not as 1 / R 2 ) where R r1  2a
is separation between them, then a particle in circular orbit under such a force would have its orbital Now, the body of mass m is projected from the surface of large star towards the smaller one. Between
speed v proportional to C2 and P it is attracted towards 2 and between C1 and P it will be attracted towards 1. Therefore, the
(a) 1 / R 2 (b) R 0 (c) R1 (d)1/R body should be projected to just cross point P because beyond that the particle is attracted towards the
SOLUTION : smaller star itself.
Gravitational force provides the required centripetal force for orbiting the satellite 1 2
From conservation of mechanical energy mv = potential energy of the body at P
mv 2 K  1 2
 because F  
R R  R = potential energy at the surface of larger star.
 v  R
1 2  GMm 16GMm   GMm 16GMm 
15. Potential energy of a satellite having mass ‘m’ and rotating at a height of 6 .4  10 6 m from the earth  mvmin     
surface is 2  r1 r2   10a  2a 2a 
(a) 0 . 5 mgR e (b) mgR e (c) 2 mgR e (d) 4 mgR e
1 2  45  GMm
SOLUTION : mvmin   
2  8  a
GMm GMm GMm
Potential energy =  
r Re  h 2Re 3 5  GM 
vmin   
gR e2 m 2  a 
= 
2Re

1 1 1
 mgR e 17. If g (instead of ), then the relation between time period of a satellite near earth’s surface
2 R3 R2
 0 . 5 mgR e and radius R will be
16. Distance between the centre of two stars is 10a. the masses of these stars are M and 16M and (a) T 2  R 3 (b) T  R 2 (c) T 2  R (d) T  R
their radii a and 2a respectively. A body of mass m is fired straight from the surface of the SOLUTION :
larger start towards the surface of the smaller star. What should be its minimum initial speed
Gravitational force provides the required centripetal force
to reach the surface of the smaller star?
GMm
m 2 R 
GM 1 5GM 3 GM 3 5 GM R3
1) 2) 3) 4)
a 2 a 2 a 2 a 4 2
GM
 
T2 R4
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
6 SOLUTION :
18. Gravitational acceleration on the surface of a planet is g , where g is the gravitational
11 2GM 2G8M
acceleration on the surface of the earth. The average mass density of the planet is 2/3 times VP  ,VQ   2VP
R 2R
that of the earth. If the escape speed on the surface of the earth is taken to be 11kms -1, the
escape speed on the surface of the planet in kms-1 will be (2010I) 2G9M
VR   91/3VP
1) 3 2) 6 3) 9 4) 12 91/3 R
SOLUTION : 21. A geostationary satellite is revolving around the earth. To make it escape from gravitational field of earth,
4  is velocity must be increased
G   R3  
GM 3 (a) 100% (b) 41.4% (c) 50% (d) 59.6%
g 2   2 
R R
g v e  2 v 0  1 .414 v 0
g   R; R 
  v 
Fractional increase in orbital velocity  v 


Now escape velocity, ve  2 gR

ve  v0
  0 . 414
v0
g g2
ve  gR ; ve g    Percentage increase = 41.4%
 
22. There is a crater of depth R/100 on the surface of the moon (radius R). A projectile is fired
vertically upward from the crater with velocity, which is equal to the escape velocity v from the
6 3
 ve  planet  11kms 1    3kms 1 surface of the moon. Find the maximum height attained by the projectile. (2003A)
121 2
1) 90R 2) 95R 3) 99.5R 4) 50R
19. A satellite moves in a circle around the earth. The radius of this circle is equal to one half of the radius of SOLUTION :
the moon’s orbit. The satellite completes one revolution in
1 2 2GM
(a) lunar month (b) lunar month (c) 2 3 / 2 lunar month (d) 2 3 / 2 lunar month Speed of particle at A,vA = escape velocity on the surface of earth 
2 3 R
SOLUTION : At highest point B, vB=0
Time period of revolution of moon around the earth Applying conservation of mechanical energy,
= 1 lunar month. decrease in kinetic energy=increase in gravitational potential energy
3/2 3/2 1 2
Ts  rs 
 
1
   mv A  U B  U A  m VB  VA 
Tm  rm  2 2
 Ts  2 3 / 2 lunar month. v A2
 VB  VA
20. Two spher ical planets P and Q have the same unif or m density  , masses MP and MQ and 2
surface areas A and 4A respectively. A spherical planet R also has uniform density  and its
GM  GM  R  
2
GM 
mass is (MP+MQ). The escape velocities from the planets P, Q and R are V P, VQ and VR,  1.5 R   0.5  R 
2
  
respectively. Then (2012I) R R  h  R 3   100   

1 2
1) VQ  VR  VP 2) VR  VQ  VP 3) VR / VP  3 4) VP / VQ  1 1 3  1  99  1
2      
R R  h 2 R  2  100  R
Solving this equation,
we get h=99.5R

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Kepler’s Laws : Kepler’s second law or Laws of Areas:
Kepler’s first law or laws of orbits: The radius vector joining the planet to the sun sweeps out equal areas in equal intervals of time.
‘Every planet revolves around the sun in elliptical orbit with the sun is at one of its focii.  dA 
Areal Velocity of radius vector   joining the planet to sun remains constant.
F2  dt 
F1
2b dA
Mathematically  constant
2a dt

As shown in fig., sun may be at F1 or F2. Here a and b denote the lengths of semi major and dl
semi minor axes. d p
The nearest position of the planet from the sun is called perihelion.’ sun r

The farthest position of the planet from the sun is called aphelion.
1 1 1
A planet of mass m is moving in an elliptical orbit around the sun(S) of mass ‘M’, at one of its focii.
But A   dl  r   ed  r  r 2d
2 2 2
d 1 2 
rp
rA So,  r    constant
dt  2 
M m 1 2 d 1 2
2b  r  r   constant
P S O A 2 dt 2
C a 1 mr 2 d I  L
    constant
2 m 2m 2 m
SO e L=constant
Eccentricity of the elliptical path e  e  c  ea As the gravitational force on planet by sun is central, torque is zero and hence angular momentum of
OA a
the planet is constant.
From fig, rp  a  c  a  ea  a 1  e  This law is consequence of law of conservation of angular momentum.

Similarly ra  a  c  a  ea  a 1  e  dA L mVr Vr
  
dt 2m 2m 2
From conservation of angular momentum at A and P, we have mVP rP  mVA rA Areal velocity of radius vector of the planet is independent of mass of the satellite.
VP rA 1  e As angular momentum is conserved,
 
VA rP 1  e m(Vmax )( rmin )  m(Vmin )(rmax )
Vmax 1  e
GM  1  e  GM  1  e   
From conservation of energy, we have VA    and VP    Vmin 1  e
a 1 e  a 1 e 
Here V perihelion  Vmax
If e>1 and total energy (K.E+P.E)>0,
and Vapehelion  Vmin
the path of the satellite is hyperbolic and it escapes from its orbit. Kepler’s laws can be applied to natural and artificial satellites as well.
If e<1 and total energy is negative, it moves in an elliptical path.
Kepler’s third law or Law of periods :
If e=0 and total energy is negative, it moves in an elliptical path. The square of period of revolution of a planet around the sun is proportional to cube of the
average distance of planet (i.e., semi major axis of elliptical orbit) from the sun.
If e=1 and total energy is zero, it will take parabolic path.
rmax  rmin 1  e  a  1  e  a
The path of the projectile thrown to lower heights is parabolic and thrown to greater heights is elliptical. rmean   a
2 2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Hence T 2  a 3 PROBLEMS
where ‘a’ is length of semi major axis of ellipse 1. An artificial satellite is in an elliptical orbit around the earth with aphelion of 6R and perihelion
The gravitational force between the planet and the Sun provides the necessary centripetal force for the of 2R where R is Radius of the earth = 6400Km. Calculate the eccentricity of the elliptical
planet to go round the Sun. orbit.
If M = mass of Sun, SOLUTION :
m = mass of planet
We know that
‘r = average distance of the planet from the Sun
GmM perigee (r p)=a(1-e)=2R ........(1)
then, F  mr 2
r2 apogee (ra)=a(1+e)=6R.......(2)
GM 4 2  2 
 2  as    Solving (1) & (2),
r3 T  T 
eccentricity (e)=0.5
3
r 2. The mean distance of a planet from the sun is approximately 1/4 times that of earth from the
T 2  4 2
 T 2  r3
GM sun. Find the number of years required for planet to make one revolution about the sun.
NOTE: The gravitational force is a central force so torque on planet relative to sun is always zero, hence SOLUTION :
angular momentum of a planet or satellite is always constant irrespective of shape of orbit.
1
Given rP  rE and TE  1yr
4
For Kepler’s third law, T 2  r 3
3
2 3
 TP   rP   rP  2
      TP  TE  
 TE   rE   rE 
3
3
 r 2  1  2
TP  1  E      0.125Yrs
 4rE  4
3. The speed of the planet at the perihelion P be VP and the Sun-planet distance SP be rP as shown
in Fig. Relate {tP,VP} to the corresponding quantities at the aphelion {rA, VA}. Will the planet
take equal times to traverse BAC and CPB ?
SOLUTION :

The magnitude of the angular momentum at P is LP=mPVPrP,

The magnitude of the angular momentum at A is LA=mAVArA

rp
rA
B
s
2b
P sun A
C

According to law of conservation of angular momentum,

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

VP rA SOLUTION:
mP rPVP  mP rAVA or V  r T 2  r2 
3/2 3/2
 6400 
A P    T 2  24    2 hour
T1  r1   36000 
Here rA  rP hence VP  VA .
7. The distance of neptune and saturn from sun are nearly 10 13 and 10 12 meters respectively. Assuming
The area SBAC bounded by the ellipse and the radius vectors SB and SC is larger than SBPC in Fig.
that they move in circular orbits, their periodic times will be in the ratio
From Kepler’s second law, equal areas are swept in equal times.
Hence, the planet will take a longer time to traverse BAC than CPB. (a) 10 (b) 100 (c) 10 10 (d) 1 / 10
SOLUTION:
4. Let us consider that our galaxy consists of 2.5x10 11 stars each of one solar mass. How long T1  R 1 
3/2
 10 13 
3/2

will this star at a distance of 50,000 light years from the galastic entre take to complete one     12   (1000 )1 / 2
T2  R 2   10 
revolution? Take the diameter of the Milky way to be 105ly.G=6.67x10-11 Nm2Kg-2. (1 ly =
9.46x1015m)  10 10

SOLUTION :
8. Imagine a light planet revolving around a very massive star in a circular orbit of radius R with a
period of revolution T. If the gravitational force of attraction between planet and star is proportional
Here M=2.5x1011 solar mass=2.5x1011x(2x1030)kg=5.0x1041kg
5
to R

2 , then T2 is proportional to
r=50,000 ly=50,000x9.46x10 m=4.73x10 m 15 20 (a) R 3 (b) R 7 / 2 (c) R 5 / 2 (d) R 3 / 2
SOLUTION:
4 2 r 3 For revolution of planet centripetal force is provided by gravitational force of attraction
We know that, M  m  2 R  R 5 / 2
GT 2
1
1  R 7 / 2
 4 3r 3  2  4   22 / 7    4.73  10  
1 2 20 3 2 T2
T   
    
2
 11 T  R7 /2
 GM  6.67  10  5.0  10 41

9. Suppose the gravitational force varies inversely as the n th power of distance. Then the time period
=3.53x1014s. of a planet in circular orbit of radius R around the sun will be proportional to
 n 1   n 1   n2 
5. If the distance between the earth and the sun becomes half its present value, the number of days in a year (a) R

2 

(b) R

2 

(c) Rn (d) R

2 


would have been

(a) 64.5 (b) 129 (c) 182.5 (d) 730 SOLUTION:
SOLUTION: 1
According to Kepler’s third law, the ratio of the squares of the periods of m 2 R 
Rn
any two planets revolving about the sun is equal to the ratio of the cubes
of their average distances from the sun  4  2
1
 m  T 2  R  R n
T 
2
r 
3
 r 
3
 
i.e.  T    r    1 r   8
1 1 1

 2  2  2 1   T 2  R n 1
 n 1 
T1  
2 

T  R
 T 2 2
2
10. An artificial satellite revolves around earth in circular orbit of radius r with time period T. The
T1 365 days satellite is made to stop in the orbit which makes it fall onto earth. Time of fall of the satellite
 T2    129 days
2 2 2 2 on to earth is given by
6. A geostationary satellite orbits around the earth in a circular orbit of radius 36000 km. Then, the
T 2 T 2T
time period of a satellite orbiting a few hundred kilometres above the earth’s surface (R Earth  6400 km ) 1) 3 2) T 3) 4)
will approximately be 6 8 3 3
(a)1/2 h (b) 1 h (c)2 h (d)4 h
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION: 14. The largest and the shortest distance of the earth from the sun are r1 and r2 , its distance from the
On stopping, the satellite will fall along the radius r of the orbit which can be regarded as a limiting case sun when it is at the perpendicular to the major axis of the orbit drawn from the sun
of an ellipse with semi major axis r/2 r1  r2 r1r2 2r1r2 r1  r2
(a) (b) r1  r2 (c) r1  r2 (d)
Using Kepler’s third law T 2r 3 4 3
SOLUTION:
T' T 2T The earth moves around the sun is elliptical path. so by using the properties of ellipse
time of fall =  
2 2 8 8 r1  (1  e ) a

11.The period of a satellite in a circular orbit of radius R is T, the period of another satellite in a circular orbit r2  (1  e ) a

of radius 4R is a 
r1  r2
2
(a) 4T (b) T/4 (c) 8T (d) T/8
SOLUTION: r1 r2  (1  e 2 ) a 2

3/2 3/2
where a = semi major axis
T1  R 1   R 
     T 2  8 T1 b = semi minor axis
T2  R 2   4R 
e = eccentricity
12. A planet moves around the sun. At a given point P, it is closest from the sun at a distance d1 and has
b2
a speed v1 . At another point Q, when it is farthest from the sun at a distance d 2 , its speed will be Now required distance = semi latusrectum 
a

d12v1 d 2v1 d1v1 d 22v1 a 2 (1  e 2 ) (r1 r2 ) 2r1 r2

(a) d 22
(b) d1 (c) d2 (d) d12
  
a (r1  r2 ) / 2 r1  r2
SOLUTION: 15. A satellite of mass m is circulating around the earth with constant angular velocity. If radius of the
Angular momentum remains constant orbit is R0 and mass of the earth M, the angular momentum about the centre of the earth is
v1 d 1
mv 1 d 1  mv 2 d 2  v 2  GM GM
d2 (a) m GMR 0 (b) M GmR 0 (c) m (d) M
R0 R0
13. A satellite moving in elliptical orbit around earth as shown. The minimum and maximum distance
SOLUTION:
of the satellite from earth are 3 units 5 units respectively. The distance of satellite from earth
Angular momentum = Mass ×Orbital velocity ×Radius
when it is at ‘P’ is ______ (units)
 GM 
 m    R 0  m GMR 0
1) 4 2) 3 3) 3.75 4) 6  
 R0 

16. The maximum and minimum distances of a comet from the sun are 8  10 12 m and 1 .6  10 12 m . If its
P velocity when nearest to the sun is 60 m/s, what will be its velocity in m/s when it is farthest
(a) 12 (b) 60 (c)112 (d)6
SOLUTION:
By conservation of angular momentum mvr = constant
S EO Q v min  rmax  v max  rmin

60  1 . 6  10 12 60
 v min    12 m / s
8  10 12 5
17.A body revolved around the sun 27 times faster then the earth what is the ratio of their radii
SOLUTION:
(a) 1/3 (b) 1/9 (c)1/27 (d)1/4
1 SOLUTION:
Semi major axis = 4  ae  1  e 
4  body  27  earth
Semi minor axis = b 1 1 1
T 2  r3   2    r 
1 r3 r3 /2  2/3
b  a 1 e  2
1  15  15
16

Required distance  b 2  1  4

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2/3 SOLUTION:
rbody   earth 
 r   Gravitational force = Centripetal force
  body 
earth  
GM v2
 1 
2/3
1  
   r2 r'
 27  9
here r is the radius of curvature. From Kepler’s law, time period is given by,
18. The orbital angular momentum of a satellite revolving at a distance r from the centre is L. If the distance
is increased to 16r, then the new angular momentum will be a3 2 ab
T  2 
GM rv
L
(a) 16 L (b) 64 L (c) 4
(d)4 L
 dA vr 2 dA 2 
SOLUTION:    dt  T    ab 
 dt 2 vr rv 
GM
L  mvr  m r  m GMr  L  r
r ab GM
v
19. The longest and the shortest distance of a planet from sun is R 1 and R2. Distance from sun r a3
when it is normal to major axis of orbit is 22. A planet of mass m revolves in elliptical orbit around the sun so that its maximum and minimum
R1R2 2 R1R2 distances from the sun are equal to ra and rp respectively. The angular momentum of this
R1  R2 R12  R22
1) 2) 3) R  R 4) R  R planet relative to the sun is
2 2 1 2 1 2

SOLUTION: GMrP ra 2GMrP ra GmrP ra  rP  ra 

1) L  m 2) L  m 3) L  M 4) L  M
R1  1  e  a; R2  1  e  a  rP  ra   rP  ra   rP  ra  GmrP ra
SOLUTION:
R1  R2
a ; R1 R2  1  e 2  a 2
2
GMm 1 GMm 1
b2 From conservation of energy  r 
2
mv P2 
ra
 mva2
2
semi-latus rectum = P
a
L  mvP rP  mva ra
a 2 1  e2 
R1R2 2 R1 R2
  
a R1  R2 R1  R2 23. A satellite is orbiting just above the surface of a planet of average density D with period T. If
2 3
2 0 . The mass of a planet that has a moon whose time period and orbital radius are T and R respectively can G is the universal gravitational constant, the quantity is equal to
G
be written as
1) T2D 2) 3 T 2 D 3) 3 D 2T 4) D 2T
(a) 4  2 R 3 G 1 T 2 (b) 8  2 R 3 G 1 T 2 (c) 12 2 R 3 G 1T 2 (d) 16  2 R 3 G 1 T 2
SOLUTION:
SOLUTION: 4 2 R 3 3 3
R3 R3 T2     T 2D
Using T  2  G M  2  4
2
m 2 R 
GMm  2 

GM
 R 2 4
G   R 3D
: G  R 3 D DG G
R 2
 T  R 3 3
4 2 R 3 24. A planet revolves around sun in an elliptical orbit of eccentricity ‘e7’. If ‘T’ is the time period
M 
GT 2 of the planet then the time spent by the planet between the end of the minor axis and close to
21. A point mass is orbiting a significant mass M lying at the focus of the elliptical orbital having sun is
major and minor axes given by 2a and 2b respectively. Let r be the distance between the mass
1 e  Te e  T
M and the end point of major axis. Velocity of the particle can be given as 1) T    2) 3)   1 4)
4 2     e
2ab GM
ab GM ab GM ab GM 3
1) 2) 3) 4) r ab
r a3 r b3 2r r 3  
 2 
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION: :: THEORY BITS ::
dA
=constant; 1. If the earth is at one-fourth of its present distance from the sun, the duration of the year would
dt
be
 ab 1
 b  ea    1 e 1) Half the present year 2) One-eight the present year
t AB  Area  SAB  4 2 1 e  3) One-fourth the present year 4) One -sixteenth the present year
  4 2  T  4  2 
T  Area  ellipse  ab  KEY :2
2. The radius vector drawn from the sun to a planet sweeps out ___ areas in equal time
1) equal 2) unequal 3) greater 4) less
Polar Satellites: KEY :1
These are low altitude (500 km to 800 km) satellites 3. Feeling of weightlessness in a satellite is due to
They go round the poles of earth in north-south direction 1) absence of inertia 2) absence of gravity
Polar satellites have a time period of 100 minutes nearly 3) absence of accelerating force 4) free fall of satellite
These satellites can view polar and equatorial regions at close distances with good resolution. KEY :4
These satellites are useful for remote sensing, meteorology and environmental studies of earth. 4. According to Kepler’s second law, line joining the planet to the sun sweeps out equal areas in
Condition of Weightlessness in a Satellite: equal intervals. This suggests that for the planet
GMm mv 2 1) radial acceleration is zero 2) tangential acceleration is zero
The force acting on the astronaut of mass ‘m’ is  FR  0 here FR is the reactional force 3) transverse acceleration is zero 4) All
r2 r
KEY :3
The reactional force on the floor of the satellite is zero, hence there is the state of weight lessness 5. If Fg and Fe are gravitational and electrostatic forces between two electrons at a distance 0.1 m
in a satellite. then Fg / Fe is in the order of
GMm mv02 1) 1043 2) 10–43 3) 1035 4) 10–35
i.e.,  KEY :2
r2 r
As the frame of reference attached to the satellite is an accelerated frame, whose acceleration towards Gm1m2
6. F is valid
v 2 GM r2
the centre of the earth is a  0  2  g 1) Between bodies with any shape 2) Between particles
r r
3) Between any bodies with uniform density 4) Between any bodies with same shape
GAUSS THEOREM IN GRAVITATION IS:
  KEY :2
g  4 G  M enclosed    E g .dA 7. Fg, Fe and Fn represent the gravitational, electro-magnetic and nuclear forces respectively,
then arrange the increasing order of their strengths
1) Fn,Fe, Fg 2) Fg,Fe, Fn 3) Fe,Fg, Fn 4) Fg,Fn, Fe
KEY :2
8. The time period of revolution of geo-stationary satellite with respect to earth is
1) 24 hrs 2) 1 year 3 ) Infinity 4) zero
KEY :3
9. Find the false statement
1) Gravitational force acts along the line joining the two interacting particles
2) Gravitational force is independent of medium
3) Gravitational force forms an action-reaction pair
4) Gravitational force does not obey the principle of superposition.
KEY :4
10. A relay satellite transmits the television programme from one part of the world to another part
continuously because its period
1) is greater than period of the earth about its axis
2) is less than period of rotation of the earth about its axis.
3) has no relation with the period of rotation of the earth about its axis.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

4) is equal to the period of rotation of the earth about its axis. KEY :2
KEY :4 21. A person will get more quantity of matter in Kg-Wt at
11. Attractive Force is exists between two protons inside the Nucleus this is due to 1) poles 2) a latitude of 600 3) equator 4) satellite
1) Gravitational Forces 2) Electro magnetic Forces KEY :3
3) Weak Nuclear Forces 4) Strong Nuclear Forces 22. A geo-stationary satellite has an orbital period of
KEY :4 1) 2 hours 2) 6 hours 3) 24 hours 4) 12 hours
12. Two equal masses separated by a distance d attract each other with a force (F). If one unit of KEY :3
mass is transferred from one of them to the other, the force 23. A pendulum clock which keeps correct time at the surface of the earth is taken into a mine,
1) does not change 2) decreases by (G/d2) then
3) becomes d2 times 4) increases by (2G/d2) 1) it keeps correct time 2) it gains time 3) it loses time 4) none of these
KEY :2 KEY :3
13. When a satellite falls into an orbit of smaller radius its speed 24. A satellite is revolving in a elliptical orbit in free space; then the false statement is
1) decreases 2) increases 3) does not change 4) zero 1) its mechanical energy is constant 2) its linear momentum is constant
KEY :2 3) its angular momentum is constant 4) its areal velocity is constant
14. Which of the following is the evidence to show that there must be a force acting on earth and KEY :2
directed towards Sun? 25. A satellite S is moving in an elliptical orbit around the earth. The mass of the satellite is very
1) Apparent motion of sun around the earth 2) Phenomenon of day and night small compared to the mass of the earth
3) Revolution of earth round the Sun 4) Deviation of the falling body towards earth 1) the acceleration of S is always directed towards the centre of the earth
KEY :3 2) the angular momentum of S about the centre of the earth changes in direction, but its magnitude
15. Polar satellite go round the poles of earth in remains constant
1) South-east direction 2) north-west direction 3) the total mechanical energy of S varies periodically with time
3) east-west direction 4) north-south direction 4) the linear momentum of S remains constant in magnitude
KEY :4 KEY :1
16. If suddenly the gravitational force of attraction between earth and satellite revolving around it 26. Assuming the earth to be a sphere of uniform density the acceleration due to gravity
becomes zero, then the satellite will (AIEEE 2002) 1) at a point outside the earth is inversely proportional to the square of its distance from the centre
1) Continue to move in its orbit with same velocity 2) at a point outside the earth is inversely proportional to its distance from the centre
2) Move tangential to the original orbit with the same velocity 3) at a point inside is zero
3) Becomes stationary in its orbit 4) Move towards the earth 4) at a point inside is inversely proportional to its distance from the centre.
KEY :2 KEY :1
17. A synchronous satellite should be at a proper height moving 27. An artificial satellite of mass m is revolving round the earth in a circle of radius R. Then work
1) From west to East in equatorial plan 2) From South to North in polar plane done in one revolution is
3) From East to west in equatorial plan 4) From North to South in polar plane mgR
KEY :1 1) mgR 2) 3) 2 R  mg 4) Zero
2
18. If the speed of rotation of earth about its axis increases, then the weight of the body at the KEY :4
equator will 28. If earth were to rotate faster than its present speed, the weight of an object
1) increase 2) decrease 1) increase at the equator but remain unchanged at poles
3) remains unchanged 4) some times decrease and sometimes increase 2) decrease at the equator but remain unchanged at the poles
KEY :2 3) remain unchanged at the equator but decrease at the poles
19. A body is dropped from a height equal to radius of the earth. The velocity acquired by it before 4) remain unchanged at the equator but increase at the poles
touching the ground is KEY :2
1) V= 2 gR 2) V=3gR 3) V= gR 4) V=2gR 29. A satellite is revolving round the earth. lts kinetic energy is E k. How much energy is required
KEY :3 by the satellite such that it escapes out of the gravitational field of earth
20. The ratio of acceleration due to gravity at a depth ‘h’ below the surface of earth and at a height Ek
‘h’ above the surface for h<<R 1) 2 Ek 2) 3Ek 3) 4) infinity
2
1) constant only when h<<R 2) increases linearly with h KEY :1
3) increases parabolically with h 4) decreases 30. If R=radius of the earth and g =acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth, the
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
acceleration due to gravity at a distance (r<R) from the centre of the earth is proportional to KEY :4
1) r 2) r2 3) r–2 4) r–1 41. A body has weight (w) on the ground. The work which must be done to lift it to a height equal to
KEY :1 the radius of the earth is
31. Earth is flattened at poles and bulged at equators this is due to 1) equal to WR 2) greater than WR 3) less than WR 4) we can’t say
1) revolution of earth around the sun is an elliptical orbit KEY :3
2) angular of velocity of spinning about its axis is more at equator
3) centrifugal force is more at equator than poles 42. The time period of a simple pendulum at the centre of the earth is
4) more centrifugal force at poles than equator 1) zero 2) infinite 3) less than zero 4) none of these
KEY :3 KEY :2
32. Intensity of gravitational field inside the hollow spherical shell is 43. If the gravitational force of earth suddenly disappears, then,
1) Variable 2) minimum 3) maximum 4) zero 1) weight of the body is zero 2) mass of the body is zero
KEY :4 3) both mass and weight become zero 4) neither the weight nor the mass is zero
33. If the universal gravitational constant increases uniformly with time, then a satellite in orbit KEY :1
will still maintain its 44. A hallow spherical shell is compressed to half it radius. The gravitational potential at the
1) weight 2) tangential speed 3) period of revolution 4) angular momentum centre
KEY :4 1) increases 2) decreases 3 ) remains same
34. The work done by an external agent to shift a point mass from infinity to the centre of the 4) during the compression increases then returns to the previous value
earth is ‘W’. Then choose the correct relation. KEY :2
1) W=0 2) W>0 3) W<0 4) W  0 45. A satellite is moving with constant speed ‘V’ is a circular orbit about earth. The kinetic energy
KEY :3 of the satellite is
35. When a satellite in a circular orbit around the earth enters the atmospheric region, if encounters 1 3
small air resistance to its motion. Then 1) mV 2 2) mV 2 3) mV 2 4) 2mV 2
2 2
1) its angular momentum about the earth decreases 2) its kinetic energy decreases
KEY :1
3) its kinetic energy remains constant 4) its period of revolution around the earth increases
46. For a satellite projected from the earth’s surface with a velocity greater than orbital velocity
KEY :1
the nature of the path it takes when its energy is negative, zero and positive respectively is
36. The intensity of the gravitational field of the earth maximum?
1) Elliptical, parabolic and hyperbolic 2) Hyperbolic, parabolic and elliptical
1) centre of earth 2) equator 3) poles 4) same everywhere
3) Elliptical, circular and parabolic 4) Parabolic, circular and Elliptical
KEY :3
KEY :1
37. Let VG and EG denote gravitational potential and field respectively, then choose the wrong 47. If the mean radius of earth is R, its angular velocity is  and the acceleration due to gravity
statement. at the surface of the earth is ‘g’ then the cube of the radius of the orbit of a satellite will be
1) VG  0, EG  0 2) VG  0, EG  0 3) VG  0, EG  0 4) VG  0, EG  0 Rg R2g R2g R 2
KEY :3 1) 2) 3) 4)
2  2 g
38. The time period of an earth’s satellite in circular orbit is independent of
KEY :3
1) the mass of the satellite 2) radius of its orbit
48. If satellite is orbiting in space having air and no energy being supplied, then path of that
3) both the mass and radius of the orbit 4) neither the mass of the satellite nor the radius of its orbit
satellite would be
KEY :1
1) circular 2) elliptical
39. A thin spherical shell of mass ‘M’ and radius ‘R’ has a small hole. A particle of mass ‘m’ is
3) spiral of increasing radius 4) spiral of decreasing radius
released at the mouth of them. Then
KEY :4
1) the particle will execute S.H.M inside the shell
49. The earth retains its atmosphere, due to
2) the particle will oscillate inside the shell, but the oscillations are not simple harmonic
1) The special shape of the earth
3) the particle will not oscillate, but the speed of the particle will go on increasing
2) The escape velocity being greater than the mean speed of the molecules of the atmospheric gases.
4) none of these
3) The escape velocity being smaller than the mean speed of the molecules of the atmospheric gases.
KEY :4
4) The sun’s gravitational effect.
40. A hole is drilled through the earth along a diameter and a stone is dropped into it. When the
KEY :2
stone is at the centre of the earth, it has finite a) weight b) acceleration c) P.E. d) mass
50. Ratio of the radius of a planet A to that of planet B is ‘r’. The ratio of accelerations due to
1) a & b 2) b & c 3) a, b & c 4) c & d

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

gravity for the two planets is x. The ratio of the escape velocities from the two planets is KEY :2
1) rx 2) r / x 3) r 4) 61. The minimum number of geo-stationary satellites required to televise a programme all over
x/r
the earth is
KEY :1
1) 2 2) 6 3) 4 4) 3
51. The ratio of the escape velocity and the orbital velocity is
KEY :4
1) 2 2) 1 / 2 3) 2 4) 1/2 62. When a satellite going around the earth in a circular orbit of radius r and speed v loses some
KEY :1 of its energy , then
52. The escape velocity from the earth for a rocket is 11.2 km/sec. Ignoring the air resistance, the 1) r and v both increase 2) r and v both decrease
escape velocity of 10 mg grain of sand from the earth will be 3) r will increase and v will decrease 4) r will decrease and v will increase
1) 0.112 km/sec 2) 11.2 km/sec 3) 1.12 km/sec 4) None KEY :4
KEY :2 63. The satellite is orbiting a planet at a certain height in a circular orbit. If the mass of the planet
53. The escape velocity for a body projected vertically upwards from the surface of earth is 11 km/ is reduced to half, the satellite would
s. If the body is projected at an angle of 450 with the vertical, the escape velocity will be 1) fell on the planet 2) go to orbit of smaller radius
1) 11 2 km / s 2) 22 km / s 3) 11km / s 4 ) 11 2 km / s 3) go to orbit of higher radius 4) escape from the planet
KEY :4
KEY :3
64. If R = radius of the earth and g = acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth, the
54. Following physical quantity is constant when a planet that revolves around Sun in an elliptical
acceleration due to gravity at a distance (r>R) from the centre of the earth is proportional to
orbit.
1) r 2) r 2 3) r–2 4) r–1
1) Kinetic energy 2) Potential energy 3) Angular momentum 4) Linear velocity
KEY :3
KEY :3
65. A satellite is revolving round the earth in an elliptical orbit. Its speed will be
55. A missile is launched with a velocity less than the escape velocity. The sum of its kinetic and
1) same at all points of the orbit 2) different at different points of the orbit
potential energies is
3) maximum at the farthest point 4) minimum at the nearest point
1) Positive 2) Negative 3) Zero
KEY :2
4) May be positive or negative depending upon its initial velocity
66. A satellite is moving in a circular orbit round the earth. If any other planet comes in between
KEY :2
them, it will
56. The escape velocity of a body depends upon its mass as
1) Continue to move with the same speed along the same path
1) m0 2) m1 3) m3 4) m 2 2) Move with the same velocity tangential to original orbit.
KEY :1 3) Fall down with increasing velocity.
57. If the universal gravitational constant decreases uniformly with time, then a satellite in orbit 4) Come to rest after moving certain distance along original path.
will still maintain its KEY :2
1) weight 2) tangential speed 3) period of revolution 4) angular momentum 67. A space-ship entering the earth's atmosphere is likely to catch fire. This is due to
KEY :4 1) The surface tension of air 2) The viscosity of air
58. The magnitude of potential energy per unit mass of the object at the surface of earth is ‘E’. 3) The high temperature of upper atmosphere
Then escape velocity of the object is 4) The greater portion of oxygen in the atmosphere at greater height.
1) 2E 2) 4E 2 3) E 4) E / 2 KEY :2
KEY :1 68. An astronaut orbiting the earth in a circular orbit 120 km above the surface of earth, gently
59. Tidal waves in the sea are primarily due to drops a ball from the space-ship. The ball will
1) the gravitational effect of the moon on the earth 1) Move randomly in space 2) Move along with the space-ship
2) the gravitational effect of the sun on the earth 3) Fall vertically down to earth 4) Move away from the earth
3) the gravitational effect of the venus on the earth KEY :2
4) the atmospheric effect of the earth itself 69. The energy required to remove an earth satellite of mass ‘m’ from its orbit of radius ‘r’ to
KEY :1 infinity is
60. A space station is set up in space at a distance equal to earth’s radius from earth’s surface. GMm  GMm GMm Mm
1) 2) 3) 4)
Suppose a satellite can be launched from space station. Let V1 and V2 be the escape velocities r 2r 2r 2r
of the satellite on earth’s surface and space station respectively. Then KEY :3
70. Pseudo force also called fictitious force such as centrifugal force arises only in
1) V2  V1 2) V2  V1 3) V2  V1 4 ) No relation
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1) Inertial frames 2) Non-intertial frames KEY :2
3) Both inertial and non-inertial frames 4) Rigid frames 79. When the height of a satellite increases from the surface of the earth.
KEY :2 1) PE decreases, KE increases 2) PE decreases, KE decreases
71 A satellite launching station should be L 3) PE increases, KE decreases 4) PE increases, KE increases
1) Near the equatorial region 2) Near the polar region KEY :3
3) On the polar axis 4) At any place 80. Neutron changing into Proton by emitting electron and anti neutrino this due to
KEY :1 1) Gravitational Forces 2) Electro magnetic Forces
3) Weak Nuclear Forces 4) Strong Nuclear Forces
72. The period of a satellite moving in circular orbit near the surface of a planet is independent of KEY :3
1) mass of the planet 2) radius of the planet 81. If S1 is surface satellite and S2 is geostationary satellite, with time periods T1 and T2, orbital
3) mass of the satellite 4) density of planet velocities V1 and V2,
KEY :3 1) T1 > T2; V1 >V2 2) T1 > T2; V1<V2
73. The motion of a planet around sun in an elliptical orbit is shown in the following figure. Sun is 3) T1 < T2; V1 <V2 4) T1 < T2; V1 >V2
situated on one focus. The shaded areas are equal. If the planet takes time ‘ t1 ’ and ‘ t2 ’ in KEY :4
82. Among the following find the wrong statement is
moving from A to B and from C to D respectively, then
1) Law of gravitation is framed using Newton’s third law of motion
D C 2) Law of gravitation cannot explain why gravity exists
3) Law of gravitation does not explain the presence of force even when the particles are not in physical
S contact
4) When the range is long, gravitational force becomes repulsive.
A B
KEY :4
1) t1 > t2 2) t1 < t2 3) t1 = t2 4) incomplete information 83. The following statement is correct about the motion of earth satellite.
KEY :3 1) It is always accelerating towards the earth
74. Two identical trains A and B move with equal speeds on parallel tracks along the equator. A 2) There is no force acting on the satellite
moves from east to west and B moves from west to east. Which train will exert greater force 3) Move away from the earth normally to the orbit
on the track? 4) Fall down on to the earth
1) A 2) B 3) they will exert equal force KEY :1
4) The mass and the speed of each train must be known to reach a conclusion. 84. Two satellites of masses m1 and m2 (m1 > m2) are revolving around earth in circular orbits of
KEY :1 radii r1 and r2 (r1 > r2) respectively. Which of the following statements is true regarding their
75. Out of the following statements, the one which correctly describes a satellite orbiting about velocities V1 and V2.
the earth is V V
4) r  r
1 2

1) There is no force acting on the satellite 1) V1 = V2 2) V1 < V2 3) V1 > V2

1 2

2) The acceleration and velocity of the satellite are roughly in the same direction KEY :2
3) The satellite is always accelerating about the earth 85. If the area swept by the line joining the sun and the earth from Feb 1 to Feb 7 is ‘A’, then the
4) The satellite must fall, back to earth when its fuel is exhausted. area swept by the radius vector from Feb 8 to Feb 28 is
KEY :3 1) A 2) 2A 3) 3A 4) 4A
76. Out of the following interactions weakest is KEY :3
1) gravitational 2) electromagnetic 3) nuclear 4) electrostatic 86. An earth satellite is moved from one stable circular orbit to another larger and stable circular
KEY :1 orbit. The following quantities increase for the satellite as a result of this change
77. When an astronaut goes out of his space-ship into the space he will 1) gravitational potential energy 2) angular velocity
1) Fall freely on the earth 2) Go upwards 3) linear orbital velocity 4) centripetal acceleration
3) Continue to move along with the satellite in the same orbit. 4) Go spiral to the earth KEY :1
KEY :3 87. Average density of the earth (2005A)
78. If a satellite is moved from one stable circular orbit to a farther stable circular orbit, then the 1) does not depend on ‘g’ 2) is a complex function of ‘g’
following quantity increases 3) is directly proportional to ‘g’ 4) is inversely proportional to ‘g’
1) Gravitational force 2) Gravitational P.E. KEY :3
3) linear orbital speed 4) Centripetal acceleration 88. Two artificial satellites are revolving in the same circular orbit. Then they must have the same

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1) Mass 2) Angular momentum 1) 100:1 2) 1:100 3) 1:1 4) 10:1
3) Kinetic energy 4) Period of revolution KEY :3
KEY :4 98. Two similar satellite s1 and s2 of same mass ‘m’ have completely inelastic collision while
89. Two identical spherical masses are kept at some distance. Potential energy when a mass ‘m’
orbiting earth in the same circular orbit in opposite direction then
is taken from the surface of one sphere to the other
1) total energy of satellites and earth system become zero
1) increases continuously 2) decreases continuously
2) the satellites stick together and fly into space
3) first increases, then decreases 4) first decreases, then increases
3) the combined mass falls vertically down
KEY :3
4) the satellites move in opposite direction
90. Six particles each of mass ‘m’ are placed at the corners of a regular hexagon of edge length
KEY :3
‘a’. If a point mass ‘ m0 ’ is placed at the centre of the hexagon, then the net gravitational force 99. For a planet revolving round the sun, when it is nearest to the sun is
on the point mass is 1) K.E. is min and P.E. is max. 2) Both K.E. and P.E. are min
3) K.E. is max. and P.E. is min 4) K.E. and P.E. are equal
6Gm2 6Gmm0 6Gm
1) 2) 3) zero 4) KEY :3
a2 a2 a4 100. Consider earth to be a homogeneous sphere. Scientist A goes deep down in a mine and scientist
KEY :3 B goes high up in a balloon. The gravitational field measured by
91. An artificial satellite of the earth releases a packet If air resistance is neglected, the point 1) A goes on decreasing and that of B goes on increasing
where the packet will hit, will be 2) B goes on decreasing and that of A goes on increasing
1) ahead 2) exactly below 3) behind 4) it will never reach the earth 3) Each decreases at the same rate
KEY :4 4) Each decreases at different rates.
92. A satellite in vacuum KEY :4
1) is kept in orbit by solar energy 2) previous energy from gravitational field 101. When projectile attains escape velocity, then on the surface of planet , its
3) by remote control 4) No energy is required for revolving 1) KE  PE 2) PE  KE 3) KE  PE 4) KE  2 PE
KEY :4 KEY :3
93. The gravitational field is a conservative field. The work done in this field by moving an object 102. The orbit of geo-stationary satellite is circular, the time period of satellite depends on (2008 E)
from one point to another 1) mass of the Earth 2) radius of the orbit
1) depends on the end-points only 3) height of the satellite from the surface of Earth 4) all the above
2) depends on the path along which the object is moved KEY :4
3) depends on the end-points as well as the path between the points. 103. A gravitation field is present in a region. A point mass is shifted from A to B, along different
4) is not zero when the object is brought back to its initial position.
paths shown in the figure. If W1 , W2 and W3 represent the work done by gravitational force for
KEY :1
94. Two heavenly bodies s1 & s2 not far off from each other, revolve in orbit respective paths, then
1) around their common centre of mass Path 1
2) s1 is fixed and s2 revolves around s1
3) s2 is fixed and s1 revolves around s2 Path 2
A B
4) cannot say
KEY :1 Path 3

95. A body of mass 5 kg is taken into space. Its mass becomes.

1) W1  W2  W3 2) W1  W2  W3 3) W1  W3  W2 4) none of these
1) 5 kg 2) 10 kg 3) 2 kg 4) 30 kg
KEY :1 KEY :1
104. The orbital angular velocity vector of a geo-stationary satellite and the spin angular velocity
96. If V , T , L, K and r denote speed, time period, angular momentum, kinetic energy and radius
vector of the earth are
of satellite in circular orbit 1) always in the same direction 2) always in opposite direction
a) V  r 1 b) L r 1/ 2 c) T  r 3/ 2 d) K r 2 3) always mutually perpendicular 4) inclined at 23 1/20 to each other
1) a,b are true 2) b,c are true 3) a,b,d are true 4) a,b,c are true KEY :1
KEY :2 105. Repulsive force exist between two protons out side the nucleus this due to
97. Two satellites are revolving around the earth in circular orbits of same radii. Mass of one 1) Gravitational Forces 2) Electro magnetic Forces
satellite is 100 times that of the other. Then their periods of revolution are in the ratio 3) Weak Nuclear Forces 4) Strong Nuclear Forces
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
KEY :2
106. Radio activity decay exist due to
::PRACTICE BITS ::
1) Gravitational Forces 2) Electro magnetic Forces 1. A planet revolves round the sun in an elliptical orbit of semi minor and semi major axes x and
3) Weak Nuclear Forces 4) Strong Nuclear Forces y respectively. Then the time period of revolution is proportional to
KEY :3 3 3 3 3
1)  x  y  2 2)  y  x  2 3) x 2 4) y 2
107. It is not possible to keep a geo-stationary satellite over Delhi. Since Delhi
1) is not present in A.P 2) is capital of India KEY:4
3) is not in the equatorial plane of the earth 4) is near Agra. HINT:
KEY :3 From Kepler’s 3rd law,
108. If the area swept by the line joining the sun and the earth from Feb 1 to Feb 7 is ‘A’, then the
area swept by the radius vector from Feb 8 to Feb 28 is T 2 r 3
1) A 2) 2A 3) 3A 4) 4A 2. The moon revolves round the earth 13 times in one year. If the ratio of sun-earth distance to
KEY :3 earth-moon distance is 392, then the ratio of masses of sun and earth will be
109. The angle between the equatorial plane and the orbital plane of geo-stationary satellite is 1) 365 2) 365x10-12 3) 3.56x105 4) 1
1) 450 2) 00 3) 900 4) 600 KEY:3
KEY :2
HINT
110. The angle between the equatorial plane and the orbital plane of a polar satellite is
1) 450 2) 00 3) 900 4) 600 r3
From Kepler’s 3rd law, T 
2
KEY :3 M
111. Law of gravitation is not applicable if
3. An artificial satellite is revolving around the earth in a circular orbit. Its velocity is one-third of
A) Velocity of moving objects are comparable to velocity of light
the escape velocity. Its height from the earth’s surface is (in Km)
B) Gravitational field between objects whose masses are greater than the mass of sun.
1) A is true, B is false 2) A is false, B is true 1) 22400 2) 12800 3) 3200 4) 1600
3) Both A & B are true 4) Both A&B are false KEY:1
KEY :3 HINT
112. Which of the following quantities remain constant in a planetary motion, when seen from the
1 2 mgh
surface of the sun. mv 
2 h
1) K.E 2) angular speed 1
3) speed 4) Angular momentum R

KEY :4 OA
4. The Earth moves around the Sun in an elliptical orbit as shown in the figure. The ratio  x.
OB
Then ratio of the speed of the Earth at B and at A is nearly
B Earth
o A
Sun

1) x 2) x 3) x x 4) x 2
KEY:2
HINT
From conservation of angular momentum
mvr=constant, v1r1=v2r2
5. The period of moon’s rotation around the earth is nearly 29 days. If moon’s mass were 2 fold
its present value and all other things remain unchanged, the period of moon’s rotation would
be nearly (in days)
1) 29 2 2) 29 / 2 3) 29 3 4) 29

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

KEY:4 KEY:1
HINT HINT
Time period does not depend upon the mass of the satellite
T 2 4 2
6. A spaceship is launched into a circular orbit of radius ‘R’ close to the surface of earth. The Slope   (From Kepler’s 3rd law)
R 3 GM
additional velocity to be imparted to the spaceship in the orbit to overcome the earth’s
gravitational pull is (g = acceleration due to gravity)
10. The ratio of Earth’s orbital momentum (about sun) to its mass is 4.4x1015m2s-1. The area enclosed
1) 1.414Rg 2) 1.414 Rg 3) 0.414Rg 4) 0.414 gR by the earth’s orbit is approximately
KEY:4 1) 1x1022m2 2) 3x1022m2 3) 5x1022m2 4) 7x1022m2
HINT KEY:4
V  Ve  V0  2 gR  gR  gR  
2 1
HINT
Areal velocity = Area swept/time for one revolution of earth about sun
7. If the mass of earth were 2 times the present mass, the mass of the moon were half the present So, Area = (Areal velocity)(Time period)
mass and the moon were revolving round the earth at the same present distance, the time
period of revolution of the moon would be (in days) L
  365  86400
2m
1) 56 2) 28 3) 14 2 4) 7
KEY:3
HINT
11. Two identical spheres each of radius R are placed with their centres at a distance nR, where n
r3 is integer greater than 2. The gravitational force between them will be proportional to
From Kepler’s 3rd law, T  2 1) 1/R4 2) 1/R2 3) R2 4) R4
GM
KEY:4
HINT
8. If the Earth shrinks such that its density becomes 8 times to the present value, then new
duration of the day in hours will be (2008M) Gm1m2 4
F ; Here m   R
3

1) 24 2) 12 3) 6 4) 3 R2 3
KEY:3 12. The K.E. of a satellite in an orbit close to the surface of the earth is E. Its max K.E. so as to
HINT escape from the gravitational field of the earth is.
Given m1=m2  V1d1=V2d2 1) 2E 2) 4E 3) 2 2 E 4) 2E
 R13d1  R23d 2  R1  2 R2 KEY:1
From law of conservation of angular momentum HINT
T2 R 
2
K e 2 gR
I 1 1  I 2 2   2    Ke  2K0
T1  R1  K0 gR
13. A satellite is orbiting round the earth. If both gravitational force and centripetal force on the
9. If a graph is plotted between T2 and r3 for a planet then, its slope will be satellite is F, then, net force acting on the satellite to revolve round the earth is
1) F/2 2) F 3) 2F 4) Zero
T2
KEY:2
HINT
 r3 Gravitational force provides centripetal force.
14. Mass M=1 unit is divided into two parts X and (1-X). For a given separation the value of X for
4 2 GM which the gravitational force between them becomes maximum is
1) 2) 3) 4 GM 4) Zero
GM 4 2 1) 1/2 2) 3/5 3) 1 4) 2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
KEY:1 KEY:2
HINT HINT
G  m1  x mx 1 m2 d eff
F is maximum when x  x ; Here d eff  9 R
R2 2 m1  m2
15. Gravitational force between two point masses m and M separated by a distance is F. Now if
point mass 3m is placed next to m, the total force on M will be 20. Two particles each of mass ‘m’ are placed at A and C are such AB=BC=L. The gravitational
1) F 2) 2F 3) 3F 4) 4F force on the third particle placed at D at a distance L on the perpendicular bisector of the line
KEY:4 AC is
HINT
Gm2 Gm2 Gm 2 Gm 2
GMm GM  m  2m  1) along BD 2)
2 L2
along DB 3) along AC 4) along BD
F ;F '  L2 L2 E2
r2 r2
KEY:2
HINT
16. If the distance between the sun and the earth is increased by three times, then the gravitational
force between the two will Gm2
F '  2F , F 
1) remain constant 2) decrease by 63% 3) increase by 63% 4) decrease by 89% 2 L2
KEY:4 21. If g on the surface of the earth is 9.8 m / s 2 , its value at a height of 6400 km is (Radius of the
HINT earth = 6400km).
Gm1m2 1) 4.9ms–2 2) 9.8ms–2 3)2.45ms–2 4)19.6ms–2
F
R2 KEY:3
17. Energy required to shift a body of mass ‘m’ from an orbit of radius 2R and 3R is (2002A) HINT

GMm GMm GMm GMm gh R2

1) 2) 3) 4) 
12 R 3R 2 8R 6R g  R  h 2
KEY:1
22. If g on the surface of the earth is 9.8ms 2 , its value at a depth of 3200km (Radius of the earth
HINT
= 6400km) is
GMm  1 1  1) 9.8ms 2 2) zero 3) 4.9ms 2 4) 2.45ms 2
W  T .E2  T .E1    
2  r2 r1  KEY:3
18. The orbital speed of geostationary satellite is HINT
1) 8km/sec from west to east 2) 11.2km/sec from east to west  d
g '  g 1  
3) 3.1km/sec from west to east 4) zero  R
KEY:3 23. If mass of the planet is 10% less than that of earth and radius of the planet is 20% greater
HINT than that of earth then the weight of 40kg person on that planet is
1) 10 kg wt 2) 25 kg wt 3) 40 kg wt 4)60 kg wt
V0  g  R  h 
KEY:2
19. Two lead balls of masses m and 5m having radii R and 2R are separated by 12R. If they HINT
attract each other by gravitational force, the distance covered by small sphere before they
touch each other is GM M
g  g 2
1) 10 R 2) 7.5 R 3) 9 R 4) 2.5 R R2 R

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

24. The angular velocity of the earth with which it has to rotate so that the acceleration due to KEY:3
gravity on 600 latitude becomes zero is HINT
1) 2.5 103 rad s 1 2) 1.5 103 rad s 1 3) 4.5 103 rad s 1 4) 0.5 10 3 rad s 1 4
g   GR   g  R 
KEY:1 3
HINT
g  R cos   0, given   600 , Find 
2 2 29. The acceleration due to gravity at the latitude 45 0 on the earth becomes zero if the angular
velocity of rotation of earth is
25. A satellite is launched into a circular orbit of radius R around the earth. A second satellite is
launched into an orbit of radius 1.01 R. The time period of the second satellite is larger than 2 2g 5R
that of the first one by approximately 1) 2) 2gR 3) 4)
gR R 2
1) 0.5% 2) 1.5% 3) 1% 4) 3%
KEY:3
KEY:2
HINT
HINT
T 3 r 2g
T  R 3/ 2   100   100 0  g  R 2 cos 2 450   
T 2 r R
30. Acceleration due to gravity on moon is 1/6 of the acceleration due to gravity on earth. If the
26. The value of acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth is x. At an altitude of ‘h’ from ratio of densities of earth and moon is 5/3, then radius of moon in terms of radius of earth will
the surface of earth, its value is y. If R is the radius of earth, then the value of h is be
5 1 3 1
 x   y  y x 1) Re 2) Re 3) Re 4) Re
1)  y  1 R 2)  x  1 R 3) R 4) R 18 6 18 2 3
    x y
KEY:1
KEY:1 HINT
HINT
4
GM GM g   GR   g  R 
x ,y  3
 R  h
2
R2
27. The height at which the value of acceleration due to gravity becomes 50% of that at the 31. The point at which the gravitational force acting on any mass is zero due to the earth and the
surface of the earth. (Radius of the earth=6400km) is moon system is. (The mass of the earth is approximately 81 times the mass of the moon and
1) 2650 2) 2430 3) 2250 4) 2350 the distance between the earth and the moon is 3,85,000km.)
KEY:1 1) 36,000km from the moon 2) 38,500km from the moon
HINT 3) 34500km from the moon 4) 30,000 from the moon
KEY:2
GM g HINT
g'  g' 
 R  h
2 2
 h
1   d
 R x
distance of null point
m2
1
28. The radius and density of two artificial satellites are R1, R2 and 1 ,  2 respectively. The ratio m1
of acceleration due to gravity on them will be
32. Two satellite M and N go around the earth in circular orbits at heights of RM and RN respectively
R2  2 R1 2 R1 1 R2 1 from the surface of the earth. Assuming the earth to be a uniform sphere of radius RE, the ratio
1) R  2) R  3) R  4) R 
1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 VM
of velocities of the satellite V is
N
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
2 HINT
 RM  RN  RE RN  RE RN
1)   2) RM  RE
3) R  R 4) mgh
 RN  M E RM GPE  ; 27) W  m  V   KE
h
KEY:2 1
R
GM 1 37. A person brings a mass 2 kg from A to B. The increase in kinetic energy of mass is 4J and work
HINT V0  Rh
 V0 
Rh
done by the person on the mass is -10J. The potential difference between B and A is .......J/kg
33. Masses 2 kg and 8 kg are 18 cm apart. The point where the gravitational field due to them is 1) 4 2) 7 3) -3 4) -7
zero is KEY:4
1) 6 cm from 8 kg mass 2) 6 cm from 2 kg mass HINT
3) 1.8 cm from 8 kg mass 4) 9 cm from each mass 38. The work done in shifting a particle of mass ‘m’ from the centre of earth to the surface of the
KEY:2 earth is
HINT
1
1) –mgR 2) mgR 3) zero 4) mgR
d 2
x
distance of null point
m2 KEY:2
1
m1 HINT
mgh
34. Particles of masses m1 and m2 are at a fixed distance apart. If the gravitational field strength W  GPE2  GPE1 ; GPE 
  1
h
at m1 and m2 are I 1 and I 2 respectively. Then, R
   
1) m1 I1  m2 I 2  0 2) m1 I 2  m2 I1  0 39. The figure shows two shells of masses m1 and m2 . The shells are concentric. At which point, a
    particle of mass m shall experience zero force?
3) m1 I1  m2 I 2  0 4) m1 I 2  m2 I1  0 m1
m2
KEY:1 1) A 2) B 3) C 4) D
HINT
KEY:4 D C B A
 Gm  Gm
I1  2 2 and I 2   2 1 HINT
d d The gravitational field intensity at a point inside the spherical shell is zero.
35. A satellite of mass ‘m’ revolves round the earth of mass ‘M’ in a circular orbit of radius‘r’ with
an angular velocity ‘  ’. If the angular velocity is  /8 then the radius of the orbit will be 40. Escape velocity of a body of 1kg mass on a planet is 100 m/s. Gravitational potential energy of
1) 4r 2) 2r 3) 8r 4) r the body at the plane is
KEY:1 1) -5000J 2) -1000J 3) -2400J 4) 5000J
HINT KEY:1
HINT
1
From Kepler’s 3rd law, T  r   
2 3 2

r3 2GM GM
ve   100   5000
36. A body of mass ‘m’ is raised from the surface of the earth to a height ‘nR’ (R -radius of earth). R R
Magnitude of the change in the gravitational potential energy of the body is (g - acceleration
GMm
due to gravity on the surface of earth) (2007M)  PE U     5000 J
R
 n   n 1  mgR mgR
1)  mgR 2)  mgR 3) 4) n 1 41. If three particles, each of mass M are placed at the three corners of an equilateral triangle of

 n 1 

 n  n   side a, the force exerted by this system on another particle of mass M placed (i) at the midpoint
KEY:1 of a side and (ii) at the centre of the triangle are, respectively.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2 2 2 2 HINT
4GM 4GM 3GM GM
1) 0, 2) ,0 3) , 2 4) 0, 0
3a 2 3a 2 a2 a Ve  R  ;
KEY:2
46. An object of mass ‘m’ is at rest on earth’s surface. Escape speed of this object is Ve . Same
HINT
Find individual forces and calculate resultant object is orbiting earth with h  R then escape speed is Ve1 . Then
Gm1m2 1) Ve1 2) Ve  2Ve1 3) Ve  2Ve1 4) Ve1  2Ve
Use F 
R2
KEY:3
HINT
42. The ratio of escape velocities of two planets if g value on the two planets are 9.9m / s 2 and
1 2 GM
3.3m / s 2 and their radii are 6400km and 3200km respectively is 36) 2 mv0  R  h  O
 
1) 2.36 : 1 2) 1.36 : 1 3) 3.36 : 1 4) 4.36 : 1
KEY:1 1
HINT 47. A satellite revolves in a circular orbit with speed V  Ve . If satellite is suddenly stopped and
3
Ve  2 gR  Ve  gR allowed to fall freely onto earth, the speed with which it hits earth’s surface is

gR 2
1) gR 2) 3) 2gR 4) gR
43. The distance of Neptune and saturn from the Sun are respectively. 10 13 and 1012 meters and 3 3
KEY:4
their periodic times are respectively Tn and Ts. If their orbits are circular, the value of Tn/Ts is HINT
1
1) 100 2) 10 10 3) 4) 10 V  Ve2  2V02
10 10
48. A space station is set up in space at a distance equal to earth’s radius from the surface of
KEY:2
HINT earth. Suppose a satellite can be launched from the space station also. Let v1 and v2 be the
escape velocities of the satellite on the earth’s surface and space station respectively. Then
3
T1  r2  2
1) v2  v1 2) v2  v1 3) v2  v1
From Kepler’s 3rd law, T  r ,  
2 3

T2  r1  4) 1, 2 and 3 are valid depending on the mass of satellite.

44. The escape velocity from the surface of the earth of radius R and density  KEY:2
HINT
2  G 2  G R 2 G  From the surface of earth
1) 2 R 2) 2 3) 2 4)
3 3 g R2
2GM
KEY:1 Escape velocity v1 
R
HINT
1 2 GMm
2GM 4 3 mv2  0
Ve  but M   R  2 2R
R 3
45. The escape velocity from the earth is 11 km/sec. The escape velocity from a planet having
49. A man weight ‘W’ on the surface of earth and his weight at a height ‘R” from surface of earth
twice the radius and same density as earth is (in km/sec)
is (R is Radius of earth)
1) 22 km/sec 2) 15.5 km/sec 3) 11 km/sec 4) 5.5 km/sec
KEY:1 W W
1) 2) 3) W 4) 4W
4 2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
KEY:1
ve2 K 2ve2 v  R 2
HINT    e
2 2 2 R  h
2
 R  W 53. Two different artificial satellites orbiting with same time period around the earth having angular
W  mg ;W '  mg   
 Rh 4 moment 2:1. The ratio of masses of the satellites is
50. A satellite moving in a circular path of radius ‘r’ around earth has a time period T. If its radius 1) 2:1 2) 1:2 3) 1:1 4) 1:3
slightly increases by 4%, then percentage change in its time period is KEY:1
1) 1% 2) 6% 3) 3% 4) 9% HINT
KEY:2
dA L
HINT:  =constant. (From Kepler’s 2nd law)
dt 2m
T 3 R 54. If the radius of earth shrinks by 0.2% without any change in its mass, escape velocity from the
T 2 r 3 ,  100   100
T 2 R surface of the earth
51. If a rocket is fired with a velocity, V  2 gR near the earth’s surface and goes upwards, its 1) increases by 0.2% 2) decreases by 0.2%
3) increases by 0.1% 4) increases by 0.4%
speed in the inter-stellar space is
KEY:3
1) 4 gR 2) 2gR 3) gR 4) 4gR HINT
KEY:2
2GM
HINT ve 
R
According to the law of conservation of energy
1 ve 1  R 
T .E surface  T .E int er stellarspace  ve    100     100 
R ve 2 R 
GMm 1 2 1 55. If ‘A’ is areal velocity of a planet of mass M, its angular momentum is
  mv  0  mv12
R 2 2
1) M/A 2) 2MA 3) A2 M 4) AM 2
1
  1 2 KEY:2
2
 mgR  m 2 gR  mv1
2 2 HINT:
1 2 dA L
 mv1  mgR  v12  2 R  V1  2 gR 
2 dt 2 M
52. A pr oj ectile is fir ed ver tically upwar ds fr om the sur face of the ear th with a velocity K ve, where 56. If d the distance between the centres of the earth of mass M1 and moon of mass M2, then the
Ve is the escape velocity and K<1. If R is the radius of the earth, the maximum height to which velocity with which a body should be projected from the mid point of the line joining the earth
it will rise measured from the centre of the earth will be (neglect air resistance) and the moon, so that it just escape is
1 K2 R R G  M1  M 2  G  M1  M 2 
3) R 1  K 
2
1) 2) 4) 1) 2)
R 1 K2 1 K2 d 2d
KEY:2
HINT 2G  M 1  M 2  4G  M 1  M 2 
3) 4)
According to the law of conservation of energy d d
GMm 1 GMm KEY:4
  mK 2ve2   0
R 2 Rh HINT
Using law of conservation of energy,
2GM
ve2  1 2 2GM
R mve   M1  M 2 
2 d

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

KEY:1
57. If ‘ve’ is the escape velocity of a body from a planet of mass ‘M’ and radius ‘R’. Then the HINT
velocity of the satellite revolving at a height ‘h’ from the surface of the planet will be GM 1
Ve   Ve 
r r
R 2R Rh R
1) ve 2) ve 3) 4) ve 2 R  h
62. Two masses ‘M’ and ‘4M’ are at a distance ‘r’ apart on the line joining them, ‘P’ is point where
Rh Rh R the resultant gravitational force is zero (such a point is called as null point). The distance of ‘P’
KEY:4 from the mass ‘M’ is
HINT r r 2r 4r
1) 2) 3) 4)
2GM GM 5 3 3 5
ve  ,v 
R Rh KEY:2
HINT
v R R
   v  ve d
ve 2 R  h 2 R  h x
m2
1
m1
58. A particle falls towards earth from infinity. The velocity with which it reaches earth’s surface is
63. Let ‘A’ be the area swept by the line joining the earth and the sun during Feb 2012. The area
1) v  2 gR 2) v  2 gR 3) v  gR 4) v  R / g swept by the same line during the first week of that month is
KEY:2 1) A/4 2) 7A/29 3) A 4) 7A/30
HINT KEY:2
HINT:
The projecting body having same final velocity to reach projecting place. So, v  2 gR
For 29 days - A, For 1 day - A/29,
59. Two spheres of masses m and M are situated in air and the gravitational force between them
For 1 week -7A/29,
is F. The space between the masses is now filled with a liquid of specific gravity 3. The
64. Three identical particle each of mass “m” are arranged at the corners of an equilateral triangle
gravitational force will now be
of side “L”. If they are to be in equilibrium, the speed with which they must revolve under the
F F influence of one another’s gravity in a circular orbit circumscribing the triangle is
1) 2) 3F 3) F 4)
9 3
3Gm Gm Gm 3Gm
KEY:3 1) 2) 3) 4)
L L 3L L2
HINT
Gravitational force does not depend upon the medium between the masses. KEY:2
60. Assume that the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the moon is 0.2 times the HINT
acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth. If R e is the maximum range of a mv 2 Gm1m2 L
projectile on the earth's surface, what is the maximum range on the surface of the moon for 3F  ;F  and r 
r L2 3
the same velocity of projection
65. Two satellites are revolving round the earth at different heights. The ratio of their orbital
1) 0.2 Re 2) 2 Re 3) 0.5 R e 4) 5 Re
speeds is 2 : 1. If one of them is at a height of 100km, the height of the other satellite is
KEY:4
1) 19600km 2) 24600km 3) 29600km 4) 14600km
HINT
KEY:1
u2 1 HINT
Rmax   Rmax 
g g GM 1
Ve   Ve 
Rh Rh
61. The orbital speed for an earth satellite near the surface of the earth is 7 km/sec. If the radius
of the orbit is 4 times the radius of the earth, the orbital speed would be 66. A satellite of mass m revolves around the earth of radius R at a height x from its surface. If g
is the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth, the orbital speed of the satellite
1) 3.5 km/sec 2) 7 km/sec 3) 7 2 km/sec 4) 14 km/sec
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
is [AIEEE-2004] 71. Two satellites P, Q are revolving around earth in different circular orbits. The velocity of P is
1/ 2
twice the velocity of Q. If the height of P from earth’s surface is 1600 km. The radius of orbit
 gR 2  gR 2 gR of Q is (radius of earth R =6400 km).
1) gx 2)   3) 4)
Rx Rx Rx 1) 1600 km 2) 20000 km 3) 32000 km 4) 40000 km
KEY:3
KEY:2
HINT
HINT
Given, vP  2vQ
GM gR 2
V0  
Rh Rx
GM GM
67. A body is projected vertically up from surface of the earth with a velocity half of escape velocity. 2  rQ  4rP
rP rQ
The ratio of its maximum height of ascent and radius of earth is
1) 1 : 1 2) 1 : 2 3) 1 : 3 4) 1 : 4 72. A planet is revolving around the sun. Its distance from the sun at apogee is r A and that at
KEY:1 perigee is rp. The masses of planet and sun are ‘m’ and M respectively, V A is the velocity of
HINT planet at apogee and VP is at perigee respectively and T is the time period of revolution of
planet round the sun, then identify the wrong answer.
R
h Here n=2 2 3
n2  1 1) T 2   rA  rP 
3
2) T 
2
 rA  rP 
3

2GM 2GM
68. The PE of three objects of masses 1kg, 2kg and 3kg placed at the three vertices of an 3) VA rA  VP rP 4) VA  VP ; rA  rP
equilateral triangle of side 20cm is KEY:1
1) 25G 2) 35G 3) 45G 4) 55G HINT
KEY:4
3
HINT 4 2  rA  rP   rA  rP 
T2   r  
Gm1m2 GM  2   2 
GPE U   Use, U net  U1  U 2  U 3
r12 By the law of conservation of angular momentum VA rA  VP rP
69. If the mass of one particle is increased by 50% and the mass of another particle is decreased 73. Suppose the gravitational force varies inversely as the n th power of distance, then the time
by 50% the force between them period of a planet in circular orbit of radius ‘R’ around the sun will be proportional to
1) decreases by 25% 2) decreases by 75% 3) increases by 25% 4) does not change (2004A)
KEY:1  n 1   n2   n 1 
1)   2)   3) Rn 4)  
HINT R 2 
R 2 
R 2 

KEY:1
 m1  m2 
m1m2  m1   m2   HINT
and F2  G 
2  2 
F1  G
d2 d2 k
F , F  mr 2
rn
70. An astronaut orbiting in a spaceship round the earth has a centripetal acceleration of 2.45m / s 2 . 74. A satellite moves around the earth in a circular orbit with speed ‘V’. If ‘m’ is mass of the
The height of spaceship from earth’s surface is (R= radius of earth) satellite then its total energy is

1) 3R 2) 2R 3) R 4) R / 2 1 1 3
1) mv2 2) mv2 3) – mv2 4) mv2
KEY:3 2 2 2
HINT KEY:3
HINT
gR 2
a ; 1
 R  h
2
TE   KE   mv 2
2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

75. The mass of a planet is half that of the earth and the radius of the planet is one fourth that of
1 2 mgh
earth. If we plan to send an artificial satellite from the planet, the escape velocity will be, mv 
2 h
(Ve=11kms-1) 1
R
1) 11kms-1 2) 5.5kms-1 3) 15.55kms-1 4) 7.78kms-1
KEY:3 80. Three particles of equal mass ‘m’ are situated at the vertices of an equilateral triangle of side
‘L. The work done in increasing the side of the triangle to 2L is
HINT
2G 2 m Gm 2 3Gm 2 3Gm 2
2GM M 1) 2) 3) 4)
ve   ve  2L 2L 2L L
R R
KEY:3
76. Two satellites of masses 400 kg, 500 kg are revolving around earth in different circular orbits
HINT
of radii r1, r2 such that their kinetic energies are equal. The ratio of r1 to r2 is
1) 4 : 5 2) 16 : 25 3) 5 : 4 4) 25 : 16 3Gm2
Initial potential energy U i 
KEY:1 L
HINT 3Gm 2
Final potential energy U f  
GMm m 2L
KE   KE   m  r
2r r
3Gm 2  3Gm 2  3Gm 2
77. The kinetic energy needed to project a body of mass m from earth’s surface (radius R) to W  U f  Ui    
infinity is 2L  L  2L

mgR mgR 81. The time of revolution of planet A round the sun is 8 times that of another planet B. The
1) 2) 2mgR 3) mgR 4) distance of planet A from the sun is how many times greater than that of the planet B from the
2 4
sun
KEY:3 1) 2 2) 3 3) 4 4) 5
HINT KEY:3
1 HINT:
KE 
mVe2
2 3

78. The work done to increase the radius of orbit of a satellite of mass ‘m’ revolving around a T1  r2  2
From Kepler’s 3rd law, T  r ,  
2 3
planet of mass M from orbit of radius R in to another orbit of radius 3R is T2  r1 
2GMm GMm GMm GMm 82. A small body is at a distance ‘r’ from the centre of mercury, where ‘r’ is greater than the radius
1) 2) 3) 4)
3R 3R 6R 24 R of Mercury. The energy required to shift the body from r to 2r measured from the centre is E.
KEY:2 The energy required to shift it from 2r or 3r will be
HINT E E E
Workdone = change in TE 1) E 2) 3) 4)
2 3 4
GMm GMm KEY:3
Workdone= 
2R 6R HINT
79. A stone is dropped from a height equal to nR, where R is the radius of the earth, from the E  U 2  U1
surface of the earth. The velocity of the stone on reaching the surface of the earth is
GMm GMm GMm
2 gnR   
2 g  n  1 R 2 gR 2R R 2R
1) 2) 3) 4) 2 gnR
n n 1 n 1
GMm GMm GMm
KEY:3 E'    
3R 2R 6R
HINT
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
83. By what percent the energy of the satellite has to be increased to shift it from an orbit of From conservation of angular momentum vr=Constant.
3r 88. A small body is initially at a distance ‘r’ from the centre of earth. ‘r’ is greater than the radius
radius ‘r’ to of the earth. If it takes W joule of work to move the body from this position to another position
2
at a distance 2r measured from the centre of earth, how many joules would be required to
1) 66.7% 2) 33.3% 3) 15% 4) 20.3%
move it from this position to a new position at a distance of 3r from the centre of the earth.
KEY:2
1) W/5 2) W/3 3) W/2 4) W/6
HINT
KEY:2
GMm GMm GMm HINT
E W  E2  E1  , E2 
2r 2r1 2r2
Gm1m2
84. The gravitational force between two bodies is 6.67x10 -7N when the distance between their W  GPEe  GPE1 Here, GPE  r12
centres is 10m. If the mass of first body is 800 kg, then the mass of second body is
1) 1000 kg 2) 1250 kg 3) 1500 kg 4) 2000 kg
KEY:2 89. The escape velocity of a planet having mass 6 times and radius 2 times as that of earth is
HINT 1) 3ve 2) 3ve 3) 2v 4) 2ve

Gm1m2 Fg  R 2 KEY:1
Fg   m2  HINT
R2 Gm1
85. At what height from the surface of earth, the total energy of satellite is equal to its potential vP M P Re

energy at a height 2R from the surface of earth (R=radius of earth) ve M e RP
1) 2R 2) R/2 3) R/4 4) 4R
KEY:2
90. The K.E. of a satellite in an orbit close to the surface of the earth is E. Its max K.E. so as to
HINT
escape from the gravitational field of the earth is.
GMm  GMm 
 r  R  h 1) 2E 2) 4E 3) 2 2 E 4) 2E
2r  3R 
KEY:1
86. A geo-stationary satellite is orbiting the earth at a height 6R above the surface of the earth, HINT
where R is the radius of earth. The time period of another satellite revolving around earth
at a height 2.5R from earth’s surface is K e 2 gR
  Ke  2K0
1) 12 2hr 2) 12 hr 3) 6 2hr 4) 6 hr K0 gR
KEY:3
HINT

7R
3
T1 R13
  3
T2 R23  7R 
 
 2 
87. A planet moves around the sun. At a given point P, it is closest from the sun at a distance d1 and
has a speed V1. At another point Q, when it is farthest from the sun at a distance d 2, its speed ‘
will be
d12V1 d 2V1 d1V1 d 22V1
1) 2) d 3) d 4)
d2 1 2 d12
KEY:3
HINT

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

PREVIOUS JEE MAINS QUESTIONS & SOLUTIONS
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot a

3x x
Keplers Laws of Planetary Motion: Area of SadcS = x − 4
=4

1. Ifthe angular momentum ofa planet ofmass 𝐦, moving around the Sun in a circular orbit is 𝐋, AreaofSabcS 3x/4 t1
= =
about the center of the Sun, its areal velocity is: [9 Jan. 2019 I] AreaofSadcS x/4 t2

𝐋 𝟒𝐋 𝐋 𝟐𝐋 t1
(a) 𝐦 (b) (c) 𝟐𝐦 ‘ (d) t2
= 3 or, t1 = 3t 2
𝐦 𝐦

dA 3. India’s Mangalyan was sent to the Mars by launching it into a transfer orbit EOM around the
SOLUTION : (c) Areal velocity; dt sun. It leaves the earth at 𝐄 and meets Mars at M. Ifthe semi‐major axis of Earth’s orbit is
𝐚𝐞 = 𝟏. 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟏𝟏 𝐦, that ofMars orbit 𝐚𝐦 = 𝟐. 𝟐𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟏𝟏 𝐦, taken Kepler’s laws give the estimate
dA =
1 2
r d𝜃 oftime for Mangalyan to reach Mars from Earth to be close to: [Online April 9, 2014]
2

dA 1 L
=
dt 2 m

𝟏
2. Figure shows elliptical path abcd of a planet around thesun 𝐒 such that the area oftriangle csa is
𝟒

the area ofthe ellipse. (See figure) With db as the semimajor axis, and ca as the semiminor axis.
𝐈𝐟𝐭 𝟏 is the time taken for planet to go over path abc and 𝐭 𝟐 for path taken over cda then: (a) 500 days (b) 320 days (c) 260 days (d) 220 days
[Online April 9, 2016]
SOLUTION :’ (𝑏)

4. The time period of a satellite of earth is 5 hours. If the separation between the earth and the
satellite is increased to 4 times the previous value, the new time period will become [2003]

(a) 𝐭 𝟏 = 𝟒𝐭 𝟐 (b) 𝐭 𝟏 = 𝟐𝐭 𝟐 (c) 𝐭 𝟏 = 𝟑𝐭 𝟐 (d) 𝐭 𝟏 = 𝐭 𝟐 (a) 10 hours (b) 80 hours (c) 40 hours (d) 20 hours

SOLUTION : . (c) SOLUTION : ‘(c)

Let area ofellipse abcd = x According to Kepler’s law ofperiods 𝑇 2∝ 𝑅 3

x x 𝑇2 2 𝑅2 3
Area of SabcS = 2 + 4 (i. e., arc of abca +SacS) = = 5 × 23 = 40 hours
𝑇1 𝑅1

3x
(Area ofhalfellipse + Area oftriangle)= 4
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Newton’s Universal Law of Gravitation :
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝛤1 =
GM e m
r 21
and 𝛤2 =
GM e M s
r 22

5. A straight rod oflength 𝐋 extends from 𝒙 = 𝐚 tox = 𝐋 + 𝐚. The gravitational force it exerts on 2GM e m GM e M s
𝛥𝛤1 = r 31
𝛥r1 and 𝛥𝛤2 = r 32
𝛥r2
point mass 𝐦’ at 𝒙 = 𝟎, ifthe mass per unit length ofthe rod is 𝐀 + 𝐁𝒙𝟐, is givenby:
[12 Jan. 2019 I]
𝛥𝛤1 m𝛥r1 r23
=
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝛥𝛤2 r13 Ms 𝛥r2
(a) 𝐆𝐦 𝐀 − − 𝐁𝐋 (b) 𝐆𝐦 𝐀 − − 𝐁𝐋
𝐚+𝑳 𝐚 𝐚 𝐚+𝑳
Using 𝛥r1 = 𝛥r2 = 2R earth ; m = 8 × 1022 kg;
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
(c) 𝐆𝐦 𝐀 𝐚+𝑳
− 𝐚 + 𝐁𝐋 (d) 𝐆𝐦 𝐀 𝐚
− 𝐚+𝑳 + 𝐁𝐋 Ms = 2 × 1030 kg

SOLUTION : ‘. (d) r1 = 0.4 × 106 km and r2 = 150 × 106 km

Given = A + Bx 2 , 𝛥𝛤1
=2
𝛥𝛤2
Taking small element dm oflength dx at a distance x fromx = 0
7. Four particles, each ofmass 𝐌 and equidistant from each other, move along a circle ofradius 𝐑
under the action of their mutual gravitational attraction. The speed of each particle is: [2014]

𝐆𝐌 𝐆𝐌 𝐆𝐌 𝟏 𝐆𝐌
(a) 𝐑
(b) 𝟐 𝟐 𝐑
(c) 𝐑
𝟏+𝟐 𝟐 (d) 𝟐 𝐑
𝟏+𝟐 𝟐
a+L
Gm
⇒𝛤= A + Bx 2 dx SOLUTION : (d)
a x2

a+L 𝑀𝑣 2
A 2𝐹 cos 45∘ + 𝐹 ′ = (From figure)
= Gm − + Bx 𝑅
x a

𝐺𝑀 2 𝐺𝑀 2
1 1 Where 𝐹 = 2 and 𝐹 ′ =
= Gm A − + BL 2𝑅 4𝑅 2
a a+L

6. Take the mean distance ofthe moon and the sun from the earth to be 𝟎. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 km and 𝟏𝟓𝟎 ×
𝟏𝟎𝟔 km respectively. Their masses are 𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟐 𝐤𝐠 and 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑𝟎 kg respectively. The radius ofthe
earth is 6400 km. Let 𝜟𝜞𝟏 be the difference in the forces exerted bythe moon at the nearest and
farthest points on the earth and 𝜟𝜞𝟐 be the difference in the force exerted by the sun at the
𝜟𝑭
nearest and farthest points onthe earth. Then, the number closest to 𝜟𝑭𝟏 is:[Online Apri115, 2018]
𝟐

(a) 2 (b) 6 (c) 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 (d) 𝟎. 𝟔

SOLUTION : (a)
2×𝐺𝑀 2 𝐺𝑀 2 𝑀𝑣 2
⇒ 2 + 4𝑅 2
= 𝑅
2 𝑅 2
GMm
As we know, Gravitational force ofattraction, 𝛤 = R2

so, dm = 𝜆dx : dm = A + Bx 2 dx

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot d𝛤 =

Gmdm 9.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Two particles ofequal mass ‘m’ go arounda circle ofradius 𝑹 under the action oftheir mutual
x2 gravitational attraction. The speed ofeach particle with respect to their centre of mass is [2011 ]

𝐺𝑀 2 1 1 𝑮𝒎 𝑮𝒎 𝑮𝒎 𝑮𝒎
⇒ 𝑅 4
+ 2
= 𝑀𝑣 2 (a) 𝟒𝑹
(b) 𝟑𝑹
(c) 𝟐𝑹
(d) 𝑹

SOLUTION : (a)
𝐺𝑀 2+4 1 𝐺𝑀
𝑣= = 1+2 2
𝑅 4 2 2 𝑅 As two masses revolve about the common centre of mass 𝑂.

𝐑
Mutual gravitational attraction = centripetal force
8. From a sphere ofmass 𝐌 and radius 𝐑, a smaller sphere of radius 𝟐 is carved out such that the

cavity made in the original sphere is between its centre and the periphery (See figure). For the
configuration in the figure where the distance between the centre ofthe original sphere and the
removed sphere is 𝟑𝐑, the gravitational force between thetwo sphere is: [Online April 11, 2014]

Ifthe velocity ofthe two particles with respect to the centre of gravity is v then

𝑣= w R

𝟒𝟏𝐆𝐌𝟐 𝟒𝟏𝐆𝐌𝟐 𝟓𝟗𝐆𝐌𝟐 𝐆𝐌𝟐

(a) 𝟑𝟔𝟎𝟎𝐑𝟐 𝐛 𝐜 𝐝
𝟒𝟓𝟎𝐑𝟐 𝟒𝟓𝟎𝐑𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟓𝐑𝟐 𝐺𝑚 𝐺𝑚
𝑣= ×𝑅 =
4𝑅 3 4𝑅
SOLUTION : (a)

10. Two spherical bodies ofmass 𝑴 and 5M& radii 𝑹 & 𝟐𝑹 respectively are released in free space with
4 𝑅 3 4 1
Volume ofremoved sphere 𝑉remo = 𝜋 = 𝜋𝑅 3 initial separation between their centres equal to 12 𝑹. If they attract each other due to gravitational
3 2 3 8
force only, then the distance covered bythe smaller body just before collision is [2003]
4 4 1 4 7
Volume ofthe sphere(remaining) 𝑉remain = 3 𝜋𝑅 3 − 3 𝜋𝑅 3 8
= 3 𝜋𝑅 3 8
(a) 𝟐. 𝟓𝑹 (b) 𝟒. 𝟓𝑹 (c) 𝟕. 𝟓𝑹 (d) 𝟏. 𝟓𝑹

SOLUTION : (c)
1 7
Therefore mass of sphere carved and remaining sphere are at respectively 8 M and 8 M.
We know that Force =mass ×acceleration.

Therefore, gravitational force between these two sphere,

7𝑀 1
𝐺M𝑚 𝐺 8 × 8 𝑀 7𝐺𝑀2 41GM 2
𝐹= 2
= = =
𝑟 3𝑅 2 64 × 9𝑅 2 3600R2
The gravitational force acting on both the masses is the same. 𝐹1 = 𝐹2

𝑚𝑎1 = 𝑚𝑎2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 9𝑀
⇒ 95𝑀 =
5𝑀
=5
9𝑀
⇒ 95𝑀 = 5
1
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : (b)
𝑀

According to question, 𝑔ℎ = 𝑔𝑑 = 𝑔1
Let 𝑡 be the time taken for the two masses to collide and 𝑥5𝑀 , xM be the distance travelled by the mass 5𝑀
and 𝑀 respectively.

1 1
For mass 5𝑀 𝑢 = 0, 𝑆 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑡 2 ; 𝑥5𝑀 = 2 𝑎5𝑀 𝑡 2 (ii)
∙:: (R‐d):
For mass 𝑀 𝑢 = 0, 𝑠 = 𝑥𝑀 , 𝑡 = 𝑡, 𝑎 = 𝑎𝑀
𝐺𝑀 𝐺𝑀 𝑅−𝑑
𝑔ℎ = 𝑅 2
and 𝑔𝑑 = 𝑅3
𝑅+
1 1 2
𝑠 = 𝑢𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑡 2
⇒ 𝑥𝑀 = 2 𝑎𝑀 𝑡 ... (iii) 2

𝐺𝑀 𝐺𝑀 𝑅 − 𝑑 4 𝑅−𝑑
1
𝑎 5𝑀 𝑡 2 2 = ⇒ =
𝑥 5𝑀 𝑎 5𝑀 1 3𝑅 𝑅3 9 𝑅
Dividing (ii) by(iii) = 21 = =5 [From (i)]
𝑥𝑀 𝑎
2 𝑀
𝑡2 𝑎𝑀 2

5𝑥5𝑀 = 𝑥𝑀 ⇒ 4𝑅 = 9𝑅 − 9𝑑 ⇒ 5𝑅 = 9𝑑

From the figure it is clear that 𝑑 5

=
𝑅 9
𝑥5𝑀 + 𝑥𝑀 = 9𝑅
12. The acceleration due to gravity on the earth’s surface at the poles is 𝒈 and angular velocity ofthe
Where 𝑂 is the point where the two spheres collide. earth about the axis passing through the pole is 00. An object is weighed at the equator and at a
height 𝒉 above the poles by using a spring balance. Ifthe weights are found to be same, then 𝒉 is:
From(iv) and(v)
(𝒉 << 𝑹, where 𝑹 is the radius ofthe earth) [𝟓 Sep. 2020 (II)]
𝑥𝑀
+ 𝑥𝑀 = 9𝑅 𝑹𝟐 𝖈𝟎𝟐 𝑹𝟐 𝖈𝟎𝟐 𝑹𝟐 𝖈𝟎𝟐 𝑹𝟐 𝖈𝟎𝟐
5 (a) 𝟐𝒈
(b) 𝒈
(c) 𝟒𝒈
(d) 𝟖𝒈

6𝑥𝑀 = 45𝑅
SOLUTION : . (b)

45
𝑥𝑀 = 𝑅 = 7.5𝑅 Value of 𝑔 at equator, 𝑔𝐴 = 𝑔 ⋅ −𝑅o)2
6
Value of 𝑔 at height ℎ above the pole,
Asseleration due to Gravity :
2ℎ
𝑔𝐵 = 𝑔 ⋅ 1 −
𝑅
𝑹
11. The value ofacceleration due to gravity is 𝒈𝟏 at a height 𝒉 = 𝟐
(𝑹 = radius of the earth) from the
As object is weighed equally at the equator and poles, it means 𝑔 is same at these places.
surface of the earth. It is again equal to 𝒈𝟏 and a depth 𝒅 below the surface ofthe earth. The ratio
𝒅 𝑔𝐴 = 𝑔𝐵
𝑹
equals: [5 Sep. 2020 (I)]
2 2
2ℎ 2𝑔ℎ 𝑅 (0
⇒ 𝑔 − 𝑅oo2 = 𝑔 1 − 𝑅
2
⇒ 𝑅0) = 𝑅
⇒ℎ= 2𝑔
𝟒 𝟓 𝟏 𝟕
(a) 𝟗 (b) 𝟗 (c) 𝟑 (d) 𝟗

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

13. The height ↑ 𝒉′ at which the weight of a body will be the same as that at the same depth ↑
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (d)
𝒉′ 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the surface ofthe earth is (Radius ofthe earth is 𝑹 and effect ofthe rotation ofthe earth is
neglected) : [2 Sep. 2020(II)] Weight at pole, 𝑤 = 𝑚𝑔 = 196𝑁

⇒ 𝑚 = 19.6kg
𝟓 𝑹 𝟓𝑹−𝑹 𝟑𝑹−𝑹
(a) 𝟐
𝑹−𝑹 (b) 𝟐 (c) (d)
𝟐 𝟐
2
Weight at equator, 𝑤’ = 𝑚𝑔’ = 𝑚 𝑔−0) 𝑅
SOLUTION : (c)
2𝜋 2 2𝜋
= 19.6 10 − 24×3600
× 6400 × 103 N ⋅.⋅ 𝑖 = 𝑇
𝐺𝑀
The acceleration due to gravity at a height ℎ is given by 𝑔 = 𝑅+ℎ 2
= 19.6 10 − 0.034 = 195.33𝑁
Here, 𝐺 = gravitation constant
15. The ratio ofthe weights ofa body on the Earth’s surface to that on the surface of a planet is 9:4.
𝑀 = mass of earth 𝟏
The mass of theplanet is 𝟗 th ofthat ofthe Earth. If‘ 𝐑’ is the radius ofthe Earth, what is the radius

The acceleration due to gravity at depth ℎ is ofthe planet? (Take the planets to have the same mass density). [12 April 2019 II]

𝐺𝑀 ℎ 𝑹 𝑹 𝑹 𝑹
𝑔↑ = 1− (a) 𝟑 (b) 𝟒 (c) 𝟗 (d) 𝟐
𝑅2 𝑅

Given, 𝑔 = 𝑔′ SOLUTION : (d)

𝐺𝑀 𝐺𝑀 ℎ 𝑊𝑒 𝑚𝑔 9 𝑔 9 𝐺𝑀/𝑅 2 9
= 1− = 𝑚 𝑔𝑒 = 4 or 𝑔 𝑒 = 4 or 𝐺 =4
𝑅+ℎ 2 𝑅2 𝑅 𝑊𝑝 𝑝 𝑝 𝑀/9 /𝑅𝑝2

𝑅3 = 𝑅 + ℎ 2
𝑅 − ℎ = 𝑅 2 + ℎ2 + 2ℎ𝑅 𝑅 − ℎ 𝑅
𝑅𝑝 =
2
2 3 2
⇒ 𝑅 = 𝑅 + ℎ 𝑅 + 2ℎ𝑅 − 𝑅 ℎ − ℎ − 2ℎ 𝑅
3 3 2 2

16. The value ofacceleration due to gravity at Earth’s surface is . 𝟖 𝐦𝐬−𝟐 . The altitude above its
⇒ ℎ3 + ℎ2 2𝑅 − 𝑅 − 𝑅 2 ℎ = 0 surface at which the acceleration due to gravity decreases to 𝟒. 𝟗𝐦𝐬 −𝟐 , is close to : (Radius
ofearth = 𝟔. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐦) [10 April 2019 I]
⇒ ℎ3 + ℎ2 𝑅 − 𝑅 2 ℎ = 0
(a) 𝟐. 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐦 (b) 𝟔. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐦 (c) 𝟗. 𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐦 (d) 𝟏. 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐦
⇒ ℎ2 + ℎ𝑅 − 𝑅 2 = 0
SOLUTION : . (a)
−𝑅 ± 𝑅 2 + 4 1 𝑅 2 −𝑅 + 5𝑅 5−1
⇒ℎ= = = 𝑅
2 2 2 h −2
Given Acceleration due to gravity at a height h from earth’s surface is g h = g 1 + Re
14. A box weighs 196 𝐍 on a spring balance at the north pole. Its weight recorded on the same
balance if it is shifted to the equator is close to (Take 𝒈 = 𝟏𝟎 ms −𝟐 at the north pole and the −2
h
radius ofthe earth = 𝟔𝟒𝟎𝟎 km): [7 Jan. 2020 II] 4.9 = 9.8 1 + Re [as h <<< R e ]h = R e 2−1

(a) 𝟏𝟗𝟓. 𝟔𝟔𝐍 (b) 𝟏𝟗𝟒. 𝟑𝟐𝐍 (c) 𝟏𝟗𝟒. 𝟔𝟔𝐍 (d) 𝟏𝟗𝟓. 𝟑𝟐𝐍 h = 6400 × 0.414km = 2.6 × 106 m
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
17. Suppose that the angular velocity of rotation of earth is increased. Then, as a consequence.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
19. The mass density of a spherical body is given by 𝐩 𝒓 = 𝒓 for 𝒓 < 𝐑 and 𝐩 𝒓 = 𝟎 for 𝒓 >
𝒌

[Online Apri116, 2018] 𝑹,where 𝒓 is the distance from the centre.The correct graph that describes qualitatively the
acceleration, 𝐚, ofa test particle as a function ofr is: [Online April 9, 2017]
(a) There will be no change in weight anywhere on the earth

(b) Weight ofthe object, everywhere on the earth, wild decrease

(c) Weight ofthe object, everywhere on the earth, will increase

a) (c)
(d) Except at poles, weight ofthe object on the earth will decrease

SOLUTION : (d) SOLUTION : . (b)

With rotation of earth or latitude, acceleration due to gravity vary as g ′ = g − w 2 Rcos 2 𝜑 mass k
Given that, mass density volume
of a spherical body p r = r

Where 𝜑 is latitude, there will be no change in gravity at poles as 𝜑 = 90 ∘

M k
= r for inside r ≤ R
At all other points as w increases g ′ will decreases hence, weight, W = mg decreases. V

18. The variation ofacceleration due to gravity gwith distance 𝐝 from centre of the earth is best kv
M= − (i)
represented by (𝐑 =Earth’s radius): [2017, Online May 7, 2012] r

GMr 𝛤
Inside the surface of sphere Intensity I = R3
I=m

(a) (b) (c) (d) GMr mg G kv

g inside = R3
or I = m
= g = R3 . r
. r = constant From eq. (i),

SOLUTION : (b)
GM
Similarly, g out =
Variation of acceleration due to gravity, 𝑔 with distance 𝑑 ′ from centre ofthe earth r2

𝐺𝑚 Hence, option (2) is correct graph.

If 𝑑 < 𝑅, 𝑔 = 𝑅2
.𝑑

20. Ifthe Earth has no rotational motion, the weight ofa person on the equator is W. Determine the
i.e., 𝑔 ∝ 𝑑(straight line) speed with which the earth would have to rotate about its axis so that the person at the equator
𝟑
𝐺𝑚
will weight 𝟒 W. Radius of the Earth is 6400 km and 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦/𝐬𝟐 . [Online April 8, 2017]
If 𝑑 = 𝑅, 𝑔𝑠 = 𝑅2

(a) 𝟏. 𝟏 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐫𝐚𝐝/𝐬 (b) 𝟎. 𝟖𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐫𝐚𝐝/𝐬 (c) 𝟎. 𝟔𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐫𝐚𝐝/𝐬 (d) 𝟎. 𝟐𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐫𝐚𝐝/𝐬
𝐺𝑚
If 𝑑 > 𝑅, g = 𝑑2
SOLUTION : . (c)

1 We know, g ′ = g − 𝑤 2 Rcos 2 𝜃
i.e., 𝑔 ∝ 𝑑 2

3g
= g − 𝔠02 R
4

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Given, g ′ = 4 g

3
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (d)

𝐺𝑀
On earth’s surface 𝑔 = 𝑅2
g
w2 R =
4
𝐺𝑀
At height above earth’s surface 𝑔ℎ = 𝑅+ℎ 2
g 10 1
w= = = = 0.6 × 10−3 rad/s
4R 4 × 6400 × 103 2 × 8 × 100 2
𝑔𝑛 𝑅2 𝑔/9 𝑅 𝑅 1
𝑔
= 𝑅+ℎ 2
⇒ 𝑔
= 𝑅+ℎ
⇒ 𝑅+ℎ = 3

21. The change in the value ofacceleration of earth towards sun, when the moon comes 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the
position of solar eclipse to the position on the other side of earth in line with sun is:(mass ofthe ℎ = 2𝑅
moon = 𝟕. 𝟑𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟐 𝐤𝐠, radius ofthe moon’s orbit = 𝟑. 𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟖 𝐦). [Online April 22, 2013]
24. The change in the value of ‘g’ at a height ‘h’ above the surface ofthe earth is the same as at a
(a) 𝟔. 𝟕𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟓 𝐦/𝐬𝟐 (b) 𝟔. 𝟕𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦/𝐬𝟐 depth 𝒅’ below the surface ofearth. When both 𝒅’ and 𝒉’ are much smaller than the radius
ofearth, then which one ofthe following is correct? [2005]
(c) 𝟔. 𝟕𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝐦/𝐬𝟐 (d) 𝟔. 𝟕𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 𝐦/𝐬𝟐
𝟑𝒉 𝒉
(a) 𝒅 = (b) 𝒅 = 𝟐 (c) 𝒅 = 𝒉 (d) 𝒅 = 𝟐𝒉
SOLUTION : (a) 𝟐

22. Assuming the earth to be a sphere ofuniform density, the acceleration due to gravity inside the SOLUTION : . (d)
earth at a distance of 𝒓𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the centre is proportional to [Online May 12, 2012]
2ℎ
Value of 𝑔 with altitude is, 𝑔ℎ = 𝑔 1 − ;
(a) 𝒓 (b) 𝒓−𝟏 (c) 𝒓𝟐 (d) 𝒓−𝟐 𝑅

SOLUTION : (a) 𝑑
Value of 𝑔 at depth d below earth’s surface, 𝑔𝑑 = 𝑔 1 − 𝑅
Acceleration due to gravity at depth d from the surface ofthe earth or at a distance r from the centre ’ 𝑂’ of
4 Equating 𝑔ℎ and 𝑔𝑑 , we get 𝑑 = 2ℎ
the earth 𝑔′ = 3 𝜋p𝐺𝜈 Hence 𝑔↑ ∝ 𝑟

25. Average density ofthe earth [2005]

(a) is a complex function ofg (b) does not depend on 𝒈

(c) is inverselyproportional to 𝒈 (d) is directly proportional to 𝒈

r= 𝑅−𝑑

SOLUTION : . (d)
𝒈
23. The height at which the acceleration due to gravity becomes 𝟗 (where 𝒈 = the acceleration due to
4
𝐺𝑀 𝐺p×𝑉 𝐺×p× 𝜋𝑅 3
gravity on the surface of the earth) in terms 𝐨𝐟𝑹, the radius of the earth, is [2009] Value ofg on earth’s surface, 𝑔 = 𝑅2
= 𝑅2
⇒𝑔= 3
𝑅2

𝑹
(a) 𝟐
(b) 𝑹𝒍𝟐 (c) 𝟐𝑹 (d) 𝟐𝐑 4
𝑔 = 3 p𝜋𝐺. 𝑅
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot where p →average density
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
27. On the 𝒙‐axis and at a distance 𝒙 from the origin, the gravitational field due to a mass distribution
𝑨𝒙
is given by 𝟑/𝟐 in the 𝒙‐direction. The magnitude of gravitational potential on the 𝒙‐axis at a
3𝑔 𝒙𝟐 +𝒂𝟐
p= 4𝜋𝐺𝑅
⇒ p is directly proportional to 𝑔.
distance 𝒙, taking its value to be zero at infmity, is: [4 Sep. 2020 (I)]

Gravitational Field and Potential Energy : 𝑨 𝑨

(a) 𝒙+𝒂 𝟐𝟐𝟏 /𝟐
(b) 𝒙+𝒂 𝟐𝟐𝟑 /𝟐
(c) 𝑨 𝒙 + 𝒂 𝟐𝟐𝟏 /𝟐 (d) 𝑨 𝒙 + 𝒂 𝟐𝟐𝟑 /𝟐
26. Two planets have masses 𝑴 and 16 𝑴 and their radii are 𝒂 and 𝟐𝒂, respectively. The separation
between the centres ofthe planets is 𝟏𝟎𝒂. A body ofmass 𝐦 is fired from the surface ofthe larger SOLUTION : . (a)
planet towards the smaller planet along the line joining their centres. For the body to be able to
reach the surface of smaller planet, the minimum firing speed needed is : [6 Sep. 2020 (II)] 𝐴𝑥
Given : Gravitational field,𝐸𝐺 = ,𝑉
𝑥 2 +𝑎 2 3/2 ∞
=0

𝑮𝑴 𝑮𝑴 𝑮𝑴𝟐 𝟑 𝟓𝑮𝑴
(a) 𝟐 𝒂
(b) 𝟒 𝒂
(c) 𝒎𝒂
(d) 𝟐 𝒂 𝑉𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝐴𝑥
𝑉∞
𝑑𝑉 = − ∞
𝐸𝐺 ⋅ 𝑑𝑥 ⇒ 𝛻𝑥 − 𝛻∞ = − ∞ 𝑥 2 +𝑎 2 3/2
𝑑𝑥
SOLUTION : (d)
𝐴 𝐴
𝑉𝑥 = −0=
𝑥 2 + 𝑎2 1/2 𝑥 2 + 𝑎2 1/2

28. The mass density of a planet of radius 𝑹 varies with thedistance 𝒓𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 its centre as 𝐩 𝒓 =
𝒓𝟐
𝐩𝟎 𝟏 − 𝑹𝟐 . Then the gravitational field is maximum at: [3 Sep. 2020 (II)]

Let 𝐴 be the point where gravitation field ofboth planets cancel each other i.e. zero. 𝟑 𝟏 𝟓
(a) 𝒓 = 𝟒
𝑹 (b) 𝒓 = 𝑹 (c) 𝒓 = 𝟑
𝑹 (d) 𝒓 = 𝟗
𝑹
𝐺𝑀 𝐺 16𝑀
=
𝑥2 10𝑎 − 𝑥 2 SOLUTION : (d)

1 4
⇒𝑥= 10𝑎 −𝑥
⇒ 4𝑥 = 10𝑎 − 𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 = 2𝑎 ... (i)

𝐺𝑀𝑚 𝐺 16𝑀 𝑚 𝐺𝑀𝑚 𝐺 16𝑀 𝑚

Using conservation of energy, we have − 8𝑎
− 2𝑎
+ 𝐾𝐸 = − 2𝑎
− 8𝑎

1 16 1 16 Mass ofsmall element ofplanet ofradius 𝑥 and thickness 𝑑𝑥.

𝐾𝐸 = 𝐺𝑀𝑚 + − −
8𝑎 2𝑎 2𝑎 8𝑎
x2
1 + 64 − 4 − 16 𝑑𝑚 = p × 4𝜋𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 = p0 1 − × 4𝜋𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
R2
⇒ 𝐾𝐸 = 𝐺𝑀𝑚
8𝑎
𝑟 𝑥4
Mass of the planet 𝑀 = 4𝜋p0 0
𝑥 2 − 𝑅 2 𝑑𝑥
1 45 90𝐺𝑀 3 5𝐺𝑀
⇒ 2 𝑚𝑣 2 = 𝐺𝑀𝑚 8𝑎
⇒𝑣= 8𝑎
⇒𝑣=2 𝑎

𝑟3 𝑟5
⇒ 𝑀 = 4𝜋p0 | − |
3 5𝑅 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Gravitational field, 𝐸 =

𝐺𝑀 𝐺
= 𝑟 2 × 4𝜋p0
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
30. An asteroid is moving directly towards the centre of the earth. When at a distance of10 𝑹(𝑹 is the
𝑟2 radius of the earth) from the earths centre, it has a speed of12 𝐤𝐦/𝐬. Neglecting the effect of
earths atmosphere, what will be the speed of the asteroid when it hits the surface of the earth
𝑟 𝑟3 (escape velocity 𝐟𝐢𝐢𝐨𝐦 the earth is 𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝐤𝐦/𝐬)? Give your answer to the nearest integer in
⇒ 𝐸 = 4𝜋𝐺p0 −
3 5𝑅 2 kilometer/s [NA8 Jan. 𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟎𝐈𝐈]

𝐸 is maximum when 𝑑𝑟 = 0
𝑑𝐸 SOLUTION : . (16.00)

Using law of conservation of energy

𝑑𝐸 1 3𝑟 2
⇒ = 4𝜋𝐺p0 − =0
𝑑𝑟 3 5𝑅 2 Total energy at height 10 R = total energy at earth

5 𝐺𝑀𝐸 𝑚 1 𝐺𝑀𝐸 𝑚 1
⇒𝑟= 𝑅 − + 𝑚𝑉02 = − + 𝑚𝑉 2
3 10𝑅 2 𝑅 2

29. Consider two solid spheres ofradii 𝑹𝟏 = 𝟏𝒎, 𝑹𝟐 = 𝟐𝒎 and masses 𝑴𝟏 and 𝑴𝟐 , respectively. The 𝐺𝑀𝑚
[⋅.⋅ Gravitational potential energy = − 𝑟
]
𝒎𝟏
gra vitational field due to sphere 𝐎 and 𝐎𝟐 are shown. The value of
𝐢
𝒎𝟐
is: [8 Jan. 2020 I]

𝐺𝑀𝐸 1 𝑉02 𝑉2 9
⇒ 𝑅
1 − 10 + = ⇒ 𝑉 2 = 𝑉02 + 5 𝑔𝑅
2 2

9
⇒𝑉= 𝑉02 + 5 𝑔𝑅 ≈ 16 km 𝑙𝑠 [V0 = 12km/s given]

31. A solid sphere ofmass 𝐌’ and radius 𝐚’ is surrounded by a uniform concentric spherical shell
ofthickness 𝟐𝐚 and mass 𝟐𝐌. The gravitational field at distance 𝟑𝐚’ from thecentre will be:
[9 April 2019 I]
𝟐 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
(a) 𝟑 (b) 𝟔 (c) 𝟐 (d) 𝟑 𝟐𝐆𝐌 𝐆𝐌 𝐆𝐌 𝟐𝐆𝐌
(a) 𝟗𝒂𝟐
(b) 𝟗𝒂𝟐 (c) 𝟑𝒂𝟐 (d) 𝟑𝒂𝟐

SOLUTION : (b)
𝐺𝑀 𝐺 2𝑀 𝐺𝑀
SOLUTION : (c) 𝐸𝑔 = 3𝑎 2
+ 3𝑎 2
= 3𝑎 2
𝐺𝑚
Gravitation field at the surface𝐸 = 𝑟2
32. Four identical particles ofmass 𝐌 are located at the corners of a square of side 𝒂’. What should be
𝐺𝑚 1 𝐺𝑚 2
their speed ifeach of them revolves under the influence of others’ gravitational field in a circular
𝐸1 = and 𝐸2 =
𝑟12 𝑟22 orbit circumscribing the square? [8 April 2019 I]

From the diagram given in question,

𝐸1 2
𝐸2
= 3(𝑟1 = 1m, 𝑅2 = 2𝑚 given)

𝐆𝐌 𝐆𝐌 𝐆𝐌 𝐆𝐌
(a) 𝟏. 𝟑𝟓 (b) 𝟏. 𝟏𝟔 (c) 𝟏. 𝟐𝟏 (d) 𝟏. 𝟒𝟏
m1 1 𝒂 𝒂 𝒂 𝒂
⇒ =
m2 6
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : (b)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝑚 𝑣02
=
4𝜋𝑘𝐺𝑚
or 𝑣0 = C (const.)
𝑅 𝑅

𝐴𝐶 𝑎 2 𝑎
𝐴𝐶 = 𝑎 2 𝑟 = 2
= 2
= 2 2𝜋𝑅 2𝜋𝑅 𝑇
Time period, 𝑇 = 𝑣0
= 𝐶
or = 𝑅 =constant.

𝐺𝑀 2 𝐺𝑀 2 𝐺𝑀 2
Resultant force on the body𝐵 = 𝑎2
î+ 𝑎2
𝑗+ 2 cos 45o 𝑖 + sin 45o 𝑗
𝑎 2 34. Abody ofmass 𝐦 is moving in a circular orbit ofradius 𝑹 about a planet of mass 𝑴. At some
𝑹
instant, it splits into two equal masses. The first mass moves in a circular orbit of radius , and
𝟐

𝟑𝑹
the other mass, in a circular orbit of radius 𝟐
. The difference between the final and initial total

energies is: [Online Apri115, 2018]

𝑮𝑴𝒎 𝑮𝑴𝒎 𝑮𝑴𝒎 𝑮𝑴𝒎

(a) − 𝟐𝑹
(b)+ 𝟔𝑹
(c) − 𝟔𝑹
(d) 𝟐𝑹

𝑀𝑣 2 SOLUTION : . (c)
𝑟
= Resultant force towards centre
𝐺𝑀𝑚
Initial gravitational potential energy, 𝐸𝑗 = − 2𝑅
Final gravitational potential energy,
𝑀𝑣 2 𝐺𝑀2 1
= 2 2+
𝑎 𝑎 2
2 𝐺𝑀𝑚 /2 𝐺𝑀𝑚 /2 𝐺𝑀𝑚 𝐺𝑀𝑚
𝐸𝑓 = − 𝑅 − 3𝑅 =− 2𝑅
− 6𝑅
2 2
2 2

𝐺𝑀 1
⇒ 𝑣2 = 1+
𝑎 2 2 𝐺𝑀𝑚 2 1 𝐺𝑀𝑚
Difference between initial and final energy, 𝐸𝑓 − 𝐸𝑗 = 𝑅
−3 + 2 = − 6𝑅

𝐺𝑀 1 𝐺𝑀
⇒ 𝑣= 1+ = 1.16
𝑎 2 2 𝑎
35. From a solid sphere of mass 𝐌 and radius 𝐑, a spherical portion ofradius 𝐑/𝟐 is removed, as
33. Atest particle is moving in circular orbit in the gravitational field produced by a mass density shown in the figure. Taking gravitational potential 𝐕 = 𝟎 at 𝐫 = ∞, the potential at the centre
𝑲
ofthe cavity thus formed is: (𝑮 = gravitational constant) [2015]
𝒓 𝒓 = 𝒓𝟐 𝐈𝐝𝐞𝐧𝐭𝐢𝖍 the correct relation between the radius 𝐑 ofthe particle’s orbit and its period 𝐓:

[8 April 2019 II]

(a) 𝐓/𝐑 is a constant (b) 𝐓 /𝐑 is a constant

𝟐 𝟑

(c) 𝐓/𝐑 is a constant

𝟐
(d) TR is a constant
−𝟐𝐆𝐌 −𝟐𝐆𝐌 −𝐆𝐌 −𝐆𝐌
(a) (b) (c) 𝐝
SOLUTION : . (a) 𝟑𝐑 𝐑 𝟐𝐑 𝐑

𝐺𝑀𝑚 R
p 𝑑𝑉 𝑚 𝑅
𝑘4𝜋𝑟 𝑑𝑟 2
1 𝑅
4𝜋𝑘𝐺𝑚 SOLUTION : . (d)
𝐹= = 𝑎 = 𝑚𝐺 = −4𝜋𝑘𝐺𝑚 =−
𝑟 0 𝑟2 0 𝑟2𝑟2 𝑟 0 𝑅
−GM R 2
Due to complete solid sphere, potential at point 𝑃Vsphere = 3R2 −
Using Newton’s second law, we have 2R 3 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot =

−GM 11R2
= −11
GM
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (d)
2R3 4 8R
Gravitational field, I=(5î+12j) N/kg

dv
I=−
dr

x y
v=− 0 x
I dx + 0 y
I dy = − Ix . x + Iy . y

= − 5 7 − 0 + 12 −3 − 0 = − 35 + −36 = 1J/kg
3GM
Due to cavity part potential at point 𝑃 Vcavity = −
8R
i. e., change in gravitational potential 1 J/kg.

So potential at the centre of cavity

Hence change in gravitational potential energy 1 J

= Vsphere − Vcavity = −
11GM
− −8
3 GM
=
−GM
38. Two hypothetical planets ofmasses 𝐦𝟏 and 𝐦𝟐 are at rest when they are infinite distance apart.
8R R R
Because of the gravitational force they move towards each other along the line joining their
centres. What is their speed when their separation is 𝐝’? [Online Apri112, 2014]
36. Which of the following most closely depicts the correct variation ofthe gravitational potential V(r)
due to a large planet of radius 𝐑 and uniform mass density? (figures are not drawn to scale)

[Online April 11, 2015]

(Speed 𝐨𝐟𝐦𝟏 is 𝐯𝟏 and that 𝐨𝐟𝐦𝟐 is 𝐯𝟐 )

𝟐𝐆 𝟐𝐆
(a) 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐯𝟐 (b) 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐦𝟐 𝐝 𝐦𝟏 +𝐦𝟐
𝐯𝟐 = 𝐦𝟏 𝐝 𝐦𝟏 +𝐦𝟐

𝟐𝐆 𝟐𝐆 𝟐𝐆 𝟐𝐆
(c) 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐦𝟏 𝐝 𝐦𝟏 +𝐦𝟐
𝐯𝟐 = 𝐦𝟐 𝐝 𝐦𝟏 +𝐦𝟐
(d) 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐦𝟐 𝐯
𝐦𝟏 𝟐
= 𝐦𝟐 𝐦𝟐

SOLUTION : (b)
SOLUTION : . (c)
We choose reference point, infinity, where total energy ofthe system is zero.
𝐺𝑀
As, 𝑉 = − 2𝑅 3 3𝑅 2 − 𝑟 2
So, initial energy ofthe system = 0

Graph (c) most closely depicts the correct variation of𝑣 𝑟 . 1 1 Gm 1 m 2

Final energy = 2 m1 v12 + 2 m2 v22 − d

37. The gravitational field in a region is given by 𝐠 = 𝟓𝐍/ kgî+12N/ kgî. The change in the
gravitational potential energy of a particle ofmass 1 kg when it is taken from the origin to a point From conservation of energy,
𝟕𝐦, −𝟑𝐦 is: [Online Apri119, 2014]
Initial energy = Final energy
(a) 71 𝐉 (b) 𝟏𝟑 𝟓𝟖𝐉 𝐜 − 𝟕𝟏𝐉 (d) 1 𝐉
1 1 Gm1 m2
0 = m1 v12 + m2 v22 −
2 2 d
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 1 1
or 2 m1 v12 + 2 m1 v22 =
Gm 1 m 2
(1)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Mass of the left over part of the sphere M′ = M −
M 7
= 8M
d 8

By conservation oflinear momentum GM ′ 7 GM

Therefore gravitational field due to the left over part ofthe sphere = x2
=8 x2
v m m
m1 v1 + m2 v2 = 0 or v 1 = − m 2 ⇒ v2 = − m 1 v1
2 1 2 40. The mass of a spaceship is 1000 𝐤𝐠. It is to be launched from the earth’s surface out into free
space. The value of 𝒈 and 𝑹 (radius ofearth) are 10 𝐧𝒚𝐬𝟐 and 6400 km respectively. The required
Putting value ofv2 in equation (1), we get energy for this work will be [2012]

m1 v1 2 2Gm1 m2
m1 v12 + m2 − = (a) 𝟔. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟏𝟏Joules (b) 𝟔. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟖 Joules (c) 𝟔. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟗 Joules (d) 𝟔. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟏𝟎 Joules
m2 d
SOLUTION : (d)
m1 m2 v12 + m12 v12 2Gm1 m2
=
m2 d ∞ ∞ 𝐺𝑀𝑚
The work done to launch the spaceship 𝑊 = − 𝑅
𝐹 ⋅ 𝑑𝑟 = − 𝑅 𝑟2
𝑑𝑟

2Gm22 2G
v1 = = m2 𝐺𝑀𝑚
d m1 + m2 d m1 + m2 𝑊=+ 𝑅
… … …. .(i)

2G The force ofattraction ofthe earth on the spaceship, when it was on the earth’s surface
Similarly v2 = −m1
d m 1 +m 2

𝐺𝑀𝑚
𝐹=
39. The gravitational field, due to the ↑left over part’ ofa uniform sphere (from which a part as 𝑅2
shown, has been ‘removed out’), at a very far offpoint, 𝐏, located as shown, would be(nearly) :
𝐺𝑀𝑚 𝐺𝑀
⇒ 𝑚𝑔 = ⇒𝑔= ... (ii)
[Online April 9, 2013] 𝑅2 𝑅2

Substituting the value of 𝑔 in (i) we get

𝑔𝑅 2 𝑚
𝑊= 𝑅
⇒ 𝑊 = 𝑚𝑔𝑅

⇒ 𝑊 = 1000 × 10 × 6400 × 103 = 6.4 × 1010 Joule

𝟓 𝑮𝑴 𝟖 𝑮𝑴 𝟕 𝑮𝑴 𝟔 𝑮𝑴
(a) 𝟔 𝒙𝟐
(b) 𝟗 𝒙𝟐
(c) 𝟖 𝒙𝟐
(d) 𝟕 𝒙𝟐
41. Apoint particle is held on the axis ofa ring ofmass 𝒎 and radius 𝒓 at a distance 𝒓𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 its centre
𝑪. When released, it reaches 𝑪 under the gravitational attraction ofthe ring. Its speed at 𝑪 will be
SOLUTION : (c) [Online May 26, 2012]

𝟐𝑮𝒎 𝑮𝒎 𝟐𝑮𝒎 𝟏 𝟐𝑮𝒎

Let mass ofsmaller sphere(which has to 𝑘 removed) is m Radius =
R
(from figure) (a) 𝒓
𝟐−𝟏 (b) 𝒓
(c) 𝒓
𝟏− 𝟐
(d) 𝒓
2

M m M
4 =4 R 3
⇒m=
𝜋R 3 𝜋 8
3 3 2

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION : . (c)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(c) Statement‐l is true, Statement‐2 is true; Statement2 is not a correct explanation for
Statement‐l
Let 𝑀 be the mass of the particle
(d) Statement‐l is true, Statement‐2 is false
Now, Einitia 1 = Ef 1 na 1
SOLUTION : (b)
GMm GM 𝑚 1 1 𝐺𝑀𝑚 1
i. e. 2𝑟
+0= 𝑟
+ 2 𝑀V 2 or , 2
𝑀𝑉 2 = 𝑟
1− 2
𝐺𝑀
Gravitational field, 𝐸 = − 𝑟2
1 2
𝐺𝑚 1 2𝐺𝑚 1
⇒2 𝑉 = 1− or , 𝑉= 1−
𝑟 2 𝑟 2
Flux, 𝜑 = 𝐸𝑔 ⋅ 𝑑𝑆 = |𝐸 ⋅ 4𝜋𝑟 2 | = −4𝜋𝐺𝑀
42. Two bodies ofmasses 𝒎 and 4 𝒎 are placed at a distance 𝒓. The gravitational potential at a point
on the line joining them where the gravitational field is zero is: [2011] where, M = mass enclosed in the closed surface

𝟒𝐆𝐦 𝟔𝐆𝐦 𝟗𝐆𝐦 1

(a) − 𝐫
(b) − 𝐫
(c) − 𝐫
(d) zero This relationship is valid when 𝐸𝑔 ∞ 𝑟 2

SOLUTION : . (c) 44. A particle ofmass 10 𝐠 is kept on the surface ofa uniform sphere ofmass 100 kg and radius 10 cm.
Find the work to be done against the gravitational force between them to take the particle far
Let 𝑃 be the point where gravitational field is zero. away from the sphere(you may take 𝑮 = 𝟔. 𝟔𝟕 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟏𝐍𝐦𝟐 /𝐤𝐠 𝟐 ) [2005]

𝐺𝑚 4𝐺𝑚 (a) 𝟑. 𝟑𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎𝐉 (b) 𝟏𝟑. 𝟑𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎𝐉 (c) 𝟔. 𝟔𝟕 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟎 𝐉 (d) 𝟔. 𝟔𝟕 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟗 𝐉
=
𝑥2 𝑟−𝑥 2

SOLUTION : (c)
1 2 𝑟
⇒ 𝑥 = 𝑟−𝑥 ⇒ 𝑟 − 𝑥 = 2𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 = 3
𝐺𝑀𝑚
Initial P.E. 𝑈𝑖 = − 𝑅
𝐺𝑚 4𝐺𝑚 9𝐺𝑚
Gravitational potential at 𝑃, 𝑉=− r − 2r =−
3 3
𝑟
When the particle is far away from the sphere, the P.E. of the system is zero.

43. This question contains Statement‐l and Statement‐2. Of the four choices given after the 𝑈𝑓 = 0
statements, choose the one that best describes the two statements. [2008]
−𝐺𝑀𝑚
𝑊 = 𝛥𝑈 = 𝑈𝑓 − 𝑈𝑗 = 0 −
Statement‐l : For a mass 𝑴 kept at the centre ofa cube of side 𝒂’, the flux ofgravitational field 𝑅
passing through its sides 4 𝝅𝑮𝑴. and
6.67×10−11 ×100 10
𝑊= × 1000 = 6.67 × 10−10 J
Statement‐2: Ifthe direction ofa field due to a point source is radial and its dependence on the 0.1

𝟏
distance ‘r’ 𝐟𝐫𝐨𝐦 the source is given as 𝒓𝟐 , its flux through a closed surface depends only on 45. If ‘g’ is the acceleration due to gravity on the earth’s surface, the gain in the potential energy of
the strength of the source enclosed by the surface and not on the size or shape ofthe surface. an object of mass ‘m’ raised from the surface ofthe earth to a height equal to the radius 𝑹′ ofthe
earth is [2004]
(a) Statement‐l is false, Statement‐2 is true
𝟏 𝟏
(a) 𝟒 𝒎𝒈𝑹 𝐛 𝒎𝒈𝑹 (c) 2 𝒎𝒈𝑹 (d) 𝒎𝒈𝑹
(b) Statement‐l is true, Statement‐2 is true; Statement ‐𝟐 is a correct explanation for Statement‐ 1 𝟐
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (b)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
𝐺𝑚𝑀
On earth’s surface potential energy, 𝑈 = 𝑅

𝐺𝑚𝑀
At a height 𝑅 from the earth↑ s surface, P.E. of system = − 2𝑅 Given, 𝑣 min =
𝑣 max
6

𝛥𝑈 =
−𝐺𝑚𝑀
+
𝐺𝑚𝑀
; 𝑟 min 𝑣 min 1
2𝑅 𝑅 = =
𝑟max 𝑣 max 6

⇒ 𝛥𝑈 =
𝐺𝑚𝑀 48. Abody is moving inalow circular orbit about aplanet of mass 𝑴 and radius 𝑹. The radius ofthe
2𝑅 orbit can be taken to be 𝑹 itself. Then the ratio ofthe speed of this body in the orbit to the escape
velocity from the planet is: [4 Sep. 2020 (II)]
𝐺𝑀 𝐺𝑀
Now 𝑅2
= 𝑔; .⋅. 𝑅
= 𝑔𝑅
𝟏
(a) 𝟐
(b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 𝟐
1
𝛥𝑈 = 𝑚𝑔𝑅
2 SOLUTION : (a)

46. Energyrequired to move abodyofmass 𝒎𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 an orbit of radius 𝟐𝑹 to 𝟑𝑹 is [2002] Orbital speed ofthe body when it revolves very close to the surface of planet

(a) GMml 𝟏𝟐𝑹𝟐 (b) 𝑮𝑴𝒎𝒍𝟑𝑹𝟐 (c) 𝑮𝑴𝒎𝒍𝟖𝑹 (d) 𝑮𝑴𝒎𝒍𝟔𝑹.

𝐺𝑀
𝑉0 = 𝑅
(i)
SOLUTION : . (d)
Here, 𝐺 = gravitational constant
𝐺𝑀𝑚
Gravitational potential energy ofmass 𝑚 in an orbit ofradius R 𝑢=− 𝑅
Escape speed from the surface ofplanet

−𝐺𝑀𝑚 −𝐺𝑀𝑚
Energy required = potential energy at 3R − potential energy a2R = 3𝑅
− 2𝑅 𝑉𝑒 =
2𝐺𝑀
(ii)
𝑅

=
−𝐺𝑀𝑚
+
𝐺𝑀𝑚
=
−2𝐺𝑀𝑚 +3𝐺𝑀𝑚
=
𝐺𝑀𝑚 Dividing (i) by(ii), we have
3𝑅 2𝑅 6𝑅 6𝑅

𝐺𝑀
47. A satellite is in an elliptical orbit around a planet P. It is observed that the velocity ofthe satellite V0
=
𝑅
=
1
Ve 2𝐺𝑀 2
when it is farthest from the planet is 6 times less than that when it is closest to the planet. The 𝑅

ratio of distances between the satellite and the planet at closest and farthest points is:
49. Asatellite is moving inalow nearly circular orbit around the earth. Its radius is roughly equal to
[NA 6 Sep. 2020 (I)] that ofthe earth’s radius 𝑹𝒆 . By firing rockets attached to it, its speed is instantaneously increased
𝟑
(a) 1: 6 (b) 1: 3 (c) 1: 2 (d) 3: 4 in the direction ofits motion so that it become times larger. Due to this the farthest distance
𝟐

SOLUTION : . (a) 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the centre of the earth that the satellite reaches is 𝑹. Value 𝐨𝐟𝑹 is: [3 Sep. 2020 (I)]

By angular momentum conservation 𝑟m ln 𝑣 max = 𝑚𝑟max 𝑣 min (a) 𝟒𝑹𝒆 (b) 𝟐. 𝟓𝑹𝒆 (c) 𝟑𝑹𝒆 (d) 𝟐𝑹𝒆

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION : .(c)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

4𝜋𝑘 𝑅02
or, 𝑀 = 2
= 2𝜋𝑘𝑅 2

4𝜋𝑘 𝑅 2
𝐺𝑀𝑚 𝐺 2𝜋𝐾𝐺 2𝜋
𝐹𝐺 = 𝑅02
= 𝑚𝔠020 𝑅 = 𝐹𝐶 ⇒ 2
𝑅2
= 0)2 0𝑅 ⇒ 0)0 = 𝑅
⋅.⋅ t𝑖J = 𝑇

2𝜋 2𝜋 𝑅 2𝜋𝑅 2𝜋𝑅
𝐺𝑀 𝑇= )= = ⇒ 𝑇2 =
Orbital velocity, 𝑉0 = 00 2𝜋𝐾𝐺 𝐾𝐺 𝐾𝐺
𝑅𝑒

2 2𝜋, 𝐾 and 𝐺 are constants

𝐺𝑀𝑚 1 3 𝐺𝑀𝑚 1
From energy conversation, − 𝑅𝑒
+2𝑚 2
𝑉 =𝑅 2
+ 2 𝑚𝑉 min (1)
max 𝑇 2 ∝ 𝑅.

51. Abody A ofmass 𝒎 is moving in a circular orbit ofradius𝐑 about a planet. Another body 𝐁
3
From angular momentum conversation 𝑉𝑅𝑒 = 𝛻 min 𝑅 max (2) 𝒎 𝒗
2
ofmass 𝟐
collides with A with a velocity which is half 𝟐
the instantaneous velocity 𝒗 or A. The

Solving equation (1) and (2) we get, 𝑅 max = 3𝑅𝑒 collision is completely inelastic. Then, the combined body: [9 Jan. 2020 I]

𝑲 (a) continues to move in a circular orbit

50. The mass density ofa spherical galaxy varies as 𝒓
over a large distance’r’ from its centre. In that
(b) Escapes 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the Planet’s Gravitational field
region, a small star is in a circular orbit of radius 𝑹. Then the period of revolution, 𝑻 depends on
𝑹 as: [2 Sep. 2020 (I)]
(c) Falls vertically downwards towards the planet

𝟏
(a) 𝑻 ∝ 𝑹
𝟐 𝟐
𝐛 𝑻 ∝𝑹 𝟑
𝐜 𝟐
𝑻 ∝ 𝑹𝟑 𝐝 𝑻∝𝑹 (d) starts moving in an elliptical orbit around the planet

SOLUTION : . (d)
SOLUTION : (a)
From law ofconservation ofmomentum, 𝑃𝑖 = 𝑃𝑓
𝑘
According to question, mass density of a spherical galaxy varies as 𝑟
𝑚1 𝑢1 + 𝑚2 𝑢2 = 𝑀𝑉𝑓

𝑟−−𝑅0 𝑘 𝑅0 𝑚𝑣
Mass, 𝑀 = p 𝑑𝑉 ⇒ 𝑀 = 4𝜋𝑟 2 𝑑𝑟 ⇒ 𝑀 = 4𝜋𝑘 𝑟 𝑑𝑟 𝑚𝑣 + 4 3𝑚 5𝑣
0 𝑟 0 ⇒ 𝑣𝑓 = =
2 6

Clearly, 𝑣𝑓 < 𝑣𝑗 Path will be elliptical

 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
52. The energy required to take a satellite to a height 𝐡′ above Earth surface (radius of Eareth
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot where 𝑀𝐴 and 𝑅𝐴 be the mass and radius ofthe planet𝐴.
= 𝟔. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 km) is 𝐄𝟏 and kinetic energy required for the satellite to be in a circular orbit at this
height is 𝐄𝟐 . The value of 𝐡 for which 𝐄𝟏 and 𝐄𝟐 are equal, is: [9 Jan. 2019 II] According to given problem𝑀𝐵 =
𝑀𝐴
, 𝑅𝐵 =
𝑅𝐴
2 2

(a) 𝟏. 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 km (b) 𝟑. 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 km (c) 𝟔. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 km (d) 𝟐𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 km

SOLUTION : (b)

K.E. ofsatellite is zero at earth surface and at height h from energy conservation

Usu 𝛤 + E =Uface 1h

GMe m GMe m
− + E1 = −
Re Re + h
⇒ 𝑛=4
GMe m h
⇒ E1 = GMe m −
R e R e +h ⇒ E1 = ×
Re + h Re 54. A satellite of mass 𝒎 is launched vertically upwards with an initial speed 𝒖 from the surface of
𝒎
Gravitational attraction the earth. After it reaches height 𝑹 (𝑹 = radius of the earth), itejects a rocket of mass so that
𝟏𝟎

subsequently the satellite moves in a circular orbit. The kinetic energy of the rocket is (𝑮 is the
mv 2 GMe m
𝛤G = mac =
Re + h
=
Re + h 2 gravitational constant; 𝑴 is the mass ofthe earth): [7 Jan. 2020 I]

𝟐
GMe m 𝟐𝑮𝑴 𝟐
mv 2 = (a)
𝒎
𝒖𝟐 +
𝟏𝟏𝟑𝑮𝑴
(b) 𝟓𝒎 𝒖𝟐 −
𝟏𝟏𝟗𝑮𝑴
(c)
𝟑𝒎 𝟓𝑮𝑴
(d)
𝒎 𝒖−
( 𝟑𝑹
)
Re + h 𝟐𝟎 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝑹 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝑹 𝟖 𝟔𝑹 𝟐𝟎

mv 2 GMe m
E2 =
2
=
2 Re + h SOLUTION : .(b)

E1 = E2

h 1 Re
Clearly, R = 2 ⇒ h = 2
= 3200km 1 −𝐺𝑀𝑚 1 −𝐺𝑀𝑚
e
𝑚𝑢2 + = 𝑚𝑣 2 +
2 𝑅 2 2𝑅
53. Planet A has mass 𝐌 and radius R. Planet 𝐁 has halfthe mass and halfthe radius ofPlanet A. Ifthe
𝒗𝐀 1 −𝐺𝑀𝑚 GM
escape velocities from the Planets A and 𝐁 are 𝒗𝐀 and 𝒗𝐁 , respectively, then
𝒏
= 𝟒 The value of n ⇒ 2 𝑚 𝑣 2 − 𝑢2 = 2𝑅
⇒V= V = u2 − R
… .. (i)
𝒗𝐁

is: [9 Jan. 2020 II]

𝐺𝑀 𝑚×𝑣
(a) 4 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3 𝑣0 = 𝑣 = 𝑚 = 10𝑣
2𝑅 𝑟𝑎𝑑
10
SOLUTION : (a)
𝑚
Ejecting a rocket ofmass 10
2𝐺𝑀𝐴
Escape velocity of the planet 𝐴 is 𝑉𝐴 = 𝑅𝐴

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 9𝑚 𝐺𝑀 𝑚 𝐺𝑀

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot T = 2.17hr ⇒ 11 revolutions.
× = × 𝑣𝜏 ⇒ 𝑉𝜏2 = 81
10 2𝑅 10 2𝑅 56. A rocket has to be launched from earth in such a waythat it never returns. 𝐈𝐟𝐄 is the minimum
energy delivered by the rocket launcher, what should be the minimum energy that the launcher
1𝑀 should have ifthe same rocket is to be launched 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the surface ofthe moon? Assume that the
Kinetic energy ofrocket, KE𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑘𝑒𝑡 = 𝑉𝑇2 + 𝛻𝑟2
2 10 density ofthe earth and the moon are equal and that the earth’s volume is 64 times the volume
ofthe moon. [8 April 2019 II]
1 𝑚 𝐺𝑀 𝐺𝑀 𝑚 𝐺𝑀 81𝐺𝑀
= × × 𝑢2 − 100 + 81 = × 100 𝑢2 − +
2 10 𝑅 𝑅 20 𝑅 200𝑅
𝐄 𝐄 𝐄 𝐄
(a) (b) (c) (d)
𝟔𝟒 𝟑𝟐 𝟒 𝟏𝟔

SOLUTION : . (d)

Escape velocity,

119𝐺𝑀 2𝐺𝑀 2𝐺p𝑉 2𝐺𝑆×4𝜋𝑅 3 8

= 5𝑚 𝑢2 − 𝑣𝑐 = 𝑅
= 𝑅
= 𝑅
= 3
𝜋p𝐺𝑅 2
200𝑅

55. A spaceship orbits around a planet at a height of 20 km from its surface. Assuming that only For moon, 𝑣 𝑐 =
8
𝜋 p𝐺 𝑅 2𝑚
3
gravitational field of the planet acts on the spaceship, what will be the number ofcomplete
revolutions made by the spaceship in 24 hours around the planet? [Given : Mass ofPlanet
4 4 𝑅
= 𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟐𝐤𝐠, Radius of planet = 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐦, Gravitational constant𝐆 = 𝟔. 𝟔𝟕 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟏𝐍𝐦𝟐 /𝐤𝐠 𝟐 ] Given, 3 𝜋 𝑅 3 = 64 × 3 𝜋 𝑅 3𝑚 or 𝑅 𝑚 = 4

[10 April 2019 II]

2
8 𝑅 𝑣𝑐
(a) 9 (b) 17 (c) 13 (d) 11 𝑣𝑒 = 𝜋 p𝐺 =
3 4 4

SOLUTION : (d)
1
𝐸 𝑚𝑣 2𝑒 𝑣 2𝑒 𝑣𝑒
=2 = = 𝑣 = 16
𝐸 ’ 1 𝑚𝑣 2 𝑣 2𝑐 ′
2𝜋𝑟
Time period ofrevolution of satellite, 𝑇 = 𝑒
v
2 𝑒 4

𝐸
𝐺𝑀 or 𝐸 ’ = 16
𝑣=
𝑟
57. A satellite ofmass 𝐌 is in a circular orbit ofradius Rabout the centre ofthe earth. A meteorite
ofthe same mass, falling towards the earth collides with the satellite completely in elastically. The
𝑟 𝑟3
𝑇 = 2𝜋𝑟 = 2𝜋 speeds ofthe satellite and the meteorite are the same, Just before the collision. The subsequent
𝐺𝑀 𝐺𝑀
motion ofthe combined bodywill be [12 Jan. 2019 I]

202 3 ×1012 (a) such that it escape to infinity (b) In an elliptical orbit
Substituting the values, we get 𝑇 = 2𝜋 667×10−11 ×8×1022
sec
(c) in the same circular orbit ofradius 𝐑 (d) in a circular orbit ofa different radius
T = 7812.2s
SOLUTION : (b)
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot mvî+ mvj = 2mv ⇒ v = î+ j
v v
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝛥 v = ve − v0 = 2−1 gR
2 2

60. A satellite is moving with a constant speed 𝒗 in circular orbit around the earth. An object ofmass
v 2 v 2 v 1 GM ‘m’ is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth.
⇒v= + = = ×
2 2 2 2 R At the time of ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is: [10 Jan. 2019 I]

𝟏 𝟑
(a) 2 𝐦𝒗𝟐 (b) 𝐦𝒗𝟐 (c) 𝟐 𝐦𝒗𝟐 (d) 𝟐 𝐦𝒗𝟐

SOLUTION : (b)

GM
At height rfii om center ofearth, orbital velocity𝑣 =
58. Two satellites,AandB, have masses m𝐚𝐧𝐝𝟐𝐦𝐫espectively. A is in a circular orbit ofradius 𝐑, and 𝑟

𝐁 is in a circular orbit of radius 𝟐𝐑 around the earth. The ratio of their kinetic energies, 𝐓𝐀 /𝐓𝐁 ,
GMm
is: [12 Jan. 2019 II] By principle of energy conservation KE of m’ + − =0+0
r

𝟏 𝟏
(a) 𝟐 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) (At infinity, PE = KE = 0)
𝟐

SOLUTION : (b) m 2
GMm GM
or KE of m’ = r
= r
= mv2
GM
Orbital, velocity, v = r
61. Two stars of masses 𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑𝟏 kg each, and at distance 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟏𝟏 𝐦 rotate in a plane about their
Kinetic energy of satellite A, T = mA V2A common centre of mass O. A meteorite passes through 𝐎 moving perpen‐dicular to the star’s
rotation plane. In order to escape from the gravitational field of this double star, the minimum
Kinetic energy ofsatellite B, T = mB V2B speed that meteorite should have at 𝐎 is: (Take Gravitational constant 𝐆 = 𝟔𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟏𝟏 𝐍𝐦𝟐 𝐤𝐠 −𝟐 )

GM [10 Jan. 2019 II]

TA m × R
⇒ = 1
TB 2m × GM
2R (a) 𝟐. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 𝐦/𝐬 (b) 𝟏. 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐦/𝐬 (c) 𝟑. 𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 𝐦/𝐬 (d) 𝟐. 𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐦/𝐬

59. Asatellite is revolving in acircular orbit at aheight hfrom the earth surface, such that 𝐡 << SOLUTION : (d)
Rwhere 𝐑 is the radius of the earth. Assuming that the effect ofearth’s atmosphere can be
Let M is mass ofstar m is mass ofmeteroite By energy convervation between 0 and ∞.
neglected the minimum increase in the speed required so that the satellite could escape from the
gravitational field ofearth is: [11 Jan. 2019 I]
GMm −GMm 1
− + + mV2ese = 0 + 0
r r 2
𝒈𝑹
(a) 𝟐𝒈𝑹 (b) 𝒈𝑹 (c) 𝟐
(d) 𝒈𝑹 𝟐−𝟏
4GM 4×667×10−11 ×3×1031
v= = = 2.8 × 105 m/s
r 1011
SOLUTION : . (d)

62. Asatellite is revolving in acircular orbit at aheight ‘h’from the earth’s surface (radius ofearth
For a satellite orbiting close to the earth, orbital velocity is given by v0 = g R+h ≈ gR
𝐑; 𝐡 << 𝑹). The minimum increase in its orbital velocityrequired, so that the satellite could
Escape velocity ve is ve = 2g R + h ≈ 2gR [h << 𝑅 ] escape from the earth’s gravitational field, is close to: (Neglect the effect ofatmosphere.) [2016]

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

(a) 𝐠𝐑/𝟐 (b) 𝐠𝐑 𝟐−𝟏 (c) 𝟐𝐠𝐑 (d) 𝐠𝐑
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(a)
𝟓𝐆𝐦𝐌
𝐛
𝟐𝐆𝐦𝐌
𝐜
𝐆𝐦𝐌
(d)
𝐆𝐦𝐌
𝟔𝐑 𝟑𝐑 𝟐𝐑 𝟐𝐑

SOLUTION : (b)
SOLUTION : . (a)
For h << 𝑅 , the orbital velocity is gR Escape velocity = 2gR
−𝐺𝑀𝑚
The minimum increase in its orbital velocity = 2gR − gR = gR 2−1 As we know, Gravitational potential energy U = 𝑟

63. An astronaut ofmass 𝐦 is working on a satellite orbiting the earth at a distance 𝐡𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the and orbital velocity, 𝑉0 = GM/R + h
𝐞𝐚𝐫𝐭𝐡↑ 𝐬 surface. The radius ofthe earth is 𝐑, while its mass is M. The gravitational pull 𝜞𝐆 on the
astronaut is: [Online Apri110, 2016] 1 GMm 1 GM GMm
Ef = mv20 − = m −
2 3R 2 3R 3R
𝐆𝐌𝐦 𝐆𝐌𝐦
(a) Zero since astronaut feels weightless (b) 𝐑+𝐡 𝟐
< 𝜞𝐆 < 𝐑𝟐
GMm 1 −GMm
= −1 =
3R 2 6R
𝐆𝐌𝐦 𝐆𝐌𝐦
(c) 𝜞𝐆 = 𝐑+𝐡 𝟐
(d) 𝟎 < 𝜞𝐆 < 𝐑𝟐
−GMm
Ei = +K
R
SOLUTION : . (c)
5GMm
According to universal law ofGravitation, Therefore minimum required energy, K = 6R

2
GMm Gravitational force F = R + h 66. A planet in a distant solar system is 10 times more massive than the earth and its radius is 10
times smaller. Given that the escape velocity from the earth is 11 km 𝐬−𝟏 , the escape velocity
𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the surface ofthe planet would be [2008]

(a) l.lkm 𝐬−𝟏 (b) llkm 𝐬−𝟏 (c) 𝟏𝟏𝟎𝐤𝐦𝐬−𝟏 (d) 𝟎. 𝟏𝟏 km 𝐬−𝟏

SOLUTION : (c)

67. Suppose the gravitational force varies inversely as the nth power ofdistance. Then the time period
ofa planet in circular orbit ofradius ‘R’ around the sun will be proportional to

𝒏−𝟏 𝒏+𝟏 𝒏−𝟐

(a) 𝑹𝒏 (b) 𝑹 [2004] (c) 𝑹 (d) 𝑹
64. A very long (length L) cylindrical galaxy is made of uniformly distributed mass and has radius 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐

𝐑(𝐑 << 𝑳). 𝑨 star outside the galaxy is orbiting the galaxy in a plane perpendicular to the
galaxy and passing through its centre. If the time period of star is 𝐓 and its distance from the SOLUTION : (c )
galaxy’s axis is 𝒓, then: [OnlineApri110, 2015]
68. The time period of an earth satellite in circular orbit is independent of [2004]
(a) 𝐓 ∝ 𝐫 (b) 𝐓 ∝ 𝐫 (c) 𝐓 ∝ 𝐫 𝟐 (d) 𝐓 𝟐 ∝ 𝐫 𝟑
(a) both the mass and radius ofthe orbit (b) radius of its orbit
SOLUTION : ( a )
(c) the mass ofthe satellite (d) neither the mass ofthe satellite nor the radius of its orbit.
65. What is the minimum energyrequired to launch a satellite of mass 𝐦 from the surface of a planet
SOLUTION : (c)
of mass 𝐌 and radius 𝐑 in a circular orbit at an altitude of 𝟐𝐑? [2013]
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Time period of satellite is given by
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Due to inertia ofmotion it will move tangentially to the original orbit with the same velocity.

73. The escape velocity of a body depends upon mass as [2002]

𝑅+ℎ 3
𝑇 = 2𝜋
𝐺𝑀 (a) 𝒎 𝟎
(b) 𝒎 𝟏
(c) 𝒎 𝟐
(d) 𝒎𝟑

Where 𝑅 + ℎ = radius of orbit of satellite SOLUTION : (a ) ‘

𝑀 = mass ofearth.

Time period is independent ofmass ofsatellite.

69. A satellite ofmass 𝒎 revolves around the earth ofradius R at a height 𝒙𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 its surface. Ifg is the
acceleration due to gravity on the surface ofthe earth, the orbital speed ofthe satellite is [2004]

𝒈𝑹𝟐 𝒈𝑹 𝒈𝑹𝟐
(a) (b) (c) 𝒈𝒙 (d)
𝑹+𝒙 𝑹−𝒙 𝑹+𝒙

SOLUTION : (d)

70. The escape velocity for a body projected vertically upwards 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the surface ofearth is 11 𝐤𝐦/𝐬.
Ifthe bodyis projected at an angle of 𝟒𝟓𝐨 with the vertical, the escape velocitywillbe [2003]

𝟏𝟏
(a) 𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝐤𝐦/𝐬 (b) 22 𝐤𝐦/𝐬 (c) 11 𝐤𝐦/𝐬 (d) 𝟐
𝐤𝐦/𝐬

SOLUTION : (c)

71. The kinetic energyneeded to project a 𝐛𝜶𝐥𝐲 ofmass 𝒎𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the earth surface (radius 𝑹) to
infinity is [2002]

(a) 𝒎𝒈𝑹𝒍𝟐 (b) 𝟐𝒎𝒈𝑹 (c) 𝒎𝒈𝑹 (d) 𝒎𝒈𝑹𝒍𝟒.

SOLUTION : (c)

72. If suddenly the gravitational force of attraction between Earth and a satellite revolving around it
becomes zero, then the satellite will [2002]

(a) continue to move in its orbit with same velocity

(b) move tangentially to the original orbit in the same velocity

(c) become stationary in its orbit

(d) move towards the earth

SOLUTION : (b)

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

F ll
wa
 
F
tensile stress
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS tensile stress
Deforming Force :
Compressive Stress :
External force which try to change in the length, volume or shape of the body is called deforming
The longitudinal stress, produced due to decrease in length of a body, is defined as
force.
compressive stress.
Elasticity:
Elasticity is that property of the material of a body by virtue of which the body oppose any
change in its shape or size when deforming forces are applied to it, and recover its original
state as soon as the deforming force are removed.
Perfectly Elastic Body :
The body which perfectly regains its original form on removing the external deforming force, Volume Stress :
is defined as a perfectly elastic body. Ex. : quartz – Very nearly a perfect elastic body. If equal normal forces are applied every one surface of a body, then it undergoes change
Plastic Body: in volume. The force opposing this change in volume per unit area is defined as volume
stress.
(a) The body which does not have the property of opposing the deforming force, is known
Shear Stress :
as a plastic body.
When the stress is tangential or parallel to the surface of a body then it is known as shear
(b) The bodies which remain in deformed state even after removed of the deforming force stress. Due to this stress, the shape of the body changes or it gets twisted.
are defined as plastic bodies.
Internal restoring force : Difference between pressure and stress
When a external force acts at any substance then due to the intermolecular force there is Pressure Stress
a internal resistance produced into the substance called internal restoring force. Pressure is always normal to the Stress can be either normal or tangential.
At equilibrium the numerical value of internal restoring force is equal to the external force.
area.
STRESS:
Pressure on a body is always Stress can be compressive or tensile
The internal restoring force acting per unit area of cross-section of the deformed body is
called stress. compressive. or shear.
Pressure is a scalar Stress is a tensor
Internal restoring force F F
Stress  = int ernal = external
Area of cross section A A
SI UNIT : N-m–2 Dimension : M1L–1T–2

There are three types of stress – If deforming force is applied tangential to the surface, such that tangential stress is developed
(I) Longitudinal stress in a body, then the shape of the body may change.
F  er
(II) Volume stress A
n

(III) Shear stress  F

Longitudinal Stress :
When the stress is normal to the surface of body, then it is known as longitudinal stress. F

there are two types of longitudinal stress When a force ‘F’ acts at an angle '  ' with outward normal n to the area A as shown in figure. In
Tensile Stress this case, the stress will have the normal and tangential components.
The longitudinal stress, produced due to increase in length of a body, is defined as tensile To find the linear (or) longitudinal stress, take the component of the force perpendicular to the
stress. plane of a given area A, then divide this component ( Fer ) by the area ‘A’.

1 2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
F cos 
Fer There are three types of strain :
Longitudinal stress = 
A A Type of strain depends upon the directions of applied force.
To find the shearing stress, take the component of force parallel to the plane of the given area Longitudinal strain =
and then devide Fel by the area ‘A’.
Longitudinal strain is possible only in solids
FPal F sin 
Shearing stress = 
A A
The total stress = longitudinal stress + shearing stress change in volume of the body V
Volume strain = original volume of the body =
V
But not F/A.
Breaking Stress : Shear strain
The stress required to cause actual facture of a material is called the breaking stress or When a deforming force is applied to a body parallel to its surface then its shape (not size) changes.
ultimate strength. The strain produced in this way is known as shear strain.
F The strain produced due to change of shape of the body is known as shear strain.
Breaking stress =
A 
Dependence of breaking stress : (i) Nature of material (ii) Temperature (iii) Impurities. 
tan =
L F
Independence of breaking stress : (i) Cross sectional area or thickness ( i i ) A
 A' B B'
Applied force. L
 displacement of upper face
Note :The stress required to cause actual fracture of a material is called the breaking stress or  = = 
L distance between two faces
or the ultimate strength. F
D C

Breaking force = Breaking stress x area of cross section

Ø Breaking force is independent of length of the wire, but it depends on the nature of material
Relation Between angle of twist and Angle of shear
and area of cross section.
F  A, F  r [in case of cylindrical wire]
2

Ø The maximum length of the wire that can be hanged without breaking under its own weight
fixed
breaking stress r B

dg
Ø If we cut a wire that can support a maximum load W into two equal parts, then each part of the When a cylinder of length 'l' and radius 'r' is fixed at one end 
wire can support a maximum load W. 
'

Punching a hole :
Ø The force required to punch a hole of radius 'r' in a metal plate of thickness 't' is O 
tw is A A'
F = Maximum shearing stress x 2rt ted

and tangential force is applied at the other end, then the

L cylinder gets twisted. Figure shows the angle of shear
ABA' and angle of twist AOA'.
STRAIN L
Arc AA' = r  and Arc AA' = l 

r
so r  l r 

change in size of the body
Strain = original size of the body

3 4

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 = angle of twist,  = angle of shear 2:A uniform rope of mass M and Length L, on which a force F is applied at one end,
Youngs modulus
Longitudinal stress and Longitudinal strain are in constant ratio is called Young's modulus.
then find stress in the rope at a distance x from the end where force is applied?
Solution :
longitudinal stress
Young's modulus=
longitudinal strain
L
F
F . F. 
or Y= A = Þ e = M T F
e e A A.Y = mass per unit length
 L
X
1. Two wires made of same material having lengths l1 & l2 and radii r1 and r2 are subjected to the same
force. Then the ratio of their elongations is F
From F  Ma  a 
M
e1 l1 r22 l
  (since e  2 )
e2 l2 r12 M
r Tension, T  L  xa
2.Two wires made of same material having lengths l1 and l2 and masses m1 and m2 are subjected to the L
same force. Then the ratio of their elongations is M F F
 L  x   L  x
e1 l12 m 2 l2 L M L
  (since e  )
e 2 l 22 m1 m T F x
3. Two wires of same material and same volume having areas of cross section A1 & A2 are subjected Stress   1  
A A L
to the same force. Then the ratio of their elogations is Where tension T and area A must be perpendicular for tensile stress.
e1 A 22 1
 (since e  )
e 2 A12 A2 3.A force F is required to break a wire of length L and radius r. What is the force required
to break a wire of the same material, twice the length and 4 times the radius?
4. Two wires of same material and same volume having radii r1 and r2 are subjected to the same
force. Then the ratio of their elongations is F
Solution : breaking stress =
 r2  F  r
2
e1 r24 1
 (since e  )
e 2 r14 r4 F1 r12 1
 
5.When a body of mass 'm' and density 'dB' is suspended from a wire its elongation is 'e' when it is in air. F2 r22 16
If it is completely immersed in a non-viscous liquid of density dL then its new elongation is
 F 1  16 F
dL So the force required is 16 F in the second case
e1 = e(1– d )
B

PROBLEMS 4.The breaking stress of steel is 7.9×109 Nm–2 and density of steel is 7.9 × 103 kgm–3 and
1.A steel wire of 2mm in diameter is stretched by applying a force of 72N. Find the stress g = 10ms–2. The maximum length of steel wire that can hang vertically without breaking
is
in the wire.
Solution : r  1103 m; F=72N solution: Breaking Stress 
F
 lρ g
F F 72 A
The stress =  2 
A r  1103 
2
Breaking stress 7.9 109
L   105 m
72 g 7.9 103  10
=  2.292 10 7
Nm 2

 106 .
5: A body of mass “m” is connected to an inextensible thread of length “L” is whirled in
horizontal circle. Find the maximum angular velocity with which it can be whirled
without breaking the thread (Breaking stress of thread =S).

5 6
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
T  F centripetal  mL2  F1  l2  l   F2  l1  l  and F1l2  F1l  F2l1  F2l
solution: force

l1 F2  l2 F1
T mLmax
2
 F2  F1  l  l1F2  l2 F1 or l  F  F .
S  max 
A A  2 1
8 Find the pressure that has to be applied to the ends of a steel wire of length 10 cm,
SA to keep its length constant when its temperature is raised by 1000C is
max 
mL [2014, Jee-main]
6: In the given graph extension (e) of a wire of length 1m is suspended from the top of a Ysteel  2  1011 N / m 2  wire  1.1 10 5 / K
roof at one end and with a load “w” connected to other end , if the cross sectional
area of the wire is 10-6m2, the Young’s modulus of the material of wire is F
Solution: Pressure = P 
A
 e  10 m 
4

F/A F 
From, Y   Y  Y t
 A 
4

3
2
 P  Y t  2 1011 1.1105 102  2.2 108 Pa
1
9. A slightly conical wire of length  and radii r1and r2 is stretched by two forces of magnitude
F applied parallel to length in opposite directions and normal to end faces. If Y denotes
wN
the Youngs’s modulus, then find the elongation of the wire (r1>r2).
20 40 60 80
dx

r1 r r2
e 1 F
Sol: From graph slope,  104 F
w 20
x
w F
  20  104
e e 

F  w  Solution: Consider an element of length dx at distance x as shown in the figure. The radius of the
from Y      
A e e A  r2  r1 
section rx  r1   x
1   
 20 10  6  2 1011 N / m 2
4

10 F  dx 
The extension of the element d  
AxY

7. The length of a metal wire is l1 when the tension in it is F1 and l2 when the tension is F2. Fdx

find the natural length of wire  rx 2Y
Solution: Let l be the natural length of the wire for the force F1 if elongation is e1 . elongation of wire is

Fl Fl Fdx F
e1  1  Y  1    dl  
AY Ae1  r2  r1 
2
 rr
1 2Y.
0
 r1  x Y
Similarly for the force F2, if elongation is e2   
Fl Fl
e2  1
Y  1
10. A Steel rod of cross-sectional area 1m2 is acted upon by forces as shown in the Fig.
AY Ae2
Determine the total elongation of the bar. Take Y  2.0 1011 N / m2
l1  l  e1 and l2  l  e1
Fl F2l
Y 1

A l1  l  A l2  l 

7 8

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

dy T  stress 
if ‘dy’ is the elongation in the element ‘dr’ then   Strain  Y 
A B C D dr Ay
60 kN 10kN 20 k N 50kN T
 dy   AY dr
1 .5 m 1 m 2m

1  A 2 2
L L
Solution: The action of forces on each part of rod is shown in T
y
AY
dr  
2 AY
 L  r 2  dr
60kN 10kN 20kN O O

60kN 50kN 50kN

50kN
60kN
y = total elongation in the rod

1   2 L3
60kN
60kN 50kN 50kN
y
70kN 70kN 3 Y
We know that the extension due to external force F is given by
F 12. A uniform rod of length “L” and mass “M” is pulled horizontally on a smooth surface
e
AY with a force “F” elongation of the rod of a material of Young’s modulus Y is

 eAB 
 60 10  1.5  4.5 10
3
7
m
x L-x

1 2  1011 F
solution: dx

eBC 
 70 10  1.5  3.5 10
3
7
m
L

1 2  1011 Let a small element dx from the free end of the rod, the magnitude of force at this section is

and eCD 
 50 10  1.5  5.0 10
3
7
m F1 
F
 x ,
1 2  1011 L
The toal extension e  e AB  e BC  eCD
F
 4.5  10 7  3.5  10 7  5.0  10 7 elongation on this differential element is dl   x  dx
YAL
 13107 m  1.3 m
 Total elongation,
11 .A uniform rod of radius “R” and Length “L” is rotated with some angular velocity  in L
F  x2 
L
a horizontal plane about a vertical axis passing through one of its ends, then find F 1 FL
l   dl   x dx  =l 
tension in the rod?
0
YAL YAL  2 0 2 YA
Solution:
13. The following four wires of length L and radius r are made of the same material. Which of
 these will have the largest extension when the same tension is applied?
r
T  dT T
(a) L = 40 cm, r = 0.20 mm (b) L = 100 cm, r = 0.5 mm

dr (c) L = 200 cm, r = 1 mm (d) L = 300 cm, r = 1.5 mm.
L
FL L
solution: Y or L  2 .
 r 2 L r
Tension in small element of mass dm is Here L/r2 is maximum when L = 40 cm and r = 0.20 mm as compared to other cases.
dT  dm r  2  dT    Adr r 2 14.. If the ratio of lengths, radii and Young’s modulii of steel and brass wires in the Fig. are a, b,
this tension is only due to centripetal force due to all elements between x=L to x=r c respectively. Then the corresponding ratio of increase in their lengths would be
r r
T   dT     A 2 r dr   A 2  rdr
L L

1
T   AW 2  L2  r 2 
2
9 10
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
2ac 3a 3c 2a 2 c 19.A wire (Y = 2 ´ 1011 N/m2) has length 1 m and area 1 mm2. The work required to increase its
(a) (b) (c) (d) length by 2 mm is
b2 2b2 c 2ab2 b
(a) 400 J (b) 40 J (c) 4 J (d) 0.4 J.
solution:
F l YAx
Fl l F l A Y  3M  1 1 3a solution: Y   or F
A x l
As Dl = AY ; l  F  l  A  Y   2M   a  b2  c  2b2 c
s s s B B

B B B s s   1 1 YAx 2 1  2  1011  (106 )  (2  103 )2

15.The magnitude of the force developed by raising the temperature from 0ºC to 100ºC of the Workdone, W Fx    0.4 J
2 2 l 2 1
iron bar 1.00 m long and 1 cm cross section when it is held so that it is not permitted to expand
2
20. A rod PQ of length 1.05 m having negligible mass is supported at its ends by two wires
or bend is (  10 50 C 1 and Y  1011 N m2 ) one of steel (wire A), and the other of aluminium (wire B) of equal lengths as shown
(a) 103 N (b) 104 N (c) 105 N (d) 109 N. in Fg. The cross-sectional areas of wires A and B are 1.0 mm2 and 2.0mm2
respectively. At what point along the rod a load W be suspended in order to produce
solution: key a l   l t and F  YA l/l  Y A  t
(a) equal stress
(b) equal strains in both steel and aluminium.(Ysteel=200 GPa,Yaluminium=70 GPa)
16. A lift is tied with thick iron wires and its mass is 1000 kg. The minimum diameter of wire if
the maximum acceleration of lift is 1.2 ms–2 and the maximum safe stress is 1.4 ´ 108 N m–
2
is (g = 9.8 ms–2)
(a) 0.00141 m (b) 0.00282 m (c) 0.005 m (d) 0.01 m.
. solution: Ysteel YAl
When the lift is accelerated upwards with acceleration a, then tension in the rope is
T = m(g + a) = 1000 (9.8 + 1.2) = 11000 N. x
F T T
Now, stress = A   r 2 or r2 
  series P W
Q

11000  7 1 1 1
  or r ;so D  2r   0.01m
22  1.4  108 4  104 200 100 solution:e end P of the rod PQ, then for rotational equilibrium of the rod about O ,
F1 F2
SO F = 1011 ´ (10–4) ´ 10–5 ´ 100 = 104 N
17. A wire of length L and of area of cross-section A is stretched through a certain length l. If Y is
Young’s modulus of the material of the wire, then the force constant of the wire is P
O
Q
x
m
YL Yl YA YA
(a) (b) (c) (d) . w= mg
A A l L
F L F YA
solution: Y   or force constant =  x=0.7 m
A l l L
b) If F1 and F2 are the tensions in the wires A and B respectively to produce equal strain in
18. A uniform bar of length L with an elastic modulus Y and thermal coefficient a is held between
two rigid planes, one at each end of the bar. In this way the bar is prevented from expansion both wires, i.e, for  L  A   L  B ,
in these directions when it is heated. When the temperature of the bar is raised by DTºC, the
stress developed in the bar is  1mm2   200GPa  10
 2  
Y YL  2mm   700GPa  7
Y  T
(a) Y  T (b) (c) (d)
L T T . If mass m is now placed at a distance x’ from the end P of the rod PQ, for the rotational
equilibrium of the rod about O,
F Y l  Y[l0 (1   T)  l0 ]  Y  T

F
solution: Stress = l0
F1 2

A l
O
P
Q
x
m

w = m g

11 12

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

F1 1.05  x Elastic Hysteresis
F1 x  F2 1.05  x  or 
F2 x The strain persists even when the stress is removed.

7.35
x  0.43m  7.35  7 x  10 x
17

g
7.35 This lagging behind of strain is called elastic hysteresis.
sin
load or stress

g
x  0.43m

sin
17 re a

ea
nc

ecr
di
l oa

dd
STRESS - STRAIN GRAPH
loa

extension or strain
Proportion Limit :The limit in which Hook's law is valid and stress is directly
proportional to strain is called proportion limit.
This is the reason why the values of strain for same stress
are different while increasing the load and while decreasing the load.
Breaking stress also measures the tensile strength.
Stress  Strain
Metals with small plastic deformation are called brittle.
Metals with large plastic deformation are called ductile.
Elasticity restoring forces are strictly conservative only when the elastic hysteresis is zero.
i.e. the loading and unloading stress - strain curves are identical.
The material which have low elastic hysteresis have also low elastic relaxation time.
HOOKE'S LAW
The limit in which Hook's law is valid and stress is directly
proportional to strain is called proportion limit. Within elastic limit, the extension of an elastic body is directly proportional to the force that
is producing it.
Elastic limit Thomus Young, an English scientist modified the law to a general form.
That maximum stress which on removing the This modified law is true for all kinds of deformation such as bending, compression, stretching,
deforming force makes the body to recover twisting etc.
completely its original state. This modified form, given below, is now the accepted form of Hooke's Law.
Yield Point Within elastic limit, stress is proportional to strain.
The point beyond elastic limit, at which the length of wire starts increasing without increasing
This constant is known as modulus of elasticity or coefficient of elasticity.
stress, is defined as the yield point.
The modulus of elasticity depends only on the type of material used.
Breaking Point It does not depend upon the value of stress and strain.
The position when the strain becomes so large that the wire breaks down at last, is called
breaking point. At this position the stress acting in that wire is called breaking stress and
21. Two rods of different metals, having the same area of cross - section A, are placed
strain is called breaking strain.
end to end between two massive walls as shown in fig. If the temperature of both
When the deforming force, applied on a body, is changed rapidly then it temporarily loses the rods are now raised by t 0C then
its property of elasticity. This is known as elastic fatigue. a) Find the force with which the rods acts on each other at heigher
Elastic Fatigue temperature.

  Y
When the deforming force, applied on a body, is changed rapidly then it temporarily loses 1  2

A 1Y1
its property of elasticity. This is known as elastic fatigue. 2 2
B

13 14
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
FL  9.810 10 
solution:a) Due to heating the increases in length of the composite rod will be 2 1

x  
   I  11t   2 2 t    11   2 2  t ... (1) A 102  25109 
due to compressive force ‘F’ from the walls, due to elasticity, the decrease in length will be  0.4 106 m  4 107 m.
23 The rubber cord catapult has a cross-sectional area 1 mm2 and total unstretched length 10.0
F 1 F  2 F   1  2 
  D       cm. It is stretched to 12.0 cm and then released to project a missile of mass 5.0 g. Taking
AY1 AY2 A  Y1 Y2  .... (2) Young’s modulus for rubber as 5.0108 N m–2, the tension in the cord is
(a) 1000 N (b) 100 N (c) 10 N (d) 1 N.
As the length of the composite rod remains unchanged the increase in length due to heating
must be equal to decrease in length due to compression. F l l (5.0  108 )  (106 )  (2  102 )
solution. Y  or F  YA =  100 N
A l l (10  102 )
F  1  2 
 11   2 2  t     24Two wires of equal length and cross-section area suspended as shown in Fig. in Their Young’s
A  Y1 Y2  modulus are Y 1 and Y-2 respectively. The equivalent Young’s modulus will be

shift in the joint of a rod

If is 1   2 then final length of first rod

elong ation + l compression
F l
 l  l 1   
Fl solution. Y  
Ay1 A l
F YA
Spring constant of wire, k   , keq = k1 + k2
l1  l  l1 
1   2   l l
1 1 Y (2 A ) Y1 A Y2 A Y1  Y2
 or   or Y 
y1 y2 l l l 2

l    y1 1  y 2 2 
Shift in joint = l  l  x 
1

y1  y 2
22.The edge of an aluminium cube is 10 cm long. one face of cube is firmly fixed to a
vertical wall. A mass of 100 kg is then attached to the opposite face of the cube. The
shear modulus of aluminium is 25 GPa. What is the displacement of upper face relative
to lower face. 25.fig. shows the stress-strain graph of a certain substance. over which region of the graph is
IIooke’s Law obeyed?
solution. Here; L  10cm  10 1 m
A  L2  102 m2
F  100kg wt  100  9.8 N  9.8  102 N .
  25 GPa  25  109 pa  25  109 N / m2

As
shear stress F / A FL
  
Shear strain x / L Ax
(a) BC (b) CD (c) AB (d) OD.
For Hooke’s law ; stress µ stain i.e. the graph between stress and strain is a straight line,
which is so for portion O to D.

15 16

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

26. The potential energy U between two molecules as a function of the distance X between
them has been shown in the adjoining figure. The two molecules are Density of compressed liquid :
If a liquid of density '  ', volume V and bulk modulus 'K' is compressed, then its density in-
creases
m
density  
V
1  V
   -------- (1)
V  V
1  V
(a)attracted when X lies between A and B and repelled whenX lies between B and C    -------- (1)
(b) attracted when X lies between B and C and are repelled when X lies between A and B V  V
(c) attracted when they reach B. (d) repelled when they reach B. But by definition of bulk modulus
When there is attraction between molecule, the potential energy decreases with decrease in V  P V P
B   ----------------(2)
distance, in case of force of repulsion between the molecules the potential energy increases with V V B
the decrease in distance between the molecules
 P
from (1) and (2)   K

Bulk modulus (B) :

1   P P  P 
volume stress   1      1   1 
K 
Bulk modulus   K K 
bulk strain
Also    1  CP where ‘C’ is the compressibility..
1
F
V F  PV 27.A 8m long string of rubber, having density 1.5 x 10 3 kg/m3 and young's modulus
B A  
V = Constant V V A V N/m2 is suspended from the ceiling of a room. The increase in its length due to its own
V weight will be (g=10m/s2)
* negative sign indicates the decrease in volume with increase in pressure
Bsolids  Bliquids  Bgases
Solution: The increase in its length due to its own weight
* If a block of coefficient of cubical expansion  is heated through a rise in temperature of  ,
the pressure to be applied on it to prevent its expansion = K , where K is its bulk modulus. l2g 82 1.5103 10
e   9.6102 m
* When a rubber ball of volume V, bulk modulus K is taken to a depth 'h' in water decrease in its 2Y 25106
hdgV 28.What is the density of water at a depth where the pressure is 80.0 atm, given its density
volume V  ; (d = density of material) at the surface is 1.03 103 kg / m3 ? Compressibility of water  45.8  1010 pa 1.
K
* For an incompressible material, V  0 , Solution.
so bulk modulus is infinity. B
P

V

P
Solid possesses y, n and k V V B
Liquids and gases possess only K. V
* Isothermal bulk modulus of the gas = P(pressure)   79  1.013  105    45.8  10 10 
Adiabatic bulk modulus of the gas = p
Cp  36.65  103

V  m /     m /    1 
(where   ) 1
CV
but 
adiabatic change in volume Va
V m /   1
 
isothermal change in volume Vi  V
 1
 V
1
* The reciprocal of bulk modulus is called compressibility. C 
K

17 18
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1.03  103 1.03  103
or   
1

1  36.65  103 0.964

 1.07  103 kg / m 3 supported at its ends. A cantilever beam is fixed at one end.
29.Determine the volume contraction of a solid copper cube, 10 cm on an edge, when
subjected to a hydraulic pressure of 7.0  106 pa. (Bulk modulus for copper=140 GPa)
solution: Here;
L  10cm  101 m,
V  L3 103 m3,
P  7.0  106 Pa, B  140 GPa
(iv) Deflection of beam : Deflection of beam at its centre due to load placed as shown in Figure.
 140  109 Pa.
P V W 3 W 3
As B  ,  for simply supported beam and   for cantilever beam where I is called
V 48YI 3YI

P V  7.0  10 10 
6 3 geometric moment of area.
V    5  108 m 3
B 140 109  i) For rectangular cross - section I 
bd 3 d
30.A solid sphere of radius 'R' made of a material of bulk modulus B is surrounded by a 12
b
liquid in a cylindrical container. A massless piston of area 'A' floats on the surface of the
liquid. Find the fractional change in the radius of the sphere , when a mass M is placed on r 4 r
the piston to compress the liquid. ii) For circular cross - section I 
4
solution: As for a spherical body
Ø A force F is applied tangentially on the upper face of a cube of side length L by fixing its lower
4 V R
V  R 3 , 3 face. If l is the displacement of the upper face and A is the area of the upper face, A  L2 .
3 V R
Now by definition of bulk modulus FL FL F
 Rigidity modulus,   Al  2  Ll .
P V P Mg  Mg  Ll
B  V i.e   as P 
V V B AB  A  Ø One end of the rod is fixed the other free end is
twisted through an angle  by applying a torque
dR 1 V dR Mg
    . The work done on the rod is
R 3 V R 3 AB
1
W 
2
wires in series
Two wires of different length 1 ,  2 and of same radii are joined end to end and loaded.
(iii) Bending of Beam :
Beam is the structural member which can carry transverse load. A simply supported beam is Young’s modulii Y1 , Y2 respectively ,and combination behaves as a single wire
stress produced in two wires is same

e1 Y1

***
e2 Y2

19 20

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

32. A copper wire 2m long is stretched by 1mm. If the energy stored in the stretched wire
Total elongation is e  e1  e2 is converted into heat, calculate the rise in temperature of the wire.
( Y  12.5 1010 N / m 2 ;
F leff F l1 F l2
A Yeff
 
A Y1 A Y2
 = 9 103 kg / m3 ; s  385 J / Kg / K )
1 m
Sol: m s  t  2 Y  stra in   
2

1   2 1  2
  2
Yeff Y1 Y2 1 Y e
t     
2  
if two wires are having same length, 1   2 then
2
1 12.5 1010  1 
2 1 1 2 Y1Y 2 t     0.045 0C
Y eff
 
Y1 Y 2
 Y eff 
Y1  Y 2 2 9 103 1000  2 
So the rise in temperature of the wire is 0.0045OC
TWO WIRES CONNECTED IN PARALLEL 33. A catapult consists of two parallel rubber cords each of length 20 cm and
Two wires of same length but different area of cross section A1 , A2 are joined in parallel and cross- sectional area 5 cm2 when stretched by 8 cm, it can throw a stone of mass
4gm to a vertical height 5 m, the Young’s modulus of elasticity of rubber is
loaded. If the youngs modulii of the materials of the wires are Y1 & Y2 and the combination
 g  10 m / sec 
2
behaves as a single wire
The strain produced in the two wires is same Sol: The total elastic potential energy is converted into gravitational potential energy
Y 1 YAe2 2 mghL
1 Y 2   mgh  Y 
2 L Ae 2
mghL
w for a single string, Y 
Ae 2
Ø Elongation produced in the two wires is same but stress is shared between them
(stress)1+(stress)2=stress 4  103  10  5  20 10 2 4 102
F  F1  F2  
5  104   8  10 2 
2
5  64 108
Yeff Aeff Y1 A1 Y2 A2
 
l l l  1.25  10 4 N / m 2

Y1 A1  Y2 A2  Ycff  A1  A2  Factors effecting Elasticity:

Y1 A1  Y2 A2 * Annealing decreases elasticity while hammering and rolling increases it.
 Ycff , if two wires are of same area of cress section, A  A * The impurity having higher elasticity than the sample to which it is added increases the elasticity
A1  A2 1 2

while the impurity with smaller elasticity decreases the elasticity of the sample.
Y1  Y2
Yeff  * Normally, elasticity of the material gets decreased with rise in temperature. However, INVAR
2 STEEL is a material whose elastic behaviour is not affected by rise in temperature.
31.A 40 kg boy whose legs are 4cm2 in area 50cm long falls through a height of 2m
without breaking his leg bones. If the bones can with stand a stress of 0.9  108 N / m 2 . Work done in stretching a wire (Potential energy of a stretched wire)
Calculate the Young’s modulus of material of the bone. For a wire of lenght Lo stretched by a distance x, the restoring elastic force is
Sol:

 1 stress 2  L0 L0
mgh  2    volume ,
 2 Y 

0.9108  4104 50102

2
x
Y :
409.8 2 F
 2.0510 N / m 2
9

21 22
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 x  elongation. The stress required to produce a net elongation of 0.2 mm is,
F = stress × area = Y  L  A
 o [Given, the Young’s modulus for stell and brass are, respectively, 120 109 N / m2
The work has to be done against the elastic restoring forces. and 60 109 N / m2 ]

YA
(1) 1.2 106 N / m2 (2) 4.0 106 N / m2 10 apr mains 2020
dW = F . dx = L x. dx (3) 1.8 106 N / m2 (4) 0.2 106 N / m2
o

5. The elastic limit of brass is 379 MPa. What should be the minimum diameter of a
The total work done in stretching the wire from x = 0 to x = Dl is, then brass rod if it is to support a 400 N load without exceeding its elastic limit?
  (1) 1.00 mm (2) 1.16 mm 10APR MAINS 2019
YA YA  x2  YA( )2 (3) 0.90 mm (4) 1.36 mm
W 
0 Lo
x.dx   
L o  2 0
or W
2L o 6. A steel wire having a radius of 2.0 mm, carrying a load of 4kg, is hanging from a ceiling.
Given tha g = 3.1 A ms–2, what will be the tensile stress tha would be developed in the
1
w= 2
x stretching force x extension. wire? 9 APR MAINS 2019
1 YAe 2 1 F 2  1 F2  (1) 6.2 106 Nm2 (2) 5.2 106 Nm2
ii) w = 1
Fe = = 
2 2 l 2 AY 2 r 2 y (3) 3.1106 Nm2 (4) 4.8 106 Nm2
iii) w = 12 x stress x strain x volume of the wire 7. A steel wire having a radius of 2.0 mm, carrying a load of 4kg, is hanging from a ceiling.
Given that g = 3.1 A ms–2, what will be tha tensile stress tha twould be developed in
iv) Area under F-e graph gives the work done or the strain energy stored in the the wire? 9 APR MAINS 2019
.
(1) 6.2 106 Nm2 (2) 5.2 106 Nm2
previous jeemains questions (3) 3.1106 Nm2 (4) 4.8 106 Nm2
Topic:1_Hooke’s Law & Young’s Modulus
8. Young’s moduli of two wires A and B are in the ratio 7:4. Wire A is 2m long and has
A B radius R. Wire B is 1.5 m long and has radius 2mm. If the two wires stretch by the
1. If the potential energy between two molecules is given by U    , then at
same length for a given load, then the value of R is close to:8 APR MAINS 2019
r 6 r12
equilibrium, separation between molecules, and the potential energy are: (1) 1.5 mm (2) 1.9 mm
sep 6 mains 2020 (3) 1.7 mm (4) 1.3 mm
1 1
9. As shown in the figure, forces of 105N each are applied in opposite directions, on the
 B 6 A2  B 6 upper and lower faces of a cube of side 10 cm, shifting the upper face parallel to itself
(1)   , (2)   , 0 by 0.5cm. If the side of another cube of the same material is, 20 cm, then under similar
 2A  2B  A conditions as above, the displacement will be APR 15 MAINS 2018
1 1
2 2
 2B  6 A  2B  6 A
(3)   , (4)   ,
 A  4B  A  2B
2. A body of mass m = 10 kg is attached to one end of a wire of length 0.3 m. The
maximum angular speed (in rad s-1) with which it can be rotated about its other end (1) 1.00 cm (2) 0.25 cm
in space station is (Breading stress of wire = 4.8 107 Nm2 and area of (3) 0.37 cm (4) 0.75 cm
crosssection of the wire = 102 cm2 ) is______ 9 jan mains 2020 10. A thin 1m long rod has a radius of 5 mm. A force of 50 kN is applied at one end to
determine its Young’s modulus. Assume that the force is exactly known. If the least
3. A uniform cyclindrical rod of length L and radius r, is made from a material whose
count in the measurement of all lengths is 0.01 mm, which of the following
Young’s modulus of Elasticity equals Y. When this rod is heated by temperature T
statements is false ? APR MAINS 2016
and simultaneously subjected to a net longitudinal compressional force F, its
length remains unchanged. The coefficient of volume expansion, of the material of (1) The maximum value of Y that can be determined is 2 1014 N / m2
the rod, is (nearly) equal to: Y
 2
(1) 9 F / r YT  2
(2) 6 F / r YT  12 apr mains2020
(2)
Y
gets minimum contribution from the uncertainty in the length

Y
(3) 3 F /  r YT  2
(4) F /  3r YT  2
(3)
Y
gets its maximum contribution from the uncertainty in strain
4. In an environment, brass and steel wires of length 1 m each with areas of cross (4) The figure of merit is the largetst for the length of the rod
section 1 mm2 are used. The wires are connected in series and one end of the 11. A uniformly tapering conical wire is made from a material of Young’s modulus Y
combined wire is connected to a rigid support and other end is subjected to and has a normal, unextended length L. the radii, at the upper and lower ends of

23 24

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

this conical wire, have values R and 3R, respectively. The upper end of the wire is
fixed to a rigid support and a mass M is suspended from its lower end. The
equilibrium extended length, of this wire, would equal.. APR9 MAINS 2016

 2 Mg   1 Mg 
(1) L 1   (2) L 1   APR9 MAINS 2013
 9 YR 2   9 YR 2 
 1 Mg   2 Mg 
(3) L  1   (4) L 1  
 3 YR 2   3 YR 2 
12. The pressure that has to be applied to the ends of a stell wire of elngth 10 cm to
3c 2a 2 c 3a 2ac
(1) (2) (3) 2 (4) 2
keep its length constant when its temperature is raised by 1000C is 2ab2 b 2b c b
(1) 2.2 108 Pa (2) 2.2 109 Pa MAINS 2014 17. A steel wire can sustain 100 kg weight without breaking. If the wire is cut into two
equal parts, each part can sustain a weight of MAY19 MAINS 2012
(3) 2.2 107 Pa (4) 2.2 106 Pa (1) 50 kg (2) 400 kg
13. Two blocks of masses m and M are connected by means of a metal wire of cross- (3) 100 kg (4) 200 kg
sectional area A passing over a frictionless fixed pulley as shown in the figure. The 18. A structural steel rod has a radius of 10 mm and length of 1.0 m. A 100 kN force
system is then released. If M = 2m, then the stress produced in the wire is stretches it along its length. Young’s modulus of structural steel is 2 1011 Nm2 .
The percentage strain is about MAY7 2012
(1) 0.16% (2) 0.32% (3) 0.08% (4) 0.24%
19. The load versus elongation graphs for four wires of same length and made of the
same material are shown in the figure. The thinnest wire is represented by the line
APR MAINS2013

2mg 4mg mg 3mg MAY7 2012

(1) (2) (3) (4)
3A 3A A 4A
14. A copper wire of length 1.0 m and a steel wire of length 0.5 m having equal cross-
sectional areas are joined end to end. The composite wire is stretched by a certain (1) OA (2) OC (3) OD (4) OB
load which stretches the copper wire by 1 mm. If the Young’s modulii of copper 20. Two wires are made of the same material and have the same volume. However
and steel are respectively 1.0 1011 Nm2 and 2.0 1011 Nm2 , the total extension of wire 1 has cross-sectional area A and wire 2 has cross-sectional area 3A. If the
the composite wire is APR23 MAINS 2013 length of wire 1 increases by  x on applying force F, how much force is needed to
(1) 1.75 mm (2) 2.0 mm stretch wire 2 by the same amount? MAY7 2009
(3) 1.50 mm (4) 1.25 mm (1) 4F (2) 6F (3) 9F (4) F
21. A wire elongates by l mm when a load W is hanged from it. If the wire goes over a
15. A uniform wire (Young’s modulus 2 1011 Nm2 ) is subjected to longitudinal tensile
pulley and two weights W each are hung at the two ends, the elongation of the
stress of 5 1011 Nm2 . If the overall volume change in the wire is 0.02%, the wire will be (in mm)
fractional decrease in the radius of the wire is close to: (1) l (2) 2l (3) zero (4) l/2 MAY 2006
(1) 1.0  104 (2) 1.5 104 APR22 MAINS 2013
Topic-2: Bulk and Rigidity Modulus and Work Done in Stretching a Wire
(3) 0.25 104 (4) 5  104 22. Two steel wires having same length are suspended from a ceiling under the same
16. If the ratio of lengths, radii and Young’s moduli of stell and brass wires in the figure load. If the ratio of their energy stored per unit volume is 1 : 4, the ratio of their
are a, b and c respectively, then the corresponding ratio of increase in their diameters is: 9JAN20120 MAINS
lengths is: (1) 2 :1 (2) 1: 2 (3) 2 :1 (4) 1: 2
23. A boy’s catapult is made of rubber cord which is 42 cm long, with 6 mm diameter of
cross-section and of negligible mass. The boy keeps a stone weighing 0.02 kg on
it and stretches the cord by 20 cm by applying a constant force. When released,
the stone flies off with a velocity of 20 ms–11. Neglect the change in the area of
cross-section of the cord while stretched. The Young’s modulus of rubber is
closest to: 8APRMAINS2019
(1) 106 N/m–2 (2) 104 N/m–2
25 26
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(3) 108 N/m–2 (4) 103 N/m–2 30. A wire fixed at the upper end stretches by length  by applying a force F. The work
24. A solid sphere of radius r made of a soft material of bulk modulus K is surrounded by done in stretching is
a liquid in a cylindrical container. A massless piston of area a floats on the surface of F F
the liquid, covering entire cross-section of cylindrical container. When a mss m is (1) 2F (2) F (3) (4) APR2004 MAINS
placed on the surface of the piston to compress the liquid, the fractional decrement 2 2

 dr  HINTS & SOLUTIONS

in the radius of the sphere   , is 2018 MAINS
 r  A B
Ka Ka 1. (3) Given: U  6  12
mg mg r r
(1) (2) (3) (4) For equilibrium,
mg 3mg 3Ka Ka
25. A bottle has an opening of radius a and length b. A cork of length b and radius
 a  a  where  a  a  is compressed to fit into the opening completely (see
F
dU
dr
   
  A 6r 7  B 12r 13  0 
figure). If the bulk modulus of cork is B and frictional coefficient between the bottle 6 A 12 B 6A 1
 0  7  13  
and cork is  then the force needed to push the cork into the bottle is r r 12 B r 6
1/6
 2B 
 Separation between molecules, r   
 A 
Potential energy,
APR12 2014 MAINS   2B 
1/6  A B
U r     
  A   2 B / A 4 B 2 / A2
 
 A2 A2  A 2
(1)  Bb  a (2)  2Bb  a  
2B 4B 4B
(3)  Bb  a (4)  4Bb  a 2. (4) Given: wire length, l  0.3m
26. Steel ruptures when a shear of 3.5 108 Nm2 is applied. The force needed to punch Mass of the body, m  10kg
a 1 cm diameter hole in a steel sheet 0.3 cm thick is nearly APR12 2014 MAINS Breaking stress,   4.8 107 Nm2
(1) 1.4 104 N (2) 2.7 104 N Area of cross-section, a  102 cm2
(3) 3.3 104 N (4) 1.1104 N Maximum angular speed   ?
27. The bulk moduli of ethanol, mercury and water are given as 0.9, 25 and 2.2 respectively
T  Ml 2
in units of 10 Nm–2. For a given value of pressure, the fractional compression in
9

V V T ml 2
volume is . Which of the following statements about for these three liquids is  
V V A A
correct ?
(1) Ethanol > Water > Mercury
APR11 2014 MAINS
ml 2
 48 107  2 
48 107 A  
(2) Water > Ethanol > Mercury A ml
(3) Mercury > Ethanol > Water
(4) Ethanol > Mercury > Water
 2 
 48 10 10   16
7 6

28. In materials like aluminium and copper, the correct order of magnitude of various 10  3
elastic modului is APR9 2014 MAINS
 max  4rad / s
(1) Young’s modulus < shear modulus < bulk modulus
(2) Bulk modulus < Shear modulus <Young’s modulus 3. (3)  temp   force
(3) Shear modulus < Young’s modulus < Bulk modulus
FL
(4) Bulk modulus < Young’s modulus < Shear modulus or L  T  
29. If ‘S’ is stress and ‘Y’ is young’s modulus of material of wire, the energy stored in AY
the wire per unit volume is APR9 2005 MAINS FL F
  
S2 S 2Y AYT r 2YT
(1) (2) 2S 2Y (3) (4) Coefficient of volume expression
2Y 2Y S2

27 28

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

3F Fl1 Fl2 2 1.5
r  3  or r 2 y  r 2 y or 2 
r 2YT 1 1 2 2 R  7 22  4
4. (Bonus)
 R  1.75 mm
9. (2) For same material the ratio stress to strain is same
For first cube
force1 105
Stress1  

Y
Stress
area1 0.12  
Young modulus,  l  change in length1 0.5 102
  Strain1  
 L original length1 0.1
Let  be the stress
For second block,
L1 L1 L2
Total elongation lnet  Y  Y  Y force2 105
Stress 2  
 
1 1 2
area 2 0.2 2
1 1 
lnet       L1  L2  1m cahnge in length 2 x
 Y1 Y2  strain 2  
original length 2 0.2
 YY  x is the displacement for second block
  l  1 2 
 Y1  Y2  stress1 stress 2
For same material, strain  strain
 120  60  6 N
 0.2  103   9
  10  8  10 2
1 2
 180  m
10.5 105
F  120  60  6 N
5. (2) Stress   9
  10  8  10 2  0.12 
 0.2 2
A  180  m or, 0.5  102 x
400  4 0.1 0.2
 d2 
379 106  Solving we get, x  0.25cm
d  1.15mm
F 
6. (3) Goven, 10. (1) Young’s modulus Y  /
Radius of wire, r = 2 mm A 
Mass of the load m = 4 kg F
Y
F mg r 2 
Stress  A   r 2
  Given, radius r = 5mm, force F = 50 F  50kN ,
4  3.1 
  3.1106 N / m 2  0.01 mm

 
2
 2 103
F 
7. (3) Given, Y  2  2  1014 N / m2
r  
Radius of wire, r = 2 mm
Mass of the load m = 4 kg 2R
11. (3) Consider a small element dx of radius r, r  xR
F mg 4  3.1 L
  

A   r 2  2  103

2
Stress

 3.1106 N / m2
8. (3) 1   2

29 30
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
0.5  103
Ls   0.25m
2
Therefore, total extension of the composite wire
 Lc  Ls
 1mm  0.25m  1.25m
15. (3) Given, y  2  1011 Nm 2
At equilibrium change in length of the wire
F 7 2
1
Mgdx Stress    5  10 Nm
 A
 dL   2R 
2
0
 x  R y V  0.02%  2 104 m3
 L  r
Taking limit from 0 to L ?
r
  stress    
    strain    ...(i)
Mg  1 L  MgL strain   0  stress
L    
y   2 Rx 
L
2 R  R 2 y 2
   R  V  2x 0 r  r  ....(ii)
  L  
From equation (i) and (ii) putting the value of ,  0 and V and solving we get
The equilibrium extended length of wire L  L
r
MgL  1 Mg   0.25  104
 L  L 1   r
3R 2Y  3 YR 2  16. (3) According to questions,
stress s r y 
12. (1) Young’s modulus Y   a , s  b, s  c , s  ?
strain b rb yb  b
stress = Y x strain
Stress in steel wire = Applied pressure F F
As, y   
Pressure = stress = Y x strain A Ay
L 3mg  s
Strain =  T  s   Fs   M  2M  g 
L rs2 . ys
(As length is constant)
2mg  b
 2 1011 1.1105 100  2.2 108 Pa  b   Fb  2Mg 
rb2 . yb
 2mM 
13. (2) Tension in the wire, T   g 3Mg  s
mM 
Force / Tension 2mM  s r 2 . y 3a
Stress   g   s s  2
Area A m  M  b 2Mg. b 2b C
2
rb . yb
2  m  2m  g
  M  2m given  17. (3) Breaking force  area of cross section of wire Load hold by wire is
A  m  2m  independent of length of the wire.
4m 2 4mg 18. (1) Given: F  100kN  105 N
 g
3mA 3A Y  2 1011 Nm2
14. (4) Yc   Lc / Lc   Ys   Ls / Ls   0  1.0m
radius r = 10 mm = 10–2 m
 1 103  11  Ls 
 11011     2  10   0.5 
Stress
From formula, Y 
 1  Strain

31 32

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Stress F Case (ii) At equilibrium T = W
 Strain  
Y AY W/A
Y
 Young’s moduls, /2
105 105 1
   L/2
r 2Y 3.14 104  2 1011 628
W/A W L
1 Y   
There fore%strain =  100  0.16% /L A Y
638  Elongation is the same
19. (1) From the graph, it is clear that for the same value of load, elongation is maximum 22. (1) If force F acts a long the length L of the wire of crosssection A, then energy stored
for wire OA. Hence OA is the thinnest wire among the four wires in unit volume of wire is given by
20. (3) 1
Energy density  stress  strain
2
1 F F
  
2 A AY
F X
( stress  and strain  )
A AY
1 F2 1 F 2  16 1 F 2  16
  
For wire 1  
2 A2Y 2 d 2 2 Y 2 d 4Y

Length L1  1 If u1 and u2 are the densities of two wires, then

Area, A1  A 4
u1  d 2  d d
Fore wire 2     1   4   1  2 :1
1/4

 u2  d1  d2 d2
Length, L2  23. (1) When a catapult is stretched up to length l , then the stored energy in it  k .E 
3
Area, A2  3 A 1  YA  1 mv 2 L
.    I   mv 2  y 
2
As the wires are made of same material, so they will have same young’s modulus
  l 
2
2  L  2
For wire 1,
m = 0.02 kg
F/A
Y ....(i) v = 20 ms–1
x /  L = 0.42 m
For wire 2,
F '/ 3 A  
2
A = d / 4
Y ....(ii)
x /   / 3 d = 6 103 m
From (i) and (ii) we get, l  0.2 m
F  F'  0.02  400  0.42  4
    F '  9F y  2.3 106 N / m2
A x 3 A 3x  36  106  0.04
21. (1) Case (i) So, order is 10 6

volumetric stress
24. (3) Bulk modulus, K  volumetric strain

mg
K
 dV 
a 
 V 
At equilibrium, T  W dV mg
W/A  
Young’s modules, Y  ....(1) V Ka
/L
W L 33 34
Elongation,   
A Y
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
4 3 lateral strain   
volume of sphere, V  R 28. (3) Poisson’s ratio,   longitudinal strain 
3  
dV 3dr For material like copper,   0.33
Fractional change in volume  .....(ii)
V r
And, Y  3k 1  2 
3dr mg
Using eq. (i) & (ii)  9 1 3
r Ka Also,  
Y k 
dr mg
  (fractional decrement in radius)
r 3Ka Y  2 1   
Normal force N N Hence,   Y  k
25. (4) Stress  Area
 
A  2a  b 29. (1) Energy stored in the wire per unit volume,
Stress = B x strain 1
E   stress  strain ....(i)
N 2aa  b 2
B We know that,
 2a  b a 2b
stress
Y
N B
 2a 2 ab2 strain
a 2b stress
 strain 
Force needed to push the cork Y
f  N  4baB   4Bb  a On substituting the expression of strain in equation (i) we get
1 stress 1 S 2
E   stress   .
2 Y 2 Y
30. (4) Let A and L be the area and length of the wire. Work done by constant force in
26. (3) displacing the wire by the distance  .
= change in potential energy
Shearing strain is created along the side surface of the punched disk. Note that the 1
  stress  strain  volume
forces exerted on the disk are exerted along the circumference of the disk, and the 2
total force exerted on its center only 1 F  F
Let us assume that the shearing stress along the side surface of the disk is uniform,     A L 
2 A L 2
then
F  max dAmax  max  dA
surface surface

D
   max . A   max .2   h
2
1 
 3.5  108    102   0.3  10 2  2
2 
 3.297 104  3.3 104 N
1
27. (1) Compressibility  Bulk mod ulus
As bulk modulus is least for ethanol (0.9) and maximum for mercury (25) among
V
ehtanol, mercury and water. Hence compression in volume .
V
Ethanol > Water > Mercury

35 36

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

The atmospheric pressure is maximum at the surface of earth and goes on decreasing as we move
Fluid Mechanics ( Viscosity ) up into the earth’s atmosphere.
The pressure at the bottom of the container due to liquid column of height ‘h’ is P  h  g ,
Fluid is the name given to a substance which begins to flow when external force is applied on it.
Liquids and gases are fluids. where '  ' is the density of the liquid

Fluids do not have their own shape but take the shape of the containing vessel. If atmospheric pressure( Po ) is considered, then net pressure at the bottom of the container is
Fluids flow from one place to other because of pressure difference. P  Po  hg
The branch of physics which deals with the study of fluids at rest is called hydrostatics Gauge pressure :
The branch which deals with the study of fluids in motion is called hydrodynamics. The pressure difference between hydrostatic pressure P and atmospheric pressure P0 is called
Pressure:. gauge pressure.

¨The normal force exerted by liquid at rest on a given surface in contact with it is called thrust of P  P0  h  g
liquid on that surface. Pabsolute  Patm  Pgauge
¨The normal force (or thrust) exerted by liquid at rest per unit area of the surface in contact with it,
Absolute pressure is always positive and is never equal to zero.
is called pressure of liquid or hydrostatic pressure.
Gauge pressure may be positive, negative or zero.’nn
If F be the normal force acting on a surface of area A in contact with liquid, NOTE :
F Hydrostatic pressure depends on the depth of the point below the surface (h), nature of liquid (  ) and
then pressure exerted by liquid on this surface is P 
A acceleration due to gravity (g) while it is independent of the amount of liquid, shape of the container or
F cross-sectional area considered. So if a given liquid is filled in vessels of different shapes to same height,
¨The average pressure on the surface area A due to a normal force F is Pavg 
A the pressure at the base in each vessel’s will be the same, though the volume or weight of the liquid in
F dF different vessels will be different.
¨Pressure at a point is given by P  ALt0 
A dA PA  PB  PC but WA  WB  WC
¨ Units : N / m2 or Pascal (S.I.)
 Dyne/cm2 (C.G.S.)
1Nm-2=10dyne/cm2
[F] [MLT 2 ]
¨ Dimension : [P ]    [ML1T  2 ] nnNN
[ A] [L2 ] (A) (B) (C)
¨ At a point pressure acts in all directions and a definite direction is not associated with it.
So pressure is a tensor quantity.
 In a liquid at same level, the pressure will be same at all points, if not, due to pressure difference the
Atmospheric pressure :
liquid cannot be at rest. This is why the height of liquid is the same in vessels of different shapes
¨The gaseous envelope surrounding the earth is called the earth’s atmosphere and the
containing different amounts of the same liquid at rest when they are in communication with each other.
pressure exerted by the atmosphere is called atmospheric pressure.
¨Its value on the surface of the earth at sea level is nearly 1 .013  10 5 N / m 2 or Pascal
¨The practical units of pressure are atmosphere, bar and torr (mm of Hg)
¨ 1 atmospheric pressure = 1.01325 105 pascal ,
1 bar = 760mm of Hg = 76cm of Hg = 0.76m of Hg,
1 torr = 1 mm of Hg.’
Pressure is isotropic i.e., the pressure exerted by a liquid at a point is same in all directions.
Pressure is uniform on a horizontal plane for a liquid at rest or moving with uniform velocity or vertical
acceleration.’

1 2
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Pressure varies with depth and height: Density of body
RD 
Density of water
P0
 If m1 mass of liquid of density 1 & m 2 mass of density  2 are mixed,
C
then as m  m1  m 2 and V  (m1 / 1 )  (m 2 /  2 ) [As V  m /  ]
y PA
m m1  m 2  mi
  
V (m 1 / 1 )  (m 2 /  2 ) (m i / i )

2 1  2
If  
1   2 Harmonic mean
dy
m1  m 2

dw
 P  dp  A  If V1 volume of liquid of density 1 and V2 volume of liquid of density 2 are mixed,
then as: m  1 V1   2 V2 and V  V1  V2 [As   m / V ]
If V1  V2  V   (1   2 ) / 2 = Arithmetic Mean

up wards force =  P  dP   PA  AdP

 With rise in temperature due to thermal expansion of a given body, volume will increase while
downward force = PA  dw  PA  A gdy mass will remain unchanged, so density will decrease,
at equilibrium PA  AdP  PA  A gdy  (m / V ) V0 V0
i.e.,     [As V  V0 (1   ) ]
0 (m / V0 ) V V0 (1   )
dP P y
   g   dP   g  dy 0 ~–  0 (1   )
dy P0 0 or 
(1   )
 P  P0   gy  dP   gy With increase in pressure due to decrease in volume, density will increase,
Pressure increases with depth linearly  (m / V ) V0 m
i.e.,    [As   ]
Pressure decreases with height linearly 0 (m / V0 ) V V
The average pressure of a liquid on the walls of the container filled up to height ‘h’ p
But as by definition of bulk-modulus B  V0
1 V
with the liquid is  gh
2  p 
i.e., V  V0 1 
Density:  B 

1
In a fluid, at a point, density  is defined as:  p  ~  p 
So   0 1    0  1  
m dm  B   B 
  lim 
V  0 V dV MEASUREMENT OF ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE:
 In case of homogenous isotropic substance, it has no directional properties, so is a scalar. Mercury Barometer :
 S.I. unit kg/m3 To measure the atmospheric pressure experimentally, torricelli invented a mercury baromer in 1643.
C.G.S. unit g/cc
Torricelli
1 g / cc  10 3 kg / m 3 Vaccum
Dimensions [ML3 ] h Mercury
A Trough
 Density of substance means the ratio of mass of substance to the volume occupied by the
substance while density of a body means the ratio of mass of a body to the volume of the
body. So for a solid body.
Density of body = Density of substance Pa=hrg
While for a hollow body, density of body is lesser than that of substance [As Vbody  Vsub. ] The pressure exerted by a mercury column of 1mm high is called 1 Torr.
When immiscible liquids of different densities are poured in a container, the liquid of highest ‘Open tube Manometer :
density will be at the bottom while that of lowest density at the top and interfaces will be plane. Open-tube manometer is used to measure the pressure gauge. When equilibrium is reached, the pressure
 Sometimes instead of density we use the term relative density or specific gravity at the bottom of left limb is equal to the pressure at the bottom of right limb.
which is defined as :

3 4

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

of A and B from the free surface. Substituting values in (1).
pa
y=y2-y1 h1  h2 a0 a
y2 h1ρg-h 2ρg=lρa 0 or  or , tan   0
p  g g
y1
p a  y1g p a  y 2 g
Where  is the inclination of the free surface with the horizontal.
i.e. p + y1rg = pa+ y2rg Here PA  PC   PA  PB    PB  PC 

p - pa = rg(y2-y1) = rgy   la   gh2    la  gh2 

p = absolute pressure, p-pa = gauge pressure If a U shape tube is moving horizontally with an accleration ‘a’ as shown in the fig. then
Thus, knowing y and r (density of liquid), we can measure the gauge pressure. l

Water Barometer:
Let us suppose water is used in the barometer instead of mercury. h 
h a 
1.013  105 tan    a
hrg = 1.013 x 105 or h  l g
pg
The height of the water column in the tube will be 10.3m. Such a long tube cannot be managed
If container is accelerated ‘a’ at some angle with the horizontal,
easily, thus water barometer is not feasible.
ay
Pressure difference when liquid is accelerating in vertical direction:
i) When liquid column is uniform acceleration upwards, P  h  g  a  a
ax
tan  
ii) When liquid column is in uniform acceleration downwards, P  h  g  a  ay  g
Pressure difference when liquid is accelerating in horizontal direction:  ax

Consider a liquid placed in beaker which is accelerating horizontally with an acceleration a0. ax = a cos   horizontal component
Let A and B be two points in the liquid at a seperation  in the same horizontal line along the acceleration a y = a sin   vertical component
a0.We shall first obtain the pressure difference between the points A and B. Construct a small vertical
 = angle of inclination of free surface of the liquid with horizontal
area S around A and an equal area around B. Consider the liquid contained in the horizontal cylinder Pascal’s Law:
with two areas as the flat faces. Let the pressure at A be P1and the pressure at B be P2. The forces along The pressure applied to an enclosed incompressible liquid is transmitted undiminished to every
the line AB are point of the liquid and the walls of the container.
The pressure in a liquid at rest is same at all points if we ignore gravity.
D
 F2 
h1
l 
C Mechanical Gain : It is the ratio of output force to input force (or) Mechanical gain =  
A B
h2  F1 
a0
P1S P2 S Hydraulic lift :

 P1 S towards right due to the liquid on the left

in p u t F1 A2
 P2 S towards left due to the liquid on the right . A1
h2
Under the action of these forces, the liquid contained in the cylinder is accelerating towards right.
From Newton’s second law.
h1
P1 S -P2 S =ma0 or, (P1-P2) S =( S ) ρa 0
or P1-P2= ρa 0 ---------------(1)
The two points in the same horizontal line do not have equal pressure, if the liquid is accelerated o u tp u t f 2
horizontally. F1 F2 A
As there is no vertical acceleration, the equation is valid. If the atmospheric pressure is P0, the P    F2  F1 2
A1 A2 A1
pressure at A is P1  P0  h1 g and the pressure at B is P2  P0  h2  g , where h1 and h2 are the depths

5 6
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
As A2  A1 , F 2  F1 This force is called upthrust or buoyancy and acts vertically upwards (opposite to the weight of
the body) through the centre of gravity of displaced fluid (called centre of buoyancy).
As the same volume of fluid is displaced at both pistons
Though we have derived this result for a body fully submerged in a fluid, it can be shown to hold
A1h1  A2 h2 good for partly submerged bodies or a body in more than one fluid also.
 h2  h1 When a body is partly or wholly immersed in a fluid the upward force exerted by fluid on thebody is
Pressure Energy: called buoyancy.
The energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of its pressure is called the pressure energy. Force of buoyancy is equal to the hydrostatic pressure at the point multiplied by area of cross section
Pressure energy is equal to the work done in keeping an elementary mass of a fluid at a point against of the body.
the pressure existing at that point. Laws of floatation:
Pressure energy=Pressure x Volume = P(A x x). Let W is weight of a body
Where P = pressure, W1 is the the buoyant force .
A = Area of cross section,  If W > W1 body sinks
x = distance through which liquid is moved  W = W1 body is just submerged (body floats with its volume completely under the liquid)
P A x
 W < W1 body floats (a part of the body lies outside the liquid)
Pressure energy per unit volume = P
A body of volume V and density b is floating with a volume Vin inside the fluid of density  l ,
A x

P  A  x P Pr essure then V  b g  Vin 1 g

Pressure energy per unit mass=  
  A x  density weight of the body = weight of the liquid displaced (due to body submerged in the liquid).
Pressure energy has same units and dimensions as that of energy. A body of mass M and volume V is floating in a liquid of density  l with some volume in air. To make it to
Buoyancy: just sink, the mass ‘m’ to be placed on it is given by
When a body is partly or wholly dipped in a fluid, the fluid exerts force on the body due to mg  Vg l ,
hydrostatic pressure. where V is the volume of body that was initially outside the liquid.
At any small portion of the surface of the body, the force exerted by the fluid is perpendicular to Floatation:
the surface and is equal to the pressure at that point multiplied by the area. When a body of density b and volume V immersed in a liquid of density  then forces acting are
The resultant of all these constant forces is called upthrust or buoyancy.
 The weight of body acting vertical downwards through the center of gravity of the body
W = mg  V b g
F1 h1
h2 ’ The upthrust(force of buoyancy) acting upwards through center of gravity of displaced liquid called center
of buoyancy FB  V l g
F2 1) If b    W  FB  body sinks
2) If b  l  W  FB  body just floats
3) If b  l  V b g  Vin 1 g  V b  Vin 1
To determine the magnitude and direction of this force consider a body immersed in a fluid of
density  as shown in figure. The forces on the vertical sides of the body will cancel each other..  body is partially immersed or floats partially..
The top surface of the body will experience a downward force Archimede’s Principle:
F1  AP1  A(h1g  P0 ) [As P  h g  P0 ] When a body is immersed partly or wholly in a fluid it appears that it loses some weight, which
While the lower face of the body will experience an upward force. is equal to the weight of the liquid displaced (which is equal to the force of buoyancy).
F2  AP2  A(h2g  P0 ) FB  Buoyancy
As h2  h1 , F2 will be greater than F1 ,
so the body will experience a net upward force
F  F2  F1  A g(h2  h1 )
mg
If L is the vertical height of the body F  A gL  Vg [As V  AL  A(h2  h1 )]
i.e., F = Weight of fluid displaced by the body. FB=mg

7 8

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Apparent loss of weight of a body or weight of fluid displaced = Vin l g  W1  W2  M
Vin = Volume of body immersed or volume of fluid displaced Volume of cavity = V ' V   
  w g  m
Note :
Upthrust or buoyancy is independent of mass, size, density, shape etc. of the body. Where
It depends only on the volume of the body immersed inside the fluid, nature (density) of the fluid and V ' is the total volume of the metallic body..
acceleration due to gravity
V is the volume of the material in the metal piece.
 FB eff  Vin  l  g  a 
The amount of impurity in a given metal:
Relative density (Specific gravity) of a solid:
Let w 1 be the weight of an alloy in air
density of the body
RD = density of water at 4 0 C w2 be the weight in water.

weight of the body Let the alloy consists of two metals having masses m1 and m2
‘ = upthrust exerted by water
Total mass m = (m1 + m2). The buoyant force on the alloy is,
weight of the body in air Fb  w1  w2  V  w g

loss of weight of body in water
w  w2 m m
 1 V  1  2
w1 w g 1  2
R.D. = w  w ;
1 2 ‘= Volume of the first metal in the alloy + Volume of the second metal in the alloy
w1 = weight of the body in air = Volume of the alloy ( 1 ,  2 are the densities of the metals)
w2 = weight of the body in water
w1  w2 = Loss of weight of body in water w1  w2 m1  m  m1 
 
Relative density of a liquid: w g 1 2
If loss of weight of a body in water is ‘a’ and that of in liquid is ‘b’ then, m  m1  m2  total mass
V  w g  a; V  L g  b Fraction of Volume of the Body outside the Liquid:
Weight of the body = Weight of the displaced liquid
 L Loss of weight in liquid b Wair  Wliquid
RD of liquid =  = = = Vtotal b g  Vin 1 g Vtotal  volume of the body 
w Loss of weight in water a Wair  Wwater
Volume of a cavity in a body:   
Vout  Vtotal  Vin  V 1  b 
Consider a metal piece of mass M and density  m  l 
M Vout  b 
The volume of metal V   The fraction of volume outside the liquid is f out   1  
m
Vtotal  
Floating of Ice:
Weight of the metal in air = W1
When a block of ice, floats in a liquid of density dl , melts completely, the level of (liquid + water)
Weight of the metal in water = W2 (i) Rises, if 1   w
Loss of weight of the metal = W1 - W2 = Fb (ii) Falls, if 1   w
If V ' is the geometric volume of the body immersed in the liquid then (iii) Remains unchanged, if 1   w
V '  w g  W1  W2 A piece of solid is embedded inside an ice block which floats in water.
When ice melts completely, the level of water
W1  W2
V' (i) Remains same, if  s   w
w g
(ii) Falls, if  s   w

9 10
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Tension in the string connected to a submerged body : ::PROBLEMS::
When the body hangs by light string and  b   l 1. The pressure at the bottom of a lake, due to water, is 4.9x 106 N/m2. What is the depth of lake?
SOLUTION :
Pressure P  h  g  4.9  106 N / m2
 density of water = 1000 kg/m3; g=9.8m/s2
T FB P 4.9  106
hence h    500m
g 1000  9.8
2. Equal masses of water and a liquid of density 2 are mixed together, then the mixture has a
W
density of
(a) 2/3 (b) 4/3 (c) 3/2 (d) 3
Case-I : When the system is at rest or moving with uniform velocity (a=0) in vertical direction SOLUTION :
The tension in the string is T = Apparent weight of the body If two liquid of equal masses and different densities are mixed together then density of mixture
T  W  FB  V b g  V l g  V  b  l  g 2 1  2 2 1  2 4
  
Case-II: When the system is acclerating vertically upward with acceleration a. Tension 1   2 12 3

T  V  b  l  g  a 
3. If pressure at half the depth of a lake is equal to 2/3 pressure at the bottom of the lake then what is the
Case-III : If the system is accelerating vertically downward with an acceleration a (a<g)
depth of the lake
T  V  b  l  g  a 
(a) 10 m (b) 20 m (c)60 m (d) 30 m
SOLUTION :
Pressure at bottom of the lake = P0  h g

h
Pressure at half the depth of a lake  P0  g
2
According to given condition
1 2
P0  h g  (P0  h g)
2 3
1 1
 3
P0  h g
6

2 P0 2  10 5
 h 
g 10 3  10
 20 m .

4. In air, a metallic sphere with an internal cavity weighs 40g and in water it weighs 20g. The
volume of cavity if the density of material with cavity be 8g/cm3 is
1) zero 2) 15 cm3 3) 5 cm3 4) 20 cm3
SOLUTION :
Weight of sphere in air = 40 g

Weight of sphere in water = 20 g

Loss in weight = (40-20)g=20g

Weight of water displaced = loss in weight = 20g

Volume of water displaced = 20 cm3’

11 12

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Actual volume of sphere=volume of water 36 48
(9  1)  ( 2  1)
9 2
3
displaced = 20 cm By solving we get 2  3 .
40
Volume of material in sphere =  5cm3
8 7. What is force on the base of a tank of base area 1.5m2 when it is filled with water upto a height
Volume of cavity = (20-5) = 15 cm3 of 1m   water  103 kg / m 3 , P0  105 Pa and g  10m / s 2 
5. A concrete sphere of radius R has a cavity of radius r which is packed with sawdust. The SOLUTION :
specific gravities of concrete and sawdust are respectively 2.4 and 0.3 for this sphere to float Absolute pressure at the bottom of the container is P  P0  h  g  105  1  103  10  1.1  105 Pa
with its entire volume submerged under water. Ratio of mass of concrete to mass of sawdust
Then force due to water on the base is Fbase  PA  1.1  10  1.5   1.65  10 N
5 5
will be [AIIMS 1995]
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c)3 (d) Zero 8. A tank accelerates upwards with acceleration a=1 m/s 2 contains water. A block of mass 1kg
and density 0.8 g/cm3 is held stationary inside the tank with the help of the string as shown in
SOLUTION : figure. The tension in the string is: (Given:density of water=1000kg/m3)
Let specific gravities of concrete and saw dust are 1 and  2 respectively..
According to principle of floatation
weight of whole sphere = upthrust on the sphere a
4 4 4
 (R 3  r 3 )  1 g  r 3  2 g  R 3  1  g
3 3 3

R 3  1  r 3 1  r 3  2  R 3
1) T=2.2 N 2) T=2.75 N 3) T=3N 4) T=2.4N
R 3 (1  1)  r 3 (1   2 )

R 3
  2
SOLUTION :
 1
r3 1  1 F=upthrust force = V  w  g  a 
3
R r    2  1  1
3
 1  mass of block 
r3 1  1   w  g  a 
 density of block 
(R 3  r 3 )1  1   2  1
  
r3 2 
 1  1   2
1
 1000 11  13.75 N
800
Mass of concrete  1  0 .3  2 .4
  4
Mass of saw dust  2 .4  1  0 . 3
F-T-W=ma; 13.75-T-10=1 (1)
6. Two bodies are in equilibrium when suspended in water from the arms of a balance. The mass
of one body is 36 g and its density is 9 g / cm3. If the mass of the other is 48 g, its density in g /
T=2.75N
cm3 is
4 3 9. An inverted bell lying at the bottom of a lake 47.6 m deep has 50 cm3 of air trapped in it. The
(a) (b) 2 (c)3 (d)5
3 bell is brought to the surface of the lake. The volume of the trapped air will be (atmospheric
SOLUTION : pressure = 70 cm of Hg and density of Hg = 13.6 g/cm3)
m
Apparent weight  V (    )g  (    )g (a) 350 cm3 (b) 300 cm3 (c) 250 cm3 (d) 22 cm3

SOLUTION :
where m  mass of the body,,
density of the body
 P2 V 2

density of water
 

If two bodies are in equilibrium then their apparent weight must be equal. h

m1 m2
  (  1   )   ( 2   ) (P1 V1)
1 2

13 14
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
According to Boyle’s law, pressure and volume are inversely proportional to each other  d 
M 1  
1
i.e. P M 0   d2 
V  d 
 P1 V1  P2 V2 1  
 d1 
 (P0  h w g)V1  P0 V2

 h g  12. When equal volumes of two metals are mixed together, the specific gravity of alloy is 4. When
 V2   1  w V1
 P0  equal masses of the same two metals are mixed together, the specific gravity of the alloy now
becomes 3. Find specific gravity of each metal?
 47 . 6  10 2  1  1000 
 V2   1  V1  density of substance 
 70  13 . 6  1000   specific gravity= 
 density of water 
 V2  (1  5 )50 cm 3  300 cm 3 . SOLUTION :
[As P2  P0  70 cm of Hg  70  13 .6  1000 ]
m1  m2
1 0 . A closed rectangular tank is completely filled with water and is accelerated horizontally with an In case of mixture,  m ix  V  V
1 2
acceleration a towards right. Pressure is (i) maximum at, and (ii) minimum at
V 1  V  2 1   2
When equal volumes are mixed, 4   ....  i 
V V 2
A D
a

3
 m  m   2 1 2 ..... ii 
B C
When equal masses are mixed, m

m 1   2
‘
(a) (i) B (ii) D (b) (i) C (ii) D (c) (i) B (ii) C (d) (i) B (ii) A 1 2
SOLUTION : Therefore, from (i) and (ii)
Due to acceleration towards right, there will be a pseudo force in a left direction. specific gravity of the metals are 2 and 6.
So the pressure will be more on rear side (Points A and B) in comparison with front side (Point D
13. When a polar bear jumps on an iceberg, its weight 240 kg.wt is just sufficient to sink the
and C). iceberg. What is the mass of the iceberg? (specific gravity of ice is 0.9 and that of sea water is
Also due to height of liquid column pressure will be more at the bottom (points B and C) in comparison 1.02)
with top (point A and D). SOLUTION :
So overall maximum pressure will be at point B and minimum pressure will be at point D. If M is the mass of iceberg in kg
M
volume V  m3  density   specific gravity  103 kg / m 3 
0.9  103
The weight of displaced sea water = V  1.02  10  g  N .
3
11. A body of density d1 is counterpoised by Mg of weights of density d 2 in air of density d.
Then the true mass of the body is  M 
3  
Mg  240 g    1.02  103   g
(a)M

(b) M  1  d
d 


(c) M  1  d
d 
 (d)
M (1  d / d 2 )  0.9  10 
  (1  d / d 1 )
 2   1 

SOLUTION :  1.02  12
 240  M   1  M
Let M 0  mass of body in vacuum.  0.9  90
Apparent weight of the body in air = Apparent weight of standard weights in air 90
Actual weight – upthrust due to displaced air = Actual weight – upthrust due to displaced air or M   240  1800kg .
12
14. Fig. Shows a U-tube of uniform cross-sectional area A accelerated with acceleration ‘a’ as
 M0  M shown. If d is the separation between the limbs, then the difference in the levels of the liquid in
 M 0 g   d  dg  Mg   d  dg the U-tube is
 1   2

15 16

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

17. A cubical block of wood edge 3 cm floats in water. The lower surface fo the cube just touches the
free end of a vertical spring fixed at the bottom of the pot. The maximum weight that can be put on
h1 the block without wetting it is (density of wood = 800 kg/m 3 and spring constant of the spring = 50 N/
 m. Take g=10 m/s2)
a
h2

d
ad g
1) g 2) 3) adg 4) ad  g
ad
SOLUTION : 1) 1.35 N 2) 1.55 N 3) 1.65 N 4) 1.75 N
h SOLUTION :’
ta n  
d
In equilibrium total weight W  Kx  Fb
ad
h
g
 M  m  g  Kx  V w g
15. The height of a mercury barometer is 75 cm at sea level and 50 cm at the top of a hill. Ratio of
density of mercury to that of air is 104. The height of the hill is 18. A hemispherical bowl just floats without sinking in a liquid of density 1.2 × 103kg/m3. If outer
(a) 250 m (b) 2.5 km (c) 1.25 km (d) 750 m diameter and the density of the bowl are 1 m and 2 × 104 kg/m3 respectively, then the inner
diameter of the bowl will be
SOLUTION : (a) 0.94 m (b) 0.97 m (c)0.98 m (d) 0.99 m
Difference of pressure between sea level and the top of hill SOLUTION :
P  (h1  h2 )   Hg  g  (75  50)  102  Hg  g …(i)
4  D   d  
3 3

pressure difference due to h meter of air Weight of the bowl = mg = Vg  3   2    2   g
 
P = h   air  g …(ii)
where D = Outer diameter ,
By equating (i) and (ii) we get
2
d = Inner diameter
h   air  g  (75  50 )  10   Hg  g
 = Density of bowl
  Hg 
 h  25  10  2    25  10 2  10 4  2500 m
 4  D
3

  air  Weight of the liquid displaced by the bowl  V g     g

3 2
 Height of the hill = 2.5 km.
where  is the density of the liquid.
4  D   d  
3 3 3
4 D
16. Four-fifths of a cylindrical block of wood, floats in a liquid. Asuming the relative density of For the flotation    g         g
3 2 3  2   2  
 
wood be 0.8, find the density of the liquid.
SOLUTION : 1
3  1  3  d  3 
Let volume of wooden block = V    1 . 2  10 3        2  10 4
2  2   2  
4
Volume of liquid displaced = V
5 By solving we get d = 0.98 m.
Weight of the block = V  0.8  103 g
19. Two bodies are in equilibrium when suspended in water from the arms of a balance. The mass
As the block floats,
of one body is 28g and its density is 5.6g/c.c. If the mass of the other body is 36g. Find its
weight of the body = weight of the liquid displaced
density d
4V SOLUTION :
V  0.8  103  g   l  g ; l  103 kg / m3
5

17 18
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 28  m1 g m2 g
Apt wt. of 1st body = m1 g  Fb   28  g   h g
 5.6   r12  r22
 36  1  m1 m2 
Apt wt. of 2nd body = m2 g  Fb   36  lg    
 d  h  r12 r22 
 28   36  36
 28   g   36   g ;  28  5   36  22. A cubical block of iron of side 5cm is floating in mercury taken in a vessel. What is the height
 5.6   d  d
of the block above mercury level.   Hg  13.6 g / cm ,  Fe  7.2 g / cm 
3 3
36 36
  36  23  13; d   2.8 g / cc
d 13
20. A certain block weighs 15N in air. But it weighs only 12N when completely immersed in water. 5cm
When immersed completely in another liquid, it weighs 13N. Calculate the relative density of
(i) the block and (ii) the liquid.
SOLUTION : x

Wair
i) Relative density of body = W  W
air water
SOLUTION :
where Wair  15 N  weight of the body in air  From the law of flotation, Vb b g  Vin  L g
and Wwater  12 N  weight of the body in water    5    7.2    52 x   13.6  ; x  2.65cm
3

15 N Then, the height of the block above mercury level = 5cm - x = 2.35 cm
 R.Dblock  5
15 N  12 N 23. A solid sphere of radius ‘R’ has a concentric cavity of radius R/3 inside it. The sphere is found to
just float in water with the highest point of it touching the water surface. Find the specific gravity
loss of weight in liquid 15  13 2
ii) R.DL  loss of weight in water  15  12  3 of the material of the sphere.
SOLUTION :
21.. Figure shows a hydraulic press with the larger piston of diameter 35 cm at a height of 1.5 m
Vcavity VS  Vmetal V
relative to the smaller piston of diameter 10 cm. The mass on the smaller piston is 20 kg. What   1  metal  1
isthe force exerted on the load by the larger piston. The density of oil in the process is 750 kg/m3, VS VS VS
(Take g=9.8 m/s2). (VS = Total volume of the sphere)
According to Archimede’s principle Weight of body = Weight of displaced liquid
mg  VS d w g  d SVmetal g  VS d w g
Vmetal d w
(ds = Density of solid material, dw = Density of water) V  d   2  ;
SA S
1.5 m

20 kg
From equation 1 and 2
Vcavity dw 1 1
  1  1  1
VS d d S .G
dw
3
4 R
 
3 3 1 1 1
1) 5 x 103 N 2) 1.3 x 103 N 3) 3.7 x 103N 4) 4.8 x 103N  1   1
4 3 S .G 27 S .G
SOLUTION : R
3
F1 F2
  h g 1 1 27
A1 A2  1  S .G 
S .G 27 26

19 20

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

mA 2 SOLUTION :
24. In the arrangement shown in the figure m  3 and the ratio of density of block B and the mass 120
B Volume of log of wood V  =0.2 m3
density 600
liquid is 2:1. The system is released from rest. Then
Let x weight that can be put on the log of wood.
So weight of the body = (120  x )  10 N
Weight of displaced liquid = Vg  0 .2  10 3  10 N
The body will just sink in liquid if the weight of the body will be equal to the weight of displaced
A liquid.
B  (120  x )  10  0 .2  10 3  10
 120  x  200
 x = 80 kg
1) block B will oscillate but not simple harmonically 27. A vertical U-tube of uniform inner cross section contains mercury in both sides of its arms. A
2) block B will oscillate simple harmonically glycerin (density = 1.3 g/cm ) column of length 10 cm is introduced into one of its arms. Oil of
3

3) the system will remain in equilibrium density 0.8 gm/cm3 is poured into the other arm until the upper surfaces of the oil and glycerin
4) None of the above
are in the same horizontal level. Find the length of the oil column, Density of mercury = 13.6 g/
SOLUTION :
cm3
Let mA  2m, mB  3m
mA g   mB g  upthrust on B 
Glycerine

g Oil h
When block-B is inside the liquid a1   10 cm
m A  mB 10
mB g  mA g 3mg  2mg g
When block-B is outside the liquid a2  m  m  5m

5 Mercury
A B

Since a1 & a2 are constants, motion is periodic, but not simple harmonic
(a) 10.4 cm (b) 8.2 cm (c) 7.2 cm (d) 9.6 cm
25. A ball of relative density 0.8 falls into water from a height of 2m. Find the depth to which the SOLUTION :
ball will sink (neglect viscous focus) At the condition of equilibrium
SOLUTION :
Pressure at point A = Pressure at point B
Gravitational potential energy = Apparent weight of the body  Displacement of the body inside
PA  PB
liquid
mgh  mg 1h1 10  1 .3  g  h  0 .8  g  (10  h)  13 .6  g
 1 
(where g  g  d /   1 ) By solving we get h = 9.7 cm
1

 w 
d 28. The hydraulic press shown in the figure is used to raise the mass M through a height of 5.0 mm
Relative density    0.8
w by performing 500 J of work at the small piston. The diameter of the large piston is 10 cm while
that of the smaller one is 2 cm. The mass M is
 1   0.2  g
g1  g   1  g   ’
 0.8   0.8  4
M W=500J
g g
h1  h  2  8m
g1 g/4 2 cm
10 cm
26. A log of wood of mass 120 Kg floats in water. The weight that can be put on the raft to make it
j ust sink , should be (density of wood = 600 Kg/m3)
(a) 80 Kg (b) 50 Kg (c) 60 Kg (d) 30 Kg

21 22
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
m
1) 104 kg 2) 103 kg 3) 100 kg 4) 105kg     3  g   mg
a   2 g  upwards 
SOLUTION : m
Since, M moves 5.0 mm and volume of liquid remains constant
 velocity of ball while crossing the surface v  2ah  4 gh
    5  102   5  103     1  102  x
2 2

 The ball will jump to a height

 x  125  10 3 m v 2 4 gh
Suppose force F does 500 J work on small piston. H   2h
Fx=500 2g 2g

F
500
N  4  103 N 31. A small ball of density  is immersed in a liquid of density      to a depth h and released.
125  103 The height above the surface of water upto which the ball will jump is
F  5  102 
2
       
Mg  1)   1 h 2)   1 h 3)   1 h 4)   1 h
   
Using Pascal’s law,
1  10 
2 2

SOLUTION :
   

Mg  100  103  105 N  M  10 4 kg

2
29. An ice berg of density 900 Kg/m3 is floating in water of density 1000 Kg/m3. The percentage of H
2g
volume of ice-cube outside the water is
   
  2ah and a     g
(a) 20% (b) 35% (c) 10% (d) 25%
SOLUTION :  
Let the total volume of ice-berg is V and its density is r.
2     gh
If this ice-berg floats in water with volume Vin inside it 
then Ving  Vg 

  2
   
Vin    V
 
[   density of water] H   h
2g   
   
or Vout  V  Vin   V
   32. Two spheres of volume 250cc each but of relative densities 0.8 and 1.2 are connected by a string
Vout      1000  900 1 and the combination is immersed in a liquid. Find the tension in the string. (g=1m/s2).
  
V    1000 10 SOLUTION :
\ Vout  10 % of V The tension on denser sphere is upwards and on lighter sphere is downards.
F.B.D of F.B.D of
heavier body lighter body
Lighter T FB
30. A rubber ball of mass m and density  is immersed in a liquid of density 3  to a depth h and
FB
released. To what height will the ball jump up above the surface due to buoyancy force of liquid T
on the ball? (neglect the resistance of water and air). T

SOLUTION : Heavier T

m mg mg
Volume of ball V 

Acceleration of ball moving in upward direction inside the liquid
Fnet upthrust  weight Vtotal l g  mg Vb1 1 g  T  Vb1 1 g
a  
m m m   250  106  800 g   T  250  106  liquid g   i 

Vb2  2 g  T  Vb2 l g

23 24

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 250  106  1200 g   T  250  106  liquid g   ii  35. A block is fully submerged in a vessel filled with water by a spring attached to the bottom of
the vessel. In equilibrium position spring is compressed. If the vessel now moves downwards
subtract Eqs. (ii) from (i), we get
with an acceleration a(<g). What happens to the length of the spring?
2T  250  106  400 g  T  0.5 N SOLUTION :
33. A bowl of soap water is at rest on a table in the dining compartment of a train, if the
acceleration of the train is g/4 in forward direction, the angle made by its surface with
horizontal is
1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1 
1) tan   2) tan   3) tan   4 ) tan  
2 4 5 3
SOLUTION :

When the vessel moves downwards, with acceleration, block experiences net pseudo force
a
upwards. Hence apparent weight of the block decreases and the block moves upwards. Hence length

of the spring increases. Additional force on the block in upward direction=pseudo force on the block-
mg
decrease in buoyance force
ma 3 6 . A solid sphere of density  ( > 1) times lighter than water is suspended in a water tank by a

ma a str ing tied to its base as shown in f ig. I f the mass of the spher e is m then the tension in the
 tan    string is given by
mg g

34. A uniform cylinder of length L and mass M having cross-sectional area A is suspended, when its
lengths vertical from a fixed point by a massless spring such that it is half submerged in a liquid
of density  at equilibrium position. The extension x0 of the spring when it is in equilibrium is
(AIEEE-13)
SOLUTION :  1  mg
(a)   mg (b) mg (c)   1 (d) (  1) mg
  
SOLUTION :
FRestoring Tension in spring T = upthrust – weight of sphere
FB
 Vg  Vg

 Vg  Vg (As    )

 (  1)Vg

Mg = (  1)mg .

37. A hollow sphere of volume V is floating on water surface with half immersed in it. What should
be the minimum volume of water poured inside the sphere so that the sphere now sinks into the
In equilibrium, upward force = downward force water
L  (a) V /2 (b) V /3 (c) V /4 (d) V
Fspring  FB  mg  kx0   A   g  mg
2 
SOLUTION :
 LAg When body (sphere) is half immersed, then
mg 
2 mg   LA  upthrust = weight of sphere
 x0   1  
k k  2m 

25 26
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
V  liq Q
2
  liq  g  V    g  
2
When body (sphere) is fully immersed then, S
R
FB
Upthrust = wt. of sphere + wt. of water poured in sphere L
h=L/2
V   liq  g  V    g  V '  liq  g W
P 
V   liq
V   liq   V '  liq
2 L
Let L = PQ = length of rod SP  SQ 
V 2
V' 
2
38. Two communicating vessels contain mercury. The diameter of one vessel is n times larger Weight of rod, W  Alg , acting At point S
than the diameter of the other. A column of water of height h is poured into the left vessel. And force of buoyancy, FB  Al 0 g , [l = PR] which acts at mid-point of PR.
The mercury level will rise in the right-hand vessel (s = relative density of mercury and  For rotational equilibrium,
= density of water) by l L
Al 0 g  cos   AL g  cos 
2 2

l2  l 
h
Water
 L2

0
 L

0

h L 1 0
Mercury From figure, sin    
l 2l 2 
Comprehension :
n 2h h h h
(a) (b) (n 2  1) s (c) (d) A solid hemisphere of radius R is made to just sink in a liquid of density  . Find the
(n  1)2 s (n  1)2 s n2s
SOLUTION :

Water
h
h2 R
h1
A B
Mercury
40. vertical thrust on the curved surface
If the level in narrow tube goes down by h1 then in wider tube goes up to h2,  R3  g  R3  g
A) B) C) 0 D)  R 3  g
Now, r 2 h1   (nr )2 h2 3 2
SOLUTION :
 h1  n 2 h2
Vertical thrust of the liquid is equal to weight of the liquid column above the curve (spherical ) surface.
Now, pressure at point A = pressure at point B
h g  (h1  h2 ) ' g
FV  v  g .
2  R3
 '  Volume of the shaded portion =  R    R =
3 3
 h = (n 2 h2  h2 )sg  As s    3 3
 
h
 h2  (n 2  1)s R

39. A uniform rod of density  is placed in a wide tank containing a liquid of density  0 ( 0   ) . R
The depth of liquid in the tank is half the length of the rod. The rod is in equilibrium, with (I) (II)
its lower end resting on the bottom of the tank. In this position the rod makes an angle  Substituting V in the equation Fv  V  g , we have
with the horizontal
 R3
1 sin  
1 0 FV   g  down 
(a) sin   0 /  (b) . (c) sin    / 0 (d) sin    0 /  3
2 2 
SOLUTION :

27 28

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

41. Vertical thrust on the flat surface
 R3  g  R3  g
A) B) C) 0 D)  R 3  g h
3 2
SOLUTION :
The upward thrust on the base of the hemisphere is Fv'  V  g ,
where, V = volume of the liquid column above the base   R  R   R
2 3

Then, we have Fv'   R 3  g  up 

A)  g V   R h 
2
42. Side thrust on the hemisphere B) Mg C) Mg  V  g D) Mg   R 2 h g
 R3  g  R3  g SOLUTION :
A) B) C) 0 D)  R 3  g Upthrust = F2  F1 ;
3 2
SOLUTION : F2  F1 +Upthrust
Let the horizontal and vertical thrusts on the tortoise be Fh and Fv , respectively..
=  gh  R   V  g ;
2

we know that Fh   gyC Av

=  g V   R h 
2

where yC  R
Av   R . 2
45. The top view of closed compartment containing liquid is moving with an acceleration along x -
axis as shown. Find the incorrect statement.
This gives Fh   g  R 3 towards right
2a
Y
43. A block of ice floats on a liquid of density 1.2in a beaker then level of liquid when ice completely E O1

melt O a
X
(a) Remains same (b) Rises (c) Lowers (d)(a), (b) or (c) D A

SOLUTION : C B
M
The volume of liquid displaced by floating ice VD   a
L
A) The pressure at A and O is same B) The pressure at O and O1 is same
M
Volume of water formed by melting ice, VF 
W C) The pressure at B and C is same D) The pressure at D and E is same
M M SOLUTION :
If  1   W , then, 
L W dP
   x acceleration
i.e. VD  VF dx
i.e. volume of liquid displaced by floating ice will be lesser than water formed and so the level if The pressure decreases in positive x - direction.
liquid will rise. The pressure is lower in front side.
The pressure at B and C can not be same.
44. A hemispherical portion of radius R is removed from the bottom of a cylinder of radius R. The
Comprehension :
volume of the remaining cylinder is V and mass M. It is suspended by a string in a liquid of A tortoise is just sinking in water of density  . The tortoise is assumed to be a hemisphere of
density  , where it stays vertical. The upper surface of cylinder is at a depth h below the liquid radius R.
surface. The force on the bottom of the cylinder by the liquid is

29 30
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
of the liquid at right end while the vessel is accelerating and B is the point at bottom of the
vessel on the other end, the difference of pressures at B and A will be

R
A
H
H/2
a

46. Find Vertical thrust B

1 2 L
A)  g R 3 B)  g R 3 C)  g R 3 D) 0
3 3   3
SOLUTION : A)  gH  aL  B)  gH  aL  C) 2   gH  aL  D)  gH  aL 
2 2 2
Similarly using the formula Fv  Vg SOLUTION :
2
 R3 Let force  P  A acts on the surface of the liquid while vessel is accelerating.
where V = volume of the tortoise =
3
2
( P.A)
we have Fv   g R 3 (up)
3

 y
C
H/2 L/2 A
FV yC B h1
Fh The surface can not sustain tangential force.
 P. A cos  mg ;
 P. A  sin   ma
L aL
47. Fint the total hydrostatic force tan   a / g and y  tan  
2 2g
13 2 16
C)  g R  g R 3
3
A)  g R 3 B)  g R3 D) H aL
3 3 3  h1 
2 2g
SOLUTION : Considering a fluid element at distance x from left side of the vessel, then
dx
Hence the net hydrostatic force on the tortoise is F  Fh2  Fv2
2 area A'
2 
   g R  3 2
   g R 3 
3 
pressure 

13
  g R 3 +dp
3
 p  dp  A ' pA '   A ' dx   a
C C
48. A vessel of height H and length L contains a liquid of density  upto height H/2. The vessel  dp    adx ; pC  p A  a  L
starts accelerating horizontally with acceleration ‘ a ’ towards right. If A is the point at the surface A A

31 32

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

If points A and C are at same level 5 4 d
(a) d (b) d (c) d (d)
 H aL  4 5 5
pB  pC   gh1   g    SOLUTION :
 2 2g 
Weight of cylinder = upthrust due to both liquids
 H aL 
pB    gL  p A    g    A 3   A L
V  D  g    L   d  g      2d  g
 2 2g  5 4  5 4

 A  A Ld  g
pB  p A   gH  aL    L D  g 
5  4
2
49. A U-tube in which the cross-sectional area of the limb on the left is one quarter, the limb on the D d

5 4
right contains mercury (density 13.6 g/cm3). The level of mercury in the narrow limb is at a
5
distance of 36 cm from the upper end of the tube. What will be the rise in the level of mercury D  d
4
in the right limb if the left limb is filled to the top with water
51. A vessel contains oil (density = 0.8 gm/cm3) over mercury (density = 13.6 gm/cm3). A
homogeneous sphere floats with half of its volume immersed in mercury and the other half in
Water

oil. The density of the material of the sphere in gm/cm3 is

(a) 3.3 (b) 6.4 (c) 7.2 (d) 12.8
SOLUTION :
Mercury

(a) 1.2 cm (b) 2.35 cm (c) 0.56 cm (d) 0.8 cm Oil

SOLUTION : Mercury

As the sphere floats in the liquid. Therefore its weight will be equal to the upthrust force on it
x 4
A B A B Weight of sphere  R 3 g …(i)
4x 3
A' B'
2 3 2
Upthrust due to oil and mercury  R   oil g  R 3 Hg g …(ii)
3 3
If the rise of level in the right limb be x cm. Equating (i) and (ii)
the fall of level of mercury in left limb be 4x cm 4 2 2
R 3 g  R 3 0 . 8 g  R 3  13 . 6 g
( because the area of cross section of right limb is 4 times as that of left limb.} 3 3 3

 Level of water in left limb is (36 + 4x) cm.  2   0 .8  13 . 6  14 . 4    7 .2

Now equating pressure at interface of Hg and water (at A’B’)
(36  4 x )  1  g  5 x  13 .6  g
By solving we get x = 0.56 cm.
50. A homogeneous solid cylinder of length L (L  H / 2) . Cross-sectional area A / 5 is immersed
such that it floats with its axis vertical at the liquid-liquid interface with length L / 4 in the
denser liquid as shown in the fig. The lower density liquid is open to atmosphere having
pressure P0 . Then density D of solid is given by

H/2 d
3L/4
L

H/2 2d

33 34
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Fluid Dynamics: 1) Stream line flow
It is the study of behaviour of fluids in motion. Fluid dynamics is caused by the difference in 2) Turbulent flow.
pressures of a fluid between two points. Stream Line Flow:
The Rate Of Flow Of A Liquid: If the velocity of all the fluid particles crossing a point remains constant both in magnitude and
The rate of flow of a liquid means the volume of a liquid that flows across any cross section in unit time direction then the flow of the fluid is known as Stream Line Flow
and is given by ATurbulent Flow:
If the velocity of the different fluid particles crossing a point doest not remain constant in ‘’
Volume V l
Q   A    Av  v  vel.of the fluid  magnitude and direction then the flow of the fluid is known asTurbulent Flow
time t t Eddies and whirl pools are formed in turbulent flow.
 m3  Critical Velocity:
SI unit :   ; Critical Velocity is the velocity beyond which stream line flow is gradually changed to turbulent flow.
 sec 
R
D.F: L3T-1 Critical Velocity Vc 
D
M Volume l 
Mass of the liquid that flows per unit time   density  A     Av  DVc
t time t  R

Where
A is the area of cross section of the tube, where  =coefficient of viscosity,,
V is the velocity of the liquid R=Reynolds number,
 is the density of the liquid. D=diameter of the tube,
Stream line flow :  =density of the liquid
A streamline may be defined as the path, straight or curved, the tangent to which at any point Reynold’s number depending upon the diameter of the pipe, the density and coefficient of viscosity of
gives the direction of the flow of liquid at that point. the liquid.
 If 0<R<1000, the fluid flow is said to be stream line.
 If the value of R > 2000 then the liquid flow becomes turbulent.
 If 1000 < R < 2000 then the flow in unsteady
A
Equation of Continuity:
 B When an incompressible fluid flows steadily through a tube of non-uniform cross section, the
v1 C rate of mass of fluid entering the tube is equal to rate of mass of the fluid leaving the tube.
 
v2 v3
a2
v2
B
The two streamlines cannot cross each other and the greater is the crowding of streamlines at
a1
a place, the greater is the velocity of liquid particles at that place. v1
Path ABC is streamline as shown in the figure and v1 , v 2 and v 3 are the velocities of the
liquid particles at A, B and C point respectively. A
Characteristics of fluid flow:
A stream line may be a straight line or a curve.
The tangent drawn at any point of curved stream line gives the direction of velocity of the particle at m
   constant
that point. l
Two stream lines never intersect, if they intersect, at the point of intersection the fluid may have two m1 m2
directions of velocity which is impossible.   
t1 t2
An imaginary tube consisting of a number of stream lines is called tube of flow.
There is no radial flow of liquid. l  l 
Types of flow of liquid:   A1  1  1  A2  2  2
There are two types of liquid flow.  t1   t2 

35 36

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

   A1v1 1  A2 v2  2 Bernoulli's theorem represents Law of conservation of energy.
  leas, aasss 1   2 When the flow is horizontal, h is same and hence sum of pressure head and velocity head is
constant.
A1v1  A2 v2  constant
1 2 1
P1   v1  P2   v22
1 2 2
V
A 1
P1  P2    22   12 
1 2
v
r2
where P1 and P2 are pressures at two points,
Equation of continuity represents the law of conservation of mass in case of moving fluids.
Types of Energies in fluid flow: v1, v2 are velocities at two points
A fluid in motion prossesses three types of energies namely
 is the density of the liquid.
1 2
(i) KE  mv kinetic energy,, For horizontal flow of liquid, maximum pressure corresponds to minimum velocity and vice versa
2
(ii) PE=mghpotential energy  1 2 
(iii) Pressure energy = P x V  P   v  constant 
 2 
Bernoulli's theorem: Torricelli's theorem:
Bernoulli's Theorem states that the sum of the pressure energy, kinetic energy and potential energy at The velocity of efflux of a liquid through an orifice is equal to that of the velocity acquired by a freely
any point in steady flow calculated per unit mass or per unit volume is constant. falling body from a height which is equal to that of the liquid level from the orifice.
(or)
Bernoulli's Theorem can also be stated as follows: "In a stream line flow of fluid, the sum of v  2 gh
gravitational head, pressure head and velocity head at any point in the path of the flow is constant" Time taken by the efflux liquid to reach the ground is given by
1
 P   v 2   gh  constant (per unit volume) 2 H  h
2 t
g
P 1
  v 2  gh  Constant (per unit mass) Where H = height of the liquid in the container
 2
h = the distance between the free surface of the liquid and centre of the hole
2
 P  v  h = Constant (per unit weight)
g 2g
P
Here  is called pressure head,
g h
v2
 2g is called Velocity head H
v  2 gh
 H  h
 h is called gravitational head.
A1 V1 R

Horizontal range of the liquid is given by R = V  t

h1 A2
h2 2 H  h
V2 R  2 gh.
g
R = 2 h  H  h
Ground
The volume of the liquid coming out of the orifice per second is
Q  Av  A 2 gh   r 2 2 gh
1 2
Here   v is called dynamic pressure.
Horizontal range is maximum when the orifice is at the middle of liquid level and bottom.
2
( P   gh ) is called static pressure i.e., if h 
H
2
then R M a x  H  2 h

37 38
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
H
If the level of free surface, in a container is at height H from the base.There are two holes at height Time after which level of water falls from H to is
‘h’above the bottom and other at depth ‘y’ below the free surface, then 2
A 2 H 
t1   H  
y A0 g  2 
H
Time after which water level falls from to ‘0’ is
H 2

h A 2 H 
t2    0
x  x' A0 g 2 
x  2 h  H  h  and x1  2 y  H  y 
t1 2 1

now if x  x1 t2 1
i.e. h( H  h)  y ( H  y )
In a cylindrical vessel containing liquid of density '  ' , there are two holes in the side wall at
1
from above equation y  [ H  ( H  2h)] heights h1 and h2 respectively such that the range of efflux at the bottom of vessel is same. If
2
v1, v2 are the velocities of efflux and t1, t2 are the times taken by the efflux liquid to reach the
i.e. y  h or ( H  h) floor respectively from holes at heights h1, h2 then
so the range is same for liquid coming out of holes at same distance below the top and above the bottom.
2h1
v1  2g  H  h1  ; t1 
A tank having an area of cross-section A is filled with water upto height ‘H’ and ‘A0’ is the area of g
cross-section of hole at the bottom of tank. If A0 is the area of orifice at a depth ‘y’ below the free
2h2
surface and A is that of container, then the volume of liquid coming out of the orifice per second will be v2  2g  H  h2  ; t2 
g
 dV / dt   vA0  A0 2 gy  as v  2 gy 
since x1  x2  v1t1  v2t2
A 2h1 2h2
2 g  H  h1   2 g  H  h2 
g g
yH

A0 on solving H  h1  h2

Due to this, the level of liquid in the container will decrease and so, if the level of liquid in the H h2
container above the hole changes from y to y-dy in time t to t+dt then -dV=Ady. h1
Substituting the value of dV in the above equation,
dy A 1 R
 A0 2 gy ;  dt  
2g 
A y 1/ 2 dy
dt A0 Note :
So the time taken for the level to fall from H to H1 In the above case, the height of a hole, in terms of h 1 and h2 for which the range of efflux would be
maximum will be
A 1 H1 A 2
t  y 1/ 2dy  H  H1  H  h1  h2 
A0 2g H A0 g  h  
2  2 

39 40

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

A tank is filled upto a height, 2H with a liquid and is placed on a platform of height H from the v2 P0
ground. The density ‘y’ from the ground where a small hole is made in the tank, to get the oil
maximum horizontal range R h2
2
1
h1
v1
Water
P0
2H
y Water
1 1
P1  1v12  0  P2  2v22   1 gh1  2 gh2 
H 2 2
But P1  P2  P0
Horizontal range will be maximum when the hole in the tank lies at the middle of total height of
water surface from the ground. v2  0  v2  v1 
H  h1  h2 
For maximum range h    1
1v12  1 gh1   2 gh2
2  2 
2
 2 H  H  3H
i.e y    2 g  1h1   2 h2 
 2  2 v1 
A water tank is kept on the top of a table of height h. If a small hole is punched in the side of 1
the tank at its base it is found that the resultant stream of water strikes the ground at a
R2
horizontal distance R from the tank then the depth of water in the tank x  Applications of Bernoulli's theorem:
4h
Dynamic lift:
2h The upward lift experienced by a body in motion in a fluid is called dynamic lift.
R  ut  2 gx
g The dynamic lift experienced by a body when it is in motion in air is called aerodynamic lift.
Aeroplanes get the dynamic lift because of the shape of their wings.
R  2 xh The upper surface of the wing is more curved than the lower surface. Air flows with greater speed
R 2  4 xh above the wing and so pressure above the wing will be less than that at the bottom. This difference in
pressures produces the aerodynamic lift and allows aeroplane to fly.
R2
x
4h P1 V2 is more; P1 is less 
V2

P2
V1
V1 is less; P2 is more
h
Pupper  Plower
R

A tank is filled with water of density 1 and oil of density  2 . The height of water column is h1 and that 1
Dynamic lift =  P2  P1  A =  . V12  V22   A
of the oil is h2. The velocity of efflux through a hole at the bottom of the tank is obtained as follows 2
According to Bernoulli’s theorem

41 42
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Spinning ball : Pitot tube:
VR V
V V
a b

It is used to measure the speed of fluid flowing through a pipe. Here, the pressure in the left
V VR
arm of the manometer whose opening is parallel to the direction of flow, is equal to the pressure in the
The plane of motion of a spinning ball gets changed due to an effect called Magnus effect. fluid stream while pressure in right arm can be computed by using Bernoulli’s theorem. It is obvious that
velocity of fluid is zero at point b.
Resultant velocity on the top  V  VR  V  R
v 2
Pa  2  P0 , where  is the density of fluid flowing through tube.
Resultant velocity on the bottom  V  VR  V  R 2
Pressure at the top of the ball will be less than that of at the bottom. Pb  Pa  0 gh where is the density of liquid in the manometer tube.

Atomiser, paintgun and Bunsen burner, work onthe principle of Bernoulli's Theorem. v 2 20 gh
So,  0 gh  v 
Venturimeter: 2 
It is an ideal device of measuring rate of flow of a liquid through pipe.It is also known as venturi tube Siphon Tube:
or flow meter. C
The decrease in cross-sectional area of the flow passage causes increase in pressure H
The measurement of the pressure difference enables the determination of the rate of flow through the A
h
pipe.
B
2  P1  P2  2  h1  h2   g 2hg
Q  A1 A2  A1 A2  A1 A2 y
A 1
2
 A22   A 1
2
 A22    A12  A22 
 h  h1  h2  D
E
P1 P2 Siphon tube is used to empty the tanks etc, which are either very heavy or cant’t be lifted. In
short, we can say siphon is used to remove liquid from containers without using pumps etc.
h1 The siphon tune is of uniform cross-section and to operate it successfully, it must be intially filled with
h2 liquid. For the situation show in figure.
V1 V2 vA = 0 and vB = vC = vD = v
A2 Because siphon tube is of uniform cross section so from equation of continuity, flow speed is
A1 same at all points within the siphon tube.
Aspirator pump: Applying Bernoulli’s equation at A, B, C, D and E (consider water level in the tank as reference for
gravitational potential energy)
A
v 2
P0  0  0  PB   gh
B
2
v 2
v 2
 PC   gH  PD   g  h  y 
In aspirator pump when air is pressed inside the tube, it comes out rapidly so that pressure at 2 2
A reduces whereas pressure at B is more. For this pressure difference liquid rises till the barrel and
v 2E
sprayed with the expelled air.  P0  g  h  y 
2
From above equation, we have PA = PE = P0

VE  2g  h  y 
so for liquid to come out h+y>0

43 44

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

::PROBLEMS:: 4. A cylindrical tank has a hole of 2 cm2 at its bottom. If the water is allowed to flow into the tank from
1. What are the dimensions of Reynolds number? a tube above it at the rate of 100 cm3/s, then find the maximum height upto which water can rise in
SOLUTION : the tank (Take g=10 ms-2)
1) 2.5x10-2 m 2) 1.25x10-2m 3) 5.5x10-2 m 4) 3.5x10-2m
 v0 D SOLUTION :
R

Qin  Qout Q  a 2 gh
 is density of the fluid,
5. A siphon tube is used to remove liquid from a container as shown in fig. In order to operated
v0 is the critical velocity, the siphon tube, it must initially be filled with the liquid.
C
D is diameter through which the fluid is flowing
H
 is the coefficient of viscosity of the fluid) A

 ML   LT   L   ML1t 1 
3 1 h

R  1 1    M L T 
0 0 0

 ML1T 1   ML T  B
y
 R is dimensionless.
(i) Determine the speed of the liquid through the siphon
2. In the syphon as shown, which of the option is not correct, if h2  h1 and h3  h1 ?
(ii) Determine the pressure at the point C.
B C SOLUTION :
h1 (i) Applying Bernoulli’s equation at points A and D,
A
h2 1 2 1 2
we get PA  rv A  rgy A  PD  rv D  rgy D
2 2
E Assuming datum for potential energy at the free surface,
h3
D we have y A  0; y D    h  y  ;
PA  PD  Patm v A2  0; v D  v
1
A) pE  pD B) pE  pC C) pB  pC D) pB  pE Patm  0  0  Patm  rv 2  rg    h  y   or v  2g  h  y 
2
SOLUTION :
(ii) Applying Bernoulli’s equation at A and C,
If p0  atmospheric pressure PA  P0  PB   h1 g ; 1 2 1 2
PD  P0  PE   h3 g we get PA  rv A  rgy A  PC  rv C  rgy C
2 2
Here, YC= + H; vC = v (according to the continuity equation)
Since, h3  h1 , So, PE  PB
1 2
3. What should be the average velocity of water in a tube of diameter 2cm so that the flow is (i) Patm  0  0  PC  rv  rgh
laminar (ii) turbulent? The viscosity of water is 0.001 Pa-s. (for water pipe R<2000 steam line 2
flow; R>3000 turbulent flow) or, Patm  PC  rg(h  y)  rgh
SOLUTION : or, PC  Patm  rg(h  H  y)
Here, d=2cm=0.02m; 6. In a vessel as shown, the opening has a cross - sectional area A. F1 is the net force applied on
  0.001Pa  s;   103 kg / m3 the plate by liquid and air, which is kept to close the opening. The plate is now displaced a short
i) For stream line flow; Reynolds no. R=2000, V=? distance away from the opening in which case liquid strikes the plate inelastically with a force
R 2000  0.001 F2 . Find F2 / F1
Now, v    0.1ms 1
d 103  0.02
ii) For turbulent flow, Reynolds number,
3000  0.001
R  3000; v  ? v   0.15ms 1
103  0.02
45 46
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION :
upthrust  weight  V 1 g  V  0.8  g  g / 4
Retardation in water, a  V  0.8 
mass

A Now, V22  V12  2  a  h0 ;

SOLUTION : 0  2 gh  2ah0 ;
F1  P  A    ghA gh  g  2 
 h0   8m
F2   AV 2   A  2 gh  ; a  g / 4
F2 10. The velocity of the liquid coming out of a small hole of a vessel containing two different liquids
2 of densities 2  and  as shown in fig is
F1
7. A vessel has water to a height of 50 cm. It has three horizontal tubes of same diameter each of
length 15cm coming out at heights 10 cm, 15 cm, 20 cm. The length of a single tube of same
diameter as that of the three tubes which can replace them when placed horizontally at the
2h
bottom of the vessel is:
1) 45 cm 2) 5 cm 3) 8 cm 4) 16 cm
SOLUTION :
h
h is total height of water, h1, h2, h3 are the heights at which tubes are fitted

  h  h1  dgr 4   h  h2  dgr 4 A) gh B) 2 gh C) 2 2gh D) 6gh

Q1  ; Q2 
8l 8 l SOLUTION :
1
P0   g  2h    2   gh  P0   2   v 2
  h  h3  dgr 4 2
Q3  and Q  Q1  Q2  Q3
8 l liquid of density 2  is coming out
11. A cylindrical tank of height H is open at the top end and it has a radius R. water is filled in it up to
 hdgr 4 h h1 h2 h3 a height of h. The time taken to empty the tank through a hole of radius r at its bottom is
with Q  ;   
8l l l1 l2 l3
2h R 2 2H R2 2H R
A) B) C) hH D)
g r2 g r2 g r
8. Air is streaming past a horizontal aeroplane wing such that the speed of air is 120 m/s over the SOLUTION :
upper surface and 90 m/s at the lower surface, with respect to the plane. If the density of air is 1.3
dh dh r2
kg/m3, find the difference in pressure between the top and bottom of the wing. If the wing is 10m  R 2   r 2 2 gh ;   2 2 gh
long and has an average width of 2m, calculate the gross lift of the wing. dt dt R
SOLUTION : R2 1
dt   dh
1 2 1 2 r2 2 gh
According to Bernoulli’s equation, P1   v1  P2   v2
2 2 t R2 0
1 1   dt   h 1/ 2 dh
i.e., P1  P2    v2  v1   1.3 120  90   4.1  10 N / m r2 2g
2 2 2 0 3 2 0 h

2 2
The net uplift due to the difference in pressure is R2 0
t  2  h 
Fup  P  A   4.1  10 r2 2g
 10  2   8.2  10
 4 h
N
9. A sphere falls from rest into water from a height of 2m. The relative density of the sphere is 0.80. 2h  R2 
t
Find the depth to which ball will sink (in m) g  r 2 

47 48

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

12. A cylindrical vessel of height 500 mm has an orifice at its bottom. The orifice is initially closed and 1 2 1
water is filled in it upto a height H. Now the top is sealed with a cap and the orifice at the bottom Now, according to Bernouli’s equation, P1   v1  P2   v22 ( horizontal pipe)
2 2
is opened. Some water comes out from the orifice and the water level in the vessel becomes
1 1
2000  103 1  P2  103  2 2  ; P2  500 Pa
2
steady with height of water column being 200 mm. Find the fall in height (in mm) of water level due
2 2
to opening of the orifice. (Take atmospheric pressure  1.0 105 N / m2 . denisty of water 14. A sphere of solid material of specific gravity 8 has a concentric spherical cavity and just sinks
1000kg / m3 and g  10m / s 2 . Neglect any effect of surface tension.) in water. The ratio of radius of cavity to that of outer radius of the sphere must be
‘
SOLUTION : 71/3 51/3 91/3 31/3
A) B) C) D)
2 2 2 2
SOLUTION :
Let  be the density of the material,  0 be the density of water..
When the spehere has just started sinking,
the weight of the spehre= weight of water displaced (approx)
4 4
500 mm    R3  r 3   g   R3 0 g
H 3 3

  R3  r 3    R 3 0 
R 3
 r3 

0
R3 

r 7
1/3

 
R 2
15. A block of ice (specific gravity Si- = 0.90) is floating in a container having two immiscible liquids
500 mm
(one of specific gravity S = 0.50 and other is water) as shown in the figure. (H , H are heights
1 1 2
200 mm of water, other liquid columns respectively.) Now the ice block melts completely, then

P  P0   gh  98 103 N / m 2 ;

P0V0  PV H2 S = 0.50

105  A  500  H    98  103  A  500  200  

‘
Ice Block

H  206mm ; H1 Water
level fall  206  200  6mm

13. A horizontal pipe line carries water in a streamline flow. At a point along the pipe where the 1. H will decrease 2. H will increase
2 1
cross-sectional area is 10cm2, the velocity of water is 1 m/s and the pressure is 2000 Pa. What
is the pressure at another point where the cross-sectional area is 5cm2. 3. H +H will remains unchanged 4. H +H decreases
1 2 1 2
SOLUTION : SOLUTION :
10 Density of ice is in between that of water and liquid.
According to equation of continuity A1v1  A2v2 ; v2   1  2m / s
5

49 50
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
16. Two unequal blocks of densities  1 and  2 placed over each other are immersed in fluid of Vg 1 Vg  1   2  Vg  1   2  Vg 1
density  . The block of density  1 is fully submerged and the block of density  2 is partly 1) 2) 3) 4)
k k k k
submerged so that ratio of their masses is 1/2 and  /  1  2 and  /  2  0.5 . Find the degree SOLUTION :
of submergence of the upper block of density  2 . mg  Fb  Fv
A) 50% submerged B) 25% submerged C) 75% submerged D) Fully submerged
SOLUTION : 19. Calculate rate of flow of glycerin of density 1.25x10 3kg/m3 through the conical section of a ‘’’
horizontal pipe, if the radii of its ends are 0.1m and 0.04m and pressure drop across its length
 m2   m1 m2  is 10 N/m2.
 m1  g     g
 K    1 K 2  SOLUTION :
 0.1  25
2
dividing by m2 g , v2 A1 r12
According to equation of continuity v  A  r 2 
 0.04  4
2
m1 1 m  1 2 2
  1 
m2 K m2 1 K 2 1 2 1
and, according to Bernoulli’s equation for a horizontal tube, P1   v1  P2   v22
m1 1 2 2
 .2  .0.5 ;
m2 K
v22  v12  2
 P1  P2   16  103 m2 / s 2
m1 0.5
 ; K  1.0 , fully submerged 
m2 K
25
17. In a cylindrical container water is filled up to a height of h0  1.0m . Now a large number of small but v2  v1  6.25v1
4
iron balls are gently dropped one by one into the container till the upper layer of the balls
  6.25   12  v12  16  103 m2 / s 2
2
touches the water surface. If average density of the contents is   4070kg / m3 , density of iron  
is  i  7140 kg / m 3 and density of water is 0  1000kg / m3 , find the height h of the water or v1  0.0205m / s .
level (in S.I units) in the container with the iron balls. the rate of volume flow  A1v1    0.1   0.02   6.28  10 4 m3 / s
2

dm
And the rate of mass flow is   Av .  1.25  103    6.28  10 4   0.785kg / s
dt
h 20. A thin uniform cylindrical shell, closed at both ends, is partially filled with water. It is floating
h0
vertically in water in half-submerged state. If  c is the relative density of the material of the

SOLUTION : shell with respect to water, then the correct statement is that the shell is

A) more than half-filled if  c is less than 0.5 B) more than half-filled if  c is more than 1.0
total mass m  m2
  1
total volume Ah C) half-filled if  c is more than 0.5 D) less than half-filled if  c is less than 0.5
m1 m2 SOLUTION :
0  ; i 
Ah0 A  h  h0  Vm  Va  Vw
 w g  Vm c  w g  Vw  w g
 h   h  h0  i  i  0  2
h 0 0   2m
  i    Vw  Vm 1  2 c   Va
18. A spherical solid ball of volume V is made of a material of density 1 . It is falling through a 1
liquid of density  2  2  1  . Assume that the liquid applies a viscous force on the ball that is If  c   Vw  Va
2
proportional to the square of its speed v, i.e., Fviscous  kv 2  k  0  . The terminal speed of the
ball is (AIEEE-2008)

51 52

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

1 SOLUTION :
if  c   Vw  Va h 1
2 P0   g  P0   v12
2 2
where Vw = volume occupied by water in the shell h h 1
P0   g   2   g  P0   2   v22
2 2 2
Va = volume occupied by air in the shell v1 gh 1
 
v2 2 gh 2
Vm = volume of the material in the shell 23. A slit is cut at the bottom, along the right bottom edge of a rectangular tank. The slit is closed by
a wooden wedge of mass m and apex angle  as shown in figure. The vertical plane surface of
21. The range of water flowing out of a small hole made at a depth 10m below water surface in a the wedge is in contact with the right vertical wall of the container. Coefficient of static friction
large tank is R. Find the extra force applied on water surface so that range becomes 2R (in atm, between these two surfaces is  . To what maximum height, can water be filled in the tank
an approximate value) without leakage from the slit? The width of tank is b and density of water is  .
10

‘
‘
R
h
SOLUTION :
V   2 gh 
1/2  ‘’’

Range will be twice, if efflux velocity becomes twice

or h becomes four times or 40m.
Extra pressure = 30m of water head
2m 4m 2m 2m cos 
But 1 atm = 0.7 13.6m of water = 10.336m of water,, A) B) C)
 b  tan      b  tan      b  sin    cos   D)  b  tan    cos  
30m of water=3.0 atm
SOLUTION :
22. Equal volumes of two immiscible liquids of densities  and 2  are filled in a vessel as shown in mg   N  Fpressure
h 3h  h  1 
figure. Two small holes are punched at depth and from the surface of lighter liquid. If  mg     g  bh     g   h tan   h 
2 2  2  2 
v1
v1 and v2 are the velocities of efflux at these two holes, then v is  gh 2b  gh 2 tan 
 mg  
2 2 2
bh 2 
m  tan    
h  V1
2
2m
h 
h V2
 tan     b

1 1 1 1
A) B) C) D)
2 2 2 4 2

53 54
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
24. A vessel with a symmetrical hole in its bottom is fastened on a cart. The mass of the vessel and 25. A thin V-shaped glass tube is fixed in the vertical plane as shown. Initially, the left part of the
the cart is 1.5kg. With what force F(in 10 2 N) should the cart be pulled so that the maximum tube contains a column of water of length d = 2 m. A valve at the bottom of the tube prevents
amount of water remains in the vessel. The dimensions of the vessel are as shown in figure. the water from moving to right part. At some time, the valve is quickly opened. Neglecting
Given that b=50cm, c=10cm, area of base A=40 cm2 , L=20cm, g =10 m / s 2 . friction, find the time (in seconds) it takes for the water to move completely into the right part of
the tube. (Take g=  2 m/s2)
L

b
45 45
‘ C
F Fixed horizontal surface
SOLUTION :
The water of density  will execute SHM inside the fixed v-shape glass tube with time period
m
T  2 2  Ag cos 45
SOLUTION : where m = mass of water
As the cart is drawn by a force F, the water in the vessel takes up a slant position rising upward at the A = cross-sectional area of tube.
back of the vessel. d
To prevent water from flowing out of the hole H, the acceleration of the vessel should have such a T  22g
value that it occupies a face area DBH and a width of vessel given by A/L. Hence the required time is half the time period of oscillation.
D
L
26. A square box of water has a small hole located in one of the bottom corners. When the box is
ma b full and sitting on a level surface, complete opening of the hole results in a flow of water with a
mg speed v0, as shown. When the box is still half empty, it is tiled by 450 so that the hole is ta the

B H F lowest point. Now the water will flow out with a speed of

v0
1
Area of DBH  bc v0 v
2
1 A v0 v0 v0
volume of the liquid retained  bc  1) v0 2) 3) 4)
2 2 2 2 4
2
bcA SOLUTION :
Mass of the cart and water  M 
2L
h V0
ma V0  2 gh  V '  2 g 
tan   ; 2 4
2
mg
b
a  g tan   g  27. A cylindrical vessel contains a liquid of density  upto a height h. The liquid is closed by a
c
piston of mass m and area of cross-section A. There is a small hole at the bottom of the vessel.
 bcA  gb Find the speed v with which the liquid comes out of the hole.
Required force is  M    1.5  0.5  50  2.0  50  100N
 2L  c

55 56

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

m, A

h 30. A pump draws water from a reservoir and sends it through a horizontal pipe with speed v. Find
the relation between power of the pump and velocity of liquid.
1 2
P0
SOLUTION :
From work - energy theorem
SOLUTION :
KE  imparted to water  KE volume of water
Applying Bernoulli’s theorem at 1 and 2; P  
difference in pressure energy between 1 and 2 = difference in kinetic energy between 1 and 2 time volumeof water time
 mg  1 2 1 
 P0   gh    0   p0    v    v 2   Av  or P  v 3
 A  2 2 
mg 1
p0   gh   p0   v 2
A 2 31. A cylinder stands vertical in two immiscible liquids of densities  and 2  as shown. Find the
1 2mg  mg  difference in pressure at point A and B:
 gh   v 2  v  2 gh   2  gh 
2 A   A 
Air
28. Two balls of same size but different masses m1 and m2  m2  m1  are attached to the two ends
of a thin light thread and dropped from a certain height. It is known that the viscous drag of air
depends on the size and velocities of the balls. Other than the gravitational pull from the earth
and the viscous drag, the buoyant force from air also act on the balls. The buoyant force on a h
ball equals to the weight of air displaced by the ball. After sufficiently long time from the instant 2h A 
the balls were dropped both of them acquire uniform velocity known as terminal velocity. When
the balls have acquired terminal velocity, the tension in the thread is h 2
A) Zero B)  m2  m1  g C) 0.5  m2  m1  g * D) 0.5  m2  m1  g B
SOLUTION :
For vertical translational equilibrium, use freebody diagram for single and two body system seperately. A) 2  gh B) 3 gh C) 4  gh D) None
SOLUTION :
Difference in pressure at A and B = 4  gh   gh  3 gh
29. A gas flows with a velocity v along a pipe of cross sectional area ‘s’ and bent an angle of 90 0 at Comprehension :
point A. What force does the gas exert on the pipe at ‘A’. If it’s density is  ? An open rectangular tank of dimensions 6m x 5m x 4m contains water upto a height of 2m. The
vessel is accelerated horizontally with an acceleration of a m / s 2 as shown. Take
2 SV SV 2 
1) 2) 2 SV 2  3) 3 4) 3SV 2   water  103 kg / m 3 , g  10m / s 2 , atmospheric pressure = 105 N / m 2 . Base on above information
 2
SOLUTION : answer the following questions :
a
Take x-axis along the flow and y-axis perpendicular to it

  
Vinitial  V i,V final  V j; V  V 2  V 2  2V 4m
2m
v v l
F m m    S  2V  2 SV 2 
t t t 1m
6m

57 58
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
32. Determine the maximum value of a so that no water comes out from tank. 4 y 5
 
2g g 6 10
A) g B) C) D) 2g
3 3  y  1m
SOLUTION : 1
So, volume of water inside the tank is, 4  y 6 5
a 2
The angle made by free surface of liquid with horizontal is   tan  
1
Let h be the initial height, then
g
1
5  6  h    4  1  6  5 ;
2
a h  5 / 2  2.5m
34. Instead of open top if the vessel is closed, then absolute pressure at point A would be

20
4m
[ Take a  m / s 2 and initially height of water in tank is 2m]
3
y A) 1.33 105 N / m 2 B) 1.0  105 N / m 2 C) 3.33  10 45 N / m 2 D) None
SOLUTION :
20 2 g
For a   the situation would be as shown in fig.
6m 3 3

For no water to spill out, limiting case is shown in the fig.

As volume of water inside the beaker remains the same,
1
so 2  6  5   4  y   6  5
2
 y0 Q A P

4 y 2 a pressure P  p0
tan    
6 3 g Pressure at A, PA  p0   a  5
2g 20
 a  105  103  5
3 3
33. Determine the height to which the water should be filled in the tank so that when a  5m / s 2 , no  1.33  105 N / m 2
water comes out from the tank 35. A liquid of density   0 1   y  is stored in a container where y is the distance from the the
A) 2m B) 3m C) 2.5m D) 3.5m
SOLUTION : 2 1
liquid surface and   m . A small hole is made at the bottom of the container. Find nearest
For no water to come out, the situation is as shown in fig 3
integer of velocity of efflux (in m/s) when the liquid height is 1m. Assume flow is laminar .
a
 g  10 m / s 
2

SOLUTION :
4m dp
   g   0 (1   y) g
y dy

  dp    0 (1   y) g
6m after applying Bernoulli’s principle,
4 y a the velocity is 4 m/s.
tan   
6 g

59 60

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

36. A light cylindrical vessel is kept on a horizontal surface. It’s base are is A. A hole of cross- SOLUTION :
sectional area ‘a’ is made just at it’s bottom side. The minimum coefficient of friction necessary
for sliding of vessel due to the impact force of the emerging liquid
a 2a
1) Varying 2) 3) 4) None
A A
SOLUTION :
dm
 
2
F v  va  v  v 2 a   2 gy a   2a  gy
dt

Force of friction f=F=2a  gy

2a
  N    A gy    2a  gy;  
A
37. There are two identical small holes, each of area of cross-section ‘a’ on the opposite sides of a
tank containing a liquid of density  . The difference in height between the holes is ‘h’. Tank is
Al  g  Ax  g  Al  a
resting on a smooth horizontal surface. Find the horizontal force which will have to be applied on
the tank to keep it in equilibrium.  gx
ag ;
SOLUTION : l
F  F1  F2   av12   av22
v x
 gx
 v.dv   g 
0 0

dx

V2 v2  g x2
h2
h1   gx 
h
V1 2  2
At maximum displacement,
F2 F1
2  1
x   2   4  4m
 2
  a  2 gh1    a  2 gh2   2  ag  h1  h2   2 agh
39. A tank is filled with two immiscible liquids of densities 2  and  each of height h. Two holes
38. A uniform vertical cylinder is released from rest with its lower end just touching the liquid
surface of a deep lake. Calculate the maximum displacement of the cylinder in meters. Take h 3h
are made to the side wall at and from upper surface of the liquid, then find the ratio of
 1 2 2
  4m and  velocity of efflux of the liquids through the holes
 2
SOLUTION :
According to Bernoulli’s theorem,

 v1
h
3h
2

 l h 2
v2

h 1
For v1 , p   g    P     v1   v1  gh
2

2 2
h 1
For v2 , P    gh    2   g    P   2   v2
2

2  2
v1 1
 v2  2 gh  v  2
2

61 62
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
40. A hose shoots water straight up to a height of 2.5 m. The opening end of the hose has an area y
of 0.75cm2. What is the speed of the water as it leaves the hose? How much water will come
out in one minute? x
SOLUTION :
Kinetic energy at bottom = Potential energy at the top Let y be the height of liquid at same instant then
1 2  dy
v  gh  v  2 gh  v  2  9.8  2.5 (a=area of hole =constant given)
2 dt
 5  9.8  49  7 m / s; v  7 m / s or 700cm/s.
 dy 
The rate of flow of water = Av. So in one minute the volume of water that flows out a 2 gy   r 2   
 dt 
 Av  60   0.75  700  60  0.75  42  103
  dy 
 ,  and g are constant
 3.15  104 cm 3  31.5 litre.  dt 
41. A wooden block is floating in a water tank. The block is pressed to its bottom. During this
process work done is equal to squaring the equation, we get y  kx 4
A) Work done against upthrust exerted by the water
B) Work done against upthrust plus loss of gravitational potential energy of the block 43. A large open tank has two holes in the wall. One is a square hole of side L at a depth y from the
C) Work done against upthrust minus loss of gravitational potential energy of the block top and the other is a circular hole of radius R at a depth 4y from the top. When the tank is
D) all the above completely filled with water, the quantities of water flowing out per second from both holes are
the same. Then, find the value of R. (EAMCET-2011)
SOL UT I ON : SOLUTION :
Initially the wooden block floats with partially immersed in water. Initially, upthrust exerted by Velocity of efflux at a depth h is given by v  2 gh .
Volume of water flowing out per second from both the holes are equal
water is equal to weight of the block.
 V 
But when it is pressed down more water is displaced. Hence upthrust exerted by water  a1v1  a2v2   av 
 t 
increases. L
L 
2
2g  y    R2 2g  4 y   R 
2
The force required to press down the block is equal to F  upthrust  mg .
44. The fig shows a semi-cylindrical massless gate of unit length perpendicular to the plane of the
Hence, work done by the force F will be equal to work done against (upthrust - mg). page and is pivoted at the point O holding a stationary liquid of density  . A horizontal force F
It means, work done by the external force is equal to work done against upthrust loss of gravitational is applied at its lowest position to keep it stationary. The magnitude of the force is :

potential energy of the block.

h=R
42. A small hole is made at the bottom of a symmetrical jar as shown in figure. A liquid is filled into
 O (Pivot)
the jar upto a certain height. The rate of dissension of liquid is independent of level of the
liquid in the jar. Then the surface of jar is a surface of revolution of curve R
y


x F

1) y=kx4 2) y=kx2 3) y=kx3 4) y=kx5

SOLUTION :
3 9
A)  gR 2 B)  gR 2 C)  gR 2 D) 2  gR 2
2 2

63 64

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION :
R3
Vabove  2 1  cos     2 
Torque about ‘O’ due to water pressure is given by    d 3
where d  dF .R sin 
R3
after integrating from 0 to 1800  dw   2  2 cos    g   R  sin  d
3
we will get   4 R 3  g
this should be balanced by applied torque. R4  g R4  g
 dw   2 sin  d  2 cos  .sin  .d
  4 R 3  g  F  2 R  3 3
R4  g
 F  2  gR 2  sin 2 d  2sin d 
3
45. In figure-I is shown a sphere of mass m and radius r resting at the bottom of a large container
filled with water. Depth of the container is h. Density of material of the sphere is the same as R 4  g
w  4
that of water. Now the whole sphere is slowly pulled out of water as shown in figure-II 3
[ after integration limits of  : 0 to 1800 ]
4 3
w R  gR  mgR
3
Comprehension :
I II Figure shows a large closed cylindrical tank containing water. Initially, the air trapped above
Work done by the agent in pulling the sphere is equal to the water surface has a height h0 and pressure 2p0 where p0 is the atmospheric pressure. There
A) mgr B) 0.5mgr C) mg(0.5r+h) D) mg(r+h) is a hole in the wall of the tank at a depth h1 below the top from which water comes out. A long
vertical tube is connected as shown.
SOLUTION :
h2

3dr 2P0 h0
 h1
r R

Inside
net force on inner side body's

46. Find the height h2 of the water in the long tube above the top initially
r
cos    r  R cos   dr   R sin  .d 3 p0 h0 2 p0 h0 p0 p0
R A)  B)  C)  h0 D)  2h0
g 3 g 2 g 2 g
net force on immersed body’s part=0  body   water  SOLUTION :
2 P0   h2  h0   g  p0
 dw  workdone in shifting above part through dr height  Vabove  g  dr   1
(since liquids at the same level have the same pressure)
determination of Vabove :-   2 1  cos   P0  h2  g  h0  g ;

 1 3  h2  g  P0  h0  g
 4  3  R  P0 h0  g P0
R3   h2    h
 volume related to surface area above water level is    4   g g g 0
3    R3  
 3  4 

65 66
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
47. Find the speed with which water comes out of the hole.
1/2 1/ 2 ½
1 2  3  4 
A)   p0   g  h1  2h0  B)    p0   g  h1  h0    C)    p0   g  h1  h0  
1/2
D)    p0   g  h1  h0  
     
SOLUTION :
1 P
KE of the water = Pressure energy of the water at that layer mV 2  m 
2 
2P 2
V2    P   g  h1  h0  
  0
1/ 2
2 
V    P0   g  h1  h0 
 
48. Find the height of the water in the long tube abvoe the top when the water stops coming out of
the hole.
A) 2h0 B) h0 C) h2 D)  h1
SOLUTION :
we know 2 P0   g  h1  h0   P0   gX
P0
X   h1  h0   h2  h1
g
i.e, X is h1 meter below the top or X is - h1 above the top.
49. A rod is of length 6 m and of specific gravity   25 / 36 . One end of the rod is tied to a 5 m long
light rope which in turn is tied to the floor of a pool 10 m deep as shown. Find the length of the
part of rod in metres which is out of water.

10m
5m

SOLUTION :
Taking moments about A

 6  x  A w g / 2  18 A r g
2

Solving, we get x  1 m
67 68

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

VISCOSITY : dv
velocity gradient = . It is a vector
 In case of steady flow of a fluid when a layer of fluid slips or tends to slip on adjacent layers in contact, dx
the two layer exert tangential force on each other which tries to destroy the relative motion between  is coefficient of viscosity. It may be defined as the tangential force per unit area required to maintain
them. unit velocity gradient (or) it is the ratio between tangential stress and velocity gradient.
It is also called coefficient of dynamic viscosity.
 The property of a fluid due to which it opposes the relative motion between its different layers is called
viscosity (or fluid friction or internal friction) and the force between the layers opposing the relative Dimensional formula of   M 1 L1T 1
motion is called viscous force. The SI unit of  is Pa-s. Its CGS unit is poise.
Viscosity in gases due to collisions between gas molecules and transfer of momentum. 1pa-s=10 poise.
Viscosity in liquids is due to cohesive force between molecules in succesive layers Note : The value of  changes from liquid to liquid and for ideal liquid  =0
Waves in sea water subside due to viscosity. Coefficient of kinematic viscosity:
Rain drops fall to the ground with terminal velocity due to viscosity. The ratio between the coefficient of viscosity and density of the liquid is called Coefficient of Kinematic
It is only due to viscosity, a liquid flow becomes orderly. viscosity.

Coefficient of Kinematic viscosity =
Viscous Force (Newton’s Formula): 
Its S.I. unit is m2 s 1
v + dv
M N Its practical unit is stoke. 1 stoke = 10-4m2s-1.
x + dx
C D Its dimensional formula is  L2T 1  , same as that of areal velocity..
v
x
Effect of temperature:
A
Rest
B In the case of liquids, coefficient of viscosity decreases with increase of temperature as the cohesive
forces decrease with increase of temperature.
In the case of gases, coefficient of viscosity increases with increase of temperature because number of
Consider the two layers CD and MN of the liquid at distances x and x + dx from the fixed
collisions between the molecules of the gas increases.
dv
surface AB, having the velocities v and v + dv respectively. Then dx
denotes the rate of change of Effect of pressure:
velocity with distance and is known as velocity gradient. For liquids the value of  increases with increase of pressure.
Above 330C the viscosity of water increases with pressure, and that below this temperature, initially
According to Newton’s hypothesis, the tangential force F acting on a plane parallel layer is the pressure effect is negative
dv
For gases, value of  increases with increase of pressure at low pressure. But at high pressure,  is
proportional to the area of the plane A and the velocity gradient dx
in a direction normal to the independent of pressure.
layer, i.e., The machine parts get jammed in winter, because the viscosity oil (used as lubricants in machine parts)
increases due to fall in temperature
dv
F A and F
dx
A viscous fluid tends to cling to a solid in contact with it. That is why dust particles cling to a fan blade
even when it is rotating rapidly.
dv
 F  A dx Poiseuille's equation:
dv According to Poiseuille’s Formula the rate of flow of a liquid through a horizontal capillary tube is
or F  A
dx
 Pr 4
V
8 l
Where  is a constant called the coefficient of viscosity.
Where V is volume of the liquid flowing out per second,
dv ‘p’ is the pressure difference across the capillary pipe,
The viscous force acting between two adjacent layers of a liquid is given by F  A ‘r’ is the radius of the pipe,
dx
The viscous force acts tangential to the liquid layer ‘ l ’ is the length of the capillary pipe,
Negative sign indicates the force is opposite in direction to the relative velocity of flow of the liquid. ' ' is the coefficient of viscosity of the liquid,
 / 8 is a proportionality constant.

69 70
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Poiseuille's equation is valid for
a) flow through a horizontal capillary tube. 1   r14 r24 
   
b) steady and laminar flow R 8  l1 l2 
c) the liquid the contact with the walls of the capillary tube must be at rest.
d) the pressure at any cross section must be same Here volume of the fluid flowing per second in each tube is different but pressure difference
Arrangement of capillary tubes: P   P1  P2  is same.
a) Capillary tubes in series :
Total volume flowing per second is V=V1+V2
 Pr
4
P P
V  or V  8l  P P  P  r14 r24 
From Poiseuille’s equation, 8 l   R V   V   
 4
r  R1 R2 or 8  l1 l2 
4
Total volume of the liquid flowing out per sec remains constant V1 R2 l2  r1 
   
8 l V2 R1 l1  r2 
Where R  is called fluid resistance.
 r4 Stoke's law - Terminal velocity:
l1 l2 When a spherical body is dropped in a fluid, the fluid layer in contact with the body is dragged
with the body. The remaining layers of the fluid excerts viscous force on the body to oppose its motion.
When the sum of the viscous force and upthrust of the liquid on the body is equal to its weight,
When two capillaries are connected in series across a constant pressure difference P, the body then begins to fall with a constant velocity, known as terminal velocity
the fluid resistance R=R1+R2. According to stoke,
i) the viscous force (F)  6 r vt .
8 l1 8 l2 8  l1 l2 
R      Where
 r14  r24   r14 r24 
 =coeff. of viscosity of the fluid,
Volume of liquid flowing per second is same through both capillaries r=radius of the body
P P P
V    vt terminal velocity..
R1  R2 R   
8  14  42  4 3
 r1 r2  ii) Upward of the body(W) = mg=(volume of sphere x density)  g   r  g
3
Here P  P1  P2   P1  P0    P0  P2 
iii) Upward thrust(T) = weight of the fluid displaced
 P1  P0  and  P0  P2  are pressure differences across individual capillaries. =(volume of the fluid displaced x density of the fluid) g
4
P1  P0 R1 1 r24   r3 g
   3
P0  P2 R2  2 r14 When the body attains terminal velocity the net force acting on the body is zero
b) Capillary tubes in parallel : W-R-F=0;
l1
F=W-T
2r 2 g     
 vt 
l2
9
 vt  (  )
When two capillary tubes are connected in parallel across constant pressure difference P, If    , body will rise instead of falling.
1 1 1 For example air bubble in water
then fluid resistance R is given by R  R  R
1
 vt   ,
1 2

8 l1 8 l2
 R1  and R2   r 4 greater the viscosity, smaller is the terminal velocity.
 r14 2
For example a lead shot attains less terminal velocity in glycerine than in water.

71 72

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

vt1  r1 
2
:: PROBLEMS ::
 vt r   
2

vt2  r2  1. A boat of area 10 m2 floating on the surface of a river is made to move horizontally with a
speed of 2m/s by applying a tangential force. If the river is 1m deep and the water in contact
When ‘n’ identical droplets are falling down with their terminal velocity ‘v’ are combined to form a big
with the bed is stationary, find the tangential force need to keep the boat moving with constant
drop, then terminal velocity of big drop is
speed. (coefficient of viscosity of water = 10-2 poise)
vbig R2
 2  vbig  n 2/3v  R  n1/3 r 
SOLUTION :
v r dv 2  0
 Two spherical bodies having masses m1, m2 respectively falling in viscous medium the ratio of terminal 
Velocity gradient =  2 s 1
dx 1  0
From, Newton’s law of viscous force,
velocities is dv
Fv   A  10 2  101  10  2   0.02 N
2/ 3 dx
v1  m1  2. A spherical ball falls through viscous medium with terminal velocity v. If this ball is replaced by
 
v2  m2  another ball of the same mass but half the radius, then the terminal velocity will be (neglect the
effect of buoyancy.)
A) v B) 2v C) 4v D) 8v
SOLUTION :
4
m   r3 g
3
v0 r 2  ;
r2
v0  .  8    2r 2 
,

4
3. A spherical solid ball of volume V is made of a material of density 1 . It is falling through a
liquid of density  2   2  1  . Assume that the liquid applies a viscous force on the ball that is
proportional to the square of its speed v , i.e., Fviscous  kv 2  k  0  . The terminal speed of the
ball is:
Vg   1   2  Vg  1 Vg 1 Vg   1   2 
A) B) C) D)
k k k k
SOLUTION :
The force acting on the ball are gravity force, buoyancy force and viscous force.
When ball acquires terminal speed, it is in dynamic equilibrium,
let terminal speed of ball is vT .
So, v2 g  kvT 2  V 1 g ;
V  1   2  g
vT 
k
4. Water flows through a capillary tube of radius ‘r’ and length at a rate of 40 ml per second, when
connected to a pressure difference of ‘h’ cm of water. Another tube of the some length but
radiud . r/2 is connected in series with this tube and the combination is connected to the same
pressure heaD) [density of water is  ]

73 74
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
16  gh
A) The pressure difference accross each tube is p1  and P2  gh 6. Water is flowing in a river. If the velocity of a layer at a distance of 10 cm from the bottom is 20
17 17
cm/s. Find the velocity of layer at a height of 40 cm from the bottom
17  gh
B) The pressure difference accross each tube is p1  and P2  gh A) 10 m / s B) 20 m / s C) 30 m / s D) 80 m / s
16 16
SOLUTION :
40
C) The rate of flow of water through the combination is c.c / sec. dv
17 F   A ;
17 dx
D) The rate of flow of water through the combination is c.c / sec.
40 dv v
F or F
KEY : A , C dx x
SOLUTION :
v v
According to Pissiulle’s equation.  or  x
F
x F
P
Rate of flow = 8 L but F is constant
 
 4

 r 
 x v
Making an analogy with current flow, 7. Water flows in a streamline manner through a capillary tube of radius a. The pressure difference
being P and the rate of flow is Q. If the radius is reduced to a/2 and the pressure difference is
R1 increased to 2P, then find the rate of flow
R2
SOLUTION :
P
P2 Rate of flow Q 
P1 8 l /  r  4

4
Q1 P  r 
 Q  P r 4    1  1 
8 L Q2 P2  r2 
Let R1  ;
 r4 Q1 P  a  Q
4

     Q2 
Q2 2P  a / 2  8
8 L
R2  4
 16 R Rate of flow will become 1/8 times
g
  8. If the terminal speed of a sphere of gold (density = 19.5 kg/m 3) is 0.2 m/s in a viscous liquid
2
  (density 1.5 kg/m3), find the terminal speed of a sphere of silver (density = 10.5 kg/m3) of the
R 1
P1  P2  P   gh and P1 / P2  R  16
1
same size in the same liquid.
2 A) 0.2 m/s B) 0.4 m/s C) 0.133 m/s D) 0.1m/s
P P 40 SOLUTION :
Also Rate of flow = P  P  17 R  17  mL/s
1 2 1 2r 2
Terminal velocity of spherical body in a viscous liquid is given by: vT      g
9
5. A 16cm of water flows per second through a capillary tube of radius r cm and of length 1cm,
3
Where r  radius of the sphere,
when connected to a pressure head of h cm of water. If a tube of the same length and radius r/  =density of the sphere,
s is connected to the same pressure head, find the mass of water flowing per minute through  =coefficient of viscosity,,
the tube.  = density of liquid.
SOLUTION :
 v    
Pr 4 V P r4 l
V  2  2  24  1 vg  g   19.5  1.5
l V1 P1 r1 l2   2
vs  s   10.5  1.5
r / 2
4 4
l 1 1 16
     ;V 2   1cm 3 / s
r4 l 2 16 16 vg 0.2
 vs    0.1 m / s
Volume of water flowing per minute = 1  60  60cm3 / min 2 2
 Mass of water flowing per minute  V  d  60  1  60 gram / min.

75 76

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

9. Capillary tubes of lengths l and 2l are connected in series. Their radii are r and 2r respectively. 11. Three capillary tubes of same radius 1 cm but of lengths 1m, 2m and 3m are fitted horizontally
If stream line flow is maintained and pressure difference across first and second capillary to the bottom of a long vessel containing a liquid at constant pressure and flowing through
P1 these. What is the length of a single tube which can replace the three capillaries.
tubes are P1 and P2 respectively, then find the ratio P SOLUTION :
2
 Pr 4  Pr 4  Pr 4
. V1  ,V2  , V3 
8 l1 8 l 2 8 l3

SOLUTION : and V   Pr
4

Equating the rate of flow of liquid 8 l

 r 4P Now V  V1  V2  V3 
1

1

1

1
Here Q1  Q2 and Q   1  2  3
8l
Substituting the values, we get
  r  P1   2r  P2
4 4
P l1l2l3 1 2  3 6
   1 8 l   m
8 l 8  2l  P2 l1l2  l1l3  l2l3 1 2  1  3  2  3 11
10. A liquid of density 900 kg / m3 is fillled in a cylindrical tank of upper radius 0.9m and lower 12. A cylindrical vessel of area of cross-section A and filled with liquid to a height of h1 has a
capillary tube of length l and radius r protuding horizontally at its bottom. If the viscosity of
radius 0.3m A capillary tube of length l is attached at the bottom of the tank as shown in fig. The
liquid is  and density  . Find the time in which the level of water in the vessel falls to h2.
capillary has outer radius 0.002m and inner radius A) When pressure P is applied at the top of
8 lA 8 lA A 8 lA
the tank volume flow rate of liquid is 8  106 m3 / s and if capillary tube is detached, the liquid
h1
A)  gr 4 ln h
2
B)  gr 4 C) g h1  h2  h2
D)  gr 4 ln h
1

comes out from the tank with a velocity 10m / s. Then the coefficient viscosity of liquid is SOLUTION :
(  a 2  106 m 2 a 2 / l  2  106 m.) Let h be the height of water level in the vessel at instant t which decreases by dh in time dt.
 dh 
 Rate of flow of water through the capillary tube, V   A  dt 
0.9m
....................... (1)
 
 Pr 4
Further, the rate of flow from Poiseuille formula V  ....................... (2)
8 l
The hydrostatic pressure at depth h is P   gh
h
From eqns (1) and (2), we have
0.3m dh  hr 4
A 
dt 8 l
8 lA dh
l dt   ;
 r 4 h
A)   1.25  10 3 N  s / m 2 . B)   2.50  10 3 N  s / m2 8 lA dh
h2

 gr 4 h h
t
C)   5.00 10 3 N  s / m2 D)   7.25 10 3 N  s / m2 1

SOLUTION :
13. Two identical drops of water are falling through air with a steady speed of ‘v’ each. If the drops
Applying Bemoullie’s equation P   gh 
1
2

 v2 2  v12 ; coalesce to form a single drop, what is the new terminal velocity? (EAMCET-2013)
SOLUTION :
but v1   A2v2 / A1 
4 4 4
dV  a 4 P From conservation of mass  R3     r 3     r 3  
P  P   gh;   3 3 3
dt 8l
 1
or R   2 3  r and vt r 2 (stokes law)
 

77 78
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1 2
v R
  22 / 3 KV 2We
v r2
v  2 v . 1 2/ 3

V V1
14. A spherical steel ball stretched at the top of a long column of glycerin of length l falls through
a distacne l / 2 with accelerated motion and the remaining distance l / 2 with uniform velocity..
We
Let t1 and t2 denote the times taken to cover the first and second half and w 1 and w2 are the
work done against gravity in the two halves, then compare times and work done. We
KV 1
SOLUTION :
17. A marble of mass x and diameter 2r is gently released in a tall cylinder containing honey. If the
Average velocity in first half of the distance <v,
mar ble displaces mass. y (< x) of the liquid, the terminal velocity is proportional to
while in the second half the average velocity is v.
Therefore, t1>t2. x y x y
A) x  y b. x  y C) D)
The work done against gravity in both halves is mg l / 2 r r
SOLUTION :
 t1  t2  w1  w2
2 2     g
1
15. A volume V of a viscous liquid flows per unit time due to a pressure head P along a pipe of
v0  r ;
diameter d and length l . Instead of this pipe, a set of four pipes each of diameter d / 2 and 9 
length 2l is connected to the same pressure head P . Now the volume of liquid flowing per
4
unit time is: x   r 3   or 
A) V /16 B) V / 8 C) V / 4 D) V 3
SOLUTION : x y
 ;  3 ;
1

r3 r
 Pr 4
V ; x y
8l v0
4
r
r 18. Between a plate of area 100 cm2 and another plate of area 100 m2 there is a 1 mm, thick layer of
V
l water, if the coefficient of viscosity of water is 0.01 poise, then the force required to move the
4 smaller plate with a velocity 10 cm/s with reference to large plate is.
V1  r1  l2
     32 ; A) 100 dyn B) 104 dyn C) 106 dyn D) 109 dyn
V2  r2  l1
SOLUTION :
V dv
V2  F  A
32 dx
For 4 pipes, where A=100cm2;
1 V V dv 10cm / s
V2  4V2  4     100 s 1
32 8 dx 1m / m
19. A tube of length l and radius R carries a steady flow of fluid whose density is  and viscos ity
16. A small steel ball falls through a syrup at a constant speed of 1.0 m/s. If the steel ball is pulled
 . The velocity v of flow is given by v  v0 (1  r 2 / R 2 ), Where r is the distance of flowing fluid
upwards with a force equal to twice its effective weight, how fast will it move upward?
SOLUTION : from the axis.
6 rv  mg1 (effective weight) A) The volume of fluid, flowing across the section of the tube, in unit time is 2 v0 ( R 2 / 4)
Let We = effective weight and 6 r  K B) The kinetic energy of the fluid within the volume of the tube is K .E.   lv0 2 ( R 2 / 6)
In equilibrium, we=kv...(1)
Again, 2we-we=kv1.....(2) C) The frictional force exerted on the tube by the fluid is F  4 kv0
From Eqs (1) and (2) v1  v  1.0 m / s 4 lv0
D) The pressure difference at the ends of tube is P 
R2

79 80

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

KEY : ALL 21. Two capillary tubes of same radius r but of lengths l1 and l2 are fitted in parallel to the bottom
SOLUTION : of a vessel. The pressure head is P . What should be the length of a single tube of same radius
The volume of fluid flowing through this section per second dv   2 rdr  v0 1  r / R  that can replace the two tubes so that the rate of flow is same as before ?
2 2

1 1 l1l2 1
 2 r dr  v0 1  r 2 / R 2  B) l  l
R
total volume V   A) l1  l 2 C) l  l D) l  l
0 1 2 1 2 1 2

 2 v0  R 2 / 4  SOLUTION :
(ii). The kinetic energy of the fluid within the volume element of thickness dr 8 L
Fluid resistance R 
K.E of fluid within the tube is  r4
1
  2 l   v0  1  r 2 / R 2  r dr 1 1 1
2 R

2 0 in parallel, R  R  R
1 2

we get K.E   l v0  R / 6 
2 2
 r4  r4  r4
(iii). The viscous drag exerts a force on the or 8 l  8 l  8 l
eq 1 2
 dv 
tube F   A   l1l2
 dr  r  R leq 
l1  l2
 dv 
Here    v0  2 r / R r  R  2v0 / R  F  4 lv0
2
22. When water flows at a rate Q through a tube of radius r placed horizontally, a pressure difference
 dr r  R p develops across the ends of the tube. If the radius of the tube is doubled and the rate of flow
(iv) P  P2  P1  P halved, the pressure difference will be
where P1  0 and P2  P A) 8 p B) p C) p / 8 D) p / 32
SOLUTION :
force  F 
4 l v0
P   pr 4
area  R 2 
R2 Poiseuille’s formula gives the quantity of liquid flowing through a ckapillary, Q 
8 l
20. A ball moves successively through three liquids, at rest as shown, of densities  1 ,  2 and  3 nd
8 nl
viscosity coefficient 1 ,2 and 3 and respectively with the same (terminal) velocity. Then i.e., p  Q. ;
 r4
Q
h1 if Q '  , r '  2r
2
p 8 Q nl 8 Q.nl 1
 .  
h2
n  2  2r  4 p r 4 32  n  32 
h3
p
i.e., pressure p ' 
32
           23. L, L / 2 and L / 3 are connected in series. Their radii aree r , r / 2 and r / 3 respectively. Then,
B)      C)    D)         
1 2 3 1 3 2 1 1 2 2 1
A) 3   2  1
1 2 3 3 2 3 1 1 3 3 1
if stream-line flow is to be maintained and the pressure across the first capillary is P , then:
KEY : C, D
SOLUTION : A) the pressure difference across the ends of second capillary is 8P
  1    2    3 B) the pressure difference across the third capillary is 43P
 
1 2 3
C) the pressure difference across the ends of second capillary is 16P
 1   2   3  1   2  3
D) the pressure difference across the third capillary is 59P
1    1 3    3
Also,      3  1      1   C 
3 2 2 SOLUTION :
Eliminating  gives (D)

81 82
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
dQ  Pr

4
Surface Tension
dt 8 L The attractive forces between molecules of same substance are called cohesive forces.
As capillaries are joined in series, so  dQ / dt  will be same for each capillary.. The attractive forces between molecules of different substances are called adhesive forces.
The maximum distance upto which the cohesive force between two molecules exists is called the
 Pr 4  P '  r / 2   P "  r / 3
4 4
molecular range and is of the order of 10-9m.
Hence,  
8 L 8  L / 2  8  L / 3 An imaginary sphere drawn around a molecule with molecular range as radius is called the sphere of
So pressure difference across the ends of 2nd capillary P '  8 p influence of that molecule.
The force per unit length normal to any imaginary line drawn on the free surface of a liquid is known as
across the ends of 3rd capillary P "  27 p surface Tension.
F
T ;
l
SI Unit : N/m,
CGS Unit : dyne/cm.
Dimensional formula : ML0T-2
Surface tension is due to cohesive force between the molecules of a liquid.
Surface tension is a molecular phenomenon.
Surface tension is independent of surface area.
It decreases with increase of temperature.
Applications of force due to surface tension :
Force required to pull a wire of length ' l ' from the surface of water of surface tension T is
F=2  T
‘

Force required to pull a circular ring of radius R from the surface of water of surface tension T is
F  2 rT

Force required to pull a thin circular ring of radius r from the surface of water of surface tension T is
F= 4 r T

83 84

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Applications of Surface Energy :
Work done in forming a liquid drop is,
r W = Change in surface Area x Surface tension
W = AT  4 r 2T .
I Work done in increasing the size of liquid drop from radius r1 to r2 is
W = 4  T(r22 - r12)
Force required to pull a rectangular plate of length ' l ' and breadth 'b' from the surface of water of Work done in blowing a soap bubble of radius r is
surface tension T is W=8  r2 T. (Soap bubble has two free surfaces)
Work done in increasing the size of a soap bubble from radius r1 to r2 is,
F  2l  b T
W = 8  T (r22 - r12)
Work done in forming a circular liquid film of radius 'r' is,
w = 2  r2 T..
Work done in increasing the area of circular soap film from radius r1 to r2 is
W = 2  T (r22 - r12).
When a big liquid drop splits into 'n' identical droplets, then

r
Force required to pull a circular disc of radius R with hole of radius r from the surface of water of
surface tension T is
R
F  2 R  r T

a) Surface area increases,

work is done on the system against surface tension and potential energy increase.
b) Energy is absorbed by the system.
c) Temperature of each droplet decreases.
I d) As mass is constant

Between two glass plates a water drop is squeezed to form a thin film of thickness (d) and surface area 4 4 
M  nm   R 3   n   r 3    R  n1/ 3r
(A). The force required to seperate the two plates is, 3 3 
F = 2TA/d. Increase in surface area FA  n 4 r 2  4 R 2
Workdone = T A  T 4  nr  R 
2 2

Surface Energy:
2 3 
1
Work done to increase surface area of a film by one unit is known as surface energy. It is numerically W  T 4 R  n  1
equal to surface tension. (or) The additional potential energy possessed due to increase in  
surface area by one unit is called surface energy When ‘n’ small droplets each of radius ‘r’ are merged to form a big drop of radius ‘R’, then
W r
S ;
A
SI Unit : J/m2; R
D.F=MT-2

a) Work is done by surface tension and total surface area decreases,

b) Energy is released by the system.
c) Temperature of big droplet increases.
d) In this case workdone by the system is

85 86
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
W  4 r T  n1/ 3  1
2 ::PROBLEMS::
1. A small piece of wire of length 4 cm is floating on the surface of water. If a force of 560 dynes
W  4 r T  n  n
2 2/3
 in excess of its apparent weight is required to pull it up from the surface, find the surface
tension of water.
SOLUTION :
4 3
If V   R = volume of big drop Length of wire l  4cm . Contact length of solid with liquid surface L  2l  8cm .
3
F 560
3VT 1/3  1/3  Surface tension T  T   70dyne / cm
W
R
 n  1  3VT  nR  R1  L 8
  Twater  70dyne cm  0.07 Nm 1
1

1 1  2. An annular metal ring of inner radius 7cm and outer radius 14cm and negligible weight is
W  3VT   
r R f loating on the sur f ace of a liquid. I f sur f ace tension of liquid is 0.08Nm -1, calculate the force
required to detach it from liquid surface.
SOLUTION :
The contact length of annular ring with liquid surface
22
L  2 r1  2 r2  L  2   14  7  cm
7
L  132cm  1.32m .
The force required.
F=T(L)=0.08x1.32=0.1056N
3. A wire is bent in the form of a ‘U’-shape and a slider of negligible mass is connecting the two
vertical sides of the U-shape. This arrangement is dipped in a soap solution and lifted, a thin
soap film is formed in the frame. It supports a weight of 2.0 x 10-2N. If the length of the slider
is 40cm, what is the surface tension of the film?
SOLUTION :
W=2.0 x 10-2N
l =40cm = 0.4 m
Upward force due to surface tension = T  2l
In equilibrium, W = T  2l
W 2  10 2
T    2.5  10 2 Nm 1 .
2l 2  0.4
4. When a wire of length l  l  r  and cross sectional radius r is kept floating on surface of a
liquid. Maximum radius of wire such that it may not sink is
SOLUTION :
Weight = maximum force of Surface Tension
Mg  T  2l     r 2  lg  T  2l 

2T
rmax  
 g ( is the density of the wire)

5. If the surface tension of soap solution is 35 dynes/cm, calculate the work done to form an air
bubble of diameter 14mm with that solution.
SOLUTION :
Surface tension T=35 dynes cm-1=0.035Nm-1

87 88

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

14mm 9. If n drops of a liquid, each with surface energy E, join to from a single drop, then
Radius of the bubble r   7 mm  7103 m A) Some energy will be released in the process
2
B) Some energy wil be released in the process
22
W  A  T  8 r 2T  8   49  106  0.035 C) the energy released or ansorbed wil be E  n  n 
2/3
7
D) the energy released or absorbed will be nE  2  1
5
W  4.312  10 J /3

KEY : A , C
6. A soap bubble is blown to a radius of 3cm. If it is to be further blown to a radius of 4cm what is SOLUTION :
the work done? (Surface tension of soap solution = 3.06 x 10 -2 Nm-1) Let S = surface tension
SOLUTION : = surface energy per unit drop
Initial radius of soap bubble R1=3cm=3x10-2m r = radius of each small drop
Final radius of sopa bubble R2=4cm=4x10-2m R radius of a single drop
Work done in blowing soap bubble from radius R1 to R2 is
4 4
n   r 3   R3
 W  8  R22  R12  T 3 3
22 R  rn1/ 3
 8  3.06  102 16  9   104
7 Initial surface energy Ei  n  4 r 2  S  nE
 176  3.06  106 J  539.6  10 6 J
Final surface energy, E f  4 R 2 S  4 r 2 n 2 / 3 S  n 2 / 3 E
7. A water drop of diameter 2mm is split up into 109 identical water drops. Calculate the work Therefore, energy released  Ei  E f  E  n  n 
2/3

done in this process. (The surface tension of water is 7.3x10-2Nm-1).

10. A thin liquid film formed between a U-shaped wire and a light slider supports a weight of
SOLUTION :
1.5x10-2N. The length of the slider is 30 cm and its weight negligible. The surface tension of
Let a water drop of radius R be split up into 109 identical water drops each of radius r.
the liquid film is (AIEEE-2012)
D 2
R   1mm  1  103 m
2 2 Film
No. droplets n=109; T=7.3x10-2Nm-1
W  4 R T  n1/ 3  1
2

w
 4 10 3   7.3  102 109   1  9.17  10 4 J
2 1/ 3

  1) 0.0125Nm-1 2) 0.1Nm-1 3) 0.05Nm-1 4) 0.025Nm-1

SOLUTION :
8. 1000 drops of a liquid each of diameter 4mm coalesce to form a single large drop. If surface At equilibrium, weight of the given block is balanced by force due to surface tension,
tension of liquid is 35 dyne cm-1. Calculate the energy evolved by the system in the process. i.e., 2L.T=W
SOLUTION :
W 1.5 102 N
No. of drops n=1000  n1/3  10; n 2/ 3  100 T   0.025Nm1
2L 2  0.3m
Surface tension of liquid T=35 dyne cm-1 11. Work W is required to from a bubble of volume V from a given solution. What amount of work
Radius of each small drop r=2mm=0.2cm
is required to be done to form a bubble of volume 2V ?
Energy evolved in merging W  4 r T  n  n 
2 2/ 3
A) W B) 2W C) 21/ 3W D) 41/ 3W
SOLUTION :
22
  2  10 1  351000  100
2
 W  4 4 4 4 4
7 . V   R 3 ; 2V   R 3 ; 2   R 3   R 3
3 3 3 3
88  35  4  102
W  900 R '  21/ R
7 2
W '    21/ 3 R    2 2/ 3  2  4 R 2  41/ 3W
 15840ergs.  1.58  103 J

89 90
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot ‘
12. A large number of liquid drops each of radius “r” merge to form a single spherical drop of SOLUTION :
radius “R”. If the energy released in the process is converted into the kinetic energy of the Energy released  n  4 a  4 b  
2 2

big drop formed. Find the speed of the big drop (d is density of the liquid)?
SOLUTION : 4 3 4 3 b3
Now, 4   r   b or n  3
3 3 a
Energy released is W  3VT    ..... 1
1 1
Therefore, enery released is
r R
If V is volume of big drop, M the mass of the drop and  the density then  b3 2 2b 
 a 3  4 a  4 b    4 b  a  1 
2

   
1 1
Kinetic energy = Mv 2   V  v 2 ...  2  14 2 2
2 2 2 b 
Now,   b   v  4 b   1 
As (1) = (2) 23  a 
1/ 2
1 1  1  6  1 1  
3VT      V  v 2 or v      
r R 2    a b 
6T  1 1  15. A drop of radius R is split under isothermal conditions into ‘n’ droplets, each of radius ‘r’, the
or v 

  r R  ratio of surface energies of big and each small drop is
13. A drop of liquid of density  is floating half immersed in a liquid of density d. If  is the SOLUTION :
surface tension, then what is the diameter of the drop of the liquid.
 4 R T  R n r 
2 1/ 3 2
U big 2

3 6 4 12    n 2/ 3 :1
1) g  2  d  2) g  2  d  3) g  2  d  4) g  2  d 
U small  4 r T r
2 2
r2

16. Eight spherical droplets, each of radius ‘r’ of a liquid of density '  ' and surface tension ‘r’
SOLUTION :
In equilibrium coalesce to form one big drop. If ‘s’ in the specific heat of the liquid. Then the rise in the temeprature
force due to surface tension + Force of buoyancy = Weight of the spherical liquid drop of the liquid in this process is
2 4 2T 3T 3T T
2 rT   r 3d 2 g   r 3d1 g 1)
3r  s
2)
rs
3)
2r  s
4)
rs
3 3
T   , d1   , d 2  d SOLUTION :
Q  mst  T A  mst
2 4
2 r   r 3dg   r 3  g 4
3 3 T 16 r 2    R 3  S T
3
4 3T
3 T 16 r 2  
 2   S T  t 
3
3
r2  r 3 2r  s
g  2   d  or g  2  d 
17. Number of droplets are combined isothermally to form a big drop, the ratio of initial and final
12 surface energies of the system is
Diameter  2r  g  2  d 
SOLUTION :
ui n  4 r 2  T nr 2 nr 2
1
14. A large number of droplets, each of radius a , Coalesce to from a bigger drop of radius b .     n 3 :1
Assume that the energy released in the process is converted into the kinetic energy of the drop. uf  4 R 2  T R 2  n 13 r 
The velocity of the drop is (  =surface tension,  = density)  
1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 18. Two mercury drops (each of radius r) merge to form a bigger drop. The surface energy of the
  1 1   2  1 1    3  1 1    6  1 1   bigger drop, if T is the surface tension, is (AIEEE-2011)
A)      B)     C)      D)     
   a b     a b     a b     a b  1) 25 /3  r 2T 2) 4 r 2T 3) 2 r 2T 4) 28 / 3  r 2T

91 92

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION : 21. A straw 6 cm long floats on water. The water film on one side has surface tension of 50 dyne/
Let R be the radius of the bigger drop, cm. On the other side, camphor reduces the surface tension to 40 dyne/cm. The resultant force
then volume of bigger drop = 2 x volume of small drop acting on the straw is
4 3 4 1) 60 dyne 2) 10 dyne 3) 30 dyne 4) 0 dyne
 R  2   r 3 ; R  21/ 3 r SOLUTION :
3 3   
Surface energy of bigger drop, F  F1  F2  T1  T2  l
E  4 R 2T  4  2 2/ 3  r 2T  28/ 3  r 2T
22. A drop of water of mass m and density  is placed between two well cleaned glass plates, the
19. When a big drop of water is formed from n small drops of water, the energy loss is 3E, where, distance between which is d. What is the force of attraction between the plates? (T=surface
E is the energy of the bigger drop. If R is the radius of the bigger drop and r is the radius of the Tension)
smaller drop, then number of smaller drops (n) is (EAMCET-2014) Tm 4Tm 2Tm Tm
SOLUTION : 1) 2) 3) 4)
2 d 2 d 2 d 2 d 2
The energy of n small drops-the energy of the bigger drop=Energy loss by bigger drop
n  4 r 2  T  4 R 2  T  3  4 R 2  T SOLUTION :
R2 F  2TA / d
n  4 r  12 R  4 R  n  4 2
2 2 2

r m  V   Ad
20. Find the maximum possible mass of a greased needle floating on water surface. T is the surface m
tension of water, l is the length of the needle A
d
2Tl g 2Tg Tl
A) mmax  B) mmax  C) mmax  D) mmax  2Tm
F
g 2Tl l g
d 2
SOLUTION :
Let the mass of the needle be m.Asthe liquid surface is distorted,the surface tensionforces acing on 23. Work done in increasing the size of a soap bubble from radius of 3 cm to 5 cm is nearly (Surface
tension of soap solution = 0.03Nm-1) (AIEEE-2011)
both sides of the needle make an angle  ,say,with vertical.Since the forces acting on the needle are
1) 0.2 mJ 2) 2 mJ 3) 0.4 mJ 4) 4 mJ
F,F and mg, resolving the forces vertically for its equilibrium, we have
SOLUTION :
Work done = change in surface energy
 W  2T  4  R22  R12 
F   F

 2  0.03  4  5    3   104 J  0.4 mJ

2 2
m  
24. A film of soap solution is trapped between a vertical frame and a light wire ab of length 0.1m .
If g  10m / s 2 . Then the load W that should be suspended from the wire to keep it in equilibrium
is
mg

F y  F cos   F cos   mg  0
2 F cos 
This gives m 
g
where F  Tl
a a
2Tl cos 
Then m 
g
For m to be maximum, cos   1
2Tl
Hence, mmax  W
g

93 94
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Angle of contact:
Angle of contact of a liquid with respect to a solid is the angle between the tangent drawn to the liquid
A) 0.2 g B) 0.3g C) 0.4 g D) 0.5g
surface at the point of contact and the surface of the solid, measured inside the liquid.
SOLUTION : The angle of contact depends on solid-liquid pair, temperature and impurities.
The angle of contact may assume any value between 00 to 1800.
25 103  2  0.1  m 10
If the angle of contact is less than 900 then the liquid wets the solid
5  103 If the angle of contact is greater than 900 then the liquid does not wet the solid.
m kg  0.5 g
10 The angle of contact between pure water and glass = 00
The angle of contact between Hg and glass=1400.
The angle of contact is not changed by the angle of inclination of solid object in the liquid.
Water proofing agents increase the angle of contact.
Wetting agents decrease the angle of contact.
Shape of a liquid surface in a tube:
When a glass capillary tube is dipped in water, water rises into the tube.
When a glass capillary tube is dipped in mercury, mercury depresses into the tube.
When a silver capillary tube is dipped in water, water neither rises nor falls.

FA FA FA
 ‘
F FC FC F FC
F

FA  Fc FA  Fc FA  Fc
Case(i) Case(ii) Case(iii)
(FA:adhesive forces, FC=Cohesive forces, PA:Pressure at A, PB : Pressure at B)

Case (i) : - When glass capillary tube is dipped in water, observations are

 B

1) Capillary rise
2) FA  FC (adhesive > Cohesive)
3) Concave meniscus
4) Water wets the glass
5)   90o
6) PA > PB

95 96

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

T cos T cos
T   T
Case (ii) : - When glass capillary tube is dipped in Mercury, observations are T sin  A B T sin 
D C T cos
h
r B
A
r
 A
D
C
B

(a) (b)

2  r T cos  = Mg
1) Capillary fall h mgh 2T 2 cos2 
U  weight   
2) FA  FC (adhesive < Cohesive) 2 2 dg
3) Convex meniscus r  h  r / 3 dg
T
4)   90o 2cos 
5) PB > PA If r is very small compared to h,
6) Mercury does not wet the glass hrdg
then T 
2 cos 
Case (iii) : - When silver capillary tube is dipped in water, observations are
where
r = radius of the capillary tube
h = height of liquid column,
d = density of the liquid,
A g = acceleration due to gravity,
 B
 = angle of contact
Gravitational Potential energy of a liquid rises in a tube is
h mgh 2 T 2 cos 2 
U  weight    (when r is very less than h)
1) water neither rises nor falls 2 2 dg
When diameter of capillary tube increases twice, the height of liquid column falls down to half.
2) FA  FC (adhesive = Cohesive)
(r1h1 = r2h2).
3) Flat surface (not curved)
4) Critical wetting 1
Since h  , the graph between h and r is a rectangular hyperbola.
5)   90o r
6) PA = PB
l 
Capillarity:  h

The rise or fall of a liquid column in a capillary tube dipped in a liquid is known as capillarity.

Capillarity is due to relative strengths of cohesive and adhesive forces.

In a gravity free space, a liquid in a capillary tube will rise to full length of the tube but not over flow. For a given radius, the capillary rise in a capillary tube does not depend either on the angle of inclination
or on the shape of the tube.
The weight of the liquid column in the capillary tube is balanced by the force due to surface Tension.
h
cos    h  l cos 
l

97 98
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
l1 cos 1  l2 cos  2 A capillary tube is vertically dipped in a liquid. The height of the liquid in the
h = height of water in the tube tube is ‘h’ and the total set up is kept in a lift.
l = length of water in the tube  If the lift is moving up with an acceleration ‘a’ then the height of the liquid in the tube is given by
If the radii of the two limbs of a U-tube are r1 and r2 , the difference between the levels of a liquid in  g 
h'  h  
‘u’ tube is g a
2T  1 1 
h      if r1  r2  h 
dg  r1 r2   If the lift is moving down with an acceleration ‘a’ then the height of the liquid in the tube is given by
If two parallel plates with the spacing ‘t’ are placed in water reservoir, then height of rise
 g 
2T   mg  V  g  ht  g (  density of the liquid) h'  h  
g a
2T If the lift is falling freely the height of the liquid raised in the tube is equal to full length of the tube
h
 tg available, but not over flow.
l
 g 
h'  h    (is not true in such situations)
g  g

h
The relation between radius of tube and radius of meniscus is:

d R C
A  B
r


If two concentric cylinders of radii r1 & r2 (inner one is solid are placed in water reservoir,
T cos  l1  l2   mg

T  2 r1  2 r2    r22 h   r12 h   g    00 

2T
h  if r1  r2  h 
 r2  r1   g
r1 r2
AB = radius of tube (r)
AC = radius of meniscus (R)
AB r
In ABC cos   
h AC R
 r  R cos 
If  = 0o then r = R;
A drop of liquid of density d1 are floating half immersed in a liquid of density d 2 . If T is the surface r
If  = 90o, R  
tension of the liquid, then the radius of the drop is (if   00 ); cos900
i.e., The liquid meniscus is plane.
Fsurface tension  Fbuoyancy  mg
Capillary tube of insufficient length:
2 4 2T
2 rT cos    r 3d 2 g   r 3 d1 g
3 3 Theoretically the rise of liquid in the tube is h= .
Rpg
3T If the length of the tube above liquid is  , if less than h, then the liquid will rise to full length of the tube
r
 2d1  d 2  g and the free surface of the liquid will acquire larger radius of curvature in such a way, that the product
h1 R1  h2 R2  l2 R2

99 100

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Excess Pressure inside a curved liquid surface :
R1  h2  l2  The pressure on the concave side of curved liquid surface is greater than that on the convex side. This is
R2
the reason why pressure difference exists across two sides of a curved surface.

Case : A
l1  Excess pressure inside a soap bubble
h1 l2 = Pressure inside the bubble - outside pressure soap bubble has two free surface
h2
A

2T
We have, h  R  g 2  T  2

Thus, When a capillary tube of insufficient length is dipped in the liquid, the liquid will not overflow but
stays at the top with adjustable meniscus.
Effect of temperature on surface tension: B
Over small ranges of temperature, the surface tension of a liquid decreases linearly with the (A) one is exposed to outside air
rise of temperature due to increase in inter molecular distances according to the relation (B) another to inside air.
St = S0 (1- t ) Balancing atmospheric pressure = surface tension at 2 free surface soap surface has [2free surfaces]
where st = surface tension at t0C 4T
S0 = surface tension at 00C P  pr 2  2  T  2pr  P 
r
t = Change in temperature. Case : B
 = temperature coefficient of surface tension. Excess pressure in air bubble inside a liquid.
Dependence of Surface Tension -On temperature : Here only one free surface which is exposed to inside air of bubble.
A

S
P  2 T  2

In the case of molten copper and molten cadmium,surface tension increases with increase of temperature.
B
The surface tension of any liquid at its critical temperature is zero. Balancing liquid pressure = surface tension at one free surface
Effect of impurities on Surface Tension: P  pr 2  T  2pr[one free surface]
With the addition of impurities surface tension may increase or decrease, depending on the 2T
type of impurity. P
r
There are two types of impurities.
Case : C
They are
Excess pressure in a liquid drop
(i) weakly soluble impurities,
(ii) highly soluble impurities.
If the added impurities are weakly soluble in liquid its surface tension decreases.
Eg: When soap is mixed with water surface tension decreases.
If the added impurities are highly soluble in liquid, its surface tension increases.
Eg: When highly soluble salts like NaCl, ZnSO4, etc. are mixed with water, its surface tension
increases.
101 102
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
When the soap bubble coalesce, then the radius of curvature of common surface
4T
Excess pressure in first bubble P1  r
r 1

r 4T
Excess pressure in second bubble P2  r
liquid 2

Excess pressure on common surface P = P1- P2

here, one free surface exposed to air if radius of curvature of common surface is r,
Balancing atm pressure = surface tension at one free surface 4T
P
2T r
P  pr 2  T  2pr  P 
r P = P 1- P 2
Case :D 4T 4T 4T
If curvature are in same direction  
r r1 r2
1 1 1
 
r1 r2 r r1 r2
r1r2
r
1 1  r2  r1 , where r1 < r2
P T  
 r1 r2  When two soap bubble of radii r1 & r2, combine to form a new bubble in vaccum under isothermal
Case : E condition,
If the curvature are in same direction At isothermal condition SPV=0
P1V1 +P2V2 = PV
4T 4 3 4T 4 3 4T 4 3
. pr1  . pr2  . pr
r1 r2 r1 3 r2 3 r 3

r  r12  r22
1 1 
P T   
Liquid betwen two plates:
 r1 r2  When a small drop of water is placed between two glass plates put face to face. it forms a thin
film which is concave outward along its boundary. Let ‘R’ and ‘r’ be the radii of curvature of the
From above
enclosed film in two perpendicular directions.
T
For cylindrical surface P  \ r1  r, r2  
r
2T d
For spherical surface P  \ r1  r2  r
r
Note: 1
(A) Always for liquid surface one free surface is taken
(B) Always for liquid film two free surface is taken. Hence the pressure inside the film is less than the atmospheric pressure outside it by an amount P given
Note : 2 by
For liquid surface, pressure on concave side is always high than convex side. 1 1  d 
Low Pressure P  T     R1  R  ; R2   
 R1 R2   2 
High High
Pressure T T 2T
Pressure   
R d /2 d
Low Pressure Force required to separate glass plates is

103 104

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

F
2T
A ::PROBLEMS ::
d 1. Expression for the height of capillary rise between two parallel plates dipping in a liquid of
density  separated by a distance D) The surface tension of the liquid is T. [Take angle of
2T  A 2TA 2
  V  A  d  contact to be zero]
VA V
Detergents And Surface Tension:
We clean dirty clothes containing grease and oil stains sticking to cotton (or) other fabrics by adding
detergents (or) soap to water.
Adding detergent or soap to water makes the angle of contact less than 90 0 and there by wets the T T
clothes.
The kind of process using surface active detergents or surfactants is important not only for cleaning,
but also in recovering oil, mineral ores, etc. A l
Wetting Agents: h
Wetting agent is a material, mixed with liquid, to decrease the angle of contact with the given solid.
Eg: Soaps and detergents B C
Water Proofing Agent:
Water proofing agent is a material applied on the surface of solid to increase the angle of contact with water.
Eg : Wax

2T 2d T 2T 2
A) h   dg B) h  C) h  D) h 
T d d
SOLUTION :
The meniscus between two plates is cylindrical in shape. Pressure at A(the lowestpoint of the
meniscus)
p A  p0  T / r
Pressure at B = Pressure at C  p0 = Pressure at A   gh
T T 2T
PB  p0  p0    gh, h  
r  gr  gd
Alternative method:
Force upward  2lT cos   2lT   0 
0

Gravitational pull = (Volume  Density)g  lhd g

2T
 2lT  lhd  g  h 
d g

2. Find the weight of water supported by surface tension in a capillary tube with a radius of 0.2mm.
Surface tension of water is 0.072Nm-1 and angle of contact of water is 00.
SOLUTION :
Assume the weight of water to be ‘F’
Weight of water in capillary tube = upward force due to surface tension
i.e., F  2 r  T cos 
Surface tension of water T=0.072Nm-1

105 106
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
0.2 Therefore equilibrium pressure just below the meniscus should be equal to atmospheric pressure
Angle of contact   00 , Radius of capillary tube (r) = m  0.2  10 3 m because levels of water inside and outside the tube is same.
1000
F  2 r T cos    2 
22
 0.2  10 3  0.072  1  2T  2T
7 i.e.,  P1    p0orP1  p0 
 r  r
6 6
 90.51  10 N  F  90.51  10 N If L=0.11m is the length of tube and x the
3. A capillary tube of radius ‘r’ is immersed in water and water rises to a height of ‘h’. Mass of
water in the capillar y tube is 5x10-3 kg. The same capillary tube is now immersed in a liquid
whose surface tension in 2 times the surface tension of water. The angle of contact between L-x
the capillary tube and this liquid is 450. The mass of liquid which rises into the capillary tube now P1
P0 P0
is, (in kg) (EAM-13)
SOLUTION : P x
Height of water rise in a capillary tube
2T cos 2T cos 1 2T cos 2
h ; h1  1 ; h2  2
 2T 
  L  x a
rdg rdg rdg
length of immersed part, then from Boyle’s law p1V1  p2V2 ; P0 La   P0 
1  r 
Given, T2  2T ,  45 ,cos 45 
0 0

2 where a is the cross-sectional area of tube,

1  2T 
2 2T 
2 i.e., P0  L   P0   L  x
 h2   r 
rdg
2T
From Eqs(i) and (ii), we observe h2=h P0  L  P0  L  x    L  x
Hence, same mass of liquid rises into the capillary as before 5 x 10-3 kg. r
4TL
4. A U-tube is supported with its limbs vertical and is partly filled with water. If internal diameters x
Po d  4T
of the limbs are 1x10-2m and 1x10-4m respectively, what will be the difference in heights of
water columns in the two limbs (Surface tension of water is 0.07Nm-1)
SOLUTION : 6. What would be the pressure inside a small air bubble of 1.0mm radius situated just below the
Surface tension, T=0.07Nm-1; surface of water. T=72 x 10-3N/m
Density, d=1000kgm-3; Atm. pr. = 1.013 x 105N/m2
g=9.8ms-2 SOLUTION :
Angle of contact   00 ; 2T
Excess pressure Pex 
Radius, r1=0.5x10-2m; r
Radius, r2=0.5x10-4m 2  72  103
Pex   1440N / m 2
2T  1 1  1 103
Then, h    
dg  r1 r2  For air bubble in water as on free surface since the bubble is just below the water surface,
the external pressure on it is equal to the atm. pressure P,
2  0.07  1 1 
     0.283m hence the pressure inside the bubble.
103  9.8  0.5  10 2 0.5  104  P + Pex = 1.013 x 105 + 1440
5. A glass capillary sealed at the upper end is of length 0.11m and internal diameter 2 105 m. The = 1.0274 x 105 N/m2
tube is immersed vertically into a liquid of surface tension 5.06  102 N / m. To what length the 7. Water rises to a height of 10 cm in a capillary tube and mercury falls to a depth of 3.42 cm in the
capillary has to be immersed so that liquid level inside and outside the capillary becomes the same capillary tube. If the denisty of mercury is 13.6 g/c.C) and the angles of contact for
same.? mercury and water are 1350 and 00 , respectively, the ratio of surface tension for water and
A) 5cm B) 3cm C) 1cm D) 7cm mercury is
SOLUTION : A) 1: 0.15 B) 1: 3 C) 1: 6.5 D) 1.5 :1
Let P0 be atmospheric pressure and P1 the pressure of air within the sealed tube.

107 108

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION : 4T 4T 4T 4T
P1  P0  0 ; P2  P0  0
2T cos  R1 R1 R2 R2
Heoight , h 
r g
 4T  4 3
2  Tw  cos 00    R1
m1 PV R 3 m R2
 For water, hw  r  1 g  1 1
 1  1  12
m2 PV  4T  4 3 m2 R2
  R2
2 2

2  Tm  cos1350  R2  3
And, for mercury, hm  10. Two soap bubble of raddi R1 and R2 are in atmosphere of pressur eP0 at constant temperature.
r 13.6  g
Ratio of masses of air inside them is
hw 2  Tw  1 r  13.6  g  2 SOLUTION :
 h  r  1 g  2  Tm  1
m m
PV  RT
10 T M
 cos1350  1/ 2    w  13.6  2 PV
  3.42 Tm
., m  PV  PV
1 1

2 2
Tw 10 1 4T 4T
 T  3.42  13.6  1.414  6.5 p1  p0  , p2  p0 
m R1 R2
 Tw : Tm  1: 6.5
 4T 4 3  4T  3
 P0    R1  P0   R1
R1 3 R1
8. Two separate air bubbles (r1=0.02cm, r2 = 0.004cm) formed of same liquid T = 0.07N/m come   
together to form a double bubble. Find the radius and sense of curvature of the internal film surface  4T 4 3  4T  3
common to both the bubbles  P0    R2  P0   R2
 R2 3  R2 
SOLUTION :
r1r2 11. A capillary of the shape as shown is dipped in a liquiD) Contact angle between the liquid and
r the capillary is 00 and mass of liquid inside the meniscus is to be neglecteD) T is surface
r2  r1
tension of the liquid, r is raidus of the meniscus, g is acceleration due to gravity and  is
0.003  0.004
r  0.004m density of the liquid then height h in equilibrium is
0.004  0.002

P1 P2 h

As the excess pressure is always towards convace surface & pressure in smaller bubble is greater
than larger bubble, the common surface is concave towards the centre of the smaller bubble.
2T 2T 2T
9. Two soap bubbles of radii R1 and R2 are kept in vacuum at constant temperature, the ratio of A) Greater than B) Equal to C) less than
masses of air inside them, is r g r g r g
SOLUTION : D) of any value depending upon actual values
m
From, PV  RT
M
i.e., m  PV

109 110
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION :
. As weight of liquid in capillary is balanced by surface tension,
2 13. Soapy water drips from a capillary tube. When the drop breaks away, the diameter of its neck
then T  2 r   r h, pg (for uniform r radius tube) is D. The mass of the drop is m. Find the surface tension of soapy water?
r

F
Capillary
2T
h1 
h1
;
rpg

But weight of liquid in tapered tube is more than uniform tube of radius r, then in order to balance is
< h1
mg
r

mg mg mg mg
2T 1) 2) 3) 4)
 2D  D2 D 2 D
; h1  SOLUTION :
rpg
When the drop breaks away from the capillary, weight of the drop = force of surface tension.
mg
or mg   D  T or T 
D
12. Two soap bubbles are combined isothermally to form a big bubble of radius R. If V is
change in volume, S change in surface area and P1 is atmospheric pressure then show that 14. When air bubble comes from bottom to the top of a lake its radius becomes n times. If
3P0  V   4T  S   0 temperature remains constant through out the lake the depth of the lake will be,
SOLUTION : SOLUTION :
PV=constant. From Boyle’s law PV=constant
 PV
1 1  PV
 4T  2 2

After comibining the two bubbles  P0   V =constant;  2T  4 3  2T  4

 R 
   nR 
3
 P0  h g    R   P0 
 R 3  nR  3
4T 4 3
PV  . R C
2T 3 2T
h  g  P0  n 3  1 
0
R 3 n 
4T nR R
Before combining the two bubbles P0 V1  V2    S1  S2   C.... 2  2T 2
3 P0  n3  1   n  1
h R
According to Boyle’s law PV 1 1  PV
2 2  PV g
from equations (1) and (2) 15. A capillary tube is immersed vertically in water such that the height of liquid column is found to
4T 4T be ‘x’ on the surface of the earth. When it is taken to minute the capillary rise is ‘y’ if ‘R’ is the
P0 V1  V2    S1  S 2   PV
0  S radius of the earth. Then the depth of mine is
3 3
4T  y  x
P0 V  S  0;3P0  V   4T  S   0  y  x  x   y 
3 1) d  R 2) d  R 3) d  R   4) d  R  
x y  y x  y x
SOLUTION :
g1  g  l  d / R 

111 112

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

16. A vertical glass capillary with inside diameter 0.50mm is submerged into water so that the SOLUTION :
length of its part emerging outside the water surface is equal to 25 mm.Find the radius of Let PA and PB are the pressure at points A and B respectively.
curvature of the meniscus.Surface tension of water is 73  10 3 N / m . 2T
A) R  0.6m B) R  6mm C) R  0.6mm D) R  0.6 Km The pressure at point C. PC  PA  R
1
SOLUTION : r1
2T . Where R1  0
 r1
cos 0
In the capillary tube, the water should rise to a height h 
r g 2T
The pressure at point D, PD  PB 
Here T  73  103 N / m R2
0.50mm r2
r  0.25 10 3 m Where, R2  0
 r2
2 cos 0

2  73 103
h   59  103 m  59mm
0.25 10 3  103  9.8
A
Now h  h ' ; C
i.e., length is outside water surface. h B
Therefore, radius of meniscus >radius of capillary r. D
If R is the radius of meniscus,
then we have
2T
 h'g
R
2T If ‘h’ is the difference in levels of liquid in two limbs, then
R
h'g  2T   2T 
PD  PC  h g   PB     PA    h g
Here h '  25mm  25  10 3 m  R2   R1 
2  73  103 As PA  PB and R1  r1  1.5mm
R   0.6 10 3 m
25 10 3  9.8 1 1
R2  r2  3.0mm, so 2T     h g
 r1 r2 
17. The lower end of a capillary tube of diameter 2.00 mm is dipped 8.00 cm below the surface of  1 1 
0.2  0.07  3
   h  1000  9.8
water in a beaker. What is the pressure required in the tube in order to blow a hemispherical  1.5  10 3  10 3 
bubble at its end in water. [The surface tension of water at temperature of the experiment is After solving, we get h = 4.76 x 10-3 m
7.30 x 10-2 Nm-1. 1 atmospheric pressure=1.01x105 Pa, density of water=1000kgm-3, g=9.80ms- 19. A soap bubble is being blown at the end of a very narrow tube of radius b. Air (density  )
2
]. moves with a velocity ‘v’ inside the tube and comes to rest inside the bubble. The surface
SOLUTION : tension of the soap solution is T. After some time the bubble, having grown to a radius ‘r’,
The pressure required to blow the bubble is separates from the tube. Find the value of ‘r’. Assume that r>>b so that you can consider the
air to be falling normally on the bubble’s surface.
P=Patm+hdg+2T/r
r
=1.01784x105+(2x7.3x10-2/10-3) V
A
=(1.01784+0.00146) x10 =1.02x10 Pa. 5 5

18. A glass U-tube is such that the diameter of one limb is 3.0 mm and that of the other is 6.00 mm. The
tube is inverted with the open ends below the surface of water in a beaker. What is the difference
between the heights to which water rises in the two limbs? Surface tension of water is 0.07N/m. 4T 4T 2T 4T
Assume that the angle of contact between water and glass is 00. 1) 2) 3) 4)
v2 v v v2

113 114
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION :
The bubble sill separate from the tube when thrust force exerted by the air is equal to the force due to  2 2 
Hence work done by gravity    
excess pressure.  dg 
 4T  2 2
i.e,  Av  
2
A Amount of heat developed 
 r  dg
4T 22. When a capillary tube is dipped in a liqiud, the liquid rises to a height h in the tube. the free
r
 v2 liquid surface inside the tube is hemispherical in shape. The tube is now pushed down so that
20. Two verical parallel glass plates are particlly submerged in water. The distance between the the height of the tube outside the liquid is less than h . Then
plates is d and the length is l . Assume that the water between the plates does not reach the A) The liquid will come out of the tube like in a small fountain
upper edges of the plates and that the wetting is complete. the water will rise to height (  - B) The liquid will ooze out of the tube slowly
density of water and  = surface tension of water) C) The liquid will fill the tube but not come out of its upper end
2  4 5
A) B) C) D) D) The free liquid surface inside the tube will not be hemispherical
 gd 2  gd  gd  gd
SOLUTION : KEY : C, D
Total upward force dur to surface tension = 2 l SOLUTION :
Weight of lifted liquid = (hlD)  g The nagle of contact at the free liquid surface inside the capillary tube will change such that the certical
2 component of the surface tension forces just balances the weight of the liquid column.
Equating, we get h  23. A glass rod of radius r1 is inserted symmetrically into a vertical capillary tube of radius r2 such
 gd
21. A capillary tube of radius’ r’ is lowered into water whose surface tension is ' ' and density that their lower ends are at the same lebel. The arrangement is now dipped in water. The height
‘d’.The liquid rises to a height. Assume that the contact angle is Zero. Choose the correct to which water will rise into the tube will be  = surface tension of warer ,  = density of water)
statement(s): 2
2  2
4 2 A) r  r  g B) r  r  g C) r  r  g D)  r 2  r 2   g
A) Magnitude of work done by force of surface tension is
 2 1  2 1  2 1 2 1
dg SOLUTION :
2 2 Total upward force due to surface tension =   2 r1  2 r2  .
B) Magnitude of work done by force ofsurface tension is
dg This supports the weight of the liquid column of heighrt h.
Weight of liquid column = h   r2   r1   g Equating,
2 2
2 2
C) Potential energy acquired by the water is
dg we get h  r2  r1  r2  r1   g  2  r1  r2 
2 2 or h  r2  r1   g  2
D) The amount of heat developed is
dg 2
KEY : A , C, D h
 r2  r1   g
SOLUTION :
2
h
dgr
hence work done by force of surface tension is
4 2
Ws    2 r  h 
dg
But centre of mass of liquid in the capillary tube is at a hight h/2.
h 2
2
Mgh
Hence potencial energy gained    r2  h d  g  
2 2 dg

115 116

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

::THEORY BITS :: coin

1. The weight of the body is maximum in

1) air 2) hydrogen 3) water 4) vacuum l
KEY:4 h
2. 0
If a big drop of liquid at 27 C is broken into number of small drops,
then the temperature of the droplets is
1)  27 0 C 2)  27 0 C 3)  27 0 C 4)  54 0 C
1) l decreases and h increases 2) l increases and h decreases
KEY:3
3) both l and h increase 4) both l and h decrease
3 When a body is full immersed in a liquid, the loss of weight of the body is equal to
KEY:4
1) Apparent weight of the body 2) Force of buoyance
11. Which factor controls the better flow rate of a liquid through the syringe?
3) Half the force of buoyancy 4)Twice the force of buoyancy
1) the pressure exerted by the thumb 2) the length of the needle
KEY:2
3) the nature of the liquid 4) the radius of the syringe bore.
4. A boat full of scrap iron is floating on water in a lake. If all the iron is dropped into the water,the
KEY:4
level of water will
12. In order that a floating object be in a stable equillibrium, its centre of bouyancy should be
1) go up 2) fall down 3) remain the same 4) Can not be decided
1) vertical below its centre of gravity 2) horizontally inline with its centre of gravity
KEY:2
3) vertically above its centre of gravity 4) may be anywhere
5. A large block of ice floats in a liquid.When ice melts the liquid level rises.The density of liquid is
KEY:3
1) Greater than that of water 2) Less than that of water
13. When there are no external forces, shape of the liquid is determined by
3) Equal to that of water 4) Half of that of water
1) Density of liquid 2) Temperature only 3) Surface tension 4) Viscosity
KEY:1
KEY:3
6. Identify the correct choice.
14. A piece of ice floats in a liquid denser than water. The liquid fills the vessel upto the edge.If ice
A)When a abody floats in a liquid, it displaces the liquid whose weight is equal to its own weight.
melts completely then
B)When a body sinks in a liquid, it displaces the liquid whose volume is equal to its own volume.
1) water level remains unchanged 2) water level decreases
1) A is true but B is false 2) A is false but B is true
3) water overflows 4) data is insufficient.
3) Both A and B are true 4) Both A and B are false
KEY:3
KEY:3
15. With the increase in temperature the anlge of contact between glass and water
7. A swimmer goes from the surface of water to a depth of 20m, the change in the pressure on his
1) decreases 2) increases 3) remains cont.
body is nearly
4) some times increases and some times decreases
1) 3 atmospheres 2) 1 atmosphere 3) 2 atmospheres 4) zero
KEY:1
KEY:3
8. A bucket of water contain a wooden block floating in water with(4/5)th of its volume sub merged in the
16. An object of uniform density is allowed to float in water kept in a beaker. The object has
water.The bucket is placed on the floor of a lift and the lift now starts moving down with uniform
triangular cross-section as shown in the figure. If the water pressure measured at the three
accleration. The block of wood now
point A,B and C below the object are PA, PB and PC respectively then:
1) moves upward 2) moves downward
3) remains at same place 4)moves horizontally
KEY:3
9. Surface tension of water is T1 . When oil spreads on water surface tension becomes T2 , then
T2
1) T1 > T2 2) T1 = T2 3) T1 < T 4) T1  A B C
2
2
KEY:1
10. A wooden block with a coin placed on its top floats in water as shown. After some time the coin 1) PA > PB > PC 2) PA > PB< PC 3) PA = PB= PC 4) PA = PC < PB
falls into water. Then KEY:3
17. In a gravity free space, shape of a large drop of liquid is
1) Spherical 2) Cylindrical
3) Neither Spherical nor cylindrical 4) May be Spherical or cylindrical
KEY:1

117 118
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
18. A jar is filled with two non-mixing liquids 1 and 2 having densities 1 and  2 , respectively. A
solid ball, made of a material of density  3 is dropped in the jar. It come to equilibrium in the 26. The volume of liquid flowing per second out of an orifice at the bottom of the tank does not
position shown in the figure. Which of the following is true for 1 ,  2 and 3 ? (AIEEE-2008) depend upon
1) the density of the liquid 2) acceleration due to gravity
3) the height of the liquid above orifice 4) the area of the orifice
KEY:1
Liquid 1 1
27. Water flows through a horizontal pipe of radius 'r' at a speed V. If the radius of the pipe is
3 doubled, the speed of flow of water under similar conditions is
1) 2V 2) V/2 3) V/4 4) 4V
Liquid 2 2
KEY:3
28. A liquid is under stream lined motion through a horizontal pipe of nonuniform cross section. If the
volume rate of flow at cross section 'a' is V, the volume rate of flow at cross section a/2 is
1) 1   2  3 2) 1  3   2 3) 3  1   2 4) 1  3   2
1) V/2 2) V 3) V/4 4) V
KEY:2 KEY:4
19. When a capillary tube is immersed into a liquid the liquid neither rises nor falls in the capaillary, 29 100 kg of iron and cotton are weighed by using a spring balance on the surface of the earth. If
then the angle of contact is R1 and R2 are the reading shown by the balance,then
1) 200 2) 900 3) 300 4) 700 1) R1  R2 2) R1  R2 3) R1  R2 4) R1  R2  0
KEY:2 KEY:3
Equation of continuity, Bernoulli’s Theorem 30. Three tubes A, B, C are connected to a horizontal pipe in which liquid is flowing. The radii of
20. Stream line motion becomes turbulent motion when the velocity of the liquid is the pipes at the joints of A, B and C are 2 cm, 1 cm and 2 cm respectively. The height of the
1) beyond critical velocity 2) critical velocity
3) below critical velocity 4) variable velocity C
A B
KEY:1
21. A liquid does not wet the solid surface if the angle of contact is
1) 00 2) =450 3) = 900 4) >900
KEY:4
1) in A is maximum 2) in A and C is equal
22. In a laminar flow at a given point the magnitude and direction of the velocity of the fluid 3) is same in all the three 4) in A and B is same
1) both are constant 2) magnitude is only constant KEY:2
3) direction is only constant. 4) both are not constant. 31. If air is blown with a straw under of the pans of a physical balance present in equilibrium
KEY:1 position, then that pan.
23. The liquid flow is most stream lined when 1) rises up 2) remains in the same position
1) liquid of high viscosity and high density flowing through a tube of small radius. 3) lowers down 4) rises or lowers depending upon the velocity of air blown.
2) liquid of high viscosity and low density flowing through a tube of small radius KEY:3
3) liquid of low viscosity and low density flowing through a tube of large radius
4) liquid of low viscosity and high density flowing through a tube of large radius 32. The liquid meniscus in a capillary tube will be convex, if the angle of contact is
KEY:2 1) greater than 900 2) less than 900 3) equal to 900 4) equal to zero
24. The rate of flow of the liquid is the product of KEY:1
1) Area of cross section of the liquid and velocityof the liquid. 33. A train goes past a person standing at the edge of a platform at high speed. Then the person
2) Length of the tube of the flow and velocity of the liquid. will be
3) Volume of the tube of the flow and velocity of the liquid. 1) attracted towards the train 2) unaffected by the train
4) Viscous force acting on the liquid layer and velocity of the liquid 3) reflected by the train 4) affected only if its speed is greater than critical velocity.
KEY:1 KEY:1
25. The fundemantal quantity which has the same power in the dimensional formula of surface 34. The velocity distribution curve of the stream line flow of a liquid advancing through a capillary
tension and coefficient of viscosity is tube is
1) Mass 2) Length 3) Time 4) None 1) Circular 2) elliptical 3) parabolic 4) a straight line
KEY:1 KEY:3

119 120

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

35. Water stands at level A in the arrangement shown in figure . If a jet of air is gently blown into 1) density 2) velocity 3) friction 4) energy
the horizontal tube in the direction shown in figure, then KEY:3
horizontal tube 44. Rain drops fall with terminal velocity due to
air 1) Buoyancy 2) Viscosity 3) Low weight 4) Surface tension
KEY:2
A
45. Two identical lead shots are dropped at the same time in two glass jars containing water and
glycerine. The lead shot dropped in glycerine descends slowly because.
B 1) Viscous force is more in water than in glycerine
2) Viscous force is more in glycerine than in water
1) Water will fall below A in the capillary tube 3) Surface tension is more in water
2) Water will rise above A in the capillary tube 4) Surface tension is more in glycerine
3) There will be no effect on the level of water in the capillary tube KEY:2
4) Air will emerge from end B in the form of bubbles. 46. After the storm, the sea water waves subside due to
KEY:2 1) Surface tension of sea-water 2) Disapperance of heavy currents
36. A car moving on a road when overtaken by a bus 3) The viscosity of sea water 4) Gravitational pull of the storm
1) is pulled towards the bus 2) is pulled away from the bus KEY:3
3) is not affected by the bus 4) information is insufficient. 47. When a metallic sphere is dropped in a long column of a liquid, the motion of the sphere is
KEY:1 opposed by the viscous force of the liquid. If the apparent weight of the sphere equals to the
37. The rise of liquid into capillary tube is h1. If the apparatus is taken in a lift moving up with retarding forces on it, the sphere moves down with a velocity called.
acceleration, the height is h2, then 1) Critical velocity 2) Terminal velocity 3) Velocity gradient 4) Constant velocity
1) h1 = h2 2) h1 > h2 3) h2 > h1 4) h2 = 0 KEY:2
KEY:2 48. The tangential forces per unit area of the liquid layer required to maintain unit velocity gradient
38. A capillary tube, made of glass is dipped into mercury. Then is known as
1) mercury rises in the capillary tube 2) mercury descends in capillary tube 1) Coefficient of gravitation of liquid layer 2) Coefficient of friction between layers
3) mercury rises and flows out of capillary tube 3) Coefficient of viscosity of the liquid 4) Temperature coefficient of viscosity
4) mercury neither rises nor descends in the capillary tube. KEY:3
KEY:2 49. The quality of fountain-pen ink depends largely on
39. A water barrel having water up to depth 'd' is placed on a table of height 'h'. A small hole is made 1) Surface tension of the liquid 2) Viscosity of ink
on the wall of the barrel at its bottom. If the stream of water coming out of the hole falls on the 3) Impurities in ink 4) Density of ink
ground at a horizontal distance 'R' from the barrel, then the value of 'd' is KEY:2
4h R2 h 50. The tangential force (or) viscous force on any layer of the liquid is directly proportional to
1) 2) 4hR 2 3) 4) 4 R 2  dv 
R2 4h
velocity gradient   . Then the direction of velocity gradient is :
KEY:3  dx 
40. The end of a glass tube becomes round on heating due to 1) Perpendicular to the direction of flow of liquid
1) friction 2) Viscosity 3) Gravity 4) Surface tension 2) Parallel to the direction of flow of liquid
KEY:4 3) Opposite to the direction of flow of the liquid
41. The main cause of viscosity is 4) Independent of the direction of flow of liquid.
1) Force of repulsion between molecules 2) Cohesive forces KEY: 1
3) adhesive forces 4) both cohesive and adhesive forces. 51. The equation of continuity leads to
KEY:2 1) Law of conservation of moments of liquid flow. 2) law of conservation of energy
42. Viscosity is the property by virtue of which a liquid 3) law of equipartition of energy 4) law of conservation of mass.
1) occupies minimum surface area KEY:4
2) offers resistance for the relative motion between its layers. 52. Viscosity of the fluids is analogous to
3) becomes spherical in shape 1) Random motion of the gas molecules 2) Friction between the solid surfaces
4) tends to gain its deformed position. 3) integral motion 4) Non uniform motion of solids
KEY:2 KEY:2
43. Viscosity is most closely related to 53. The surface tension of a liquid __with rise of temperature.
1) Increases 2) Decreases 3) Remains same

121 122
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
4) First decreased and then increases KEY:3
KEY:2 64. A drop of water of radius ‘r’ is falling through the air of coefficient of viscosity ‘  ’ with a
54. The viscous drag is constant velocity of ‘v’. The resultant force on the drop is
1) inversely proportional to the velocity gradient 1
2) directly proportional to the surface area of layers in contact 1) 2) 6 rv 3) 6 rv 4) zero
3) independent of nature of liquid 6 rv
4) perpendicular to the direction of liquid flow KEY:4
KEY:2 65. The paint -gun works on the principle of
5 5 . A capillary is dipped in water vessel kept on a freely falling lift, 1) Boyle's law 2) Bernoulli's principle
th en 3) Archimedi's principle 4) Newton's laws of motion
1) water will not rise in the tube KEY:
2) water will rise to the maximum available height of the tube
3) water will rise to the height observed under normal condition
66. The rate of flow of a liquid through a capillary tube is
4) water will rise to the height below that observed under normal condition. 1) directly proportional to the length of the tube
KEY:2 2) inversely proportional to the difference of pressure between the ends of the tube.
56. Viscosity is exhibited by 3) directly proportional to the 4th power of the radius of the tube.
1) Solids, liquids, and gases. 2) liquids and gases 4) independent of the nature of the liquid
3) Solids and gases 4) Solids and liquids KEY:3
KEY:2 67. Poiseuili's equation holds good when
57. A spinning ball is moving in a direction opposite to the direction of the wind. The ball moves in 1) the flow is steady and stream line 2) the pressure is constant at every cross section
a curved path as 3) The liquid in contact with the walls is stationary 4) All the above
1) The pressure at the top and the bottom of the ball are equal. KEY:4
2) The pressure at the top > the pressure at the bottom 68. If l is length of the tube and r is the radius of the tube, then the rate of volume flow of a liquid is
3) The pressure at the top < the pressure at the bottom maximum for the following measurements, under the same pressure difference.
4) There is no relation between the pressures. l r
KEY:2 1) l, r 2) , 2r 3) 2l , 4) 2l , 2r
2 2
58. A good Lubricant must have KEY:2
1) high viscosity 2) low viscosity 3) high density 4) low surface tension 69. When a boat in a river enters the sea water, then it
KEY:1 1) sinks a little 2) rises a little 3) remains same 4) will drawn
59. Coefficient of viscosity of a gas KEY:2
1) increases with increase of temperature 70. After terminal velocity is reached the acceleration of a body falling through a viscous fluid is
2) decreases with increase of temperature 1) zero 2) g 3) less than g 4) greater than g
3) remains constant with increase of temperature KEY:1
4) may increase or decrease with increase of temperature 71. Clouds appear to float in air due to
KEY:.1 1) low density 2) Air current 3) Viscosity of air 4) Buoyancy
60. Viscosity of water at constant temperature is KEY:4
1) more in deep water 2) more in shallow waters 72. A small ball is dropped in a viscous liquid. Its fall in the liquid is best described by the figure
Y
3) less in deep water 4) same in both deep water and shallow waters

Velocity in liquid
A B
KEY:1
C
61. Hot syrup flows faster because
1) Surface tension increases with temperature 2) Viscosity decreases with temperature D
3) Viscosity increases with temperature 4) Surface tension decreases with temperature
KEY:2 X
62. The pressure at a depth ‘h’ in a liquid of density “  ” is plotted on the Y-axis and the value of distance
‘h’ on the X-axis , the graph is a straight line. The slope of the straight line is ( g = acceleration 1) curve A 2) curve B 3)curve C 4)curve D
due to gravity ) KEY:3
1)  g 2) 1/  g 3)  /g 4) g/  73. A solid rubber ball of density 'd' and radius 'R' falls vertically through air. Assume that the air
KEY:1 resistance acting on the ball is F = KRV where K is constant and V is its velocity. Because of
63. If the flow is stream lined then Reynolds number is less than this air resistance the ball attains a constant velocity called terminal velocity VT after some
1) 2000 2) 3000 3) 1000 4) 4000

123 124

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

time. Then VT 2) Force of surface tension predominates the force of gravity
3) Force of gravity predominates the surface tension
4 R 2 dg 3K 4  r 3 dg
1) 2) 3) 4)  rdgk 4) Force of surface tension and force of gravity act in the same direction and are equal.
3K 4 R 2 dg 3 K KEY:2
KEY:1 84. Mercury does not wet glass, wood or iron because
74. Bernoulli's theorem is applicable in the case of 1) cohesive force is less than adhesive force 2) cohesive force is greater than adhesive force
1) Compressible liquid in stream lined flow 2) Compressible liquid in turbulent flow
3) incompressible liquid in stream lined flow 4) incompressible liquid in turbulent flow. 3) angle of contact is less than 900 4) cohesive force is equal to adhesive force
KEY:3 KEY:2
75. The terminal velocity of a small ball falling in a viscous liquid depends upon 85. With the increase of temperature,
i) its mass m ii) its radius r 1) The viscosity of a liquid increases 2) The viscosity of a liquid decreases
iii) the coefficient of viscosity of the liquid  and 3) The viscosity of a gas decreases 4) The viscosity of a gas remains unchanged.
iv) acceleration due to gravity. Which of the following relations is dimensionally true for the KEY:2
terminal velocity. 86. The surface tension of a liquid at its boiling point is
1) Maximum 2 ) Zero
Kmg Kmgr Kmg Kr
1) V  2) V  3) V  4) V  3) Same as at room temperature 4) Minimum but more than zero
r  r mg KEY:2
KEY:1 87. In turbulent flow, the velocity of the liquid molecules in contact with the walls of the tube.
76. A ball is dropped into coaltar. Its velocity-time curve will be 1) is zero 2) is maximum 3) is equal to critical velocity 4) may have any value
y y y y
KEY:1
v v v v 88. The addition of soap changes the surface tension of water to T1 and that of salt solution changes
1) 2) 3) 4)
O x O x O x O x to T2. Then
t t t t
KEY:2 1) T1 = T2 2) T1 > T2 3) T1 < T2 4) T1  T2
77. Two needles are floating on the surface of water. A hot needle when touches water surface KEY:3
between the needles, then they move 89. Machine parts are jammed in winter due to
1) Closer 2) Away 3) Out of the liquid 4) Into the liquid 1) increase in viscosity of lubricant 2) decrease in viscosity of lubricant
KEY:2 3) increase in surface tension of lubricant 4) decrease in surface tension of lubricant
78 Which of the following is a characteristic of turbulen flow? KEY:1
1) velocity more than critical velocity 2) irregular flow 90. Two pieces of glass plate one upon the other with a little water between them cannot be separated
3) molecules crossing from one layer to the other 4) 1, 2, 3. easily because of
KEY:4 1) inertia 2) pressure 3) viscosity 4) surface tension
79. Liquid drops acquire spherical shape due to KEY:4
1) gravity 2) surface tension 91. When stirring of a liquid is stopped, the liquid comes to rest due to
3) viscosity 4) intermolecular separation 1) surface tension 2) gravity 3) viscosity 4) buoyancy
KEY:2 KEY:3
80. Vertical sections of a wing of a fan are shown in the following figures. The maximum up thrust 92. The quantity on which the rise of liquid in a capillary tube does not depend is
will be in figure. 1) density of liquid 2) radius of capillary tube
1) 2) 3) 4) 3) angle of contact 4) atmospheric pressure
KEY:4
KEY:1 93. The force which tends to destroy the relative motion between liquid layers is known as
81. The height upto which water will rise in a capillary tube will be: 1) Force due to surface tension 2) Viscous force
1) maximum when water temperature is 40C 2) minimum when water temperature is 40C 3) Gravitational force 4) Force of Cohesion
3) minimum when water temperature is 00C 4) same at all temperatures KEY:2
KEY:2 94. The potential energy of molecule on the surface of a liquid as compared to inside the liquid is
82. At critical temperature surface tension becomes 1) zero 2) smaller 3) the same 4) Greater
1) 0 2) 1 3) Infinite 4) Negative KEY:4
KEY:1 95. A drop of water breaks into two droplets of equal size. In this process which of the following
83. Droplets of a liquid are generally more spherical in shape than large drops of the same liquid statements is correct ?
because 1) the sum of temperature of the two droplets together is equal to the original temperature of
1) Force of surface tension is equal and opposite to the force of gravity

125 126
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
the drop. 3) Apparent weight of the body 4) Divorce force
2) the sum of masses of the two droplets is equal to the original mass of the drop. KEY:2
3) the sum of the radii of the two droplets is equal to the radius of the original drop. 105. Which of the following substances has the greatest viscosity?
4) the sum of the surface areas of the two droplets is equal to the surface area of the original 1) Mercury 2) Water 3) Kerosine 4) Glycerine
drop. KEY:4
1) 1 is correct 2) 2 is correct 3) 3 is correct 4) 4 is correct 106. If two soap bubbles of different radii are connected by a tube.
KEY:2 1) air flows from the bigger bubbles to the smaller bubble till the sizes become equal.
96. The dynamic lift of an aeroplane is based on 2) air flows from bigger bubble to the smaller bubble till the sizes are interchanged
1) Torricelli theorem 2) Bernoulli's theorem 3) air flows from the smaller bubble to the bigger.
3) Conservation of angular Momentum 4) Principle of continuity 4) there is no flow of air.
KEY:2 KEY:2
97. It is difficult to fill a capillary tube with mercury than with water since 107. When the value of Reynold's number is less, the predominant forces are
1) Angle of contact between glass & mercury is more than 900 and the angle of contact between glass 1) Viscous forces 2) inertial forces
and water is less than 900. 3) Surface tension forces 4) gravitational forces
2) Angle of contact is between glass and mercury is less than 900 and the angle of contact between glass KEY:1
and water is more than 900. 108. A gale is on a house. The force on the roof due to the gale is
3) Angle of contact is same for both water and mercury. 1) directed downward 2) zero
4) Mercury is less dense than water. 3) directed upward 4) information insufficient
KEY:1 KEY:3
98. When temperature is increased: (2004M) 109. A capillary tube (A) is dipped in water. Another identical tube (B) is dipped in a soap-water
a) viscosity of the gas increases solution. Which of the following shows the relative nature of the liquid column in the two tubes?
b) viscosity of the gas decreases
c) viscosity of the liquid decreases d) viscosity of the liquid increases
1) a and c are true 2) b and c are true 3) b and d are true 4) a and d are true
KEY:1 A B A B
99. A water proofing agent changes the angle of contact from
1) Acute to  /2 2)  /2 to obtuse 1) 2)
3) Acute to obtuse value 4) Obtuse to acute value
KEY:3
100. The nature of r-h graph ('r' is radius of capillary tube and 'h' is capillary rise) is
1) Straight Line 2) Parabola
3) Ellipse 4) Rectangular hyperbola
A B A B
KEY:4
101. If 'L' is the capillary rise or dip and 'A' the cross sectional area of the tube, other conditions
being the same, then 3) 4)
1) L A = Constant 2) L A = Constant
3) L /A = Constant 4) L / A = Constant
KEY:2 KEY:1
102. Water rises in a capillary tube to a height H, when the capillary tube is vertical. If the same 110 For an ideal fluid, viscosity is
capillary is now inclined to the vertical the length of water column in it will 1) zero 2) infinity 3) finite but small 4) unity
1) Increase 2) Decrease 3) will not change KEY:1
4) May increase or decrease depending on the angle of inclination. 1 1 1 . The water proofing agents:
KEY:1 1) increase the surface tension T and decrease the angle of contact  2 )
103. The excess pressure inside a soap bubble is increase both T and 
1) Inversely proportional to the surface tension 2) Inversely proportional to its radius 3) decrease both T and  4) decrease T and
3) Directly proportional to square of its radius 4) Directly proportional to its radius increase 
KEY:2 KEY:2
104. The force of buoyancy is equal to 112. Water is flowing in a pipe of uniform cross section under constant pressure. At some place the
1) Weight of the body 2) Weight of the liquid displaced by the body

127 128

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

pipe becomes narrow. The pressure of water at this place.
1) remains same
3) increases
2) may increase or decrease
4) decreases.
: :PRACTICE BITS ::
KEY:4
113. As the depth of the river increases, the velocity of flow 1. A bucket containing water of depth 15cm is kept in a lift which is moving vertically upward with
1) increases 2) decreases an acceleration 2g. Then the pressure on the bottom of the bucket in kgwt/cm2 is
3) remains unchanged 4) may increase or decrease 1) 0.45 2) 0.045 3) 0.015 4) 0.15
KEY:2 KEY : 2
114. A triangular element of the liquid is shown in the fig., Px, Py and Pz represent the pressures on HINT :
the element of the liquid. Then: P  hd  g  a 
Pz Px 2. A bird of mass 1.23kg is able to hover by imparting a down ward velocity of 10m/s uniformly to
air of density ‘  ’ kg/m3 over on effective area 0.1m2. The acceleration due to gravity is 10m/
s2. Then the magnitude of ‘  ’. in kg/m3.
1) 0.34 2) 0.89 3) 1.23 4) 4.8
KEY : 2
HINT :
Py
1) Px  Py  Pz 2) Px  Py  Pz 3. One end of a U-tube of uniform bore (area A) containing mercury is connected to a suction
3) Px  Py  Pz 4) P  P  Pz2 = constant
2 2 pump. Because of it the level of liquid of density  falls in one limb. When the pump is
x y
removed, the restoring force in the other limb is:
KEY:2
11 5. A vertical glass capillary tube, open at both ends, contains some
water. Which of the following shapes may be taken by the water in the
tube ?

1) 2) 3) 4)

1) 2 x  Ag 2) x  g 3) A  g 4) x  Ag
KEY:2 KEY:1
116 .If air is blown through the space between a calendar suspended from a nail on wall and the HINT:
wall, then Force due to excess pressure
1) The calendar moves close to the wall. 2) The calendar moves farther from the wall.
3) The position of the calendar does not change. =Restoring force=   gh  A   g  2 x  A
4) The position of the calendar may or may not change. 4. A boat having length 2m and width 1m is floating in a lake. When a man stands on the boat, it
KEY: 1 is depressed by 3 cm. The mass of the man is
11 7. Which of the following graphs may represent the relation between 1) 50kg 2) 55kg 3) 60 kg 4) 70 kg
capillary rise h and the radius r of the capillary. KEY:3
HINT:
Total weight = Force of buoyancy,
Mg=Vdg
h h h h
1) 2) 3) 4)  M  m  g  V  g   M  m   xA
5. A cube of wood supporting 200g mass just floats in water. When the mass is removed, the cube
r r r r rises by 1cm, the linear dimension of cube is
KEY:3 1) 10cm 2) 20cm 3) 10 2 cm 4) 5 2 cm

129 130
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
KEY:3 d 
from 1 and 2 d    
l
HINT:
b
Let l be the side of the cube.
Volume of the cube outside=volume of water displaced due to mass.
10. A solid sphere of radius ‘R’ has a concentric cavity of radius ‘R/2’ inside it. The sphere is found to
Water displaced is 200 gm and its volume is 200 cm3.
just float in water with the highest point of it touching the water surface. The specific gravity of the
m  A  y   ;1l 2  200  l  10 2 material of the sphere is
6. A large block of ice 4 m thick has a vertical hole drilled through it and is floating in the middle of 1) 1 2) 7/8 3) 8/7 4) 8/9
water in a lake. The minimum length of rope required to scoop up a bucket full of water through KEY:3
the hole is (density of ice = 0.9 CGS unit, density of water = 1 CGS unit) HINT:
1) 40 cm 2) 24 cm 3) 20 cm 4)360 cm Vcavity VS  Vmetal V d 1
KEY:1   1  metal  1  w  1 
VA VS VS d S .G
HINT:
Mg  Vin d1 g , Ald ice  Alin d1 11. An inverted u-tube has its two limbs in water and kerosene contained in two beakers. If water
Length of rope = side of the block - limmersed rises to a height of 10cm, to what height does kerosene (density=0.8gm/cc ) rise in the
7. A hollow metal sphere is found to float in water with the highest point just touching the free other limb?
surface of water. If ‘d’ is the density of the metal in cgs units, the fraction that represents the 1)10 cm 2) 12.5 cm 3)15 cm 4)20 cm
volume of the hollow in terms of the volume of the sphere is KEY : 2
HINT :
d  1
1  1 1 P1  P2  h11 g  h2  2 g  g11  h2  2
1) 2) 1  
 d 3)  d  1 4)  d 
d 12. A vessel contains oil of density 0.8gm/cc. over mercury of density 13.6gm/c.c. A sphere floats
KEY:2
with half of it’s volume immersed in mercury and the other half in the oil. The density of
HINT:
material of sphere. (in gm/c.c)
Vcavity
V  Vmetal V d 1) 14.4 2) 7.2 3) 3.6 4) 12.2
 S  1  metal  1  w
VS VS VS d KEY : 2
HINT :
8. Excess pressure of one soap bubble is four times that of other. Then the ratio of volume of
first bubble to second one is vdg  v1d1 g  v2 d 2 g
1) 1:64 2) 64:1 3) 4:1 4) 1:2 13. An air tight container having a lid with negligible mass and an area of 8cm2 is partially evacuated. If a
KEY : 1 48N force is required to pull the lid off the container and the atmospheric pressure is 1.0 x 105 Ps, the
HINT : pressure in the container before it is opened must be
1) 0.6atm 2) 0.5 atm 3) 0.4 atm 4) 0.2 atm
4T  4 1

KEY : 3
 ;  V   R3 , R  V 3 
R  3  HINT :
th
  F F
9. A solid body is found floating in water with   of its volume submerged. The same solid is P1  P2 
; Patm  Pin 
A A

th 14. A brass sphere weighs 100 gm.wt in air. It is suspended by a thread in a liquid of specific
  gravity =0.8. If the specific gravity of brass is 8, the tension in the thread in the in newtons is
found floating in a liquid with   of its volume above the liquid surface. The specific gravity
 1) 0.882 2)8.82 3)0.882 4)0.00882
of the liquid is KEY : 3
      HINT :
1) 2)  3)    4)   
  dliquid 
KEY:3 T  mg 1  
 dbody 
HINT: 
 dw  d 15. A cube of side 20cm is floating on a liquid with 5cm of the cube outside the liquid. If the density
 ....1 1   b ....  2 
 dw  dl of liquid is 0.8 gm/c.c then the mass of the cube is
1) 4.2 kg 2) 4.8 kg 3) 5kg 4) 5.2 kg
KEY : 2

131 132

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

HINT :
D 2v nD 2v nd 2v d 2v
mg  Vin  g 1) 2) 3) 4)
nd 2 d2 D2 nd 2
16. A soap film in formed on a frame of area 4x10–3m2. If the area of the film in reduced t o KEY : 1
half, then the change in the Potential energy of the film is ( surface tension of soap solution HINT :
 40  10 N / m )
3
2 2
D d D 2v
1) 32x10–5J 2)16x10–5J 3)8x10–5J 4) 16x105J A1v1  A2v2    v     v'  v'  2
KEY:2 2 2 nd
HINT: 20.. The velocity of the wind over the surface of the wing of an aeroplane is 80 ms-1 and under the wing 60
PE1=W1=2TA ms-1. If the area of the wing is 4m2, the dynamic lift experienced by the wing is [ density of air = 1.3 kg.
m-3]
 A 1) 3640 N 2) 7280 N 3)14560N 4)72800 N
PE2  W2  2T   .
2 KEY : 2
17. If a body floats with (m/n)th of its volume above the surface of water, then the relative density HINT :
of the material of the body is d 2
1) (n-m) / n 2) m/n 3) n/m 4) (n-m) / m 2
V2  V12  A
F
KEY : 1
21. A vessel has a small hole at its bottom. If water can be poured into it upto a height of 7 cm without
HINT :
leakage (g=10 ms-2), the radius of the hole is (surface tension of water is 0.07 Nm-1).
weight of the body W d 1) 2 mm 2) 0.2 mm 3) 0.1 mm 4) 0.4 mm
Specific gravity  force of buoancy  F  d
B

B w KEY : 2
m nm HINT :
Vin  V  Vout  V   V V   rhdg
n  n  T
2
V d
 m  B  S .G 22. An aeroplane of mass 5000 kg in flying at an altitude of 3 km. If the area of the wings is 50m 2
V dw and pressure at the lower surface of wings is 0.6x105 pa, the pressure on the upper surface of
18. Water from a top emerges vertically downwards with initial velocity 4 ms-1. The cross-sectional wings is (in Pascal) (g=10 ms-2)
area of the tap is A. The flow is steady and pressure is constant throughout the stream of 1) 59x103 2) 2x104 3) 6x103 4) 59
water. The distance h vertically below the tap, where the cross-sectional area of the stream KEY : 1
2 HINT :
becomes   A is (g=10m/s2) (EAMCET-2010)
3  p1  p2  A  mg
1) 0.5 m 2) 1 m 3) 1.5 m 4) 2.2 m 23. Water flows through a non-uniform tube of area of cross sections A, B and C whose values are
KEY:2 25, 15 and 35 cm respectively. The ratio of the velocities of water at the sections A, B and C
2

HINT: is
2 1) 5 : 3 : 7 2) 7 : 3 : 5 3) 21 : 35 : 15 4) 1 : 1 : 1
The equation of continuity A1v1  A2v2 , A  4  A  v2 , KEY :3
3
HINT :
1 2 1 2
From Bernoulli’s theorem P   gh1   v1  P   gh2   v2 Av  const, A1v1  A2 v2
2 2
24. An incompressible liquid flows through a horizontally tube L M N as shown in the figure. Then
1 2
or g  h1  h2    v2  v1  the velocity ‘V’ of the liquid through the tube N is
2

2
-1
1 2 s
4m
 6    4    h1  h2  h  h  1m
2
gh  L
2 2A -1
A/2
4ms
19. A pipe having an internal diameter D is connected to another pipe of same size. Water flows A
into the second pipe through ‘n’ holes, each of diameter d. If the water in the first pipe has N Vm -1
s
speed v, then speed of water leaving the second pipe is (EAMCET-2012)
1) 1 ms-1 2) 2 ms-1 3) 4.5 ms-1 4) 6 ms-1
KEY : 4

133 134
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
HINT : KEY : 4
A1v1  A2v2  A3v3 HINT : vx  2 gh1 , v y  2 gh2 ; v  vx2  v y2
31. T her e is a hole at the side-bottom of a big water tank . T he ar ea of the hole is 4mm 2. Through
25. A liquid is kept in a cylindrical jar, which is rotated about the cylindrical axis. The liquid rises at its
out it a pipe is connected. The upper surface of water is 5 m above the hole. The rate of flow
sides. The radius of the jar is ‘r’, and speed of rotation is ‘  ’. The difference in height at the center
of water through the pipe is ( in m3s-1) ( g= 10ms-2)
and the sides of the jar is
1) 4 x 10-5 2) 4 x 105 3) 4 x 10-6 4) 28 x 10-5
r 2 2 r 2 2 g 2g KEY : 1
1) 2) 3) 4) HINT :
g 2g r 2 2 r 2 2
KEY : 2 Q  A 2 gh
HINT : 32. The flow rate from a tap of diameter 1.25 cm is 3 lit/min. The coefficient of viscosity of water
Difference in potential energy = Rotational is 10-3 Pas.The nature of flow is
1 2 1) Turbulent 2) Laminar
Kinetic energy  mg  h1  h2  
I 3) Neither laminar (or) turbulent 4) Data inadequate
2
26. At the mouth of the tap, the area of cross-section is 2.0 cm2 and the speed of water is 3m/s. KEY : 1
The area of cross-section of the water column 80cm below the tap is (use g=10m/s 2) HINT :
1) 0.6 cm2 2)1.2 cm2 3)1.5 cm2 4) 2.0 cm2
KEY : 2  vd  Al Q
R , Q  Av  v  
HINT :   t A
v22  v12  2 gh; A1v1  A2 v2 33. A force of 10N is required to draw rectangular glass plate on the surface of a liquid with some
27. Capillary tubes of diameters 1, 1.5, 2 mm are dipped vertically in the same liquid. The capillary velocity. Force needed to draw another glass plate of 3 times length and 2 times width is
ascents of the liquid in the tube are in the ratio 1) 5/3N 2) 10N 3) 60N 4) 30N
1) 2 : 3 : 4 2) 6 : 4 : 3 3) 3 : 4 : 6 4) 4 : 3 : 2 KEY : 3
KEY : 2 HINT :
HINT : dv
F   A ; F A
rhdg 1 dx
T ;h 
2cos  r 34. Water is flowing through a capillary tube at the rate of 20 x 10-6 m3 /s. Another tube of same
28. When two capillary tubes A and B are immersed in water, the heights of water columns are radius and double the length is connected in series to the first tube. Now the rate of flow of
found to be in the ratio 2 : 3. The ratio of the radii of tubes A and B is water in m3 s 1 is
1) 2 : 3 2) 4 : 9 3) 9 : 4 4) 3 : 2 1) 10 106 2) 3.33 106 3) 6.67 106 4) 20 106
KEY : 4 KEY : 3
HINT : HINT :
rhdg 1  Pr 4 1
T ;r  Q ; Q
2cos  h 8 l l
1
29. A cylindrical tank of 1 meter radius rests on a platform 5m high. Initially the tank i filled with 35. An artery in a certain person has been widened 1 times the original diameter. If the pressuree
2
water to a height of 5m. A plug whose of area 104 m2 is removed from an orifice on the side of difference across the artery is maintained constant, the blood flow through the artery will be
the tank at the bottom. The initial speed with which water flows out from the orifice in ms-1 is increased
(g=10ms-2) 1) 3/2 times 2) 9/4 times 3) no change 4) 81/16 times
1) 10 2) 5 3) 5. 2 4) 10. 2 KEY : 4
KEY : 1 HINT :
HINT :  Pr 4
) Q : Q r 4
v  2 gh 8 l
30. In the above problem, the initial speed with which water strikes the ground in ms-1 is 36. The potential energy of the liquid of surface tension “T” and density  that rises into the
1) 10 2) 5 3) 5 2 4) 10 2 capillary tube is

135 136

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

2 T 2
T 2 8 l 1
R ; R 4
1)  2T 2  2 g 2) 4 T 2  2 g 3)
g
4)
g  r4 r

KEY:3 42. Two identical tall jars are filled with water to the brim. The first jar has a small hole on the side
HINT: wall at a depth h/3 and the second jar has a small hole on the side wall at a depth of 2h/3, where
P.E  mg  h / 2    r h  gh / 2
2 ‘h’ is the height of the jar. The water issuing out from the first jar falls at a distance R1 from the
base and the water issuing out from the second jar falls at a distance R 2 from the base. The
correct relation between R1 and R2 is
37. Water flowing from a hose pipe fills a 15 litre container in one minute. The speed of water from the
1) R1 > R2 2) R1 < R2 3) R2 = 2 x R 4)R1=R2
free opening of radius 1 cm is ( in ms-1) 1
KEY:4
 2 .5 HINT:
1) 2.5 2) 3) 4) 5 
2 .5  R1  v1t1; R2  v2t2
KEY : 3
43. There are two holes O1 and O2 in a tank of height H. The water emerging from O1 and O2
HINT :
strikes the ground at the same points, as shown in fig. Then:
 Pr4
Q ; Q   r 2v
8l
h1 O1
38. A small air bubble of 0.1 mm diameter is formed just below the surface of water. If surface h2
tension of water is 0.072 Nm-1, the pressure inside the air bubble in kilo pascal is (Atmospheric H O2
pressure = 1.01 x 105 pa)
1) 28.9 2) 0.289 3) 0.0289 4) 103.88
KEY:4 R
HINT: 1) H = h1 + h2 2) H = h2 – h1 3) H = h1h2 4) H = h2/h1
2T KEY:1
Pin  P0  HINT:
R
39. If a soap bubble of radius 3 cm coalesce with another soap bubble of radius 4 cm under isothermal R  Vefflux  time; R1  R2
conditions, the radius of the resultant bubble formed is in cm
1) 7 2) 1 3) 5 4) 12 44. A tank full of water has a small hole at the bottom. If one-fourth of the tank is emptied in t 1
KEY : 4 seconds and the remaining three-fourths of the tank is emptied in t 2 seconds. Then the ratio
HINT :
t1
r  r12  r22 t2 is
40. Two liquids are allowed to flow through two capillary tubes of lengths in the ratio 1 : 2 and radii 1 2
in the ratio 2 :3 under the same pressure difference. If the volume rates of flow of the liquids 1) 3 2) 2 3) 4) 1
are in the ratio 8 : 9, the ratio of their coefficients of viscosity is 2 3
1) 1 : 3 2) 3 :1 3) 4 : 9 4) 9 : 4 KEY:4
KEY : 3 HINT:
HINT :
t1   
h  3h / 4 ; t2 3h / 4 
 Pr 4 r4
Q ; 45. There are two holes one each along the opposite sides of a wide rectangular tank. The cross
8 l Ql section of each hole is 0.01m2 and the vertical distance between the holes is one meter. The
41. The viscous resistance of a tube to liquid flow is R. Its resistance for a narrow tube of same tank is filled with water. The net force on the tank in Newton when water flows out of the holes
length and 1/3 times radius is is: (Density of water 1000kg/m3)
1) R/3 2) 3R 3) 27R 4) 81R 1) 100 2) 200 3) 300 4) 400
KEY : 4 KEY:2
HINT : HINT:
Fnet  F1  F2  V12   aV22   a  2 gh1  2 gh2 

137 138
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
 2  ga  h1  h2   2  gah 2 r    0  g v1 r12  1  0 
2

v   
46. A tank with vertical walls is mounted so that its base is at a height H above the horizontal 9  v2 r22   2   0 
ground. The tank is filled with water to a depth 'h' . A hole is punched in the side wall of the
51. When a solid ball of volume V is falling through a viscous liquid, a viscous force F acts on it. If
tank at a depth ' x ' below the water surface. To have maximum range of the emerging stream,
another ball of volume 2V of the same material is falling through the same liquid then the viscous
the value of x is force experienced by it will be (when both fall with terminal velocities).
H h H h H h 3 H  h 1) F 2) F/2 3) 2F 4) F/4
1) 2) 3) 4)
4 2 3 4 KEY:3
KEY:2 HINT:
HINT: F  6 rv  v  r 2 , F  r 3 , F  V 
2  H   h  x
R  2 gx F1 V1
g  
F2 V2
47. A hole is made at the bottom of tank filled with water (density = 103 kg/m3). If the total pressure
at the bottom of the tank is 3 atm (1 atm = 105 N/m2), then the velocity of efflux is
52. The level of a liquid in a vessel kept constant at 50cm. It has three identical horizontal tubes
1) 400 m/s 2) 200 m/s 3) 600 m/s 4) 500 m/s
each of length 60cm coming out at heights 5, 10 and 15 cm respectively. If a single tube of the
KEY:1 same radius as that of the three tubes can replace the three tubes when placed horizontally at
HINT: the bottom of the vessel length of that tube is
Pressure due to water in the tank=3atm-1 atm=2atm=20m of water column 1) 25 cm 2) 40 cm 3) 12.5 cm 4) 50 cm
height of the water in teh tank is h=20m KEY:1
Velocity of efflux= 2 gh  2  10  20  400m / sec HINT:
 Pr 4  P1 r 4  P2 r 4  P3r 4
48. Eight spherical rain drops of the same mass and radius are falling down with a terminal speed   
8 l 8l1 8 l2 8l3
of 6 cm-s-1. If they coalesce to form one big drop, what will be the terminal speed of bigger
drop? (Neglect the buoyancy of the air) (EAMCET-2009) H H  h1 H  h2 H  h3
  
1) 1.5 cms- 1 2) 6 cms-1 3) 24 cms-1 4) 32 cms-1 L l l l
KEY : 3
HINT :
VB  n 2 / 3VS 53. A tube of radius R and length L is connected in series with another tube of radius R/2 and
length L/8. If the pressure across the tubes taken together is P, the pressure across the two
49. The velocity of a ball of mass ‘m’ density ‘d1’ when dropped in a container filled with glycerin
tubes seperately are :
of density ‘d2’ becomes constant after some time. The viscous force acting on the ball will be
 d1   d2   d1  d 2   d1  d 2  1) and 2) and 3) and 4) and
1) mg  d  2) mg  1  d  3) mg  d  4) mg  d 
 2  1   1   2  KEY:4
KEY : 2 HINT:
HINT :
Viscous force=Apparent weight-Force of buoyancy
 FY  mg  FB 54. A capillary tube is attached horizontally at a constant head arrangement. If the radius of the
capillary tube is increased by 10%, the rate of flow of liquid changes by about
50. One spherical ball of radius R, density d released in a liquid of density d/2 attains a terminal 1) -40% 2) +40% 3) +21% 4) +46%
velocity V. Another ball of radius 2R and density 1.5d, released in the liquid will attain a terminal KEY:4
velocity HINT:
1) 2V 2) 4V 3) 6V 4) 8V
KEY:4
HINT:

139 140

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

55. Three horizontal capillary tubes of same radii and lengths L1, L2 and L3 are filled side by side a little before the film breaks is 30.14 x 10-3N more than its weight. The surface tension of the liquid
above the bottom, to the wall of a tank that filled with water. The length of a single capillary tube of (in Nm–1) is
same radius that can replace the three tubes such that the rate of flow of water through the single tube 1) 80x10–3 2) 87x10–3 3) 90x10–3 4) 98x10–3
equals the combined rate of flow through the three tubes is KEY : 1
HINT :
1) 2) 3) 4)
KEY:2
HINT: 61. When a ‘U’ shaped slider of negligible mass is dipped in a soap solution and lifted, a thin film
of soap is formed in the frame. It supports a weight of 2.0c10-2N. If the length of the slider is 40
cm, the surface tension of the film of soap is
1) 25 Nm-1 2) 2.5 Nm-1 3) 2.5 x 10-2 Nm-1 4) 2.5 x 10-3 Nm-1
56. A metallic wire of diameter “d” is lying horizontally on the surface of water. The maximum KEY : 3
length of wire so that is may not sink will be HINT :
2T 2Tg 2 d
1) 2) 3) 4)any length
 dg d Tg
62. A ring of inner and outer radii 8 and 9 cm is pulled out of water surface with a force of [S.T of
KEY:4
water(T)=70 dyne/cm]
HINT:
1) 26 x 10-2 N 2) 12.6 x 10-2 N 3) 7.48 x 10-2 N 4) 3.08 x 10-2 N
KEY : 3
the expression is independent of length HINT :

57. A liquid is filled into a semi elliptical crossection with a as semi major axis and b as semi minor
axis. The ratio of surface tension forces on the curved part and the plane part of the tube in 63. In Fig(i) a thin film supports a small weight . The weight suppported by a film of the
vertical position will be same liquid at the same tempertaure in fig.(ii) is ___

1) 2) 3) 4)
KEY:1
HINT:

58. The length of a rubber cord floating on water is 5 cm. The force needed to pull the cord out of
water is ..... N (surface tension of water is 7.2 x 10-2 Nm-1) .
1) 7.2 x 10-3 2) 7.2x10-4 3) 7.2x10- 5
4)7.2x 10-2
KEY : 3
HINT : 1)3.5x10–2N 2)3.5x10–3N 3)3.5x10–1N 4)3.5x10–4 N
KEY : 1
HINT :
Force due to S.T.=Weight
59. Calculate the force required to separate the glass plates of area 10 -2 m2 with a film of water
0.05 mm thickness between them (surface tension of water = 70 x 10-3 N/m)
same liquid, same temperature, same length of the film, supports same weight.
1) 28 N 2) 112 N 3) 5.6 N 4) 11.2 N
KEY : 1
HINT :
64. A film of water is formed between two straight parallel wires of length 10cm each separated by
0.5 cm. If their separation is increased by 1 mm while still maintaining their parallelism how
much work will have to be done of water (Surface tension of water )
60. A thin wire ring of 3 cm radius float on the surface of a liquid. The pull required to raise the ring

141 142
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1) 2) 3) 4) 70. A wooden cube is found to float in water with ½ cm of its vertical side above the water. On
KEY:2 keeping a weight of 50gm over its top, it is just submerged in the water. The specific gravity of
HINT: wood is
1) 0.8 2) 0.9 3) 0.85 4) 0.95
KEY:4
HINT:
Find out weight of the body=weight of displaced liquid
65. The work done is blowing a soap bubble of volume “V” is W. The work done in blowing 71. 8000 identical water drops combine together to form a big drop. Then the ratio of the final
a soap bubble of volume “2V” is surface energy to the initial surface energy of all the drops together is.
1) W
2
2) 2 3 W
2
3) 3 3 W 4) 2 W 1) 1 : 10 2) 1 : 15 3) 1 : 20 4) 1 : 25
KEY : 3
KEY:2 HINT :
HINT:

66. Work of joule is required to be done in increasing the size of a soap film from 10cm x 72. A capillary tube of radius 0.25 mm is dipped vertically in a liquid of density 800 kg m-3 and of
surface tension 3x10-2 Nm-2. The angle of contact of liquid-glass is and given . If
6 cm to 10cm x 11 cm. The surface tension of the film is(in N/m )
g = 10ms-2 the rise of liquid in the capillary tube is ..... Cm
1) 5 x 10–2 2) 6 x 10–2 3) 1.5 x 10–2 4) 1.2 x 10–2
1) 9 2) 0.9 3) 9 x 10-3 4) 0.09
KEY : 2
KEY : 2
HINT :
HINT :
67. The work done in increasing the raduis of a soap bubble from 4 cm to 5 cm is ......Joule(given
surface tension of soap water to be 25 x 10-3 N/m)
1) 0.5657x10-3 2) 5.657x10-3 3) 56.5x10-3 4) 565x10-3 73. When a clean lengthy capillary tube is dipped vertically in a beaker containing water, the
KEY : 1 water rises to a height of 8 cm. What will happen if another capillary tube of length 4 cm and
HINT : same radius is dipped vertically in the same beaker containing water. (Angle of contact of
water is 00.)
1) Water will flow out like a fountain.
68. The reading of a pressure meter attached with a closed water pipe is 3.5 x 10 5 N m-2. On 2) Water will rise to a height of 4 cm only and the angle of contact will be zero.
opening the valve of the pipe, the reading of pressure meter is reduced to 3 3) Water will rise to a height of 4 cm only and the angle of contact will be 600.
x 105 N m-2. Calculate the speed of water flowing in the pipe. 4) Water will not rise at all
1)10 cm/s 2)10 m/s 3) 0.1 m/s 4) 0.1 cm/s KEY : 3
KEY : 2 HINT :
HINT :

74. A capillary tube is taken from the Earth to the surface of the Moon. The rise of the liquid column on
the Moon (acceleration due to gravity on the Earth is 6 times that of the Moon) is
1) six times that on the Earth surface 2) 1/6 that on the Earth’s surface
3) equal to that on the Earth’s surface 4) zero
69. A mercury drop of radius 1 cm is sprayed into 106 drops of equal size. The energy expended in KEY : 1
joule is (surface tension of mercury is 460 x 10-3N/m) HINT :
1) 0.057 2) 5.7 3) 4)
KEY : 1
HINT :
75. When a capillary tube is lowered into water, the mass of the water raised above the outside
level is 5 gm. If the radius of the tube is doubled the mass of water that raises in the tube above

143 144

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

the outside level is dR
1)1.25 gm 2) 5 gm 3)10 gm 4) 20 gm R to be maximum, dy  0 , which gives y=h
KEY : 3
HINT : 81. Twoliquiddropshavetheirdiameters as
1 mm and 2 mm. The ratio of excess pressures in them is
1) 1 : 2 2) 2 : 1 3) 4 : 1 4) 1 : 4
76. When a body lighter than water is completely submerged in water, the buoyant force acting on KEY : 2
it is found to be ‘n’ times its weight. The specific gravity of the material of the body is HINT :
1 1 1 2T
1) 2) 3) n 4) n  P 
1 n n n r
KEY : 2
HINT :
82. The pressure inside soap bubble is 1.01 and 1.02 atmosphere respectively the ratio of their
volume
1) 102:101 2) (102)3:(101)3 3) 8 : 1 4) 2 : 1
77. A 20 cm long capillary tube is dipped in water. The water rises upto 8 cm. If the entire arrangement KEY : 3
is put in a freely falling elevator the length of water coloumn in the capillary tube will be HINT :
1) 4 cm 2) 20 cm 3) 8 cm 4) 10 cm 4T  4 1

KEY : 2 P  ;  V   R3 , R  V 3 
R  3 
HINT :
In a freely falling lift capillary height=full length of the capillary tube. 83. A spherical soap bubble of radius 1 cm is formed inside another of radius 3 cm. The radius of
78. When a cylindrical tube is dipped vertically into a liquid the angle of contact is 1400. when the single soap bubble which maintains the same pressure difference as inside the smaller and
tube is dipped with an inclination of 400 the angle of contact is outside the larger soap bubble is ........cm.
1)1000 2) 1400 3) 1800 4) 600 1) 1 2) 0.8 3) 0.5 4) 0.25
KEY : 2 KEY:2
HINT : HINT:
Angle of contact is independent of tilting angle r1r2
79. Water rises in a striaght capillary tube upto a height of 5 cm when held vertical in water. If the r
r1  r2
tube is bent as shown in figure then the height of water column in it will be
84. If the shearing stress between the horizontal layers of water in a river is 1.5 milli newton/ m 2
and  water  1  10  3 pa.s , The velocity gradient is ... s-1
1) 1.5 2) 3 3) 0.7 4) 1
KEY : 1
HINT :
dv F

dx A
1) 5 cm 2) less than 5 cm 3) more than 5 cm 4) 5 cos 85. The depth of water at which air bubble of radius 0.4mm remains in equilibrium is

KEY :1
Twater  72  103 N / m 
HINT : 1) 3.67cm 2)3.67 m 3)6.37 cm 4)5.32 cm
Capillary rise independent of shape of capillary pipe if radius of the pipe does not changes. KEY:1
80. A tube is mounted so that it’s base is at height ‘h’ above the horizontal ground. The tank is filled HINT:
with water to a depth ‘h’. A hole is punched in the side of the tank at depth ‘y’ below water surface. 2T
Then the value of ‘y’ so that the range of emerging stream would be maximum is hdg 
r
1) h 2) h/2 3) h/4 4) 3h/4
KEY:1
HINT:

145 146
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
86. Two separate air bubbles having radii ( r1  .002cm, r2  .004cm ) formed of same liquid filled in vessel without leakage is (Given surface tension of water is 75
x 10 -3 N/m and g = 10m / s2)
T  0.07 N/m come together to form a double bubble. Find the radius of curvature of the 1) 3 cm 2) 0.3 cm 3) 3 mm 4) 3 m
internal film surface common to both the bubbles. KEY:1
1) 0.001cm 2) 0.002 cm 3) 0.004 cm 4) 0.003 cm HINT:
KEY:3 Gauge pressure=excess pressure above the meniscus
HINT:
2T 2T
r1r2  hdg  h
r r rdg
r2  r1
as the excess pressure is always towards concave surface & pressure in smaller bubble is greater than 92. Water rises to a height h1 in a capillary tube in a stationary lift. If the lift moves up with
larger bubble, the common surface is concave towards the centre of the small bubble. uniform acceleration it rises to a height h2 , then acceleration of the lift is
87. The excess pressure inside a spherical soap bubble of radius 1 cm is balanced by a column of
oil (Specific gravity = 0.8), 2 mm high, the surface tension of the bubble is (EAM-10)  h2  h1   h2  h1   h1  h2   h1  h2 
1) 3.92 N/m 2) 0.0392 N/m 3) 0.392 N/m 4) 0.00392 N/m 1)  h  g 2)  g 3)  g 4)  h  g
 2   h1   h1   2 
KEY:4
KEY:2
HINT:
HINT:
The excess pressure of soap bubble h2  g  a   h1 g
4T 4T Rh  g 93. A liquid drop of diameter D breaks up into 27 drops. Find the resultant change in energy.
p  , h g  ;T   0.0392 N / m
R R 4  TD 2
88. In a car lift compressed air experts a force F1 on a small piston having a radius of 5cm. This 1) 2 TD 2 2)  TD 2 3) 4) 4 TD 2
2
pressure is transmitted to a second piston of radius 15cm. If the mass of the car to be lifted is
KEY:1
1350 kg. What is F1?
HINT:
1) 14.7 x103 N 2)1.47x103 N 3) 2.47x103 N 4) 24.7x103 N
KEY : 2 W  T  4 R 2  n1/ 3  1
HINT : 94. The radii of the two columns in a ‘U’ tube are ‘r1’ & ‘r2’, when a liquid of density ( angle of
F1 F2 contact is 0o } is filled in it, the level difference of the liquid in the two arms in ‘h’. The surface

A1 A2 tension of the liquid is {g = acceleration due to gravity } (2004-M)
89. The lower end of a capillary tube of radius r is placed vertically in water then with the rise of water in the  ghr1r2  gh  r2  r1  2  r1  r2  2  r1  r2 
capillary heat evolved is 1)
2  r2  r1  2)
2r2 r1
3)
 ghr2 r1
4)
 gh
 r h dg
2 2
 r h dg
2 2
 r h dg
2 2
 r h dg
2 2

1)  2)  3)  4)  KEY:1
2J J 2J J
KEY:1 HINT:
HINT: 2T  1 1 
h   
mgh dg  r1 r2 
Work done = heat evolved; W  JQ; Q 
2J
90. Four identical capillary tubes a, b, c and d are dipped in four beakers containing water with
tube ‘a’ vertically, tube ‘b’ at 300, tube‘c’ at 450 and tube ‘d’ at 600 inclination with the vertical.
Arrange the lengths of water column in the tubes in descending order.
1) d, c, b, a 2) d, a, b, c 3) a,c,d,b 4) a,b,c,d
KEY:1
HINT:
h  angle of inclination
91. A vessel whose bottom has round holes with diameter of 1mm is filled with water Assuming
that surface tension acts only at holes, then the maximum height to which the water can be

147 148

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Previous JEE Mains Questions and Solutions
VISCOSITY
Pressure , Density , Pascal’s Law and Archimedis Principle :
1. A hollow spherical shell at outer radius 𝑹 floats just submerged under the water surface. The
𝟐𝟕
inner radius of the shell is 𝒓. Ifthe specific gravity ofthe shell material is 𝐰. 𝐫. 𝐭 water, the
𝟖
value of 𝒓 is: [5 Sep. 2020 (I)]
𝟖 𝟒 𝟐 𝟏
(a) 𝑹 (b) 𝑹 (c) 𝑹 (d) 𝑹
𝟗 𝟗 𝟑 𝟑

SOLUTION : (a)

In equilibrium, 𝒎𝒈 = 𝑭𝐁

𝑭𝑩 = 𝑽𝐩𝟎 𝒈 and mass =volume × density

𝟒 𝟒
𝝅 𝑹𝟑 − 𝒓𝟑 𝐩𝟎 𝒈 = 𝝅𝑹𝟑 𝐩𝒘 𝒈
𝟑 𝟑
𝐩𝟎 𝟐𝟕
Given, relative density, =
𝐩𝒘 𝟖

𝒓 𝟑 𝟐𝟕
⇒ 𝟏− 𝐩 = 𝐩𝒘
𝑹 𝟖 𝒘

𝒓𝟑 𝟗 𝟏 𝒓𝟑 𝟐 𝒓𝟑
⇒𝟏− = ⇒𝟏− = 𝟑 ⇒ = 𝟑
𝑹𝟑 𝟐𝟕 𝟑 𝑹 𝟑 𝑹
𝟏/𝟑
𝒓 𝟐 𝒓𝟑 𝟖 𝒓𝟑 𝟖 𝟏𝟗
⇒ = ⇒𝟏− = ⇒ =𝟏− =
𝑹 𝟑 𝑹𝟑 𝟐𝟕 𝑹𝟑 𝟐𝟕 𝟐𝟕
𝟖
𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟗𝑹 = 𝑹.
𝟗

2. An air bubble of radius 1 cm in water has an upward acceleration 𝟗. 𝟖 cm 𝐬−𝟐 . The density of
water is 1 gm 𝐜𝐦−𝟑 and water offers negligible drag force on the bubble. Themass ofthe bubble
is 𝐠 = 𝟗𝟖𝟎𝐜𝐦/𝐬𝟐 [4 Sep. 2020 (I)]

(a) 𝟒. 𝟓𝐥𝐠𝐦 (b) 𝟑. 𝟏𝟓𝒚𝐧 𝐜 𝟒. 𝟏𝟓𝕹 (d) 𝟏. 𝟓𝟐𝕹

SOLUTION : (c)

Given: Radius of air bubble = 𝟏 cm,

Upward acceleration ofbubble, 𝒂 = 𝟗. 𝟖𝐜𝐦/𝐬𝟐 ,

𝐩𝐰𝐚𝐭𝐞𝐫 = 𝟏𝐠𝐜𝐦−𝟑

149
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Volume 𝑽 =
𝟒𝝅
𝟑
𝒓𝟑 =
𝟒𝝅
𝟑
× 𝟏 𝟑
= 𝟒. 𝟏𝟗𝐜𝐦𝟑
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot = 𝐩𝑺𝒈
𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒙𝟐𝟐
+ −
𝒙𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 𝟐

𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
↑𝒂
𝐩𝑺𝒈 𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒙𝟐𝟐 𝐩𝑺𝒈 𝟐
= + − 𝒙𝟏 𝒙𝟐 = 𝒙𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟒

4. A leak proofcylinder oflengLh 1 , made ofa metal which has very low coefficient ofexpansion
is floating vertically in water at 𝟎∘ 𝐂 such that its height above the water surface is 20 cm. When
𝑭𝐛𝐮𝐨𝐲𝐚𝐧𝐭
the temperature ofwater is increased to 𝟒∘ 𝐂, the height of the cylinder above the water surface
Fbuoyant −𝒎𝒈 = 𝒎𝒂 ⇒ 𝒎 = becomes 21 cm. The density ofwater at 𝑻 = 𝟒∘ 𝐂, relative to the density at 𝑻 = 𝟎∘ 𝐂 is close to:
𝒈+𝒂
[𝟖𝐉𝐚𝐧𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟎(𝐃]
𝑽𝐩𝟎𝐉 𝒈 𝑽𝐩𝟎𝐉 𝟒. 𝟏𝟗 .× 𝟏 𝟒. . 𝟏𝟗
𝒎= = 𝒂= = = 𝟒. 𝟏𝟓𝐠
𝒈+𝒂 𝟏+𝒈 𝟗𝟖 𝟏𝟎𝟏 (a) 𝟏. 𝟐𝟔 (b) 1. (c) 𝟏. 𝟎𝟏 (d) 𝟏. 𝟎𝟑
𝟏+
𝟗𝟖𝟎
SOLUTION : (c)
3. Two identical cylindrical vessels are kept on the ground and each contain the same liquid
ofdensity 𝒅. The area of the base ofboth vessels is 𝑺 but the height ofliquid in one vessel is 𝒙𝟏 When cylinder is floating in water at 𝟎∘ 𝐂
and in the other, 𝒙𝟐 . When both cylinders are connected through a pipe ofnegligible volume
very close to the bottom, the liquid flows from one vessel to the other until it comes to Net thrust = 𝑨 𝒉𝟐 − 𝒉𝟏 𝐩𝟎∘ 𝒄 𝒈 = 𝑨 𝟏𝟎𝟎 − 𝟖𝟎 𝐩𝟎∘ 𝒄 𝒈
equilibrium at a new height. The change in energy ofthe system in the process is:

[4 Sep. 2020 (II)]

𝟑 𝟏
(a) 𝒈𝒅𝑺 𝒙𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝟏𝟐 (b) 𝒈𝒅𝑺 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙𝟏 𝟐
(c) 𝟒 𝒈𝒅𝑺 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 𝟐
(d) 𝟒 𝒈𝒅𝑺 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 𝟐

𝟎𝐨
SOLUTION : (d)
When cylinder is floating in water at 𝟒∘ 𝐂

Net thrust = 𝑨 𝒉𝟐 − 𝒉𝟏 𝐩𝟒∘ 𝒄 𝒈 = 𝑨 𝟏𝟎𝟎 − 𝟐𝟏 𝐩𝟒∘ 𝒄 𝒈

𝒙𝟏 𝒙𝟐
Initial potential energy, 𝑼𝟏 = 𝐩𝑺𝒙𝟏 𝒈 ⋅ + 𝐩𝑺𝒙𝟐 𝒈 ⋅
𝟐 𝟐 𝟒∘
𝒙𝒇
Final potential energy, 𝑼𝒇 = 𝐩𝑺𝒙𝒇 𝒈 ⋅ ×𝟐 𝐩𝟒∘ 𝒄 𝟖𝟎
𝟐 = = 𝟏. 𝟎𝟏
𝐩𝟎∘ 𝒄 𝟕𝟗
By volume conservation, 𝑺𝒙𝟏 + 𝑺𝒙𝟐 = 𝑺 𝟐𝒙𝒇
𝒓𝟐
𝒙𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 5. Consider a solid sphere of radius 𝑹 and mass density 𝒓 = 𝐩𝟎 𝟏 − 𝑹𝟐 , 𝟎 < 𝒓 ≤ 𝑹. The
𝒙𝒇 =
𝟐 minimum density ofa liquid in which it will float is: [8 Jan 2020 (𝐃]
When valve is opened loss in potentail energy occur till water level become same. 𝐩𝟎 𝐩𝟎 𝟐𝐩𝟎 𝟐𝐩𝟎
(a) 𝟑
(b) 𝟓
(c) 𝟓
(d) 𝟑
𝜟𝑼 = 𝑼𝒊 − 𝑼𝒇
SOLUTION : (c)
𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒙𝟐𝟐
𝜟𝑼 = 𝝆𝑺𝒈 + − 𝒙𝟐𝒇 For minimum density ofliquid, solid sphere has to float (completely immersed) in the liquid.
𝟐 𝟐

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝒎𝒈 = 𝑭𝑩 (also 𝑽𝐢𝐫𝐞𝐫𝐬𝐞𝐝 = 𝑽𝐭𝐨𝐭𝐚𝟏 )

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Force on lower part, 𝑭𝟐 =
𝑷𝟐 +𝑷𝟑
𝟐
𝑨
𝟒 𝑭𝟏 𝟓𝐩𝒈 𝟓 𝟏
𝐨𝐫 𝐩 𝒅𝑽 = 𝝅𝑹𝟑 𝝆𝓵 = = =
𝟑 𝑭𝟐 𝟐𝟎𝐩𝒈 𝟐𝟎 𝟒
𝒓𝟐
[𝐩 𝒓 = 𝐩𝟎 𝟏 − 𝑹𝟐 𝟎 < 𝒓 ≤ 𝑹 given] 7. A cubical block ofside 𝟎. 𝟓𝐦 floats on water with 30% of its volume under water. What is the
maximum weight that can be put on the block without fully submerging it under water? [Take,
𝑹 𝒓𝟐 𝟒 density ofwater = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 ] [10 April 2019 (II)]
⇒ 𝐩 𝟒𝝅
𝟎 𝟎
𝟏− . 𝒓𝟐 𝒅𝒓 = 𝝅𝑹𝟑 𝐩𝒍
𝑹𝟐 𝟑

𝑹 (a) 𝟒𝟔. 𝟑 kg (b) 𝟖𝟕. 𝟓 kg (c) 𝟔𝟓. 𝟒𝐤𝐠 (d) 30. 𝐥𝐤𝐠
𝟑 𝟓
𝒓 𝒓 𝟒
⇒ 𝟒𝝅𝐩𝟎 − = 𝝅𝑹𝟑 𝐩𝓵 SOLUTION : (b)
𝟑 𝟓𝑹𝟐 𝟎
𝟑
𝟑𝟎
𝟒𝝅𝐩𝟎 𝑹𝟑 𝟐 𝟒 When a 𝜾𝐗) 𝐝𝐲 floats then the weight ofthe body = upthrust (50)3 × × 𝟏 × 𝒈 = 𝑴𝐜𝐮𝐛𝐞 𝒈 (i)
𝟏𝟎𝟎
× = 𝝅𝑹𝟑 𝐩𝒑
𝟑 𝟓 𝟑
Let 𝐦 mass should be placed, then (50) 𝟑 × 𝟏 × 𝒈 = 𝑴𝐜𝐮𝐛𝐞 + 𝒎 𝒈 (ii)
𝟐𝐩𝟎
𝐩𝓵 = Subtracting equation (i) 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 equation (ii), we get
𝟓
𝟑
=𝟎 ⇒ 𝐦𝐠 = 𝟓𝟎 × 𝐠 𝟏 − 𝟎. 𝟑 = 𝟏𝟐𝟓 × 𝟎. 𝟕 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐠

6. Two liquids of densities 𝐩𝟏 and 𝐩𝟐 𝐩𝟐 = 𝟐𝐩𝟏 are filled up behind a square wall of side 10 as ⇒ 𝐦 = 𝟖𝟕. 𝟓𝐤𝐠

shown in figure. Each liquid has a height of5 . The ratio ofthe forces due to these liquids 8. A submarine experiences apressure 𝐨𝐟 𝟓. 𝟎𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 Pa at depth of 𝒅𝟏 in a sea. When it goes
exerted on upper part MNto that at the lower part NO is(Assume that the liquids are not further to a depth of 𝒅𝟐 , it experiences a pressure of 𝟖. 𝟎𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 Pa. Then𝒅𝟏 − 𝒅𝟏 is
mixing): [8 Jan 2020 (II)] approximately (density ofwater= 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐤𝒚𝐦𝟑 and acceleration due to gravity = 𝟏𝟎 ms- 2):

(a) 1/3 (b) 2/3 (c) ½ (d) ¼ [10 April 2019 (II)]

SOLUTION : (𝐝 ) (a) 300 (b) 400 (c) 𝟔𝟎𝟎𝐦 (d) 500

m m m

SOLUTION : (a)

𝐏𝟏 = 𝐏𝟎 + 𝐩𝐠𝐝𝟏

𝐏𝟐 = 𝐏𝟎 + 𝐩𝐠𝐝𝟐
Let 𝑷𝟏 , 𝑷𝟐 and 𝑷𝟑 be the pressure at points 𝑴, 𝑵 and 𝑶 respectively. 𝜟𝐏 = 𝐏𝟐 − 𝐏𝟏 = 𝐩𝐠𝜟𝐝
Pressure is given by 𝑷 = 𝐩𝒈𝒉 𝟑. 𝟎𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎 × 𝜟𝐝
Now, 𝑷𝟏 = 𝟎 𝒉 = 𝟎 ⇒ 𝜟𝐝 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎𝐦
𝑷𝟐 = 𝐩𝒈 𝟓 𝟒
9. A wooden block floating in a bucket ofwater has 𝟓 ofits volume submerged. When certain
𝑷𝟑 = 𝐩𝒈 𝟏𝟓 amount ofan oil poured into the bucket, it is found that the block is just under the oil
surface with halfofits volume under water and halfin oil. The density ofoil relative to that
= 𝟏𝟓𝐩𝒈
ofwater is: [9 April 2019 (II)]
𝑷𝟏 +𝑷𝟐
Force on upper part, 𝑭𝟏 = 𝟐
𝑨 (a) 𝟎. 𝟓 (b) 𝟎. 𝟖 (c) 𝟎. 𝟔 (c) 𝟎. 𝟕
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : (c) 11.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
A soap bubble, blown by a mechanical pump at the mouth ofa tube, increases in volume,
with time, at a constant rate. The graph that correctly depicts the time dependence of
𝟒𝑽
𝑴𝒈 = 𝒑𝝎𝒈 pressure inside the bubble is given by: [12 Jan. 2019 (II)]
𝟓
𝑴 𝟒𝒑𝝎 𝟒𝐩𝐨)
or = or 𝐩 =
𝑽 𝟓 𝟓

When block floats fully in water and oil, then

𝑴𝒈 = 𝑭𝒃𝐉 + 𝑭𝒃𝟐

𝑽 𝑽
𝒑𝑽 𝒈 = 𝝆 𝒈 + 𝝆𝝎𝒈
𝟐 𝐨𝐢𝟏 𝟐
𝟑
or 𝐩𝐨𝐢𝟏 = 𝐩𝖈𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝝆𝖈𝟎
𝟓

10. A load of mass kg is suspended 𝐟𝐢: 𝐨𝐦 a steel wire of length 2 and radius 𝟏. 𝟎 mm in SOLUTION : (d)
Searle’s apparatus experiment. The increase in length produced in the wire is 𝟒. 𝟎 mm. Now 𝟒
the load is fully immersed in a liquid ofrelative density2. The relative density ofthe 𝐕 = 𝐜𝐭𝐨𝐫, 𝝅𝐫 𝟑 = 𝐜𝐭
𝟑
material ofload is 8. The new value of increase in length ofthe steel wire is: 𝟏
[12 Jan. 2019 (II)] ⇒ 𝐫 = 𝐤𝐭 𝟑

(a) 𝟑. 𝟎mm (b) 𝟒. 𝟎mm (c) 𝟓. 𝟎mm (d) Zero 𝟒𝐓

𝐏 = 𝐏𝟎+
𝐤𝐭 𝟏/𝟑
SOLUTION : (a)
𝟏
𝜞 𝜟𝓵 𝐏 = 𝐏𝟎 + 𝐜
Using 𝐀 = 𝐘 ⋅ 𝐭 𝟏,𝟑
𝓵

12. Aliquid ofdensity is coming out ofa hose pipe ofradius a with horizontal speed vand hits a
mesh. 50% ofthe liquid passes through the mesh unaffected. 25% looses all ofits
momentum and 25% comes back with the same speed. The resultant pressure on the mesh
will be: [11 Jan. 2019 (I)]
𝟏 𝟑 𝟏
(a) 𝐩𝐯 𝟐 (b) 𝐩𝐯 𝟐 (c) 𝐩𝐯 𝟐 (d) 𝐩𝐯 𝟐
⇒ 𝜟𝓵 ∝ 𝜞 …….. (i) 𝟒 𝟒 𝟐

𝐏𝒑 𝟐 SOLUTION : (b)
𝐓 = 𝐌𝐠 − 𝐟𝐁 = 𝐌𝐠 − 𝐏𝐛 = 𝟏 − 𝐏𝐛 𝐌𝐠 = 𝟏 − 𝟖 𝐌𝐠
Mass per unit time ofthe liquid = 𝐩𝐚𝐯
𝟑
𝐓= 𝐌𝐠
𝟒 Momentum per second carried by liquid = 𝐩𝐚𝐯 × 𝐯

From eqn (i) Net force due to bounced back liquid,𝜞𝟏 = 𝟐 ×

𝟏
𝐩𝐚𝐯 𝟐
𝟒
𝜟𝓵′ 𝐓′ 𝟑 𝟑 𝟑
= = 𝟒 [Given: 𝜟𝓵 = 𝟒 mm] 𝜟𝓵 = 𝟒 ⋅ 𝜟𝓵 = 𝟒 × 𝟒 = 𝟑 mm
′
𝟏
𝜟𝓵 𝐓 Net force due to stopped liquid, 𝜞𝟐 = 𝟒 𝐩𝐚𝐯𝟐

𝟏 𝟏 𝟑
Total force, 𝜞 = 𝜞𝟏 + 𝜞𝟐 = 𝐩𝐚𝐯 𝟐 + 𝐩𝐚𝐯 𝟐 = 𝐩𝐚𝐯𝟐
𝟐 𝟒 𝟒

𝟑
Net pressure = 𝟒 𝐩𝐯 𝟐

13.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
A thin uniform tube is bent into a circle ofradius 𝒓 in the verticalplane. Equal volumes oftwo
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : (c)
immiscible liquids, whose densities are 𝐩𝟏 and 𝐩𝟏 (𝐩𝟏 > 𝐩𝟐 ) fill half the circle. The angle 𝜽
Pressure at interface A must be same 𝐟𝐢𝐢𝐎 𝐦 both the sides to be in equilibrium.
between the radius vector passing through the common interface and the vertical is

[Online April 15, 2018]

𝝅 𝐩 −𝝆 𝝅 𝐩 −𝐩
(a) 𝜽 = 𝐭𝐚𝐧−𝟏 𝟐 𝐩𝟏 +𝐩𝟐 (b) 𝜽 = 𝐭𝐚𝐧−𝟏 𝟐 𝐩𝟏 +𝐩𝟐
𝟏 𝟐 𝟏 𝟐

𝐩𝟏
(c) 𝜽 = 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝝅 −𝟏
(d) None of above
𝐩𝟐 𝑹 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜶 + 𝑹 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜶 𝒅𝟐 𝒈 = 𝑹 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜶 − 𝑹 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜶 𝒅𝟏 𝒈

SOLUTION : (d) 𝒅𝟏 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜶 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜶 𝟏 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜶

⇒ = =
𝒅𝟐 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜶 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜶 𝟏 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜶
Pressure at interface A must be same from both the sides to be in equilibrium.
15. A uniform cylinder oflength and mass having crosssectional areaA is suspended, with
its length vertical, from a fixed point by a massless spring such that it is half submerged in a
liquid ofdensity at equilibrium position. The extension 𝐱 𝟎 of the spring when it is in
equilibrium is: [2013]
𝐌𝐠 𝐌𝐠 𝐋𝐀𝒐 𝐌𝐠 𝐋𝐀𝒐 𝐌𝐠 𝐋𝐀𝒐
(a) (b) 𝟏− (c) 𝟏− (d) 𝟏+
𝐤 𝐤 𝐌 𝐤 𝟐𝐌 𝐤 𝐌
𝐑 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 + 𝐑 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 𝐩𝟐 𝐠 = 𝐑 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 − 𝐑 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 𝐩𝐥 𝐠
SOLUTION : (c)
𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽+ 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 𝟏+ 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽
⇒ 𝐝𝟏 = = 𝟏− 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽
𝟐 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽− 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 From figure, 𝐤𝐱 𝟎 + 𝜞𝐁 = 𝐌𝐠
⇒ 𝐩𝟏 − 𝐩𝟏 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 = 𝐩𝟐 + 𝐩𝟐 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽

⇒ 𝐩𝟏 + 𝐩𝟐 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 = 𝐩𝟏 − 𝐩𝟐
𝐩𝟏 − 𝐩𝟐
𝜽 = 𝐭𝐚𝐧−𝟏
𝐩𝟏 + 𝐩𝟐
𝐋
14. There is a circular tube in a vertical plane. Two liquids which do not mix and of densities 𝐤𝐱 𝟎 + 𝒐 𝐀𝐠 = 𝐌𝐠 [mass =density × 𝐯𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐦𝐞]
𝟐
𝐝𝟏 and 𝐝𝟐 are filled in the tube. Each liquid subtends 𝟗𝟎𝐨 angle at centre. Radius joining
𝐝
𝐋
their interface makes an angle 𝜶 with vertical. Ratio 𝐝𝟏 is: [2014] ⇒ 𝐤𝐱 𝟎 = 𝐌𝐠 − 𝟎 𝐀𝐠
𝟐 𝟐
𝒐𝐋𝐀𝐠
𝐌𝐠 − 𝟐 = 𝐌𝐠 𝟏 − 𝐋𝐀𝒐
⇒ 𝐱𝟎 =
𝐤 𝐤 𝟐𝐌

Hence, extension ofthe spring when it is in equilibrium is,

𝐌𝐠 𝐋𝐀𝒐
𝐱𝟎 = 𝟏−
𝐤 𝟐𝐌

𝐝𝟏
𝟏+ 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜶 𝟏+ 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜶 𝟏+ 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜶 𝟏+ 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜶
(a) 𝟏− 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜶 (b) 𝟏− 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜶 (c) 𝟏− 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜶 (d) 𝟏− 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜶
16.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Aball is made ofa material ofdensity pwhere 𝐩𝐨𝐢𝟏 < 𝒑 < 𝐩𝐰𝐚𝐭𝐞𝐫 with 𝐩𝐨𝐢𝟏 and 𝐩𝐰𝐚𝐭𝐞𝐫
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot mg
represe‐nting the densities of oil and water, respectively. The oil and water are immiscible.
= 𝑽 𝒅 − 𝐩 𝒈 = 𝑽 𝟏. 𝟔 − 𝟎. 𝟖 𝒈 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝑽𝐠
Ifthe above ball is in equilibrium in a mixture ofthis oil and water, which ofthe following
pictures represents its equilibrium position? [2010] 𝒎 𝟎. 𝟖. 𝒎𝒈 𝒎𝒈
= 𝟎. 𝟖 𝒈= =
𝒅 𝟏𝟔 𝟐
𝒎𝒈
𝒎𝒈 = + 𝑻 ‘ 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟑𝟎∘
𝟐

𝒎𝒈
⇒ 𝟐
= 𝑻′ 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟑𝟎∘ (B)

𝟐𝑭𝒆
From (A) and (B), 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝟑𝟎∘ =
𝒎𝒈

SOLUTION : (b) From (1) and (2)

Oil will float on water so, (b) or (d) is the correct option. But density ofball is more than that ⇒ 𝑭𝒆 = 𝟐𝑭𝒆
of oil,, hence it will sink in oil. If 𝑲 be the dielectric constant, then
17. Two identical charged spheres are suspended by strings of equal lengths. The strings make 𝑭𝒆
an angle of 𝟑𝟎∘ with each other. When suspended in a liquid of density 𝟎. 𝟖𝐠𝐜𝐦−𝟑 , the angle 𝑭𝒆 =
𝑲
remains the same. If density of the material ofthe sphere is . 𝟔𝐠𝐜𝐦−𝟑 , the dielectric constant
𝟐𝑭𝒆
of the liquid is [2010] 𝑭𝒆 = ⇒𝑲=𝟐
𝑲
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1
18. Ajar is filled with two non‐mixing liquids 1 and 2 having densities 𝐩𝟏 and, 𝐩𝟐 respectively. A
SOLUTION : (c) solid ball, made of a material of density 𝐩𝟑 , is dropped in the jar. It comes to equilibrium in
the position shown in the figure.Which of the following is true for 𝐩𝟏 , 𝐩𝟐 𝐚𝐧𝐝𝐩𝟑 ? [2008]

𝑭𝒆 = 𝑻 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟑𝟎∘ and 𝒎𝒈 = 𝑻 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟑𝟎∘

𝐅𝐞 (a) 𝐩𝟑 < 𝐩𝟏 < 𝐩𝟐 (b) 𝐩𝟏 > 𝐩𝟑 > 𝐩𝟐 (c) 𝐩𝟏 < 𝐩𝟐 < 𝐩𝟑 (d) 𝐩𝟏 < 𝐩𝟑 < 𝐩𝟐
⇒ 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝟑𝟎∘ = …………. (1)
𝒎𝒈
SOLUTION : (d)
In liquid, 𝑭𝒆 ‘ = 𝑻 ‘ 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝟑𝟎∘ (A)
As liquid 1 floats over liquid 2. The lighter liquid floats over heavier liquid. So, 𝐩𝟏 < 𝐩𝟐
𝒎𝒈 = 𝑭𝑩 + 𝑻′ 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟑𝟎∘
Also 𝐩𝟑 < 𝐩𝟐 because the ball of density 𝐩𝟑 does not sink to the bottom ofthejar.
But 𝑭𝑩 = Buoyant force
Also 𝐩𝟑 > 𝐩𝟏 otherwise the ball would have floated in liquid 1.

we conclude that 𝐩𝟏 < 𝐩𝟑 < 𝐩𝟐 .

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Fluid Flow , Reynold’s Number and Bernouli’s Principle :
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Now, using Bernoulli’s equation

𝟏 𝟏 𝟐 𝟏
19. Afluid is flowing through ahorizontal pipe ofvarying crosssection, with speed 𝐯 ms 1 at a 𝑷𝑨 + 𝐩𝑽𝑨𝟐 = 𝑷𝑩 + 𝐩𝑽𝑩 𝟐
⇒ 𝑷 𝑨 − 𝑷 𝑩 = 𝐩 𝑽𝑩 − 𝑽𝑨𝟐
𝑷 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
point where the pressure is 𝑷 Pascal. At another point where pressure is Pascal its speed
𝟐
is V ms 1. Ifthe density ofthe fluid is 𝐩 kg 𝐦 and the flow is streamline, then V is equal to:
𝟑 𝟏 𝟐
𝑽𝟐𝑩 𝟑𝑽𝟐𝑩
⇒ 𝜟𝑷 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝑽𝑩 − ⇒ 𝜟𝑷 = 𝟓𝟎𝟎 ×
𝟐 𝟒 𝟒
[6 Sep. 2020 (𝐈𝐃]
𝜟𝑷 ×𝟒 𝟕𝟎𝟎 ×𝟒
𝑷 𝟐𝑷 𝑷 𝑷
⇒ 𝑽𝑩 = = 𝐦/𝐬 = 𝟏. 𝟑𝟕 × 𝟏𝟎𝟐 𝐜𝐦/𝐬 Volume flow rate 𝐐 = 𝒂𝑩 × 𝒗𝑩
𝟏𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝟏𝟓𝟎𝟎
(a) +𝐯 (b) + 𝐯𝟐 (c) + 𝐯𝟐 (d) + 𝐯𝟐
𝐩 𝐩 𝟐𝐩 𝐩
= 𝟐𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎𝟎 × 𝑽𝑩 = 𝟐𝟕𝟑𝟐𝐜𝐦𝟑 /𝐬 ≈ 𝟐𝟕𝟐𝟎𝐜𝐦𝟑 /𝐬
SOLUTION : (d)
21. An ideal fluid flows (laminar flow) through apipe ofnonuniform diameter. The maximum
Using Bernoulli’s equation and minimum diameters of the pipes are 𝟔. 𝟒 cm and 𝟒. 𝟖 cm, respectively. The ratio of the
𝟏 𝟏 minimum and the maximum velocities offluid in this pipe is: [7 Jan. 2020 𝟎𝐃]
𝑷𝟏 + 𝐩𝐮𝟐𝟏 + 𝝆𝒈𝒉𝟏 = 𝑷𝟐 + 𝐩𝐮𝟐𝟐 + 𝐩𝒈𝒉𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟗 𝟑 𝟑 𝟖𝟏
(a) 𝟏𝟔 (b) 𝟐
(c) 𝟒 (d) 𝟐𝟓𝟔
𝑷
For horizontal pipe, 𝒉𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝒉𝟐 = 𝟎 and taking 𝑷𝟏 = 𝑷, 𝑷𝟐 = , we get
𝟐
SOLUTION : (a)
𝟏 𝑷 𝟏
⇒ 𝑷 + 𝐩𝜾)𝟐 = + 𝐩𝑽𝟐 From the equation ofcontinuity 𝑨𝟏 𝒗𝟏 = 𝑨𝟐 𝒗𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝑷 𝟏 𝟏 Here, 𝒗𝟏 and 𝒗𝟐 are the velocities at two ends ofpipe. 𝐀 𝟏 and 𝐀 𝟐 are the area ofpipe at two ends
⇒ + 𝐩𝜾)𝟐 = 𝐩𝑽𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝒗𝟏 𝑨𝟐 𝝅 𝟒. 𝟖 𝟗
⇒ = = 𝟐
=
𝑷 𝒗𝟐 𝑨𝟏 𝝅 𝟔. 𝟒 𝟏𝟔
⇒𝑽= 𝟎𝟐 +
𝐩 22. Water from a tap emerges vertically downwards with an initial speed of 𝟏. 𝟎 ms 1. The
cross‐sectional area of the tap is 𝟏𝟎⊲ 𝐦𝟐 . Assume that the pressure is constant throughout
20. Water flows in a horizontal tube (see figure). The pressure ofwater changes by 700 Nm 2 the stream ofwater and that the flow is streamlined. The cross‐sectional area ofthe stream,
between A and 𝐁 where the area of cross section are 40 𝐜𝐦𝟐 and20 𝐜𝐦𝟐 , respectively. Find 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓𝐦 below the tap would be: [Take 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎 ms 2) [10 April 2019 (II)]
the rate of flow ofwater through the tube. (density ofwater = 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎 kgm 3) [9 Jan. 2020 (𝐃]
(a) 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐦𝟐 (b) 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐦𝟐 (c) 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎⊲ 𝐦𝟐 (d) 𝟏 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐦𝟐
𝐀
SOLUTION : (b)
𝟏
Using Bernoullie’s equation 𝑷 + 𝟐 𝒗𝟐𝟏 − 𝒗𝟐𝟐 + 𝝆𝒈𝒉 = 𝑷

(a) 3020 𝐜𝐦𝟑 /𝐬 (b) 2720 𝐜𝐦𝟑 /𝐬 (c) 2420 𝐜𝐦𝟑 /𝐬 (d) 1810 𝐜𝐦𝟑 /𝐬 ⇒ 𝒗𝟐𝟐 = 𝒗𝟐𝟏 + 𝟐𝒈𝒉 ⇒ 𝒗𝟐 = 𝒗𝟐𝟏 + 𝟐𝒈𝒉

SOLUTION : (b) Equation ofcontinuity 𝐀 𝟏 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐀 𝟐 𝐯𝟐

According to question, area of cross‐section at 𝑨, 𝒂𝑨 = 𝟒𝟎𝐜𝐦𝟐 and at 𝑩, 𝒂𝑩 = 𝟐𝟎𝐜𝐦𝟐
𝟏𝟓
𝟏𝐜𝐦𝟐 𝟏𝐦/𝐬 = 𝐀 𝟐 𝟏 𝟐 + 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎 ×
Let velocity ofliquid flow at 𝑨, = 𝑽𝑨 and at 𝑩, = 𝑽𝑩 𝟏𝟎𝟎

Using equation of continuity 𝒂𝑨 𝑽𝑨 = 𝒂𝑩 𝑽𝑩

𝟏𝟎−𝟒
𝟏𝟎⊲ × 𝟏 = 𝐀 𝟐 × 𝟐 ; 𝐀 𝟐 = 𝟐
= 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐦𝟐
𝟒𝟎𝑽𝑨 = 𝟐𝟎𝑽𝑩 ⇒ 𝟐𝑽𝑨 = 𝑽𝑩
23.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Water from a pipe is coming at a rate of 100 liters per minute. If the radius of the pipe is 5 25.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
The top of a water tank is open to air and its water lavel is maintained. It is giving out
cm, the Reynolds number for the flow is ofthe order of: (density ofwater = 1000 𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 , 𝟎. 𝟕𝟒𝐦𝟑 water per minute through a circular opening of2 cm radius in its wall. The depth
coefficient ofviscosity ofwater = 𝟏𝐦𝐏𝐚𝒔) [𝟖April 2019 I] ofthe centre ofthe opening from the level ofwater in the tank is close to: [𝟗𝐉𝐚𝐧. 2019 (II)]

(a) 𝟏𝟎𝟑 (b) 𝟏𝟎𝟒 (c) 𝟏𝟎𝟐 (d) 𝟏𝟎𝟔 (a) 𝟔. 𝟎𝐦 (b) 𝟒. 𝟖𝐦 (c) 𝟗. 𝟔𝐦 (d) 𝟐. 𝟗𝐦

SOLUTION : (b) SOLUTION : . (b)

𝟏𝟎𝟎×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝟎.𝟕𝟒
Rate offlow ofwater(V) = 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝐥𝐢𝐭/ 𝐦𝐢𝐧 =
𝟓
× 𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦𝟑 Here, volume tric flow rate = = 𝝅𝐫 𝟐 𝐯 = 𝝅 × 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎→𝖙 × 𝟐𝐠𝐡
𝟔𝟎 𝟔𝟎

𝑽 𝟓×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝟏𝟎 𝟐 𝟕𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟕𝟒𝟎

Velocity of flow ofwater 𝒗 = = 𝟐 = = 𝐦/𝐬 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝐦/𝐬 ⇒ 𝟐𝐠𝐡 = ⇒ 𝟐𝐠𝐡 =
𝑨 𝟑×× 𝟓×𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝟏𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝟒𝟎𝝅 𝟐𝟒𝝅
𝑫𝒗𝐩 𝟑𝝅 𝟕𝟒𝟎 × 𝟕𝟒𝟎
Reynold number 𝐍𝐑 = 𝜼
= 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 × 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟏
= 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 ⇒ 𝟐𝐠𝐡 = ⋅.⋅ 𝝅𝟐 = 𝟏𝟎
𝟐𝟒 × 𝟐𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎
Order 𝐨𝐟𝐍𝐑 = 𝟏𝟎𝟒 𝟕𝟒 × 𝟕𝟒
⇒𝐡= ≈ 𝟒. 𝟖𝐦
𝟐 × 𝟐𝟒 × 𝟐𝟒
24. Water flows into a large tank with flat bottom at the rate of 1𝟎−𝟒 𝐦𝟑 𝐬−( 𝟏) Water is also
leaking out ofa hole of area 1 𝐜𝐦𝟐 at its bottom. If the height ofthe water in the tank i. e., The depth ofthe centre ofthe opening from the level ofwater in the tank is close to 𝟒. 𝟖𝐦
remains steady, then this height is: [10 Jan. 2019 I]
26. When an air bubble ofradius 𝐫 rises from the bottom to thesurface of a lake, its radius
𝟓𝐫
(a) 𝟓. 𝟏 cm (b) 7 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 9 cm becomes 𝟒
Taking the atmospheric pressure to be equal to 𝟏𝟎𝐦 height of water column,
the depth of the lake would approximately be (ignore the surface tension and the effect
SOLUTION : . (a)
oftemperature): [Online Apri115, 2018]

(a) 𝟏𝟎. 𝟓𝐦 (b) 𝟖. 𝟕𝐦 (c) 𝟏𝟏𝟐𝐦 (d) 𝟗. 𝟓𝐦

SOLUTION : . (d)

Using 𝐏𝟏 𝐕𝟏 = 𝐏𝟐 𝐕𝟐

𝟒 𝟑 𝟒 𝟏𝟐𝟓𝒓𝟑
𝑷𝟏 𝝅𝒓 = 𝑷𝟐 𝝅
𝟑 𝟑 𝟔𝟒
𝐩𝒈 𝟏𝟎 + 𝐩𝒈𝒉 𝟏𝟐𝟓
=
𝐩𝒈 𝟏𝟎 𝟔𝟒
−𝝉𝐐𝐨𝐮𝐭 640+64 𝒉 = 𝟏𝟐𝟓𝟎

Since height ofwater column is constant therefore, water inflowrate 𝐐𝐦 On solving we get 𝒉 = 𝟗. 𝟓𝐦

= water outflow rate 27. Two tubes ofradii 𝒓𝟏 and 𝒓𝟐 , and lengths 𝒍𝟏 and 𝒍𝟐 , respectively, are connected in series and
a liquid flows through each ofthem in streamline conditions. 𝐏𝟏 and 𝐏𝟐 are pressure
𝐐𝐢𝐧 = 𝟏𝟎→↓ 𝐦𝟑 𝐬𝟏 𝒍
differences across the two tubes. If 𝐏𝟐 is 𝟒𝐏𝟏 and 𝒍𝟐 is 𝟒𝟏 , then the radius 𝐫𝟐 will oe equal to:
𝐐𝐨𝐮𝐭 = 𝐀𝐮 = 𝟏𝟎→𝒍 × 𝟐𝐠𝐡
[Online April 9, 2017]
𝟏𝟎⊲ = 𝟏𝟎⊲ × 𝟐𝟎 × 𝐡 𝒓𝟏
(a) 𝒓𝟏 (b) 𝟐𝒓𝟏 (c) 𝟒𝒓𝟏 (d)
𝟐
𝟏
𝐡= 𝐦 = 𝟓 cm
𝟐𝟎

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION : (d) 29.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Ifit takes 5 minutes to fill a 15 litre bucket 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 a water tap of diameter
𝟐
𝝅
cm then the
The volume ofliquid flowing through both the tubes i. e., rate offlow ofliquid is same. Reynolds number for the flow is (density of water = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 ) and viscosity of water
= 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 Pa. s) close to : [Online April 10, 2015]
𝝅𝐏𝟏 𝐫𝟏𝟒 𝝅𝐏𝟐 𝐫𝟐𝟒 𝐏𝟏 𝐫𝟏𝟒 𝐏𝟐 𝐫𝟐𝟒
Therefore, 𝐕 = 𝐕𝟏 = 𝐕𝟐 i.e., = or =
𝟖𝜼𝒍𝟏 𝟖𝜼𝒍𝟐 𝒍𝟏 𝒍𝟐 (a) 1100 (b) 11,000 (c) 550 (d) 5500
𝐏𝟐 = 𝟒𝐏𝟏 and 𝒍𝟐 = 𝒍𝟏 /𝟒 SOLUTION : . (d)
𝐏𝟏 𝐫𝟏𝟒 𝟒𝐏𝟏 𝐫𝟐𝟒 𝐫𝟏𝟒 𝟐 𝟏
= ⇒ 𝐫𝟐𝟒 = Given: Diameter of water tap = 𝝅
cm Radius, 𝒓 = 𝝅
× 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝐦
𝒍𝟏 𝒍𝟏 /𝟒 𝟏𝟔
𝒅𝒎
𝐫𝟐 = 𝐫𝟏 /𝟐 = 𝐩𝐀𝐕
𝒅𝒕
28. Consider a waterjar ofradius 𝐑 that has water filled up to height 𝐇 and is kept on a stand 𝟐
𝟏𝟓 𝟏
ofheight 𝐡 (see figure). Through a hole ofradius 𝐫(𝐫 << 𝑹) at its bottom, the water leaks out = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 × 𝝅 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 𝐕 ⇒ 𝐕 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓𝐦/𝐬
𝟓×𝟔𝟎 𝝅
and the stream of water coming down towards the ground has a shape like a funnel as
𝐩𝑽𝒓
shown in the figure. Ifthe radius ofthe cross‐section ofwater stream when it hits the ground Reynold’s number, 𝑹𝒆 = 𝒏
is 𝐱. Then : [Online April 9, 2016]
𝟑 𝟐
𝟏𝟎 × 𝟎. 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐
𝝅
= ≅ 𝟓𝟓𝟎𝟎
𝟏𝟎−𝟑
30. An open glass tube is immersed in mercury in such a way that a length of 8 cm extends
above the mercury level. The open end ofthe tube is then closed and sealed and the tube is
raised vertically up by additional 46 cm. What will be length ofthe air colunm above
mercury in the tube now? (Atmospheric pressure = 𝟕𝟔 cm ofHg) [2014]

(a) 16 cm (b) 22 cm (c) 38 cm (d) 6 cm

→ 𝟐𝐱 ←
𝟏 𝟏
SOLUTION : (a)
𝐇 𝐇 𝐇 𝟐 𝐇
𝟒 𝟐
(a) 𝐱 = 𝐫 𝐇+𝐡
(b) 𝐱 = 𝐫 𝐇+𝐡
(c) 𝐱 = 𝐫 𝐇+𝐡
(d) 𝐱 = 𝐫 𝐇+𝐡

SOLUTION : (a)
𝟏 𝟏
According to Bernoulli’s Principle, 𝟐
𝝆𝐯𝟏𝟐 + 𝝆𝐠𝐡 = 𝟐 𝝆𝐯𝟐𝟐

𝐯𝟏𝟐 + 𝟐𝐠𝐡 = 𝐯𝟐𝟐

𝟐𝐠𝐇 + 𝟐𝐠𝐡 = 𝐯𝟐𝟐 (i)

Length ofthe air column above mercury in the tube is, 𝑷 + 𝒙 = 𝑷𝟎
𝐚𝟏 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐚𝟐 𝐯𝟐
⇒ 𝑷 = 𝟕𝟔 − 𝒙
𝐫𝟐
𝝅𝐫 𝟐 𝟐𝐠𝐡 = 𝝅𝐱 𝟐 𝐯𝟐 ; 𝐱𝟐
𝟐𝐠𝐡 = 𝐯𝟐
⇒ 𝟖 × 𝑨 × 𝟕𝟔 = 𝟕𝟔 − 𝒙 × 𝐀 × 𝟓𝟒 − 𝒙
𝐫𝟒
Substituting the value 𝐨𝐟𝐯𝟐 in equation (i) 𝟐𝐠𝐇 + 𝟐𝐠𝐡 = 𝐱𝟒 𝟐𝐠𝐡 𝒙 = 𝟑𝟖

or, 𝐱 = 𝐫| 𝐇+𝐡 |
𝐇 𝟏
𝟒
Thus, length ofair column = 𝟓𝟒 − 𝟑𝟖 = 𝟏𝟔 cm.
31.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
In the diagram shown, the difference in the two tubes of the manometer is 5 cm, the cross
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : (b)
section ofthe tube at 𝐀 and 𝐁 is 6 𝐦𝐦𝟐 and 10 𝐦𝐦𝟐 respectively. The rate at which water 𝒅𝒉
flows through the tube is 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬−𝟐 [Online Apri119, 2014] Let the rate offalling water level be − 𝒅𝒕

𝟓𝐜𝐜 𝟎𝐜𝐜
(a) 𝟕. (b) 𝟖. 𝐜 𝟏𝟎. 𝟎𝐜𝐜/𝐬 (d) 𝟏𝟐. 𝟓𝐜𝐜/𝐬
𝐬 𝐬
Integrating both sides
SOLUTION : (a)
𝒕 𝟎
𝟏 𝟏 𝑨
According to Bernoulli’s theorem, 𝐏𝟏 + 𝟐 𝐩𝐯𝟏𝟐 = 𝐏𝟐 + 𝟐 𝝆𝐯𝟐𝟐 𝒅𝒕 = − 𝒉−𝟏/𝟐 𝒅𝒉
𝟎 𝟐𝒈𝝅𝒂𝟐 𝒉

𝐯𝟐𝟐 − 𝐯𝟏𝟐 = 𝟐𝐠𝐡 …….. (1) 𝟎

𝒕
𝑨 𝒉𝟏/𝟐
𝒕 =− .
According to the equation of continuity 𝐀 𝟏 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐀 𝟐 𝐯𝟐 ………. (2) 𝟎
𝟐𝒈𝝅𝒂𝟐 𝟏/𝟐 𝒉

𝐀𝟏 𝟔𝐦𝐦𝟐
= 𝟐𝑨 𝒉
𝐀 𝟐 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐦𝟐 𝒕=
𝝅𝒂𝟐 𝒈
𝐀 𝐯 𝟔
From equation (2), 𝐀𝟏 = 𝐯𝟐 = 𝟏𝟎
𝟐 𝟏
33. Water is flowing at a speed of 𝟏. 𝟓𝐦𝐬−𝟏 through horizontal tube ofcross‐sectional area
or, 𝐯𝟐 = 𝟏𝟎 𝐯𝟏
𝟔 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝐦𝟐 and you are trying to stop the flow by your palm. Assuming that the water stops
immediately after hitting the palm, the minimum force that you must exert should be
Putting this value 𝐨𝐟𝐯𝟐 in equation (1) (density ofwater = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐤𝐠𝐦−𝟑 ) [Online April 9, 2014]

𝟔 𝟐 (a) 𝟏𝟓𝐍 (b) 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝐍 (c) 𝟑𝟑. 𝟕𝐍 (d) 𝟒𝟓𝐍

𝟐
𝐯 − 𝐯𝟏 = 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 × 𝟓
𝟏𝟎 𝟏 SOLUTION : (a)
𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦/𝐬𝟐 = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐜𝐦/𝐬𝟐
For 1 𝐦 length ofhorizontal tube
𝟏𝟎
Solving we get 𝐯𝟏 = 𝟖 Mass ofwater 𝐌 =density × volume = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 ×area × lengLh = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 × 𝟏 = 𝟏𝟎 kg
𝟔×𝟏𝟎 𝜟𝒑
Therefore the rate at which water flows through the tube = 𝐀 𝟏 𝐯𝟏 = 𝐀 𝟐 𝐯𝟐 = 𝟖
= 𝟕. 𝟓𝐜𝐜/𝐬 Therefore minimum force = (rate of change of momentum) = 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟏. 𝟓 = 𝟏𝟓𝑵
𝜟𝒕

32. A cylindrical vessel ofcross‐section A contains water to a height 𝐡. There is a hole in the 34. Air ofdensity 𝟏. 𝟐 kg 𝐦−𝟑 is blowing across the horizontal wings ofan aeroplane in such a
bottom ofradius ‘a’. The time in which it will be emptied is: [Online Apri112, 2014] way that its speeds above and below the wings are 150 𝐦𝐬−𝟏 and 100 𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 , respectively.
The pressure difference between the upper and lower sides ofthe wings, is:
𝟐𝐀 𝐡 𝟐𝐀 𝐡 𝟐 𝟐𝐀 𝐡 𝐀 𝐡
(a) 𝝅𝐚𝟐 (b) 𝝅𝐚𝟐 (c) 𝝅𝐚𝟐
(d) 𝟐𝝅𝐚𝟐
𝐠 𝐠 𝐠 𝐠
[OnlineApril 2𝟐, 𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑]

(a) 𝟔𝟎𝐍𝐦−𝟐 (b) 𝟏𝟖𝟎𝐍𝐦−𝟐 (c) 𝟕𝟓𝟎𝟎𝐍𝐦−𝟐 (d) 𝟏𝟐𝟓𝟎𝟎𝐍𝐦−𝟐

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION : (c)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Viscosity and Terminal Velocity :
𝟏 𝟏
Pressure difference𝐏𝟐 − 𝐏𝟏 = 𝐩 𝐯𝟐𝟐 − 𝐯𝟏𝟐 = × 𝟏. 𝟐 𝟏𝟓𝟎 𝟐
− 𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟐
36. Water is flowing through a horizontal tube having crosssectional areas ofits two ends being
𝟐 𝟐

𝟏
𝑨 and 𝑨′ such that the ratio AlA’ is 5. Ifthe pressure difference ofwater between the two
−𝟐
= 𝟐 × 𝟏. 𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟓𝟎𝟎 − 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟕𝟓𝟎𝟎𝐍𝐦 ends is 𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐍𝐦−𝟐 , the velocity of water with which it enters the tube will be (neglect
gravity effects) [Online May 12, 2012]
35. In a cylindrical water tank, there are two small holes 𝑨 and 𝑩 on the wall at a depth 𝐨𝐟𝒉𝟏 ,
from the surface ofwater and at a height 𝐨𝐟𝒉𝟐 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the bottom ofwater tank. Surface (a) 𝟓𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 (b) 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬−𝟏 (c) 25 𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 (d) 𝟓𝟎 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬−𝟏
ofwater is at heigh 𝑯 from the bottom ofwater tank. Water coming out from both holes
strikes the ground at the same point 𝑺. Find the ratio os h1 and h2 SOLUTION : (a)
𝟏 𝟏
According to Bernoulli’ 𝐬 theorem 𝑷𝟏 + 𝟐 𝐩𝒗𝟐𝟏 = 𝑷𝟐 + 𝟐 𝐩𝒗𝟐𝟐 (i) From question,

𝑨𝟏
𝑷𝟏 − 𝑷𝟐 = 𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 , =𝟓
𝑨𝟐

According to equation of continuity 𝑨𝟏 𝒗𝟏 = 𝑨𝟐 𝒗𝟐 ⇒ 𝒗𝟐 = 𝟓𝒗𝟏

𝟏
From equation (i) 𝑷𝟏 − 𝑷𝟐 = 𝟐 𝐩 𝒗𝟐𝟐 − 𝒗𝟐𝟏
(a) Depends on 𝑯 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 2: 2 (d) 1: 2 𝟏
or 𝟑 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 = 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝟓𝒗𝟐𝟏 − 𝒗𝟐𝟏
SOLUTION : . (b)
⇒ 𝟔𝟎𝟎 = 𝟔𝒗𝟏 × 𝟒𝒗𝟏

⇒ 𝒗𝟐𝟏 = 𝟐𝟓

𝒗𝟏 = 𝟓𝐦/𝐬

37. A square hole of side length 𝓵 is made at a depth ofh and a circular hole ofradius 𝐫 is made
at a depth 𝐨𝐟𝟒𝐡𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the surface ofwater in a water tank kept on a horizontal surface. If
𝓵 << 𝒉, 𝒓 << 𝒉 and the rate ofwater flow from the holes is the same, then 𝐫 is equal to
[May7, 2012]
i.e. 𝑹𝟏 = 𝑹𝟐 = 𝑹 or, 𝒗𝟏 𝒕𝟏 = 𝒗𝟐 𝒕𝟐 (i)

Where 𝒗𝟏 = velocity of efflux at 𝑨 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉𝟏 and

𝒗𝟐 = velocity of efflux at 𝑩 = (𝟐𝒈 𝐇 − 𝒉𝟐

𝟐(𝐇−𝒉𝟏
𝒕𝟏 = time of fall water stream through 𝑨 = 𝒈

𝟐𝒉𝟐
𝒕𝟐 = time of fall ofthe water stream through 𝑩 = 𝒈
Putting these values is eqn (i) we get 𝓵 𝓵 𝓵 𝓵
(a) 𝟐𝝅
(b) 𝟑𝝅
(c) 𝟑𝝅 (d) 𝟐𝝅
𝑯 − 𝒉𝟏 𝒉𝟏 = 𝑯 − 𝒉𝟐 𝒉𝟐 or 𝑯 − 𝒉𝟏 + 𝒉𝟐 𝒉𝟏 − 𝒉𝟐 = 𝟎

Here, 𝑯 = 𝒉𝟏 + 𝒉𝟐 is irrelevant because the holes are at 𝒍𝜼 = 𝟏

two different heights. Hence 𝒉𝟏 = 𝒉𝟐

 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : . (a) 40.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
In an experiment to 𝐕𝐞𝐫𝐢𝖍𝒓𝐬tokeS l𝐚𝐖, asmall spherical ball of radius 𝒓 and density 𝐩 falls
under gravity through a distance 𝒉 in air before entering a tank ofwater. Ifthe terminal
As 𝑨𝟏 𝒗𝟏 = 𝑨𝟐 𝒗𝟐 (Principle of continuity)
velocityof the ball inside water is same as its velociLyjust before enterin 𝐠 the water
or, 𝓵𝟐 𝟐𝒈𝒉 = 𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝟐𝒈 × 𝟒𝒉 surface, then the value ofh is proportional to: (ignore viscosity of air) [5 Sep. 2020 (II)]

(a) 𝒓𝟒 (b) 𝒓 (c) 𝒓𝟑 𝐝 𝒓𝟐

(Efflux velocity = 𝟐𝐠𝐡)
SOLUTION : (a)
𝓵𝟐 𝓵𝟐 𝓵
𝒓𝟐 = or 𝒓 = =
𝟐𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟐𝝅 Using, 𝒗𝟐 − 𝒖𝟐 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉 ⇒ 𝒗𝟐 − 𝟎𝟐 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉 ⇒ 𝒗 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉
38. Water is flowing continuouslyfiom atap having an internal diameter 𝟖 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦. The water 𝟐 𝒓𝟐 𝐩−𝟎 𝒈
Terminal velocity, 𝑽𝑻 = 𝟗
velocity as it leaves the tap is 𝟎. 𝟒𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 . The diameter ofthe water stream at a distance 2 𝜼

× 𝟏𝟎−𝟏 𝐦 below the tap is close to: [2011]

After falling through 𝒉 the velocity should be equal to terminal velocity
(a) 𝟕. 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦 (b) 𝟗. 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦 (c) 𝟑. 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦 (d) 𝟓. 𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦
𝟐 𝒓𝟐 𝐩 − 𝟎 𝒈 𝟒𝒓𝟒 𝒈𝟐 𝐩 − 𝟎 𝟐
𝟐𝒈𝒉 = ⇒ 𝟐𝒈𝒉 =
SOLUTION : (c) 𝟗 𝜼 𝟖𝟏𝜼𝟐

𝟏
Using Bernoulli’s theorem, for horizontal flow 𝑷𝟎 + 𝟐 𝐩𝒗𝟐𝟏 + 𝐩𝒈𝒉 = 𝑷𝟎 + 𝟐 𝐩𝒗𝟐𝟐 + 𝟎
𝟏 𝟐𝒓𝟒 𝒈 𝐩 − 𝟎 𝟐
⇒𝒉= ⇒ 𝒉𝜶𝒓𝟒
𝟖𝟏𝜼𝟐

𝒗𝟐 = 𝒗𝟏𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒉 = 𝟎𝟏𝟔 + 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟎. 𝟐 = 𝟐. 𝟎𝟑𝐧 𝐬 41. A solid sphere, of radius 𝐑 acquires a terminal velocity 𝒗𝟏 when falling (due to gravity)
through a viscous fluid having a coefficient ofviscosity 𝜼. The sphere is broken into 27
According to equation of continuity 𝑨𝟐 𝒗𝟐 = 𝑨𝟏 𝒗𝟏 identical solid spheres. If each of these spheres acquires a terminal velocity, 𝒗𝟐 , when
falling through the Same fluid, the ratio 𝒗𝟏 𝒍𝒗𝟐 equals: [12 April 2019 (II)]
𝑫𝟐𝟐 𝑫𝟐𝟏
𝝅 × 𝒗𝟐 = 𝝅 𝒗 (a) 9 (b) 1/27 (c) 1/9 (d) 27
𝟒 𝟒 𝟏

𝒗𝟏 SOLUTION : (a)
⇒ 𝑫𝟐 = 𝑫𝟏 = 𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦
𝒗𝟐 𝟒 𝟒 𝑹
𝟐𝟕 × 𝝅𝒓𝟑 = 𝝅𝒓𝟑 or 𝒓 =
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑

39. A cylinder ofheight 20 𝐦 is completely filled with water. The velocity ofefflux ofwater (in Terminal velocity, 𝒗 ∝ 𝒓𝟐
𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 ) through a small hole on the side wall ofthe cylinder near its bottom is [2002]
𝒗𝟏 𝒓𝟐𝟏
(a) 10 (b) 20 (c) 𝟐𝟓. 𝟓 (d) 5 =
𝒗𝟐 𝒓𝟐𝟐
SOLUTION : (b) 𝒗𝟏
𝒓𝟐𝟐
or 𝒗𝟐 =
Given, Height ofcylinder, 𝐡 = 𝟐𝟎 cm Acceleration due to gravity, 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬 −𝟐 𝒓𝟏𝟐

𝟏
Velocity ofefflux 𝒗 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉 𝒗𝟏 =
𝟗
Where 𝒉 is the height ofthe free surface ofliquid from th 𝐞 hole

⇒ 𝒗 = 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟐𝟎 = 𝟐𝟎𝐦/𝐬

42.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
Which of the following option correctly describes the variation ofthe speed 𝐯 and 44.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
The average mass ofrain drops is 𝟑. 𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟓 kg and their avarage terminal velocity is 9
acceleration’a’ ofa point mass falling vertically in a viscous medium that applies a force 𝐦/𝐬. Calculate the energy transferred by rain to each square metre ofthe surface at a place
𝜞 = −𝐤𝐯, where ↑ 𝐤 ′ is a constant, on the 𝐭 𝐗) 𝐝𝐲? (Graphs are schematic and not drawn to which receives 100 cm ofrain in a year. [Online April 11, 2014]
scale) [Online April 9, 2016]
(a) 𝟑. 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐉 (b) 𝟒. 𝟎𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 𝐉 (c) 𝟑. 𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎𝟓 𝐉 (d) 𝟗. 𝟎 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 𝐉

SOLUTION : (b)

Total volume ofrain drops, received 100 cm in a year byarea 1 𝐦𝟐

𝟏𝟎𝟎
= 𝟏𝐦𝟐 × 𝐦 = 𝟏𝐦𝟑
𝟏𝟎𝟎

As we know, density ofwater, 𝒅 = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑

Therefore, mass ofthis volume ofwater 𝑴 = 𝒅 × 𝒗 = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 × 𝟏 = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 kg

Average terminal velocity ofrain drop 𝒗 = 𝟗𝐦/𝐬 (given)

𝟏 𝟏
Therefore, energy transferred by rain,𝑬 = 𝟐 𝒎𝒗𝟐 = 𝟐 × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 × 𝟗 𝟐

𝟏
= × 𝟏𝟎𝟑 × 𝟖𝟏 = 𝟒. 𝟎𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟒 𝐉
𝟐
45. A tank with a small hole at the bottom has been filled with water and kerosene (specific
gravity 𝟎. 𝟖). The height of water is 𝟑𝐦 and that of kerosene 𝟐𝐦. When the hole is opened
the velocity of fluid coming out from it is nearly: (take 𝐠 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬 −𝟐 and density ofwater
SOLUTION : (c) = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 kg 𝐦−𝟑 ) [Online April 11, 2014]

When a point mass is falling vertically in a viscous medium, the medium or viscous fluid (a) 𝟏𝟎. 𝟕𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 (b) 𝟗. 𝟔𝐦𝐬 −𝟏 (c) 𝟖. 𝟓𝐦𝐬−𝟏 (d) 𝟕. 𝟔𝐦𝐬−𝟏
exerts drag force on the body to oppose its motion and at one stage body falling with
constant terminal velocity. SOLUTION : (b)

43. The velocity ofwater in a river is 18 𝐤𝐦/𝐡𝐫 near the surface. Ifthe river is 5 𝐦 deep, find the According to Toricelli’s theorem, Velocity ofefflex,
shearing stress between the horizontal layers ofwater. The co‐efficient ofviscosity of water
𝑽𝐞𝐟𝐟 = 𝟐𝒈𝒉 = 𝟐 × 𝟗𝟖 × 𝟓 ≅ 𝟗. 𝟖𝐦𝐬−𝟏
= 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 poise. [Online April 19, 2014]
46. In an experiment, a small steel ball falls through a liquid at a constant speed of10 𝐜𝐦/𝐬.
(a) 𝟏𝟎−𝟏 𝐍/𝐦𝟐 (b) 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝐍/𝐦𝟐 (c) 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐍/𝐦𝟐 (d) 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 𝐍/𝐦𝟐
Ifthe steel ball is pulled upward with a force equal to twice its effective weight, how fast will
SOLUTION : (b) it move upward? [Online April 25, 2013]

𝜼 = 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 poise (a) 5 𝐜𝐦/𝐬 (b) Zero (c) 10 𝐜𝐦/𝐬 (d) 20 𝐜𝐦/𝐬

𝟏𝟖𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝒗 = 𝟏𝟖𝐤𝐦/𝐡 = = 𝟓𝐦/𝐬 𝒍 = 𝟓𝐦
𝟑𝟔𝟎𝟎

𝒗
Strain rate = 𝒍

𝐬𝐡𝐞𝐚𝐫𝐢𝐧𝐠𝐬𝐭𝐫𝐞𝐬𝐬
Coefficient of viscosity, 𝜼 =
𝐬𝐭𝐫𝐚𝐢𝐧𝐫𝐚𝐭𝐞

𝟓
Shearing stress = 𝜼 × strain rate = 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 × = 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝐍𝐦−𝟐
𝟓
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SOLUTION : ( c)
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝑽𝐩𝒈 = 𝟔𝝅𝜼𝒓𝒗 + 𝑽𝐩𝒑 𝒈

⇒ 𝑽𝒈 𝐩 − 𝐩𝓵 = 𝟔𝝅𝜼𝒓𝒗

Also 𝑽𝒈 𝐩 − 𝐩′𝒊 = 𝟔𝝅𝜼′ 𝒓𝒗′

𝐩 − 𝐩𝒍
𝒗′ 𝜼′ = × 𝒗𝜼
𝐩 − 𝐩𝒍
𝟒
Weight of the body𝐖 = 𝐦𝐠 = 𝝅𝐫 𝟑 𝐩𝐠
𝟑 𝐩 − 𝐩𝒑 ′ 𝒗𝜼
⇒ 𝒗′ = ×
𝟒 𝐩 − 𝐩𝒑 𝜼’
𝐓 = 𝟑 𝝅𝐫 𝒐𝐠 and 𝜞 = 𝟔𝝅𝜼𝐯𝐫
𝟑

𝟕. 𝟖 − 𝟏. 𝟐 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟖. 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒
When the body attains terminal velocity net force acting on the body is zero. = ×
𝟕. 𝟖 − 𝟏 𝟏𝟑. 𝟐
i. e., W‐T −𝜞 = 𝟎
𝒗′ = 𝟔. 𝟐𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 𝐜𝐦/𝐬
𝟐 𝐫 𝟐 𝐩−𝟎 𝐠
And terminal velocity 𝐯 = 𝟗 𝜼 49. A spherical solid ball ofvolume 𝑽 is made of a material of density 𝐩𝟏 . It is falling through a
liquid of density 𝐩𝟏 (𝐩𝟐 < 𝐩𝟏 ) . Assume that the liquid applies a viscous force on the ball that
As in case of upward motion upward force is twice its effective weight, therefore,
is proportional to the square of its speed 𝐯, i.e., 𝜞𝐯𝐢𝐬𝐜𝐨𝐮𝐬 = −𝒌𝒚𝟐 (𝒌 > 𝟎) . The terminal speed
it will move with same speed 10 𝐜𝐦/𝐬 ofthe ball is [2008]

47. The terminal velocity of a small sphere of radius 𝐚 in a viscous liquid is proportional to (a)
𝑽𝒈 𝐩𝟏 −𝐩𝟐
(b)
𝑽𝒈𝐩𝟏
(c)
𝑽𝒈𝐩𝟏
(d)
𝑽𝒈 𝐩𝟏 −𝐩𝟐
𝒌 𝒌 𝒌 𝒌
[Online May 26, 2012]
SOLUTION : (a)
(a) 𝐚𝟐 (b) 𝐚𝟑 (c) 𝐚 (d) 𝐚−𝟏
When the ball attains terminal velocity
SOLUTION : . (a)
Weight ofthe ball = Buoyant force + Viscous force
Terminal velocity in a viscous medium is given by:
𝑽𝐩𝟐 𝒈
𝟐𝒂𝟐 𝐩 − 𝟎 𝒈
𝑽𝑻 =
𝟗𝜼

𝑽𝑻 ∝ 𝒂𝟐

48. Ifa ball of steel (density 𝐩 = 𝟕. 𝟖𝐠𝐜𝐦−𝟑 ) attains a terminal velocity of 10 cm 𝐬 −𝟏 when falling
in water (Coefficient of viscosity 𝜼𝐰𝐚𝐭𝐞𝐫 = 𝟖. 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 Pa.s), then, its terminal velocity in
glycerine (𝐩 = 𝟏. 𝟐𝐠𝐜𝐦−𝟑 , 𝜼 = 𝟏𝟑. 𝟐 Pa. s) would be, nearly [2011 𝐑𝐒] 𝑾 = 𝑽𝐏𝟏 𝒈

(a) 𝟔. 𝟐𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 cm 𝐬 −𝟏 (b) 𝟔. 𝟒𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 cm 𝐬−𝟏 𝑽𝐩𝟏 𝒈 = 𝑽𝐩𝟐 𝒈 + 𝒌𝒗𝒕𝟐 ⇒ 𝒚𝒈 𝐩𝟏 −𝐩𝟐 𝒈=𝒌𝒗𝟐𝒕

(c) 𝟏. 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎 −𝟓
cm 𝐬 −𝟏
(d) 𝟏. 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎 −𝟓
cm 𝐬 −𝟏
𝑽𝒈 𝝆𝟏 − 𝝆𝟐
⇒ 𝒗𝒕 =
SOLUTION : (a) 𝒌

When the ball attains terminal velocity

Weight ofthe ball = viscous force + buoyant force

50.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
If the terminal speed of a sphere of gold (density = 𝟏𝟗. 𝟓𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 ) is 𝟎. 𝟐𝐦/𝐬 in a viscous
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
SURFACETENSION
liquid (density = 𝟏. 𝟓𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 ) , fmd the terminal speed of a sphere of silver (density
= 𝟏𝟎. 𝟓𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 ) ofthe same size in the same liquid [2006] Surface Tension , Surface Energy and Capillarity :
(a) 𝟎. 𝟒 𝐦/𝐬 (b) 𝟎. 𝟏𝟑𝟑 𝐦/𝐬 (c) 𝟎. 𝟏 𝐦/𝐬 (d) 𝟎. 𝟐 𝐦/𝐬 1. When a long glass capillary tube of radius 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟓 cm is dipped in a liquid, the liquid rises to
SOLUTION : (c) a height of 15 cm within it. Ifthe contact angle between the liquid and glass to close to 𝟎∘ ,
the surface tension of the liquid, in milliNewton 𝐦−𝟏 , is 𝐩 𝟏𝐢𝐪𝐮𝐢𝐝 = 𝟗𝟎𝟎𝐤𝐠𝐦−𝟑 , 𝒈 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬−𝟐
Given, (Give answer in closest integer) [NA 3 Sep. 2020 (I)]
Density ofgold, 𝐩𝐆 = 𝟏𝟗. 𝟓𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 SOLUTION : (101)
Density of silver, 𝐩𝟓 = 𝟏𝟎. 𝟓𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 Given: Radius ofcapillary tube, 𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟓 cm = 𝟏𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟓 mm 𝒉 = 𝟏𝟓 cm = 𝟏𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 mm
Density ofliquid, 𝟎 = 𝟏. 𝟓𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 Using, 𝒉 = 𝟐𝑻 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 = 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟎∘ = 𝟏
𝟐𝒓𝟐 𝐩−𝟎 𝒈
Terminal velocity, 𝒗𝑻 = 𝐩𝒈𝒓
𝟗𝜼

𝒓𝒉𝐩𝒈 𝟏𝟓×𝟏𝟎−𝟓 ×𝟏𝟓×𝟏𝟎−𝟐 ×𝟗𝟎𝟎×𝟏𝟎

𝒗𝑻𝟐 𝟏𝟎. 𝟓 − 𝟏. 𝟓 𝟗 Surface tension, 𝑻= = = 𝟏𝟎𝟏 milli newton 𝐦−𝟏
= ⇒ 𝒗𝑻𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟐 × 𝟐 𝟐
𝟎. 𝟐 𝟏𝟗. 𝟓 − 𝟏. 𝟓 𝟏𝟖
2. Pressure inside two soap bubbles are 𝟏. 𝟎𝟏 and 𝟏. 𝟎𝟐 atmosphere, respectively. The ratio of
𝒗𝑻𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝐦/𝐬 their volumes is: [3 Sep. 2020 (I)]

51. Spherical balls ofradius ‘R’ are falling in a viscous fluid ofviscosity ’ with a velocity 𝐯’. The (a) 4: 1 (b) 𝟎. 𝟖: 1 (c) 8: 1 (d) 2: 1
retarding viscous force acting on the spherical ball is [2004]
SOLUTION : (c)
(a) inversely proportional to both radius ‘R’ and velocity‘v’
According to question, pressure inside, 1st soap bubble,
(b) directly proportional to both radius ‘R’ and velocity‘v’
𝟒𝑻
𝜟𝑷𝟏 = 𝑷𝟏 − 𝑷𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏 = 𝑹 (i)
(c) directlyproportional to ‘R’ but inverselyproportional to ‘v’ 𝟏

And 𝜟𝑷𝟐 = 𝑷𝟐 − 𝑷𝟎 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐 = 𝟒𝑻 (ii)

(d) inverselyproportional to ‘R’ but directly proportional to velocity‘v’

SOLUTION : (b) 𝑹𝟐

From Stoke’s law, force of viscosity acting on a spherical body is 𝑭 = 𝟔𝝅𝜼𝒓𝒗 Dividing, equation(ii) by(i),

𝟏 𝑹𝟐
hence 𝑭 is directly proportional to radius & velocity. = ⇒ 𝑹𝟏 = 𝟐𝑹𝟐
𝟐 𝑹𝟏
𝟒
Volume 𝑽 = 𝟑 𝝅𝑹𝟑

𝑽𝟏 𝑹𝟑𝟏 𝟖𝑹𝟑𝟐 𝟖
= = 𝟑 =
𝑽𝟐 𝑹𝟑𝟐 𝑹𝟐 𝟏

3. A capillarytube made ofglass ofradius 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 mm is dipped vertically in a beaker filled with

methylene iodide (surface tension = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓𝐍𝐦−𝟏 , density = 𝟔𝟔𝟕 kg 𝐦−𝟑 ) which rises to
height 𝒉 in the tube. It is observed that the two tangents drawn 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 liquid‐glass interfaces
(from opp. sides of the capillary) make an angle 𝐨𝐟𝟔𝟎∘ with one another. Then 𝒉 is close to
𝒈 = 𝟏𝟎𝐦𝐬−𝟐 . [2 Sep. 2020 (II)]
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
(a) 𝟎. 𝟎𝟒𝟗 𝐦 (b) 𝟎. 𝟎𝟖𝟕 𝐦 (c) 𝟎. 𝟏𝟑𝟕 𝐦 (d) 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕𝟐 𝐦
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot As we know that

SOLUTION : (b) 𝟐𝐓 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 = 𝐑 𝐡

Given,Angle ofcontact 𝜽 = 𝟑𝟎∘ 𝐫𝐩𝐠

Surface tension, 𝑻 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓𝐍𝐦−𝟏 𝐓𝐇𝐠

= 𝟕. 𝟓
𝐓𝐖𝐚𝐭𝐞𝐫
Radius ofcapillarytube, 𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 mm = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦
𝐩𝐇𝐠 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽𝐇𝐠 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟏𝟑𝟓𝐨 𝟏
= 𝟏𝟑. 𝟔& = =
Density ofmethylene iodide, 𝐩 = 𝟔𝟔𝟕 kg 𝐦−𝟑 𝐏𝐰 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽𝐖 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟎𝐨 𝟐

𝐑 𝐇𝐠
=
𝐑 𝐖𝐚𝐭𝐞𝐫

𝟏 𝟏 𝟐
= 𝟕. 𝟓 × × = 𝟎. 𝟒 =
𝟏𝟑. 𝟔 𝟐 𝟓

6. If 𝐌’ is the mass ofwater that rises in a capillary tube of radius 𝐫’, then mass ofwater which
𝟑 will rise in a capillary tube of radius 𝟐𝐫 ’ is: [9 April 2019 I]
𝟐𝑻 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 𝟐×𝟎.𝟎𝟓×
Capillaryrise, 𝒉 = 𝐩𝒈𝒓
𝟐
= 𝟔𝟔𝟕×𝟏𝟎×𝟎.𝟏𝟓×𝟏𝟎−𝟑 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟖𝟕𝐦
𝐌
(a) 𝐌 (b) (c) 4 𝐌 (d) 2 𝐌
𝟐
4. A small spherical droplet ofdensity 𝒅 is floating exactly halfimmersed in a liquid ofdensity 𝐩
and surface tension T. The radius of the droplet is (take note that the surface tension SOLUTION : (d)
applies an upward force on the droplet): [9 Jan. 2020 (II)] 𝟐𝑻 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽
We have, 𝐡 =
𝒓𝐩𝒈
𝟐𝐓 𝐓 𝐓 𝟑𝐓
(a) 𝒓 = (b) 𝒓 = (c) 𝒓 = (d) 𝒓 =
𝟑 𝒅+𝐩 𝒈 𝒅−𝐩 𝒈 𝒅+𝐩 𝒈 𝟐𝒅−𝐩 𝒈 Mass of the water in the capillary

SOLUTION : (d) 𝟐𝑻 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽

𝐦 = 𝐩𝐕 = 𝐩 × 𝝅𝐫 𝟐 𝐡 = 𝐩 × 𝝅𝒓𝟐 ×
𝒓𝐩𝒈
For the drops to be in equilibrium upward force on drop = downward force on drop
⇒ 𝐦𝜶𝐫
𝟒 𝟐
𝑻. 𝟐𝝅𝑹 = 𝝅𝑹𝟑 𝒅𝒈 − 𝝅𝑹𝟑 𝝆𝒈
𝟑 𝟑 7. If two glass plates have water between them and are separated by very small distance (see
figure), it is very difficult to pull them apart. It is because the water in between forms
𝟐
⇒ 𝑻 𝟐𝝅𝑹 = 𝝅𝑹𝟑 𝟐𝒅 − 𝐩 𝒈 cylindrical surface on the side that gives rise to lower pressure in the water in comparison
𝟑
to atmosphere. If the radius of the cylindrical surface is 𝐑 and surface tension ofwater is 𝐓
𝑹𝟐 𝟑𝑻 then the pressure in water between the plates is lower by: [Online Apri110, 2015]
⇒𝑻= 𝟑
𝟐𝒅 − 𝐩 𝒈 ⇒ 𝑹 = 𝟐𝒅−𝐩 𝒈

5. The ratio of surface tensions of mercury and water is given to be 𝟕. 𝟓 while the ratio oftheir
densities is 𝟏𝟑. 𝟔. Their contact angles, with glass, are close to 𝟏𝟑𝟓𝐨 and 𝟎𝐨 , respectively. It is
observed that mercury gets depressed by an amount 𝐡 in a capillary tube ofradius 𝐫𝟏 , while 𝟐𝐓 𝟒𝐓 𝐓 𝐓
(a) (b) (c) (d)
water rises by the same amount 𝐡 in a capillary tube of radius 𝐫𝟐 . The ratio, 𝐫𝟏 /𝐫𝟐 , is then 𝐑 𝐑 𝟒𝐑 𝐑

close to: [10 April 2019 (I)] SOLUTION : (d)

(a) 4/5 (b) 2/5 (c) 3/5 (d) 2/3 8. On heating water, bubbles being formed at the bottom of the vessel detach and rise. Take
SOLUTION : (b) the bubbles to be spheres ofradius 𝐑 and making a circular contact ofradius 𝐫 with the

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

bottom ofthe vessel. 𝐈𝐟𝐫 ≪ 𝐑 and the surface tension of water is 𝐓, value of 𝐫 just before
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝐦𝐯 𝟐 = 𝟒𝝅𝐑𝟑 𝐓 −
bubbles detach is: (density of water is 𝐩𝐰 ) [2014] 𝟐 𝐫 𝐑
𝟏 𝟒 𝟏 𝟏
× 𝝅𝐑𝟑 𝐩 𝐯 𝟐 = 𝟒𝝅𝐑𝟑 𝐓 −
𝟐 𝟑 𝐫 𝐑
𝟔𝐓 𝟏 𝟏
𝐯𝟐 = −
𝐩 𝐫 𝐑

𝟔𝐓 𝟏 𝟏
↔𝟐𝐫 𝐯= −
𝐩 𝐫 𝐑
𝟐𝐩𝐰 𝐠 𝐩𝐰 𝐠 𝐩𝐰 𝐠 𝟑𝐩𝐰 𝐠
(a) 𝐑𝟐 𝟑𝐓
(b) 𝐑𝟐 𝟔𝐓
(c) 𝐑𝟐 𝐓
(d) 𝐑𝟐 𝐓 10. Two soap bubbles coalesce to form a single bubble. 𝐈𝐟𝐕 is the subsequent change in volume
ofcontained air and 𝐒 change in total surface area, 𝐓 is the surface tension and 𝐏
SOLUTION : (a) atmospheric pressure, then which ofthe following relation is correct?
When the bubble gets detached, Buoyant force = force due to surface tension [Online Apri112, 2014]

(a) 𝟒𝐏𝐕 + 𝟑𝐒𝐓 = 𝟎 (b) 𝟑𝐏𝐕 + 𝟒𝐒𝐓 = 𝟎

(c) 𝟐𝐏𝐕 + 𝟑𝐒𝐓 = 𝟎 (d) 𝟑𝐏𝐕 + 𝟐𝐒𝐓 = 𝟎

SOLUTION : (b)

Force due to excess pressure = upthrust Access pressure in air bubble =

𝟐𝐓
11. An air bubble ofradius 𝟎. 𝟏 cm is in a liquid having surface tension 𝟎. 𝟎𝟔𝐍/𝐦 and density
𝐑
𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑 . The pressure inside the bubble is 1100 𝐍𝐦−𝟐 greater than the
𝟐𝑻 𝟒𝝅𝑹𝟑 atmospheric pressure. At what depth is the bubble below the surface of the liquid?
𝝅𝒓𝟐 = 𝝆 𝒈
𝑹 𝟑𝑻 𝒘 𝐠 = 𝟗. 𝟖𝐦𝐬 −𝟐 [Online April 11, 2014]

𝟐𝑹𝟒 𝝆𝒘 𝒈 𝟐𝝆𝒘 𝒈 (a) 𝟎. 𝟏𝐦 (b) 𝟎. 𝟏𝟓𝐦 (c) 𝟎. 𝟐𝟎𝐦 (d) 𝟎. 𝟐𝟓𝐦

⇒ 𝒓𝟐 = ⇒ 𝒓 = 𝑹𝟐
𝟑𝑻 𝟑𝑻 SOLUTION : (a)

9. A large number ofliquid drops each ofradius 𝐫 coalesce to from a single drop ofradius R. Given: Radius of air bubble, 𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟏 cm = 𝟏𝟎−𝟑 𝐦
The energyreleased in the process is converted into kinetic energy of the big drop so
formed. The speed of the big drop is (given, surface tension ofliquid 𝐓, density p) Surface tension of liquid, 𝑺 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟔𝐍/𝐦 = 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝐍/𝐦

[Online Apri119, 2014, 2012] Density ofliquid, 𝐩 = 𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝐤𝐠/𝐦𝟑

𝐓 𝟏 𝟏 𝟐𝐓 𝟏 𝟏 𝟒𝐓 𝟏 𝟏 𝟔𝐓 𝟏 𝟏
Excess pressure inside the bubble, 𝐩𝐞𝐱𝐞 = 𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟎𝐍𝐦−𝟐
(a) 𝐩 𝐫
−𝐑 (b) 𝐩 𝐫
−𝐑 (c) 𝐩 𝐫
−𝐑 (d) 𝐩 𝐫
−𝐑
Depth of bubble below the liquid surface, 𝒉 =?
SOLUTION : (d) 𝟐𝒔
As we know, pExcess = 𝒉𝐩𝒈 + 𝒓
When drops combine to form a single drop ofradius R.
𝟑
𝟐 × 𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐
𝟏 𝟏 ⇒ 𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟎 = 𝒉 × 𝟏𝟎 × 𝟗. 𝟖 +
Then energy released, 𝐄 = 𝟒𝝅𝐓𝐑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟎−𝟑
𝐫 𝐑

If this energy is converted into kinetic energy then ⇒ 𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟎 = 𝟗𝟖𝟎𝟎𝒉 + 𝟏𝟐𝟎

⇒ 𝟗𝟖𝟎𝟎𝒉 = 𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟎 − 𝟏𝟐𝟎

 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot ⇒𝒉=
𝟗𝟖𝟎
= 𝟎. 𝟏𝐦
15.
Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
This question has Statement‐l and Statement‐2. Ofthe four choices given after the
𝟗𝟖𝟎𝟎 Statements, choose the one that best describes the two Statetnents.
12. Acapillarytube is immersed verticallyin water and the height ofthe water column is 𝐱. Statement‐l: A capillary is dipped in a liquid and liquid rises to a height 𝒉 in it. As the
When this arrangement is taken into a mine ofdepth 𝐝, the height ofthe water colunm is temperature ofthe liquid is raised, the height 𝒉 increases (ifthe density of the liquid and the
𝐱
𝐲. 𝐈𝐟𝐑 is the radius ofearth, the ratio is: [Online April 9, 2014] angle ofcontact remain the same).
𝐲

𝐝 𝟐𝐝 𝐑−𝐝 𝐑+𝐝 Statement‐2: Surface tension of a liquid decreases with the rise in its temperature.
(a) 𝟏 − (b) 𝟏 − (c) (d)
𝐑 𝐑 𝐑+𝐝 𝐑−𝐝
[Online April 9, 2013]
SOLUTION : (a)
(a) Statement‐l is true, Statement‐2 is true; Statement‐2 is not the correct explanation for
𝐝
Acceleration due to gravity changes with the depth, 𝐠 ′ = 𝐠 𝟏 − 𝐑 Statement‐l.

Pressure, 𝐏 = 𝐩𝐠𝐡 (b) Statement‐ 1 is false, Statement‐2 is true.

𝐱
Hence ratio, 𝐲 is 𝟏 − 𝐑
𝐝 (c) Statement‐ 1 is true, Statement‐2 is false.

(d) Statement‐l is true, Statement‐2 is true; Statement‐2 is the correct explanation for
13. Wax is coated on the inner wall ofa capillary tube and the tube is then dipped in water. Statement‐l.
Then, compared to the unwaxed capillary, the angle ofcontact 𝜽 and the height 𝒉 upto
which water rises change. These changes are: [Online April 23, 2013] SOLUTION : (b )

(a) 𝜽 increases and 𝒉 also increases (b) 𝜽 decreases and 𝒉 also decreases Surface tension of a liquid decreases with the rise in temperture. At the boiling point ofliquid,
surface tension is zero.
(c) 𝜽 increases and 𝒉 decreases (d) 𝜽 decreases and 𝒉 increases
𝟐𝐓 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽
Capillary rise 𝐡 =
SOLUTION : (c) 𝐫𝐝𝐠

Angle of contact 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 =

𝐓𝐒𝐀 −𝐓𝐒𝐋 As surface tension 𝐓 decreases with rise in temperature hence capillary rise also decreases.
𝐓𝐋𝐀
16. A thin liquid film formed between a 𝐔‐shaped wire and a light slider supports a weight of
when water is on a waxy or oily surface 𝟏. 𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝐍 (see figure). The length ofthe slider is 30 cm and its weight is negligible. The
𝐓𝐒𝐀 < 𝐓𝐒𝐋 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 is negative i. e., surface tension ofthe liquid film is [2012]

𝟗𝟎∘ < 𝜽 < 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘

i.e., angle of contact 𝜽 increases

And for 𝜽 > 𝟗𝟎∘ liquid level in capillary tube fall.

i.e., 𝐡 decreases
𝐖
14. A thin tube sealed at both ends is 100 cm long. It lies horizontally, the middle 20 cm
(a) 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟐𝟓 𝐍𝐦−𝟏 (b) 𝟎. 𝟏 𝐍𝐦−𝟏 (c) 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 𝐍𝐦−𝟏 (d) 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐𝟓 𝐍𝐦−𝟏
containing mercury and two equal ends containing air at standard atmospheric pressure. If
the tube is now turned to a vertical position, bywhat amount will the mercurybe displaced? SOLUTION : (d)
(Given : cross‐section of the tube can be assumed to be unifoim) [Online April 23, 2013] Let 𝑻 is the force due to surface tension per unit length, then 𝜞 = 𝟐𝒍𝐓
(a) 𝟐. 𝟗𝟓 cm (b) 𝟓. 𝟏𝟖 cm (c) 𝟖. 𝟔𝟓 cm (d) 𝟎. 𝟎 cm 𝒍 = length of the slider.
SOLUTION : (b) At equilibrium, 𝑭 = 𝑾

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot 𝟐𝑻𝒍 = 𝒎𝒈

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
𝒎𝒈 𝟏.𝟓×𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝟏.𝟓
⇒𝑻= = = = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐𝟓𝐍𝐦−𝟏
𝟐𝒍 𝟐×𝟑𝟎×𝟏𝟎−𝟐 𝟔𝟎

17. Work done in increasing the size ofa soap bubble 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 a radius of 3 cm to 5 cm is nearly
(Surface tension of soap solution = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟑𝐍𝐦−𝟏 ) [2011]
SOLUTION : (c)
(a) 𝟎. 𝟐𝝅𝐦𝐉 (b) 𝟐𝝅𝐦𝐉 (c) 𝟎. 𝟒𝝅𝐦𝐉 (d) 𝟒𝝅𝐦𝐉
In case of water, the meniscus shape is concave upwards.
SOLUTION : (c)
𝟐𝒐 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽
From ascent formula 𝒉 = 𝒓𝐩𝒈
Work done = increase in surface area × surface tension
The surface tension (𝝇) of soap solution is less than water.
⇒ 𝑾 = 𝟐𝑻𝟒𝝅 𝟓𝟐 − 𝟑 𝟐
× 𝟏𝟎−𝟒
Therefore height ofcapillaryrise for soap solution should be less as compared to water.
= 𝟐 × 𝟎. 𝟎𝟑 × 𝟒𝝅 𝟐𝟓 − 𝟗 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 𝐉
−𝟑 As in the case ofwater, the meniscus shape of soap solution is also concave upwards.
= 𝟎. 𝟒𝝅 × 𝟏𝟎 𝐉 = 𝟎. 𝟒𝝅𝐦𝐉
20. A20 cm long capillary tube is dipped in water. The water rises up to 8 cm. Ifthe entire
18. Two mercury drops (each of radius ‘r’) merge to form bigger drop. The surface energy ofthe
arrangement is put in a freely falling elevator the length ofwater column in the capillary
bigger drop, if 𝑻 is the surface tension, is : [2011 𝐑𝐒]
tube will be [2005]
(a) 𝟒𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝑻 (b) 𝟐𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝑻 (c) 𝟐𝟖/𝟑 𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝑻 (d) 𝟐𝟓/𝟑 𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝑻
(a) 10 cm (b) 8 cm (c) 20 cm (d) 4 cm
SOLUTION : (c)
SOLUTION : (c)
As volume remains constant
Water fills the tube entirely in gravityless condition i.e., 20 cm.
Sum of volumes of 2 smaller drops = Volume of the bigger drop
21. If two soap bubbles of different radii are connected by a tube [2004]
𝟒 𝟒
2. 𝟑 𝝅𝒓𝟑 = 𝟑 𝝅𝑹𝟑 ⇒ 𝑹 = 𝟐𝟏/𝟑 𝒓 (a) air flows 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the smaller bubble to the bigger

Surface energy = Surface tension × Surface area = 𝑻. 𝟒𝝅𝑹𝟐 (b) air flows 𝐟𝐢𝐢𝐎 𝐦 bigger bubble to the smaller bubble till the sizes are interchanged

= 𝑻𝟒𝝅𝟐𝟐/𝟑 𝒓𝟐 = 𝑻. 𝟐𝟖/𝟑 𝝅𝒓𝟐 (c) air flows 𝐟𝐢𝐢 𝐨𝐦 the bigger bubble to the smaller bubble till the sizes become equal

19. Acapillary tube(A) is dipped in water. Another identical tube (B) is dipped in a soap‐water (d) there is no flow ofair.
solution. Wmich of the following shows the relative nature ofthe liquid columns in the two
SOLUTION : (a)
tubes? [2008]
Let pressure outside be 𝑷𝟎 and 𝒓 and 𝑹 be the radius of smaller bubble and bigger bubble
respectively.
𝟐𝑻
Pressure 𝑷𝟏 For smaller bubble = 𝑷𝟎 +
𝒓

𝟐𝑻
𝑷𝟐 For bigger bubble = 𝑷𝟎 + 𝑹
(𝑹 > 𝒓)

𝑷𝟏 > 𝑷𝟐

hence air moves from smaller bubble to bigger bubble.

 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
THERMOMETRY According to kinetic theory of gases, temperature (macroscopic physical quantity) is a measure of
averagetranslationalkineticenergyofamolecule(microscopicphysicalquantity).
Heat
Although the temperature of a body can to be raised without limit, it cannot be lowered without limit
The form of energy which is exchanged among various bodies or system on account of temperature difference
and theoretically limiting low temperature is taken to be zero of the kelvin scale.
isdefinedasheat.
Highest possible temperature achieved in laboratory is about 108K while lowest possible temperature
We can change the temperature of a body by giving heat (temperature rises) or by removing heat attained is 10–8 K.
(temperaturefalls)frombody.
Temperature of the core of the sun is 107 K while that of its surface is 6000 K.
The amount of heat (Q) is given to a body depends upon it’s mass (m), change in it’s temperature
Normal temperature of human body is 310. 15 K (37°C = 98.6°F).
( °=)andnatureofmateriali.e. Q  m .c.  ;wherec=specificheatofmaterial.
NTP or STP implies 273.15K (0°C = 32°F)
Heatisascalarquantity.It’sunitsarejoule,erg,cal,kcaletc.
The calorie (cal) is defined as the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 gm of water Scales of Temperature

from 14.5°C to 15.5°C.

Boiling 212°F 100°C 373 K
Also 1 kcal = 1000 cal = 4186 J and 1 cal = 4.18 J
water

British Thermal Unit (BTU) : One BTU is the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of
Freezing 32°F 0°C 273 K
one pound (1 lb) of water from 63°F to 64°F water

1 BTU = 778 ft. lb = 252 cal = 1055 J

Fahrenheit Celsius Kelvin
Insolidsthermal energyispresentintheformofkineticenergy,inliquids,intheformoftranslatory Fig. 12.1
energy of molecules. In gas it is due to the random motion of molecules.

Heat always flowsfroma bodyof highertemperatureto lower temperature till their temperature becomes The centigrade (°C), Farenheite (°F), Kelvin (K), Reaumer (R), Rankine (Ra) are commonly used
equal(Thermalequilibrium). temperature scales.

The heat required for a given temperature increase depends only on how many atoms the sample contains, Toconstructascaleoftemperature,twofixedpointsaretaken.Firstfixedpointisthefreezingpoint(ice
not on themassof an individualatom. point)ofwater,itiscalledlowerfixedpoint(LFP).Thesecondfixedpointistheboilingpoint(steam
point)ofwater,itiscalledupperfixedpoint(UFP).
Temperature

Temperatureisdefinedasthe degreeofhotness orcoldnessof abody.The natural flowof heatisfrom higher Celsius scale : In this scale LFP (ice point) is taken 0° and UFP (steam point) is taken 100°. The
temperature to lower temperature. temperature measured on this scale all in degree Celsius (°C).

Two bodies are said to be in thermal equilibrium with each other, when no heat flows from one body to the Farenheite scale : This scale of temperature has LFP as 32°F and UFP as 212°F. The change in
other. That is when both the bodies are at the same temperature. temperature of 1°F corresponds to a change of less than 1° on Celsius scale.

Temperatureisone ofthesevenfundamentalquantities withdimension[ ].Itisascalarphysical Kelvin scale : The Kelvin temperature scale is also known as thermodynamic scale. The triple point
quantitywithS.I.unitkelvin. of water is also selected to be the zero of scale of temperature. The temperature measured on this
scale are in Kelvin (K).
When heat is given to a body and its state does not change, the temperature of the body rises and if
heatistakenfromabodyitstemperaturefallsi.e.temperaturecanberegardedastheeffectof The triple point of water is that point on a P-Tdiagramwherethethreephasesofwater,thesolid,theliquid
cause“heat”. andthegas,cancoexistinequilibrium.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Different measuring scales T x

273 .16 x Tr
Scale Symbol LFP UFP Number of divisions
 x 
T  273 .16  K
Celsius °C 0°C 100°C 100  x Tr 
Fahrenheit °F 32°F 212°F 180 Faulty Thermometer:
Reaumer °R 0°R 80°R 80  If the reading on a faulty thermometer is ‘x’ and its lower and upper fixed points are L and U respectively
then
Rankine °Ra 460 Ra 672 Ra 212
 correct reading on Celsius scale is
Kelvin K 273.15 K 373.15 K 100
C XL

100 UL
 Temperature on one scale can be converted into other scale by using the following identity.
F ­3 2 X ­L
Reading on any scale  LFP  Correct reading on Fahrenheit scale is =
UFP  LFP = Constant for all scales 180 U ­L
K  273 X  L
 All these temperatures are related to each other by the following relationship  Correct reading on Kelvin sclae is 
100 UL
C 0

F  32

K  273 . 15

R 0

Ra  460  Error in measurement by faulty thermometer = measures value ­ true value
100 212  32 373 . 15  273 . 15 80  0 672  460
Correction = ­Error
C F  32 K  273 R Ra  460
or
5

9

5
 
4 10 . 6
Types of Thermometers:
 The Celsius and Kelvin scales have different zero points but the same size degrees. Therefore any temperature differenceis the
Types of Thermometric
thermometer property Advantages Disadvantages Where is it used
same on the Celsius and Kelvin scales (T2 – T1)°C = (T2 – T1) K.
and its range
Thermometry Length of (i) Quick and (i) Fragile Laboratory use
Mercury­in­
A branch of science which deals with the measurement of temperature of a substance is known as thermometry. glass column of easy to use (ii) Small size where high
mercury in (direct reading) limits precision accuracy is not
 The linear variation in some physical properties of a substance with change of temperature is the basic ­390C to 450C capillary tube (ii) Easily portable (iii) Limited range required
principle of thermometry and these properties are defined as thermometric property (x) of the substance.
Constant Pressure of a (i) Very acurate (i) Very large volume (a) Standard when
Thermometric properties (x) may be as follows volume gas fixed mass of gas (ii) Very sensitive of bulb compared to other
at constant (iii)Wide range (ii) Slow to use and thermometer
 Length of liquid in capillary thermometer volume (iv) Easily convenient
 Pressure of gas at constant volume. ­270C to15000C reproducible
 Volume of gas at constant pressure. Platinum Electrical (i) Accurate Not suitable for Best thermometer
 Resistance of a given platinum wire. resistance resistance of a (ii) Wide range varying temperature for small steady
­1800C to platinum coil (i.e, is slow to respond temperature
In old thermometry, freezing point (0°C) and steam point (100°C) are taken to define the temperature scale. to changes difference
11500C
So if the thermometric property at temperature 0°C, 100°C and t°C are x0, x100 and x respectively then
Emf produced
Thermocouple (i) Fast response Accuracy is lost if Best thermometer
t0 x  x0 between junctions because of low heat emf is measured using for varying
 ­2500C to
100  0 x 100  x 0 of dissimilar capacity a moving coil temperature
11500C metals at (ii) Wide range voltmeter (as may be
x  x0 different (iii) Can be necessary for rapid
tC   100 C
x 100  x 0 temperature for employed for changes when
 General equationused to measure temperature t. X t  X 0 1   t 
measurement remote readings potentiometer is
of emfs unsuitable)
 In modern thermometry instead of two fixed points only one reference point is chosen (triple point of Radiation Colour of (i) cumbersome Only
Does not come into
water 273.16 K) the other is itself 0 K where the value of thermometric property is assumed to pyrometer radiation emitted contact when (ii) some direct thermometer
be zero. by a hot body temperature is reading (needs a possible for very
So if the value of thermometric property at 0 K, 273.16 K and TK are 0, xTr and x respectively then Above 30000C high thermometers
measured trained observer)
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
PROBLEMS SOLUTION:
1. On the Celsius scale the absolute zero of temperature is at C F  32

5 9
(a) 0°C (b) – 32°C (c) 100°C (d) – 273.15°C
t t  32
 
SOLUTION: 5 9
T  273 . 15  t C  t   40 
 0  273 .15  tC 6. If a thermometer reads freezing point of water as 20°C and boiling point as 150°C, how much thermometer
 t  273 .15 C read when the actual temperature is 60°C

2. Oxygen boils at – 183°C. This temperature is approximately (a) 98°C (b) 110°C (c) 40°C (d) 60°C
SOLUTION:
(a) 215°F (b) – 297°F (c) 329°F (d) 361°F x  LFP
Temperature on any scale can be converted into other scale by UFP  LFP = Constant
SOLUTION:
C F  32 x  20 60
 forallscales 150  20  
5 9 100 x  98 C

183 F  32
  7. The graph between two temperature scales A and B is shown in Fig. Between upper fixed point
5 9
 F  297  F and lower fixed point there are 150 equal divisions on scale A and 100 on scale B. The relation
3. The temperature of a body on Kelvin scale is found to be x K. When it is measured by Fahrenheit between the temperatures in two scales is given by__
thermometer, it is found to be x°F, then the value of x is
Temperature  A
0

(a) 40 (b) 313 (c) 574.25 (d) 301.25

SOLUTION: 1800

F  32 K  273 t A  1500

9 5
300
x  32 x  273 tB 1000
  1000
9 5 O Temperature  0 B 

 x  574 .25

4. A centigrade and a Fahrenheit thermometer are dipped in boiling water. The water temperature is 0 t A  30 t B  0
SOLUTION: When t B  0, t A  30  
lowered until the Fahrenheit thermometer registers 140°. What is the fall in temperature as registered 150 100
by the Centigrade thermometer 8. Graph shows the relation between Centigrade and Fahrenheit scales of temperature. Find slope
(a) 30° (b) 40° (c) 60° (d) 80° in each graph?

SOLUTION: F
C
C F  32
 2120 F
5 9
5
C (140  32 ) 9 Slope 
  Slope=
5
9
5 9
320 F
 C  60 
O 320 F F
5. At what temperature the centigrade (Celsius) and Fahrenheit, readings are the same 17.780 C O 1000 C C
17.780 C
(a) – 40° (b) + 40° (c) 36.6° (d) – 37°

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

SOLUTION: 11. The readings corresponding to the ice point and steam point for a constant pressure gas thermometer
are 500cc, and 545 cc. If the reading corresponding to room temperature be 510 cc, find the room
Case (i): A plot of Fahrenheit temperature (F) versus Celsius temperature (C)
temperature?
9 SOLUTION:
F  C  32  y  mx  c 
5
Given: V0  500cc; V100  545cc. and Vt  510cc.
Slope of the graph m=9/5
 V V   510  500 
C F  32 5 160 Using, t   V t  V0   100   545  500  100
 100 0   
Case (ii):  ;C  F   y  mx  c 
5 9 9 9
 22.220 C
Slope of the graph, m=5/9
12.. The resistance of a platinum wire is 15 at 200C. This wire is put in a hot furnace and the resistance
A plot of Celsius temperature (C) versus Fahrenheit temperature (F)
of the wire is found to be 40 . Find the temperature of the hot furnace if temperature coefficient
9. An accurate Celsius thermometer and a faulty Fahrenheit thermometer register 600 and 1410 of resistance of platinum is 3.6  10 3 0C 1
respectively when placed in the same constant temperature enclosure. What is the error in the SOLUTION:
Fahrenheit thermometer?
SOLUTION: R2 1   t2 
Rt  R0 1   t   
C F­32 60 F­32 R1 (1   t1 )
From =  =  F=140 0 F
5 9 5 9
Error=141­140=1 F; C orrection=­10 F
0
40 1   t2 
  40  15   15t2  40t1 
15 1   t1 
10. Two absolute scales X and Y have triple points of water defined to be 300 X and 450 Y. How are
TX and TY related to each other? 25
15t2   40  20  7745
SOLUTION: 3.6  103
7745
Here, temperature 300 on absolute scale X=273.16K (Triple point of water)  5160 C t2 
15
13. The resistance of a platinum resistance thermometer is found to be 11.0 ohm when dipped in a
 Value of temperature TX on absolute
triple point cell. When it is dipped in a bath, resistance is found to be 28.887 ohm. Find the
273.16 temperature of the bath in 0C on platinum scale.
scale X  TX
300
SOLUTION: In terms of triple point of water,
Similarly, value of temperature TY on absolute scale
 R 
TK   273.16 K
273.16  RTr 
Y TY
450 28.887
so TK  273.16   717.32 K
11.0
Since both these values are equal,

273.16 273.16 2
Now as TC  717.32  273.15  444.17 0 C
TX  TY  TX  TY
300 450 3
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
14. What is the temperature for which the reading on Kelvin and Fahrenheit scales are same?
SOLUTION:
Thermal Expansion:
On the Kelvin and Fahrenheit scales When matter is heated without any change in it’s state, it usually expands. According to atomic theory of
K ­2 7 3 .1 5 F ­3 2 matter,asymmetryinpotentialenergycurveisresponsibleforthermalexpansion.Aswithriseintemperaturethe
= (if X = K = F )
100 180 amplitudeofvibrationandhenceenergyofatomsincreases,hencetheaveragedistancebetweentheatomsincreases.
X ­2 7 3 .1 5 X ­3 2
= So the matter as a whole expands.
100 180
9 Thermal expansion is minimum in case of solids but maximum in case of gases because intermolecular force
X =  2 5 5 .3 8  = 5 7 4 .6
4 is maximum in solids but minimum in gases.
 5 7 4 .6 K = 5 7 4 .6 0 F .

Solids can expand in one dimension (linear expansion), two dimension (superficial expansion) and three
15. At what temperature is the Fahrenheit scale reading equal to half that on the Celsius scale?
dimension(volume expansion)whileliquids and gases usually sufferschangeinvolume only.
SOLUTION: Linear expansion :
9 1 Whenasolidisheatedandit’slengthincreases,thentheexpansioniscalledlinearexpansion.
Ast F  tc  32 and t F  tc ,
5 2
L0 L0 + DL = L
1 9
tc  tc  32
2 5
(A) Before heating (B) After heating
320
 24.60 Cor tc  
13
16. A constant volume gas thermometer shows pressure readings of 50 cm and 90 cm of mercury at
 Change in length  L = L0T
00C and 1000C respectively. What is the temperature on gas scale when the pressure reading is
(L0 = Original length, T = Temperature change)
60 cm of mercury?
 Final length L = L0 (1 + T)
SOLUTION:
L
 Co-efficientoflinearexpansion   L0 T
Given that P0  50cm of Hg,
 Unit of  is C 1 or K 1 . It’s dimension is [ 1 ]
Superficial (areal) expansion :
P100  90cm of Hg
When the temperature of a 2D object is changed, it’s area changes, then the expansion is called
superficialexpansion.
Pt  60cm of Hg

P  P0 60  50
t t  100   100  250 C L­0
P100  P0 90  50

DL
L­0

DL

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

(i) Change in area is A = A0T  2   1 1    t2  t1  
(A0 = Original area, T = Temperature change) The coefficient of linear expansion of a solid depends on the nature of the material and scale of temperature.
(ii) Final area A = A0(1 + T) (it is independent on dimension of material)
A  The linear expansion of a solid l2 l1 e l1 t2 t1
(iii)Co-efficientofsuperficialexpansion  
A0 T
 It depends on three factors.
(iv) Unit of  is °C–1 or K–1.
a) Its original length  l1 
Volume or cubical expansion :
b) The nature of the material  
When a solid isheated and it’s volume increases, then the expansion is called volumeor cubical
c) Change in temperature  t2  t1 
expansion.
 Increase in length l  lt
l
 Fractional change in length  t
l
L­0 L­0
l
Percentage change in length     t  100
l
L­0 V  For anisotropic solids, if  x ,  y and  z are coefficients of linear expansions along x, y and z directions
x y z
respectively then the average coefficient of linear expansion is  
3

 Numerical value of coefficient of linear expansion of a solid is  C when the temperature is measured in
Celsius scale and its value is  F when the temperature is measured in Fahrenheit scale then

(i) Change in volume is V  V0T 5 9

a)  F   C (or)  C    F
9  5
(V0 = Original volume, T = change in temperature)
(ii)Finalvolume V  V0 (1  T ) b)  F   C
V
(iii)Volumeco-efficientofexpansion    A composite rod is made by joining two rods of different materials and of same cross section. If l1 , l2 are
V0 T
their initial lengths at t1 0C , then
iv) Unit of  is °C–1 or K–1.
(a) the increase in length of composite rod at t2 0C is given by l   l11  l2 2  t2  t1 
Contraction on heating : Some rubber like substances contract with rising temperature, because transverse
vibrationofatomsofsubstancedominateoverlongitudinalvibrationwhichisresponsiblefor l11  l2 2
b) The effective coefficient of linear expansion of the composite rod is given by   l1  l2
expansion.
Coefficients of Linear Expansion
 If two metal rods of coefficients of linear expansions 1 and  2 have same length at
The ratio of increase in length of a solid per degree rise in temperature to its original length is called coefficient
of linear expansion   t1 0C and t2 0C respectively, then the common temperature at which they have again the same length is

l 2  l1
/0 C
1t1   2t2
 
l1   t 2  t 1 
t
1   2
1  dl  0
 in differential form    / C  If two rods of same length l having different coefficients of linear expansion 1 and  2 (1   2 ) are at the
l0  d t 
length of the solid after heating same temperature t1 0C then a) difference in their lengths at higher temperature t2 0C is given by
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
l  x  1   2  l  t2  t1  V
 100   t  100
V
 The diameter of a metal ring is ‘D’ and the coefficient of linear expansion is  . If the temperature of the ring  Volume expansion of a body is independent of its cavities.
is increased by t then the increase in circumference of the ring
Relation among α, β, γ :
D
 C  C   t  2 r  t  2     t   D  t    2a ,   3a
 2 
Increase in circumference =  D   t   :  :    : 2 : 3  1: 2 : 3
  
Coefficient of Areal (or) Superficial expansion:   
The ratio of increase in its area per degree rise in temperature to its original area is called coefficient of areal 1 2 3
Variation of density of substance with temperature
expansion    .  When a solid is heated its volume increases and hence its density decreases, as mass remains constant.
A2  A1 If 1 and  2 are densities of a solid at t1 0C and t2 0C , and as m1  m2 ; 1V1   2V2
 /0 C
A1   t2  t1 
1V1   2V1 1    t2  t1  
Final area A2  A1 1    t2  t1   1   2 1    t2  t1  
 Change in area A  At .
If 1 and  0 are densities at t 0C and 00 C .
A
 Fractional change in area   t 0 1
A 1  o r  1   0 1   t 
1   t 
A
Percentage change in area     t  
A
1  0 1   t 
 The diameter of a metal ring is ‘D’ and the coefficient of areal expansion is  . If the temperature of the ring
 For anisotropic materials  is the sum of linear coefficients in three mutually perpendicular directions.
is increased by t then
a) The increase in area of the ring   x  y z

 D 2  t For isotropic solids   3

2
A  At   R  t  Applications:
4
Same Expansion In Different Rods:
 D 2
 t    2  If two rods of different materials have the same difference between their lengths at all temperatures
2 only when their linear expansions are equal.
Coefficient of volume expansion:
l1  l2 ; l11t  l2 2 t
 The ration of increase in its volume per degree rise in temperature to its original volume is called coefficient
of volume expansion  . l1  2
Then l11  l2 2 , l  
V2  V1 0 2 1
 / C; V2  V1 1    t2  t1  
V1  t2  t1  if the constant difference in their lengths is x then

V V
x 2 x1
 Final temperature t 2  2 1  t1 l1  ,l  , x  l2  l1
V1 1  2 2  1  2

 Change in volume V   V1  t2  t1  .
V
 Fractional change in volume  t
V
 Percentage change in volume

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Bimetallic Strip: 
 T  T  T0  T0 t
2
l T = increase in time period.
2
1  Pendulum clocks looses time in summer and gains time in winter
1
l The loss or gain per day  t  86400 Sec.
2
Compensated pendulum length is always constant at all temperatures, so it shows correct time at all
temperatures.
r1 t Grid Iron Pendulum:
t
r2 The total expansion of brass rods should be equal to that of steel rods. l1  l2
R
 n1 l1 1  n 2 l 2  2

Measuring Tapes:
Where t is thickness of each strip
Expansion of a Measuring Scale
 Bimetallic strip works on the principle that different metals expand differently for the same rise in temperature.
0 1 2 3 4 5
 If a bimetallic strip made of brass and iron is heated brass bends on convex side  b  i 
OBJECT
 If it is cooled brass bends on concave side.
 Radius of curvature of a bimetallic strip. A scale made of material having coefficient of linear expansion  s  is caliberated at t10C. The scale gives
1 dl l  l l l  2  1  T correct measurement only at calibrated temperature (t10C). If the length of an object is measured at higher
   or     2 1 ; 
R dr r2  r1 R 2t temperature t20C(t20>t10), there will be an error in the measurement at that temperature (t20C) due to expansion
of sacle i.e. due to increase in length of each division. The error in measurement of scale is L  L s t
2t
R   2  1  Where L measured length of object at t20C and t is raise in temperature
 2  1  T
a) When temperature increases the length of object oberved by the scale is less than correct length. Hence
t = thickness of each metal strip used.
true value at measured temperature t20C is LTV  L  L s T ; LTV  L 1   s T 
 Bimetallic strip can be used as temperature sensor in thermometers and fire alarms.
 As an automatic switch or circuit breaker in electric iron, refrigerators, incubators, thermostats, flash lights b) When temperature decrease below the caliberation temperature, length of object observed by the scale
etc. is more than correct length. Hence true value at measured temperature t20C is LTV  L  L s T ;
 As a balance wheel in wrist watches.
Pendulum Clocks: LTV  L 1   s T 
Variation of Time Period of Pendulum Clocks: c) At room temperature (t0C) the length of a material rod is measured using a metal centimeter scale. The
measured length is lcm. If the scale is calibrated to read accurately at temperature )0C, then actual length of
l0
T0  2 metal rod at 00C is .....
g
The length of the metal rod at t0C is lTV 1   M t 
If temperature is increased by t ,
The one cm on the metal scale at t0C is 11   st 
l o 1    t 
T  2 The length of the metal rod at t0C
g
(by using Binomial expansion) lTV 1   M t 
 lTV 1   M t 1   s t 
   1   s t 
T  T0 1  t 
 2  l  lTV 1   M   s  t 

lTV  l 1   M   s  t 
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
when lTV = correct length at calibration temperature. F t   l1 1    l 2 2  
Thermal stress  
A  l1 l 2 
 M = coefficient of linear expansion of metal rod.   
 Y1 Y2 
 s = coefficient of linear expansion of metal scale.  Lengths of individual rods due to thermal stress:
Note (1) : If  M   s lTV  1 Length of the first rod=Original length + increase in length due to rise in temperature­decrease in length due
to thermal force
(2) If  M   s lTV  1
 Fl 
Thermal Stress: l11  l1  l11t   1 
 It is developed due to prevention of expansion of a solid when it is heated.  AY1 
Length of the second rod
 A rod of length l0 clamped between two fixed walls.
For t Change in temperature  Fl 
l21  l2  l2 2t   2 
Young’s modulus  AY2 
F / A Fl0 F  Junction displacement=difference in lengths of any one of the rods after heating and before heating.
Y    l  l0t 
l / l0 Al At F l2
Fl1  x  l 2 2 t 
 x  l1 1t  (or) A Y2
F AY1
or  Y t
A
Effect of Moment of inertia of a Rigid body due to thermal expansion
Moment of inertia of a rigid body about an axis of rotation is given by I=MK2.......(1)
 Thermal force F  YA  t .
where M is mass of the body and K is its radius of gyration. On heating, due to thermal expansion radius of
Thermal force is independent of length of rod. gyration of the about same axis increases and hence its moment of inertia increases.
 Thermal stress= Y t As mass remains constant on heating I  K 2
 For same thermal stress in two different rods heated through the same rise in temperature, Differentiating and then dividing the same equation we have
Y1 1  Y2 2 I K
2 .......(2)
I K
 Two rods of different metals having the same area of cross section A are placed between the two massive
K
walls as shown in the fig. The first rod has a length l1, coefficient of linear expansion 1 and Young’s modulus Here, is fractional change in radius of gyration
K
Y1 . The corresponding quantities for second rod are l2 ,  2 & Y2 . The temperature of both rods is now If  is coefficient of linear expansion of the material
raised by t 0C . Then K  Kt
Sunstituting in equation (2)
I
fractional change in moment of inertia  2t
I
Y11 Y2 2 Change in moment of inertia I  2t
Effect of angular velocity of a rotating rigid body due to thermal expansion
Total length prevented from expansion On heating since no external torque acts on the body its angular momentum remains constant i.e, when I
increases  decreases.
At  l11    l2 2 
Thermal force  F Angular momentum of an object is L  I 
F  l1 F  l2  l1 l2 
l1  l2   Where I is moment of inertia and  angular velocity. On heating I and  changes but L remains constant,
Y1  A Y2  A   
 Y1 Y2  since no external torque is acitng on object, then I  = constant.
 Fl  I11  I 22 I   11  2t  2
 l  l t  
 YA 

2    1  2t 
1  2t

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

 Silica glass (quartz) is used for making bulbs of thermometer because of low linear expansion
Then   2t
 coefficient.   0.5  106 0C 1 
 If a cube of coefficient of cubical expansion  is heated, then the pressure to be applied on it to prevent its
Invar is an alloy of Iron, Nickel and Carbon. Invar has very low linear expansion coefficient, so used in
expansion is P then V  V t
wrist watches, pendulum clocks and standard scales.
P P A hole is drilled at the centre of a metallic plate. When plate is heated, the diameter of hole increases.
K 
V t  P  K  t When two holes are drilled on a metal plate and heated the distance between the holes increases.
V When a solid and hollow sphere with same outer radius made up of same metal are heated to same
 P  3K  t2  t1  temperature then both expand equally.
where K is bulk modulus Platinum is used to seal glass because their coefficients of expansion are almost same.
PROBLEMS
Barometer With Brass Scale:
1. A bimetallic strip is made of aluminium and steel   Al  steel  . On heating, the strip will
 Relation between faulty and actual barometric heights is given by
1) remain straight 2) get twisted
h2  h1 1  ( Hg   s )  t2  t1   3) will bend with aluminium on concave side 4) will bend with steel on concave side
SOLUTION:
h1 =height of barometer at t10C where the scale is marked.
Due to unequal expansions the one having more  bend towards convexside.
0
h2 =height of barometer at t C where the measurement is made.
2 2. What length of brass and iron at 00 C must be used if the difference between their lengths is
 Hg =real coefficient of expansion of mercury always 0.2m? The value of  for brass and iron are 18 106 / 0 C and 12  10 6 / 0 C respectively.
 s =Coefficient of linear expansion of scale (2014E) (2013 M).
SOLUTION:
EXAMPLES:
Between the rails a gap is left to allow for their expansion in summer. If l is the length of the rail and t is l2 2
l11  l2 2 and l2  l1  x; l1 
the change in temperature then the gap is given by l = lt 1

A wire of length l is bent in the form of a ring with a small gap of length x1 at t1 0C . On heating the ring l2 2   2 
l2  l1  x  l2   l2  1 
x2  x1 1  1 
to t2 0C the gap increases to x2 in length. The  
x1  t2  t1 
x1 0.2  12  106
l2    0.40m
Gap behaves like the material for all thermal expansions. 1   2 18  12   106
Telephone wires are loosely connected between the poles in summer, to allow for their contraction in
winter. x 2 0.2  18  106
l1    0.60m
Concrete roads are laid in sections and gaps are provided between them to allow for expansion. 1   2 18  12   106
Pipes used to convey steam from boiler must have loops to prevent cracking of pipes due to thermal
expansion.
Huge iron girders used in the construction of bridges and buildings are allowed to rest on rollers on either 3. A uniform metallic rod rotates about its perpendicular bisector with constant angular speed. If it is
side providing scope for expansion. heated uniformly to raise its temperature slightly
Hence the damage to the structure can be avoided. 1) its speed of rotation increases. 2) its speed of rotation decreases.
3) its speed of rotation remains same. 4) its speed increases because its moment of inertia increases.
When a drop of water falls on a hot glass chimney, the portion of the spot where the water falls, contracts
and the remaining portion expands. So, the glass chimney breaks (brittle nature of the glass also) SOLUTION:
Pyrex glass is used to prepare test tubes for heating purpose because its linear expansion coefficient is If the rod heated its length increases and moment of inertia increases, so that its angular velocity decreases.

small.   3  1 0  6 0C 1
 4. In the given figure, when temperature is increased then which of the following increases ?
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
L
R1
x
R2
1/2 LL

1) R1 2) R2 3) R2 ­ R1 4) all
1) 5cm 2) 20cm 3) 15cm 4) 11cm
SOLUTION:
SOLUTION:
All of the above
Diagram show the deformmation of a railway track due to rise in temperature
­­­­­ represents expanded Boundary
_____ represents original Boundary l
900 900

1/ 2  L  L 

As the intermolecular distance between atoms increases on heating nence the inner and outer perimeter Applying Pythagoras theorem in right angled triangle ,
increases. Also if teh atomic arrangement in radial direction is observed then we can say that it also increases 2 2
 L  L   L 
hence all A,B,C are true. x2     
5. As the temperature is increased, the time period of a pendulum  2  2
1) increases as its effective length increases even though its centre of mass still remains at the centre of the bob. 2 2
2) decreases as its effective length increases even though its centre of mass still remains at the centre of the bob.  L  L   L 
x    
3) increases as its effective length increases due to shifting of centre of mass below the centre of the bob.  2  2
4) decreases as its effective length remains same but the centre of mass shifts above the centre of the bob.
2 2 2
SOLUTION:  L  2LL  L   L 
x       
2 4  2  2
If the temperature of a pendulum increases length of the pendulum increases T  l  .
1 1
So that time period increases. V  V t 
2
 L  L  2LL   L
2 2 2

2
 L  2LL 
2

2
6. The radius of a metal sphere at room temperature T is R, and the coefficient of linear expansion As increase in length L is very small, therefore neglecting  L  ,
of the metal is  . The sphere is heated a little by a temperature  T so that its new temperature
2LL
is T +  T . The increase in the volume of the sphere is approximately we get x  ....(i)
2
1) 2RT 2) R 2 T 3) 4R 3T / 3 4) 4R 3T
But L  Lt ...(ii)
SOLUTION: According to the problem, L = 10m
4 3  =1.2 x 10­5 /0C­1 ,
The increase in the volume of the sphere   r  3 .t 0
 T=20 C
3
Substituting value  L in Eq. (i) from Eq (ii)
V  4 r 3t
7. A rail track made of steel having length 10m is clamped on a railway line at its two ends (figure). 1 1
x 2L  Lt  L 2t
On a summer day due to r ise in temper atur e by 200C. It is deformed as shown in figure. Find x 2 2
(displacement of the centre) if  steel=1.2 x 10-5 /0C-1 = 11cm

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

8. A pendulum clock loses 12s a day if the temperature is 400C and gains 4s day if the temperature 6
 1000mm  A    (1)
is 200C. The temperature at which the clock will show correct time and the coefficient of linear T
expansion    of the metal of the pendulum shaft are respectively (JEE Mains-2016)
similarlyforBline
1) 250C; =1.85 x 10-5/0C 2) 600C; =1.85 x 10-4/0C
3) 300C; =1.85 x 10-3/0C 4) 550C; =1.85 x 10-2/0C 2
 1002mm  B    (2)
SOLUTION: T

Let at temperature , clock gives correct time From (1) & (2)  A  3 B

10. Two bar s ar e unst r essed and have l engt hs of 25 cmand 30 cmat 200C as shown in Figure. Bar (1)
1 
T     T, T = 1 day = 86400s is of aluminium and bar (2) is of steel. The cross-sectional area of bars are 20 cm2for aluminium
2 
1 and 10cm2 for steel. Assuming that the top and bottom supports are rigid, stress in Al steel bars in
12    40    T ...(i) (Ya  0.70 105 N / mm2 .Ys  2.1105 N / mm 2 .
2 N 0
2 when the temperature is 70 C. (Nearly)
1 mm  a  24 106 / 0C and  a  12 106 / 0C )
4     20  T...(ii)
2

i / ii  = 250C
Al 25cm

substituting  inequation(ii),weget
St 30cm
1
4   25  20   86400
2
1 1) 75, 150 2) 25, 50 3) 50, 100 4) 100, 200
 1.85x105 / 0 C

5  86400
SOLUTION:
9. The variation of lengths of two metal rods A and B with change in temperature are shown in figure.
The coefficient of linear expansion  A for the metal A and the temperature T will be:(Given Contraction of the two bars due to compressive stress = Elongation of the two bars due to rise of temperature
 B  9  10 6 / 0 C)
 Sl   Sl 
       Lt  Al   Lt  St
1006 A  Y  Al  Y  St
B
Length(mm)

1004
1002 Forceinsteel=forinaluminium
1000
998
996 S Al  AAl  S St  ASt
994
O Temperature ( 0C ) T

11. A simple pendulum made of a bob of mass m and a metallic wire of negligible mass has time period
1)  A  3  106 / 0 C ,5000 C 2)  A  3  106 / 0 C , 222.220 C 2s at T=00C. If the temperature of the wire is increased and the corresponding change in its time
3)  A  27 10 6 / 0 C ,5000 C 4)  A  27  10 6 / 0 C , 222.220 C period is plotted against it temperature, the resulting graph is a line of slope S. If the coefficient of
SOLUTION: linear expansion of metal is  then the value of S is (JEE Mains-2016 online)
1006  1000 L
Slopeoftheline A 
T T
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
t 14. An equilateral triangle ABC is formed by joining three rods of equal length and D is the mid-point
of AB. The coefficient of linear expansion for AB is 1 and for AC and BC is  2 . The relation
between 1 and  2, if distance DC remains constant for small changes in temperature is (2010 E)
S
A D 1 B

 2
T 2
1)  2) /2 3) 2 4) 1/

SOLUTION: C

l
t 0  2  2 0 1
g 1) 1   2 2) 1  4 2 3)  2  41 4) 1   2
2
l0 1  T  1/ 2
t 0  2  2 1  T   2  T
g
SOLUTION: Before andafter changing the temperature,
t  t 0  T  t  T

12. A wire of length L0 is supplied heat to raise its temperature by T. if  is the coefficient of volume l12 2 1 2
l22 
 l2  l   t    l1 1   t  
expansion of the wire and Y is Young’s modulus of the wire then the energy density stored in the 4 4
and l1  l2
wireis
15. When composite rod is free, composite length increases to 2.002m from temperature 200C to
1 2 2 1 2 2 3 1  2T 2 1 2 2 0
120 C. When composite rod is fixed between the support, there is no change in component length.
1)  T Y 2)  T Y 3) 4)  T Y
2 3 18 Y 18 Find Y and  of steel if Ycu  1.5 1013 N / m 2  cu  1.6  105 / 0 C

SOLUTION:

Steel Copper
Elasticpotentialenergyperunitvolume 0.5m

1 1 2
2m
E   Stress  Strain   Y   Strain 
2 2
2
SOLUTION:
1  L  1
E
Y   2
   Y    T
2
l  ls s T  lc c T
2  L  2
13. The coefficient of linear expansion of an in homogeneous rod changes linearly form 1to  2 from 0.002  1.5 s  0.5  1.6 10 5  100
one end to the other end of the rod. The effective coefficient of linear expansion of rod is 1.2 105
1   2  8  106 0C
s 
1) 1   2 2) 3) 1 2 4) 1   2 1.5
2
If there is no change in composite length, thermal force of steel and copper rod should be equal
SOLUTION:
Fst  Fcu ; Ys A s t  Ycu A Cu t
L
  2  1 
 n  1    x; L    n dxt
 l  Ys  c  1.5 1013 1.6 105
0  ; Ys  Yc  c  Ys  3  1013 N / m 2
Yc  s s  106
   2   1   2 
L 1  LT ;  eff   
 2   2 

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

16. A blacksmith fixes iron ring on the rim of the wooden wheel of bullock cart. The diameter of the 19. Density of gold is 19.30 g / cm3 at 200 C . Compute the density of gold at 900 C by adding steam
rim and the iron ring are 5.243 m and 5.231 m respectively at 27 0 C. The temperature to which the
to it.  α = 14.2×10 -6
/ 0 C
ring should be heated so as to fit the rim on the wheel  α iron = 1.20×10-5 / 0 C  ?
SOLUTION:
SOLUTION: 2 V1 V1 1
   1  3T 
Given t1  27 0 C ; l1  5.231m; l2  5.243m 1 V2 V1 1  3T 

l2  l1 1  1  t2  t1   
or   1  3T  or
2

1
5.243=5.231 1  1.20  10 5  t2  27  
 2  1 1  3T 
or t2  2180 C
17. An aluminium sphere of 20 cm diameter is heated from 0 C to 100 C . Its volume changes by0 0  19.30  1  3 14.2 106   70    19.24 g / cm3

(given that the coefficient of linear expansion for aluminium  Al  23 106 / 0 C  (AIEEE 2011) 20: A steel bar of cross sectional area 1 cm 2 and 50 cm long at 300 C fits into the space between two
fixed supports. If the bars now heated to 2800 C , what force will it exert against the supports?
SOLUTION:
Given d=20cm (α for steel = 11×10-6 / 0 C and
V  V0 1   t   V0 1  3 t  since   3  Young's modulus for steel = 2×1011 N / m2 )

change in volume = V  V0  3V0 t SOLUTION:

Force exerted on the supports
3
4 d  Stress × Area of cross section  Y  A  t2  t1  .
 3      23  106 100
3 2
 2  1011  11 106  104  250  55000N
4  0.2 
3 21. Uniform pressure P is exerted on all sides of a solid cube of bulk modulus, B and volume coefficient of
6
 3     23  10  100 expansion  , at temperature t0C. By what amount should the temperature of cube be raised in order to
3  2 
bring its volume back to the value it had before the pressure was applied?
= 28.9cc 1cc  106 m3  SOLUTION:
P VP
18. An iron rod of length 50 cm is joined at an end to copper rod of length 100 cm at 200C. Find the length As B  , V  ......(i )
V / V B
of the system at1000Cand average coefficient of linear expansion of the system. If T is the required increase in temperature,
α iron = 12×10-6 / 0 C and αcopper = 17×10-6 / 0 C.  V   V T .....(ii )
SOLUTION: From eqns. (i) and (ii),
Increase in length of composite rod is VP P
 V T  or T 
l  l1  l2  1l1   2l2  t B B
1
 12  106  50  17  106  100   100  20  =0.192cm 22. The balance wheel of a mechanical wrist watch has a frequency of oscillation given by f = C/I,
2π
Length of the composite rod at 1000 C is l  l  150.192cm where I is the moment of inertia of the wheel and C is the torsional rigidity of its spring. The wrist watch
Average linear expansion co­efficient keeps accurate time at 250C. How many seconds would it gain a day at-250C if the balance wheel made
l 0.192 ofAluminium?
 avg    16  10 6 / 0 C
l t 150  80 (Given,  Al  25.5 10 6 / 0 C )
SOLUTION:
1 C 1 C 2
f 
2 1

2 k M  I  M K 
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
1 1 df dT dk 26. Two metal rods are fixed end to end between two rigid supports as shown in figure. Each rod is
f ; f    length l and area of cross-section is A. When the system is heated up, determine the condition when
T k f T k
the junction between rods does not shift? ( Y1 and Y2 are Young’s modulus of materials of rods,
dk dT
As   dt    dt 1 and  2 are coefficients of linear expansion)
k T
Number of seconds gained/day
L L
dT   8.64 10 4   dT   110.2 s / day

23. An aluminium measuring rod, which is correct at 50C measures the length of a line as 80 cm at 1Y1  2Y2
450C. If thermal coefficient of linear expansion of aluminium is 2.50 10 5 / 0 C . The correct length
of the line is
SOLUTION:
SOLUTION: Since, each rod is prevented from expansion so, they are under compression and mechanical strain.
L2  L1  L1t The strain in each rod is zero.
L2  80   2.50  105   80  40   80.08cm e1 F e2 F e1 e2
 1T    2 T   0
l AY1 ; l AY2 ; l l
24. A mass of 2kg is suspended from a fixed pointed by a wire of length 3m and diameter 0.5 mm. F F
Initially the wire is just unstretched, the mass resting on a fixed support. By how much must the 1T   0 and  2 T  0
AY1 AY2
temperature fall if the mass is to be entirely supported by the wire (Given Y for wire = 206 G Pa,
  11 10  6 / 0 C ) F F
1T  .........(1) and  2 T  ........(2)
SOLUTION: AY1 AY2
Contraction due to cooling is equal to the stretching produced by the weight ‘mg’. Dividing (1) by (2), we get 1Y1   2Y2
m gL 2     3
 L   2
27. A bimetallic strip of thickness 2 cm consists of zinc and silver rivetted together. The approximate
AY   0 .2 5   1 0  6  2 06  1 0 9
radius of curvature of the strip when heated through 500 C will be: (linear expansivity of zinc and
Now the contraction due to cooling
silver are 32 106 / 0 C and 19 106 / 0 C respectively)
 Lt  3  11 10 6  t
SOLUTION:
solving t  440 C
2t
25. A metallic rod of length 1 cm and cross-sectional area A cm 2 is heated through t 0C . After expansion Radius of curvature R 
if a mechanical force is applied normal to its length on both sides of the rod and restore its original  2  1  T
length, what is the value of force? The young’s modulus of elasticity of the metal is E and mean 2 1
coefficient of linear expansion is  per degree Celsius. R  30.77m
 32  19  106  50
SOLUTION:
Change in the length  l  l t 28. A clock with a metallic pendulum is 5 seconds fast each day at a temperature of 150Cand 10
seconds slow each day at a temperature of 300C. Find coefficient of linear expansion for the metal.
Length of rod at t 0C is l  l t SOLUTION:
Decrease in length due to stress= l The time lost or gained per day is
But length of rod remains constant lt  l  0 1
t  T  86400  as 1 day  86400 s.
stress F l   lt 2
  l   lt  l t  E   
strain A  lt If graduation temperature of clock is T0 then gain in time at 150 C is
EA  lt  EAl t EA t 1
F 
l   lt

l  l t

1   t 
5  T0  15  86400 .........(i)
2
Here, negative sign indicates that forces are compressive in nature.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

At 300 C clock is loosing time thus parts together. If the coefficient of linear expansion of the metal is  and its Young’s modulus is
Y, then the force that one part of the wheel applies on the other part is (AIEEE 2012)
1
10    30  T0  86400 .......(ii )
2
Dividing equation (ii) by (i), we get
2 T0  15    30  T0  or T0  200 C
R
Thus from equation (i)
1
5  2 0  1 5  8 6 4 0 0
2
SOLUTION:
  2.31105 / 0 C
29. A steel rail 30 m long is firmly attached to the road bed only at its ends. The sun raises the F
temperature of the rail by 500 C , causing the rail to buckle. Assuming that the buckled rail consists
of two straight parts meeting in the centre, calculate how much centre of the rail rise?
Given,  steel  12  106 / 0 C.

T T

x+ x Increase in length
y x+ x
L
 L   L T    T
2x L
the thermal stress developed is
SOLUTION: T L
Y  Y T ; T  SY T
Let the initial length be 2x and the final total length be 2  x  x  as shown. S L
Let y be the height of the centre of the buckled rail. From the FBD of one part of the wheel, F = 2T
Clearly, x   x T and Where F is the force applied by one part of the wheel on other part, F=2SY T
2
y  x  x   x 2  2 x  x   2 x 2t 32. Two rods of different materials and identical cross sectional area, are joined face to face at one
 neglecting  x 2  end and their free ends are fixed to the rigid walls. If the temperature of the surroundings is
y  x 2t
  increased by 300C, the magnitude of the displacement of the joint of the rod is (length of rods
  l1  l2  1 unit , ratio of their young’s moduli, Y1 / Y2  2, coefficients of linear expansion are
Thus, y  15 2 12 10  50  cm  0.52m
6
  1 and  2)
1) 5( 2  1 ) 2) 10(1   2 ) 3) 10( 2  21 ) 4) 5(21   2 )
30. A metal rod of Young’s modulus F and coefficient of thermal expansion  is held at its two ends
such that its length remains invariant. If its temperature is raised by t 0C , then the linear stress SOLUTION:
developed in it is (AIE-2011)
Y1  Strain 1  Y2  Strain 2
SOLUTION:
L   L T 
FL F
 Stress   Y T  Y  t   l T  x    l T  x 
Y1  1 1  Y21  2 2
AY A  l   l 

31. A wooden wheel of radius R is made of two semi circular parts (see figure). The two parts are held Displacement of the rod
together by a ring made of a metal strip of cross-sectional area S and length L. L is slightly less
than 2 R . To fit the ring on the wheel, it is heated so that its temperature rises by T and it just (Y2 2  Y11 )
x  l  T
steps over the wheel. As it cools down to surrounding temperature. It presses the semi-circular Y1  Y2
 Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot
33. Calculate the compressional force required to prevent the metallic rod of length lcm and cross-
sectional area A cm2 when heated through t0C, from expanding along length wise. The Young’s
Thermal Expansion in Liquids:
modulus of elasticity of the metal is E and mean coefficient of linear expansion is  per degree (1) Liquids do not have linear and superficial expansion but these only have volume expansion.
Celsius Sinceliquidsare alwaystobeheatedalongwith avesselwhich containsthem soinitiallyon heating the
EA t EA t system(liquid+vessel),thelevelofliquidinvesselfalls(asvesselexpandsmoresinceitabsorbsheatand
1) EA t 2) 3) 4) El t
1 t 1t liquidexpandsless)butlateron,itstartsrisingduetofasterexpansionoftheliquid.

SOLUTION: R
P
Q

Natural length of the rod at toC=l  l t

decreaseinnaturallengthduetostress=l

 F  l  l   EA t
l1  l  0; E  ;F  Fig. 12.11
Al 1 t
34. The coefficient of linear expansion for a certain metal varies with temperature as  T . If L0 is
the initial length of the metal and the temperature of metal changed from T0 to T T0  T  then PQ  represents expansion of vessel
QR  representsthe realexpansionofliquid
T T
 T  PR  Represent the apparent expansion of liquid
1) L  L0 T  T dT 2)L  L0 1  T  T dT  3) L  L0 1    (T )dT  4) L  L0
0 0
 T0  The actual increase in the volume of the liquid = The apparent increase in the volume of liquid + the
increaseinthevolumeofthevessel.
dL Liquids have two coefficients of volume expansion.
SOLUTION:   T  dt ; Integrate the equation Co-efficient of apparent expansion (a) : It is due to apparent (that appears to be, but is not) increase in the
L0
volumeofliquidifexpansionofvesselcontainingtheliquidisnottakenintoaccount.

35. A solid sphere of radius r and mass m is spinning about a diameter as axis with a speed 0. The Apparent expansion in volume (V )a
a  
temperature of the sphere increases by 1000C without any other disturbance. If the coefficient of Initial vo lume   V  
linear expansion of material of sphere is 2 10 4 / 0 C , the ratio of angular speed at 1000C and Co-efficientofrealexpansion(r):It isdue tothe actual increaseinvolumeofliquiddue toheating.
0is
1)1:1 2)1:1.04 3)1.04:1 4)1:1.02 Real increase in volume (V )r
r  
Initial vo lume   V  
(V )Vessel
SOLUTION:  Alsocoefficientof expansionofflask  Vessel 
V  

2 2
I11  I 22 ; R 1  R 2
1 2
  Real   Apparent   Vessel
2
2  R2  1 Change(apparentchange)involumeinliquidrelativetovesselis
  
1  R1  1  t  2
Vapp  V  app  = V ( Real   Vessel )  V ( r  3 )

 =Coefficientoflinearexpansionofthevessel.

Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot Yashpatil TG~ @bohring_bot

Anomalous expansion of water : 1 dQ
pecific heat c  .
m d
Generally matter expands on heating and contracts on cooling. In case of water, it expands on Molar specific heat : Molar specific heat of a substance is defined as the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one gram
heating if its temperature is greater than 4°C. In the range 0°C to 4°C, water contracts on heating and expands on mole of the substance through a unit degree it is represented by (capital) C.
Molar specific heat (C)  M  Gram specific heat (c)
cooling, i.e. g is negative. This behaviour of water in the range from 0°C to 4°C is called anomalous expansion. (M = Molecular mass of substance)
This anomalous behaviour of water causes ice to form first at the surface of a lake in cold weather. As winter CM
Q

1 Q 
 where, Number of moles  
m

m     M
approaches, the water temperature increases initially at the surface. The water there sinks because of its increased
Units : calorie/mole  °C (practical); J/mole  kelvin (S.I.)
density. Consequently, the surface reaches 0°C first and the lake becomes covered with ice. Aquatic life is able to Dimension : [ML2 T 2 1 ]
survive the cold winter as the lake bottom remains unfrozen at a temperature of about 4°C. Specific Heat of Solids
A t 4°C, density of water is maximum while its specific volume is minimum.
Y 3R

max CV
min Ano Ano
vol malo De
/ us nsi X
ma be­ T Debye
ty
0°C 4°C Temperature 0°C 4° Temperature
(A) (B)
When a solid is heated through a small range of temperature, its volume remains more or less constant. Therefore
specific heat of a solid may be called its specific heat at constant volume CV.

Variation of Density with Temperature (1) From the graph it is clear that at T = 0, CV tends to zero

Most substances (solid and liquid) expand when they are heated, (2) With rise in temperature, CV increases and at a particular temperature (called Debey’s temperature) it becomes constant = 3R = 6 cal/
 1 mole  kelvin = 25 J/mole  kelvin
i.e., volume of a given mass of a substance increases on heating, so the density should decrease  as   V .
 
(3) For most of the solids, Debye temperature is close to room temperature.
1  V V V 1
For a given mass      V   V  V  V  V  1    Dulong and Petit law :
V
Average molar specific heat of all metals at room temperature is constant, being nearly equal to

    1      (1    )1 =  (1    )